o . . < - .\ SSM D990 LON AN SS SSRN RWAAQQs SS PQQ 2 . SN EKO VR N N y \ N N x N N N titi dbddtdd Wb tlitissdditdbididsdidsidlids tlie itd th hldeleed, \ < PLATE 1 80" NOTE. The contours (curved fines) represent level lines drawn on the earth's surface. All points throigh which any siven line passes are at the same level and their height alpve mean sea level is shown by the figures on the line. The rise or fal from any line to the next is generally 200 bs feet. Figures on the lales show the elevation of the water surface. PRE /. © yx WN Brockville 9 We A : AY Li A (ul | ; Le if ) 2 STAM Gs ri Oars Y oS ) a eet Wes) Kingston <= JS . . i. UME ae. sca. oc sal r48 Uses of Peat and its Occurrence in New York State. Heinrich BTS. 30. 5 Ss 5) Se ees Se So 2. BRR R SIRS r53 Molding Sand, its Uses, Properties and Occurrence. E. C. Hekel. r91 Pale OTN TRG ei. eis 55 5 6 IE ecite oe as 3 5 0 oie eRe eta coe ea rot MUTI eae le ks, sc sc (a MRI 2s ie sas ow ey cc RRee e e r9s G CTC TAN OO GM ele 5 6 os a MMR elo vos oe 0 0 wie elute REO ne foe r101 Report on the Fishes of Great South Bay, Long Island, Col- lected in the Summer of 1901. Tarleton H. Bean............. rl09 The Heibiei@rab. EF. C. Paulmier...... ... seperate r129 i DUoHRO DCO 44 Ur i Ce So REG. r13s8 ROCAIDY [yee ks oo RGR ee aos ooo 2. be ce iC le 3 2neRa r140. OCD Ol OS yee ye alin a 'ns's EN GeeNeEe oie ce en no oa wy Ge a r141 Pan= A MeCTICA BHR OSIION 0. ieee ic eels o's so) 5 ne RIMS ret Ge rere r141 IMEUSC ULI WO UGC oie. oe etic wie ev os 2s so) 0g) Aen ere ey ree r152 ACCESSIONS ROPEOMECCONSEL 8 Whe SLds.) of. <. 4. Ree ieee r153 EGO X i Rs Gs ae wip cies a a + oe + ace oi ae) ava eR aie te r161 Plates 1 Map of New York showing surface confiznfnim .Inside front cover FACE PAGE . 2 Geologic map of part of the town of Northumberland show- ing! lo¢ationfon yoleanic plug.:.. the slates and are probably to be referred to solfatariec action attendant on the irruption of the igneous rock in the neighboring knob. This lack of contact metamorphism, unless such altera- tion be limited to baking, which was not observed in the acces- sible portion of the contact, and the failure of apophyses or branching dikes are points of little value in determining the origin of the igneous rock in the knob. It remains to determine by other evidences whether the rock is intrusive or extrusive. On the southeast side of the igneous mass and dissecting its border are two faults; that on the eastern side strikes n.9° e., Fig. 2 Cross section of Stark’s K.10b, showing general relation to the slates, and the gross ball structure of the mass. that on the southeast, n. 54° e. The southeastern fault is downthrown on the northwest, as on this side there is to be seen the slate underlying a mass of trap on the southeast of the fault. The complete relations of the igneous to the sedimentary rocks on this side are not shown. Figure 2, which is a diagrammatic representation of the cross section of the knob and its peculiar internal structure, shows this fault, but the figure is purposely drawn with some vagueness on the extreme left of the igneous rock (pl. 4). To sum up the geologic relations of the Stark’s Knob igne- ous mass, it is surrounded on all sides by the Hudson river slates. The principal mass is relatively faulted down into these sedimentary rocks on the south and east. To the eye there appears no distinct evidence of contact metamorphism; yet the mass appears to be the superficial portion of a body which extends downward into the slates and, from its general form and r20 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM surroundings, strongly suggests a neck or plug rising up through the Hudson river group at this point. The manner in which the Slate body dips beneath the igneous mass on the northeast, expressed in figure 2, appears to indicate that the neck or plug does not extend vertically downward through the slates but fol-. lows guiding planes of structure. It is conceivable that the igneous rock once overlay the surface of the slates, has been tilted with them in one of the orogenic movements of the region, and has subsequently been faulted and thus separated from other masses of igneous rock which are now removed by eros- ion; but this view is not borne out by the observed geologic rela- tions aS now exposed. Structure of the Stark’s Knob rock. The rock of which Stark’s Knob is composed is complex in structure. The petrography which has been worked up by Professor Cushing is described in the note appended to this article. What is here stated should be viewed in the light of Professor Cushing’s studies made mainly after this paper was written. The exposed faces ex- hibit cross sections of ball and pear shaped masses. em- bedded in a base having a shaly structure. The crust of these balls consists of a layer of dense, dark colored basic rock of the diabase type, surrounding a variable nucleus of ashy, rather porous, pumiceous looking lava in most cases, and more rarely an included marginally absorbed fragment of white, semicrys- talline limestone. : | The line of demarcation between the three elements in the rock structure is usually very sharp, and, where the shaly, fine grained base has peeled away from the surface of the lava balls, the surface of the latter resembles the coarse, bulging flowage surface of basalt streams, such as are seen on Hawaii. The whole has the appearance of a mass of bombs or lava balls, in- closing scoriaceous lava, or foreign inclusions embedded in a- basaltic glass which has devitrified and is scaling to pieces along lines of flowage. A more probable explanation of the structure is that this mass represents a volcanic throat or plug at some depth below the actual vent or crater but not dINJON.S SULMOYS IPIS [LION ‘00 VOOLVUVG “ATITAUHIANHOG ‘MOAN OINVOIOA ‘ojoyd ‘Moopy AA ‘dH a G 81d REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r2 below the point to which explosive products may have fallen back in the volcano there to become embedded in still hot lava. Certainly the gross structure of the rock recalls many lava sheets with locally formed explosive products, and the same structure is to be observed in the lava flows of the Newark formation of Triassic age in the Connecticut valley! (fig. 3). The accompanying photograph, plate 5 of the walls of Stark’s Knob shows the general structure.” The fragment shown in figure 2, lying south of the fault, is more massive than the main stock, and the ground mass Fig. 3 Sketch of a portion of the western wall of Stark’s Knob, showing the gray, scoriaceous interior of the lava balls, the basaltic, jointed crust, and the fissile, devitri- fied, volcanic glass surrounding the lava balls. approaches more nearly the dense, dark basalt, but here are also developed amygdules. A hand specimen obtained here displayed fairly coarse cry- stals of plagioclase, indicative of an intratelluric origin, such as are common in the diabase of many dikes. This combination of the characteristics of dike rocks and of effusive explosive prod- ucts makes Stark’s Knob one of the most interesting igneous - occurrences, small as it is, within the limits of the State. ‘Hmerson, B. K. Diabase Pitchstone and Mud Enclosures of the 'Tri- assic Trap of New England. Geol. Soc. Am, Bul. 1897. 8:59-96. For an illustration of the ball structure at Meriden Ct., see Davis, W. M., The Lost Voleanoes of Connecticut. Pop. Sci. Mo. 1891, p. 221, fig. 1; U. S. Geol. Sur. i8th Rep’t. 1898. pt 2, p. 65. These views were obtained for the museum by Messrs H. C, Magnus and H. P. Whitlock. r22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Several details of the rock structure remain to be noted. Jointing of the lava crusts. The globular surfaces of the lava crusts of the balls are beset with a network of cracks perpen- dicular to the surface. The general appearance of these joints as they are revealed on cross sections of the structure, is shown in figure 3. On exposed walls, the lava crusts frequently fall to pieces in short polygonal joint columns: similar to basaltic columns. So far as I have seen them, these joints do not penetrate the scoriaceous interior of the balls or the limestone inclusions ex- cept it be in one or two cases of.the latter rock, as shown in fig- ure 4, where dikelets cut across the inclusions. Fig. 4 Sketch of an included, partially absorbed block of limestone, showing two dikelets. These dikelets are in all cases conterminous with the crusts of dark, dense rock surrounding the limestone. In one instance as many as three parallel cracks in the limestone inclusion have thus been filled. These inclusions are notable at the north- eastern corner of the knob. The inclusions of limestone point to an irruption through the lower paleozoic limestones which must occur in this field beneath the Hudson terrane. It is questionable whether the present color of the limestone can be taken as evidence of the original rock having been a white crystalline limestone, since the organic matter which gives the dark color to the Lower Silurian lime- stones of the upper Hudson valley would be driven off in the heating of the rock. The inclusions may be appealed to as evi- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r23 dence that the trap came up through the Silurian and subjacent terrane, as held in this paper, and that the rock is not to be re- garded as an in-faulted remnant of a lava flow once covering the Hudson terrane in this vicinity. The occurrence of these inclusions surrounded by the lava crusts throws some light on the origin of the ball structure. These foreign fragments having absorbed edges would doubtless rob the surrounding lava of heat and thus become centers of cooling. The lava next to the inclusions, thus robbed of some of its heat and further altered in composition by the absorption of lime carbonate, might cool more quickly and with a different structure from that of the ground mass. In this view the lava crusts are tachylitic variations of the magma both about the limestone inclusions and about the cindery nodules. The pum- iceous nodules, resembling the centers of many so called bombs, evidently may arise from the occlusion and segregation of gases in the lava. The explosive expansion of these gases would pro- duce a sudden lowering of temperature, however slight, even under the conditions of a hot magma, possibly sufficient to determine the initiation of cooling in the contiguous lava, and thus would, in conjunction with the chemical reaction on the lava, lead to the development of a tachylitic zone in the basalt about the gas-charged, vescicular lava. This effect would arise as well from slaked limestone inclusions as from simple gas- charged lavas. In the case of the limestone, the gas would be derived from the absorbed portion of the rock. The surrounding ground mass with a flowage structure, in which such lava balls are commonly embedded, evidently owes its structure to later and more rapid cooling. The fine grained ground mass with fissile structure is much disintegrated at Stark’s Knob. It appears to the eye in many places to be clayey or sandy, often weathering to a black, sandy mud. It is frequently ramified by small calcite veins. Where fresh exposures occur, the rock has a resinous luster and is here taken to be a diabase pitchstone. It has not been studied in thin sections. r24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Stark’s Knob as a source of road metal. This occurrence of trap affords a small supply of the best road metal obtainable in the upper Hudson valley, and, if judiciously employed as the surface dressing, would serve to make macadamized roads in the vicinity. The outline of the base of the knob has a north and south extension of about 320 feet and a breadth east and west of 240 feet. Assuming the volume of trap on this base to have an average thickness of 15 feet above the level at which it might be advantageous to work the material, there are here approxi- mately 117,000 cubic yards of rock in place available for local road metal (see pl. 6). PETROGRAPHY AND AGE OF THE NORTHUMBERLAND ROCK BY H. P. CUSHING Introduction. The material sent me for examination consists of several fragments which have come from either the crusis of the lava balls described by Professor Woodworth, or else from the surrounding ground mass in which the balls are em- bedded; also a single specimen of the rock from the south side of the fault. There are no specimens of the scoriaceous material forming the inner portion of the balls, nor of the limestone in- clusions. All the material is so badly altered that a satis- factory optical and chemical ‘study of it can not be made, and the rock has no special petrographic interest. The field occur- rence is of great interest, as shown by Professor Woodworth. There remains the matter of correlation. Petrographic description. The material from the throat shows a black, fine grained to aphanitic rock, with frequent, calcite- filed amygdules and many seams and patches of the same mineral. The two slides made from it differ mainly in grain. The finer grained rock consists of a network of minute feld- spar laths, with a general radial or else spherulitic arrangement. They show no twinning and for the most part extinguish nearly parallel to their longer axes. They are studded with minute magnetite crystals, and belong to the oligoclase andesin series. The interspaces are filled with opaque, decomposition prod- ucts. It is not certain that the point of crystallization of augite [VJOUL PBOT OF YOOI oy JO AITIGISS9o0ev puR QouUy ot} JO Jolfod SULAOYS 4ySvo oy WOA, AOLA 7 € ‘00 VOOLVEVS ATIUAYATAOHOS ‘ONTd OINVOTOA ‘ojoyd ‘snuseI *O “H 9 9481d REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 P25 had been reached. In the neighborhood of the amygdules specially it seems quite certain that at least some glassy base remained. Irregular masses of calcite are frequent throughout, and the presence of some olivin is indicated by the crystal out- lines remaining, though the mineral is so utterly decomposed (showing a mixture of quartz, calcite and opaque uncertain material) that no positiveness is possible. The other rock is somewhat coarser. It shows rather abund- ant olivin, wholly altered to a greenish, chloritic aggregate. The determination is based on the shape and size, it having been plainly the first mineral to form. The feldspars are in two sizes, both tending to the long, lath shape, and mostly showing twinning. The greatest observed extinction is 22°, but the majority are much less, between 10° and 15°, and most of the laths which show no twinning extinguish nearly parallel. There are likely present therefore both labradorite and andesin, and perhaps oligoclase as well. The mineral is not fresh, being largely altered to calcite and quartz. The interspaces are filled by a mixture of calcite, and chlorite aggregate, likely the result of augite decomposition. Considerable magnetite is present. The rock seems to be an olivin-diabase-porphyrite, and like many olivin diabases shows considerable preponderance of feldspar over augite, resulting in only a rough approximation to the ophitic structure. Both rocks are amygdaloidal. The universal filling is calcite, with an outer rim of clear, glassy quartz, commonly very narrow and sometimes absent. The two are invariably separated by a sharp, narrow, dark band of uncertain nature. The quartz was of course deposited first, no doubt from silicious waters while the material yet retained some residual heat. The calcite was later, perhaps much later. Both these rocks have the characters of surface lavas, and could not have solidified at any great depth beneath. The rock from south of the fault is not amygdaloidal and of considerably coarser grain. It is also the least altered of any, and is a perfectly normal olivin diabase.* Minute, glittering feld- spar laths are easily made out by the eye. r26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The original rock would seem to have been quite rich in olivin. It is now wholly altered, mostly to chlorite, though in some of the larger individuals patches of serpentine remain in the midst of the chlorite, the whole combination showing distinct mesh structure. | The pyroxene is also wholly altered, and to a mixture of cal- cite and chloritic aggregate. Some of the calcite is in crystals of considerable size, and some of these present apparent pyroxene outlines, as if in these cases the alteration had been to calcite simply. Not a particle of unaltered pyroxene could be detected. In many instances it is not possible to be sure whether the original mineral was olivin or pyroxene, but in the majority it is possible. There is considerable magnetite present in minute crystals, but the amount is rather scant in comparison with most diabases. The feldspars are of the long, lath shape, and the majority show multiple twinning. The extinctions are, in general, not over 15° but in two or three cases run up to 20°. This, may indicate the presence of both andesin and labradorite, but in any case the feldspar is not very basic. The alteration products of the augite fill the interspaces between the feldspar laths, giving an approximation to the ophitic structure, though by no means well marked. The holocrystalline, nonamygdaloidal and nonporphyritic character of this rock shows that it must have cooled under different conditions from the others; and Professor Wood- worth’s paper indicates the likelihood of this, since a fault inter- venes, which downthrows to the north, implying that the rock on the south is from a deeper seated source. Professor Wood- worth writes me that his idea is that one passes here from the throat, with ball structure, to a conduit in which the lava cooled under different conditions, but that the exposures are not suffi- ciently good to permit of certainty in the matter. The sections would seem to reinforce this interpretation. Correlation. Though the rock possesses no special petro-— graphic interest, being an ordinary rotten diabase, it is inter- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r27 esting from another standpoint, that of its probable age and associations. Its surroundings permit no more definite asser- tion concerning its age than that it must be younger than the Hudson slates which it cuts. This renders a reference to the pre-Cambrian diabase of the region impossible, though there is a strong resemblance in the rocks. There remain the basic eruptives of the Champlain and Mohawk valleys and the traps of the Trias, as representatives of the only known periods of vulcanism of post-Ordovician date in the region. The rock must either be referred to one or the other of these, or else must stand by itself as the single representative of a heretofore unknown time of igneous activity, a most unlikely though not impossible contingency. The eruptives of the Champlain valley are younger than the Utica shale of the Ordovician, though their precise age is un- known. ‘They comprise both acid (bostonites) and basic (camp- tonites, monchiquites and fourchites), basaltlike rocks, of the sort usually found in association with nephelin syenite eruptives, such rocks occurring in Canada directly to the northward. With the exception of one single dike noted by Kemp, none of these rocks are diabases, though the known number of basic dikes is large, and it would therefore seem to be at least an open ques- tion as to whether this dike should be properly classed with the remainder! Its nearly north-south trend is certainly excep- tional for the region, and it may be a stray dike of Triassic age. The eruptives of central New York are all exceedingly basic rocks, alnoites and peridotites. Smyth’s recent discovery of melilite in the Syracuse rock would seem to indicate the proba- bility that all of these rocks may prove to be alnoites.2 The dikes about Manheim cut Ordovician rocks, those at Syracuse cut the Silurian, and, if the dikes at Ithaca belong to the same group, a late Paleozoic age is indicated for all, since these cut the Upper Devonian.’ They are so utterly different in character *U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 107, p. 48. 7Am. Jour, Sci. ser. 4. 14:26-30. *Kemp, J. F. Am. Jour. Sci. ser, 8. 42-410. r28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM from the Northumberland rock that there can be no question of correlating them. The Triassic traps are uniformly diabases. They are in general quite similar to the Northumberland rock except that olivin is usually lacking in them. But Professor Emerson, while ’- remarking on the absence of olivin in the main trap sheets of the Massachusetts Trias, reports it as more or less abundant in the smaller dikes which cut the adjacent gneisses, and in some of the later plugs. It is also sometimes present in the New York and New Jersey traps. Therefore the presence of olivin, while enforcing caution as to the reference of the Northumberland rock to the Trias, is not an insuperable objection. The writer is therefore disposed to refer the Northumberland rock to the Trias, because of its character, but it should be em- phasized that it is a disposition simply. It is put forward as a working hypothesis. The first sight of the thin sections sug- gested the reference, and it is of interest to note that Professor Woodworth had come to the same conclusion on wholly different grounds. An obvious objection to the reference at once arises, its isolation and distance from any known Trias traps and sedi- ments. In answer to this it may be legitimately argued that the remnants of the Trias formation can give no idea of its original extent, and that the traps might well therefore have a much wider distribution at present than the sediments, since they came up from beneath. Also that there seems no @ priort reason why they may not have had an original wider distribu- tion than the sediments, since the disturbances which character- ized the period can hardly have been confined to the actual troughs where deposition was going on, or, rather, where exten- sive deposition was going on. To quote from a letter of Pro- fessor Woodworth’s:? I have thought from the habit and mode of occurrence of this rock, that it may be a part of the Triassic eruptions lying on, or 1U. S. Geol. Sur. Monograph. 29:412,498. Professor Woodworth and I arrived at the opinion of the Triassic age of the Northumberland rock independently, from different lines of evidence and prior to entering into correspondence on the matter. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r29 near, the floor of a former Triassic area north of the Highlands of the Hudson. Such a view of the origin of the Hudson valley north of the Highlands is borne out by the evident structure of the valley south of the Archaean ridge, and is not incompatible with the structure of the Hudson and other terranes to the north. A final reason for the reference of the rock to the Trias is its near-surface character. The field occurrence as described by Professor Woodworth, and the character of the rock, both mega- scopic and microscopic, indicate surface volcanic action. Now, while surface lavas are abundant in the Trias traps, we know of no such among the eruptives of the Champlain valley, the basic rocks there all being in the dike form. To be sure, the rocks of the latter cooled at no great depth below the surface and may have outflowed there, but no vestige of such rocks now remains. | In conclusion, the only known New York igneous rocks to which the Northumberland rock can be referred, are those of the Champlain valley, and the diabases of the Newark series. Because it is a diabase, and a volcanic, rather than an intrusive rock, the latter reference is regarded as the more probable. But it must be reiterated, at the risk of becoming wearisome, that the evidence is far from decisive, and that this view is pro- mulgated as a working hypothesis simply. eC nan | eeio® : Y ais! dein ae rs HE! SA in Be cal’ tee dein ty ms ion if esting combination of characters, which are not accidental but have their genesis in geologic structure and processes. Passing east from Oneida by the railroad, and crossing the low ground of the Oneida embayment, with its area of yellow sand knolls, the first clear appearance of channel features is seen a mile west of Verona station. In a short distance it becomes evident that the railroad lies in a well developed chan- nel. The altitude of the channel floor is 465 feet. At Verona station the railroad is cut in the south wall of the channel. One and one half miles east of Verona the south bank is very conspicuous, some 40 rods south of the tracks, the latter resting on a filling in the channel. At the highway crossing, nearly 2 miles east of Verona, the channel is about 4 mile wide, and the south bank is about 40 feet high. The north bank is low but distinct. The floor of the channel is strewn with boulders (see pl. 28, 29). One half mile north of the road crossing above noted is an outlier of “ Oneida grit,” swept bare over many acres by water action. Preglacial weathering had opened the joints of the quartzose rock so as to make a “rock city,” which the ice did | not pluck away. The west side of the rock area shows stream erosion, the ground being lower than the channel carrying the railroad. About 4 mile beyond the highway the railroad leaves the channel and makes a cutting through a mass of drift which forms at this point the north wall of the channel. In this cut the railroad has the highest elevation between New York and Rochester, 477 feet. Here and for a mile east the channel is excellently developed, being at least 4 mile wide and the walls 40 to 50 feet high. Plates 30 and 31 are from photographs taken at the next road crossing, at the bend in the tracks, near the Summit View stock farm. The precise altitude of the chan- nel fioor near this highway is 459 feet. Approaching Greenway station, the channel walls diminish, the north bank disappearing entirely. At the station the south bank is not evident, as a hollow from the south joins at this place. r46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Three miles from Rome the channel blends into the broad, smooth plain which forms here the divide between Hudson and St Lawrence waters. The banks which constitute the south wall curve around the high ground 2 miles south of Rome and end at Stanwix village. These banks were cut by river flow preced- ing the inception of Lake Iroquois, at a time when the ice sheet still occupied the divide. A strong and conspicuous bluff behind the village, with altitude by the map contours of about 460 feet, tells the fact of the early drainage. The interval between Rome and Stanwix, about 2 miles, has been swept and leveled by river action. The line of water parting has about the course of the canal and the New York, Ontario and Western Railroad, with altitude of 430 feet. For ages here was the outlet of the great Lake Iroquois and the head of the great river which was predecessor to the St Lawrence. Relation of these low channels to the high channels To appreciate the supposed relationship between the channels described in this paper and the channels on the higher ground, the reader should have in hand, for comparison with the maps (pl.7-10) accompanying this paper, plates 15 and 16 in the former report. The study of the relation between the high and low channels, in both location and altitude, leads to the following tentative conclusions. (1) The waters which cut the high channels across the points of Eaton, West Stockbridge, Cranson and Eagle hills? found eastward escape by several channels higher than the- Verona-Greenway channels, and lying on the ground west and northwest of Clinton. At that time the lower ground of the Verona-Greenway channels was yet buried under the ice sheet. (2) The Round Lake and Mycenae channels, northeast of Fayetteville? probably correlate with the channels described in this paper as lying between Chittenango and Canastota. This series should also include the channels south of Fayette- ville and west of Manlius, and probably the earlier cutting of See former report, p. 128, 124. *See former report, p. 123, 128. PLATE 7 21ST REPORT OF STATE GEOLOGIST TE OF NEW YORK Ot onan MUSEUM 557THREPORT OF STATE MUSEUM FREDERICK J.H. MERRILL DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST 78° oe Wrightson eet on Bae MB O Y Ee : ae Cent / — poy Ler er ao yeaa i VA orktty western, | lwES TE)R N/LP- WC 2 Steuben Vv elle ) LHASITIN €8- Ne) MW. EIN SUS | he {\ PP an te NAN a IMO NROR/ a . : eh l abergp 0 Snes | y N “ oN ‘ ) f ie fe ne x y . / C OLWS TA IN| A I BSN] f : i : af lossvale| j 7 5 Sse : / | y x EaeN See ik -7€ oH mae aN f Trenton CDG Wo Monn iif y S C7 ine anne deny Woodlamn IN Ceme tex\y i KE o NS : : )) Manlius Station / | “«/64 SHORE. R. Ail a \Manhus @ AW a * eet 4 Gf rs CA | A WAL | MAP OF DISTRICT BETWEEN SYRACUSE AND ROME SHOWING THI LATEST AND LOWHST PRE-IROQUOIS DRAINAGE H.L.FADRCHTLD 1902 lie —* Channel with both banks preserved LEGENDi Channel, with south bank only he (ce. 7a the north bank having been t SEE eee Contour imterval 20 feet. Datumismean sea level. = uv o Ravina sng ste ech eres amle a: Ae mea une e Ay! if My, ak Nhe y : > i x Saw ean " Ms \ i ; | 5 PLATE 9 Sr. UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK : KOH MERRILL 7 ? 21ST REPORT OF STATE GEOLOGIS' DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST i NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM SCREFORT OF STATE, GEOLOG|s7 Central Sheer MAP OF DISTRICT BETWEEN SYRACUSE AND ROMI4 SHOWING THE LATEST AND LOWHNST PRE-TROQUOILS DRAINAGE H.. PATRCHILD 1902 £ Mhannel with both banks preserved BB Serces, Gannel wath south bask only Bila 5 tha narth bank having bean the ire 75°40' LEGEND sj ioe wees 1 2 3 ‘ at? | ue | ‘ae F ? oe > Se : 4 anton Gatien sO met. mati “eer ipa piper neh ‘ i Ly f ; q ant es) oS Sew i bet Ny canines yet ¥e ‘Peg Sk bik. ee: { UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK ; BEN? AO) 2152 REPORT OF STATE GEOLOGIST 55THREPORT OF STATE MUSEUM FREDERICK J H MERRILL DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM gan fa ‘ spencer Settlemi East Sheet MAP OF DISTRICT BETWEEN SYRACUSE AND ROME SHOWING THE LATEST AND LOWEST PRE-IROQUOTIS DRAINAGE H.L.FATRCHILD 1902 Se Cannel with both banks presemed LEGEND... Channel with south bank only Mi te north burkchaving been the ice. paar 2 2 FS SSS SS Ni pevlbases eae ial B® ea * mines! $ Ass [et ‘zr 1d oreduroo] JouuvY SsO1ov pABALYJ10U suUTyooT ‘osnowrdg Jo javd U4ojso AA TANNVHO MUVd LAaNUAg ‘ojyoyd ‘proud 1TH TL 94%Id aa , haul 2am eyny, tagerm RRR NE Sect sir ye by ; ah Tae Ay eee ‘inns a ag al i [st ‘IL ‘1d o1edui09] lp ey} Jo Woroes B JO J00F oy) Ie SolT AoUS Jo yuURq VW “JY Slt of} 7B winyAse uvydIQ "JOBVIRIVD PABALO} “VSOM. JO NOS ‘urvetsdn SUIYOOT ‘asnoBIts JO IS9AA TONNVHO M4Vqd LANYNG "01040 ‘plIqo11ey TH oT 948d Keeje ee iC! a1vVduUtod | 1Wsld of] uo ‘punoisyorq ot} Ul AYO ILL ‘Teuueyo vt} JO YINOW oY} Sso1oBV ISBvIy1AIOU SuULyOO'T ‘OSNOBIAG JO WOM THANNVHO MUVd LANYNG ‘oyoUd ‘pIIyorey Ty ET oT 948Id aay nies us Ay-ti thy Shy eee eles ei alpey he Savane A qe) % ei i [61-SL ‘1d aivdurod] YyuRq [INOS 9} JO JOOJ Of} 1B [VUBSO OLIG ‘jeuuByo oq} JO v[pprul vq} Ul “YY [TeayuaD ‘KN ‘punodaso10J oY} Ul “‘YWcW soy JSoA\ “AV JOUING WOAJ ‘JOUURTD IY} SSO1OB SOA ]NOS SUIYOOT ‘osnoRIits Jo sey TANNVHO FSNOVAAS : ‘oj0Ud ‘plIqo1ey TH PI 981d atheyin those esas a! wich ry [61-FL ‘Id vavdut0o] TITY ayisoddo of} UO SsuUIp[Ing AjIStoAIUQ oSHOBIAG ‘TOUULTD oY} JO Pvat oY} SSO1Ov [NOS JO WSO. Suryoo"y ‘asnovitg Jo ysvgf THNNVHO ASNOVYAN ‘ojo ‘plrqoaey TH GT 9481d Wve feeatinrrorke SUI[UILAIG ‘(TOANTp) JUV op JUsoU I [61-FL ‘1d oteduroo] oul, AYS to osnovAdY Jo JSvotQNoS A 38) 38 OULA JO pvol] oy} WOAJ JOUULTD JY} SSO.lOv [INOS JO ySvo SuryooryT TANNVHO ASAOVUAG Wy ey —S 9T 24%I1d “ISNOBIAY JO ISB ‘oyoyd “plored TH Pls Pie cA ¥ eae oe ans Sr ree [GL-FL 1d otvdutos] of oyvy~d Jo uoISod of} Vou WOT JOUULYD 9} SSO1OV JSvOyJNOS SUIYOOTT ‘asnoRIAG Jo IsVy TANNVHO FDSNOVUAS ‘oj0Yd ‘pllqoIey TA 4T 981d S622 ae ee NR Ne wee easy a eo Awe i, hee 4 [6L-FL ‘1d v1edur0d.] gf aed Wod1J UOLoo1Ip o1IsoddQ 4S oJJOARY 2B OPIS TINOS oy} WO TOUUBYD OT} SSO1OvV YOU JO ISOM SuLyoo'T ‘osnovit{y Jo ysViy TANNVHO GFSOOVEAS ‘OJ0Ud ‘plIqo1ey “TA SI 948Id Fea N aya iat [SL-FI ‘1d aavdur09] gt oped sv uosod oes ay} WO1J [OUUBYD of} SSO1OB YOU JO JSve TAUNNVHO ASAOVUAG 6T 24¥%Id SUTYOO'T ‘ISHOBIAG JO JV ‘oyoud “pliqosied TlH { ‘ Hie eats . Ngee ys) pita i < W Ley ce h {SBaT}AOU SUIYOOT ‘IAAT JO SBS Jo [INOS ow T FnIq sawouog TONNVHO ATILAMYIST ‘ojoyd ‘prryoarew TE 0G 481d es uke EA Ape peor guata) at : Maa aa ar Kehoe Lite [zz ‘1d vivduroo | SEAS mote yueq YINOS oy 3B 4S¥ve JO YINOS Suryoo'yT TAINNVHO ATILAMYIS 1G 94¥Id ‘OTANI JO ISBo sopra WT ‘oyoyd “pilqouley TH A414" Saks ic ania gis :! iy " are ‘ } i ae HBS bane we) OMY Warr Ne Tee eoNe eet [1@ [1d ereduroo] punorse10z ot} Ul [eUL ALI “4seA JO YINOS Suryoo] T€NNVHO ATTIAMYIY ‘O[[IAMALS JO Jsva seri Z yuRq ynog ‘ojoyd “pllqommeyg TH | 66 24°Id U10}}0qQ [aUUBYD 9} UI 4nd B SOYBU “YY MOUS JOA “JSVOTINOS SulYoo] “oSsel[[IA oY} JO JSVoy AOU oI [ PUB ‘UOTZEIS OT[[AYITST Jo sve afro T NVA LAO-NVEULS ‘oj04d “pIIqoreg "TH &@ 978Id Wes 4 y ; a ie : os ie 41st tbe pad Paley ena ce otinsint a Re a ee ew el te Ne Bc 5 ; tp Ws pian oe ‘ haga Prat " ; : i he ® its a tS i! i bait rity oe \ : E; rng 4 : * bas 5 I : ee hg en 4 'e XK oo Es r ¥ \ hee A as ‘ , : : cat hd Bhs ; i vi + ; fine Mt a [gal ‘ 4 : yt ~ { ere i c 0 ane ae = = 7 wi i r 3 , i f ; ae , 5 aa 4 ¢ = os is a ee “ S 2 ‘eg ing oO 2 i jet & * a7 x ‘ ’ Ves, pews 1, ae Pimeane {4 ‘ ire . Ee ’ r f ie -. ¥ \ *) . } ‘ $ fi et Ya Fi ¥ ry, a punodis a[pprut oy} Ul [BUR PIO “PROT T[]NOS-Y}IOU WIJ JSVI SULYOO'TT ‘SUOT}VIS JO YINOS oI [T PUB OSUBUAIIYD Jo YoU sopIM KT UNVA LOAO-NVAULS ‘oj0Nd ‘plIqoueg “TA VG 981d oe ae com me a ge. - =: ie BES ea ane ape Sgn eh [1% ‘9% ‘jd vtvedur0d] “WW VLOYY isaA\ WOAJ JSBI JO YYNOS SUIYOOT “BIO}SBVURHD JO SOM OI % “yueq Nos sABoUOH THNNVHO VLOLSVNVQ ‘opoyd “plmoiued "Tl A 7 Go 94%Id + re vO ye »] eee o> hee Lene In bal y xX 9 f v < 4 : i - \ ‘ y . é acon i Anes eile whe hak Fh mala re ‘i ‘ 4 we c A ea Wn fann yy Sane hae dle YWNOS SUIYOOYT ‘“UOMNeIS PBOTIVI oY} WOT, Moos YURq [NOY TAUNNVHO VLOLSVNV{) ‘oJOYd ‘pllyorley “yh 96 948Id ve ey) B its Bae Plate 27 CANASTOTA CHANNEL Coneave bank °%4 mile east of Canastota. H. L. Fairchild, photo. , 26] est [compare pl. 25 r uthw ing so < Lool . i. § se E a i. i er ey vier ee anges gay ahve aera NG ci? ie OF + r [12-6Z [Jd o1vdur0d] JouUURT) 9} SSO10B YSVITINOS SULYOOT] ‘WOL}VLIS VUOTOA JO SVIT}1OU SoTL YT THNNVHO AVANGOYD)-VNOUT A. 8% 94¥%Id ‘oyoyd “pllqouey TH Ont: y St ERS te Roe Tes aly en (Nae : i ne ‘ ; -\ i vit ¥ « : 5 . z ‘ } : [aN : : j 5 NY ¢ Se: ~ 4 ‘ Te Ke [tg-sz 1d ‘jouUBYD VY} JO vspo YJAoU oY} WOTF Y}NOS SUIYOO'T “WO]]VIS BVUOTOA JO JSVOTJIOMW SoTIM WT ‘ojyoyd ‘pITqoriey TH aivdurod] wi0}oq durIRAtg TANNVHO AVMNGAYY)-VNOUT A | 6G 9PId oe | a ais 9 ete . Pine i! ’ a Ci Co RA gw eS BO et bats \ \ ) - | i i 4 . ‘ 7 [te-s¢ 14 arvdutos | ULAIBJ YOOIS MOA JITUTUNG ULOTJ TOUULTILD IY} Sso.oe JSBIYINOS SUISOO'T ‘TOI1BIS CUOLIA JO TANNVHO AVMNGAAYY)-VNOU A ‘o10yd ‘pllQoIIey “TH ysvoq.10U Sofi hz 5 AML hp me SN © pcclyscs tela sn Een» [og-8c ‘[d vivdutod] 4Ysi1 oy UO UI AMOTA JIUUINS YOUULY olf} JO B[PPIUE oY} WOT, YUVC YRIOU PABA} JSAM SUIYOO'T “UOl}VVIS VUOTAA JO ISBOYJAOU SeTIUL & TANNVHO AVMNGAWH*)-VNOUH A ‘oj0Ud ‘plIqo1ey “TH TE 94%[d den meme mt Sa F { A Samy ' . ; REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEHOLOGIST 1901 r47 the great “railroad” channel 38 miles southeast of Syra- cuse. (3) The later life of the “railroad” channel quite cer- tainly added its waters to the flood which cut the bluffs at Manlius Center and those south and east of Kirkville. The waters which occupied the huge channels at Syracuse may possi- bly have cut the banks on the two hills east and southeast of East Syracuse, and at the last probably poured directly into the early Lake Iroquois. The Verona-Greenway channels were probably cut at the same time as these at Oneida and Canastota. These carried for a long time the elacially impounded waters held in the valleys of Oneida, Cowaselon, Chittenango and possibly Limestone creeks. It is not certain whether the low channels between Oneida and Chittenango carried any waters derived from the west of Lime- stone and Butternut creeks. It is probable however that the low channels west of. Chittenango carried in addition to the local waters the eastward drainage of the vast Lake Warren, which then occupied as much of the basins of Ontario, Erie and Huron as the ice sheet had then deserted. 3 Work in completion of channel investigation The channel phenomena in the extreme limits of the territory,. east and west, remain unstudied. In the area between Rome, Utica and Clinton must lie the easternmost scourways of the entire series. These must have carried to their destination in the Mohawk the waters which cut the channels on Eaton hill, and at least the higher ones on West Stockbridge, Cranson and Eagle hills. West of Syracuse and reaching past Rochester to the west side of the Genesee valley are capacious channels which are probably later in time than those already described. It is the intention of the writer to make these two sets of undescribed channels the subject of another paper. Thereafter it will be in order to make a summation of all the data in a single writing. 1See former report, p. 123, 124. Since the above was written the author has examined the Clinton—Utica district and has mapped high-level chan- nels cutting the north slopes of the ridges west and east of Clinton and southwest and southeast of Utica; thus extending the series of high chan- hels eastward into the Mohawk valley. These are roughly indicated on plate 7. r48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM FIELD WORK DURING 1901 IN THE CRETACEOUS BEDS OF LONG ISLAND BY ARTHUR HOLLICK The probability that Cretaceous strata underlie the surface of Long Island to a greater or less extent, was conceded by nearly all the early geologists who studied the stratigraphy of the coastal plain in the vicinity. The general trend of the known Cretaceous strata in New Jersey, and the lithologic simi- larity between the plastic clays of that state and certain expos- ures of clays on the north shore of Long island justified the assumption that they were probably of the same geologic age, but paleontologic evidence was lacking. As early as 1871 a few fossil leaf impressions had been dis- covered in sandstone boulders in the drift at Williamsburg,! but they were not recognized as Cretaceous till many years after- ward. Subsequently similar remains were found at Glencove, Sea Cliff, Lloyd neck, Eaton neck, Center island and else- where and also a few in the clays at Cold Spring, Northport and Glencove, most of which proved to be well known Creta- ceous species. These may be found described in several papers by the writer, together with their accompanying conditions and the history of the events which finally resulted in the determina- tion of their identity and significance.? During the month of June 1901 several days were spent in the vicinity of Glencove for the purpose of collecting. A con- siderable number of specimens were obtained, some as loose material scattered along the beach, but most of them from layers of red shale in connection with the clay outcrop on the IN, Y. Lye, Nat. Hist. Proc. ser. 1. 1871. p. 149, 150. *1 Preliminary Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Cretaceous Formation on Long Island and Eastward. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. May 1893. 12:222-37, pl. 5-7. 2 Additions to the Paleobotany of the Cretaceous Formation on Long Island. Torrey Bot. Club. Bul. Feb. 1894. 21:49-65, pl. 174-80. 8 Some Further Notes on the Geology of the North Shore of Long Island. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. Jan. 1894. 18:122-29. 4 Geological Notes: Long Island and Block Island. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. Dec. 1896. 16:9-18. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r49 shore of Hempstead harbor, about a mile west of the Glencove landing. This shale is unquestionably a phase of the clay, prob- ably a result of hardening, due to oxidation of iron, and part of the loose material on the beach represents the same, which has been washed out by the waves. Other specimens represent material that has come from the adjacent bluffs, where it occurs as drift boulders, in connection with other morainal material. In the list of accessions all the specimens noted from Glen- cove were collected under one or another of the above con- ditions. SPERMATOPHYTA Gymnospermae Dammara borealis Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. v. 6, Abth. 2, p. 54, pl. 37, Me. 5: Glencove N. Y. Angiospermae Monocotyledones Serenopsis kempvi Hollick, Torrey Bot. Club. Bul. 20:169, pl. 149. Glencove N. Y. Fragments of monocotyledons of uncertain affinities Glencove N. Y. Dicotyledones Juglans arctica Heer (?), Fl. Foss. Arct. v. 6, Abth. 2, p. 71, pl. 40, fig. 2. Glencove N. Y. Saliz inaequalis Newb., Fl. Amboy Clays, p. 67, pl. 16, fig. 1, 4, 6; pl. 17, fig. 2-7. Glencove N. Y. Ficus willisiana Hollick, Torrey Bot. Club. Bul. 21:52, pl. 176, fig. 2, 5. Glencove N. Y. Magnolia auriculata Newb., Fl. Amboy Clays, p.75, pl.41, fig.13; pl. 58, fig. 1-11. Glencove N. Y. : Magnolia capellint Heer, Phyll. Crét. Neb. p. 21, pl. 3, fig. 5, 6. Glencove and Center island, Oyster Bay N. Y. r50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Magnolia glaucoides Newb. (?), Fl. Amboy Clays, p. 74, pl. 57, fig. 1-4. Glencove N. Y.: Magnolia isbergiana Heer " Fl. Foss. Arct. v. 6, Abth. 2, p. 91, pl. 36, fig. 3. Glencove N. Y. | | Magnolia longifolia Newb., F1. Amboy Clays, p. 76, pl. 55, fig. 3, 5; pl. 56, fig. 1-4. Glencove N. Y. Magnolia longipes Newb., F]. Amboy Clays, p. 76, pl. 54, fig. 1-3. Glencove N. Y. Magnolia speciosa Heer, Neue Denkschr. Schw. Gesel. 23:20, Deo ea Ol Oto. 2° pl ie. t, Glencove and Center island, Oyster Bay N.Y. Liriodendropsis simples Newb., Fl. Amboy Clays, p. 83, pl. 19, fig. 2, 3; pl. 58, fig. 1-4, 7. Glencove N. Y. Menispermites brysoniana Hollick, Torrey Bot. Club. Bul. 21:59, pl. 180, fig. 10 (counterpart of type). Glencove N. Y. Cinnamomum intermedium Newb., Fl. Amboy Clays, p. 89, pl. 29,. fig. 1-8, 10. Glencove N. Y. Cinnamomum sezannense Wat., Pl. Foss. Bassin Paris, p. 175, pl. 50, fig. 2. : Seacliff N. Y. Leguminosites convolutus Lesq. (2), Fl. Dak. Gr. p. 151, pl. 44, fig. 4. Glencove N. Y. Paliurus integrifolius Hollick, Torrey Bot. Club Bul. Feb. 1894. 2a pl ine. 8. 12 oe of type). Glencove N. Y. Aralia sp. ? (probably rotundiloba Newb., Fl. Amboy Clays, p- 118, pl. 28, fig. 5; pl. 36, fig. 9.) ; Glencove N. Y. ~ REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIST 1901 rdl Diospyros primaeva Heer, Phyll. Crét. Neb., p. 19, pl. 1, fig. 6, 7. Glencove N. Y. Viburnum integrifolum Newb. (?), Fl. Amboy Clays, p. 125, pl. 41, fig. 1. Glencove N. Y. REMAINS OF UNCERTAIN BOTANICAL AFFINITIES Tricalycites papyraceus Newb., FJ. Amboy Clays, p. 182, pl. 46, fig. 30-38. . ye Glencove N. Y. Ls Fragments of vegetation, undetermined Glencove N. Y. USES OF PEAT AND ITS OCCURRENCE IN NEW YORK BY HEINRICH RIES CONTENTS PAGE @Gripintanud nature of peat) i sien SRA MOA Le ee ros BS ECITICICCaS CC) CVE: ae ea en 0 Bees... 166 WSEShO meal: ie. . cs. a MARA. REWMMRNORMO ERS oo ee eee ee r66 Peri sim ern OPK iStatle? oi) uae mos otic iis. ses 4s. ee coe vill ire Para GIMME E's acsre Seven Ge Sie NE TSR c Guys we ee ee wo Se r89 USES OF PEAT AND ITS OCCURRENCE IN NEW YORK | STATE The uses of peat are treated in considerably greater detail in this paper than may seem to be warranted by the known occur- rence of the material in this State. Still this seems desirable, for few people have a true conception of the availability of this material for other than agricultural purposes. In north tem- | perate regions, where proper climatic conditions exist, peat of good quality is frequently found, and where fuel is both high and scarce this material is in demand. It is but natural that, with the extended immigration into this country, some of the newcomers should notice the peat "of our swamps, and its resemblance to the material of Europe. This fact has no doubt stimulated many to investigate the possibilities of our American peat without always having a true idea of the requirements of the case or the exact nature of the raw material. , A piece of dried muck may appear to burn as freely as good peat, and yet, when its calorific power or chemical composition is actually tested, a material difference is manifest. Origin and nature of peat Peat is a dark brown or black, often fibrous mass formed by the accumulation and decay of vegetable matter (specially moss) under water. Such accumulations may occur in any region where the drain- age is retarded, giving rise to the formation of lakes, often of shallow character, which, by a filling process described below, are converted into swamps. Such swamps may originate in several different ways, forming what are known respectively as terrace, delta, or lake swamps. Terrace swamps are those formed in depressions on the sur- face of river terraces or flood plains, specially along their outer edge, that is nearest to the valley sides. Many river terraces slope away from the river, thus causing a depressed area on r56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM either side. During periods of flood these lower lying parts of the terrace may become covered with water which remains after the river subsides. Additional water may drain into the de- pression from the sides of the valley, and, if the terrace is under- lain by a clay layer, the drainage of the area will proceed very slowly or be suspended, thus maintaining a pond in which water and moisture-loving plants spring up, resulting in the develop- ment of aswamp. Swamps of this type are less numerous than the other two. Delta swamps are common in many regions where streams: heavily laden with sediment enter a lake, for, the speed of the river current being checked at this point, much of the sediment is deposited around its mouth, forming a delta. As the sedi- ment accumulates year after year, the level of the delta is built up, till the water over it is sufficiently shallow to permit the growth of water plants. These serve to catch more sediment, so that the level of the delta is raised high enough to form first a swampy tract and later dry land, which may be overflowed only in springtime, when it receives an additional layer of sedi- ment, but later none at all. The result of both these kinds of swamp development and filling is to form a rich, black soil, often of considerable depth, and made up of a mixture of decaying plant fragments and mineral matter. In some cases the filling up of a lake and formation of a swamp may be due almost entirely to the accumulation of vegetable matter. In such cases the streams flowing into the lake carry little or no sediment, as the water supplying the pond may soak into it through the soil from the surrounding slopes, as in the case of Wilmurt lake in the Adirondacks. Many ponds and lakes in north temperate regions are sur- rounded by a growth of water-loving plants, and particularly with mosses. As these multiply, they not only send their reots downward into the shallow waters around the edge of the pond,. i§myth, C. H. jr. Lake Filling in the Adirondacks. Am. Geologist. 1893. 11:85. Plate 32 Peat from bog of Cyrus Post, northeast of Coid Spring, Putnam co. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r5¢t but may also spread toward the center of the lake, forming a mass of floating vegetation. This growth often covers event- ually the whole sheet of water, but at the same time thickens, for, as the plants die off in any one place, new ones spring up on their remains. In this way the pond often becomes entirely filled with a spongy mass of matted plant fragments. Such a deposit is known as peat, and a section made through a peat bog from top to bottom will show a layer of living plants at the surface, which grow on the clearly outlined stems and roots of dead ones, while below these is a gradual passage into fully formed peat, in which little trace of the original vegetable fibers may be discernible. This lower part is the peat proper, though the name is often broadly used to include the overlying layers. Peat is very spongy in its character and varies in color from brown to black. It may also show variation in structure, some peat being very fibrous, while other varieties show little fibrous character and are rather cheesy when moist. The process of peat formation is not one of complete decay, but one of slow oxidation which takes place away from contact with the air. In this change hydrogen, nitrogen and some oxygen pass off, indeed the formation of peat is entirely similar to the first stages in the formation of coal. As the deposit gains in depth the decomposition of the vege- table matter continues, and this is accompanied by the evolution of gases and a densification of the mass. This change of vegetable matter into peat is quite different from that taking place when the same material decays under the soil in drained land. The decayed vegetable matter or humus formed under these latter conditions is much darker, sometimes even black,! and is insoluble in water, to which it imparts no brown color, while the humus of bog peat is soluble. This insoluble humus is the form most desired by the farmer. . The brown humus of bogs can however be rendered insoluble by lime. *Hilgard, E. W. Cal. Exp. Sta. 1892-93. p. 11. r58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The presence of water is necessary for peat formation, as vegetable matter if exposed to the air alone is completely de- stroyed. Since most peat is formed from the moss, sphagnum, peat bogs are formed only in cold, temperate, humid climates, for the reason that sphagnum does not grow in dry air, and also on account of the fact that vegetable matter ferments more rapidly in moist climates, and is more easily converted into gas- eous products. The reason why sphagnum is a good peat producer is because of its cellular structure, the plant tissues attract and absorb much moisture. Thus a growth of sphagnum may raise the water level above that of the surrounding surface. Also the fibers of sphagnum are tough and make a mass firm for cutting. The following section of a peat bog is given by R. W. Ells.! On the surface there is a growth of stunted tamarack trees. Proceeding downward the following layers are recognized: 1 Green living and growing plants 2 Intermediate zone containing well defined plant remains 3 Lower zone, in which there is very little plant structure re- maining An ultimate chemical analysis of peat shows carbon, hydro- gen, oxygen and nitrogen, or the same elements found in the parent plants from which it was formed, but the four elements are present in different amounts. Johnson? gives the following analyses, which show the changes that take place in the altera- tion of sphagnum to peat. Material Analyst Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Nitrogen Splagomam ws LA Websky... 49.88 6.54 42.42 1.16 Peach woodsid eivaes .Ds Chevandier 49.9 6.1 48.1 9 Poplar woody. 2) .weeh!sk “ 50.8 6.38 42.4 1 DakimiOOd ad. oinst oye «gb aie : 50/6 ali 0 42.1 Las Peat, porous, light brown, SOMES 000 a A eee 4. Websky..). 50.8658, 42.57 ie Peat, porous, red brown .Jaeckel ... 53.51 5.9 40.59 Peat, heavy, brown ..... OO er) (Ono 38 .25 190ntario Bureau of Mines. Rep’t 1892. p. 195. 2Peat and its Uses, p.24. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r59 Material Analyst Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Nitrogen Peat, dark red brown, well decomposed...... Websky... 0947 6.02)) ol.5oLl 2.51 Peat, black, very dense emma Ah LAND att CF BORO RUBIETO Vaan O48? Ob DG Peat, black, heavy a Sit DAL YSOOTL 993). 27 $22.07 9472 .59 or Peat, brown, heavy er Detain Oohaat OF. OM 2O. a4: : Lok 4 | This table shows similarity but not identity of composition between sphagnum and wood. It also shows an increase in the percentage of the carbon contents as the material approaches more closely to true peat in composition and character. According to Johnson the ripest and heaviest peat has 104 to 12¢ more carbon and 102 to 12¢ less oxygen than the vegetable matter from which it is produced. The ultimate composition of the compounds contained in peat is given by Johnson (p. 25), as follows: - Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen OTIC PACT Oey h. ap cick’h cy. See rates avers vetete 67.1 AL) sy afl PA GNC ACN ey cy hates hie koe bagels 61.1 A 3 34.6 remIC ACI) 6 ee ke a 56.47 2.74 40.78 EMOOCKEMIC ACTO ek vs 5561 3. 45.7 4.8 49.5 The ash of peat, representing the mineral matter contained in it, varies much in composition. It may be chiefly silicious, or again lime may predominate. Some peats have been found to be high in sulfate of iron, and it is stated by Johnson that in some cases they contained sufficient to make its extraction profitable. These are known as vitriol peats. The bases found in the ash may have been combined with the organic acids. The compounds given off during the decomposition of vege- table matter are carbonic acid gas, marsh gas, nitrogen and water. Websky found in the gas from a peat bed (Johnson, p. 27): CO, 29 CH, 43.36 N 53.67 r60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Analyses of peat from different localities will naturally show a considerable variation, specially in the mineral contents or in- soluble matter, which they may contain, but this is easily under- stood when we consider the origin of peat. Many ponds are fed by streams which are muddy and therefore carry a large amount of sediment in suspension, while other streams entering a pond where peat is forming may be quite clear. The quantity of mineral matter, such as sand, silt or clay, which peat may con- tain is very variable, and materially affects its uses. Peat con- taining a high percentage of mineral matter is usually spoken of as muck. When peat contains little mineral matter, its fuel value is important, but when much is present then it is of greater value agriculturally. The plant species which formed the peat, also influences the length and toughness of the peat fibers. But these questions will be discussed in more detail later. The percentage of mineral matter in peat may vary from 14% to 30%. For purposes other than agricultural it should not ex- ceed 7% or 8%. The average composition! after deducting the mineral residue and recalculating is: carbon 52% to 564, hydrogen 4.7% to 7.4 %, oxygen 28% to 392, nitrogen 1.5¢ to 34. Even in the ash of peat there may be considerable chemical variation. John- son’, gives the following analyses of peat ashes; 1 being from Poquonnock Ct., 2 from Colebrook Ct., and 3 from Guilford Ct. 1 2 3 EXOGASIM Me SOA MOP MMe swe coal . 69 8 3.20 SV OXI tana ie i nad ae ace AAT ce rai MPS UN L.'s vesc\ ale. 3 trace AGH eke A RF, 40.52 30.59 6.6 MAME SIERO Abas SRL ie 6.06 4.92 1.05. Ferric oxid and alumina....... 5.17 9.08 15.59 Phosphoric a cidisyscitk ach ees | 68" | LEE | LOE [ST ST)L8°99)°" om" oS COBFIMS MOTO qyooy ¢ “00 slIIOW ‘VIG -UIN[OD 4B [onF TOF yn yeog 665 | 32"), 1S 3) LE ar 498 7S §) 6) SOL ONO SO) oe ee ee eae slop, ‘oylduiny eiquiny -OF2 ‘SMOpvom yOoIg youlg_ AOS1ol MON €c0° |G90° ITSL° [PPI |SS8° l9gg- |°"-""|@L°L6|°""° “AO}eMOSpIIg Ivou oIKOTT TOYO 1:0) UVSITOIT TPs oc alnees a a ges ea PR TO ao so 00 “Ly a UIs SALON, ; BIULOFITVD °0*d O°eN | OFH | OF | OFO pue | O°H | ‘310 MOUNnOS yeod yo uontsoduios JestwsyD NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM T64 eeeene sceeanecs emeeeerleovcecs| , eve TOE ‘a e cece] cmee ‘yder qygT “e4S ‘dxq ‘OlISV ‘SIM 69Z:9 ‘3,doy "wig |---re|--- ‘dza Pusy, C19 692:9 “9,doy "eyg [toes frce ‘dxqy ‘olsy o14Q T8z:G °9,doemyp "wag [occ ]oree ‘dxq “OMSY O10 esp 'd ‘gggt ‘fas [tore -|-s-- “Lot? MON Jo “09H esp 'd ‘gggt ‘fos |--->-]rcce “19 MON jo "[Oax) Aqomny ‘sur | 10 S0sGGE aa oe gc Lple== =| qags* POs GL cas > ae 66°19) °° ~" GG2bSi= = “OJEUOY IVI SY POTIUIIIZEq v [|---| 90" P--" |) Gy 2-2" |-----|| ggi'----" ------ “goo pe pur pe (hea wales lof gm | ae mein fc seme Src? 7 Ci 2: | ialaomeoamaee earns Sieg cece! 1181 Fa 5) ooqeieg CE OTE | seams | 0) 6 ler | naa | emma eae (Sad, eee eee “""7Ooy pg pus PG eo ibase? bene |psers IPRS oo= | Reegignilt <-> BOE ae on ee 22007 381, [fOs Ved UISTOOST A Ty OWS = a ee eS eS SF es ee Dey ple os \QCCGu ea oe ae ee ee ee OO Ose £9%0,q 1ojyyuelq ‘Wosiepuy “oO “qd noose reccosioseect==-""1 60°] FG» | GAT |66°S8|" °°" | "°° ploywiag ‘1esul100g *D ‘CO 0°07 Pie aes 96 T "°°"! PBT] SR LE Te)" | eo MeTeg ‘syoorg “q “¢ £9°o4q orgO a ae el ee ee aS & | 6° 609} 9G | FP Gojomes u10}40q 92 vEepulBy~) ‘plsyuoppey, “GOszleq[yY “DO Yee || SN Oa Ta ¢ ZG| 26 | 8 gGjeovjans reou “oo uepmen ‘preyuoppey] ‘aosyr0q Ty ‘O 90%4 o7eN | O° | OSM | OFD pue | O°H | ‘310 aounos (papnjouos) yead yo uolyisodwios [eorwayD REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r65 Some plants, like vaccinium, grow so thick that they hinder evaporation of the water from the surface, thus raising its level and producing favorable conditions for peat accumulation. Where peaty deposits occur in New York State, ferns also take part in the peat growth. The process of peat formation may begin as soon as the plant is covered by water, but the rate at which peat forms, depends on the plant species and climate. The average rate of growth given by many is from 2 to 4 inches a year. Percy! records an instance of 15 feet growth in 30 years. Koller? states that in some bogs peat has been found to increase in thickness at the rate of 75 centimeters in a hun- dred years, while at other points under specially favorable con- ditions the same thickness was attained in 30 to 50 years. In still other localities a growth of 2 meters in 70 years has been recorded. In the valley of Somme? three feet of peat accumulated in about 40 years; and near Hanover Ger. 4 to 6 feet in the same length of time. Fully formed peat represents about one quarter of the original vegetable tissue from which it has been derived. 3 | Peat deposits are found chiefly in north temperate climates, specially in moist ones. Many thousand acres of the north German plain are underlain by deposits of peat, while in Ire- land alone it is estimated that there are 1,576,000 acres of fiat bog and 1,254,000 acres of mountain bog. Russia is said to _ have 67,000 square miles of peat land, and there are also several million acres in Norway and Sweden, while extensive deposits are not lacking in France and Holland.®5 Peat bogs are known in the United States and Canada. While those of the former are not as extensive as European ones, still deposits are found in nearly all of the northern states. They are common in New York, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Wisconsin and Minne- sota. *Fuels, p. 201. | ?Die Torfindustrie, p. 11. SOntario Bureau of Mines. Rep’t. 1891. p.181. *Mineral Industry, 7:191. *Mineral Industry, 2:490. r66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mining of peat Where peat is to be used for purposes which are not agricul- tural, some profitable and rapid means of extracting the material becomes necessary. If the bog is sufficiently dry, the peat can be dug in blocks and stacked up to air-dry as much as possible. When a spade is used to dig the peat, one of special form is employed, consisting of a long, narrow blade, which has a tongue at right angles to it on one edge. This is known as a silane in Ireland, and as a peat-spade in Scotland. The bog is usually drained by a series of ditches before the digging commences. Where the bogs are worked on a large scale, it is usually found desirable to use some form of cutter or excavator, drawn by horses.1 | In some bogs there is such a large quantity of water, that attempts have been made to collect the peat with dredges set on floating scows, and then extract the water from it by screening, pressing, or drying. In some cases the dredged mass, which comes up as thin mud, is discharged on land, in a thick layer, and this when dry, by the draining off of the water, is cut up into blocks. This process was patented in Canada in 1864 by a Mr Hodges.? The writer has also been informed that a similar process was tried near Fishkill village and also north of Syracuse about the same date, Uses of peat It is not unnatural to expect that many applications have been found for peat, for, being a common material in most northern countries, it is noticed by many people, and inquiries made concerning its possible value. Peat for fuel. This is perhaps the best known use to which peat is put. Its value for this purpose depends on the density, 2A number of these are described by Koller in Die Torfindustrie, p. 33 et seq. *Mineral Industry, 2:492. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r67 dryness, coherence, and purity of the peat. In some countries, notably Ireland and Germany, the peat is dug, dried and then used, but, while cheap when employed in this manner, still it lacks heating power, for it is not only porous, but even when air-dried may still contain as much as 254 or 380% of water. Peat of this character burns very freely. For developing the maximum calorific power therefore it is not only necessary to dry the peat thoroughly, but also to compress it into some dense and more solid form. Pressure alone is not sufficient to drive out all the moisture, nor has it been found practicable to dry the peat in bulk, and therefore a preliminary pulverization is always necessary. While experiments carried out on a working scale have shown that, when properly treated, peat will develop a good calorific power, still it can not compete successfully with bituminous coal in those countries where there is an abundance of the last mentioned material. P. R. Bjorling! refers to a peat which was used for fuel, and contained from 75% to 85¢ of water in its raw condition. This was reduced to 54 to 15% by air-drying, and in that condition contained from 5¢ to 15% of ash. The composition varied be- tween 50% and 66% carbon; 4.7% to 7.4% hydrogen; 28¢ to 394% oxygen; and 1.32 to 3¢ nitrogen. In the air-dried condition the calorific value was 3000-3500 units, or, when dried at 100° ©, it was 5200 units. Experiments which have been made to test the heating effect of raw and prepared peat as compared with coal, indicated that the number of pounds of water heated from 0 to 100° C, by one pound of peat varies from 18 to 62.7 The heating power of peat can be determined by means of a calorimeter. The principle of this consists in determining the number of degrees temperature to which a given quantity of water can be raised by the heat given off by a certain amount of peat in burning. For such atest a number of different calorim- *Colliery Guardian, 80:1127, 1183, 1294; 81:21. *? Mineral Industry, 2:492. r68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM eters have been used, but one of very convenient and simple form is somewhat as follows. It consists of a cylinder of sheet iron which is jacketed with wooden staves. Inside of this there is a spiral sheet copper tube which carries off the smoke from the little fireplace, which is totally inclosed by double walls of tin. The covering of the sheet iron cylinder already mentioned has four openings, one for the smoke pipe leading from the spiral tube, another one for the insertion of the thermometer, a third for inserting a stirrer, and a fourth for filling the cylinder. The fireplace has a grating with a small ash pit beneath it, and these two have separate doors. The upper door, leading into the fireplace, proper, has an opening for the admission of air or draft, and a second for inserting a pipe leading from the bellows. At one side of the cylinder is a stopcock for drawing > off the water. In using the apparatus the cylinder is filled toa distance of 4 cm from the top with cold water, the exact volume of which is known. The temperature of this water is deter- mined before commencing the experiment. A weighed amount of the peat is then placed on the hearth, set on fire, and the door of the fireplace closed. Air is then pumped into the hearth by means of the bellows. From time to time more fuel is added. At the end of the experiment a note ismade of the time which the test has taken, the temperature of the water and the quantity of the material burned. The percentage of ash is also determined. Knowing then the amount which the temperature of the water has been raised, the weight of the water used and the amount of the fuel consumed, we can figure out the calorific power of the peat. In order to obtain very exact results, a correction should perhaps be made for the amount of heat absorbed by the metal cylinder holding the water, though the loss of heat by radiation through the walls of the cylinder is reduced to the minimum by having it jacketed with wood, as before mentioned. The amount of heat lost by absorption into the metal can be determined by muitiplying the weight of the metal cylinder by REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r69 the specific heat of the metal of the same, adding this product to the weight of water. ’ Thurston in speaking of peat says: “ Dried in air, peat, like the lignites, retains moisture persistently, and is usually found to contain 30¢ after drying. A pound of charcoal and 1.66 pounds of peat have nearly the same heating value. When used for fuel, it is usually cut from the bog with sharp spades, ground up in a special machine, and then spread out in the sun and air to dry. It is frequently compressed by machinery till its density approaches that of the lighter fuels, and it is then used in blocks of convenient size. Its specific gravity is about .5.” Johnson! states that in using peat as fuel regard must be had to its shape and bulk. Flat blocks are apt to lie closely together in the fire and obstruct the draft. A fireplace con- structed properly for burning them should be shallow, not ad- mitting of more than two or three layers being superimposed. According to the bulkiness of the peat, the fireplace should be roomy as regards length and breadth. Fibrous and easily crumbling peat is usually burned on a hearth, either in stoves or open fireplaces. Dense peat burns best on a grate, the bars of which should be thin and near together, so that the air may have access to every part of the fuel. The denser and tougher the peat, the better is its heating power. Pressed peat. It has sometimes been found desirable in the use of peat fuel to press the material into bricks, instead of using it in the porous condition in which it is found in nature. The advantages which pressed peat possesses are, that a given volume of the material has much greater heating power; the blocks of the material dry out very rapidly and do not absorb much moisture; in the transportation a given quantity of peat in the present form takes up much less room than the uncon- solidated material, and furthermore, not only stands the trans- portation better, but is stronger and can therefore be built or piled up much higher on the freight cars. It requires much less 4Peat and its Uses, p. 102. r70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM space in storage; and in the manufacture of the material much less drying space is required. Wherever peat is extensively employed for fuel, the air-dried material is usually compressed into briquets. This has been used in Sweden for some time, and has also been tried in Ger- many and Canada. Various methods are used in the preliminary treatment of the material. In some experiments recently made at the Royal Testing Station at Berlin! a method was used which had been devised by engineer Strauber. The peat used had the following composition. PARCOMCIANOM 2. ure. eee Sia scbis sees eee ss 45.14 PCM hs iiss PR A eas se cs ees ee ce oe A 4.54 NORGE ain. cies sem eee Cs ss te cer es et 29 .34 BASIE 5.3 SL a SN ei viet iy ca ais cr 9.09 Its thermal value was 3806 calories, which is said to equal brown coal. While the details of the process are not given out, it is said that it is possible to reduce the water contents to about 12¢ by the application of the proper amount of heat. In working the peat, the material is pulverized in specially contrived machinery, and fibers, roots and other impurities eliminated. The water is removed’ by compression, and the cleansed and pulverized material pressed into molds by auto- matic machinery. Hopes are entertained that the peat briquets made by this new process will replace the lignite so much used in Germany. At a Danish works? the peat is dredged from a scow, on which there is also located a pulper or pug mill. The peat is dug by hand, and shoveled into the pulper together with water. When mixed, it is discharged automatically into dump cars, which take the material to the molding and drying floors. By this process, it is claimed, one man can dig a ton of peat (calculated dry) per hour, or 10 tons per day. On this continent a peat fuel plant is 1Consular Reports. Nov. 1901. 67:254. ?Mineral Industry, 7:191. REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 — r71 in operation near Welland Ont. It is operated by the Canadian Peat Fuel Co. of Toronto, which has a peat bog of about 5000 acres. At the Trent Valley Peat Fuel Works, Kirkfield Can., the peat is raised by means of a dredge and conveyed to the works, where it is pressed and then dried in a sloping cylinder 5 feet in diameter and 80 feet long. The yield is 3 tons of dried peat per hour, and the product, which has 12% moisture, is compressed into cylinders 14 by 14 inches. One form of drying chamber which is in use near St Peters- burg, Russia, consists of a series of cast iron trays, placed one above the other, and heated by exhaust steam; the pulp is con- veyed along these trays, being stirred all the while, and is then delivered finally to the pressing machines? Peat coal. By heating peat to about 200° C, or till combustible gases begin to come off, peat coal is formed.? In one patented process known as a Mrs Angel’s, the peat is placed in closed vessels without gas exit and burned at comparatively low tem- perature, whereby the products of distillation are retained in the coal. The peat used should be previously freed from the larger part of its moisture. The apparatus is heated to a tem- perature of 50° to 400° during 1 to 6 hours. The coal is said to then have a metallic luster and to be hard and free from soot and compare favorably with bituminous coal. The following table, taken from a report by Professor Klasson* shows the average composition of different coals and peat, together with the mean calorific value of the absolute dry and ash-free fuel, and the average percentage of moisture in its dried state. Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Sulfur Nitr. Calories Moist. WVOOd... 25)... 52 6.2 41.7 iy Hl 49 20 eats. . 3.484... 58 al 30 te Ihe 57 22 Brown coal... 66 4.6 28 ty ii 60 25 ‘Ontario Bureau. of Mines. Rep’t. 1896. p. 188. *Bach, A. Inst. Civ. Eng. Proc. 1900. p. 147. 3Mineral Industry, 7:191. “Jubilee number for 1896 of Tecknisk Tidskift. r72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Sulfur Nitr. Calories Moist- Swedish coal.. 78 5.1 14.8 8 1.3 75 13.5. English steam CO cok ay 81 4 BN Eis jl. 1.3 80 7.6 English gas MOO ye jos ope 87 5.2 Se Ae ie S73. al English coke CETL ANTS OIE 87 4.9 208 Dae E el 86 1.4 Welsh anthra- | CTE ee aig 3 oil: cs) PO ie. L 1 86 2 It is said that, while the Swedish committee expressed a favorable opinion as to the value of peat fuels, namely peat briquets, peat coal, and peat dust, still the peat coal was pro- nounced to be economically short of what it was claimed to be,. for it was found that 16¢ of the heat value of the peat was lost in the process of carbonization, and, furthermore, that the pro- cess of manufacture was so expensive that peat coal could not compete with other coal. Attempts have been made to utilize peat charcoal for iron manufacture, but one great objection 1s. its low strength and also the occasional presence of phosphates. | Moss litter. This term is applied to the material consisting of the matted roots and stems of dead mosses, which have decayed. but little or not at all (pl. 33). It forms a layer between the growing moss on the surface and the fully formed peat underneath, and may often be several feet in thickness. On ac- count of its high absorptive power for gases and liquids, it has: found wide application as a deodorizer and disinfectant. The following partial analyses, taken from bulletin 49, Fertilizers as Sold, by T. McFarlane, Laboratory Internal Revenue department, Ottawa, show the composition of the material. Moisture Ash Nitrogen: Light colored moss, Caledonia Springs 10 1.6 2. 95- Dark colored moss, same place....... 11.6 Biel 2.23. Peat same place Uh) ee 95" 3.9 2.94 Surface moss, Mer Bleu, at Eastman’s. 10.85 2.8 ac 8 Moss litter, Welland Co., bog......... 3.85 4.7 ae Peat under preceding. (020s see se 5.3 4.85 1.41 Plate 33 Moss litter from a peat bog ey a ee ee ee és REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r73 The use of moss litter has been well known for a number of years, specially in Sweden. In Germany the material obtained from the high moors has also yielded excellent results. The sphagnum predominates as long as there is a layer of living plants on the surface, but when it dies, heath plants, such as Cassandra, Andromeda and Kalmia, spring up. Sphagnum litter is preferable, as, on account of the great number of empty cells which this plant contains, its absorptive power is high! The absorptive power of the litter decreases with an increase in the degree of decomposition. | Moss litter is being extracted at but few localities in this country. Among the most important may be mentioned one near Welland Ont., belonging to the Canadian Peat Fuel Co. A description of the deposit and plant may be quoted from the report of the Ontario Bureau of Mines, 1896, p. 186. The first stage of the operation is to cut the moss into blocks about 18 inches square, which are piled together in rows on the surface of the bog. When the moisture has sufficiently evaporated, the blocks are gathered and wheeled in small cars to the storing sheds. They are then passed through the picking machines, two of which stand side by side. These are provided with heavy revolving cylinders armed with strong teeth, which act upon.similar teeth set in the concave surface of the breast against which they work. In the pickers the moss is torn and loosened apart, the object being to separate the fibers rather than to break them. ‘The pickers discharge the moss on to mov- ing carriages, three in number to each machine, ranged above one another, which carry it horizontally through a drying chamber or tunnel 116 feet in length, 8 feet high and 16 feet wide. These carriers travel against a current of hot air drawn through the tunnel by a disk fan revolving at the farther end. The object is to remove the greater part of the moisture remain- ing in the moss. The heat for this purpose is generated by a furnace situated parallel to the tunnel, whence the hot air is drawn by the suction fan into a mixing chamber. The hot blast, after passing over the moss, emerges laden with moisture into a wooden shaft and so into the outer air. At the end of the tun- nel the moss falls into a conveyor, from which it is elevated into a weighing bin or hopper situated above the bailing press or ‘Jack, EH. Ontario Bureau of Mines. Rep’t. 1898. p.139. r7v4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM packer. The hopper works automatically, and, as soon as sufii- cient weight is received, it deposits its load in the press, which is a machine of peculiar design. In the finished state the litter contains 30% to 33% of moisture, and in this condition it goes into use. It is said to take up liquids more readily in this condition than when the cells of the plant are perfectly dry. The material is shipped to New York, Boston, Brooklyn, Baltimore, Philadel- phia, Chicago and other large cities in the United States. It retails in New York for $15 per ton. Much of the moss litter sold in the United States is also im- ported from Holland. Mr McFarland states that the manufacture of moss litter was attempted at Musquash N. B., and is now being produced in Ontario. Dr Laberge of Montreal, who experimented with the latter product, reports that 100 pounds of litter were sufficient for drying 800 pounds of ordinary excreta from privy pits in Montreal, and rendering it entirely inoffensive. A sample of ‘the product remained for days in his office without attracting notice, and indeed it was quite devoid of odor. Its analysis gave the following results. Per cent Pounds per ton Value per ton NTEP OPO Gee ake, Se cae ed 26.2 at 18¢ $3.41 Phosphoric acid ........ 4 18 at 5e eS Potash. Pontes hae 14 2.8 at 5ic 15 Worer tierce ea 65.47 $4.46 The valuation of ordinary, fresh barnyard manure with 754% of water is about $2 per ton; with 674, nearly $2.25. Therefore much better results might be expected agriculturally from a moss manure of the composition just described. Moss litter might also be applied with great advantage in public urinals. When a sample of it was supersaturated with urine and dried and this process repeated several times, no offensive odors. were developed. The product on analysis was found to contain 12.41¢ of nitrogen, which is equal in valuation to $32.26 per ton. The results obtained in several localities point well towards the successful use of litter as a disinfectant. At Copenhagen, Denmark, the material has been used by the Copenhagen Milk Supply Co. At this works “each stall is con- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r7(5 structed with a hollow, lined with cement 3 inches deep, below the level of the floor paving. This is filled with the litter. About an inch is removed daily from the surface, the fresh sup- ply being laid at the manger end, while the supply of the day before is raked from the head to the hinder end. The litter so removed forms an excellent manure. The peat moss litter is de- livered in compressed bales of 150 pounds each, but care must be taken that it should be almost free from any moisture in order that it may be able better to absorb all moisture when in use.t Hollman’s system of manufacturing moss litter is as follows.? ‘The moss peat is cut out of the bog in sods in precisely the same manner as fuel peat. The autumn and early winter are chosen for work so as to allow the moss peat to freeze before drying. It is dried in stacks in the open air. At Carolinenhorst about 64 acres, 58 inches deep, are cut each season, and yield about 3000 tons of moss litter. The sods when dry are taken to the factory, placed in elevators and carried to a machine called the “< wolf,’ which tears them into small fragments. The moss thus produced is passed over sieves to separate the peat dust from the fibrous substance, which forms the litter. It is then put into a press, and with 4 H. P. about 6 cubic feet of loose material is pressed into a space of 2 cubic feet, and then baled. It is claimed for moss litter that, (1) it affords a drier and healthier bedding for horses and cattle than any other material}, (2) that in consequence of its great power of absorbing moisture it binds the valuable portion of the animal excrements and consequently yields the best manure, (8) that it acts as a disin- fectant and improves the air of the stable, (4) that a smaller quantity of it is required than would be needed if straw were used. Moss litter absorbs eight times its weight in urine, while @traw takes up only three times. The smaller particles which are separated, the torf mull, are powdered and sell at 1s 3d per ewt. It is said to be used as a disinfectant, as a material for making antiseptic bandages, in absorbing the lye resulting from the treatment of molasses with strontium in sugar factories, as an admixture with salts used in powder, as chemical manure, and as packing material for breakable or perishable goods. A mixture of peat dust, India rubber and sulfur, has been found to be excellent material for insulating subterranean elec- tric cables. Pure moss peat powder, free from admixture of grass peat or particles of sand, has been used for some time in the manufac- *Ontario Bureau of Mines. Rep’t. 1892. p. 211. Abid yp. 214, r76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ture of gunpowder to replace charcoal. Peat fiber carefully freed from dust is beginning to be used as a material for car- pets and other coarse textile fabrics. The fiber is also used as raw material in some paper mills and manufactories of celluloid.t Distillation of peat. M. Miron? states that in the distillation — of peat at the Montaugier works in France the following prod- ucts were obtained from 2250 kg. of peat: peat coal 1000 kg., ammonia 15 1., methyl alcohol 25 1., acetic acid 30 L., benzol 15.5 1., illuminating oil 120 1., paraffin 6 kg., tar 65 kg.,. heavy oil for lubrication 18 1. When only the three principal products were desired, it was possible to obtain per ton of peat, 91. of illuminating oil, 4.51. of heavy oil, and 1.3 kg. of paraffin. It was also possible to obtain ethyl alcohol from peat, and this was obtained by adding sulfuric acid at 30° to 35° F.B. to the peat in sufficient amount to obtain with the water in the peat a 2.5¢ solution of the acid. This is boiled for five hours under pressure at 115° to 120° C. It is then filtered and the solution concentrated and the acid neutralized with milk of ime and calcium carbonate. The solution is cooled to 25° © and allowed to ferment and the ethyl distilled off. In this manner, it is stated one gallon of absolute alcohol can be procured from 215 pounds of peat containing 14¢ of water. It is also stated that, when this is compared with the best yield of good pota- toes (with 20% of starch), which means 1 gallon of alcohol from 111 pounds of potatoes, the result is very encouraging. | Artificial wood. A German patent covers the process of manu- facturing artificial wood from peat. This is done by thoroughly mashing and breaking up the fibers into dust and then mixing it up into a pulp, after which it is dried and then mixed with plaster of paris water. This mixture is put into molds under strong pressure, when the mixture is squeezed out, after which it is kiln-dried and then coated with oil. Great durability is: claimed for this artificial wood.’ *Marschick—Technische Blitter. ser.4. 1899. p. 149-66. *La revue technique, Ap. 16, 1898 quoted in Min. Ind. 3:198. 3’ Mineral Industry, 7:191. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 eer t! Peat fuel for regenerative gas furnaces. The Siemens regenera- tive gas furnace is claimed to be applicable to peat. Ure (3:526), says that, while 24 tons of peat equal one ton of coal in. general practice, still, when used in Siemens, it equals 65¢ Staf- fordshire coal. Other uses of peat. Peat charcoal is good as a disinfectant and deodorizer, and also used as a filtering medium for foul water and sewage. The raw peat is said to have good effect on certain. soils, supplying much nitrogen and vegetable humus. Peat ashes and peat charcoal also are valuable as manures. Agricultural uses of peat. Peat has a variable agricultural. value, being less desirable the more closely the material ap- proaches purity, for in such a condition it would lack all of the elements of plant food. The best results are consequently ob- tained from a peat containing appreciable quantities of mineral: matter, though here variation in quality occurs, depending on the chemical composition of these insoluble constituents. Peat of high purity does not produce a productive soil with- out considerable preliminary work, for, firstly, it may be de- ficient in mineral matter and, secondly, on account of the high absorptive power of humus, the soil is soaked with water, pre- venting the aeration of the mass. Deposits of this type are usually prepared for tillage by underdrainage, and burning fol- lowed by thorough plowing. In many instances peat bogs have been nicely adapted to the cultivation of cranberries by putting a layer of sand several inches thick on the surface of the peat swamp. Where peat deposits contain considerable mineral matter, by drainage and aeration, a soil of high fertility is developed which .is specially valuable for the cultivation of celery and onions.. Peat as a fertilizer. Peat is sometimes added to a soil to im- prove both its chemical and physical properties. On account of its high absorptive power for water, it in- ereases the moisture of sandy soils if added to them, and, on account of its dark color, it may also add warmth, since it draw the heat. The temperature of a clay soil may be increased 2° r78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and that of a sandy soil 4° by the addition of peat.1. The ap- parent coldness of many peat soils is due to the presence of much water, for they have high absorbent qualities. Even though appearing absolutely dry, peat may still con- tain from 10% to 20% of moisture. | Peat also shows considerable affinity for ammonia, absorbing as much as 1.3% under favorable conditions.” Many sandy soils by the addition of humus or peat, form ex- cellent ground for early market gardening. The addition of peat to heavyclaysoils increases their porosity and lightens them. Peat also promotes the disintegration of mineral matter in the soil, the effect of the humus being that, in contact with cer- tain bases such as alkalis or lime, it absorbs oxygen, and be- comes converted into humic acids. So strong is the affinity of this humus for oxygen, that it may even draw it from oxids in the soil, and thus fix the bases. Marine marsh soils. These form a special type, which is found to some extent along the seashore. They are formed by the accumulation of fine mud in sheltered or quiet waters along the coast. On this mud fiat there springs up a growth of eelgrass, which serves to entangle more mud and organic remains, thus raising the general level of the flat, and on this raised surface land grasses and plants spread out, forming a marine marsh. The task of reclaiming soils of this type is by no means diffi- cult, as has been pointed out in a circular (no. 1) recently issued by the divisions of soils of the Department of Agriculture. These salt marshes are usually underlain by silt and clay, and may be covered by a foot or so of grass growth. Soils of this type are not usually in need of lime, because they contain more or less shell fragments. If this be lacking, the soil is apt to be too acid, this being either natural or due to the decomposition of organic matter; such sourness may be counteracted by the addition of lime. *Mich. Agric. Rep’t. 1886. p. 157. *Johnson. Peat and its Uses, p. 33. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r79 Iron sulfid may also be present, and by its decomposition may yield hydrogen sulfid, soluble ferrous iron compounds, or sul- furic acid, all of which are harmful. The hydrogen sulfid may be corrected by aeration, but the ferrous iron has to be changed by similar treatment, with the addition of lime. Ferrous iron is usually found over small areas only, which yield but slowly to cultivation. Phosphate of iron or vivianite may be present in these marine marshes, as well as other swamp deposits, and often forms blue specks or spots. The saline character of these marine marshes also has to be remedied; but, since the sodium chlorid, or common salt, is easily soluble, drainage aided by rainfall soon washes it out of the soil. The following analyses, give the composition of 1 Mud from tidal flat — 2 Subsoil of an outer marsh (eOvges eee 8 3 Subsoil of an inner marsh which was partially drained il 2 3 MS AE Wasco a hse suet ons: os je sn’ appt nig aha pov .43 31 nel OE ASIIE a0 Ws ecb ee cre one oeeys' ska eteuereiae eas as 57 57 68: EALO SIMD OLUC, ACI, (aii. 6/42). 0: wie see Eel aa .16 14 5 1) (CEE NING) Gua Li er hy ae Sean tool (ae na 7.18 5.86 10.9 Sotubletim sO jal. Mees ai A 2.16 2.55 3.56. The soil in each case would contain a much greater quantity of organic matter. , Cattail swamps. In many lakes and rivers of New York State considerable filling is going on, due in part to sediment but more largely to the rank growth of cattails. This produces a mixed deposit, which resembles peat little or not at all, but in some of the older reports seems to have been referred to under this name. Peat in New York State True sphagnum peat ig not uncommon in the State of New York. Areas underlain by muck, that is impure peat, con- taining much mineral matter, are also very abundant, and often T80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM form fertile soils. These muck areas are usually found in the ‘depressions, and represent the site of former ponds, which have been filled up by accumulations of vegetable matter and sedi- ‘ment. Extinct lakes of small size are scattered all over the state, and are located either in closed valleys, natural rock basins, or de- pressions in the glacial drift. Indeed, these glacial lakelets are extremely abundant, as would be expected in a state so heavily drift-covered. Many of these are only of a few acres in extent, and, while sufficient to supply peat for farming purposes, would not pay to work in case the peat were to be extracted for fuel, gas-making, ete. Many of the muck areas show a great depth of material (25 ‘feet or more) which is often quite elastic, so that a person stand- ing on the soil can feel the jar of a light buggy passing at a ‘distance of 25 feet. There is also apt to be both horizontal and vertical variation in the character of the material. Where peaty matter exists, it frequently becomes more impure with depth, ‘but, on the other hand, frequent tilling may have developed a loamy soil on the surface, which covers the better peat below. These muck areas have been referred to by Mather, Vanuxem and Emmons as peat deposits in their reports on the geology -of New York State; and it is interesting to quote their remarks as a comparison of early conditions with those now existing. Mather! writes in his report for 1838 that It (peat) is now coming into use as a fuel, and must, before many years, be extensively employed for this purpose in this part of the country, where coal and wood are so expensive. The marshes of the Hudson river, in New York, Westchester and Putnam counties, that will yield peat, may be estimated at 1000 acres, with a yield of 2000 cords per acre, or 2,000,000 cords. ‘These include those near Sing Sing, Verplanck, Peekskill, Anthony’s Nose, Constitution Island, and numerous smaller ones. (The peat in most of these marshes, where it was ex- amined, is of inferior quality, fibrous, and contains much earthy matter. That formed in marshes in the interior of those coun- ties is of much better quality, and far superior as an article of ‘fuel. And later? in his report for 1839, he writes: I would again urge upon our farmers and other citizens the im- Third Annual Report on Geology of First District, p.74. 2Fourth Annual Report on Geology of First District, p.216. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 rg1 portance of making use of peat for fuel and manure. It is a ¢heap and valuable article for fuel; and, when properly pre- pared, it also makes one of the best renovators of the soil. In referring to the peaty areas, it seems best to treat the State in three parts, viz, southeastern, northern and northeastern, and central and western. Southeastern New York. Mather and Beck in their reports published in 1841 and 1842, have given a long list of peat-produc- ing localities in the southeastern part of the State, including the following: 1 Round pond, in the north part of Kinderhook, contains 2000 to 3000 cords. The marshes and shallows of Kinderhook lake probably con- tain 20,000 to 30,000 cords. A small bog between this lake and North Chatham contains perhaps 2 or 3 acres of peat. In the marsh west of the post road, 1 mile north from Kinder- ' hook, there is said to occur a considerable quantity of peat. The marsh belonging to Mr Lucas Hoes, 1 mile southwest of Kinderhook, near the post road on the east side, contains about 30 acres, with a mean depth of 6 feet. Several other localities are said to occur in the valley of Kinderhook creek, between Kinderhook village and Stuyvesant ‘town line. A peat bog is also said to occur 2 miles northeast of Valatie. Peat bogs occur in many places in New Lebanon, among which may be mentioned those on Mr Gillett’s and the adjoining farms, cand on Mr Tilden’s. Another, south of Mr Carpenter’s, of 15 acres, and 3 to 12 feet deep. Another, south of Fitch & Kirby’s store, owned by Mr Waite, of about 30 acres. Peat occurs near the west side of Canaan mountain, around Adgate’s pond. The aggregate amount in this township is prob- ably 400,000 cords. Peat occurs on Rowland Story’s farm, } mile east of Lafayette ‘Corners, in Milan. . A bog of peat, of 5 or 6 acres, with a depth of 5 or 6 feet, occurs a mile and a half east of Upper Red Hook. Another between Stormville and Hopewell. Several bogs between Hopewell and Fishkill appear to be peat bogs. They contain probably an aggregate surface of 40 acres. 1Quoted by Leavitt in Facts about Peat, p. 124. rs2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM A peat bog of 5 or 6 acres is located about 14 miles from Stormville, on the road to Beekman. An extensive peat bog extends north from Long pond down the valley of its outlet. A large body of peat is said to exist on Mr Legget’s farm in Ghent. Peat probably exists in the marsh east of Great Nutten Hook. Extensive deposits are found a mile or two west of Malden. Two or three small peat bogs occur in the south part of the town of Ghent. They may contain 10 or 15 acres. A small marsh of ligneous peat oceurs about 14 miles north of Hillsdale. There is an extensive peat bog on Lawrence Smith’s and the adjoining farms in Amenia. Professor Cassels reports it to have an area of about 150 acres, containing probably 150,000 cords. He also reports that there is a peat bog 4 miles northeast of Dover on the east side of the creek; another, 1 mile south of the above; another, 1 mile south of the last mentioned; one also 2 miles south of Dover; and one 8 miles south of Dover. These contain an aggregate of probably 75,000 cords. Extensive peat bogs are found east of Elbow mountain, which: lies east and northeast of Dover. They are in the valley through which the road passes from Kline Corners to the Columbia furnace in Kent. The northern one is about ? mile long, and 200 yards wide, with an unknown depth. Its depth was measured in several places, and it was generally 5 feet deep within 5 rods of its edge. It was once a lake, now filled with peat. Its mean depth may probably be placed at 9 feet, its area. at 60 acres, and its contents at 90,000 cords. The other bog south of this probably contains 40 acres, with a. depth of 6 feet; and its contents may be estimated at 40,000: cords. Peat is found abundantly in the vicinity of Pine Plains, and some of it is of very good quality. A small bog is observed one mile south of Pine Plains. Cranberry marsh and Cedar swamp,,. near Stissing pond, are filled with peat. It is rapidly forming in some parts of Stissing pond. Peat is forming on Woodward’s farm, in Copake. In Tagh- kanick, about a mile and a half or two miles west of Crystler’s pond, a peat bog of 30 or 40 acres occurs. The marsh in the valley of Stissing pond contains a great body of peat; probably 500 acres are underlain by it, 2 yards deep; and its contents may be estimated at 500,000 cords. In Clinton, 4 miles east of Union Corners, is a peat bog of about 65 acres. It is on the land of Messrs Underwood & Deni- son, and contains about 60,000 cords. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r83 Another, of nearly 60 acres, in the southeast part of Stanford with a depth of about 6 feet. Shaw pond and Mud pond, between Stanford and Washington, and Round pond, in Washington, are filling up with peaty matter. A large peat bog was observed near Patterson, Putnam co. There is said to be a fine deposit of about 150 acres east of Croton, and about 4 miles southeast from Somers Plains. Another is in the valley of the Hackensack river, about 2 miles west of Nyack, and contains about 50 acres, with a mean depth of 6 feet. Professor Cassels reports a peat bog of 40 acres on land of John Snediker, 1 mile southwest of Snediker’s. Landing, with an average depth of 6 feet of good peat. This peat bog has been wrought for the New York market. It will be seen from this that swampy tracts are very abund- ant. In some of these the material is more peaty than in others, but no large areas of true peat seem to exist. Attempts were made to utilize the peat about 30 years ago in the region east of Fishkill village, it being stated that the peat was dredged from the ponds and then spread out on the shore to dry, after which it was cut up into blocks. Several areas of muck still remain in this region, but none of them are true peat. Orange county contains about 40,000 acres of peaty swamps, most prominent among which are the Drowned Lands, lying west of Warwick and covering about 17,000 acres; the Greycourt meadows, underlain by similar material, are also very extensive. Northern and northeastern New York. This includes the region from Troy northward to the Canada boundary, and westward to Lake Ontario, and is probably a good region in which to search for peat, specially in St Lawrence, Jefferson and Clinton coun- ties. } In Washington county there are according to Leavitt (p. 1383) , several areas as follows: at the south end of Summit lake in South Argyle, 50 acres; on McNeil’s farm in North Greenwich, 25 acres; between Argyle and Hartford, 100 acres; one mile southeast of Greenwich, 70 acres; in Kingsbury township on the | Champlain canal, 1000 acres. r84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM To the south of Fort Ann, in the valley of the Hudson river below Fort Edward there are extensive swampy tracts. One approximates 800 to 1000 acres, according to Mr W. H. Norris, and the peat varies from 12 to 40 inches in depth. It was cut through while the ship canal route was being surveyed about 1898. Mr Norris thinks it runs 30¢ to 40% carbon. Another deposit is that known as Cedar swamp, northeast of Glens Falls, and said to contain 300 to 400 acres. It varies in depth from 1 foot to 20 feet. Still another of about 50 acres lies 3 miles south of Fort Ann. One of about 10 acres is southwest of Glens Falls. Another is 4 miles north of it. 3 Some of these, being along streams, are covered during periods of overflow, and much mineral matter becomes mixed in with the organic accumulations. Mr F. W. Wait, of Glens Falls, states that some 20 years ago the Albany Peat Works established a plant, and operated it for some years in the swamp between Glens Falls and French Mountain, on the road leading to Lake George. Work was abandoned after a time, however. About 10 years before this, Judge E. H. Rosecrans produced peat from what is known as Rosecrans swamp, northeast of Glens Falls, but this likewise was discontinued. Much lake-filling is in progress in Essex county, producing many swampy meadows, which may yield impure peat. . Thus a long swampy tract extends from Hammond pond, in North Hudson township, to Overshot and Dudley ponds in Crown Point township; another one is in the valley of Desolate brook in the southeast corner of Essex county. A considerable chain of swamps is also seen in Minerva township. In Clinton county there are numerous swampy tracts, none of them of great extent however. Mather states that large quantities exist in the western part of Champlain township. On the topographic sheets a number of swampy tracts are indicated thus: north of Plattsburg along Dead creek, and south of Woodruff pond along the Delaware and Hudson railroad, REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r85 2 miles north of East Beekmantown, and northward toward Champlain. Within a radius of 5 miles from the village of Moores, specially to the north, there are many swampy tracts, but, while some are covered with a growth of moss, and others utilized for cranberries, still little or no peat occurs so far as could be ascertained. Southwest of Scioto in Chazy township is another extensive swampy tract. Peat is also said to occur in the “Great marsh” in Duane, Bel- mont and Malone townships. Near Duane on lot 51, township 12, is said to be an area of 15 acres of peat. In the Northeastern corner of Franklin county, the Saranac river is bordered by swampy meadows, and others occur in that vicinity. Along the line of the New York Central Railroad, Adirondack branch, there are many vlies, notably south of Horseshoe, and also along the north branch of Moose river. Some of these show peaty matter, but are often of little thickness, being underlain at no great depth by sand. Many small swamps are found in Herkimer county, as along Lime Kiln creek. Along Lake Ontario, between Caldwell hill and North land- ing, Jefferson co. is a large marsh, and many of the landlocked bays on the same shore, as near Selkirk, Oswego co. are filling up, but it seems doubtful whether they will in time yield even impure peat. Many boggy areas exist in St Lawrence, Jefferson and Lewis counties, but none have been utilized to any extent, except for farming. An area of 100 to 150 acres in extent is located about 1; miles from Natural Bridge; another of about 75 acres occurs near Antwerp. Lake-filling is going on at many points in the Adirondack region;! and yet very little peat seems to have been formed, for the streams flowing into the lakes often carry much sediment, and plants other than mosses usually fill up the lake. ‘See Smyth, C. H. jr. American Geologist. 1893. 18h: rgs6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM An analysis made by the writer of a peat sample from the property of Charles Doty near Ilion gave: Moms tire LHe Bee Oya er Pie Sol so) i: 19 Volatile hydrocarbons! 00 A We. Mtercs.n ie ate 62.6 HMixcdcairbonio ik Geo ee Vea ahi. jee 2) Caso 6 PARA MARL OT chee Die iar hereto boo a eae 11.8. 99.4 Central and western New York. This area includes several large swamps, which are however either underlain by peat or covered with a thick growth of cattails and grasses. The production of good peat in areas of the last type is inter- fered with from two causes. In the first place, the water level does not remain constant, thereby interfering with the con- tinued accumulation and decay of vegetable matter out of con- tact with the air. Secondly, the fact that these swamps are traversed by streams insures the deposition of much mud with the vegetable matter. The largest swamp area in this district is the Montezuma marshes, located at the north end of Cayuga lake. These cover an area about 8 miles long and 3 miles wide, which is filled in most places by a thick growth of cattails and aquatic weeds, while setting through it is a rather rapid current bearing much sediment in suspension, a large amount of which becomes en- tangled in the plant stems. Some day when the marsh becomes. filled, the land thus formed will be valuable for farming pur- poses, but it is of no value as a source of peat. Abas The formation of lakes in a drift-covered region is well seen in the drumlin area of north Cayuga county in the region around Fairhaven, for the interspaces between the hills are liberally dotted with ponds showing al! stages of filling by vegetable growth. This same region extends westward into Wayne county and eastward into Oswego county. In the latter, addi- tional marshy tracts are found northeast of Hannibal as well as in the valley of Mud pond, north of North Hannibal. An area similar to the Montezuma marshes is that known as Oak Orchard swamp, which about fills a quadrangle whose cor- VFL] VSNABD JO JOOJ 1B SoySIVU BUINZOIUOJ SSOIOW MTA ‘oloyd ‘ee,Mowy “AA “AA VE 481d i Pa ee de at bee be ' ita i ( pe eS ae * 4 Oa ahs i f war ty i is . 4 My ew 1 i i ‘ renee A me Had abe 0D OSIMSO ‘USAR AON ‘YSavut ATI] oy} peTTeo AT[BVI0[ SOQ 189g ‘ojoyd ‘80]MOYy “MM “MA | : Tm Fe ‘00 OSUMSO ‘UDABF AON ‘YSivU ATI] puv soq 1eIg ‘o10Yd ‘aeTMOW “AA ‘AA 96 981d REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r&7 mers are marked by Albion and Holley on the north and Byron and East Oakfield on the south, and continues westward to a point about 4 miles north of Akron. The towns of West Albania, Genesee co. and Edwards, Orleans co. are situated on the northern edge of this westward extension. Another exists along Black creek northeast of Byron, and also southwest of Shelby in Orleans county. Many peat swamps exist along the line of the New York Central Railroad, between Amboy and Jordan. These are some- times underlain by marl, or the latter may be interbedded with the peat. A sample of the latter from the swamp of the Empire Port- land Cement Co. was analyzed by the writer with the following results. POOTISTEVTTSE oy <0 sal ac la io a 15 a 55.5 Molanilesmydrocarbons: 8.65.0: 0 7M ee ee ee 24.02 ie TSEC) CAG COTES a oe ala ea eg lO he NA a agi Avilla soe & ciske Beak aie iis hie lea Min IRN sips)! lh a OM 20.2 99.82 The ash of this material was quite calcareous. At Warners streaks of peat are found in the swamp with the marl and clay which is used in the manufacture of Portland cement. The peat forms streaks which run from 8 to 6 feet in depth. Often there is a bed 2 to 4 feet thick between the marl and the clay. One of the largest drained swamps in the State is that known as Cicero swamp in Cicero township, and located in part along Mud creek. The swamp contains two parts, the main one lying east of North Syracuse and the lesser half located northwest- ward of the latter place. The larger half is about 4 miles long and 2 to 3 miles from north to south, while the smaller half is about 4 miles long and 4 to 1 mile broad, extending along the valley of Mud creek. The surface is now underlain by a black muck soil, which is extensively cultivated, while the depth of the peat is as much as 30 feet in places. It is said that attempts were made many r88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM years ago to dig this peat and use it as fuel. In places much moss covers the surface in the eastern swamp, and has been gathered by florists for packing plants. Again, north and northeast of Canastota is an extensive tract known as Cowaselon swamp, which has been drained by the construction of the Douglass ditch. This affords an excellent section of the material underlying the surface and shows much muck underlain by mar! of variable thickness. The area is in places covered by a thick tree growth so that the muck contains many fragments of decaying wood. The soil is extensively culti- vated for onions. Many marshy tracts are found along the shores of Oneida lake. Among these may be mentioned the following localities: west of South Bay, on the land of D. Pack; on the north side of Oneida lake around Toad harbor; at the eastern end of the lake, north and south of Sylvan Beach. The foregoing localities have been mentioned chiefly for the purpose of pointing out the more important areas in which marshes and bogs exist, and something of the character of the material found in them, but not because they are all supposed to contain peat. There is a peat bed on the farm of Heman Glass, on the Ridge road, 4 mile west of Lake avenue, near Rochester, covering about 30 acres. The peat and muck are 2 to 4 feet deep. Three miles west of this is another small peat swamp, while a larger One is in the town of Gates about 4 miles west of the city. Mr D. L. Mott, of Utica, states that in the town of Sanger- field there is a tract known as the “ Nine mile swamp.” The material is quite deep, but is probably not all peat. According to Mr W.S. Valiant of Rutgers College, many small bogs occur in the town of Rome. ) One of the best deposits is that known as the Rome swamp, which shows the following section: Swamp muck, 3 to 5 feet Peat, 3 to 6 feet Moss peat, 8 to 12 inches Shell mar! 2 to 4 inches REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r8g9 Lake mud, 1 to 2 feet Coarse and fine gravel, 1 to 3 feet Hard pan, 18 to 20 feet These bog deposits range from 1 or 2 to 40 feet in thickness. Some of the muck has been used as a compost and has greatly improved the character of sandy soils in that vicinity. Attempts were made at Rome some years ago to manufacture peat fuel from the bog deposits, but the factory burned up and was never rebuilt. : One mile south of Rochester Junction is a deposit of peat on the land of W. A. Keyes. There are several deposits of peat, or muck, on the farm of William Newton, near Henrietta, Monroe co. In some the depth is over 12 feet. They are used in most cases for raising celery and onions. Mr Newton states that 50 years ago the material was rotten wood, leaves and other vegetable matter, which was not decomposed enough to have the appearance of soil. Extensive marshes exist near Mendon pond 3 to 4 miles from here. Some of these are getting quite solid in places, and in other places there appears to be a thick turf covering the water of the pond. On the farm of H. C. Dikeman of this town there are also several swamps. In one the section beginning at the top shows: | Soil 4 feet Mosses and ferns 14 feet Leaves, twigs, rotten wood 3 feet Peat 4 feet : Shell layer Mr E. P. Clapp of North Rush, states that in the town of Rush there is one bed of several acres, but it lies in an old drainage channel. | Bibliography Bach, A. Peat Fuel. Inst. Civ. Eng. Proc. 1900-1. v. 147. Baskerville, C. Am. Chem. Soc. Jour. 21:706. Bjorling, P. R. Colliery Guardian. 80:1127, 1183, 1294; 81:21. Borntrager, H. Zur Analyse des Torfes.-Zeit, fur anal. chem. 1900. 39 :694. ‘ r90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Brande. On Peat and its Products. Roy. Soc. Proc. Jan. 31, 1851; also Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 2. 11:440. Dana, 8S. L. Muck Manual. Lowell. 1842. Ells, R. W. Peat Industry of Canada. Ont. Bur. Mines. 2d rep’t. 1892. p. 195. Gowenlock, N. Peat and its Uses. The Cultivator and Country Gentle mam? 1875." p2275. Hitchcock, C. H. Reports on Geology of Massachusetts. 1835, 1841, and 1856. Geology of New Hampshire. v.3. Hunt, T. S. On Peat and its Uses. Canadian Nat. new series. 1884. 1:426-41. Johnson, S. W. Peat and its Uses. N.Y. 1866. Koller, Theo. Die Torfindustrie. Hartleben, Wien. Abstract in the Zeitschrift fur praktische Geologie. 1899. 24:24. Leavitt, T. H. Facts about Peat. Bost. 1867. . Lesquereux, L. Origin of Coal. Pa. Geol. Sur. An. Rep’t. 1885. p. 109; Hayden’s survey. 1872 (Sphagnum as a Peat-maker). Lyell, C. Principles of Geology. 2:502. Muller, G. Die Verbreitung der Deutschen Torfmoore nach statis- tischen Gesichtspunkten dargestellt. Abstract in the Zeitschrift fiir prac- tische Geologie. 1899. 24:198, 277, 314. Page, W.H. Making Coal of Bog Peat. Iron Age, Aug. 18, 1898. 62:3. Roth, J. Alg. Chem. and Phys. Geol. 2:639. ; Schondeling. On Manufacture of Peat Fuel. Gluckauf, 36:798-97; abstract in the Jour. Iron and Steel Inst. 1900. 2:487. Senft, F. Humus, Marsen, Torf, und Limonit-Bildungen. Leipzig 1862. Seyfert, A. G. Peat in Canada. Eng. and Min. Jour. Sep. 238, 1899. p. stk Shaler, N. S. Fresh-water Morasses of the United States. United States Geol. Sur. 10th An. Rep’t. On Peat and Swamp Soils. United States Geol. Sur. 12th An. Rep’t. p. 811. Sherzer, W. H. Mich. Geol. Sur. 7:10, 24, 156, 157, pt 1, Geol. of Mon- roe County. White. Geol. Ia. 1870. 2:275-88. Winchell, N. H. Glacial Lakes of Minnesota. Geol. Soc. of America. Bul. 12:109. Zirkel. Petrographie. 1894. 3:626. Peat, its Use and Value for Fuel. Ont. Bur. of Mines. ist rep’t. 1891. p. 175. Moss litter and the Special Advantage of Sphagnum. Ont. Bur. of Mines. 1896. p. 185-92. Ont. Bur. Mines. 1900. p. 21. Mineral Industry. 2:489; 7, 191. Wis. State Agric. Soc. Trans. 1874-75. p. 75-92; Geol. Wis. 2:240-46. Utilization of Belgian Peat. Note in Eng. and Min Jour. Oct. 4, 1899. Geol. Ohio. 1:221, 509, 571; 2:222; 3:454, 499. Making Peat Briquettes by Electric Power. Eng. and Min. Jour. 1902. 74:41, f REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r91 MOLDING SAND: ITS USES, PROPERTIES AND ia OCCURRENCE BY EDWIN C. ECKEL In the preparation of the following paper, free use has been made of such published sources of information as were avail- able, the more important of the books and papers consulted being listed at the close of this paper. In addition to these published discussions of the subject, Dr F. J. H. Merrill has placed at the disposal of the writer the material accumulated by Mr J. N. Nevius while assistant in the State Museum. Mr Nevius’s notes relate almost entirely to the local details of the deposits in Albany county and have been of great service to the present writer. The uses of molding sands Molding sands or closely similar materials are employed in making castings when metallic molds are not used. The spaces to be filled by the castings are formed usually by pressing a pattern into the molding material, removing the pattern as soon as the proper imprint has been made in the sand. The pattern is usually made of wood and must be an exact counterpart of the casting which is to be made. In case the casting is to have recesses, or holes, such spaces must be provided for by putting suitable cores in the molds. The cores are commonly made of clayey sand or loam. Short cores can be made from rock sand, the material resulting from the decay of rock in place; but. ‘longer cores require the addition of seashore sand jn order to secure sufficient porosity. Occasionally patterns are dispensed with, the workman forming the mold in the sand either by hand or by the use of mechanical contrivances. Commonly the mold ing material is held in two boxes, clamped together when in use, about half the mold being in each box. In this case, as the top box must be removed temporarily in order to take out the wooden pattern, a layer of “ parting sand” is dusted over the top of the molding material held in the lower box. This so called r92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM parting “sand” is usually dry brick dust, dry powdered cinders or some similar dry and fine material. In some of the commoner classes of work, where a smooth sur- faced casting is not required, the above operations are all that are necessary to prepare the mold. In finer work, however, after the mold has been made, its surface is dusted with oak charcoal dust or with finely powdered coal. When the molten metal is poured in, these materials will ignite, causing a thin layer of gas to form between the metal and the sand. This results in giving a smooth surface to the casting, as it prevents the metal from entering the minute interstices between the sand grains. Of the two materials above noted as being used for this purpose, char- coal is commonly employed for light castings, being dusted over the mold as described. In heavier work, coal is used, and is often not only dusted over the mold but also mixed with the sand before the mold is prepared. In English foundry practice, and in practice on the continent of Europe, artificial molding sands are often employed, and such natural sands as are available often require mechanical treat- ment before being fit for use. The New York deposits, however, yield a high grade of natural molding sand, and such different degrees of fineness can be obtained from these sand beds that little or no artificially prepared sand is used in this country. Requisite properties of molding sand The principal properties which should be possessed by a sand to be of service as a molding sand, are refractoriness, porosity, tenacity and fineness. As will be seen later, several of these | properties are, to a certain extent, incompatible. For example, a highly refractory sand can not well be a sand possessing a very good bond. In such cases the particular use to which the sand is to be put will determine which of the properties is the more important. Refractoriness. The refractoriness of a sand depends largely on the amount of silica it contains, being greatest in the sands highest in silica. The presence of any considerable amount of lime or alkalis, on the other hand, decreases the refractoriness REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r93 of the sand. Clay, though refractory enough as a constituent of a molding sand, bakes at a high temperature, and therefore tends to cause both shrinkage and loss of porosity. No analyses of American molding sands are available for insertion in this paper. The analyses following will suffice to give the reader a good idea of the composition of standard for- eign molding sands. Of the 12 analyses given, numbers 1, 2, 3, 5 and 12 are to be found in Percy’s Metallurgy, 1:152-54; while the remaining seven analyses are quoted in Crook & Rohrig’s Practical Treatise on Metallurgy, 2:627. The analyses have, in _ the following table, been arranged in the order of their content of silica. Analyses of molding sands SiO, Al,O03 Fe203 CaO MgO K.0 Na,O 1 92.913 5.85 1.249 fo alana i a ue MM Kgs he 2 92.083 5.415 2.498 LATOR aN RE aye ed (NE pe ae og Vl gs eel ie 3 91.907 5.683 2.177 IDs Rencrercie etait ee ve ereee ciate, (per caee ete 4 91.61 2.11 2.53 tee sale Se oa aly aT goa eh RO [ate in 5 90.625 6.667 2.708 EME ge he pee a eek col Pati tct ce curate [ial wreteret a) ei ete 6 90.25 4.1 5.51 NO Bie lp CaN ON. Ee Ly Us Nes 7 88 2.78 3.07 TIES ON ces eS eG CAME] NPN CEA Te a eit 2 8 87.6 WT 3.6 ROGAN ORE 2 CA CE Ne eae te 9 86.68 9,23 3.42 BO) Gane arate [IMLS op Leh ee Ese 10 83 -77 8.2-7.7 alah oe 73-.38 5.78 to 3.17 11 79.02 13.7 PE LIE UN AMD 71 . 12 67.6 17.64 a1.6 .86 1.41 3.69 14 a FeO 2.3 1 From Manchester, England. Analyzed by Kumpmann 2 From the foundry of Freund at Charlottenburg 3 Employed for bronzes at Paris, France 4 Employed at Rothehutte. Analyzed by Streng 5 From the establishment of Lagua near Stromberg 6 From Lunenburg. Analyzed by Sauerwein 7 From Konigshutte. Analyzed by Bierworth 8 From Birmingham, England. Analyzed by Sauerwein 9 From Sheffield, England. Analyzed by Sauerwein 10 From Naples, Italy. Analyzed by Jwanow 11 Employed at Ilsenberg. This sand is an artificial mixture, and is said to “consist of three different kinds of material, namely—common argillaceous sand, sand found in alluvial de- r94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM posits, and sand from solid sandstone. As the first two contain clay, they are carefully heated to dehydrate the clay. The sand- stone is crushed under a hammer, and mixed with an equal weight of each of the other two kinds of sand. The mixture is ground by iron balls in a revolving drum, and afterward passed through a flannel-lined cylinder, which moves up and down; it is thus obtained in the state of the finest flour, which in molding may be made to receive the most delicate impres sions.” Analyzed by J. Spiller 12 Employed in Japan. Analyzed by W. J. Ward Porosity. The pore spaces between the graing of sand must be large enough, and numerous enough, to permit the free pass- age of air, and of such gases as may be formed during the oper- ation of casting. At the same time, the pores should not be so large as to permit any of the molten metal to enter the sand. The porosity of a sand will depend largely on the size of its constituent grains, and on the relative proportions of the var- ious sizes. Porosity will also be dependent on the amount and character of the material which gives the sand its bond. A molding sand whose bond, in the natural state, is dependent partly on the presence of organic matter will become more porous on firing; while a sand held together by clayey material will tend to become less porous at high temperature, owing to the baking of the clay. Fineness. The fineness necessary in the sand depends largely on the character of the work for which it is to be used. Mold- ing sands are roughly graded at the point of production, but most foundries require much more careful grading than this. Certain plants issue regular specifications to cover this point, and buy only such sands as have been graded for fineness to meet such specification. Tenacity. The tenacity, or “bond,” of a sand is an important quality, as on it depends the capacity of the sand, both to take the shape of the pattern properly, and to retain this shape despite the weight of the metal poured into it. The bond of a sand is usually due to the presence either of organic matter, or of clay. Organie matter, while an excellent bond for an REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 195 unburned sand, burns out at a comparatively low temperature, and is therefore of no service to a molding sand. Clay gives an excellent bond, but, if present in quantity, it tends to reduce the porosity of the sand, as has been noted above. Occurrence of molding sands In New York State the largest and best known deposits of molding sand are those which occur in Albany county and in the adjoining parts of the Hudson river valley. There, deposits contain sands of various degrees of fineness, and furnish a large part of the molding sand used in the eastern United States. The molding sand occurs in thin beds, overlain by soil and underlain by clay. In some places the covering of soil has been removed by the action of streams, leaving the molding sand exposed at the surface of the ground. When thus exposed to the atmosphere, the molding sand can be readily distinguished from common sand. In a strong wind the ordinary sand is blown about readily, while the molding sand, owing to its con- tained clay, remains unmoved. ‘The sides of a road-cut in com- mon sand will fall in till the angle of repose of the sand has been reached, while a cut in molding sand will remain with walls vertical, or nearly so, for some time. Occasionally the molding sand is dug and marketed by the owners of the land on which it occurs. Usually, however, it is taken out by dealers, who either pay a certain royalty for each ton of sand excavated, or pay a fixed sum for all the sand that can be obtained in a given area. The handling of the material is simple, as the stripping is usu- ally thin, while the molding sand is readily excavated. Dr G. P. Merrill has examined samples of Albany county molding sand under the microscope; and states! that “the Sel- kirk molding sand is of a yellow brown color, showing under the microscope angular and irregular rounded particles rarely more than .25mm in diameter, interspersed with finely pulver- ulent matter which can only be designated as clay. The yellow brown color of the sand is due to the thin film of iron oxid which *U. S. Nat. Mus. Rep’t for 1899, p.476-77. r96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM coats the larger granules. When this film is removed by treat- ment with dilute hydrochloric acid, the constituent materials are readily recognized as consisting mainly of quartz and feldspar fragments (both orthoclase and a plagioclase variety), occasional granules of magnetic iron oxid, and irregularly outlined scales of kaolin, together with dustlike material too finely comminuted for accurate determination. Many of the larger granules are white and opaque, being presumably feldspar in transition stages toward kaolin. An occasional flake of hornblende is present.” | | In Ohio the Albany molding sand is being gradually displaced in the trade by local sands. The principal points in Ohio at which molding sands are obtained are Zanesville, Sandusky, Hamilton, New Lexington, Vincent and Rushville. Somewhat farther west, the molding sands chiefiy used are obtained in the neighborhood of Indianapolis, Centerton, Delhi, St Joseph and St Louis. Large quantities are mined near the Fox river in Illinois, at McHenry, Cary, Batavia, and Wed- ron. These are all fine grained sands and are used for the ‘smaller iron or brass castings. A coarse sand used for large castings is obtained in the vicin- ity of Brazil Ind. Other good sands suitable for heavy work, are obtained near Valparaiso and McCove Ind. and Racine, Mil- waukee, Kenosha and Beloit Wis. Bibliography of molding sand Bagshaw, Walter. On the Mechanical Treatment of Moulding Sand. Inst. Mech, Eng. Proc. 1891. 48:94-107, pl, 25-29. Crooks, W. & Rohrig, E. Practical Treatise on Metallurgy. v. 2, Copper, Iron. 1869. p. 876. Molding and casting are treated on p. 625-40, 660 et seq. Lineham, W. J. Textbook of Mechanical Engineering. 804p. 1895. Molding and molding sands are discussed on p. 3 et seq. Merrill, G. P. Guide to the Study of the Collections in the Section of Applied Geology, the Non-metallic Minerals. U. S. Nat. Mus. Rep’t for 1899. 1901. p. 155-4883. Molding sands are discussed on p. 474-77. Nason, F. L. Economic Geology of Albany County. N. Y. State Geol- ogist. 13th An, Rep’t. 1894. p. 263, 287. Description of the molding sand deposits and industry is to be found on p. 268-71. Percy, J. Metallurgy. v. 1, Introduction, Refractory Materials and Fuel. 187d. p. 596. Molding and casting sands are discussed on p. 152-54. PALEONTOLOGY The field work of the division during the season of 1901 in- volved the study of several special problems, viz: the relations of the fauna of the Ithaca group in central New York; the water- lime strata of Herkimer county and contents; the stratigraphic and paleontologic relations of the Potsdam sandstones of the Lake Champlain basin to the overlying limestones; the limestone reefs in the Clinton beds; the Guelph herizon and its fauna in the section at Rochester and westward; the limestones of the Marcellus stage and the origin of their faunas; the character of the so called Hudson river beds of the northern Hudson valley. In addition to these special problems, the following strati- eraphic work was begun and essentially completed, viz: the areal stratigraphy of the Tully quadrangle; -.the mapping of the Canandaigua and Naples quadrangles. This work has been carried out in great detail for the purpose of demonstrating in how far the topographic quadrangles will serve the utmost re- quirements of our present knowledge. This mapping it is pro- posed to accompany with a paleontologic map on the same base. In cooperation with the United States Geological Survey, the completion of the areal geology of the Olean and Salamanca quadrangles. The following work was also done in the tracing of forma- tional contact lines, viz: contacts of formations in the region about the Tonawanda and Oak Orchard creek swamps. The last Legislature made a small provision for the excavation of mastodon bones near the village of Monroe, Orange co. These excavations were duly made, and, though the appropria- tion proved insufficient for the completion of the work, about one half of the bones of the skeleton were obtained. Outside of the permanent staff of the department, the follow- ing gentlemen have been engaged in the season’s work, four of these having volunteered their services: Charles Butts and Myron L. Fuller of the United States Geological Survey, Gilbert 198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM van Ingen, C. A. Hartnagel, Professor A. W. Grabau, H. W. Shimer, R. F. Morgan, Charles Erving, T. W. Pierson. In the office have been completed the catalogue of type speci- mens of the Paleozoic fossils of the museum, about 5000 in num- ber; also a study of the Guelph fauna of the State, and reports on various other problems as indicated in the publications of the year, namely: bulletin 39, Paleontologic Papers, no. 1; bul- letin 42, Hudson River Beds near Albany and their Taxono- mic Equivalents; bulletin 45, Guide to the Geology and Paleon- tology of Niagara Falls and Vicinity; memoir 3, Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County; annual report for 1800. Progress has also been made on the study of various other problems of interest. Full details of the work of this division are given in the separate report! of the state paleontologist. MINERALOGY Mr H. P. Whitlock, assistant in mineralogy, began work Jan. 1 ON In this division work has progressed along several different lines. 1 A card index of the mineral localities of New York State has been compiled, and at present consists of 1421 cards ar- ranged as follows: aA locality card is placed at the head of each species, on which are listed the localities at which the species occurs. This serves aS a means of quick reference and is supplemented by, bA descriptive card for each occurrence, giving details of exact locality; peculiarities of crystal form, structure and color; geologic and mineralogic association. This index has been compiled with considerable care from a number of sources and has been enlarged by study of the collec- tions of the Egleston Mineralogical Museum of Columbia Uni- versity and that of the American Museum of Natural History. Special care has been taken to locate references to old deposits with respect to modern maps, and to this end some research IN. Y. State Mus. Bul. 52. REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1901 r99 has been conducted in histories of the various counties and old maps. The work of compilation has involved reference to the follow- ing authorities: Beck, Lewis C. Natural History of New York; Mineralogy. 1842 Cleveland, P. Elementary Treatise on Mineralogy and Geology. 1822 Dana, E.8. Textbook of Mineralogy. 1898 Dana, J. D. System of Mineralogy. Ed. 6. 1892 Manual of Mineralogy and Lithology. 1884. Fletcher, L. British Museum List of Meteorites. 1888 Ries, H. The Monoclinic Pyroxenes of N. Y. State. N. Y. Acad. of Sci. Ann. June 1896 Smock, J.C. N. Y. State Museum bulletin 7 The work of compilation has been further supplemented by visits to several of the mineral localities, reconnaissance work and field notes. The index has already proved of some value in the collecting work of the department, and will constitute a basis for a type collection of New York minerals, which it is planned to form from duplicate material as soon as there is adequate space. 2 The curatorial work of the department may be classed as follows: a'The principal collection installed in the wall cases has been completely rearranged, added to and disposed to give more prominence to the more valuable material and also to show in the outer lines of specimens a representative series involving all the species and varieties represented in the collection and ar- ranged in accordance with the system of J. D. Dana. Care has been taken to display the best of the material available as well as the most characteristic occurrences and associations. gibbous species of Plectambonites which may be described as P. pisum. Diagnosis. Shell small, semicircular in outline, with sub- auriculate cardinal extensions; highly concavo-convex, the con- vexity surpassing that of a hemisphere; toward the cardinal ears becoming depressed convex; length to width as 4:5, greatest width along the hinge line, which is nearly straight. Surface marked with very fine striae, which usually are interrupted by from 16 to 20 coarse striae; sometimes the fine striae become nearly obsolete, leaving the interspace between the coarse striae almost smooth; at other times the coarse striae disappear, leay- ing the shell uniformly and finely striated; a few concentric growth lines are also present. Pedicle valve extremely gibbous, the greatest elevation being in the central part; the umbonal part sloping abruptly; the umbo being protuberant and projecting beyond the cardinal line; anterior and lateral slopes less abrupt, =) 20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM j | . near the margins turning suddenly into a flatter border. Cardinal area moderately elevated, concave, delthyrium large, of equal width and length; no deltidium observed. Teeth small, sup- ported by strong, diverging dental lamellae, which continue in outward direction into the much elevated margin of the diductor muscles; this margin extends about one fourth the length of the valve, and then returns under an acute angie including a very deep pyriform muscle pit. The muscle margins are separated by a distinct septum, which extends to near the anterior margin; from the anterior part of the muscular impressions extend strongly marked vascular trunks which are tri- or quadripartite and inclose between them a narrow elongate depressed area. Brachial valve concave in the middle part, closely following the curvature of the pedicle valve, with a well defined ridge ail around the lateral and anterior margin. Cardinal area as high as that of the pedicle valve and also slightly concave, retrorse, with a large chilidium, somewhat concave in the middle. Cardi- nal process single and erect and, by its coalescence with the divergent, short, crural plates, appearing distinctly trilobate at its posterior end, similarly to P.sericeus, with the difference, however, that the posterior ends of the crural plates are not closely appressed to the cardinal process, but separate again a little, forming processes almost as prominent as and parallel to the cardinal process (pl. 1, fig. 18). Adductor scars shallow, broadly triangular, extending not quite to the middle of the shell, slightly divergent, inner margins formed by two ridges, branch- ing from the crural processes and extending to near the anterior margin; ‘outer somewhat indented margin of the muscular impressions greatly elevated as in P. gibbosus Winchell and Schuchert. Dimensions. Length 8.5 mm, width 10.2 mm, hight 5.5 mm. Horizon and locality. Extremely common in the pebbles of compact black limestone in the conglomerates of Rysedorph hill and Moordener kill, rare in the matrix and very rare in the gray crystalline limestone pebbles. (Groups 5, 7 and matrix) TRENTON CONGLOMERATH OF RYSEDORPH HILL 21 Observations. From P. sericeus this form differs in the shape of the valves and their internal characters, no transitions being found between the two. In outline it approaches more the P.transversalis of the upper Siluric, specially in the pro- jection of the umbo beyond the cardinal line and in the rounded cardinal ears, but it has quite different muscle scars in the brachial valve. It also shows a certain similarity to Leptella decipiens Billings, from the Beekmantown horizon of Que- bec; it differs from that form, however, in being more convex and by its internal characters. Its nearest relation is undoubt- edly with P. gibbosus Winchell and Schuchert, from the middle Trenton of Minnesota, from which form it differs in its surface characters, having 16 to 18 coarser striae to the six 3 or seven of the western form; in being still more gibbous and abruptly so in the central part; and in its outline, in having the umbo project beyond the cardinal line and possessing marked subauriculate cardinal extensions. Judging from the drawings the western form seems also to be less rounded and more sub- triangular in outline. A small European form, which from the description and figures furnished by Davidson! is apparently related to our species, specially in the shape and relative size of the muscle impressions is Leptaena scissa Salter. It occurs in the Caradoc and Llandovery beds of Great Britain. CHRISTIANIA Hall & Clarke Christiania trentonensis sp. nov. Pl. 2, fig. 2-6 The most interesting brachiopod of the fauna of the black compact limestone pebbles is a new species of the rare genus Christiania, thus far represented in North America only by a Helderbergian form. | Diagnosis. Shell small, convexo-concave, somewhat variable in shape, rotundo-quadrate to rotundo-rectangular, sides sub- parallel or slightly converging to the cardinal line; front rounded. Hinge line straight, only slightly shorter than the greatest 1 Foss. Brach. Pal. soc. 1861. v. 24, pt 3, no. 4, p. 325. ae 22, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM width of the valve in the middle part; cardinal extremities obtusely angular, having the appearance of flattened ears. Pedicle valve uniformly and strongly convex; umbo slightly projecting and very narrow, beak obscure. Cardinal area narrow (?); interior of pedicle valve not observed. Brachial valve Strongly concave, beak hardly projecting beyond the long, straight hinge line. Cardinal extremities strongly developed, flat; area very small; cardinal process small, bipartite on its anterior face; the lobes being denticulate anteriorly with from three to five small denticles on each side. Crural plates very long and slightly divergent; the lower portion produced on each side as a strongly elevated wall with perpendicular sides extending in the original direction of the crural plates close to the ante-lateral angle, where it recurves and returns, parallel to the median axis and nearly in a straight line as a still more prominent wall merg- ing into the base of the cardinal process. The elongate, sym- metric, subrectangular spaces thus formed are each divided transversely by a vertical ridge about one third of the length of the valve from the cardinal line. The long narrow space between the inner muscular walls is also bounded anteriorly by a low, rounded, curving ridge and divided in the median line of the shell by a low, rounded, longitudinal ridge. The anterior half of the surface of the long anterior adductors is very rugose and radially striated. The surface is covered with concentric lines of growth and radiating, quite widely separated, filiform striae with smooth, flat interspaces. Dimensions. Length 9.7 mm, width 8.9 mm, hight 3.1 mm. Horizon and locality. Rysedorph hill. The few specimens obtained, among them a finely weathered interior of a brachial valve, were found in the pebbles of black compact limestone, together with Plectambonites sericeus, Plectam- bonites pisum and Orthis tricenaria. (Group 5) Observations. The genus Christiania was proposed by Hall and Clarke for such species, formerly included in Leptaena, as differ TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 23 in the surface ornamentation, composition of the cardinal process, arrangement of the muscle scars, and specially in the great mus- cular scars and their high walls. Three species are cited as clearly referable to this genus, viz Christiania subqua- drata Hall, from the Helderbergian (?) group of Tennessee, Christiania tenuicineta McCoy sp. from the upper Llandeilo and the Caradoc series of Great Britain, and Chris- tiania oblonga Pander sp. from the lower Siluric beds of the vicinity of St Petersburg. A comparison of our species with the descriptions and figures of these three species brings out the fact that it is more closely related to the two European lower Siluric species than to the American Devonic; for the general form, it seems, is of little value for a comparative study, as both the English and the Rus- sian forms vary greatly between short, broad and elongate forms, as is fully demonstrated by the figures given by Davidson! and by Murchison, Verneuil, and Keyserling 2? and also by the writer’s Specimens. While, however the Devonic form has the cardinal angles rounder and little produced, the surface smooth or only marked by squamous growth lines and the external lateral wall of the anterior adductor muscle in the brachial valve inflected in front of the crural processes, the British and Trenton species have rather strongly developed cardinal extremities, and the Russian and the Trenton forms have the longitudinal surface striae in common, for Murchison, Verneuil, and Keyserling report that specimens occur which have a striation like Leptaena sericea. Judging from the figures given in the Geologie de la Russie @Hurope the external walls of the anterior adductor muscles in the Russian form are straight continuations of the crural processes as in the Trenton form. Perhaps, however, to the latter character no great importance should be attached, as Davidson figures a brachial valve of Christiania tenui- cincta with just such straight lateral walls among the other valves with inflected lateral walls, such as the Devonic form has. PT el toad Bement Sit, suppl, 1883. v. 5, pt.2, pl. i2, fig. 17-21, and v. 7, no. 4, pl. 47, fig, 7-18. Geol. de la Russie d’Europe etc. 1845. pl. 15, fig. 2a-f. 24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Among the Russian forms is figured a pedicle valve with depressed umbo and very convex pallial region, which is quite similar to our form. Taking all these facts into account, it appears that the internal characters will hardly furnish any points of difference between the forms, and that, when the gen- eral form and the exterior are compared, the Trenton form com- bines the cardinal extremities of the British with the striated surface of the Russian species. TRIPLECIA Hall Triplecia nucleus Hall Atrypa nucleus) tall) PaloN. Y. 1847; jee A small] Triplecia, evidently identical with Triplecia nucleus Hall, was found to be common in the gray crystal- line limestone pebbles of the conglomerate; a few specimens were also obtained from the compact reddish limestone with ostracodes. Triplecia nucleus has thus far been found only in the middle Trenton of New York. (Groups 6, 7) orTHIs Dalman Orthis tricenaria Conrad. Acad. nat. sci. Phil. Proc. 1843. 1:388 Orthis tricenaria occurs quite frequently in typical specimens of somewhat smaller size than those from the western side of the Adirondacks, in the gray crystalline and compact black limestone pebbles and in the cement. Its similarity to the Chazy form, Orthis costalis, together with the occurrence of numerous cranidia and pygidia of Ampyx and Remopleurides in the compact black limestone was at the first collecting quite suggestive of the Chazy age of the compact black limestone peb- bles; a suggestion, however, which the common occurrence of typical Trenton fossils in the same pebbles proved to be mislead- ing. (Cement and groups 5, 6) Orthis tricenaria is reported by Hall from the lower Trenton of Middleville; in the west it ranges from the Stones river (Lowville) beds through the Black river beds into the Tren- ton. Dr White did not locate it in the Trenton and Rathbone brook sections. ec TRENTON CONGLOMERATD OF RYSEDORPH HILL 25 ii PLECTORTHIS Hall & Clarke i! Plectorthis plicatella Hall Orthis plicatella Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:122 Several large specimens of this species were found in the gray crystalline limestone pebbles. Hall reporis the form as very rare in the lower Trenton of New York, while in the west it is common from the upper Trenton to the Lorraine beds. It has lately been found to ascend into the upper Utica beds in the vicinity of Albany. (Group 7) PLATYSTROPHIA King Platystrophia biforata Schlotheim sp. Terebratulites biforatus Schlothem. Petrefacten- kunde. 1820. p. 265 With one exception all specimens of Platystrophia biforata, which is quite common in the compact black lime- stone pebbles, are only middle-sized, have rounded cardinal angles and only five to six not very strongly developed plications on either side of fold and sinus, while the usual number is from 12 to 16 plications on either side, and at least 12 in Trenton specimens of the same size from New York. As Winchell and Schuchert! state that the earliest individuals of this species, which ranges from the Chazy to the Niagara formation, are small in size and have but few and simple costae, characters which also appear in the young individuals, the immature characters of the specimens collected at Rysedorph hill point to a rather early age for the black limestone. (Group 5) DALMANELLA Hall & Clarke Dalmanella testudinaria Dalman sp. Orthis testudinaria Dalman. Kongl. Svenska. vet. akad. Handl. for 1827. 1828. p. 115 Dalmanella testudinaria is very common in the gray and black compact limestone pebbles of Rysedorph hill, Moordener hill and Schodack Landing. (Groups 5, 7) 1 Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt 2, p. 456. 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Dalmanella subaequata Conrad, var. pervetus Conrad Orthis perveta Conrad. Acad. nat. sci. Phil. Proce. 1848. 1:3838 ween? In the gray crystalline limestone, valves of a Dalmanella were found, which on account of their rather broad form, somewhat ventricose valves with a broad distinct sinus in the pedicle valve, and numerous thin bifurcating striae, have been referred to the group of Dalmanella subaequata. Winchell and Schuchert suggest that only the variety pervetus of Dal- manella subaequata occurs in New York and Canada. In the strong development of their somewhat angular sinus, in the character of the striae, which are a little coarser than the figures of Dalmanella subaequata would indicate, all the writer’s specimens agree better with that variety, though they are of slightly larger size than the measurements and figures given by Conrad and Hall require, and in this regard correspond- ing better with the specimens figured by Winchell and Schu- chert. Dr White reports D. subaequata from the Lower and Middle Trenton of the Trenton and Rathbone brook sections in New York. (Group 7) PARASTROPHIA Hall & Clarke Parastrophia hemiphcata Halli Atrypa hemiplicata Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:144 Parastrophia hemiplicata was found in the gray crystalline limestone in a few rather gibbous specimens. with not very strongly developed folds. This form, whichl has a wide geographic distribution, having been reported by Schuchert from Baffin Land and also from the northwest, is considered to be restricted to the Trenton, but it has been found in the upper Utica beds of the neighborhood of Albany, and is reported by White as marking a zone in the upper Black river beds near Boonville. (Group 7) PROTOZYGA Hall & Clarke Protozyga exigua Hall Avtry pavexieo wa, dalln Paleine Wer eaqs: aldol This small form was found to be quite common in the pebbles of gray crystalline and compact reddish gray limestone. While x TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 2 the specimens obtained agree in all essential features with the New York form, as originally described by Hall, showing also the extended cardinal line and the slight inflection of the brachial valve toward the cardinal extremities (features which are more distinctly shown in the figures givenby Hall and Clarke!) it bears from three to four marginal folds on either side and on both valves, a character mentioned by Hall and Clarke and more distinctly shown in the specimens described as Zygospira aquila by Sardeson and as Hallina nicolleti by Win- chell and Schuchert. Hall reports the form from the “ central part of the Trenton limestone at Lowville and near Martinsburg, Lewis county”. Of later collectors it is mentioned only by Dr White from the Black river beds at Boonville and the Black river, but not from the Trenton Falls or the West Canada creek sec- tions. Hallina nicolleti is reported by Winchell and Schuchert from beds corresponding to the New. York Lowville limestone and from the upper third of the Trenton limestone in Minnesota and Iowa. More extensive observation in this state may therefore show its range to extend from the Lowville lime- stone through the Black river beds into the Trenton. (Groups 6, 7) ZYGOSPIRA Hall Zygospira recurvirostris Hall AtTrypa recurvirostris Hall. Pal, N.Y. 1847. 1:140 Zygospirarecurvirostris is not infrequently found in the-pebbles of gray crystalline limestone in the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. The specimens obtained present no features distinguishing them from the typical material, with the possible exception that the sinus is rather weakly developed. Hall reports that this shell occurs in considerable numbers near the middle of the Trenton limestone near Martinsburg, Lewis co. and that it also has been seen at Lowville and Middleville. White found it in the Black river beds of the Rathbone brook section, as well as in various horizons of the Trenton Falls section. In Canada and in the west it rises from the Lowville beds into the Trenton. (Group 6) 1Pal. N. Y. 1892. v. 8, pt 1, pl. 54, fig. 47-48. 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PELECYPODA MODIOLOPsIs Hall Modiolopsis aviculoides Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:161 Two internal casts were found in the gray crystalline limestone which are referred with some doubt to Modiolopsis avi- culoides Hall, a little known species with which they agree in the outline of their somewhat ventricose valves, oblique cardinal lines, prominent umbones, and pointed anterior extremity. Hall obtained his specimens from the shaly inter- calated layers in the central part of the Trenton limestone at Middleville. (Group 7) WHITELLA Ulrich Whitella ventricosa Hall sp. Edmondia ventricosa Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:155 A. single large specimen of this Species was found in a pebble of black compact limestone. Edmondia ventricosa is said by Hall to occur in the central and higher part of the Tren- ton limestone at various localities of New York. White reports | it also from the Black river beds of the Poland limekiln section. Its occurrence in the west is still doubtful. (Group 5) CTENODONTA Salter Ctenodonta ? sp. A. single cast of a lamellibranch was found on a black compact limestone pebble, which in its outline is suggestive of a Cleido- phorus, but it lacks the preumbonal clavicle impression, and probably belongs to a Ctenodonta of the C.nasuta group. It is too incomplete to allow exact determination. (Group 5) Ctenodonta cf. astartaeformis Salter There were also found three specimens of a small Ctenodonta of the C. (Nucula) levata group, which are comparable to C.astartaeformis Salter, of the Canadian Trenton,! but, judging from the description and figure of that species, seem to differ from that by being wider anteriorly and having very strongly developed growth varices which give to their surface 1Can. organic remains. 1859. Decade 1, p. 39. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 29 an undate appearance. This feature is shown by all specimens, and is, therefore, evidently quite constant. It constitutes a specific difference from other species of Ctenodonta, of which C. similis Ulrich, from the upper Lorraine beds of Minnesota, is evidently very similar in outline, character of beak, etc. to the form from Rysedorph hill. As, however, the internal characters have not been elucidated, the description of the species is properly deferred till more complete material can be obtained. (Group 5) GASTROPODA PROTOWARTHIA Ulrich Protowarthia cancellata Hall sp. Bellerophon bilobatus Hall non Sowerby. Pal. N.Y. 1847. 1:184 Bellerophon cancellatus Hall. Pal. N.Y. 1847. 1:307 The fossil referred by Hall to Bellerophon bilo- batus Sowerby occurs quite frequently in well developed speci- mens in the black compact limestone pebbles. Ulrich, main- taining that the American and the European form are specific- ally distinct, doubts whether the latter occurs in America, though its name has entered so largely into the American geo- logic literature; and, as he believes that Hall’s B. bilobatus from the Trenton and Lorraine beds is identical with the same author’s B. cancellatus from the Lorraine, he applies the latter name to this important Trenton form, making it at the same time the type of a new genus. Some of the specimens of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate by their more angular beak and the outline of the apertural lobes approach forms which ‘for- merly were also referred to B. bilobatus, but have been sep- arated by Ulrich as Protowarthia rectangularis. Bellerophon bilobatusy wag known to Hall only from the Trenton, Utica and Lorraine beds of New York. It pos- sesses the same range in Canada, while in the west it has been found to appear in the Black river beds and to rise above the Lorraine into the Richmond beds. (Group 5) 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CONRADELLA Ulrich & Scofield Conradella compressa Conrad sp. Phragmolites compressus Conrad. An. geol. rep’t. fee.) po 113 3 A few specimens of this handsome and striking fossil were found in gray crystalline limestone pebbles of the Moordener kill conglomerate, and black compact limestone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. The specimens do not show any marked difference from the typical material of this species in the New York state museum, nor any approach ‘to any of the western species of this genus described=by Ulrich. In New York this form is known only from the Trenton limestone. (Groups 5, 0) CARINAROPSIS Hall Carinaropsis carinata Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:183 In a pebble of compact black limestone of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate a large Carinaropsis was found associated with numerous cranidia of a Remopleurides, which in profile and out- line, and specially in the largely expanded aperture, and the sudden contraction toward the small incurved apex fully agrees — with Carinaropsis carinata Hall, slightly differing in that the carination becomes obsolete near the apertural margin. Several smaller specimens of this rare species were found in the gray crystalline limestone, and in the compact reddish gray lime- stone a large specimen with very sharply projecting carina and strong concentric corrugations around the aperture. Hall reports this species from the black compact limestone at Middleville and Trenton Falls; while later collectors of Trenton fossils in this state make no mention of it. In the west the genus is repre- sented in the Trenton group by several other species. (Groups 5, 6, 7) LOPHOSPIRA Whitfield Lophospira bicincta Hall sp. Murchisonia bicineta Hall. Pal.N.Y. 1847. 1:177 Several casts of large specimens showing distinctly three carinations on the last whorl and the bicarinate upper whorls, TRENTON GONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL ork characteristic of this species, were found in the gray crystalline limestone pebbles and in a pebble of compact black limestone. In New York this species is also known from the Trenton beds; in Canada, the west, and the Cincinnati region, it has, however, been found to have its inception in the Stones river beds (Lowville limestone) and to pass through the Black river beds. (Groups 5, 7) Lophospira perangulata Hall sp. Murchisonia peraneulata Ball. Pal N.Y. 1847. ie, In the gray crystalline limestone pebbles a number of internal casts were found, which in the angularity of their volutions can be compared only with Murchisonia perangulata Hall, first described from the Lowville (Birdseye) limestone and in a supposed variety also from the lower Trenton of Middleville. Ulrich and Scofield hold the opinion that the two forms, united by Hall under one specific designation, represent in reality two different species, and refer a form from the western Stones river group to the Lowville type of M. perangulata. While the specimens from the Rysedorph hill conglomerate are a little more slender than Hall’s type specimen apparently was, they all agree in the apical angle with some of the specimens figured from the Stones river group, and it is thought that they come nearer to the Lowville than to the Trenton form. (Group 7) LiosPIRA Ulrich & Scofield Liospira americana Billings sp. Pl. 2, fig. 7 Pleurotomaria americana Billings. Can. nat. and geol. 1860. 5:164 Pleurotomaria lenticularis Emmons, Hall and others (non Sowerby) i In a pebble of black compact limestone collected at Rysedorph hill, a large gastropod, somewhat weathered on the surface was found, which in outline and profile fully agrees with the Trenton form described by Emmons and Hall as Pleurotomaria lenticularis, these authors regarding it identical with Sow- erby’s Trochus jenticularis. Billings, recognizing the dif- Sy NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ference between the American and the European forms, described the formas Pleurotomaria americana. As Ulrich has pointed out lately, some other of Billings’ S species have been cur- rently referred to Pleurotomaria lenticularigiym P.vitruviaandP.progne. Both of these, when only casts are at hand and the surface characters are obliterated, can still be distinguished from the large Liospira americana, as the same investigators have demonstrated, by the character of the umbilicus, Liospira vitruvia and americana having an open umbilicus, while that of Liospira progne is closed. Liospira vitruvia and americana can be distinguished in sections. by the angular margins of the umbilicus and: its flattened sides in the former; the margins and sides of Liospira americana being round. A drawing of a sec- tion of the Liospira found in the Rysedorph hill comglomerate has been given; it shows that by the character of its umbil- icus it can be referred only to Liospira americana. Mr Ulrich has separated such species as Pleurotomaria americana, which are distinguished by their sublenticular shell, low depressed spire, almost smooth surface and subrhom- boidal volutions, as Liospira The section figured shows dis- tinctly the subrhomboidal section of the volutions as well as the depressed conic form of the shell. The Paleontology of New York, v.1, reports this species from various Trenton localities, stating that it is most common in the higher crystalline por- tions of the rock at Watertown. Dr White cites it also from the Black river beds at Rathbone and West Canada creeks, and Prosser and Cumings* also found a form, doubtfully referred to this species, in the Black river beds near Newport. In Canada, Tennessee and the Cincinnati region, it has, however, been found in beds corresponding in age to the Lowville limestone. Its geo- graphic distribution is great, for it has been found at Silliman’s Fossil Mount in Baffin Land, is reported by Dr Whiteaves? from the Trenton beds of Lake Winnipeg and occurs in Minnesota and Tennessee. 1N. Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t 1898. 1:631. 2 Pal. fossils. 1897. v. 3, pt 8, p. 191. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSHEDORPH HILL 33 Liospira subtilistriata Hall sp. Pleurotomariacswoetrlrstriata Hall. Pal. N. Y. ee tL 62 This characteristic small, lenticular gastropod was found in great abundance in the gray limestone pebbles of Rysedorph hill. At the time of the publication of the first volume of the Paleon- tology of New York Hall knew this species only from the concre- tionary limestone near the base of the Trenton at Watertown. Dr White did not observe it in the Trenton Falls section and the other localities along the West Canada creek, nor has he reported it yet from the Lake Champlain region. As it is mentioned neither by Ulrich and Scofield from Minnesota and the western states nor by Dr Whiteaves from Lake Winnipeg, nor by Schu- chert from Baffin Land, it is evidently a form of horizontally and vertically restricted distribution and quite probably of some taxonomic value, indicating a low Trenton horizon. (Group 7) CLATHROSPIRA Ulrich & Scofield Clathrospira subconica Hall sp. Pleurotomaria subconica Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:174 A few small specimens showing the characteristics of this species well developed were obtained in the gray crystalline lime- stone pebbles. Hall, in describing the species, had specimens from the lower part of the Trenton limestone at Watertown and from the Lorraine shales at Turin and Pulaski. In Canada it occurs also in the Black river beds, and in the west it is found in the Stones river group. Ulrich and Scofield have described a very similar western form, C. conica, which is considerably smaller than C. sub- conica, and hence is said to have often been confused with young specimens of that species. The specimens from Ryse- dorph hill, though also much smaller than the average specimens of C.subconica, failed to agree with C. conica in other differentials from C. subconica. (Group 7) a4 NEW YORK STATH MUSHUM ECCYLIOPTERUS Remelé Eccyliopterus spiralis sp. nov. Ply Zia 9) 10 A species of Elccyliopterus found in a pebble of black com- pact limestone from the conglomerate of the Moordener kill and associated with cranidia of Pterygometopus calti- cephalus and with Plectambonites pisum differs from its three Trenton congeners in being very loosely coiled. It may therefore be described here as new, though as yet known only by a single somewhat imperfect specimen. Whorly strongly evolute, lying nearly in the same plane, ap- parently not more than two in number; enlarging quite rapidly, more in hight than in width. Upper side of shell marked along the outer margin by a carina extending into the collar, charac- teristic of Eccyliopterus; upper side sloping concavely inward, outer side nearly vertical, slightly convex; under side strongly convex. The collar is only partially preserved, its hight and extent therefore unknown. Aperture nearly vertical to the plane of the shell, ovate. Faint close growth lines are notice- able on the under and outer side of the specimen. Dimensions. Length 35.2 mm, greatest width of volution 9.4 mm, greatest hight 10.8 mm. Observations. This species may be easily distinguished from Eecyliopterus (Ophileta) ottawensie Billings, from the Canadian Trenton; from E.(Ophileta)owenanus Meek and Worthen, from the Trenton of Minnesota, as well as from E. beloitensis Ulrich and Scofield, from the Stones river group of Wisconsin and Kentucky, by its evolute and looge instead of contiguous whorls. In this regard as well as in the section of the whorls it is more related to E. (Eccyliompha- lus) volutatus Whitfield, from the Fort Cassin beds, from which it differs in having a straight mouth, and considerably more rapid enlargement of the volutions. (Group 5) TRENTON CONGLOMERATH OF RYSEDORPH HILL 35D TROCHONEMA Salter Trochonema umbilicatum Hall sp. Pleurotomaria umbilicata Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:175 | | ) aoe A. pebble of gray crystalline limestone from the Rysedorph hill conglomerate was found to be filled with specimens which in ali essential features agree with the descriptions of Trochonema umbilicatum given by Hall, Salter, Ulrich and Scofield, with the slight exception that the space between the suture and the first carina is not as flat as in most specimens, but rather concave. The carinae are more distinct than in any specimen figured by Hall. This form possesses a great vertical range, from the Lowville limestone to the Lorraine beds, and wide geographic distribution, being reported from Baffin Land, Lake Winnipeg, New York and the Trenton of the Mississippi basin. (Group 7) HOLOPEA Hall Holopea paludiniformis Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:171 A large internal cast of this rare species, of which Hall reports that he obtained only one specimen (also a cast) from the crys- talline upper part of the Trenton limestone at Watertown, was found in a pebble of compact black limestone at Rysedorph hill. Our specimen differs slightly from the type in having the volu- tions a little less ventricose and in its umbilical perforation. The form is not mentioned by later collectors with the exception of Ulrich and Scofield, who have referred a species from the lower Trenton in Minnesota to this species. This also is said to have a small umbilical perforation. (Group 5) Lats | cyrRTosPirA Ulrich Cyrtospira attenuata sp. nov. Pl. 2, fig. 8 A single specimen of Subulites was found in the gray crystal- line limestone, which by its strong curvature is of a striking appearance to the eye accustomed to the rigidly erect species of the New York forms of Subulites. 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Diagnosis. Shell small, length 12 mm; consisting of about five volutions, the last one of which occupies three fifths of the entire length of the shell; the four apical volutions are nearly straight, but the body whorl is curved in such a way that the apertural side appears straight, while the opposite side forms in outline a regular arch, the hight of which, measured in the middle, iy a little greater than the width of the shell. Apical angle 38°; greatest width of valve between one third and one fourth of the length. Aperture not observed. Ulrich has separated species in which the aperture exceeds one half the whole hight of the shell, the shell arcuate and the truncation of the lower extremity of the aperture not so apparent, from Subulites and united 'them under the new generic designa- tion, Cyrtospira. Our species shows the first two generic char- acters of this new genus in a marked degree, and stronger than the type species, while the third, the character of the aperture, is not observable. This species differs from other congeneric forms, notably from C. parvula Billings from the Black river beds, C. abbre- viata Hall from the Trenton of New York, and the three species described from the western Stones river and Trenton beds, in its longer spire, more slender form and stronger curva- ture. (Group 7) PTEROPODA HYOLITHUS Hichwald (orTHOTHECA Novak) > Hyolithus rhine sp. nov. Pl. 2, fig. 12-15 Among the novel forms of the Rysedorph hill fauna is a speci- men of Hyolithus, obtained from the reddish gray compact limestone. | Diagnosis. Form, an elongated triangular pyramid, tapering at an angle of 16°; transverse section broadly triangular; ventral face slightly convex; dorsal face roof shaped with subangular crest; sides toward the aperture very slightly convex, toward the apex, however, bearing a broad, shallow, longitudinal depres- \ * TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSHEDORPH HILL af sion, occupying about half the width. Lateral angles subacutely angular. Aperture unknown, but judging from the closely crowded growth lines, which curve forward on the dorsal side more than on the ventral, the peristome can hardly have arched forward on the ventral side, but probably was more or less abruptly truncated (subgenus Orthotheca Novak) Oper- eulum unknown. Dimensions. Length 35 mm or more, width 10+ mm, hight 6.4+ mm. Observations. Only one other species has been made known from the Trenton, Hyolithus baconi Whitfield!. The Rysedorph hill species differs from this in tapering less rapidly, having a more elevated dorsal side (according to the lateral view given of H. baconi), and the growth lines on the convex side arch forward instead of passing straight across. It is noteworthy that only two species of this genus have thus far been found in the rich Trenton faunas from various regions of the continent. The distribution of this genus in the Ameri- can beds seems to furnish an instance of the intermittent appearance of a group of organisms; for Hall? cites no less than nine species from the Cambric and six from the Devonic beds, with only one species to fill the tremendous interval from the Potsdam to middle Devonic beds. Since Hall’s publication the number of North American Cambric species has increased to 14, and that of the Devonic to 11, while one species has become known from the Chazy, one from the Trenton, one from the Lorraine, and one from the Niagara beds. Nor can it be held that one of the two subgenera into which the genus has been divided by Holm comprises the Cambric and the other the Devo- nic species, thus resolving the apparent twofold culmination of the genus into the culmination of two different successive eroups of fossils. That the genus Hyolithus is also represented in other localities within this state becomes apparent from Dr White’s investigations of the Trenton Falls section, whence he 1 Geol. Wis. 1882. 4:225. PU PaliNeY. 1009.) We Dy Pte, Da) 19K. 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM cites an undescrived species of Hyolithus from two horizons.* (Group 6) HYOLITHELLUuS Billings Hyolithellus micans Billings. Can. nat. 2d ser. 1871. 4:215 PRO2S fee it The highly characteristic internal cast of the operculum of this species, showing very distinctly the subcentral knob and the radiating elongate ovate scars and smooth margin, was. found in a limestone pebble from Rysedorph hill, differing from the rest of the limestone pebbles in lithologic appearance. The specimen retains a part of the periderm and a fragment of the shell and this indicates, as the appearance of the limestone would suggest, that the lower Cambric conglomerate limestone of Troy, a few miles to the north, which contains this prob- lematic fossil in considerable number, is very sparingly repre- sented in the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. This older Cambric conglomerate has also been found by Ford at Schodack Landing, with Hyolithellus micans and other species, and has, therefore, a similar extension as the Trenton limestone con- glomerate, with which it strikes parallel but farther east on the other side of the overthrust fault. As we shall presently observe, the Trenton conglomerate limestone is similar in other | features to the Cambric limestone at Troy and indicates a repeti- tion of the conditions of early Cambric time, in the lower Siluric of the same region. (Group 1) CONULARIA Miller Conularia cf. trentonensis Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:222 A very young specimen of Conularia was found in a black limestone from the Moordener kill conglomerate. It shows only the transverse ridges; the direction and the strong development of these, however, are very suggestive of identity with Conulariatrentonensis Hall. (Group 5) 1N. Y. acad. sci. Trans. 15:94. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 39 CEPHALOPODA SPYROCERAS Hyatt Spyroceras bilineatum Hall sp. Orthoceras bilineatum Hall. Pal. N. Y.1847. 1:199, 300 ) Hall described and figured as Orthoceras bilineatum @ shell which Dr Emmons had collected at Rysedorph hill. Whether the specimens have been found in the matrix or in the pebbles, and in which kind of the latter, can not now be established. The writer has not observed any specimens of this species in the conglomerates of the localities investigated. Spyroceras cf. anellus Conrad sp. Orthoceras anellus Conrad. Acad. nat. sci. Phil. Proc. 1848. 1:3384 In the gray crystalline limestone thin and very slightly taper- ing fragments of a cephalopod are found, which are character- ized by sharply elevated, equidistant, longitudinal ridges with smooth interspaces. Forms with a like surface sculpture, but with much less rapidly tapering shells, have been described by Hall from the Beekmantown and Trenton beds as Orthoceras laqueatum. Dr Clarke has shown! that the shell of O. bilineatum is not annulated in the apical region, but is quite strongly marked by alternating longitudinal elevated lines, which as growth advances become finer, while strong annulations gradually develop. These features bring O. bilineatum under the genus Spyroceras of Hyatt. From this fact it seems probable that Hall’s 0. la queatum i only the apical portion of a Spyroceras, probably O. bilineatum. The specimens from Rysedorph hill show only equal longitudinal ridges, but as they represent much younger growth stages than those observed by Clarke—they have a diameter of only 1 to 2 mm—it might be inferred that they also belong to Spyro- ceras bilineatum, and that the finer intercalated, longi- ‘tudinal ridges develop only with later growth. This conclusion 1Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt 2, p. 786. 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM would seem to be supported by the finding of a specimen of S. bilineatum in the Rysedorph hill conglomerate by Dr Emmons. There are, however, some facts which combat such a view. These are the observations of Clarke; that the alternation of the striae is more distinct toward the apical region and by rapid intercalation becomes less pronounced toward the aperture; farther, that a shell of S. bilineatum, with a diameter of 7 mm, had only 12 lines of the first order, while the shells under consideration, with a diameter of only 32 mm, have already about 20 striae; that no trace of the fine transverse lines, appearing on all stages of S. bili- neatum, has been observed thus far; and finally that the small shells of Rysedorph hill taper exceedingly slow, while those of S. bilineatum taper quite fast. A fragment ? inch long shows no measurable increase in diameter. Orthoceras anellus Conrad differs in just these features from O. bili- neatum and it suggests itself that these shells, if not a new species, are very likely to be the apical portion of O. anellus, hitherto not observed, and also. that O. anellus is a typical Spyroceras. Spyroceras bilineatum has been found to range in the east (Canada) from the Black river into the Trenton beds, in the west to begin in the Stones river beds, and Spyroceras anellus begins in the Black river beds and extends into the Trenton. (Group 7) (Cyrtoceras) subannulatum d’Orbigny sp. Prodr. de pal.. 1850. 1:1 Cyrtoceras annulatum Hall, Bal. N.Y. 184 (ge A fragmentary specimen characterized as belonging to Cyrto- ceras annulatum by its strongly arcuate annulations, fine transverse lines and central tubular siphuncle, was found in a pebble of greenish gray compact limestone. This species was obtained by Hail from the lower and upper Trenton beds of New York. (Group 7) ee ee ee ee ae eR TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 41 ZITTELOCERAS Hyatt Zitteloceras hallianum d’Orbigny sp. Cyrtoceras hallianum d’Orbigny. Prodr. de pall. 1850. , 1:1 Cyrtocerags lamellosum Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1847. 1:1938 In the black limestone, fragments of Cyrtoceras hallia- num were found with the undulating squamous lamellae characteristic of this species. Hall knew this species only from the lower part of the Trenton limestone at Middleville, and later collectors do not mention it. Dr Clarke reports it from the Black river beds of Wisconsin and Minnesota. (Group 5) CRUSTACEA TRETASPIS McCoy Tretaspis reticulatus sp. nov. Pl. 3, fig. 11, 15-20 Several pebbles of black compact limestone were found to be filled with a trinucleid, representing the genus Tretaspis which is new to this hemisphere. The specimens, about 20' of which were obtained, occur in association with Ampyx hasta- Pew tllve mis americanus, Ceraurus) pleure- xanthemus, Sphaercoryphe major, Cyphaspis and plates of a Glyptocystites. | Diagnosis. Cranidiwm subrectangular to semicircular in out- line, the former in younger specimens; length to width as 3:8; frontal margin slightly rounded to nearly straight. Glabella pyriform with the anterior part spheric, abruptly widening and rising above the neck of the glabella; frontal part reaching to and slightly overhanging the frontal border; posterior part of glabella narrow, angular and provided with a median crest extending from the occipital ring to about the middle of the frontal lobe, where it ends with atubercle. There are three pairs of deep pits or fossae; the first small, deep and round, well up the tumid part of the glabelia; the second broad and oval extending obliquely forward from the dorsal furrow; the third deep, transverse impressions situated a little anteriorly of the occipital furrow. 42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Dorsal furrows distinct, broad and deep, narrowing forward and extending to the frontal border. Fixed cheeks slightly promi- nent, trapezoidal in outline, nearly flat in the middle part and bending rather abruptly into the dorsal furrow and to the marginal border; each cheek provided with an “ eye line,” which, arising in the dorsal furrow below the first glabellar pit, extends in the direction of the genal angle, culminating near the middle of the cheek in an eye tubercle and becoming then indistinct. Occipital furrow broad and shallow, widening on either side of the glabella. Occipital ring a uniformly narrow ridge which in the axial lobe rises to a semicircular plate (base of spine?). Surface of glabella coarsely pitted; cheeks pitted along the border and strongly reticulate in the middle. The meshes of the reticulation are largest on the cheeks; dorsal furrows and, occipi- tal ring smooth. Marginal border in front of the glabella inclined. to base at an angie varying between 80° and 90°, but becoming less inclined posteriorly; in front of the cheeks for about half of its width moderately convex, then equally concave with the mar- gin upturned. The convex portion of the border in front of the glabella is occupied by four concentric rows of circular funnel- shaped perforations, which posteriorly increase by interplanta- tion to seven or more rows; the concave portion bears a row of radiating elongated perforations!; the rows of perforations are separated by filiform, strongly projecting concentric ridges, which toward the genal angles become less distinct. Free cheeks not observed. Thorax not well preserved, apparently consisting of six seg- ments, axis broad, moderately convex, decreasing in width more than one third; axial grooves shallow; pleurae not observed. Pygidium roundish subtriangular, with an axis in a small speci- men that is broad at the beginning, slightly tapering and ending bluntly; more acutely tapering in larger specimens; the small 1 Dr D.-P. Oehlert has demonstrated in his valuable paper entitled: Sur les Trinucleus de Ouest de la France (Soc. géol. de France. Bul. 8e série. 1895. 23, p. 299) that the apparent perfora- tions of the limb of Trinucleus are only the result of an unfavorable preservation; and that, in fact, the limb or doublure of Trinucleus is imperforate, but possesses cavities, produced by the invagina- tion of the tegument of the limb. As the tegument mostly fails of perfect preservation, these double-conical cavities appear opened at their dorsal and ventral apexes. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSHEDORPH HILL 43 specimen shows seven, the large nine annulations; only faint indications of pleural grooves on the nearly smooth, almost flat sides; margin beveled, concentrically striated. Dimensions. Width of cranidium 13 mm, length 6mm, greatest width of glabella 3.4 mm. Horizon and locality. Nearly all specimens were obtained from two small pebbles of black compact limestone, where they were associated with Trenton fossils. (Group 5) Observations. This species differs too obviously from the com- mon Trinucleus concentricus and the similar Trin u- cleus bellulus to necessitate a long exposition of these differences; aS most striking may be mentioned, the glabellar fossae, the tubercles, the eye line, the structure and profile of the marginal border, and the pitted reticulate surface of the cheeks and glabella. While this species differs so markedly from other American species, it shows the closest similarity to a group well known in Europe, the typical form of which is T. seti- eornis Hisinger, which in the fuller discussion given to this form and its characters ‘by Nicholson and Etheridge’ is shown to exhibit at the best only varietal differences from T. bucklandi _ Barrande. By Roemer and Frech the latter species is united with T. seticornis. This species is specially characterized by the presence of the glabellar pits, the apical tubercle on the glabella and the ocular tubercles, the eye lines, the deep dorsal furrow and the structure and profile of the marginal border. McCoy repeatedly (1849, 1851) proposed the subdivision of the genus Trinucleus into two subdivisions—Trinucleus proper and Tretaspis McCoy, the latter characterized by “the presence of five thoracic segments, the furrows on each side of the base of the glabella, a diagonal line crossing the cheeks, approximately occupying the position of the facial suture and usually a small apical or culminating tubercle ocular (?) in char- acter.” This subdivision was adopted by Salter in 1857, who thus defines Tretaspis McCoy; “ Ocular tubercle distinct; eye 1 Monograph Sil. foss. Girvan district in Ayrshire. 1886. Fasciculus 2, p, 190. 44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM line cutting the posterior margin, but the head not separated at the suture; glabeila lobed.” Barrande protested strongly and repeatedly against the subdivision, principally on the follow- ing grounds: the eye line is not a suture but only a single nervure, as is visible in many other Trilobites; and the five seg- mented thorax is of no account because of the metamorphosis undergone by Trinucleus. Nicholson and Etheridge, after the examination of a great number of specimens, fully concur with Barrande as to the unimportance of the number of the segments. and the presence of the eye line, and therefore conclude, that Tretaspis as proposed by McCoy or Salter can not stand, but at the same time hold, that it may be advantageous to retain the term for that section of the genus Trinucleus which possesses a lobed glabella. Beecher has shown (Am. jour. sci. 1895. 49:307) that Trin- | ucleus concentricus, in its adolescent stage, possesses. the features pointed out by McCoy and Salter as characteristic _ of the genus Tretaspis, and on this ground is inclined to reject McCoy’s divisions of the genus Trinucleus, as Barrande did. The cephala here described as those of Tretaspis clearly agree with the cephala of the young individuals of -‘Trinucleus concentricus, figured in Beecher’s excellent paper, in pos- sessing the so called eye-lines and eye-tubercles. While, how- ever, that investigator states that these features disappear when a width of 5 mm is attained, they are still distinctly preserved in the specimen figured on pl. 3, fig. 18, which has attained a: width of 13 mm, that is, nearly the average size of the specimens. of Trinucleus concentricus, and shows mature devel- opment of the border. Furthermore, the specimens from Ryse- dorph hill have the pitting which is so distinct in the stages. figured by Beecher, and which also, as a very fine pitting, is. still present on the mature Trinucleus concentricus, accentuated into a coarse reticulation. Also in the relatively small size of the glabella and the apparent absence of genal spines these specimens retain adolescent features. On the other hand they fail to show any indications of the triangular areas ——— ee ee eee ea ee eS TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 45 marked off from the cheeks on each side of the glabella in the young of Trinucleus concentricus; and the lobation of the glabella which in adult specimens of T. concentricus has, become entirely obscured, but is faintly shown on the young, is, in the specimens in the writer’s hands, distinctly devel- oped (see pl. 3, fig. 18). It is this feature on which Nicholson and Etheridge would base the genus Tretaspis. The specimens from Rysedorph hill, therefore, not only retain features characteristic of the early stages of T. concentricus to a mature or approximately mature size, but have certain of these features, notably the lobation of the glabella and the orna- mentation of the cheeks even more. strongly developed than those young stages. There can, therefore, be hardly any doubt that this form represents a phylogenetic stage in the develop- ment of the Trinucleidae, that is preceding Trinucleus proper and partly repassed in the ontogeny of the latter. It seems to the writer to be in full accord with our modern conception of a genus to recognize this distinct stage by a separate generic term. The features characteristic of this genus are also apparent in Angelin’s species, Trinucleus bucculentus, (tab. 41, fig. 1) and T. foveolatus, while his T. affinis shows all these characteristics without the glabellar furrow, but his suggestion, “an potius status juvenilis Trinuecleé seticornis?” would relegate this species into that group. Our species agrees fully with T. (Tretaspis) seticor- nis Hisinger, in the following features: the outline, sur- face sculpture and lobation of the glabella, the details of the marginal border with the exception that in T. reticu- latus itis not bent vertically downward at the sides but only at an angle of about 45°. No important difference appears in the development of the thorax and pygidium. The principal differences would, then, seem to lie in the crest on the glabella, the less rounded and less convex profile and more trapezoidal outline of the cheeks and their strongly reticulated surface. We notice however that Angelin figures a form as T. affinis A6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM which, as he suggests, might represent the young of T. seti- cornis, and which, judging from his drawings (specially tab. 40, fig. 21) shows a similar coarsely pitted and reticulate surface and similar outline of the cheeks. From all of these species, congeneric with Tretas pis reticulata, our form differs not only in the strong reticulation, but also in the development of a carina on the glabella of which no mention is found in the descriptions, and no indication in the illustrations of these species. Angelin? however figures a form, T. carinatus, which has a median carina, passing along the whole length of the gilabella, and which also belongs to the subgenus Tretaspis a fact which serves to prove that this feature also was repre- Sented on the other side of the Atlantic basin, and, as 7. carinatus is supposed to come from regio Da, both carinate forms are approximately homotaxial. Trinucleus seticornis occurs in Scotland and Ireland in beds referred to the Caradoc age, in Sweden in regio Da, and in Bohemia, at a horizon which les higher than that to which belong even the Normans kill shale beds, in which the conglomerate bed containing this fossil is interealated. Our form is, hence, older than all its congeners with the exception of T. buccu- lentus, from regio Ba, Norvegiae, the species which differs most from the rest of the group. Tretaspis diademata sp. nov. Pl. 3, figit2) deat A specimen of Tretaspis which was found in a black lime- stone pebble associated with Tretas pis reticulata and Ampyx hastatus presents the general appearance of the former except that in the limb the perforations are not arranged concentrically, but radially and so closely set as to pro- - duce high radial ridges and furrows. In the specimen the limb is present only as an internal cast, and the perforations appear 1 Lindstrom ’s 2d ed. 1878. pl. 34, fig. 3. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL AT therefore on the crest of the ridges. At the genal angle the ridges become rather abruptly dissolved into a crowded. irregular mass of perforations (tubercles in the cast). Other differences between this and the preceding species are the considerably less width and almost vertical position of the limb in the frontal region and the greater prominence of the cheeks. The cheeks and glabella are finely reticulate. Dimensions. Width of cranidium 15 mm; length 5.8 mm; great- est width of glabella 3.1 mm. Horizon and locality. Pebble of black limestone in Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 5) Observations. The writer was at first inclined to consider this form as only a variety of T. reticulata. As, however, forms differing from T. seticornis in the same development of the limb have been described from corresponding beds in Norway and Great Britain, it seems opportune to separate also this form, in order to emphasize the fact of the occurrence of this type together with that of T. reticulata in approximately homo- taxial beds on this and the other side of the Atlantic. It is, however, to be noted that, both in T. seticornis and T. reticulata, the perforations show more prominent arrange- ment in concentric rows, and less distinct radial arrangement; hence these forms probablyrepresent only diverging branches from the principal stock, the common and widespread T. seticornis in Europe and T. reticulata in America. Angelin’s form T. foveolatus (pl. 41, fig. 2) is from Da Norvegiae, and described as follows: JT. capite subtiliter favoso, limbo radiato, fronte utrinque foveolis (?), apice subglobosa, punctis ordinariis majusculis. In this form the radial arrangement of the perforations extends over the whole surface of the limb. A corresponding form occurs in the Llandeilo and Caradoc beds of Great Britain, and was first described by Murchison as Trinucleus fimbriatus (2); later its characters were elucidated more fully, and a complete | specimen from the Llandeilo flags figured by Sedgwick and AS NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM McCoy. A comparison of the description and figure with our spcecimen shows a close similarity in the two forms, the limb in both being apparently alike, even to the breaking up of the radial rowe into irregular arrangement at the lateral angles. The principal difference between the two species seems to le in the shape of the glabella, which in the Trenton form is highly con- ' vex, with a hemispheric frontal part and an abrupt contraction to a narrow ridge behind the same, as in T. reticulata. The posterior part of the glabella and cheeks are not so well preserved as indicated by the drawing. AmPYxX Dalman Subgenus LoNcHopomaAs Angelin Ampyx (Lonchodomas) hastatus sp. nov. Pl. 3, fig. 1-10, 30 The black compact limestone pebbles contain in great abun- dance cranidia and pygidia of a new species of Ampyx in association with such Trenton fossilsas Pterygometopus eallicephalus. Diagnosis. Cranidiwm hastate in appearance, terminal points of glabella and fixed cheeks falling approximately into the angles of a regular triangle. Glabella subrhombic, contracted ante- riorly and posteriorly, most convex and widest near the middle; more than half of it projecting snoutlike from the remainder of the cranidium; carina (or in others only a flattened area) extend- ‘ing the whole length of the glabella. Two long elliptic depres- Sions, beginning in the pits at the base of the glabella, directly in front of the neck furrow, extend at the foot of either slope of the glabella for about one fourth of its length; two others directed obliquely downward, lie at the anterior ends of the dorsal furrows at the point where glabella and fixed cheeks meet exteriorly; two more lie directly above the others and are par- allel to the axis of the glabella. On casts of the glabella (pl. 3 fig. 7) two prominent, transversely elliptic elevations can be noticed directly in front of the neck ring. On the crust they 1 Syn. of classif. of Brit. pal. foss. 1855. pl. 1 EH, fig. 16. \ TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 49 appear faint projections. It is supposed that they represent muscle scars. Rostrum very long, prismatic, with a subrhombic section, upper sides grooved; strongly bent upward. Fixed cheeks having the shape of slightly recurving cusps, moderately convex, sloping rather abruptly downward at the frontal margin and gently upward in front of the neck segment, lying ventrally with their frontal part below the middle of the glabella, where a narrow, flat, vertical rim is developed. A line which appears most distinctly in casts as a narrow ridge, passes from the posterolateral angle of the fixed cheek obliquely forward across the same in the direction of the anterior glabellar pits. This line, in its direction and extent, seems to be an exact homologue of the eye line of Tretaspis and other trilobites and prob- ably indicates the former presence and situation of the eyes in this genus, of which only blind forms are known. Suture line beginning directly below the second pair of glabellar pits, at the end of the flat marginal rim, running first a short dis- tance outward, then turning rather abruptly backward to a point near the neck furrow, where it again curves outward, intersecting _the occipital rmg in oblique direction. Free cheeks were not observed, but, from the direction of the suture line, it is sup- posed that they were rather small, subtriangular plates. Dorsal furrows strongly marked. Neck furrow slightly curved, faint, deeper toward the genal angles. Surface of cranidium entirely smooth. Thorax not observed. Pygidiwm broadly triangular; axis well defined, broad, occupy- ing about one third of the width of the plate, tapering slightly and ending bluntly near the terminal point; depressed convex, highest in the middle. Rarely more than six annulations, indi- cated by faint transverse furrows. Pleurae level, smooth, without indications of pleural ribs, with a deep furrow running parallel to the anterior margin, nearly vertically beveled along the mar- gins, the upper edge of the bevel with an acute linear rim, sides finely striated parallel to the margin. 50 ! NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Dimensions. Width of cranidium 14.2 mm, length to base of rostrum 7.5 mm, width of glabella 5.2 mm, width of largest pygidium 5.5 mm, length 2.5 mm, width of axis 1.8 mm. Horizon and locality. In the black compact limestone pebbles of Trenton age, in the conglomerate of Ryserdorph hill. (Group 5, 6) Observations. This form differs from the only other Trenton species, Ampyx americanus Safford and Vogdes,! in the large anterior extension of the glabella beyond the fixed cheeks, | this being a longifront, the other a brevifront, using subdivisional terms proposed by the discoverer of Ampyx americanus, and in having a strongly convex glabella without the oblique furrows of the western Trenton form. Our species is much more similar to Ampyx halli Billings, from the Chazy limestone of Canada and Vermont, with which it has in common the elong- ate convex rather strongly carinate glabella.and the shape of the neck segment, but from which it differs in having a relatively shorter glabella extending hardly beyond the fixed cheeks, and by the semioval pygidium with distinct pleurae. Ampyx normalis from the Canadian Quebec beds, has the fluted rostrum and the rounded glabellar pits, but differs from A. hastatus in its short glabella. The Rysedorph hill species is much more closely similar to Ampyx rostratus Sars (Ampyx sarsii Portlock) in general outline, keeled glabella, long rostrum, long corniform cheeks, and according to the detailed description by Pompecki,? the elliptic impression on either side of the base of the glabella, while it differs in having the cheeks relatively broader and less contracted in the anterior part, and the pygidium more rounded. This closely related form is described by Portlock (loc. cit. p. 258) from the fossiliferous schists of Tyrone (Ireland) which are regarded as ; older than the schists with Diplograptus pristis and Graptolithus sagittarius, corresponding to our Nor- mans kill shales in which the conglomerate is interbedded. Angelin describes the same species from the “ regio Da Norvegiae prope Christiania et in monte Kinnekulle Vestrogothiae”; and 1 Acad. nat. sci. Phil. Proc. 1889. 4:166. 2 Trilobiten fauna der Ost- und Westpreussischen Diluvialgeschiebe. 1890. p. 16. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL ol Frech (tab. p. 77) gives as its habitat the Knollenkalk af and a0 which are synchronous with the Glenkiln shales (Normans kill shales) and the corresponding lower middle graptolite shales of Scania and of Norway. Another European form with cari- nate glabella is Lonchodomas carinatus, which how- ever has a more elongate cranidium, and is found in another horizon (Chasmops-Kalk of Westrogothia) according to Remelé. The subdivisions of Ampyx, proposed by Forbes and Angelin, have been fully discussed by Nicholson and Etheridge, and lately by Vogdes.? To restate shortly a case repeatedly eluci- dated, the genus Ampyx proposed by Dalman was divided in 1849 by E. Forbes’ into: _ 1 Ampyx (Dalman) proper, with the head long and five seg- ments of the thorax. ; 2 Brachampyx Forbes, 1849, with the head short and round and six segments to the thorax. Dr Angelin in 18544 proposed the subdivision of his family into three genera: 1 Lonchodomas Angelin, -with a lanceolate glabella, ter- minating in an elongate prismatic spine. Type L. (Ampyx) rostratus_ Sars. . 2 Ampyx Dalman, with an oval glabella, terminating in a round spine, and six thoracic segments. Type Ampyx cos- tatus Broeck. , 3 Raphiophorus Angelin, with an obovate glabella, having an abrupt apical spine, and’ five thoracic segments. Type R. setirostris Angelin. It appears by a comparison of these subdivisions, that Angelin retained the term Ampyx for forms with six segments, and thus applied it in the sense of the originator of the term, Dal- man, who described Ampyx as having six segments; while Forbes proposed his term, Brachampyx, for just such six segmented forms. Nicholson and Etheridge, therefore, seem 1 Monograph Sil. foss. Girvan district in Ayrshire. 18380. p. 178. ff. 2 Am. geol. 1893. 11:99. 3 Geol. sur. Gt. Br. Mem. Dee. 2, 1849. pt 10, p. 3. 4 Pal. Seandin. p. 80. 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to be fully justified in adopting Angelin’s subdivisions in preference of the older ones of Forbes, on the very reasonable ground that the section represented by the original name of the author should correspond as nearly as possible to that author’s definition. These subdivisions have also been adopted by other Kuropean writers on lower Silurie trilobites. A. W. Vogdes arranges the genus in ‘three sections, as follows: 1) Brevifrontes, type Ampyx nudus Murchison; 2) Longifrontes, type Ampyx nasutus Dalman; 3) Lonchodomas, type Lon- chodomas domastus Angelin. It is evident that the species from Rysedorph hill falls under the section Lonchodomas of Angelin and Vogdes. One pygidium (pl. 8, fig. 30) proved by its mode of preservation to be of exceptional interest. The crust of the axis is so favorably broken away that a perfect cast of the inferior surface is ex- posed. This exhibits, rising from the perfectly smooth surface of the matrix, two series of paired elevations which must corre- spond to impressions on the under surface of the crust. The outer series consists of the larger elevations, which near the anterior margin are round, largest, but also least projecting, while toward the posterior end of the axis they become smaller, transversely oval, being directed obliquely outward and forward, and more elevated and distinct. Alternating with this series is another of small, round tubercles, and within this lies still a. _ third series of small tubercles, one always lying opposite the sec- ond, fourth, sixth, etc. of the inner second series. Along the median line runs a slightly elevated ridge corresponding to a median furrow of the pygidium. In another pygidium, in which the removal of the crust brought to light a similar system of elevations, eight of these could be counted in the exterior series. On the anterior part of the axis the annulation is indicated by a few shallow transverse grooves. These fall between the inner tubercles, and hence the elevations correspond with the annilas tion and original segmentation of the pygidium. A series of tubercles similar to the exterior series has been described and figured by Nicholson and Etheridge’ from the 1 Monograph Sil. foss. Girvan district in Ayrshire. 1880. Fasciculus 2, pl. 13, fig. 3. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 53 pygidium of A. rostratus Sars. These authors describe the axis of the pygidium of that species as faintly seg- _ mented and with a row of tubercles on each side. As the English species is in all features very closely related to that from the Trenton, and the latter never shows any tubercles on the axis of the external crust, but) only on the easts, the writer feels sure that Nicholson and Etheridge had only casts of the pygidium, and based their conclusions on these. These authors, however, figure on pl. 10, fig. 20, of the same fasci- culus a pygidium of an Asaphus sp. ind., the slender axis of which, though much weathered, exhibits what appears to be a series of depressions on each side. Here the weathering has evidently reached the depressions in the crust, to which the above mentioned tubercles correspond. Similar depressions have before been observed by Salter! of Asaphus tyrannus, and considered by him to be internal glands, a view which evi- dently is also held by Nicholson and Etheridge. The writer has also obtained a small pygidium of Isotelus maximus from the Rysedorph hill conglomerate, which by the removal of the crust exhibits a series of eight pairs of tubercles which are some- what obliquely directed backward (pl. 4, fig. 1). The only observation of which the writer is aware which has been made on such pits in this country is that by Hall and Clarke? on a pygidium of Proétus folli- ceps of the Onondaga lmestone. In that specimen two paired series of alternating elevations can be observed; all of the elevations are however obliquely elongate, the inner series consists of the larger elevations, and the inner- most elevations lie apparently directly on the axial line and are not paired. ‘The same authors observed similar, though not so distinctly preserved markings on the internal cast of a pygi- dium of Proétus crassSimarginatus from the Onon- daga limestone of Ohio? and the paired marginal impressions 1Monograph. pl. 22, fig. 9. Pe ai ey | eon 2 Pal. N. Y. 1888. 7:101, pl. 29, fig. 1. 5 Pal. N. Y. 1888. v. 7, pl. 25, fig. 8 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM through the translucent crust of a pygidium of Phacops cristata var. p.ipa- Hall and Clarke consider the pits to be “ areas of insertion for somitic muscles, the marginal pair probably connected with the natatory appendages, the axial pair possibly attached to the branchial apparatus, or to the viscera. The function of the median pits upon alternate grooves is not understood.” On the upper surface of the crust of the Devonic species no indications of these characters were found. The axis of the pygidium of Ampyx is usually perfectly smooth or only provided with two or three faint annulations on the anterior part. One species, how- ever (pl. 3, fig. 10) possesses a broad elevation along the median line of the axis; the indications of annulations, which in this species extend well toward the posterior end of the axis, are more distinct on the sides of the axis, than on the median elevation; | the extent of this elevation, falling approximately in the region without distinct muscle scars, and the more distinct annulations on the sides, which probably are caused by the presence of the muscle scars, are indications of the influence of the strain exerted by the muscles on the configuration of the external crust. REMOPLEURIDES Portlock Subgenus REMOPLEURIDES &. str. Remopleurides tumidus sp. nov. Pl. 4, fig. 2-4 Two cranidia found in a pebble of dark gray, reddish weathering limestone (ostracode bed) differ so materially from the next described, Remopleurides linguatus, a form of most profuse occurrence in the black compact limestone pebbles, that they can not be considered to represent merely a Jater growth stage of the more common smaller species, but evi- dently represent a different type. Diagnosis. Cranidium broadly elliptic, longest diameter at the posterior third; the longer diameter to the shorter as 10:9, poste- 1 Pal. N. Y. 1888. v. 7, pl. § A, fig. 15. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL D8 rior margin nearly straight, lateral margin only slightly convex and curving but little inward to the base of the broad frontal lobe, which has straight margins, tapers only slightly and has a nearly straight frontal edge. Glabella moderately and regu- larly convex, highest at base of frontal lobe, from which it slopes regularly to the posterior and lateral margins and falls abruptly forward. Frontal lobe about one third the length of the crani- dium. Glabellar furrows probably indicated by two pairs of barely visible, low, broad undulations near the posterior lateral margin, but not by smooth lines. Palpebral lobes very narrow, abruptly bulbous at the posterior angle. Surface of the crani- dium smooth to the unaided eye, but not glossy on account of the presence of a microscopically small granulation; no striae observable. Occipital ring rather broad and wide, partly exfol- iated in the type specimen. Dimensions. Width of cranidium 9.6 mm; length to base of frontal lobe 7.9 mm; hight 3.2 mm. Horizon and locality. In the reddish gray hard limestone peb- bles at Rysedorph hill. (Group 6) Observations. The glabella of this form shows a slight simi- larity in outline to that of R. striatulus Walcott, from the upper third of the Trenton limestone; it differs, however, by the absence of the coarse tuberculation and the suppression of the glabellar furrows, of which at least one pair is distinguishable in that species by smooth lines. The cranidium appears to be more closely related to Remo- pleurides colbii Portlock, from the Caradoc, than to any other congener, but has also some relationship to R. affinis Billings, from the Quebec group. Salter. proposed to subdivide Remopleurides into two sections: one without glabellar furrows and inflated glabella, for which Portlock’s original term, Remopleurides, was retained, and one with glabellar ‘furrows and flat glabella, for which Barrande’s name, Caphyra, was proposed. 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Subgenus capHyra Barrande Remopleurides (Caphyra) linguatus sp. nov. Pl. 3, fig. 21-29 The heads and pygidia of this species were found abundantly in the black crystalline limestone in association with Ampyx hastatus, etc. and in a few specimens also in the gray crystal- line and reddish gray compact limestone pebbles of Rysedorph hill conglomerate. Diagnosis. Cranidium transversely elliptic, longest diameter at the posterior fourth; longer diameter to the shorter as 9:8; strongly curved at the sides, rapidly contracting to the base of the frontal lobe, and to the junction with the occipital ring; base of frontal lobe and base of cranidium having about the same width; nearly flat, with a slight broad longitudinal depression in front of the occipital furrow; turning abruptly downward at the base of the frontal lobe; the latter tonguelike, half the length of the entire cranidium, straight in very young specimens, bending downward at an angle of S0° to 90° in mature speci- mens; with straight parallel or sometimes somewhat diverg- ing margins; gently rounded forward. Three pairs of glabellar furrows distinctly indicated by curved, smooth linear depressions extending from near the margin three fourths of the distance to the median longitudinal depression. Palpebral lobes narrow, terminating bulblike posteriorly, encircling the cranidium from the base of the glabellar lobe to the occipital ring. Occipital furrow deep and narrow; occipital ring slightly convex, depressed below the level of the cranidium, short. Surface of cranidium with very fine, somewhat wavy transverse striae and tubercles; the latter increasing in size toward the lateral and posterior margins; anterior third of occipital furrow smooth with a small central tubercle; behind this two transverse filiform mdges and very large tubercles, obscurely arranged in four transverse rows. Eyes large, forming an elongate crescent-shaped, rather high, nearly perpendicular wall with very finely reticulate, depressed convex surface. ont tapes ee ae a TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL ays Free cheeks narrow, beginning in front of the eyes with a vertical, rudderlike doublure of the outer margin (fig. 27) hori- zontal part forming a narrow, flat border around the eyes, which, on account of the strong curvature of the eyes and the outward and backward direction of its exterior margin, rapidly widens posteriorly into a subtriangular, slightly convex: plate. Outer margin depressed, smooth, inner margin forming an elevated ridge supporting the eyes. Genal spines long, narrow, nearly flat, acutely pointed. Surface of free cheeks marked by finer Striae directed, obliquely inward and backward, becoming coarser on the spine and parallel to it. A thorax referred to the same species hag the features of the axis mostly obliterated by weathering, while the pleurae, which were buried in rock, are well preserved. ‘The axis was apparently broad, about three times the width of the pleurae, regularly tapering posteriorly to a small pygidial plate quite strongly arched. The pleurae, 10 of which are found on either side, indicating the presence of 10 body segments, are only slightly bent at the beginning, but become increasingly falcate posteriorly, directed backward and downward with the exterior half, provided on the forward edge close to the axis with a strong, projecting fulcral tubercle, the opposite point of the _hinder edge of the preceding pleura being furnished with a corresponding deep notch, the margin of which is raised all around. The pleurae are flat, with an oblique furrow extending from the fulcral tubercle to the tip of the point, and separating the deeper posterior part from the somewhat higher anterior, obliquely striated portion. Of the pygidium only a small roundish plate is observable. Dimensions. Width of cranidium 5.7 mm, length to base of frontal lobe 4.5 mm; of frontal lobe 2.3 mm; length of thorax 10+ mm, width of thorax 11+ mm. Horizon and locality. Very common in the black compact lime- stone pebbles, rare in the reddish gray and gray limestone peb- bles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Groups 5, 6, 7) 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Observations. This form is very similar to some other Ameri- can species, viz Remopleurides canadensis Billings, from the Canadian Chazy beds, and to the only other Trenton congener, R. striatulus Walcott, from the upper third of the Trenton limestone. With both it has in common the tuber- culated cranidium, the presence of three pairs of smooth linear glabellar furrows and the central tubercle on the occipital ring. From both of these it differs in having the cranidium considerably broader than long, a longer tongue-shaped frontal lobe, in possess- ing fine striae, besides the tubercles on the cranidium, and by the strong tuberculation of the posterior part of the occipital ring. From R. striatulus it also differs in the structure of the pleurae, which are here provided with distinct fulcral tubercles and corresponding notches and an oblique furrow, while those of R. striatulus are described as simply flat. In these fea- tures it agrees strongly with the species described from the Caradoc beds of Ireland by Portlock (emended by Salter) as R. colbii, laterispinifer and dorsospinifer. In several features it seems to justify its intermediate strati- graphic position between the Chazy and the upper Trenton forms. Thus it resembles the former (R.. canadensis) by the great relative width of its cranidium, and the latter by the character of the glabellar furrows. But the species from Rysedorph hill is still more similar to an Irish form, R. tuberculatus, lately described by F. R. C. Reed! from the Tramore limestone of county Waterford. With this it has the great width of the cranidium, the shape and extension of the abruptly projecting frontal tongue, the sudden increase in width of the palpebral lobes and the tuber- culation of cranidium and neck segment in common. The Irish form differs in size, being about twice as largeas R. linguatus and in the uniformity of its tubercles. It is also said to have but two pairs of glabellar furrows; as, however, some specimens of the Rysedorph hill species show but two or even but one pair of glabellar furrows, it is quite probable that more complete material of the Irish species would also show the third pair of 1 Quar. jour. geol. soc. 1899. 55:748. eee a - Ss eee ee TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 59 furrows, and that this difference may easily be overestimated. It is of special interest that R. tuberculatus occurs in stages 2 and 3 of the Tramore limestone, which is said to underlie Glenkiln shales, homotaxial with the Normans kill graptolite shales. There is still another European form which well bears a com- parison with our fossil; this is Brachypleura sexline ata Angelin (pl. 9, fig. 18) which in relative length and width of glabella, character of eye lobes, specially at the posterior end, tuberculation of glabella and extent of glabellar furrows closely agrees with R. linguatus, while it differs in having a much narrower frontal glabellar lobe, and, judging from the draw- ing, in the absence of tuberculation on the neck ring. This species is from the limestone of the Kinnekulle in Vestrogothia. ASAPHUS Brongniart 1 Subgenus tsotetus De Kay Isotelus maximus Locke 2d an. rep’t geol. sur. Ohio. 1838. p. 246 Cranidia, eyes, pygidia, hypostomata and large genal spines of this trilobite are extremely frequent in the gray crystalline limestone pebbles, in some parts so common as to exclude other fossils. They are less frequent in the black compact limestone pebbles and in the cement, and none has been found in the reddish gray limestone with ostracods. The numerous spines would indicate that the prevailing species is Isotelus maximus in distinction from Isotelus gigas, but, as Dr Clarke! has pointed out, the cheek spine in these agaphids is to be regarded rather as a character of immaturity, diminishing in size as the adult condition is approached, than as one of critical | value for specific separation. The presence of muscle scars in the pygidia of this species observed in material from Rysedorph hill, has already been mentioned. ITsotelus maximus ranges from the Tren- ton into the Richmond beds; Isotelus gigas is reported from the Chazy of Canada. (Cement and groups 5, 7) 1 Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt 2, p 701. 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSHUM 2 Subgenus GERASAPHES Clarke Gerasaphes ulrichana Clarke. Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt 2, p. 710 In the reddish gray compact limestone a small pygidium of an asaphid was found, which possesses the broad and short form, broad, flat border, strong annulation of the axis and distinct pleu- ral ribs with deep pleural grooves of the pygidium, referred by Dr Clarke, on account of its presenting characters of the earlier representatives of the Asaphus stock at the time of the de- cline of the race, together with the presence, in other parts, of strong corresponding gerontic characters, to a new genus, Ger- asaphes, and described as the type species, G. ulrichana.. Miller has claimed (in his 2d appendix to American geology and | paleontology 1897, p. 788) that the same form was described before by Meek as Proetus spurlocki'‘; and at the same time it has been suggested that these fossils may represent the young of Asaphus megistus, to whick Proétus spurlocki was referred by Miller in the first edition of his American geology and paleontology. It does not seem, with the evidence thus far gathered, opportune to unite thege species and the subgenus Gerasaphes with the common Trenton Isotelus, for it must be assumed that Hall as well as Meek and Clarke described their species with the knowledge of the characteristics of the young of Isotelus. Hall and Meek figure specimens of Isotelus side by side with this new form; Meek, even a young Isotelus on the same plate with his Proétus spurlockl, and Clarke compares his form with the immature stages of the race. On the other hand, it might be urged that all these forms described as new refer to very small specimens, and have been found at different horizons, Proétus spurlocki in the lower part of the Cincinnati group, G. ulrichana in the Utica beds, thus giving a form which should represent only a final stage of development a rather long range, and also that all have been found associated with Isotelus gigas-maxi- mus (=megistus); facts which would suggest the specific 1 Am. jour. sci. 1872. 3: 426. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 61 identity of these forms with Isotelus gigas. As long as the development and stages of Isotelus are not fully known, it seems eminently proper to denote the presence of these remains of immature character by the first specific name proposed for them, and by the subgeneric term which has beeu originated to include forms of the descending line of the Aga- phidae, exactly corresponding with the generally recognized subgenera Ptychopyge and Niobe of Angelin in the ascending series of the Asaphidae. (Group 6) | ILLAENUS Dalman Illaenus americanus Billings. Can. nat. and geol. 1859. 4:371 Cranidia and pygidia of this species are frequently found in the gray crystalline and the black compact limestone. They range in size from 1 mm in length to the normal size of adults. Most of them show the characteristic even convexity of the glabella of this species (an exception is made for several large cranidia from the pebbles with Tretaspis, in which the posterior half is nearly flat, and the anterior part consequently more abruptly bent downward) the sigmoidal curve of the dor- sal furrows and the fine squamous striae. In the proportions of the cranidia there exist wider differences, as was supposed by Billings, and it almost seems as if there were two series of heads, one wide and short, such as Billings figured, and one relatively narrow and long, the younger heads specially showing frequently the latter proportions. It is quite probable that these differ- ences are of a sexual nature. Young specimens have the dor- sal furrow extending longer, in the smallest examples to fully the middle of the cranidium, whence a shallower depression extends in the direction of the last outward turn of the dorsal furrow to the frontal margin, a feature which is more emphasized in the subgenus Thaleops. Another character more distinct in young stages is a median depression on the cast of the cranidium, with a central ridge, both extending from the occipital ring to the frontal border. The integument shows only a corresponding faint median depression. 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In mature specimens this feature is not observable. It is, how- ever, known in European forms and has been recognized by Pom- pecki in’ specimens of Illaenus commas (pl. 3, fie 19} and I. linnarssoni?. The two lunate cicatrices in front of the sigmoidal curves mentioned by Dr Clarke! from casts from the Galena limestone at Wykoff, are distinctly noticeable on some of these casts.. Illaenus americanus is restricted in Canada, New York, and western localities, to the Trenton and can therefore be considered a good index fossil of that formation. Dr White has however lately reported this species as occurring also in the Black river beds of the Rathbone creek section on the West Canada creek near Trenton Falls. (Groups 5, 7) THALEOPS Conrad Thaleops ovata Conrad. Acad. nat. sci. Phil. Proc. 1848. 1:332 Two pygidia from the gray crystalline limestone agree with the descriptions of this part of the carapace of Thaleops ovata given by Conrad and later authors. Thaleops ovata has thus far been found in the Mississippi and Ohio basins, as well as in Canada, only in beds corresponding to the New York Lowville limestone. (Group 7) CYPHASPIS Burmeister Cyphaspis matutina sp. nov. Pl. 4) fig. 3) ore | Two small cranidia belonging to the genus Cyphaspis were found in the black limestone. ‘The glabella is short, roundish subquadrangular, moderately and uniformly convex, sloping equally to all sides; surrounded by deep dorsal’ furrows and an equally deep frontal furrow. ‘Three pairs of glabellar fur- rows are discernible, the first two faint, short and oblique, the third semicircular, extending to the occipital furrow, and sepa- ; rating a pair of less convex lobes, which extend a little beyond the lateral margin of the first and second lobes; the broad border slopes steeply to a narrow rim, somewhat upturned at the mar- gin. The two specimens differ considerably in size, the one 1 Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt. 2, p. 715. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 63 being twice as large as the other, but they are otherwise too closely alike to allow a specific separation. The glabella and rim are apparently completely smooth, but show under the glass fine transverse striae. Neck ring nearly flat, depressed, with a cen- tral tubercle; occipital furrow distinct, nearly straight. Sutures begin at the anterolateral angles of the margin, extend in the direction of the second glabellar lobe to near the glabella, and then curve backward. Only a few species of this genus are known from the Lower Siluric of America, viz: C.girardeauensis Shumard,! which, though approaching this species in the outline of the glabella, differs distinctly by the much narrower frontal limb of the fixed cheeks, which in C. matutina is almost as wide as the glabella, while in C. girardeauensis the interspace between the glabella and the rim is not broader than the latter. C.? brevimarginata Walcott, from the Pogonip of the Eureka district of Nevada, has an entirely different glabella, which is conic in shape, and the frontal limb consists only of a narrow rim in front of the glabella, and C.?2galenensis Clarke, from the Galena shales at Cannon Falls Minn., which, though possessing a similarly formed gla- bella, lacks the basal glabellar lobes. The lower Siluric of Europe is also very poor in species of Cyphaspis. According to Frech a representative not yet spe- cifically determined is reported from the Chasmops lmestone of Sweden. Barrande describes a similar species as C. sola, from the étage D, at Koenigshof, which comes nearest to the species from Rysedorph hill, specially in the width of the frontal limb and the direction of the anterior part of the suture line, but the glabella is not so nearly square in front, and the basal lobes are a little more separated from the glabella. It approaches in this feature more the C. girardeauensis. Pompecki describes and figures a similar form as Cyphaspis parvula? from glacial boulders of the province of East Prussia, probably derived from the Phaseolus kalk. (Group 5) 1 Geol. Mo. 1855. p. 197, pl. 8, fig. 11. 2 Trilobiten-fauna der Ost- und Westpreussischen Diluvialgeschiebe, pl. 6, fig. 28. 64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cyphaspis hudsonica sp. nov. PI. 4, fig. 8, 9 In this connection may be mentioned a cranidium found in the upper Utica shale of Green Island (see state museum, Bul. 42, p. 526) which, though somewhat defective, deserves notice on account of the rarity of this genus in these lower terranes, and the fact that no representative of the same has as yet been observed in the Utica shale. The glabella is broadly subovate, with a subangular frontal lobe, truncate behind, flanked by deep dorsal furrows, moderately convex (apparently somewhat compressed as indi- eated by a longitudinal median fold); the basal lobes are distinctly set off; the full extent of the basal glabellar furrow is, however, not known; no other glabellar furrows are obsery- able. The frontal limb is only little depressed below the surface of the glabella in front of the latter, and slopes but slightly to- ward the frontal] rim, more rapidly toward the facial sutures; the frontal rim is thick, almost vertically upturned, forming part of a curve; from the intersection with the frontal rim the facial sutures turn obliquely toward the basal lobe, running then parallel to the dorsal furrow, and leaving a small strip at the side of the glabella. Though this is all that is known of this species, it is sufficient for the generic determination of the form, and the demonstra- tion of the presence of the genus within the Utica beds. This form closely approaches most Shumard’s C. girardeau- ensis, and differs apparently only in the greater breadth of the frontal limb left between the facial sutures, which intersect the frontal rim farther back, and approach the glabeila more rapidly in that western form. It is also similar to C. matutina in all parts except the narrower frontal limb; the rim in the Trenton form is only little upturned and rather flat, but here thick and sharply upturned. More extensive material may necessitate uniting both the Trenton and Utica forms under one specific name. With our present knowledge it would seem a ee TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 65 more practical to emphasize the difference, and to recognize the form by a separate term. Horizon and locality. Upper Utica shale, Green Island, near Albany N. Y. BRONTEUS Goldfuss Bronteus lunatus Billings. Geol. sur. Can. rep’t progress. 1853-56. p. 338 Blythe lO) ad A single cranidium from the black limestone, which proves to belong to the only species of Bronteus yet found in the North American Lower Siluric, viz Bronteus lunatus Billings. The character of the species, which is said by Billings to be not infrequent in the Trenton limestone of Ottawa, but which hitherto has not been represented in the state of New York, was fully elucidated by Billings, and its relations to the subdivisions of Bronteus commented on by Dr Clarke, who reports it from the Trenton limestone near Springvalley and Wykoff, Minn. Lately the species has also been reported from the Trenton of the far northwest (Birch island, Kinwow bay, Lake Winnipeg) by J. E. Whiteaves.t The species is said to possess all the characteristic features of a typical Bronteus, but, as pointed out by Clarke, it possesses only six pygidial ribs, while by far the greater number of species of Bronteus possess seven, and it agrees in this regard with the two species known from the corresponding lower Siluric beds of Europe, viz B. laticauda Wahlenberg and B. hibernicus Portlock. B.lunatus Billings is thus far only known from the Trenton limestone and according to Billings restricted to it. Horizon and locality. Black compact limestone pebble with Tretaspis, Ampyx, etc. from the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 5) 1 Pal. foss. 189%. v. 3, pt 3, p. 235. 66 yen NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CYBELE Loven Cybele sp. Pl, 4, fig. 12 From a pebble of compact, black limestone the anterior part of a pygidium was obtained, which, though not furnishing enough data for the description of the species, is still interesting enough to elicit a few remarks. The axis is long, conical; its annulations are, in the anterior parts, indicated only along the margin, in the middle part sup- pressed and the ornamentation furnished by two pairs of tuber- cles, while more posteriorly the annulations extend entirely across the axis. There are five pygidial pleurae which leave the axis under nearly right angles but gradually become deflected to a direction parallel with the axis. A few tubercles appear on these pleurae. The character of the deflection of the pleurae leaves no doubt that this fragment belongs to the genus Cybele. Only one rep- resentative of this encrinurid genus has thus far become fully known from the North American Paleozoic rocks, viz, Cybele winchel]1]i Clarke, from the Galena (?) limestone of Minnegota.! A pygidium has further been figured by Billings? as belonging to Encrinurus mirus, which indicates the presence of Cybele in that part of the Quebec group of Newfoundland that is homotaxial with the New York Black river or lower Trenton group. From Cybele winchelli our form differs markedly in not having the pleurae deflected abruptly and in the tuberculation and character of the annulations upon the axis. But it differs from the Newfoundland specimen apparently only in its slow tapering axis, and fuller material would probably prove the identity of the New York and Newfoundland. forms. In the Lower Siluric of Europe occur quite a number of species of Cybele, viz, 9 in Russia, 6 in Scandinavia, and 2 or 3 in Eng- land (according to Zittel). This relative frequency of Cybeles in Europe contrasted with their extreme rarity in the homotaxial American formations would already suggest the probable deriva- 1 Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt;2, p. 742. 2Can. pal. foss. 1865. v. 1, p. 291, fig. 282. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 67 tion of the eastern North American forms from European forms, a suggestion which is corroborated by the close relationship of the New York and Newfoundland forms with the common tuber- culate Cybele verrucosa Dalm. of the Caradoc and Llan- deilo of Great Britain. The specimen in the writer’s hands dif- fers in no essential features from the pygidia figured by McCoy! as Zethus atractopyge, sexcostatus and rugo- Sus, which names are synonyms of Cybele verrucosa. Horizon and locality. Gray limestone pebble of Rysedorph hill. (Group 7) CALYMMENE Brongniart Calymmene senaria Conrad. N. Y. geol. sur. 4th an. rep’t Pal. 1841. p. 49 A large head, marked by its long shovel-shaped anterior expansion as belonging rather to this species than to C. calli- cephala Green? was found in the black limestone. This is the common Trenton form, while C. callicephala occurs in the Trenton as well as in the Lorraine beds. (Group 5) | |CERAURUS Green Ceraurus plemrekanthemus Green. Monograph tril. N. Am. 1832. ; p. 83 Cranidia and free cheeks are common in the pebbles of gray crystalline limestone and rare in those of compact black lime- stone. This form has a very considerable vertical range and wide geographic distribution; it ranges from the Lowville lime- stone to the Lorraine beds and has been found in Baffin Land (Schuchert) as well as in Manitoba (Whiteaves) and in the east- ern and central parts of the United States. (Groups 5, 7) SPHAEROCORYPHE Angelin Sphaerocoryphe major sp. nov. Ci. Sphaerocoryphe robustus Walcott. Cin. quar. jour: sei. 1875. 2:273 Pl. 4, fig. 18, 14 Two cranidia with spheric glabellar frontal ae were found in the black limestone peboles which are filled with SECIDES of 1 Sedgwick and McCoy, Brit. Pal. foss. 1855. pl. 1G, fig. 1-8. 2 On the relation of these species see Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897 v. 8, pt 2, p.699, = 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Tretaspis. A comparison of this with typical specimens of S. robustus in the state museum, one of which is figured here, and with Walcott’s careful description of this interesting species demonstrated the fact that there exists no tangible differ- ence in the morphology of the cranidia, but that the Rysedorph hill specimens were four times as large as that species. As the cranidia of all the species of the genus are uniformly constructed, the failure to find differences between the two Trenton forms is of but little importance in the face of the great difference of size, and the latter must be regarded as forbidding an unqualified identification. Walcott obtained his species from the upper third of the Trenton limestone of Trenton falls. It has apparently not yet been found in any other locality, if two spheric anterior terminations mentioned by Whiteaves from the region of the Lake Winnipeg as Staurocephalus sp. mdet. are not indicative of the occurrence of this or a con- generic species in the Trenton of the northwest; for, the glabellas of Staurocephalus and Sphaerocoryphe differ essentially only in the number of glabellar furrows behind the bulbous anterior lobe, Staurocephalus having three pairs and Sphaerocoryphe only two, and the bulbous frontal lobe alone does not permit an exact determination of the generic relation of a form. The genus Staurocephalus is at present known in America only by the species S. murchisoni from the Niagaran of Arkansas and Illinois (fide Gilbert van Ingen). The genus Sphaerocoryphe is well represented in the lower Siluric of north- ern Kurope, while in America only one other species has been made known by Billings from the Anticosti group. DALMANITES (Emmerich) Barrande Dalmanites achates Billings. Can. nat. 1860. 5:63 Specimens of Dalmanites achates represented by cranidia and pygidia were found in the gray crystalline lime- stone, the cranidia exhibiting the characteristic broad curve of the frontal margin, and the pygidia the narrow, elongate, tri TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 69 angular outline with about 14 annulations on the axis, and about 10 ribs with pleural grooves. The species was originally described from the Trenton limestone of Ottawa. Dr Clarke ‘figures a specimen from the Trenton limestone and reports it from the middle Trenton of Minnesota, and in a variety with extremely broad frontal lobe of the glabella from the Hudson river group at Cincinnati. As no mention of this form is made in other reports of Trenton faunas, it is either often overlooked by failing to be distinguished from Pterygometopus callicephalus or is of rare occurrence, as asserted by Billings. (Group 7) PTERYGOMETOPUS Schmidt Pterygometopus eboraceus Clarke. Geol. Minn. Pal. v. 3, pt 2, p. 728 Pl. 4, fig. 15 Two cranidia, obtained from a gray crystalline limestone boul- der, were found tu agree with the description and. figures of the corresponding parts given by Dr Clarke of a new species, col- lected at Rawlins Mills in Saratoga county. The important features which demonstrate the identity of the forms from Ryse- dorph hill with that species, are the convexity of the median portion between the first and second lobes, the short incised character of the separating furrows at their inner extremities, and the confluence of the lobes along the dorsal furrows, as well as the presence of a conspicuous tubercle at the center of the occipital ring. The occurrence of this form in the pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate seems to be of special interest, as the species has thus far been found only in the Trenton limestone at Rawlins Mills, hence in beds which outcrop only a relatively short distance to the north, and which may be contiguous with those from which these boulders were derived. A new species more closely related to Pt. eboraceusg than to any other species has lately been described from the Trenton of Silliman’s Fossil Mount on Frobisher bay in Baffin Land. (Group 7) 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pterygometopus callicephalus Hall sp. Phacops callicephalus Hall Pall N. Y. 1847. Wegee Numerous cranidia and pygidia of this species were found in the gray crystalline and black compact limestone pebbles, and a few also in the reddish gray, hard limestone pebbles. P. calli- cephalus ranges from the Lowville limestone into the Tren- ton beds and occurs from Canada and New York to Minnesota and the Winnipeg region. (Groups 5, 6, 7) LEPERDITIA Rouault Leperditia fabulites Conrad sp. Cytherina fabulites Conrad. Acad. nat. sci. Phil. Proc. 1848. 1:332 PI. 5, fig. 19, 20 A small number of this robust ostracode type were found in the gray crystalline limestone boulders of Rysedorph hill, some of them of considerable size, as shown by the natural size figure of the largest specimen (pl. 5, fig. 19). The writer does not believe that much can be added to the exhaustive description given by Ulrich, who had a large amount of material at command. A peculiar feature is shown by the largest specimen figured, which, probably, has some relation to the two series of small papillae observed by Ulrich on the inner side of the anterior and posterior thirds of the right valve. The specimen from Ryse- dorph hill, which is also a right valve, shows on the outside, in a position corresponding to the internal papillae, six radiating furrows which, beginning at the internal margin of the small, short, flat border, into which they enter, become shallower and narrower toward the margin. ‘The flat rectangular interspaces are each marked by a very distinct flabellate group of striae (fig. 20). Leperditia fabulites is a characteristic and common fossil of the Lowville limestone in New York about Lake Huron and other parts of Canada, Kentucky, Illinois, Tennessee, Wis- 1 Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v. 3, pt 2, p. 624 f. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL igh consin and Minnesota; it has also been found in the Black river beds of the Poland limekiln section by White! and in the Moshier quarry, near Newport, by Prosser and Cumings;? and in the Trenton of Canada and ‘New York, where the last named inves- tigators found it? in the upper third of the limestone section at Trenton Falls, and in the limestone of Tribeshill, and Patterson- ville in the Mohawk valley. (Group 7) Leperditia resplendens sp. nov. Pl. 5, fig. 21-27 Valves subrectangular, hinge line straight, cardinal angles drawn out into mucros, anterior and posterior ends subparallel, the anterior slightly truncate, ventral margin little curved, sub- parallel to the dorsal line, ventral angles uniformly rounded. Surface forming an inclined plane, beginning near the ventral margin and sloping sometimes with a slight convexity or con- cavity to the hinge line, ventral slope abrupt, vertical, or even slightly overhanging. Surface when well preserved strongly glossy, in oblique light, however, exhibiting a very shallow pitting as of internal pores shining through the surface layer. lEiye tubercles distinct in a shallow nuchal furrow. Muscle sa often externally indicated as a round shallow pit. Most specimens show a very pretty, regular, pitting over the ventral ‘part, separated by an irregularly jagged outline from the smooth glossy part, which lies higher than the pitted part of the shell. Other valves show only scattered fragments of the apparently smooth surface layer over the pitted part of the valve and there are other specimens where the entire surface is pitted. In those forms where the surface cuticle is somewhat less exfoliated, the position of the muscle spot is indicated by a more or less asteroidal fragment of the smooth layer preserved above the pitted parts. | A deep furrow passes from near the cardinal angles around the 2N. Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t. 1898. 1: 631. 3N. Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t. 1898. 1: 625. 72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ventral margin, and a narrow inward beveled margin is observ- able in other specimens. Dimensions. Length .9 mm, hight .6 mm, thickness .1 mm; other specimens .11 x .7x.1 mm; .11 x .8x.1 mm. Horizon and locality. Extremely common in the more fine- grained parts of the gray crystalline and of the compact reddish gray limestone pebbles, where it, in spite of its very minute size, belongs to the striking fossils by the pretty gloss on its deep black valves. (Groups 6, 7) ISOCHILINA Jones Isochilina armata Walcott var. pygmaea var. nov. | Leperditia (Isochilina) armata Walcott. N. Y. state mus. 35th an. rep’t 1884. p. 213, pl. 17, fig. 10 Pl. 7, fig. 19-25 About 20 specimens of this crustacean have been found in the pebbles of compact reddish gray and black limestone and agree in all essential features with that described by Walcott from the Lowville and Black river limestone of Russia, Herkimer co. N. Y. The greatest difference between this species and the variety from Rysedorph hill is found in the relative size, Walcott’s type measuring 8.5 mm, while the specimens from Rysedorph hill only range between .85 mm and 2.15 mm, the average! size of the majority of the apparently mature specimens being 2 mm. Both forms have in common the elongate carapace, Straight hinge line, mucronate anterior and posterior cardinal angles. The large type is farther described as having the anterior extremity broadly rounded; ventral curve uniform, posterior extremity obliquely rounded to the ventral curve, a relation between the margins which also appears in some of the speci- mens figured, while in the great majority, as also in Walecott’s specimens, both anterior and posterior margins are nearly equally, rounded. The most characteristic feature of this species, and the one which gave it its name, is a strong unciform spine, described. as TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL (3) projecting “obliquely outward, the apex extending beyond the ventral margin and curving towards the anterior extremity of the valve; the section of the spine at the base is elliptical, becom- ing sharply angular on the posterior side as it nears the apex.” The shape and relation of this spine seems to be subject to some variation, aS in the largest specimen found and figured (pl. 7, fig. 20) it is short and clawlike, while some younger ones possess a remarkably long and straight spine (pl. 7, fig. 24). This is always situated in the posterior half and directed posteriorly, the anterior half being marked by its lesser convexity and the often very distinct eye tubercle. If the tubercle shown in the figure of Walcott’s type specimen also represents the-eye tubercle, the spine is directed backward in that form also. The surface of the specimens from Rysedorph hill is smooth and shining; the muscle spot has not been observed. A feature not mentioned in the description of the type, but indicated in the drawing and of great prominence in the writer’s material, is a depression, extending medially from the middle of the cardinal line to the ventral margin. In internal casts of this thick-shelled ostracod it appears as a very deep furrow slightly curved ventrally. A shorter impression corresponding to the nuchal furrow is sometimes observed on the anterior half; it does not, however, contain the eye tubercle, which lies farther forward. On account of the absence of any observable overlap, the leperditoid form, the shallow median depression and the distinet- ness of the eye tubercle and muscle spot, this form is better retained under the genus Isochilina, and is probably not related to other genera with a similar median depression such as Leper- ditella and Primitiella. Horizon and locality. Black and reddish gray compact lime- stones of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Groups 5, 6) 74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM APARCHITES JONES Aparchites minutissimus Hall var. robustus var. nov. Leperditia (Isochilina) minutissima Hall. De- scrip. sp. foss. Hud. riv. gr. 1871. p. 7 Pl. 7, fig. 6-11 In the black compact limestone associated with Remopleu- rides linguatus several specimens of Aparchites were found, which not agreeing fully with the description of the species above cited are considered as representing a variety of it. Diagnosis. Carapace elongate oval, rather large for this genus, cardinal margin slightly concave, cardinal angles rounded, anterior margin narrowly rounded, ventral margin obtuse pos- teriorly, posterior margin broadly and evenly rounded, postero- dorsal part truncate. Valve quite strongly and very evenly con- vex, highest part near the center, or a little posteriorly and ven- trally of the center. Ventral edge narrowly and slightly beveled. No sulcus, eye tubercles, or muscle impressions observable. Sur- face smooth. Dimensions. Largest specimen (fig. 9): length, 2.4 mm; hight, 1.4 mm; thickness .7 mm. Horizon and locality. Black compact limestone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 5) Observations. Two specimens have been figured, which present considerable difference in relative hight and length, the larger, which is about normal, being relatively longer than the smaller and relatively higher specimen. This type does not present any marked differences from Aparchites minutissimus, specially from the Trenton variety of this species, described by Ulrich, except in the great difference in size, this form being more than twice as large as the other. TRENTON CONGLOMBRATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 75 SCHMIDTELLA Ulrich | Schmidtella crassimarginata Ulrich var. ventrilabiata var. nov. Schmidtella crassimarginata Ulrich. Am. geol. 1892. 10:269 Pl. 7, fig. 12-18 Under this varietal designation a form is characterized, which is extremely common in the reddish gray, compact, ostracode limestone of Rysedorph hill. Diagnosis. Carapace broadly suboval, almost equilateral; hinge line nearly straight, shorter than the length of the valve; cardinal angles obtuse, anterior and posterior margins strongly rounded, the posterior a little more than the anterior one; ventral outline of body of valve uniformly curved. Body of valve very strongly convex, highest dorsally of the center, back of valve projecting above the hinge line, causing the dorsal outline to appear more or less arcuate, and producing an incurving triangular cardinal area. A depressed convex to flat border begins at the cardinal angles and encircles the valve, rapidly widening in the ventral region, and mostly assuming the form of a tongue-shaped or lip- shaped lappet. Surface smooth and shining. Dimensions. Length of body of valve of one specimen .7 mm, hight of same .45 mm; thickness .3 mm; width of ventral border 2mm; length and hight of body of valve of another .9 mm and .6 mm and width of border .2 mm. Horizon and locality. Reddish gray compact, ostracode lime- stone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 6) Observations. This form agrees in all principal features with Schmidtella crassimarginata Ulrich, from the Stones river (Lowville limestone) of Mineralpoint Wis., and Dixon Ill. It differs only in the stronger development, specially in the ventral region, of the marginal border, a difference which can not be considered to indicate more than a regional variety within the confines of the species. 76 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM EURYCHILINA Ulrich Eurychilina reticulata Ulrich. Contrib. Can. micro-pal. 1889. pt 2, p. 52 Pl 5, ne.3 In the reddish gray limestone several specimens of a very pretty ostracode were found, which, by their reticulate surface, shape and extent of the sulcus and the structure of the marginal area, prove their identity with Ulrich’sy Eurychilina reti- culata. Inview of the equality of their important characters, no value can be attributed to certain small differences, as the smaller size of the pits. Eurychilina reticulata has been found heretofore only in the Lowville and Black river lime- stones of the west. (Group 6) Eurychilina bulbifera sp. nov. Pl. 5, fig. 14-17 Diagnosis. Carapace nearly semicircular, rather high, with straight cardinal margin, strongly rounded anterior and posterior margins, and less curved ventral margin. Sulcus about one third of the length of the valve from the posterior end, deep, extending — one half the width of the convex part of the carapace. Posterior part distinctly bulbous, higher than the rest of the shell. Anterior and middle part strongly convex, highest ventrally of center. Broad marginal area, with widely separate but very high radial folds, exteriorly concave, abruptly upturned at the margin, where a vertical outer closing wall is observable. Surface finely eranulose, with the exception of the marginal area, but the vertical closing wall is distinctly granulose. Dimensions. Length of larger specimen 1.4 mm, hight .9 mm, thickness .4 mm. Horizon and locality. In the compact reddish gray and gray crystalline limestone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Groups 6 and 7) | Observations. This form may be easily distinguished from other members of the genus by its short, convex form, large, strongly TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL (70 bulbous posterior part, strong sulcus and granulose surface. Its posterior bulb suggests species of Ctenobolbina, but as also other Eurychilinas have a small node just posteriorly of the sulcus, it is evident that this bulb only represents an extravagant development of such node. The degree of its convexity and its granulose surface are features in which it is comparable to HE. granosa, and E. subaequalis Ulrich, but these latter do not possess the upturned marginal border, nor the strong development of the posterior node. Eurychilina (2%) solida sp. nov. Pl. 5, fig. 18 A single specimen of a granulose Eurychilina found in the com- pact ostracode limestone of Rysedorph hill, agrees in most char- acters with the preceding species but differs in others. These are the perfect separation of the sulcus from the cardinal line, the sulcus forming here a small deep crescent-shaped pit near the middle of the valve; the remainder of the carapace, except the marginal area, is strongly and very uniformly convex; and the marginal area more strongly concave, and rising much higher thanin E. bulbifera. A break just behind the sulcus seems to indicate the presence of a node. The exterior and interior closing walls of the marginal area have not been observed, and it is, therefore, not certain whether this form is really a Eury- chilina, or possesses only a simple border or “ frill.” Dimensions. Length 1.2 mm; hight .9 mm; thickness .3 mm. Horizon and locality. Compact gray limestone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 6) Eurychilina subradiata Ulrich var. rensselaerica var. nov. EFurychilina subradiata Ulrich. Geol. Minn. Pal. 1897. v.38, pt 2, p. 668 Pl. 5, fig. 4-7, 13 Diagnosis. Carapace rather large, elongate, semi-elliptic to subtrapezoidal, cardinal line longer than any other part of the shell, straight, cardinal angles short; anterior and posterior 78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM margins nearly equally converging toward the ventral margin, which is subparallel to the cardinal line. Depressed convex, the highest part consisting of an obtuse ridgelike prominence, run- ning across the shell longitudinally and ventrally of the center; from the ridge the valve slopes evenly or with slight concavity toward the thickened cardinal edge. Sulcus rather broad, situ- ated mostly somewhat posteriorly of the median line, and begin- ning a little ventrally of the cardinal line. No distinct node or bulb situated behind the sulcus. Marginal area consisting of a high angular ridge, which encircles the entire lateral and ventral margins of the valve, and which varies somewhat in breadth, but always becomes narrower along the ventral margin, where it abruptly turns downward. Outside of this lies still a narrow, flat, radially striated border, which, however, is mostly broken off. Surface in some specimens very coarsely pitted, in others very faintly so, in most, however, perfectly smooth. Shell very thin, specially the marginal area. Dimensions. Length 2.1 mm; hight 1 mm; thickness .4 mm. Horizon and locality. Common in the gray crystalline and com- pact limestone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Groups 6, 7) | Observations. This form has all the essential features of Eurychilina subradiata Ulrich; it differs only in the absence of the distinct node and the more acute cardinal angles, differences which are of not more than varietal importance, such as the same species is very likely to develop in widely separated regions. Hurychilina subradiata has thus far been found in Illinois, Tennessee, Wisconsin, and Minne- sota, where it is restricted to the Lowville limestone. Eurychilina dianthus sp. nov. Pl, 5; fica 128,98 Diagnosis. Valve very thick, suboval, equilateral; cardinal line straight, cardinal angles obtusely rounded, anterior and posterior margins nearly equally and strongly rounded; SS Se TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 79 ventral margin more gently rounded. Body of valve moderately to strongly convex, highest in the _ central region, from which it slopes equally to all sides. The largest of the figured specimens, which is slightly exfoliated, shows an apical muscle impression;. another an elongate prominence, Situated nearer to the cardinal line, evidently the filling of a muscle impression; while a third specimen (pl. 5, fig. 2) which has the crust preserved, shows an elongate kidney-shaped apical impression, which is evidently the last trace of the sulcus. Marginal area not concave and curved outward as in the other species, but more or less convex and curving inward, becoming wider toward the ventral region, and provided with strong radiat- ing ribs, which in some specimens are partly composed of gran- ules. Surface very faintly granulose. Dimensions. Length 2.1 mm; hight 1.6 mm; thickness .6 mm. Horizon and locality. Gray crystalline limestone pebbles of Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 7) Observations. This interesting form can be compared only with Kurychilina aequalis, from the Chazy and Lowville limestone (Stones river group) of Kentucky,! from which it seems to differ only in not possessing a distinct sulcus, and in having the marginal area strongly ribbed. Eurychilina obliqua sp. nov. Pl. 5, fig. 10-12 There have been found in the gray limestone several large specimens of Eurychilina which are nearly related to E. dian- thus, but differ uniformly in certain important features. These are the more elongate form of the semi-elliptic valve, the ereater convexity of the body of the valve, and the situation of the apex of the convexity in the posterior half, whence the valve evenly slopes anteriorly, the entire absence of any trace of an apical sulcate impression, and the considerably greater width of the marginal convex area, which soon reaches its full 1 Cin, soc. nat. hist. Jour. 1890-91. 13:129. 80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM width in front, while posteriorly it narrows considerably. The ribs of the marginal] area are finer than in the preceding species. On account of the posterior convexity of the body of the valve and the inequilateral development of the margina] area, the entire valve hag a strongly symmetric appearance. Dimensions. Length 2.4 mm; hight 1.7 mm; thickness .9 mm. Horizon and locality. Gray limestone of Rysedorph hill. (Group 7) There is no species known to the writer which is suggested by this form. If the development of the sulcus is taken into consid- eration, it seems to stand at the end of a series which begins with such forms as E. bulbifer a, where the sulcus is deep and long and begins at the cardinal line. It then begins to wander ventrally, till it appears as a crescent-shaped pit only, separate from the cardinal lime asin E. granosa and in E. solida; it farther becomes faint, and may eventually disap- pear entirely asin E. obliqua. At the same time the forms with faintly developed sulcus have more rotund valves, and mostly a convex instead of a concave marginal area; they form, hence, apparently a natural group of species, which event- ually may be advantageously comprised under a subgeneric term. PRIMITIA Jones & Holl Primitia mundula Miller var. jonesi var. nov. Primitia mundula S.A. Miller. Cin. quar. jour. sci. 2:350, and Ulrich, Cin. soc. nat. hist. Jour. 1890-91. 13:132 Pl. 7, fig. 2-5 | The conglomerate affords very minute representatives of the genus Primitia, which have been found to belong all to one type that probably stands in varietal relation to Primitia mundula S.A. Miller. Diagnosis. Carapace very minute, strongly convex, subquad- rate-ovate, dorsal margin long, straight; anterior cardinal angle obtusely rounded, posterior a little less obtuse; anterior mar- TRENTON CONGLOMERATH OF RYSEDORPH HILL 81 gin strongly rounded, ventral margin more gently curved, pos- terior margin less curved, truncated above; sulcus in about the middle of the valve, deep ventrally, not reaching to the middle of the valve, curving slightly backward in the lower part; dorsal parts on both sides of the sulcus somewhat bulbous, the anterior part more distinctly so. Well preserved: specimens show a flat border sloping steeply outward. Internal casts (fig. 5) possess a prominent tubercle at the inner end of the sulcus, evi- dently indicative of a deep muscle impression. Surface very finely eranulose, the granules arranged in longitudinal rows, so that with a weaker glass the surface appears to be marked by longi- tudinal, anastomosing striae. Dimensions. Length .7 mm; hight .5 mm; thickness .2 mm. Horizon and locality. In the pebbles of gray crystalline lime- stone and of black compact limestone, Rysedorph hill. (Groups Bay | Observations. These minute fossils show considerable similar- ity to P. mundula S. A. Miller, from the upper half of the Cincinnati group. They differ in being a little larger, in having the tumid dorsal parts more strongly developed, and specially in having a finely granulose surface. In consideration of the variability of P. mundula, shown by Jones and Ulrich, tt is very probable that this form is only an earlier variety of the Cincinnati type. Jones’s P. logani, from the Canadian Chazy (?) and Trenton, has the front moiety mostly narrower than the hinder part and is smooth and punctate, while his P. mundula var. effossa from the dark and fine grained limestone from the south of Montcalm market, Que- bec city, is a form quite similar to ours, but differing still in being longer, having the sulcus developed in the center into a large -pit and in being smooth. It occurs in beds which Lap- worth and Ami have shown to contain the fauna of the Normans kill beds, in which the Rysedorph hill conglomerate is embedded, so that both these varieties of P. mundula are of older Trenton age. &2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM BoLLia Jones & Holl Bollia cornucopiae sp. nov. PY. 6; fig. “12 A single, odd-looking valve was found in the gray crystalline | _ limestone pebbles from Rysedorph hill, which is referable to the genus Bollia Jones and Hol] in a general way, but not to any of the species described as yet as constituting that genus. Diagnosis. Valve subrectangular, cardinal line as long as the greatest length of the specimen, straight, cardinal angles nearly rectangular, anterior and posterior margins subparallel in the dorsal parts, curving inward ventrally, ventral margin subparallel to the cardinal line, shorter than the latter by one third. Body of valve flat, bearing a wide, u-shaped (horseshoe-shaped ridge of authors) which anteriorly widens into a broad, evenly de- pressed convex plate with an upturned border along the cardinal line; in the center of the valve it narrows abruptly into a semi- tubular ridge, which, slightly narrowing, completes the u-curve, curving inward at the cardinal line and ending with a small knob. Separated by a narrow furrow from this ridge and parallel with the lateral and ventral margins, runs the high marginal, obtusely angular ridge, which is highest along the lateral mar- gins, and sinks rather abruptly at the antero and posteroventral angles almost to the level of the body of the valve. Its outer wall slopes very steeply. All parts of the ete very thick-shelled valve are smooth. Dimensions. Length 1.4 mm; hight 1.2 mm; thickness .7 mm. Horizon and locality. One specimen found in a gray crystal- line limestone pebble. (Group 7) Observations. This valve has in general outline and the char- acter of the marginal ridge some resemblance to the more com- mon form referred to Eurychilina subaequalis in this paper. The central part, the flat body and u-shaped central ridge, - however, are entirely different oon the evenly convex body of that Eurychilina. Re TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 83 The flat body of the valve, the u-shaped ridge and the marginal ridge are all characteristic features of the genus Bollia, but, while one or both ends of the loop-shaped ridge may be bulbous in that genus, no species known to the writer presents such a great difference in the development of the two ends of this ridge, nor is the marginal ridge usually situated so closely to the margin as it is in this species. MACRONOTELLA Ulrich Macronotella ulrichi sp. nov. PI. 6, fig. 6-16 In the gray crystalline limestone pebbles of the conglomerate at Rysedorph hill and the Moordener kill (pl. 7, fig. 1) occur representatives of the genus Macronotella known only by one species from the Lowville limestone of the west. This genus is characterized by Ulrich as follows: “ Carapace convex, semi- circular or semiovate, with a long nearly straight hinge; valves equal, full centro-dorsally, without ridges or a sulcus, but exhibit- ing a smooth subcentral spot where the ornament is omitted; surface, in the only species known, coarsely punctate.” ‘The affinities of the genus are thought to be with Kirkbya. In the conglomerate beds two species have been found, which are distinctly allied to Macronotella scofieldi, the type of the genus. Diagnosis. Valves three fourths circular to subovate; dorsal outline rarely straight, mostly prominent in the central part, specially in older specimens; cardinal angles obtusely rounded to shortly truncate; posterior margin with a little longer truncation, lateral and ventral margins forming approximately a continuous circular line, in larger specimens the anterior and posterior mar- gins more strongly rounded, and the ventral margin less curved; free edges in most specimens with a broad depressed border and beveled edge. Surface strongly convex, culminating in the dorso- central region; in some specimens almost smooth, with only faint, widely and irregularly distributed circular impressions; others 84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM with very large deep pits; on the apex always a flat, smooth circular area. Valve projecting slightly above the straight car- dinal line, and forming a broad, low, triangular, reentrant car- dinal area. Dimensions. Length 2.7 mm; hight 2.1 mm; thickness .7 mm. Horizon and locality. In the gray crystalline pebbles of the conglomerate on Rysedorph hill and at the Moordener kill. (Group 7) Observations. This pretty species agrees with the type of the genus Macronotella in its convex valves, culmination in the dorso-central region, apical smooth spot, border and coarse punc- tation; it ditfers in being relatively much shorter and having a shorter cardinal line; it also has obscure or truncate cardinal angles. It appears that the definition of the genus should be so modified for the reception of this and the next species, as to embrace forms of not only long but also of relatively short hinge line. This form shows a slight similarity to a round, punctate species with beveled border and dorso-central apex, from Scandinavian upper Siluric beds, described by Jones as Aparchites decoratus. ‘The Swedish form does not apparently possess the apical smooth spot and has a very short cardinal line; its reception into the genus Macronotella would therefore be not advisable. “ Another species which may be mentioned in this connection, is . Isochilina amii Jones, from the Trenton limestone of Loretto, province of Quebec. This species is described by Prof. Jones as follows: ‘ A small black valve, ovate oblong; dorsal border long and straight; anterior end evenly and posterior one elliptically rounded, ventral edge nearly curved and obscurely crenulated. Surface marked with small scattered pits; greatest convexity at the hinder moiety.” It is added: ‘“‘ This seems to differ from all known forms. It has the Leperditian shape of Isochilina, although no sulcus nor tubercle is visible.” There 1 An. and mag. nat. hist. 1889. p. 272. ? Contrib, Can. micro.-pal. 1891, pt 3, p. 68, pl. 10, fig. 14.” TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 85 exists a great similarity between the habitus of this and M. ulrichi, which finds its expression in the slightly convex dor- sal line, well rounded anterior and posterior sides, scattered pits on the surface border, and the obscurely crenulated margin, which is also indicated in some of the species from Rysedorph hill by a faint radiation and radial arrangement of shallow impressions on the border. On the other hand, the Quebec form is relatively longer, has its greatest convexity posteriorly instead of centrally, and lacks the central smooth space. Prof. Jones had apparently only a single valve for description, and the pos- sibility is therefore not excluded, that more extenSive material would have presented features more closely agreeing with M. WsPantierh 1: Macronotella fragaria sp. nov. Pl. 6, fig. 3-5 . Another valve of Macronotella was found in the same lime- stone, possessing different characters from the foregoing. Diagnosis. Oarapace elongate, semiovate; cardinal margin nearly straight, anterior and posterior cardinal angles very ob- tusely rounded; anterior and posterior margins boldly rounded, ventral margin less curved. Surface strongly convex, culminat- ing a little ventrally and posteriorly (?) of the center, very coarsely punctate; in the center is a circular, slightly projecting, smooth, flat plate, from which a tapering ridge extends to near the cardinal line. No border observable. Dimensions. Length, 1.7 mm; hight, 1.5 mm; thickness, .6 mm. Horizon and locality. In the gray crystalline limestone pebbles of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate. (Group 7) Observations. This form differs markedly from both the other species by its strongly rounded cardinal angles, the culmination of the valve ventrally and posteriorly from the center, the absence of the border and the presence of the tapering ridge. The absence of the dorso-central inflation and of the border removes this form so much from the typical expression of the genus that the propriety of referring thereto may be ques- 86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tioned. On the other hand, the general outline, coarse pit- ting, and the central smooth spot are indications of its undoubted close relationship to Macronotella. A very similar form has been described by Dr Giirichi as Primitia orna- tissima, from the lowest middle Devonic of Dabrowa. This later species possesses also a regularly pitted surface, a sub- central smooth spot and a smooth furrow, extending from the central spot dorsally; it is not so regularly oval, has its longest diameter nearer to the cardinal line and is more lenticu- lar in profile than M. fragaria. Dr Gtirich compares his species with Primitia ornata Jones, from the Wenlock beds? a form which also bears comparison with ours, but differs in having angular cardinal angles and a coarsely reticulated surface. As the smooth median ridge of Macronotella fragaria rests also on a smooth, very faint impression, the relationship also of this species to Primitia is quite apparent. It seems that M. fragaria occupies an intermediate position between those genera, differing in some features from the typical expres- sion of both of them. BYTHOCYPRIS Brady Bythocypris cylindrica Hall sp. Leperditia (Isochilina) cylindrica Hall. N.Y. state cab. nat. hist. 24th an. rep’t. 1872. p. 231 Pl. 7, fig. 26-28 Bythocypris cylindrica is a form of extremely frequent occurrence in the reddish gray compact limestone, of common occurrence in the gray, more crystalline limestone, and rarely found in the black compact limestone pebbles. It was described by Hall as occurring in the Hudson river group at Cincinnati, and is reported by Ulrich from the Trenton and Utica beds of the Cincinnati region and from the Lower Trenton (Clitambonites bed) of Cannon Falls Minn. The New York form 1 Das Palaeozoicum im polnischen Mittelgebirge. Verh. der kaiserl. Russisch. mineral. Gesellsch. zu St Petersburg. 1896. 2d ser. 32:383. 2 An. and mag. nat. hist, 5th ser, 1886. 17:411. ee ee ee, Oe eee TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 87 does not show any difference from the Cincinnati type, nor any approach to the other, partly larger Trenton species, described by Ulrich. One specimen has been figured to show the remark- able tumidity of the central ventral third, which may be caused by a state of pregnancy, such as is frequently indicated in valves of Beyrichias. (Groups 5, 6, 7) LEPIDOCOLEUS Faber Lepidocoleus jamesi Hall & Whitfield sp. Plumulites jamesgi Hall & Whitfield. Ohio geol. sur. Pal. 1875. v. 2, pt 2, p. 106 Pl. 4, fig. 16-19 The black limestone of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate fur- nished two plates with crustacean structure, which, on compari- son, proved identical with a specimen collected in the Rafines- quina deltoidea bed of the upper Trenton limestone of Trenton Falls. The latter has been figured by the writer in another paper, for comparison with the figures of specimens of Lepi- docoleus jamesi, found to occur profusely in the lower Utica beds of Mechanicsville, and occasionally in the upper Utica beds on Green Island. Hall and Whitfield remark that they detected fragments apparently identical with their Plumulites jamesi on surfaces of Trenton limestone from Trenton Falls, and the writer in a former paper concurred with this identification, and is as yet not prepared to separate the Trenton and the later forms, though it seems that the Trenton specimens have more closely arranged transverse stri- ations. A critical comparison of the Trenton and Utica mate- rial is however greatly hindered by the very different preserva- tion of the plates in the shale, where they are nearly completely flattened and reduced to a mere film, and in the limestone, where they retain all details of profile and surface sculpture. The latter fact makes the specimens from Rysedorph hill specially worthy of notice. This surface sculpture consists of a very delicate but distinct cross striation of the interspaces between the coarser transverse striations, consisting of two systems of 88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fine striae, intersecting at nearly right angles. The cross striations appear in one specimen on the transverse striations as minute nodes. The presence of this extremely pretty and regular surface ornamentation is not a feature distinguishing it from the Utica form, as the latter, on reinvestigation also shows traces of it. The species was originally founded on such isolated plates as occur in the beds around Albany. Later, an entire specimen was found, and, as it proved to consist only of two rows of plates, a new genus Lepidocoleus was founded for it. Two more species of the same genus, one from the Rochester shales, and one from the Helderbergian beds were subsequently described by Dr Clarke’, the characters of the genus still more fully elucidated and, specially, the highly simple, unmodified form of this group of barnacles pointed out. In recognition of the important differences between Lepidoleus and the Tur- rilepadidae, Clarke has placed the genus in a distinct family, the Lepidocoleidae. Associated with the broadly triangular plates with sigmoidal base which compose by far the majority of all plates observed, occur also more narrowly leaf-shaped plates with somewhat drawn out apex and simply rounded base. Medially they are marked by a narrow carina, extending from the apex to about the middle of the base. As they are associated with the others, possessing the same size and surface sculpture, they are evi- dently parts of the same exoskeleton. One of these plates from the Trenton shales at Port Schuyler near Albany has been fig- ured by the writer in museum bulletin 42 on the Hudson river shales of the vicinity of Albany (pl. 2, fig. 11). Faber’s specimen shows only two rows of equal plates, which are none of them carinate, and the distal, caudal extremity of the specimen is missing. This part is retained in the specimen described by Clarke from the Rochester shale; the terminal plate of the latter is described as being grooved on its narrow back. It is, therefore, 1 Cin. soc. nat. hist. Jour. 1886. 9:16. 2 Am, geologist. 1896. 17:137. TRENTON CONGLOMERATH OF RYSEDORPH HILL 89 probable, that the long, leaf-shaped plate figured by the writer represents this plate of the exoskeleton of Lepidocoleus jamesi, and that the apparent carina is the reverse side of that groove. Several specimens of this type of plate structure have been observed by the writer. Dr Woodward has described! a species of Turrilepas, obtained by Dr Ami in the lower Utica beds of Ottawa, as Tur- rilepas canadensis. This species is quite certainly not identical with the one represented by the Trenton and Utica specimens of the vicinity of Albany, referred to Lepidoco- leus jamesi, for its plates are about three times as large as those of the latter, and differ materially in shape; the carina also lies not medially but close to the longer side. (Group 5) ANALYSIS OF THE FAUNA OF THE CONGLOMERATE Fossils contained in the various kinds of pebbles =common; cc=very common; r=rare; rr=very rare GROUP : 1 Gray limestone Hyolithellus micans Billings 2 Gray and reddish sandstone None 3 Black crystalline limestone (Chazy limestone) Bolboporites americanus Billings Palaeocystites tenuiradiatus Hall sp. 4 Lowville limestone Tetradium cellulosum Hall sp. 5 Black compact limestone Streptelasma corniculum Hall e Diplograptus foliaceus Murch. sp. r Climacograptus scharenbergi Lapworth r Stomatopora inflata Hall sp. Cc Stictopora cf. elegantula Hall r Callopora multitabulata Ulrich ee Siphonotreta minnesotensis Hall & Clarke’ rr Crania trentonensis Hall r Rafinesquina alternata Hmmons sp. Cc Leptaena rhomboidalis Wilckens Plectambonites sericeus Sowerby sp. e P. pisum sp. nov. ce I Geol. mag. 3d ser. 1889. 26: 274. 90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5 Black compact limestone (continued) Christiania trentonensis sp. nov. Orthis tricenaria Hall Platystrophia biforata Schlotheim sp. Dalmanella testudinaria Dalman gp. Whitella ventricosa Hall sp. Ctenodonta sp. indet. C. cf. astartaeformis Salter Protowarthia cancellata Hall sp. Conradella compressa Conrad sp. Carinaropsis carinata Hall Lophospira bicincta Hall sp. Liospira americana Billings sp. Hecyliopterus spiralis sp. nov. Holopea paludiniformis Hall Conularia cf. trentonensis Hall Zitteloceras hallianum d’Orbigny sp. Tretaspis reticulata sp. nov, T. diademata sp. nov, Ampyx (Lonchodomas) hastatus sp. nov. Remopleurides linguatus sp. nov. Isotelus maximus. Locke Illaenus americanus Billings Cyphaspis matutina sp. nov. Bronteus lunatus Billings Calymmene senaria Conrad Pterygometopus callicephalus Hall sp. Ceraurus pleurexanthemus Green sp. Cybele sp. Sphaerocoryphe major sp. nov. Isochilina armata Walcott, var. pygmaea var. nov. Primitia mundula Miller, var. jonesi var. nov. Aparchites minutissimus Hall sp., var. robustus var. nov. ‘Bythocypris cylindrica Hall sp. 6 Reddish gray compact limestone Rafinesquina alternata Conrad sp. Dalmanella testudinaria Dalman sp. Triplecia nucleus Hall Protozyga exigua Hall Carinaropsis carinata Hall Gerasaphes ulrichana Clarke sp. Ampyx hastatus sp. nov. Remopleurides linguatus sp. nov. R. tumidulus sp. nov. Pterygometopus callicephalus Green sp. Leperditia resplendens sp. nov. HoHHAH OO at} HoeR Re RR OR AR t >) here RO thai a mae P egy a EE Re TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 6 Reddish gray compact limestone (continued) Isochilina armata Walcoit, var. pygmaea var. nov. Schmidtella crassimarginata Ulrich, var. ventrilabiata var. Nov. Hurychilina reticulata Ulrich E. bulbifera sp. nov. BH. (?) solida sp. nov. EK, subradiata Ulrich, var. rensselaerica var. nov. Bythocypris cylindrica Hall sp. 7 Gray crystalline limestone Prasopora simulatrix Ulrich, var. orientalis Ulrich Rafinesquina alternata Conrad sp. R. deltoidea Conrad sp. Leptaena rhomboidalis Wilckens . Plectambonites sericeus Sowerby sp., var. asper James P. pisum sp. nov. Triplecia nucleus Hall Orthis tricenaria Conrad Plectorthis plicatella Hall Dalmanella testudinaria Dalman sp. D. subaequata Conrad, var. pervetus Conrad Dinorthis pectinella Hmmons sp. Parastrophia hemiplicata Hall Protozyga exigua Hall Zygospira recurvirostris Hall Modiolopsis cf. aviculoides Hall Conradella compressa Conrad Carinaropsis carinata Hall Lophospira bicinecta Hall sp. L. perangulata Hall sp. Liospira subtilistriata Hall sp. Clathrospira subconica Hall Trochonema umbilicatum Hall sp. Cyrtospira attenuata sp. nov. Hyolithus rhine sp. nov. Cyrtoceras subannulatum Hall Spyroceras bilineatum Hall sp. ? (teste Emmons) S. cf. anellus Conrad sp. Remopleurides linguatus sp. nov. Isotelus maximus Locke Illaenus americanus Billings Thaleops ovata Conrad Pterygometopus eboraceus Clarke P. callicephalus Hall sp. Dalmanites achates Billings Ceraurus pleurexanthemus Green 91 ce Gy GO = Cee Te PSY Gel Ge te lost ey eee) Gr i ce 92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 7 Gray crystalline limestone (continued) Leperditia fabulites Conrad c L. resplendens sp. nov. ec Hurychilina bulbifera sp. nov. EK. obliqua sp. nov. E. subradiata Ulrich, var. rensselaeriea var. nov. EH. dianthus sp. nov. Primitia mundula Miller, var. jonesi var. nov. Bollia cornucopiae sp. nov. Macronotella ulrichi sp. nov. M. fragaria sp. nov. Bythocypris cylindrica Hall gp. eRatnaootin Tabulation of the faunas The following tabulation of the organisms of the last three groups of pebbles is given to show the relative frequency of occurrence, and their vertical range in other regions. Frequency and vertical range of species B=Black river group; Ch=Chazy; D—Dicellograptus zone (Normans kill Shale, Lower Dicello- graptus zone); L—Lorraine beds; Lo—Lowville limestone (Birdseye limestone, Stones river group); R=Richmond beds; T-—Trenton limestone; U—Utica beds. Gray agtet Black lime-| jjme- | lime-| N.Y. | Canada) West Other regions stone] tone | Stone Streptelasma corniculum Hall.|.-....-.|.--.---- Cc T T T T of Baffin Land Diplograptus foliaceus Mur- CRASON BP eon a ce eee eae ciao ce eine r T-L T-U T-L Climacograptus scharenbergi DUD WOT eon ah eee sate asl aie || least sete nel D Dos eeereetes Stomatopora inflata Hall sp...|.-----|-------- c T T B-T Stictopora cf. elegantula Hall.;....-.|-------- r 1 oe Se eee sorte Callopora multitabulata Ulrich] .-----|-------- GO ASO e a Se ah B-T Prasopora simulatrix var. ori- entalistOlnieh eee ee cae eee se Di) Wicardtee see ee AM T B-T Siphonotreta minnesotensis WT aU Se Clarke eee aan ata ame ecieercicien TES Amoco aeiese se: Lo Crania cf. trentonensis Hall...|.-....|.------- r M1 IA a a T Pholidops trentonensis Hall ..|..----|..------ r Ein erties “iy Rafinesquina alternata Hm- MRONS SPirw weeeancisce occu eae ce r Cc T-L Ch-L B-R_ | T of Manitoba R. deltoidea Conrad sp .--.---| TY |-----22-| -cnecc T - Au Lake Winnipeg Europe ? Leptaena rhomboidalis Wilck- CHS eae Se Pey ee ey Ce ys lliry ot (Nts aeate e |T-Carb T T-Carb | Europe Plectambonites sericeus Sow- ORD MESO ie ve et ey ere Gp | cA Sua Cc T-L Lo-L | Lo-R | Europe P. sericeus var. asper James| CC |..-.-----|------ T-U 2 U PPISUM SP.) WOVe. see ae Soe oe aes eee eS Cor er areal |b ode at aS Christiania trentonensis sp. nov] ..----|.------- Cia Fees ei ed RO Triplecia nucleus Hall........ Cc LEH eset BAe Septal s a eeced||Sie ah SSeS Orthis tricenaria Conrad...--- CoA cae Cc T Lo-T | Lo-T | Baffin Land Lake Winnipeg Plectorthis plicatella Hail..... Gi Oh pene Oa T Lo-T T-L Platystrophia biforata Schloé- REM USP peewee lea wees see el eee ee cee c T-L | Chazy | T-R | Baffin Land — Upp. Europe i Sil. Dalmanella testudinaria Dal- MAN SP...----. pects ¢ r eo) Lio died |) oR Baflin Land urope TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 93 Frequency and vertical range of species (continued) D. subaequata var. pervetus COnROUS Pease conse sin eee : ae pectinella Emmons Eastrophia hemiplicata Hall Protozyga exigua Haill.....-... Zygospira recurvirostris Hall Modiolopsis aviculoides Hall.. Whitella ventricosa Hall sp. . Ctenodonta sp. indeh lens. taseecliisaiget ee C. ef. astartaeformis Salter....|.....-|-------. era cancellata Hall ee ee iy Gounadella compressa Conrad PDS yee SS a eet Carinaropsis carinata Hall. ... Lophospira bicincta Hall sp. -. L. peraugulata Hail sp..--.---- Liospira americana Billings sp. L. subtilistriata Hall sp....-.-- Clathrospira subconica Hail... Trochonema umbilicatum Hall p Eccyliopterus spiralis sp. nov..|..---.|----.--- Holopea paludiniformis Hall..|...... Cyrtospira attenuata sp. nov... Hyolithes rhine sp. nov...-..-- Conularia trentonensis Hall...|...... lesedagen Spyroceras bilineatum Hail sp. S. cf. anellum Conrad sp.. Cyrtoceras subann wlatum Hall Zitteloceras hallianum d’Or- OUOTES Dia sae teen eect elas clas [ane cate sions Tretaspis reticulata sp. nov...|....-.|.--.---- dee diademata SManovcce 2-2 scs\eceecel aaa sce Ampyx (Lonchodomas) hasta- (EUS TSD MOU oe olen sin ictaleiar.sel actos linen sic Remopleurides linguatus sp. OV PE aiks aie Nae sl ou au R. tumidulus sp. nov........--.|...-.- Isotelus maximus Locke....... Tilconiis americanus Billings. . Thaleops ovata Conrad...-.... Cyphaspis matutina sp. nov Bronteus lunatus Billings Pterygometopus | eboraceus (SICH OTs at EE TIC er aa P. callicephalus Hall.....----- Ceraurus pieurexanthemus Green, Spe ests. Sse e seine Dalmanites achates Billings... Sphaerocoryphe major sp. nov. Osibele spe beste 95 ee ey Deneraiis fabulites Conrad... L. resplendens sp. nov.......-- Isochilina armata var. pygmaea var. nov Schmidtella crassimarginata var. ventrilabiata var. nov. Primitia mundula var. jonesi var. nov seeeemes|eesece ecco wess| ‘sees: eeecvrecs|] teeaca eee sees | seeccee seramel|ecasewas ee meee ar|socecace weerececer|seaeaa eeeescec| seeeae eeeesees|seaune ec cees|scaaae|+ecacceas Calymmene senaria Conrad...|. eeeonese| ceeeue seanee| - see eae eee ese ee eee mee ee me es | eee Canada| West Lo-B | Lo-B Lo-T B-T av T coeseeee Lo-T Lo-T | Lo-T ae Se pe east T-L B-R o- BW i Toi Let) Bape ciel ateie Lo Lo-T Lo-T Wie |) Geir Lo-T Lo-T PMT ae a Fag ce “Lo-T | Lo-T- Lo-T B-T TeO=e Wee, 8s T B ir, eR SAC ea Rao Lo-U T T Lo Lo ere Oath ec aay Hie T-L T-R CT eos Lo-L Lo-T BE yeh SM ae il | Gea Se Lo-P? deo.) seameel|scosaseael|asecemes|ecaantaas seecewewsl[eeassescslsesasecae Other regions Baffin Land Lake Winnipeg Baffin Land Baffin Land cf. Tretaspis Kurope ef. Tretaspis Europe cf. Ampyx ros- tratus Sars. of Kurope Baffin Land Europe Baffin Land Europe? Lake Winnipeg ? Isoch. armata Lo-B of N. XY. Sch. crassim Lo. in west 94. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Frequency and vertical range of species (concluded) ————— —— Gray- wd Black] . | lime lime lime-| N. Y. | Canada] West Other regions stone stone stone Aparchites minutissimus var. robustus var. nov ..---.----- Mee es |e ctee s cras (Ee Pein SS So) tic avOroe ime ObGs - Kurychilina reticulata Ulrich.|.----. Gide Hlswicid sell Roemer eer eee eens Lo-B E. bulbifera sp. nov....--.....- r TL bosses me ee a Res allen cls kc os 1G) oliday spt Gon cee eee teen EL ipijssotoe la ses ase Ss aeee RIE SEE EK. subradiata var. rensselaerica VOT! NOV <= senses heehee aaeee c (San Ue a Aesawacte |\Weoted chasse E.subradiata Lo. BH obliqua sp. nove . 528: tcseoe: ER Wh etheg See'| ee cenal ieee is Deee Be = STE K. dianthus sp. nov......-..--. Cte dasie d edlients tacoma mo aas oath e sea ee Bollia cornucopiag sp! Rov...) TT) jh Se. 8s eal ees leon soe ake oe oe Macronotella alright 3p: 2000 225|)* “@)) [exer -. |e cteatdate tee lies a a a heercnrasee M. fragaria sp.nov ...--..---. TT + Mfc rerctorct ao)! Ses eal | eee | ett ao sc| bee as Bythocypris cylindrica Hallsp.| ¢ ce Te oes U T-U TAXONOMIC RELATIONS OF THE FAUNAS Compact black limestone ‘A comparative study of the vertical ranges of these fossils gives the following results for the fauna of the black compact limestone pebbles (group 5). In this compilation of the vertical ranges, the more complete data obtained by the careful investigations of the western lower Siluric faunas by Clarke, James, Miller, Sardeson, Schuchert, Ulrich, Winchell, and others, have been largely used, as the New York lower Siluric faunas, since the days of Hall’s preparation of the first volume, Paleontology of New York, have been practi- cally left untouched, and the very important work of the exact fixation of the ranges of the lower Siluric forms and of the more definite subdivision of the beds has only lately begun. It is therefore assumed that forms which in the west or in Canada have been found to reach below or above their zone in New York, will with farther investigation also be found to have a wider range in this state. A glance at the preceding table will show that a great number of forms reported only from the Trenton of New York and Canada, are claimed to occur in the Ohio and upper Mississippi basins in beds corresponding to the Lowville and Black river limestones. This is evidently due to the rela- tively poor development of these last two terranes in the east. Diplograptus foliaceus passes from the Chazy into TRENTON CONGLOMERATH OF RYSEDORPH HILL 95 the Lorraine, Rafinesquina alternata in Canada from the Chazy into the Lorraine, Platystrophia biforata from the Chazy in Canada to the upper Siluric in the west. These, as well as the new forms, can therefore be excluded as furnishing no data for the determination of the taxonomic posi- tion of this fauna. Also Climacograptus scharen- bergi is of no use for this purpose, as it has hitherto been found only in another facies, the Quebec and Normans kill shales, -and Stictopora cf.elegantula, Crania cf. tren- tonensis, Siphonotreta cf. minnesotensis, and Conularia cf. trentonensigs are not positively identified. Of the remaining members of the fauna, Plectam- bonites sericea, -Dalmanella testudinaria, Ceraurus pleurexanthemus range from the Lowville limestone to the Lorraine or Richmond beds. Orthis tri- cenaria, Lophospira bicincta, Liospira ameri- cana, Illaenus americanus and Pterygometo- pus callicephalus begin in the Lowville beds and rise into the Trenton. These, together with all the forms mentioned below which are younger, prove the black compact limestone to be younger than the Chazy, in spite of the Chazy aspect of some of its trilobites. Stomatopora inflata, Callopora multitabulata, Whitella ventricosa, Proto- warthia cancellata, Isotelus maximus lived : either in New York, Canada or the west from the Black river into the Trenton period. Streptelasma corniculum, Pholidops trentonensis, Leptaena rhomboi- dalis, Conradella compressa, Carinaropsis carinata, Zitteloceras hallianum, Calymmene senaria, Bronteus lunatus and Bythocypris cylindrica have not yet been found below the Trenton. None of the species obtained from the black compact limestone is restricted to the Lowville or Black river limestone; it must, therefore, be concluded, that these pebbles are of Trenton age. The inquiry for the more precise location of the bed within the Trenton terrane meets with the greatest difficulty from the lack 96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of any definite facts as to the exact location and range of the ‘Trenton fossils in the various outcrops within the state. Of the fossils enumerated, those entering the Trenton or be- ginning in the Trenton would be available for an analysis; of these, however, Leptaena rhomboidalis, Lophos- pira bDicincta, Liospira’ americana, Pter yeaa metopus callicephalus, Stomatopora inflata, Whitella ventricosa, Protowarthia cancellata, Isotelus maximus, Illaenus americanus, Con-. radella compressa,Calymmene senaria, Bytho- cypris cylindrica are found to occur in one or another locality of the lower, middle or upper Trenton, and are thus unable to give the desired clue. Of the remaining species, Sire p te l asm a corniculum is reported by Hall to occur principally in the lower Trenton, Orthis tricenaria inthe lower Trenton in New York, while in Minnesota it is also found in the middle third of the Trenton; Callopora multitabu- lata is in Minnesota positively known from the lower Trenton and doubtfully from the middle Trenton, Pholidops tren- tonensis is of uncertain position at Middleville, a small variety of the same species is however in the west restricted to the lower Trenton, Carinaropsis carinata probably is restricted to the lower and middle Trenton of New York; and Zitteloceras hallianum ig a Black river fossil in the west and was known to Hall only from the lower Trenton at Middleville. Bronteus lunatus was described by Billings from the Trenton of Ottawa; according to the Geology of Canada (p. 177) it is associated there with a most remarkable fauna of crinoids and asteroids, only about 150 feet below the base of the Utica beds, while in the same work (p. 173) it is also reported from Murray bay together with such lower Trenton forms as Orthis tricenaria, Dinorthis pectinella, in a section giv- ing 200 feet of limestone above the Black river beds. It appears, hence, to occur in the lower and upper third of the Trenton, while Clarke reports it also from the middle third of the TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 97 Trenton in Minnesota. Isochilina armata Walcott, var. pygmaea isa variety of a species which has been found by its discoverer only in the Lowville and Black river limestone of Rus- sia, Herkimer co., while Primitia mundula and Apar- chites minutissimus are later forms with prenuncial varieties in the Trenton. The evidence afforded by these fossils is obviously strongly indicative of lower Trenton age of the com- pact black limestone; for it must be considered that the great majority of the forms begin in the Lowville and Black river lime- stone and rise into the Trenton, while few begin in the Trenton and have their principal development in younger beds; some © forms, as Streptelasma corniculum, Callopora multitabulata, Zitteloceras hallianum, and Isochilina armata var. pygmaea, can be regarded as _ restricted to the lower Trenton, or having their principal develop- ment there. The general appearance of the fauna of the compact black limestone pebbles, is hence, such as points more to a close relation with faunas older than the Trenton, than with younger faunas, and is, in a general sense, indicative of lower Trenton age. | Reddish gray and gray pebbles A comparison of the faunas of the compact reddish gray (group 6) and of the gray crystalline limestone (group 7) pebbles shows that the two differ only in their ostracode element; the reddish gray limestone contains only a few other fossils, all of which, with the exception of Ampyx hastatus, Gera- saphes ulrichana, Pterygometopus calliceph- alus, occur also in the gray limestone. The ostracodes peculiar to the reddish gray limestone are either new species or new varieties, with the exception of Eurychilina reticulata. As, further, lithologic transitions from one to the other occur in the same pebble, it is apparent that both are derived from adjoin- ing or alternating beds, and that it will serve our purpose to treat both faunas together. Of the large number of species identified in these pebbles, the new species and Rafinesquina alternata, on 98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM account of its great vertical range, will be left out of consid- eration. Also, Modiolopsis cf. aviculoides and Spyroceras cf. anellus are of little taxonomic value, being poorly represented and not positively identified. Orthis tricenaria, Dalmanella testudina- ria, D. subaequata var. pervetus Conrad, Plector- this plicatella, Dinorthis pectinella, Pro- tozyga ,exigua, Zygospira recurvirostris, Lophospira bicincta, Clathrospira subcon- ica, Trochonema umbilicatum, Gerasaphes ulrichana, Illaenus americanus, Pterygome- topus callicephalus, Ceraurus pleurexan- themus and Leperditia fabulites extend partly in the eastern and partly in the western province, from the Low- ville limestone into or above the Trenton limestone, and serve, in the determination of the age of the pebbles under considera- tion, by a process of elimination, to prove that the fauna to which they belong originated in the Trenton period, and may belong either to the Lowville, Black river, or Trenton epochs. Paras- trophia hemiplicata ranges from the Black river into the Utica beds, Conradella compressa from the Black river into Trenton beds, Isotelus maximus from the Black river into the Richmond beds. Several members of the fauna of the gray limestone pebbles are thus far known only from the oldest epochs of the Trenton period; these are Lophospira perangulata Hall sp. Hall comprised two different forms under this one specific term; that found in the conglomerate agrees more with the Lowville limestone type than with the Trenton limestone type. Thaleops ovata occurs in the west only in beds of Lowville limestone age, and in Canada in beds in which the Lowville and Black river stages have not been separated. Isochilinaarmata var. pygmaea is a variety of a species found by Walcott in the Black river and Lowville lime- stones, Schmidtella crassimarginata var. ven- trilabiata, and Eurychilina subradiata var. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 99 rensselaerica are slightly differing eastern representa- tives of western Lowville limestone forms, while Kurychilina reticulata is known only from the Lowville and Black river limestones!. There are, on the other hand, a number of forms which combat a conclusion based on the evidence just cited. These are: Rafi- nesquina deltoidea, reported from the Trenton of New York, Canada and the west; Triplecia nucleus, Car- IMAropsis carinata, Liospina sabtilistriata, Pwe.uiy 2omet.o pus .eb orac eus, Dalmanites achates, which are as yet known only from the Trenton lime- stone; Leptaenarhomboidalis and Bythocypris cylindrica, which begin in the Trenton and extend upward. Of thesee Rafinesquina deltoidea is only weakly represented by a form showing certain varietal differences in the suppression of the intermediate finer striae and concentric wrin- kles on the disk, and is therefore probably not to be relied on as a safe indicator of the taxonomic relations of the beds under consideration; Triplecia nucleus, Carinaropsis Garina ta, Liospira Subtilistriata and) Pt e ry- gsometopus eboraceus are not reported from extra- limital localities, and, considering the fact that in New York the Lowville and Black river faunas are rather meager, and have been thoroughly investigated in but a few localities, they may possibly go below the Trenton limestone. This is specially prob- able in the case of Liospira subtilistriata, which is reported by Hall as occurring only near the base of the Tren- ton limestone at Watertown; but as Triplecia nucleus, Carimaropsis carinata and Liospira subtili- striata are characteristically developed and- common in the limestone pebbles, they must be considered as important factors of the fauna of the latter and, with our present knowledge of their ranges, as indicative of the Trenton age of the gray lime- stone. Pterygometopus eboraceus has thus far 1 The specimen from the Onondaga chert of New York referred by Jones (Quar. jour. geol. soc. 1890. 46:59) to this species is considered by Ulrich As specifieally if not generically differents 100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM been found only in one specimen in the Trenton of Saratoga county, and, for this reason, has little taxonomic weight, while Dalmanites achates, Leptaena rhomboidalis and Bythoeypris cylindrica, having a wider disme bution, must be considered as strongly supporting the view of the Trenton age of this fauna, suggested by the fossils just named. In weighing the evidence furnished by the two groups of fos- sils, those which have their typical development in the lower epochs of the Trenton period, and those which are restricted to the Trenton limestone itself, it is to be considered that the Low- ville and Black river limestone element is largely represented by ostracodes which, having been carefully studied in the west and found to be quite markedly restricted to certain horizons, must be regarded as fairly reliable horizon-markers. The forms from the conglomerate bed of Rysedorph hill, however, show, with the exception of Eurychilina reticulata, certain differ ences from the western types which, it is true, may be more the expression of difference of province than of epoch, but, in the face of the strong Trenton limestone element with which they are associated, can not be considered as furnishing conclusive evidence. We have therefore somewhat conflicting evidence as to the age of these beds, which in the writer’s opinion is due partly to the fact that the ostracode forms of the Trenton lime- stone of New York have not yet been thoroughly collected and studied, and partly due to the smallness of the fauna known as yet from the Lowville and Black river limestones of this state, specially from the former. AJ] that can be said, therefore, at present in regard to the taxonomic relations of the fauna of the gray crystalline and associated reddish gray compact limestone pebbles is that they contain a Trenton fauna, with a strong Low- ville and Black river element, and that, on this account, they evi- dently must be placed within the lowest Trenton; a conclusion which seems to be strengthened by the presence of a number of forms of lower Trenton occurrence, and the fact that the great majority of all forms observed range from the Lowville to the TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 101 Trenton limestone, instead of ranging from the Trenton lme- stone upward, so that the general aspect of the whole assemblage of forms is decidedly that of a fauna of the lower and middle part of the Trenton period. Relative position of the black and gray Trenton limestones In regard to the relative original position of the black com- pact Trenton limestone and gray crystalline and reddish gray compact Trenton limestone, which are mixed in the conglomerate, it is to be remembered that the black limestone pebbles, in spite of their strong admixture of strange types such as Ampyx and Remopleurides, fail to show such a decided Lowville and Black river limestone element as the gray limestone, and therefore should be considered younger than the latter. This conclusion is Supported by the observation of several members of the black limestone fauna in the matrix of the conglomerate at the Moor- dener kill and at Schodack Landing, as shown in the following tabulation. Fauna of matrix Moordener | Schodack Occurrence of fossils in 7 kill landing 1 pebbles Sireptelasma corniculum:. 522.222) 55.55 2.2 + black Trenton limestone PCV ONCHY.A, SD) co 2 wenn sis sone ceo a eee Stromatocerium sp....--.---.---- SPE aft tae ER Le Rafinesquina alternata....-...--- aL ot black and gray Trenton limestone Strophomena incurvata......-... cry eestel ee . Plectambonites sericeus var. asper a. - gray crystalline Trenton limestone JP 5 JOIST: ae teen = + ++ black Trenton limestone Oipmoiiertviceiavia since sos. eee eee + black Trenton limestone Pterygometopus callicephalus...-- 4. iets Ee gray aud black Trenton limestone This faunule would suggest that the conglomerate beds were formed at a time when the organisms found in the biack compact limestone were still flourishing, and that both must be consid- ered as falling within the same epoch, viz the lower Trenton. 1The matrix of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate, which is more sandy than that of the more southern exposures, is filled only with comminuted fragments of Rafinesquina alternata, Plectambonites sericeus, ete, L102 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Some other observations materially support this conclusion. Foremost of these is the occurrence of Climacograptus scharenbergi in the black limestone. This graptolite, as already remarked in another paper, is a typical form of the lower and upper Dicellograptus zones in Canada, and of the corresponding beds in Great Britain, and is in New York restricted to the lower Dicellograptus zone or Normans kill shale. As the conglomerate bed is intercalated in this shale. it is evident that the formation of the conglomerate and of the shale are, geologically speaking, contemporaneous, and, as this graptolite of small vertical range occurs also in the black limestone pebbles, the formation of that limestone must also be nearly contemporaneous with, or, more exactly speaking, precede the formation of the conglomerate within the same subdivision of the Trenton limestone epoch. | The formation of that part of the Normans kill shale lying below the conglomerate bed, and of the black Trenton limestone have, in the writer’s opinion, been synchronous and going on in adjacent regions, the black limestone representing the limestone facies corresponding to the shaly Normans kill graptolite facies. The remarkable coincidence of the existence of numerous faunistic elements, strange to the continental Trenton of North America, in both the shales and the black limestone, will be further discussed in the next section, but may be mentioned here as additional argument in favor of the equivalency of the faunas of the Normans kill shales, and of the black Trenton limestone of the conglomerate. Faunistic difference between the lower Trenton of New York and the west In a previous paper the writer has already discussed the dif- ference in sedimentation and fauna between the lower Tren- ton as represented by the Normans kill graptolite shales of the Appalachian region and lower Canada and the lower Trenton limestone of the regions farther west. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 103 The observation of a succession of terranes from west to east in Albany county, which proved to represent the Lorraine, Utica, middle Trenton and Normans kill graptolite epochs, forms the basis of the claim that the last must be homotaxial with part of the lower Trenton limestone of the regions farther west. It was further demonstrated by the observations of Prosser and — Cumings that the Trenton limestone thins out gradually from the type section at Trenton Falls toward the Hudson river, while at the other side of that river, according to the observations of Walcott, Dwight and Dale, the Trenton epoch is only slightly represented by calcareous deposits, and these most probably belong only to the lowest Trenton. It is, hence, quite certain that the Trenton in this part of the Appalachian region is largely represented by clastic sediments. This distinct lithologic development is associated with an entirely different faunistic facies, the Normans kill graptolites in association with a few small brachiopods constituting the only evidences of life in these lower Trenton shales. It has been pointed out that this peculiar graptolitic fauna has been traced from Lower Canada, where it was studied by Lapworth, through Maine, Vermont, and along the Hudson river in New York, and probably, as maintained by Emmons, extends as far as Virginia. While it has been identified by Lapworth with a fauna of wide extent in the lower Siluric of Great Britain and Scandinavia, it has not been recognized in its typical development west of the Appalachian region, though apparently reappearing in Arkansas and British Columbia. The consensus of opinion of recent writers on this graptolite fauna is that it was of oceanic and probably planktonic habitat. Its distribution on both sides of the Atlantic basin indicates its extent over a large part of that basin. The black bands filled with graptolites are in most of the localities, hidden away in a huge mass of more sandy shales and thin beds of sandstone, suggesting thus that the myriads of these living beings were swept together only accidentally. The astonishing scarcity of complete colonies among the endless numbers of 6 104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 4 rhabdosomes of a considerable number of species! is a forcible indication that they had fallen to the sea floor and drifted about outside of their habitat. The assumption that the rhabdosomes were carried by currents either oceanic, tidal or coastal, and deposited, as suggested by Lapworth, in the quiet water at a certain, more or less uniform, distance from the coast, can there- fore not be far from the truth. We must conclude from their meridional distribution that they were brought into the Appa- lachian region from the Atlantic basin, while the far west received them from the Pacific basin. Lower Trenton faunas of the central and eastern coastal regions with European elements The question of the probable route along which this incursion took place, may at present be disregarded, and the mere fact be emphasized that there exists a wide difference between the fauna and sedimentation of part of the lower Trenton in the eastern coastal region, and that of the eastern inland region. This difference may be only one of facies, that is, a difference in faunal composition causally connected with the difference in sedimentation, and may indicate nothing but difference of depth, distance from the coast line or swiftness of current, such differ- ences as are found within close limits along all coasts, and affect only small areas. Or it may be one of provincial importance caused by the differences of the conditions existing between different parts of the ocean, or the latter and its border seas. The wide extent of the Normans kill graptolite fauna and its restriction to the eastern continental borders on one hand, and the greater extension of the synchronous Trenton limestone and its restriction to the continental platform, suggest that we have here a difference of provincial importance. It is therefore a fact of much interest that there is found entombed in the con- glomerate a limestone fauna which must have existed shortly 17To illustrate this scarcity of colonies, it may be mentioned that in a dozen boxes of selected material secured in a week’s collecting at Mt Moreno near Hudson, nota single colony was found, though all the species of the horizon are represented by rhabdosomes in finely preserved state. The ‘game experience has been repeatedly met with by the writer, as well as others, in all localities of this zone. TRENTON CONGLOMERATH OF RYSEDORPH HILL 105 before or contemporaneously with the lower part of the shale, as indicated by the presence of one of the characteristic graptolites of the shales and the lower Trenton aspect of the entire assem- blage. In this limestone fauna, then, we have a direct means of comparing lower Trenton forms of the eastern border and of the continental sea, living in the same bathymetric zones and under the same marine conditions, and of determining whether the incur- sion of the eastern graptolite fauna into the continental border sea indicates the opening of an entirely new but temporary con- nection with the Atlantic ocean, or whether Atlantic, or rather European connections have had an appreciable influence also on the faunas of the limestone-depositing Trenton sea. 'The latter suggestion is in a certain measure supported by the appearance of the Normans kill graptolites in the limestone, but, in order to establish the conclusion, it is, in the writer’s belief, fully demonstrated by a number of other fossils appearing in the limestone. The species on which this conclusion is mainly based are, besides the above mentioned graptolites, whose habitat is the ‘eastern border region and northern Europe: Christiania trentonensis sp. nov., which is well represented in the lower Siluric of Europe, by closely similar species, though in America only known heretofore by a Helderbergian species; the two species of Tretaspis, a genus unrepresented in the American Trenton fauna but widely and richly represented by aliied species in the lower Siluric terranes of Great Britain, Bohemia and Scandinavia; Ampyx hastatus, which belongs to a subdivision of that genus (Lonchodomas), not represented in the Trenton of North America, but present at this time in northern Europe (Ampyx rostratus); the species of Remopleurides, which have not been found in the cen- tral continental region; the Sphaerocoryphe, which thus far is definitely known only from this locality, and which also is a foreign element to the Trenton of North America. Remo- pleurides striatulus Walcott, and Sphaerocory- phe robustus Walcott, occur at Trenton Falls only in higher 106 NEW YORK STATE MUSHUM beds, but have not been observed farther west. They are evi- dently survivors clinging to the eastern region. The pygidia of Cybele observed at Rysedorph hill and stage N of the Que- bec group in Newfoundland belong to forms closely related, if not identical with the European Cybele verrucosa. |. There are still other differences in these faunas mani- fested in the distribution of forms known before. Thus the genus Triplecia, occurring in the lower Trenton pebbles of Rysedorph hill, is represented in the Trenton of New York by three species, while, according to Schuchert’s Synopsis of American fossil Brachiopoda and Winchell and Ulrich’s lists, it is not found in Trenton beds west of New York, but appears in the central region in Lorraine time and continues into the Niagara period. In Europe several species from the lower Siluric have been referred to this genus, one of which, Triplecia spiriferoides McCoy, from the homotaxial Llandeilo, belongs to the radiated group represented in the eastern Beekmantown limestone. Orthis insularis Kich- wald is also regarded as a Triplecia by Hall and Clarke. This ranges from the Llandeilo to the upper Llandovery. It is there- fore probable that the peculiar distribution of this genus in the Trenton of America indicates zoogeographic differences between the eastern border and the more continental Trenton, due to the exchange with the faunas of more easterly regions. Trinucleus concentricus has been recorded from the lower Trenton of New York (White, p. 84) and abounds in the upper strata of this formation, but it does not appear as a 'Tren- ton species in the lists of Minnesota fossils given by Winchell, Ulrich and Clarke. In the Ohio valley it pertains to the upper beds only (i. e. upper Trenton and Richmond). This species Seems to have slowly spread from east to west into the continen- tal basin. No other species of this genus is known in the North American lower Siluric, with the exception of a small Utica form, separated by Ulrich, while in Europe quite a number of lower Siluric species have been described. ‘These facts appear TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL 107 to indicate that this genus had its center of development farther east, either in the Atlantic or in northern Europe. ORIGIN OF THE CONGLOMERATE The origin and composition of the conglomerate bed, whose fauna has here been investigated, invites some farther remarks. The bed is composed of pebbles of lower Cambric, Chazy, Beek- mantown and lower Trenton age. The explanation of this re- markable accumulation is largely to be found through an inquiry into the direction whence these pebbles came. The extremely rare lower Cambric pebbles are identical with those of the lower Cambric conglomerate exposed at Troy and Schodack Landing. They may therefore be derived either from that conglomerate bed or from the mother bed of that conglom- erate. ‘They can not be derived from the west or northwest, as no lower Cambric beds are known in those directions, while they are known in the regions to the north and east. Neither is the Chazy known farther west, nor in the Mohawk region; it extends largely to the north in the Champlain region and is quite cer- tainly present in the limestones of the Taconic region. The Lowville limestone and gray lower Trenton limestone pebbles may be derived from the west. It is not to be assumed that the materials of the conglomerate were gathered from different or even opposite directions; and, as the lower Trenton is also well exposed to the north and south, and is supposed to form a part of the metamorphic rocks in the Taconic region to the east, it is more than probable that these were derived from the east or north rather than from the west. Finally the black Trenton lime- 1 The forms cited here constitute an element in the Trenton fauna of eastern America which is evidently more fully represented in the homotaxial beds of northern Europe. As the latter, and specially the European northwest, was at that time a part of the Atlantic basin, the presence of these forms must be taken to indicate some connection of the continental Trenton sea with the Atlantic in the northeast. If the “‘Gronlandischer continent’’, supposed by Prof. Frech to have extended in lower Siluric time across the present northern Atlantic from Baffin Land and Labrador to Scotland and Seandi- navia, was a reality, its southern coast would have furnished either the center of development or the highway for the migrations of these forms and many others, as Asaphus gigas, Calym- mene senaria,Plectambonites sericeus, Platystrophia biforata, Dalmanella testudinaria, Orthis tricenaria, Leptaena rhomboidalis, which appear in lower Siluric time on both sides of the Atlantic. 108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM stone pebbles, with their peculiar faunal elements, are quite dis- tinct from the Trenton exposed in the Mohawk valley, nor have similar Trenton fossils been recorded from more northerly, or southerly localities. The sum of the evidence points, therefore, to an origin of the conglomerate pebbles from a direction other than the west, or to the area of Appalachian folding between the lower Mohawk and Taconic mountains. The tectonic events of lower Siluric time have been described with a master’s hand by Dana: The era of limestone-making and therefore of continental seas, largely free from sediments, which made progress in the Cana- dian period, reached its culmination in the earlier division of the Trenton period, when limestones were almost the only kind of rock being deposited over the breadth of the continent. The absence of sediments from a large part of the continental region must have been owing to the absence of the conditions on which their distribution depends. The currents of the ocean which ordinarily swept over the land (the Labrador currents from the north, along the eastern borders, and the Gulf stream from the south, over the interior) must have had their action partly sue- pended. This may have been caused by a barrier outside of the limestone area, near or outside of the present Atlantic coast line. If the land in the shallow region outside of the present Atlantic border of the continent, were above tide level at the time, it would have been a continental barrier against both waves and currents. With the opening of the Hudson river era, sediments again were deposited over New York and the Appalachians, and some change of level had therefore taken place. But, as the formation of the limestones was continued in the Missisippi basin, and also in the St Lawrence bay (at Anticosti), the change did not affect essentially these regions. If the Atlantic barrier above alluded to were a fact in the Trenton era, an oscillation of lével submerg- ing it, and raising toward the surface another parallel region more to the west, where the Appalachians now stand, would have opened again the New York and Appalachian area to the ocean, and so might have occasioned the transition to sedimentary accumulations. i The barrier, assumed by this profound student, to account for the undisturbed deposition of the lower Lower Siluric up to the fs TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL ~ 109 end of the Trenton, is represented by Frech on his chart’ drawn to explain the complete faunistic differentiation of the American continental and North Atlantic basins from the beginning of the lower Siluric to the end of the Black river limestone period. Frech there assumes an oceanic transgression in the Appalach- lan regions to connect the Trenton with the European faunas, while Dana has the barrier migrate westward at the end of the Trenton period to explain the transition to clastic accumulations. . The writer in the foregoing chapters, has brought more evidence to demonstrate the ingress of Atlantic forms into the eastern part of the Trenton basin at the beginning of the Trenton period, and has elsewhere shown that, in this part of eastern New York or in those parts of the Appalachian area where the Normans kill shale is found, the transition to the deposition of clastic sediment began in the early Trenton period and not toward its end. If we attempt to apply to our investigation into the origin of the conglomerate the theories set forth by these authors, we may infer that at the beginning of the Trenton period the deposition of limestone continued for a short period in this region, and the material of the gray limestone pebbles of lowest Trenton aspect was formed; that at this time, by the incipient transgres- sion of the ocean over the eastern barrier, the influence of north Atlantic forms began, becoming more pronounced at the time of the deposition of the black limestone; that, at the same time, the gradual rising of the more westerly parallel barrier in the Appalachian region, together with the numerous Archaean is- lands assumed by Dana, furnished the material for the long belt of Normans kill shale and the conglomerate bed. ‘The very exten- sion of the Normans kill shale from north to south would indi- cate the direction of this barrier and of the intercalated conglom- erate bed as that of a probable coast line. | This attempt to account for the presence and the peculiarities of the conglomerate bed is partly supported by a view advanced by Walcott to explain the origin of intraformational conglomer- ate beds of Cambric and earliest lower Siluric age observed men 1 Roemer & Frech. Lethaea palaeozica. 1897, v. 3, Karte 2. 110 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM in a number of localities in the Appalachian region!. The occur- rence of conglomerate beds resting on the limestones from which they were derived, suggested to that experienced observer that the sea bed was raised in ridges or domes above the sealevel, and thus subjected to the action of seashore ice, if present, and the aerial agents of erosion. While no direct connection has been noted between the lower Trenton conglomerate and the youngest limestone bed represented in it, the assumption of the presence of such ridges or domes in the Appalachian region is in accord with our knowledge of the constant movements going on in this region throughout the Paleozoic era, and coincides with the assumption of barriers in this region made by other writers. It is therefore quite possible that the assumed transgressions opened the crest of one of these ridges or domes, and thus laid bare at once to the abrading action of the waves, a series of beds — extending from the Cambric to the last deposited Trenton lime- stone, and furnished the various materials for the conglomerate and the calcareo-arenaceous mud of the matrix. These were deposited on the Normans kill shales forming in the deeper water. While the presence of temporary coast lines, or the exposures of the various beds represented by the pebbles, to wave action, caused by the rising of broad ridges to the surface of the lower Trenton sea, may be inferred with some degree of certainty, the great variation in the size of the boulders and pebbles presents some difficulty to these attempts at explanation. Some of the boulders attain a diameter of several feet. The action of coast ice, appealed to by Dawson for the explanation of the lower Siluric conglomerates near the St Lawrence river and suggested by Walcott as an alternative theory for the origin of some of the Cambric conglomerates, may in the writer’s judgment be excluded here on account of the presence of the Trenton fossils, including corals, in the matrix. But it is highly probable that the action of strong tidal or coastal. currents, caused by the ob- lique impact of the waves on the coast, was engaged in spreading ibe material derived from the coastal or abraded region over a 1 Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 1893. 5:191. * TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH HILL het: large area, as suggested by the relative thinness of the bed, and the transportation of large boulders. ‘It is a matter of repeated observation that shingle, often of considerable size, is distrib- uted widely along the coasts, when the two kinds of. currents mentioned above are able to display their full force. The boulders and pebbles transported by such currents are reported to be of different size, varying according to their relative hard-— ness. As the largest boulders in the conglomerate consist of very hard Lowville limestone, and the smaller ones of more fri- able sandstone or more brittle, black crystalline Trenton lime- stone and of softer gray Trenton limestone, the common condi- tions prevailing along the coast of an open sea seem to be suf- ficient to explain the phenomena of the ae hill con- glomerate. It has been lately urged by Gilbert van Ingen! that certain unsorted deposits, observed by Kimmel, Weller and himself in New Jersey, should not be considered as of submarine origin, but rather as flood plain deposits. The writer is convinced that this view will greatly aid in understanding the barren measures of several of our formations, but does not believe that it could be applied to the explanation of the Rysedorph hill conglomerate, for the following reasons: The matrix of the conglomerate has been found to contain marine fossils, the bed is only relatively thin and intercalated in distinctly marine deposits; and, the Rysedorph hill beds show distinctly long strings of pebbles which indicate a certain assort- ment of the material. In some places these pebbles are still angular and appear as if belonging to a continuous bed broken up and at once recemented. Other Trenton conglomerates The extension of this conglomerate bed north and south beyond the localities described will be a subject for farther investigation. Prof. Dana and Prof. Dwight have made known the presence of a Trenton limestone farther south which is described as having 1N, Y. acad. sci. Oct. 15, 1900; Am. geol. Jan, 1901, p. 43. 112 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM a brecciated appearance. The Canadian geologists report the presence of conglomerate bands in the synchronous graptolite shale of Quebec; and Mr Ktimmel and Dr Weller have discovered a conglomerate bed at the base of the Trenton in New Jersey. It is, however, more than doubtful that these occurrences have any relation to the bed in Rensselaer county, specially as the New Jersey conglomerate is considered a basal conglomerate, and that of Rysedorph hill is evidently intraformational, containing pebbles of the same epoch and intercalated in shales of the same epoch. It has, however, been demonstrated that a continuous stratum of conglomerate, over which, on a sinking coast, younger - deposits creep, may belong to many successive horizons. This has been most clearly pointed out by De la Béche in the south- west of England'. The New Jersey conglomerate may therefore be only apparently basal and actually synchronous with the more northern one. As the study of the conglomerate beds of various formations and the investigation of the conditions along coasts where such beds are formed, has furnished ample evidence that conglomer- ates are the most inconsistent of all sedimentary formations, usually sinking or swelling up suddenly, thinning out and reap- pearing, it is also to be assumed @ priori that the bed extending from Rysedorph hill to Schodack Landing is not of such a wide extent ag to allow its connection with the beds of Quebec or New Jersey. — ; | However that may be, the Rysedorph hill conglomerate con- tinues to be remarkable as an intraformational conglomerate. A. conglomerate, according to the experience of geologists, gen- erally indicates a break in the continuity of the sedimentation, an erosion of a preexisting formation and, therewith, an important change in the physical conditions of the region. The writer feels however that the presence of true intraformational conglomer- ates in the Cambric and lowest lower Siluric of the Appalachian region has been so distinctly and vividly set forth by Wal- cott? that no reasonable doubt of the existence of this phe- a — icone PES ie 1 Geikie. Textbook of geology. 1893. p. 516. 2 Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 1893. 5:191. TRENTON CONGLOMERATE OF RYSEDORPH: HILL VS homenon in this region, and even in Cambric beds close to the Trenton conglomerate, can be entertained. Farther, the infer- ences as to the origin of the intraformational conglomerate drawn by Mr Walcott from observations extended over the whole Appalachian region, seem to be applicable to the Ryse- dorph hill conglomerate. Mr Walcott had the opportunity of observing the relation of the bedded limestone to the super- jacent conglomerate, a relation which proved that the calcareous mud which was subsequently consolidated into the limestone, solidified soon after deposition. ‘“‘ This is shown by the presence in the conglomerate of rounded pebbles and angular fragments of limestone with sharp clear-cut edges.” The same observa- tion has been made in the Rysedorph hill conglomerate as to the lower Trenton pebbles; and, as the same fauna has been found by the writer in the matrix and in one of the groups of lime- stone pebbles, the calcareous mud composing those pebbles must have consolidated during the continued existence of that fauna. SUMMARY 1 The investigation of the lower Siluric shales of the neighbor- hood of Albany has led to the observation of a conglomerate bed embedded in these shales and outcropping on Rysedorph hill near Rensselaer, on the Mocordener kill near Castleton and at Schodack Landing. 2 The moat interesting feature of this conglomerate ie the fauna which the component pebbles and the matrix contain. To de- scribe these and to obtain from them conclusive data as to the age of the inclosing Normans kill shales is the principal purpose of this paper. | 3 The conglomerate contains a great variety of pebbles. In the southern outcrops, at Schodack Landing, nonfossiliferous sandstone pebbles prevail; going northward, fossiliferous lime- atone pebbles increase, and on Kysedorph hill they are the prin- cipal components. 4 The limestone pebbles are shown by their faunas to be de- rived, in very small number, from Cambric and Chazy rocks; 114 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM more frequently from the Lowville limestone; and prevailingly from extremely fossiliferous black and gray limestone beds which are of lower or lowest Trenton age. 5 A specially interesting feature of the fauna of these Trenton pebbles was found in the considerable number of new forms, largely brachipods, trilobites and ostracodes. Some of these belong to genera new to the American Trenton but well repre- sented by very similar forms in equivalent north European beds. These, as well as several other forms which also occur in the Rysedorph hill conglomerate and are restricted to the eastern Trenton, support the conclusion derived from the distri- bution of the Normans kill graptolite shales, viz that in lower Trenton time the eastern Trenton sea had attained connection with the Atlantic. © 6 As the fauna of the Trenton pebbles is in marked features different from that of the beds known in the Mohawk and Hud- son valleys, it is supposed that the material was derived from the regions to the east and northeast, where the Trenton beds have now become metamorphosed and the fossils obliterated. 7 The occurrence of the lower Trenton limestone pebbles in this region is taken to indicate that at the beginning of the Tren- ton period the quiet limestone-depositing Trenton sea extended also over this region; while the presence of the Normans kill shale of lower Trenton age proves that this favorable condition soon came to an end, and a radical change in the physical conditions took place. 8 The conglomerate itself is intraformational. It is embedded in shale of the same age, and the fauna of the matrix of the conglomerate is of lower Trenton age. The conglomerate, there- fore, evidently does not mark any important change in the physi- cal conditions of the region, but is probably due to a temporary ele- vation of a low Appalachian ridge into the sphere of wave action. New York State Museum LIMESTONES OF CENTRAL AND WESTERN NEW YORK : INTERBEDDED WITH BITUMINOUS SHALES OF THE MARCELLUS STAGE WITH NOTES ON THE NATURE AND ORIGIN OF THEIR FAUNAS BY JOHN M. CLARKE Plate 8 The peculiar aspect of the fauna accompanying the dark Mar- cellus shales is familiar to every field worker in the geology of New York. It is a small congeries of diminutive and tenuous shelled creatures, suchas Orbiculoidea minuta, Cho- netes mucronatus, Liorhynchus limitare among the brachiopods, Actinopteria muricata, Ptero- ehaenia fragilis and a few other shells among the lamelli- branchs, usually referred to Lunulicardium and Pan- enka, the cephalopods Orthoceras subulatum, Parodiceras, and the pteropod Styliolina fissur- ella in great abundance. In all bituminous beds of like char- acter in the cider paleozoic there is a certain uniformity of expression in the faunas, a sort of convergence, no doubt induced in considerable measure by the circumstances under which the sediments were deposited and the organisms have existed. The latter, whatever their zoologic position, show evidence both in thei small form and thin shell of having yielded in some degree to the unfavorable influences of a shallow sea in its influx on the epicontinental plateau. It is quite evident that the fauna, small as it is, is not homogeneous and can not represent ‘a single bathymetric facies. We shall observe from the consid- erations following that, as a whole the fauna was introduced within the confines of New York before the cessation of Onon- daga limestone deposition; furthermore present evidence seems to indicate that it was an invader from the southeast along the inner or Appalachian face of the interior sea. In the common and historic employment of the term Marcellus shales as an expression of a lithologic unit, it has been usage to include therein whatever slight variation in sedimentation these 116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM black shales may carry with them, and, so far as the main body of the formation is concerned, these variations consist in the appearance now and again of calcareous banks at various alti- tudes from the base of the formation, but more notably predomi- nant toward the lower part of the mass. | All through the country west of Onondaga county the passage of the black shale upward is so gradual and the diminution of its bituminous matter so almost imperceptible that no division line between the Marcellus and Hamilton deposits is practicable, and no successful attempt has yet been made to delimit the two. Hence naturally a discrepancy appears in the assignments which have been made now and again of the thickness of the Marcellus deposits throughout this region. From Onondaga county to Lake Erie the bituminous shales pass upward into and are overlain by a heavy mass of blue and barren shales, shown by the section in the Livonia salt shaft to be fully 200 feet thick, and these carry in regularly diminishing degree the characteristic species of the dark beds below. The limestone beds which invite special attention at this oce¢a- sion constitute two notable banks, both of which have accepted appellations, one the ‘“ Goniatite” or Agoniatites limestone, the other the Stafford limestone. These are persistent over very considerable distances along the strike, one of them curiously enough disappearing from the strata where the other makes its first appearance. The former .(Agoniatite limestone) extends from Schoharie county on the east to about the meridian of Phelps, Ontario.co., and the latter from Phelps to Lake Erie. There are at various exposures of the Marcellus shales other more restricted manifestations of calcareous deposits in thin beds which have afforded some interesting faunal variations. These will be briefly noticed in the following passages. Evidence of the two chief limestone banks above noted was recorded by the early geologists, the Stafford limestone in the sections given by Prof. Hall!, and the Agoniatite limestone in the descriptions by Vanuxem’. Though mentioned incidentally 1 Geol. N. Y. 4th geol. dist. 1843. p. 178,179, 188. 2 Geol. N. Y. 3d geol. dist. 1842. p. 147, 149. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS EV? at that date, neither, in its character, extent and faunal con- tents, has been fully exploited till lately, nor has the interest- ing fact been sufficiently emphasized that both carry compara- tively profuse faunas fundamentally unlike each other but evi- dently derived from the same direction, and quite unlike the normal fauna of bituminous shales. STRATIGRAPHY OF THE AGONIATITE LIMESTONE Madison and Onondaga counties For the most part the outcrops of this rock in Madison and Onondaga counties are obscured by the soil mantle or, where seen in drainage sections, are of partial thickness and fail to disclose the actual relation of the beds to the involving shales!. _ There are several such small outcrops in the vicinity of Manlius. For example, the rock appears on the road from Eagle village to Chittenango not far from a schoolhouse at which a road turns north, about { mile west of the west line of Madison county; and again about 4 of a mile southwest of Eagle village ina small] ravine. In another little ravine near the schoolhouse in district 8, southwest corner of the town of Manlius and about 14 miles west of the village on the road to Jamesville, the lime- stone forms the sill of a cascade, being in two layers, the upper about 1 foot thick and the lower nearly 2 feet. So great a thickness is rarely shown by the formation. The rock is hard and compact, specially at its contact above and below with the shales, and the characteristic large cephalopods (A gonia- titesexpansus, Orthoceras marcellense, etc.) of the formation are mainly in the lower part of the upper layer. About 100 rods farther west another small brook crosses the Jamesville road just at the intersection of a north and south road. Here the Onondaga limestone is considerably flexed, and over it lies a slight exposure in the bed of the creek and on the south bank. None of these exposures has afforded opportunity for an accurate measurement of the thickness of the Marcellus shales above and below the limestone. 1 The sections in this region and in Cayuga and Ontario counties have at my request recently been reviewed by D. D. Luther, who bas supplied much of the detail here given. 118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM About # of a mile southeast of Marcellus village is Dunk’s hill, a knoll 40 or 50 feet high. The Agoniatite limestone appears here in a grade cutting on the west side of the hill and again in a field on the south side, and over a considerable area it is covered by only a thin layer of soil. Its thickness is 2 feet 6 inches in two layers. Jn the immediate vicinity of this locality are other outcrops which the searcher for the interesting fossils of the limestone would do well to exploit. It may be noted however, that frequently the rock is too deeply seamed and etched by weathering to justify the labor, often great, of attempting to collect from it. It is not only of impure character, but the purer calcareous matter is arranged in spots and patches in such a way as to afford least resistance to decomposing agencies. This is notably the nature of the rock in the exposures in Dunk’s hill. Another small outcrop occurs in the side of the road about a mile farther toward Cedar- vale and again across the valley toward the southwest, where the rock is very compact and lies close to the surface over a large area. : Slate hill is situated about # of a mile southeast of Mar- cellus village, having the valley of Nine-mile creek on the west.’ It is composed of black and dark blue shales and shows on the north side along the road at its base a slight exposure of the Agoniatite limestone, and the dark calcareous shales beneath are exposed for a thickness of about 3 feet, on the south side of a neighboring depression. On the dugway road up the hill, black fetid shales are exposed to a thickness of about 20 feet, and above them on the west slope of the hill the upper blue black shales are shown. We shall observe in more west- ward sections that the horizon of the Stafford limestone is approximately at the junction of these bituminous beds with the blue black shales above. Other outcrops occur about 4} mile east of St John’s school, Manlius, and on the east and west sides of Onondaga Valley. On the west side near Dorwin’s spring the rock is 130 feet lower MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS 119 in actual elevation than at Jamesville and Manlius, a result of the low monocline traversing this region. About 8 miles west of Marcellus on the road to Mottville, town of Skaneateles, the Agoniatite limestone is very near the surface, but makes few if any well defined outcrops. Although the actual interval between the Onondaga and Agoniatite lime- stones is not afforded by any of the Onondaga county sections here observed we estimate it to be not far from 20 feet. Cayuga county One mile south of the village of Union Springs, and on the east side of the road leading to Levanna, is an abandoned quarry known as ‘“ Wood’s old quarry”. It is situated in the summit of a flat-topped anticline, the strippings extending pretty well down the sides. The cap rock in the quarry wall is the Agonia- tite limestone, 22 to 24 inches thick and in its usual condition, very hard when fresh and dark, almost black in color, varying much in texture and purity and crumbling under the weather. It also contains a good deal of pyrite, which gives old blocks a rusty color. For these reasons it is of little use to the quarrymen and 1 stripped to reach the Onondaga limestone beneath. At the south end of this a shght thickness of black shales igs seen above the limestone. Below, the succession to the Onondaga, lime- stone is as follows: black shales with thin slabs of impure lime- stone, 3 feet; black shales and thin impure limestones in about equal proportion, 8 feet; impure limestone, 1 foot, 6 inches, with a shaly parting separating it from another layer of like character, 1 foot, underlain by 5 inches of soft black shale which rests on the Onondaga (385 to 40 feet thick) a total for the interval of about 14 feet. The argillaceous and impure limestones constitut- ing the basal parts of these Marcellus strata are largely devoid of fossils, except Styliolina and plant spores, and the Agon- iatite limestone itself is less abundant in its large cephalopods than in more eastern outcrops. 1 Prin. J. D. Wilson read a brief account of the stratigraphy and fauna of this limestone in Onondaga county before the Onondaga academy of science, Mar. 25,1901, and has kindly allowed me to make reference to the facts given in the above paragraph, 120 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM This limestone again appears in a small brook, { of a mile south of Wood’s quarry. In the outcrops along Criss creek, 24 miles south of Union Springs, the strata above the horizon of the 'Agon- latite limestone are shown, and a point of interest in this section is the presence of a bed of 15 feet of blue and. olive calcareous shales, lying above the general mass of darker shales, which carries certain trilobites (Homalonotus, Phacops), brachiopods, gastropods, etc. pertaining to the normal Hamilton shale fauna. These shales lie at about the proper horizon of the Stafford limestone, though no trace of this rock has been seen so far east. Ontario county The westerninost observed exposure of the Agoniatite limestone occurs on Flint creek, near the village of Phelps. The Lehigh Valley railroad crosses this creek and the Sodus Bay railroad by one bridge. On the south side of this bridge to the southernmost outcrop of Onondaga limestone and 50 rods south of the next highway bridge over the creek, there is a low ledge of the Agoniatite limestone in the bed of the stream. It is here in the usual condition and about a foot thick, underlain by dark impure and bituminous limestones of the same character as those observed at Union Springs but of considerably less thickness. The rock here.contains Agoniatites expansus though poorly preserved, lying close above the Onondaga. Though the interval thence to the Onondaga limestone is not exposed it is evidently not in excess of 10 feet. Genesee county The collections of the state museum contain a specimen of Agoniatites expansus ina slab of the thin limestones which lie near the top of the Onondaga beds at Lime Rock. This specimen is an individual of large size though of poor pres- ervation. Erie county The Lackawanna iron and steel co. has recently sunk shafts and constructed a waterworks tunnel at Stony Point on Lake Erie, MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS 121 near the south line of Buffalo in the town of West Seneca. These shafts penetrate the rock to a depth of 64 feet and transect a soil covering of 26 feet. Of this rock section 49.6 feet are the black highly bituminous shales of the lower part of the Marcellus and beneath are 9.6 feet referred to the gray Onondaga limestone. Parts of the black shale are somewhat calcareous and bear the peculiar fauna at the base of the Marcellus section of the Livonia salt shaft, referred to more fully on a subsequent page. In the limestone beneath Agoniatites expansus hasbeen found, associated with some small brachiopods which accompany it in its occurence at Cherry Valley.t From the data given above we conclude that in the region west of Madison county to its extinction in Ontario county the Agonia- tite limestone continuously approximates to the horizon of the Onondaga limestone and that still farther westward iis horizon (the limestone itself having disappeared) actually coincides with and merges into that of the Onondaga limestone. We now observe the following facts in its passage to its east- ward extinction. Otsego county? Cox’s ravine, which begins # of a mile northwest of Cherry Valley, shows the following section at base. Feet Inches 1 Black fissile Marcellus shale with the usual fossils. 7 ligt (SON EES MN rere RNeasy ae BNO Man ee Ey fe 4 2 Heavy, black shale with Lunulicardium maparrc el Le Wy Sie) sy aii Diya al ciiatiotes Yaoi bes te 2 8 WO VETER... sedis wills Gunde ee ual ean ptre eaeelGn saan iM iis a 10 3 Heavy, black shale with large concretions....... 6 5) WO MIIIVESTONG At. le arene 2 tenor ahaa cui muna Denese 32 2 1Prof. I. P. Bishop directed my attention to these excavations in October of this year and has very kindly given me the rock section there exposed. Richard l. Morgan has at my suggestion made a collection of the organisms there thrown out. I am under obligations to both of these gentlemen. 2Dr Ruedemann has recently supplemented the data in our possession bearing on these sections by a careful review of those in Otsego and Schoharie counties considered here. 3s The top of the Onondaga limestone is not clearly exposed in this section. Levels made from exposures 1g mile north of the railroad station indicate that this first outcrop of Marcellus shales does not lie more than 7 to 10 feet above that limestone, 122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Feet- Inches above base of section and about 40 feet above top of Onondaga. Here begins a series of lime- stones separated by shale beds and recurring with some differences in the character of the contained fauna. At the base of this lowest limestone, which has here a thickness of...... il She occurs abundantly in a nodular layer the gonia- tite) Anarcestes' plebeiformis Hall the only locality recorded for this interesting species, associated with Loxonema minus- cula Hall, also known from no other locality. Agoniatites expansus does not occur in this layer, but is occasionally found in an imperfect condition with the rare variety, nodiferus (not elsewhere known) in the shale mass above WHIGhMS 0. ee ek OG 4 9 Then follows another limestone with Agoniatites anda, few other fossils br uct. Soo. ee Pare HSSile ysholes 2) wanker eae acd mete wens Se eee aha hiwmnegione, top rot dalle ee yee a Ni. OA Be Siiale with icOmereGioms vgs oeuel. Aerials eh. on. Ue i Gray nodular limestone with small Ambocoelia.. | - mR & - OO Dark limestone with ostracodes and Orthoceras separated from above by thin shale bed...... 0 2 From this point the section is covered for a dis- 7 tance of 4 mile, representing an elevation of.. 67 Then follow black, typical Marcellus shales (on the Steenburg farm) Oke ea Me cee earth ohh 10 10 Dark gray limestone, barren in the lower layers with Agoniatites in the middle part and Ortho- ceras and ostracodes, etc. in the upper part... 7 6 134 10 MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS | 15 The amount of shale overlying these limestones is not shown in these sections. Holes dug for telephone poles along the road to Springfield show black shales at elevations of 40 to 60 feet above the highest outcrop already noted; and near the top of a hill to the east of a road just above the first highway crossing, 60 to 80 feet still higher, are dark gray, weathered, fissile, barren Shales. These occurrences indicate at least 100 feet of shale above the recorded section. The repetition of Agoniatites e@xpansus in beds separated by an interval of about 90 feet Suggests the probability of displacement along the covered ’ interval of 67 feet. This point is not yet satisfactorily deter- mined. Assuming its presence we find the Agoniatites fauna at something over 40 feet above the summit of the Onondaga. If, however, no such displacement exists, the fauna with Agoniatites reappears after an absence from the sediments repre- sented by a deposition of about 90 feet of shales and it thus rises to an elevation of 130 feet above the Onondaga limestone. Schoharie county Most of the Agoniatite limestone specimens from Schoharie county in the state collections were obtained by the late John Gebhard jr, probably from localities on the Lamoreaux farm, 1 mile southwest of Schoharie village, and the Burton farm 1 mile still farther south. At these places the limestone hes just below the surface and has been taken out for the construction of farm walls, but no exposure is afforded whieh defines the position of the beds in the rock section. | On Stony creek, east of Schoharie village, an outcrop of limestone is shown about 50 yards above the bridge near the confluence of the two branches. Here are about 20 inches of dark gray, impure limestone with Orthoceras marcel- lense and other fossils which usually accompany Agonia- tites expansus, though that species has not been observed. For 16 feet above this the section is covered, then follows a continuous exposure of Marcellus shale for nearly a 124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM mile, to Borst’s sawmill, which is 180 feet above the limestone. The upper beds in this section, though retaining their dark blue- gray or blackish color, carry Spirifer and Chonetes and. in this respect suggest correspondence with the upper beds in western sections which have latterly been regarded as pertaining to the Marcellus. Typical Hamilton sandy shales are exposed just above Borst’s mill. No limestone beds were observed in the section above the basal limestone. The distance of the latter above the Onondaga limestone is approximately estimated from levels, to be from 10 to 30 feet. The evidence in this section clearly indicates the rapid extinction of the Agoniatites limestone eastward from Otsego county and at points east of that here mentioned no out- crops of the horizon or evidence of its index fossils have been recorded, FAUNA OF THE AGONIATITES LIMESTONE . Most of the species of this horizon have been made known by Jonrad and Hall, and the limestone often retains its organic remains in fine preservation. Specially Superior and well known are the great shells of Agoniatites expansus Vanuxem (=Gon. vanuxemi Hall). To this is to be added a large number (in view of the total faunal list) of other cephalopods. The fauna is peculiar in that it represents a deep water associa- tion introduced briefly in the shallower sea depositing the black shales, and its species are, further, to a notable percentage con- fined to it. Some of the outcrops of this layer in Onondaga county have of late years been carefully exploited by Prin. John D. Wilson of Syracuse, whose investigations have resulted in several additions to the faunal list, and to whom I am indebted for many favors in the study of the species. Mesothyra ? (Manlius) Proetus haldemani Hall (Cherry Valley) Cyrtoceras alternatum Hall (Schoharie) C. liratum Conrad (Manlius) Gomphoceras conradi Hall (Schoharie, Manlius) » G. fischeri Hall (Manlius) MARCELLUS LIMESTONHES AND THEIR FAUNAS 125 G. oviforme Hail (Schoharie, Manlius) G. solidum Hall (Manlius) G. transversum Hall Nephriticeras bucinum Hall (Manlius) Nautilus liratus Hall (Manlius) Discites marcellensis Vanuxem (Manlius) Parodiceras discoideum Oonrad (Manlius, Schoharie) Agoniatites expansus Vanuasem (Schoharie, Cherry Valley, Manlius, Union Springs, Flint creek, Stony Point, Lime Rock (in Onondaga limestone) ) Thoracoceras wilsoni sp. nov. (Manlius) Orthoceras aptum Hall (Manlius) O. fustis Hall (Manlius) O. marcellense Vanuxem (Manlius) O. constrictum Conrad (Manlius) Bactrites sp.? Pleurotomaria rugulata Hall Kuomphalus planodiscus Hall (Manlius) Loxonema delphicola Hall (Manlius) . Macrochilina onondagaensis sp. nov. (Manlius) Chaenocardiola curta Hall (Manlius) Panenka ventricosa Hall (Manlius) Liorhynchus limitare Hall (Manlius) Ambocoelia cf. nana Grabau (Cherry Valley) Agoniatites expansus. This species, the diagnostic form of this horizon, is more generally diffused geographically than any of the others. At the west it occurs freely at Wood’s quarry south of Union Springs, where the horizon lies close upon the Onondaga limestone. Still farther west, as this horizon approaches more and more nearly the Onondaga limestone, traces of it are less often seen, and west of the Flint creek section, Ontario county, the shell has been observed only at the base of the Marcellus - section at Stony Point, Lake Erie. From outcrops of the Onon- daga limestone in the neighborhood of Leroy we have a specimen, incomplete but doubtless representing a large individual of this species. 126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Thoracoceras wilsoni sp. nov. Pl. 8, fig. 1-5. The discovery of the species herewith presented is of more than ordinary interest, not alone from the fact that it constitutes a new element in this fauna, but also because of its very close relationship to a form described by Whiteaves from the zone with Stringocephalus burtini in the Devonic rocks of Manitoba.t The associates of this fossil in its occurrence at lakes Manitoba and Winnepegosis as reported by Dr Whit- eaves are, besides Stringocephalus, some forms which pertain to the middle Devonic as developed in New York, such a6 Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Atrypa reticularis and var. aspera, Actinopteria boydi, Paracyiemae elliptica, also Pentamerus comis Owen, which is not known to be a New York fossil, but pertains to the upper Devonic horizon in the state of Iowa, and a species identified as Rhynchonella pugnus Martin, a form already well known from the upper Devonic of New York, specially in the Chemung fauna at High point, Naples. So far as the peculiar generic characters of this species of Thoracoceras are con- cerned, they have not heretofore presented themselves in the cephalopod faunas of this state. Nor does the association of this species with the fossils of the Agoniatite limestone justify the construction of the fauna of the latter as in any way indicating the proper geologic horizon of Stringocephalus in the New York sediments. | The shell has a slight cyrtoceran curvature, notable chiefly in the distal or apertural region. ‘The cast of the interior shows a very decided prismatic appearance, there being 10 well defined prism faces with flat or at times slightly concave surfaces. Of these faces that on the inner curvature of the dorsal surface is the broadest and is well defined over the body chamber, where the other faces become faint or quite extinguished. The body cham- ber shows a slight constriction at about one half its length. In two of the casts in which the body whorl and aperture are 1 Descriptions of some new or previously unknown species of fossils from the Devonian rocks of Manitoba. Royal soc. Can. Trans. 1890. § 4, p. 93 (100-10) pl. 4-10 (7, fig. 1-4). MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THETR FAUNAS 127 entirely preserved, this chamber has a length of 45 mm, which is equal to the depth of 6.5 chambers. On the exterior the surface is ornamented by fine concentric or horizontal imbricating or engraved lines, which are bunched together into low concentric annuli and are crossed vertically by ridges of about the same size. These are 10 in number, to correspond with the prism angles. Where these cross the annuli, they are raised into projections which appear for the most part to be short, stout and blunt but in some vertical sections of the shell are apparently extended, acute and spiniform. These exterior markings become fainter on the body whorl, but are plainly visible to the apertuye, in this respect contrasting to the condition of the internal surface. The aperture is sinuous with a marked channel on the left lateral margin. Dimensions. The specimens observed have an apertural diame- ter of 30 to 40 mm and bear 16 septa in a distance of 100 mm from the last downward. The approximate entire length of these shells was 250 mm. Locality. Manlius; John D. Wilson, collector and donor. Macrochilina onondagaensis sp. nov. Shell rotund with short acuminate spire having incurved slopes, its length being about 2 the entire length of the shell, or , that of the body whorl. Whorls largely concealed. Surface convex, sutures impressed; body whorl very high, somewhat abruptly convex near the suture where the surface of the penultimate whorl is overlapped: for 4 of its width. Non-umbilicate but with the columellar lip well defined and slightly twisted; aperture entire, outer lip but slightly thickened. Fig. 1 Macrochilina onondagaensisg natural size. Agoniatite limestone, Manlius N. Y. 128 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Surface smooth, shining, bearing only fine concentric lines. Internal cast smooth. Dimensions. Hight 22 mm; width across body whorl 17 mm; hight of body whorl 18 mm. Locality. Agoniatite limestone, Manlius. This very pretty species has been found by Prin. J. D. Wilson of Syracuse, who has considerately presented the type specimen to the state museum. It is unlike any species known from the New York Devonic in its short, concave spire and very large body whorl, features which will also distinguish it from other forms of the genus. STRATIGRAPHY OF THE STAFFORD LIMESTONE This limestone has highly characteristic lithologic structure. It is when fresh of a dark chocolate brown, compact in texture and inclined to be splintery under the hammer. Its fossils, in which it for the most part abounds, are often replaced by a black crystalline calcite, and, when weathered, blocks of the rock become gray, while the fossils are contrasted therewith by their dark tint. From the meridian of Flint creek westward to Lake Erie such blocks are common in the drift piles and are at once recognizable. Along Flint creek is the first appearance of this interesting limestone, but it is seldom that complete sections of the beds are exposed anywhere in western New York. One was afforded by the Livonia salt shaft, and another, fully described at the con- clusion of this paper, occurs at Lancaster, Erie co. In the Livonia salt shaft, as recorded by D. D. Luther and the writer in the 13th report of the state geologist, the Marcellus strata were regarded as beginning at a depth of 650 feet from the surface and continuing downward to a depth of 866.5 feet, giving the beds a thickness of 216.5 feet. This apparently great thick- ness is due to the fact that, in the succession of the upper beds. which pass gradually into the Hamilton shales above, a consider- able part of the blue black shales was assigned to this formation on account of the preponderance of Marcellus species. This MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR KAUNAS 129 portion of the section however simply serves to emphasize the gradual passage of the bituminous shale fauna into that of the calcareous shales and to establish the proper conception of the typical Marcellus fauna as that of these black shale beds and bands. The Stafford limestone in this section lies at 823 feet, or 178 feet below the assumed top of the formation, the overlying strata being shales. It is here 2 feet thick, and is immediately underlain by 4 feet of black and bituminous shales with Liorhynchus, Panenka, Chonetes mucronatus, ete. the usual species of the typical shale beds. Thereunder follow 22 feet of black shales without fossils, this mass underlain by a thin shale bed with the usual species. From here are 13 feet to the top of the Onondaga limestone. Its position is thus about 50 feet above the Onondaga. The section is complete and brings out lucidly the thickening of the lower beds by calcification in their west- ward extent. The Stafford limestone appears at various spots across the western district in the depression lying back and south of the Onondaga limestone escarpment. It is to be seen near Baggerly Corners, Ontario co. on the Phelps-Hopewell line road. At Little- ville, 2 miles south of Avon, Genesee co. it appears in a gorge behind the mill with dark shales above and below. About a mile south of the station in Avon, in a brook east of the Erie railroad tracks, is another exposure, and the rock is again seen a Short distance down the stream and beneath a mass of dark shale, another limestone outcrops, which appears to be the equivalent of the lower bed lying at 854 feet in the Livonia shaft, which we have suggested as marking the probable horizon of the Agoniatite limestone in this western region. Here it rests directly on the Onondaga limestone and stratigraphically is inseparable therefrom. The exposure of Stafford limestone at Stafford, Genesee co. lies about $ mile southeast of the station, where it has been quarried at various times. Such a large amount of the material lies exposed here that it makes an admir- able spot for the collection of its fossils. At Leroy there is an 130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM excellent exposure in the east bank of Oatka creek below the bridge at Main street. At Lancaster, Erie co. the beds beneath the typical dark lime- stones at Stafford have become highly calcareous, giving a thick- ness of upward of 8 feet of the limestone section, all of these beds carrying a Hamilton fauna with some variations in character for the different beds. This section has been carefully studied by Elvira Wood, whose succinct account of the fauna and its variations is given at the close of this article. Here the beds, evidently continuous with the heavy limestones at Stafford, are the uppermost of the section (Miss Wood’s vii and. viii), and it is inferentially probable that at Stafford, which is only a few miles east of Lancaster, the lower part of this series is concealed; at the same time it is quite evident from the other sections cited that the calcifying of the lower beds is a feature of the western extension of this formation. Between Lancaster and Lake Erie, however, but a few incomplete outcrops of the horizon have been recorded. FAUNA OF THE STAFFORD LIMESTONE - From the determinations made by the writer some years ago,! combined with those given by Miss Wood in the appended paper, we may ascribe the following to the fauna of the Stafford limestone. 1 Fauna of the Stafford limestone at Stafford, Livonia shaft, Flint creek, Lancaster (Miss Wood’s upper beds vii and viii) and elsewhere Fishes Undetermined plates and scales Worms Spirorbis Crustaceans Homalonotus dekayi Green Phacops rana Green Cryphaeus boothi Green C. boothi var. cailiteles Green i nT, +N. Y. state geol. 8th an. rep’t p. 60, 1889. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS Proétus macrocephalus Hall Cyphaspis craspedota Hall & Clarke Primitiopsis punctulifera Hall Cephalopods Nautilus liratus Hall N. cf. magister Nephriticeras bucinum Hall Orthoceras subulatum Hall O. aegea Hall O. marcellense Vanuxsem O. fenestrulatum Clarke O. staffordense Clarke O. eriense Hall Pteropods Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall Styliolina fissurella Hall Gastropods Platyceras attenuatum Hall P: bucculentum Hall Cyrtolites mitella Hall Bellerophon lyra Hall Diaphorostoma lineatum Conrad Pleurotomaria lucina Hall P. rugulata Hall P. itys Hall P. capillaria Conrad P. sulcomarginata Conrad Loxonema hamiltoniae Hall Onychochilus nitidulus Clarke . Lamellibranchs Pterinopecten exfoliatus Hall Actinopteria muricata Hall Liopteria laevis Hall Cypricardinia indenta Conrad 131 132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Panenka mollis var. costata Hall P. radians Conrad Pterochaenia fragilis Hall Brachiopods Terebratula lincklaeni Hall Cryptonella planirostris Hall C. rectirostris Hall Camarotoechia sappho Hall C. horsfordi Hall ©. dotis Hall C. prolifica Hall C. pauciplicata Wood Spirifer audaculus Conrad S. fimbriatus Conrad S. subumbona Hall Ambocoelia nana Grabau Meristella barrisi Hall Trematospira gibbosa Hall Strophalosia truncata Hall Productella spinulicosta Hall P. shumardiana Hall Chonetes mucronatus Hall C. scitulus Hall C. lepidus Hall Tropidoleptus carinatus Conrad Stropheodonta inaequistriata Conrad Leptostrophia perplana Conrad Orthothetes chemungensis Conrad O. arctostriatus Hall Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall R. cyclas Hall Crania crenistriata Hall C. recta Wood Craniella hamiltoniae Hall | MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS Bryozoans Hederella canadensis Nicholson H. cirrhosa Hall Reptaria stolonifera Rolle Blastoids Nucleocrinus lucina Hall Corals Favosites placenta Hall Stereolasma rectum Hall Striatopora limbata Conrad Romingeria Aulopoza 2 Fauna of lower beds at Lancaster (Miss Wood’s i-vi) Worms Spirorbis Crustaceans Cryphaeus boothi Green Phacops rana Green Cyphaspis craspedota Hall Primitiopsis punctulifera Hall Cephalopods Orthoceras exile Hall O. marcellense Vanuasem Bactrites Gastropods Platyceras attenuatum Hall Pleurotomaria capillaria var. rustica Hall Onychochilus nitidulus Clarke (?) Loxonema Lamellibranchs Pterinopecten exfoliatus Hall Actinopteria muricata Hall Cypricardinia indenta Conrad 133 134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Palaeoneilo Panenka lincklaeni Hall Leptodesma marcellense Hall Brachiopods Meristella barrisi Hall M. meta Hall Nucleospira concinna Hall Spirifer mucronatus Conrad S. fimbriatus Conrad S. subumbona Hall Tropidoleptus carinatus Conrad Ambocoelia nana Grabau Productella dumosa Hall P. spinulicosta Hall Strophalosia truncata Hall Chonetes mucronatus Hall C. scitulus Hall Liorhynchus limitare Hall Camarotoechia sappho Hall C. prolifica? Hall Schizobolus truncatus Vanuxem Bryozoans Hederella cirrhosa Hail Trematopora tortalinea Hall Pteropods Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall Corals Favosites placenta Hall Ceratopora jacksoni Grabau C. dichotoma Grabau The fauna of the Stafford limestone is essentially an outburst of typical Hamilton species with a few survivors of earlier type, and invaded the state from the west, penetrating eastward as MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS 135 far as Ontario county in a pure limestone sediment and perhaps as far as Cayuga county with a more argillaceous sediment, and was then driven back by the shallowing sea and the return of the bituminous muds. Its western origin determines the same derivation for the fauna of the great mass of calcareous and sandy Hamilton shales, which held the field for a long period over the full width of the state, but was eventually driven out of western New York by the invasion of a new western fauna, heralded by the early intrusion of the worldwide brachiopod, Hypothyris cuboides, and immediately followed by the outpouring of species constituting the fauna of the Manticoceras intumescens zone (Portage stage). OTHER LIMESTONE BEDS IN THE MARCELLUS SHALES AND THEIR FAUNAS A. noteworthy limestone layer has been recorded in the Livonia shaft section lying 27 feet below the Stafford limestone, the inter- val being filled with black shales. This layer is 4 feet thick, the upper 2 feet being impure and almost devoid of fossils, the lower being a quite pure limestone contaiming the following species: Phacops rana Green Orthoceras subulatum Hall O. incarceratum Clarke O. lima Hall Tornoceras uniangulare Conrad Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall Pleurotomaria lucina Hall Aviculopecten. cf. fasciculatus Hall Modiomorpha subalata M. concentrica Hall Cypricardinia indenta Conrad Microdon bellistriatus Conrad Nuculites oblongatus Conrad Palaeoneilo plana Conrad Tropidoleptus carinatus Conrad Spirifer audaculus Conrad Ambocoelia umbonata Conrad 136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM A. praeumbona Hall Athyris spiriferoides Haton Coelospira camilla Hall Terebratula sp. Stropheodonta inaequistriata Conrad Leptostrophia perplana Conrad Orthothetes pandora Hall O. bellulus Clarke Orthis cf. lenticularis Hall Chonetes deflectus Hall Chonetes cf. yandellanus Hall Pholidops hamiltoniae Hall Stictopora incisurata Hall Stereolasma rectum Hall Just below this lies a foot of impure limestone like that im- mediately above, composed largely of Tentaculites gra- eilistriatus with Tornoceras uniangulare Conrad Chonetes lineatus Hall C. cf. deflectus Hall Liorhynchus limitare Hall From here downward for 6 feet are black shales with irregular concretions, underlain by 2 feet of hard, black calcareous shale with Stylolina fissurella Hall Liorhynchus limitare Hall Panenka, very large, cf. P. lincklaeni Hall A few inches below comes in normal Onondaga limestone. The fauna of this locally developed limestone bed carries certain surviving evidences of the Onondaga sea, in the species Coelospira camilla, Chonetes cf. yandellanus and Orthis cf. lenticularis; also in the Chonetes lineatus of the basal bed. The same horizon with more shaly sediment was exposed in the recent excavation at Stony Point, Lake Erie, referred to above, where, in addition to many of the MARCELLUS LIMESTONES AND THEIR FAUNAS Loa characteristic species (Orthothetes bellulus, Cho- metes cf. yandellanus, Ambocoelia praeum- bona) a single well defined example of Agoniatites ex- panésus was obtained. It constitutes the first manifestation in New York state sections of the Hamilton fauna in its pre- nuncial invasion from the west, when it was complicated with the fauna already on the ground and failed to gain a lasting foot- hold or to develop favorably. The Agoniatites expansus occurring here may, in view of the other evidence, properly be regarded, like the species last mentioned, as a survivor of the Onondaga fauna. CONCLUSION The Agoniatite limestone fauna was an imvader from the west, dating from the closing phase of the Onondaga limestone. Directly in its train followed the prenuncial cohorts of the Hamilton fauna. The former held the footing it had gained while the latter yielded to unfavorable conditions and temporarily retired from the field. : E L.Erie Flint creek Manlius cherry alley STAFFORD Limestone: 2nd Hamilton invasion Con AGONIATITES and Ist Hamilton invasion ___AGONIATI TES Limestone | Ge) Oe eee ONONDAGA LIMESTONE Fig. 2 Diagrammatic aapaeeaniie lai of the relation of the Hamilton faunal invasions to the sediments of Onondaga and Marcellus time. The facts recorded above indicate quite clearly the descent of the Agoniatite horizon westward from an elevation of fully 50 feet above the summit of the Onondaga limestone to and probably into that limestone itself, a condition which stra- tigraphy interprets as a replacement in central and. eastern New York sections, of the upper layers of the latter by the lower beds of the Marcellus shales or, conversely, the occupancy of the field in western New York by the Onondaga sea after Marcellus deposition had for some time been under way in central and east- ern New York. The fauna attained its highest development in Onondaga and eastward counties where it reached a secluded SNT1ADYuVW 138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM part of the interior sea most favorable for its increase. Here it is followed and preceded by a quite distinct association involved in bituminous muds, and it is therefore natural that a few of the Marcellus species have strayed into the Agoniatite fauna. The tendency to lime deposition recurred during Marcellus time after the sea had shallowed in western New York, but ere that event the Agoniatite derivative of the Onondaga fauna had migrated eastward and disappeared. | The fauna of the Stafford limestone was also an invader of later date from the west and the second appearance of the Hamilton fauna within the confines of this state. The composition of the species list is final in determining the affiliation of the Stafford fauna. This invasion, too, was unsuc- cessful, reaching no farther eastward than the eastern part of Ontario county. Had the fauna dispersed more widely and. been, able to take and keep possession of the ground which it subse- quently acquired, Hamilton time and sedimentation would have been a more important element in the New York succession. New York State Museum MARCELLUS (STAFFORD) LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER, ERIE Co. N. Y. (Communicated for the report of the state paleontologist) BY ELVIRA WOOD Pl. 9 INTRODUCTION The existence of a bed of limestone within the Marcellus formation of western New York was early recorded by Prof. James Hall!; and to this limestone John M. Clarke? has given the name Stafford limestone, because of its exceptional develop- ment at Stafford, Genesee co. Prof. I. P. Bishop? describes the occurrence of limestone beds at Lancaster, Erie county which he correlates with the Staf- | ford limestone of Clarke, but with a mention of only one fossil, | an Orthoceras, in the upper beds. No account of the fossils of this locality has been published, and it is with the fauna and its characteristics that the following paper is chiefly concerned. SUCCESSION OF THE MARCELLUS BEDS AT LANCASTER The Marcellus limestones of Lancaster N. Y. are best exposed in the bed of Plumbottom creek above its junction with Cayuga creek. The general direction of these streams is shown in the accompanying map of a part of the town of Lancaster. The dark gray Marcellus shales are first seen in the bed of Plumbottom creek about half way between Foundry and Court streets. Ascending the stream toward the east the bed rock changes in character to a compact limestone lighter in color than the shale, and highly fossiliferous. The limestone is sep- arable into beds varying in lithologic character and in fossil contents, and is well exposed in the bed and banks of the creek to the dam above Court street, and in the quarry of George 1Geol. N. Y. 4th geol. district 1843. p. 177-83. ; 2List of the species constituting the known fauna and flora of the Marcellus epoch in New York . N. Y. state geol. 8than.rep’t. 1888. p. 60. 3 Structural and economic geology of Erie county. N. Y.stategeol. 15than.rep't. 1898. 1:305. 140 NEW YCRK STATE MUSEUM Bingham above the dam. In this quarry may also be seen the contact between the limestone and the dark Marcellus shale and shaly limestones which form the bed rock beneath the surface soil of the region. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE SECTION AT PLUMBOTTOM CREEK The general relation of the limestone beds to those of the Marcellus shale is shown in the following table, where the typi- cal Marcellus layers are lettered, and the limestones numbered, from below upward. The limestone beds have been carefully measured and these measurements have been previously recorded by Bishop}. SECTION EXPOSED AT PLUMBOTTOM CREEK Inches Feet Inches Shaly, UmMeStOme:. oss le sere nsae aun 5 cs 18 Slealy limestone : Si sGr yy te aes mere te ty bt! S 5 Shade yy jee hes Sars payee det eet ears Ceaier ed 18 Limestone... Lower shale 3 2 ee Se 14 11. 1 Structural and economic geology of Erie county. N.Y. state geol. 15than.rep’t. 1898. 1:305. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTHR 141 Seale 750 ft.-= 1 in. Fig. 1 Sketch map of Plumbottom creek, Lancaster N. Y. 143 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lower Marcellus shale A 4 inches. This is the lowest layer of the Marcellus shales exposed in the section. The rock is a gray calcareous shale breaking irregularly, and characterized by the great abundance of ostracodes, certain layers being thickly covered with them. Styliolina fissurella occurs frequently among the ostracodes, but other fossils are comparatively rare. The follow- ing species were found in this bed: Chonetes mucronatus Hall ie Strophalosia truncata (Hall) (aay Liorhynchus limitare (Vanwaem) rr Ambocoelia praeumbona Hall Ir Nuculites nyssa Hall c Lunulicardium fragile Hall c Modiomorpha subalata (Conrad) r Styliolina fissurella (Hall) c Orthocerag subulatum Hall rr Isochilina (?) fabacea Jones cc Primitiopsis punctulifera (Hall) r B 4inches. This bed is a gray extremely fissile shale slightly darker in color than bed A. Fossils are abundant, Chonetes mucronatus, Strophalosia truncata, and Lun- ulicardium fragile being the most common forms, and all about equally numerous. The complete list is as follows: Chonetes mucronatus Hall cc Strophalosia truncata (Hall) cc Liorhynchus limitare (Vanusxem) : 1618 Tropidoleptus carinatus Conrad rr Ambocoelia nana Grabau r Nuculites triqueter Conrad r Lunulicardium fragile Hall | cc Modiomorpha subalata (Conrad) ae Styliolina fissurella (Hall) | ce Orthoceras subulatum Hall rr Goniatites ? rr Isochilina (?) fabacea Jones rr 1 @, COMMON; ce, very common; Fr, rare; rr, very rare. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 148 C 6 inches. The top of this bed is about 2 feet below the lowest limestone layer. It is a calcareous shale much legs fissile than bed B. The rock recalls bed A in general appearance, but is considerably darker and is highly fossiliferous. Nuculites triqueter is the most common fossil. The following species were found here. Reptaria stolonifera Rolle Gi Chonetes mucronatus Hall c Strophalosia truncata (Hall) ie Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuaem) r Ambocoelia nana Grabau Nuculites nyssa Hall N. triqueter Conrad ce Leptodesma marcellense Hall — rr Lunulicardium fragile Hall GC L. curtum Hall 1g Aviculopecten exacutus Hall rr Modiomorpha subalata (Conrad) r Pleurotomaria rugulata (?) Hall igi Styliolina fissurella (Hall) r Orthoceras subulatum Hall € Goniatites vanuxemi (?) Hall Cc Isochilina (?) fabacea Jones r D 12 inches. The lower part of bed D is similar to the preced- ing, but is more fissile and contains Liorhynchus limi- tare (a rare form in bed C) as the most abundant fossil. The fissility becomes more pronounced till, in the upper part of the bed, the rock breaks into extremely thin laminae with their sur- faces crowded with the flattened shells of Liorhynchus limitare and scattered individuals of Strophalosgsia truncata. In certain of these upper layers the latter condi- tion becomes reversed and the Strophalosia is the more abundant form, the shells overlapping one another. The individuals of both species are here exceptionally large. This layer is not well exposed in the bed of Plumbottom creek but may be seen in situ in places along the bank. 144 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The same layer occurs in the bed of Cayuga creek below the upper carriage bridge, about half a mile southwest from the out- crop in Plumbottom creek. Large slabs of this rock are found on the banks of the stream just below the upper bridge and have been apparently lifted out by frost and ice action, but belong below the exposed limestone which here forms a small fall with a pool 4 or 5 feet deep at its base. The lowest layer of limestone evidently corresponds to bed I (see below). Above this are two layers of limestone, the lower 11 and the upper 7 inches thick and still farther up the stream is a bed which corresponds to bed V of the Plumbottom creek section. The fossils from the lowest bed, Cayuga creek, are of the same species as those of the following list from Plumbottom creek, with the addition of Panenka lincklaeni. Chonetes mucronatus Hall r Strophalosia truncata (Hall) cc Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem) cc Tropidoleptus carinatus (Conrad) r Ambocoelia nana Grabau cc Nuculites nyssa Hall rr N. triqueter Conrad r Lunulicardium fragile Hall Aviculopecten exacutus Hall rr Styliolina fissurella (Hall) ce Orthoceras subulatum Hall Vs rr Goniatites ? Ir Isochilina (?) fabacea Jones 7 rr E 12 inches. The bed which immediately underlies the lime- stones is a gray calcareous shale abounding in Orthoceras subulatum and Chonetes scitulus. At certain | levels of the rock are apparently current accumulations of crowded and broken shells of Lunulicardium fragile. The rock splits irregularly into thin layers. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 145 The fossils found in the bed are as follows: Chonetes scitulus Hall cc Ambocoelia nana Grabaw IT Orthonota (?) parvula Hall rr Nuculites triqueter Conrad rr Panenka lincklaeni Hall rr - Lunulicardium fragile Hall cc Styliolina fissurella (Hall) cc Orthoceras subulatum Hall cc Cryphaeus boothi Green IT Primitiopsis punctulifera (Hall) c Isochilina (?) fabacea Jones C Marcellus (Stafford) limestone I 12inches. The lowest bed of the limestone series presents a striking contrast both in lithologic character and in its fauna to the shale which underlies it. This bed has an irregularly hummocky surface of concretionary origin, though it is practi- cally a continuous mass. The rock is compact, dark gray in color, with no tendency toward shaly structure. It is soft and appar- ently contains little silicious matter. The whole bed is largely made up of shells of Stroph- alosia truncata and Ambocoelia nana, the extreme irregularity of fracture being due to the innumerable fragments of these shells, whose black, shining surfaces give the rock a very dark appearance. As might be expected, in the lime- stone the individuals are not at all flattened, but they are usually of small size, for each species. As noted above, this bed also occurs in Cayuga creek, where it forms a fall beneath the upper carriage bridge, and it is exposed in the bed of the stream. It is 12 inches thick and the character of the rock is indistinguishable from that of the same bed at Plumbottom creek. The fossils are of the same species. In an excavation for a sewer near the corner of Buffum and Seneca streets, in southeastern Buffalo, material from this bed 146 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM was brought to the surface, and shows in addition to the fossils mentioned below well preserved specimens of Panenka lincklaeni. For material from this locality I am indebted to Miss I. C. Strickler of Buffalo. Still another outcrop of this bed has been observed on the left bank of Ellicott creek near Wende station. Orthoceras exile is a common fossil at this place. The species identified from this bed at Lancaster are: Chonetes mucronatus Hall cc Strophalosia truncata (Hall) cc Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxcem) Cc Ambocoelia nana Grabau — ee Meristella meta Hall “ise Orthoceras exile Hall rr II 6 inches. This bed is made up of large concretions which are confluent or separated by small masses of calcareous shale only. The limestone of which the concretions are composed is similar to that of bed I, but is finer grained and breaks with a conchoidal fracture. Fossils are less numerous than in bed I, there being fewer individuals but many more species. Stroph- alosiatruncata and Ambocoelia nana are slightly larger than the same species in the underlying bed. The list of fossils is as follows: Chonetes mucronatus Hall | c C. scitulus Hall IT Strophalosia truncata (Hall) ce Productella dumosa Hall ii Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem) cc Ambocoelia nana Grabau | cc Spirifer (Martinia) subumbona Hall rr Palaeoneilo sp. . rr Leptodesma marcellense Hall c Pleurotomaria itys Hall r P. capillaria var. rustica Conrad r Onychochilus (?) nitidulus Clarke rr MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 147 Loxonema sp. rr Coleolus tenuicinctus (?) Hall rr ‘Orthoceras exile Hall , r O. marcellense Vanuxem r Phacops rana (Green) — rr Primitiopsis punctulifera Hall i III 14 inches. This bed is a mass of confluent concretions whose surfaces often show cracks filled with consolidated mud. The concretions are of compact, rather light gray limestone, which is harder and breaks more irregularly than that of bed II. Irregular masses of crystallized calcite, probably filling cavities left by dissolved shells, are common, and there are also small masses of sphalerite and chalcopyrite. Fossils are abundant, well preserved, and indicate fairly robust individuals of each species. The following fossils were found in this bed: Schizobolus concentricus (Vanuxem) rr -Chonetes mucronatus Hall | G C. scitulus Hall rr Strophalosia truncata (Hall) liorhynchus limitare (Vanusxem) Spirifer (Martinia) subumbona Hall IT Ambocoelia nana Grabau IE Nucleospira concinna Hall Ir Meristella barrisi Hall 1s Leptodesma marcellense Hall i Pleurotomaria itys Hall rr Onychochilus (?) nitidulus (?) Clarke i Loxonema sp. | r Coleolus tenuicinctus (?) Hall CG Orthoceras exile Hall ¢ Phacops rana (Green) C Primitiopsis punctulifera Hall rr IV 10 inches. The character of this bed is similar to that of the preceding except that the large flattened concretions which 148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM form the main portion of the mass are of a darker and somewhat harder limestone than that of bed IJ. Spirifer (Marti- nia) subumbona, Ambocoelia nana and Stro- phalosia truncata of large size are common fossils. Ceratopora jacksoni is also common, the long corallites standing out in relief on the weathered surface. The list of species found is as follows: Ceratopora jacksoni Grabau cc Spirorbis sp. r Hederella cirrhosa Hall ri Craniella hamiltoniae (Hall) rr Chonetes mucronatus Hall cc Strophalosia truncata (Hall) ee Productella dumosa Hall rr Camarotoechia prolifica (?) (all) @ Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem) c Spirifer (Martinia) subumbona Hall CC Ambocoelia nana Grabau | CG Cypricardinia indenta (Conrad) ee Pleurotomaria sp. ri Phacops rana (Green) r V 18 inches. The proportion. of shale at this level is con- siderably increased. The whole bed is soft and decomposes readily under the action of the weather. This layer occurs again in the bed of Cayuga creek, where it forms the upper of the limestone layers’ mentioned above. There the lowest of the limestone layers corresponds with bed I, while this, as imdicated by the abundance of Chonetes scitulus in both beds, may be correlated with bed V. At least two intervening beds could be recognized. The lithologic character of the 11 inch bed and the few fossils obtained are in correspondence with bed II at Plumbottom creek and there is a similar correspondence between the 7 inch bed and bed IV, but the small amount of material obtained does not justify a definite correlation. The intervening limestone could not be MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 149 accurately measured, and the entire thickness is probably greater than 18 inches, since this corresponds to 30 inches of the Plumbottom creek section, and the beds I and V at Cayuga creek have suffered little if any diminution in thickness. Bed ys may be seen below the electric car bridge and just at the foot of the dam which rests on it. At this place the entire thickness of the bed is exposed. It seems to be made up of two layers of concretions embedded in shale, the lower 12, and the upper 6 inches in thickness. The middle part is compact and fossil- iferous, the upper and lower parts more shaly and with fewer fossils. Chonetes scitulus is the most common fossil, while Ceratopora jacksoni and C. dichotoma are fairly abundant. Fragments from a bed similar to this were obtained from the locality previously mentioned, near the corner of Buffum and - Seneca streets, Buffalo. They contain Chonetes mucro- natus, ©. seitulus, Strophalosia truneata, Spirifer mucronatus and Cyphaspis eras- pedota. The following list offers a means of comparing fossils from bed V, Plumbottom creek, with those from Cayuga creek. Plumbottom creek Crinoid stems rr Chonetes mucronatus Hall rr C. scitulus Hall ce Strophalosia truncata (Hall) r Camarotoechia prolifica (?) Hall c Liorhynchus limitare (Vanusxem) pie Tropidoleptus carinatus (Conrad) r Spirifer (Martinia) subumbona (Hall) | c S. mucronatus Conrad ig Ambocoelia nana Grabau Cc Leptodesma marcellense Hall rr Phacops rana (Green) ; rr Cryphaeus boothi Green G 150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ; Cayuga creek Fistulipora sp. eg Stictopora sp. Ir Ceratopora jacksoni Grabau ee C. dichotoma Grabau ' G Crinoid stems | 1 Chonetes mucronatus Hall r C. scitulus Hall CC Atrypa spinosa Hall ry Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuaem) rr Spirifer mucronatus Conrad r Ambocoelia nana Grabau rr Phacops rana (Green) ah VI 14 inches. Farther up, near the dam, another layer of impure concretionary limestone is exposed in the bed of the stream. The rock breaks irregularly into relatively thin layers. Cypricardinia indenta is the most common fossil. The complete list is as follows: Favosites placenta Rominger Cc Crinoid stems Cc Trematopora (Orthopora) tortalinea Hall r Chonetes mucronatus Hall r C. scitulus Hall G Productella spinulicosta Hall r Camarotoechia sappho Hall r Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem) r Spirifer mucronatus Conrad eg S. (Reticularia) fimbriatus (Conrad) rr Actinopteria muricata Hall rr Pterinopecten exfoliatus Hall rr Cypricardinia indenta Conrad cc Platyceras (Orthonychia) attenuatum Hall Joe ie Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall rr Phacops rana (Green) wa: Cryphaeus boothi Green | rr MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER ~ 151 VII 14 inches. Near the foot of the dam, and just at the bend of the stream, a 14 inch layer of compact semicrystalline lime- stone is exposed, and above the dam in the quarry the same bed may again be seen. ‘his limestone contains considerable pyrite in minute grains, and also small segregations of flint. It ig fine grained, and breaks with a conchoidal fracture. The rock is quarried, the quarrying having proceeded in the fall of 1899 to a depth of 9 inches in the underlying bed, VI. This is the most interesting bed of the section, being rich in large and well pre- served fossils of many species. Meristella barrisi is the most abundant fossil, and large Orthocerata are fairly common. The following species were identified. Stereolasma rectum (Hall) rr Crinoid stems if Spirorbis sp. : C Hederella canadensis (Nicholson) EG H. cirrhosa (Hall) 1 Reptaria stolonifera Rolle r Crania crenistriata Hall rr C. recta sp. nov. : r Craniella hamiltoniae (Hall) ; Cc Stropheodonta (Leptostrophia) perplana (Conrad) oy BE S. inequistriata (Conrad) CC Orthothetes chemungensis arctostriata Hall rr Chonetes mucronatus Hall cc C. lepidus Hall : rr Productella spinulicosta Hall cc Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall r Camarotoechia horsfordi Hall rr C. sappho Hall | CC C. pauciplicata sp. nov. rr Cryptonella rectirostris Hall : | r C. planirostris Hall | 3 rr Spirifer (Martinia) subumbona Hall r S. (Reticularia) fimbriatus (Conrad) | C 152 NEW YOP®K STATE MUSEUM Ambocoelia nana Grabau Trematospira gibbosa Hall Meristella barrisi Hall Lunulicardium fragile Hall Actinopteria muricata Hall Pterinopecten exfoliatus Hall Pleurotomaria lucina Hall Styliolina fissurella (Hall) Orthoceras marcellense Vanuxem O. eriense Hall O. aegea Hall Nephriticeras bucinum (Hall) Phacops rana (Green) Cryphaeus boothi Green Cyphaspis craspedota Hall & Clarke IT ‘VIII 12 inches. Near the eastern end of the quarry is exposed another bed of limestone essentially like the last litho- logically and containing similar fossils but with fewer individuals. This bed constitates the upper member of the limestone series, and from its light gray color, compact texture, and its many species of large fossils, it is strongly contrasted with the dark Marcellus shale which overlies it. — The fossils found in this bed are as follows: Favosites placenta Rominger Stereolasma rectum (Hall) Crinoid stems Spirorbis sp. Craniella hamiltoniae (Hall) Stropheodonta (Leptostrophia) perplana (Conrad) Orthothetes chemungensis arctostriata Hall Chonetes mucronatus Hall Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall Camarotoechia sappho Hall Cryptonella planirostris Hall Ambocoelia nana Grabau MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 153 Trematospira gibbosa Hall rr Meristella barrisi Hall cc Panenka mollis Hall rr Cypricardinia indenta (Conrad) rr Styliolina fissurella (Hall) Cc Tentaculites gracilistriatus (Hall) rr Orthoceras marcellense Vanuxem — c O. fenestrulatum Clarke rr Phacops rana (Green) r Primitiopsis punctulifera (Hall) r Marcellus shale FE 18 inches. Overlying the upper limestone bed is a fissile gray shale, some parts of which are heavy bedded. It contains Ambocoelia umbonata and Styliolina fissu- rella in great abundance, the former standing out in relief on the weathered surfaces. Species identified are: Ceratopora dichotoma Grabau if Chonetes lepidus Hall € Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuaxem) r Atrypa reticularis (Limneé) c Ambocoelia umbonata (Conrad) cc Meristella barrisi Hall rr Lunulicardium fragile Hall r Styliolina fissurella (Hall) cc Orthoceras aegea Hall — c Phacops rana (Green) ee G5 inches. Bed F is followed by a dark gray earthy and somewhat shaly limestone with few fossils except Styliolina -fissurella which is abundant. The following were found: Ceratopora dichotoma Grabau r Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem) c Styliolina fissurella (Hall) ce H 18 inches. The upper exposed bed which forms the sub- stratum beneath the soil, is a shaly dark bluish gray limestone. 154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The only fossils observed were a few fragments, probably plant remains, Liorhynchus limitare and Lunulicar- dium fragile. Other exposures of the upper Marcellus shales have been noted on the banks of Cayuga creek. At Lake Como, above the level of the dam, is a 5 foot layer of gray calcareous shale containing Liorhynchus limitare as its most common fossil, and, farther up the creek, at Van Duzee’s farm, a 4 foot layer of Similar shale is exposed in the bed of the stream. It contains Liorhynchus limitare, Strophalosia trun cata, Chonetes lepidus, etc. It thus appears that at this locality also the fauna of the upper shales is typically Mar- cellus in character and strongly contrasted with that of the limestones below. REVIEW OF THE FAUNA ANTHOZOA STEREOLASMA Simpson Stereolasma rectum (Hall) Simpson. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 39, p. 205 Two specimens only of this species were found. The individ- uals are small and both represent the lower part of the coral. They are well preserved, showing the septa and numerous dis- sepiments. One specimen measures 13 mm in length, and 9 mm in diameter. FAVOSITES Lamarck Favosites placenta Rominger Geol. sur. Mich. 3: 34, pl. 2 This coral occurs as thin, irregularly undulating expansions in beds VI and VIII. The polished section shows the corallites to be sometimes of equal size but more commonly large and some- what rounded individuals are surrounded by others which are smaller and more angular. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 155 AULOPORA Goldfuss Aulopora sp. | A loosely branching corallum, probably of this genus, was found attached to Orthoceras eriense. The upper half is broken away showing only a longitudinal section. Budding takes place from the upper part of the corallites, and usually from one side only, but at about every fourth or fifth individual a bud is produced on both sides, thus giving rise to the loose branching, characteristic of the species. This form resembles Aulopora subtenuis of the Helderbergian, but, on account of the imperfect preservation of the fossil, no specific determination has been made. CERATOPORA Grabau Ceratopora jacksoni Grabau, pl. 1, fig. 1 Bost. soc. nat. hist. Proc. 28:415, pl. 1, 2 Long branching individuals of this species are very common in bed IV, and they occur also at Cayuga creek. Very perfect Specimens are found on the weathered surfaces, and fragments from 1 to 2 inches long may be easily detached from the rock. Ceratopora dichotoma Grabau Bost. soc. nat. hist. Proc. 28:418, pl. 2, 3, 4 Only fragments comprising two or three corallites were found. They occur in bed V, Cayuga creek, and in the upper Marcellus shale, bed F, at Plumbottom creek. CRINOIDEA Crinoid stems are of frequent occurrence in the upper four of the limestone beds, but no other remains of crinoids have been observed. ANNELIDA SPIRORBIS Lamarck Spirorbis sp. ° Specimens showing the transverse section only are common in beds VII and VIII, and they are found also in bed IV. They are attached to Orthoceras marcellense and QO. eriense. 156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM BRYOZOA HEDERELLA Hall Hederella canadensis (Nicholson) Pal. N. Y. 6:277, pl. 65 A single zoarium, 7 mm long, was found in bed VII. It is attached to a fragment of Orthoceras, prabably O. mar- cellense. Hederella cirrhosa Hall ale Ye Ged, aol. On, tage 2) 13 Found on the surface of Nephriticeras bucinum, branching loosely over an area of about 1 square inch. REPTARIA Rolle Reptaria stolonifera Rolle Pal. N. Y. 6:274, pl. 65 A large zoarium branching profusely over the surface of an Orthoceras eriense was found in bed VII. Only small fragments were found in bed III. FISTULIPORA McCoy Fistulipora? sp. On the surface of bed V were found Bryozoa, probably of this genus, showing the circular shell apertures and the mesopores. It resembles Fistulipora? unilinea, but the specimen is too imperfect to be fully identified. TREMATOPORA Hall Trematopora (Orthopora) tortalinea Hall Pal. N. Y. 6:180, pl. 56, fig. 9 Small fragments of this species were found on the weathered surfaces of bed VI. STICTOPORA Hall Stictopora sp. Fragments of a zoarium referable to this genus were found on the weathered surfaces of bed V. The longitudinal rows of cell apertures with intervening ridges, and the mode of branching are shown, but the specimen is too poorly preserved to be identi- fied with certainty, MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 157 BRACHIOPODA ‘scHizoBoLus Ulrich Schizobolus truncatus (Hall) Balkin: ¥. 4:23, pl. 1, 2 This species is represented by one shell from bed III. Itisa fairly well preserved interior of a brachial valve with median septum and muscular scars. The lowest horizons at which this species has been previously recorded is the upper Hamilton (Mos- cow) shales: Its occurrence at this lower level is of interest. CRANIA Retzius Crania crenistriata Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:28, pl. 3 One specimen has been found in bed VII, attached to Ort ho- ceras marcellense. Crania recta! sp. nov. Pl. 9, fig. 1-3 The three specimens obtained are all upper valves. Two are molds of the external surface with minute fragments of the posterior portion of the shell retained; the third shows the exterior. The former were attached to the interior and the latter to the exterior of the living chamber of Orthoceras. Upper valve transverse, having the form*of a flattened rim with sharply elevated central portion; beak subcentral. A shal- low sinus, widening toward the front, extends from the beak to the anterior margin. Outline of the valve straight on the posterior side, regularly rounded at the sides, and slightly arcuate in front. Surface marked by fine lines of growth. Under a strong magnifier the surface is seen to be minutely granulose, a feature not visible under an ordinary hand lens. Pos- terior adductor scars are shown on a fragment of shell remaining. Lower valve unknown. The characteristic features of the species are the straight pos- terior margin and greater transverse diameter. 1 Acknowledgments are due to Charles Schuchert, for comparing these shells with other species of the genus. 158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Measurements of three specimens are: 1) anteroposterior 5 mm, lateral 7.8 mm; 2) anteroposterior 5 mm, lateral 6 mm; 3) anteroposterior 4 mm, lateral 5.2 mm, depth 1 mm. CRANIELLA Oehlert Craniella hamiltoniae (Hall) Pal. N. Y. 4:27, pl. 3 This species is fairly common in beds VII and VIII. All the shells found are attached to Orthoceras, and are of the normal adult proportions. STROPHEODONTA Hall Siropheodonta (Leptostrophia) perplana Conrad Pal. ON: Yo Aros) ol 2 17, 19 Fragments of several individuals have been found in bed VII, and one nearly complete pedicle valve in bed VIII has a length of 19 mm and width of 25 mm. Stropheodonta inequistriata (Conrad) Pal. N. Y. 4:93, pl. 12 Pedicle valves of this species are fairly common in bed VII. The largest specimen found has a length of 14.5 mm and width of 21 mm. The surface markings are more delicate than those of the average specimen from the Hamilton shales, but are other- wise similar. i ORTHOTHETES Fischer de Waldheim Orthothetes chemungensis arctostriata Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:71, pl. 9 The specimens are much broken, but all show the character- istic sharply elevated costae and fine concentric striae. One fairly perfect mold of a pedicle valve is of the normal form and size. CHONETES Fischer de Waldheim Chonetes mucronatus Hall Pal. N.Y. 4:124, pl. 20, 21 This species is common in all of the lower shales except the upper fissile part of bed D and bed E, where it has not been MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 159 observed. It becomes extremely abundant in bed I of the lime- stone series and is common in all the other limestone beds, but has not been found in beds F, G, and H, of the overlying shales. The specimens in the lower shales are small but are character- ized by the great length of the cardinal spines (fig. 4). Indi- viduals having exceptionally long spines are not only smaller but usually have also fewer plications. A specimen of average proportions in bed C is 5.4 mm long, 6.8 mm wide, and bears 22 plications. In bed I the majority of the shells are smaller than in the shales, but in beds II and IJIf there is a perceptible increase in the average size of the specimens. ‘The largest shell which could be referred to this species occurs in bed VI. It is 9 mm long, 10.4 mm wide, and has 20 plications. The single cardinal spine which is retained is nearly parallel with the hinge line. ; Chonetes lepidus Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:132, pl. 21 This is a rare species in the limestones, only two well preserved specimens having been found in bed VIII, but it becomes abun- dant in the shales immediately overlying the limestone. The plications on specimens from this locality are slightly less promi- nent than on those from the Hamilton shales. Chonetes scitulus Hall Pl. 9, fig. 4-6 Pal. N. Y. 4:130, pl. 21 In bed III a single well preserved individual of this species was found, but it is common in beds IV and V. Associated with shells of the normal form and size are others which have been referred with doubt to this species. The shells are slightly transverse, the largest specimens somewhat less so than the smaller, and the hinge line equals the greatest width of the shell. The ventral valve is moderately convex with often a faint sinus along the median line which is traceable about two thirds the length of the shell, but disappears before reaching the margin. The dorsal valve has a concavity less than the con- 160 NEW YORK STATS MUSEUM vexity of the opposite valve. The interior is not well shown. The surface bears fine rounded or subangular plications, which increase by bifurcation and intercalation till there are 11 or 12 in the space of 3 mm on the margin of the shell. Frequently two of these are stronger just below the beak and form the begin- ning of the sinus when one is present. They are crossed by fine concentric striae. There are two or three strong upward cury- ing spines, and sometimes the base of a fourth on each side of the beak. Dimensions of specimens of average and extreme size are: 1) length 7 mm, width 9 mm; 2) length 9.6 mm, width 12.2 mm. These specimens differ from Chonetes lineatus of the Onondaga limestone in being larger, less convex, and in the number and size of the cardinal spines. Though the greater size, less convexity, and occasional pres- ence of a sinus seem features of sufficient importance to con- stitute a new species, they are not always associated in the same specimen, and there are moreover shells which appear to form a gradation from the most extreme to the more typical specimens. STROPHALOSIA King Strophalosia truncata (Hall) Pal. N. Y. 4:160, pl. 23 In beds A, B, and C, of the lower shales this species is small and comparatively rare, but in the upper shaly part of bed D it is extremely abundant and of greater size. Individuals measur- ing 8.6 mm in length, 11.4 mm in width, and with the truncation occupying about one sixth the area of the pedicle valve are com- mon. In bed I they are small, extremely gibbous, and with the truncation occupying about one third the area of the valve. An average specimen measures: length 4.6 mm; width 5 mm; con- vexity 1.9 mm. In beds II, III, and IV, the specimens are larger, the area of the truncation decreasing in proportion to the increase in the size of the shells. The following measurements of the largest specimens observed from beds I, II, and IV, serve to illustrate MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 161 this point. I length 7.4 mm, width 8.6 mm, truncation 1.5 mm; II length 9.8 mm, width 12 mm, truncation 1.1 mm; IV length 9.4 mm, width 12 mm, truncation 1.2 mm. The species is rare in beds III and V, only a few fragments having been found. PRODUCTELLA Hall _Productella spinulicosta Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:160, pl. 28 In beds VI, VII, and VIII, specimens occur, which differ from Strophalosia truncata only in their greater size and the absence of truncation of the pedicle valve. These have since been referred to Productella by Hall and Clarke,! “the existence of an articular system and of cardinal areas is not sufficient of itself to distinguish Strophalosia from Productella, and it will therefore be necessary to base distinctive generic value on the umbonal attachment of the former.” Neither cardinal areas nor articular system has been observed in any of these specimens. : Productella dumosa Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:162, pl. 23 This species is rare in beds II and IV. The shell is preserved on all the specimens, and the costae which form the spine bases are slightly farther apart than on specimens from the Hamilton shales. The largest specimen found has a length of 16mm. The width could not be measured. RHIPIDOMELLA Ochlert Rhipidomella vanuxemi (Hall) Pal. N. Y. 4:47, pl. 6 The species is represented by a few specimens in bed VII. The shell is retained in a fairly perfect condition. The speci- mens are all pedicle valves usually showing the exterior, but one shows the interior with the large muscular scars and: finely striated margin of the shell. One specimen is 15.5 mm long and 18 mm wide, but the others found are much smaller. Pal. N. Y. vol. 8, pt 1, p. 315. 162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CAMAROTOECHIA Hall & Clarke Camarotoechia sappho (Hall) Pal. N. Y. 4:340, pl. 54 Large and often gibbous specimens of the normal form are. very common in beds VII and VIII. They are for the most part molds of the interior, but a few retain a portion of the shell. Camarotoechia horsfordi Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:339, pl. 54 This is a rare species at this locality. One nearly perfect specimen and several fragments have been found in bed VII. The former is a gibbous shell having five plications on the fold, four in the sinus, and five on the lateral slopes. It measures 14 mm in length and 17 mm in width. Camarotoechia prolifica (?) (Hall) Pl. 9, fig. 13-15 Pal. N. Y. 4:343, pl. 54a Several well preserved specimens in beds IV and V are referred with doubt to this species. They correspond in general proportions and number of plications to Prof. Hall’s description and figures, but the plications are more sharply angular, and the umbonal part of the pedicle valve is distinctly elevated, and slopes abruptly to the cardinal margins. There is also a slight median depression near the beak of the pedicle valve. Camarotoechia pauciplicata sp. nov. Pl. 9, fig. 7-12 Associated with Camarotoechia sappho and C. horsfordi are specimens which differ from both in important respects. The outline of these shells is subpentagonal, the greatest width being two thirds the distance from the beak to the anterior margin. Pedicle valve slightly convex in the pos- terior portion but becoming depressed in the sinus and extended | in front to meet the margin of the brachial valve. Beak elevated and slightly incurved. Brachial valve gibbous, the greatest con- MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANOASTER 163 vexity being at about the middle of the shell. Surface marked by three subangular plications on the fold, two in the sinus, and three broad, low plications on the lateral slopes. These are crossed by well marked lines of growth. Plications absent near the beaks and becoming well defined at about one fourth the length of the shell from the beak. A well marked constriction of both valves is often present about half way between the beak and anterior margin. The interior could not be observed. The nearly straight cardinal slopes, elevated ventral beak, and few plications of the fold and sinus are the most characteristic features of the species. This species resembles externally Pugnax utah of the upper Coal Measures, but the specimens are longer in propor- tion to the width, and the plications become visible nearer the beak than in the latter species. From Camarotoechia (?) duplicata, of the Chemung beds, it differs in the unequal convexity of the valves, straight cardinal slopes, and greater number of lateral plications. This species has been observed in bed VII only at Lancaster, but a similar shell has been found by the writer in material from the Stafford limestone of the Livonia shaft (N. Y. state museum). | Liorhynchus limitare (Vanuxem) Pal. N. Y. 4:356, pl. 56 There is considerable variation among the shells referred to _ this species in the different beds of the section. In the shales all the specimens are excessively flattened. In the upper part of bed D, some layers of which are filled with these shells, they are of all sizes from the very young, 2 mm in diameter to those measuring 19 mm in length and 22 mm in width. In the lime- stones they have the normal convexity of the species, and many nearly perfect specimens were found. In bed I the shells are small, the average size being, length 5.5 mm, width 8 mm. In beds II and III, there is a gradual increase in size till in the latter bed the dimensions become, length 12.1 mm, width 15 mm, con- vexity 8mm. In the uncompressed specimens the plications are 164 NEW YORK STATR MUSEUM slightly if at all less conspicuous on the lateral slopes than on other parts of the shell. Small specimens, probably the young of this species, have a distinct median depression on the brachial valve. These shells have distinct radiating striae, while many of the same size in the shales show only faint traces of striae. CRYPTONELLA Hall Cryptonella rectirostris Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:394, pl, 61 The species is represented in bed VII by several partially exfoliated pedicle valves. The dimensions of an average speci- men are, length 4.6 mm, width 13 mm. Cryptonella planirostris Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:395, pl. 61 A single large specimen was found in bed VIII. It is easily recognized by the angular margins of the umbonal slopes, and the flattened areas on either side of the deltidial plates. TROPIDOLEPTUS Hall Tropidoleptus carinatus (Conrad) Pal. N.Y. 440%, pl-62 This species is fairly represented in the lower shales, but only one specimen has been found in the limestone. The shell in bed V is much smaller than the average Hamilton specimen, but is similar in form and size to the majority of those found in the shales at Plumbottom creek. It is 7 mm long, by 8.2 mm wide. The largest specimen found in the shales has a length of 9 mm and width of 10.5 mm. ATRYPA Dalman Atrypa spinosa Hall Pal. N.Y. 4:322, pl. 58a One rather small shell of this species was found in bed V. The strong radiating plications and projecting concentric lamel- lae are preserved. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 165 -SPIRIFER Sowerby Spirifer mucronatus (Conrad) Pal. N. Y. 4:216, pl. 34 Fragments of these shells are found in beds V and VI at Plumbottom creek, and large and fairly well preserved speci- mens in the same beds at Cayuga creek. Spirifer (Martinia) subumbona Hall Pal. N.Y. 4:284, pl. 33 Young and exfoliated shells of this species are with difficulty distinguished from Ambocoelia nana, but the speci- mens are proportionally broader and the sinus less pronounced. The adult is larger, an average sized shell having the dimensions: length 9 mm, width 11 mm. These shells are extremely common in bed II, RETICULARIA McCoy Reticularia fimbriata (Conrad) pal Ne Ye 4 204. pl. 33 This species is represented by very perfect molds of the inter- ior in which a part of the shell is sometimes retained. A speci- men of average size measures: length 20 mm, width 29 mm. The shells are fairly common in beds VI and VII. AMBOCOELIA Hall Ambocoelia nana Grabau P}. 9, fig. 21-28 Geology and paleontology of Highteen-mile creek, p. 217 | Perfect specimens agreeing with the description of the type, abound in bed I, but in the shales below, specimens occur which show two types of variation. Here the more common form has the usual proportions of Ambocoelia nana, but the pedicle valve has an exceptionally deep sinus with strong and closely set spines. The spine pits are deep and not greatly elon- gated. The brachial valve has the typical convexity and broad shallow sinus. Average dimensions are: length 6 mm, width 166 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 7.9 mm. In the other form the sinus is shallow and the surface pits elongated and faintly marked. The brachial valve corre- sponds with the type. These specimens are also slightly larger, measuring 7 mm by 9 mm. There are, however, intermediate forms connecting these two extremes. | In bed I the average shell measures: length 5.3 mm, width 7.2 mm; but in the upper limestone beds they agree in size with the largest specimens in the shales. ; TREMATOSPIRA Hall Trematospira gibbosa Hall Palo Nie #4:272; pl. 45 A nearly perfect specimen was found in bed VII, and numer- ous incomplete shells in bed VIII. They are partially exfoliated, but show the characteristic punctate surface and crowded plica- tions of the fold and sinus. NUCLEOSPIRA Hall Nucleospira concinna Hall Pal. N.Y. 4:279, pl. 45 Shells of this species are rare in bed III. A few partially exfo- liated specimens showing the subequally convex valves and . characteristic surface markings were found. Measurements: length 7 mm, width 8.5 mm, convexity 3.5 mm. MERISTELLA Hall Meristella barrisi Hall Pal. N. Y. 4:304, pl. 69 This is the most common fossil in beds VII and VIII. The shells are large, some of them extremely gibbous, and they exhibit the characteristic features of the species. Several specimens have been found in bed F immediately above the limestone. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 167 Meristella meta Hall Pal. N.Y. 4:308, pl. 49 A well preserved specimen in bed I is referred to this species. It differs from Meristella barrisi in the smaller size and in the presence of a distinct angular sinus beginning about one third of the distance from posterior to anterior margin. The cardinal slopes are somewhat flattened. PELECYPODA PANENKA Barrande Panenka mollis Hall Pal, N. Y. vol. 5, pt 1, p. 420, pl. 80 One specimen apparently of this species was found in bed VIII. It is smaller than the type, being only 8.6 mm high, by 9.2 mm long, but it agrees with the latter in other respects. Panenka lincklaeni Hall Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 1, p. 420, pl. 69 This species has not been observed at the Plumbottom creek locality, but appears to be fairly common in bed I at the corner of Buffum and Seneca streets, Buffalo. The specimens are nearly perfect casts showing the flattened distant plications and rounded form characteristic of the species. A shell of average size is 59 mm long, and 50 mm high. LEPTODESMA Hall Leptodesma marcellense Hall | agllagge eesti aae ds) er Pal iN. Yo vol! 5, ptij.p. ifo,,pl. Le Associated with specimens which show the normal character- istics of the species are others somewhat less oblique. ‘The char- acter and amount of variation may be seen by a comparison of the drawings here given, from specimens from ‘beds II and _YV. A single nearly perfect specimen was found in bed C of the lower shales. 168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM -LUNULICARDIUM Minster Lunulicardium fragile Hall Pl 9, fig. 18, ae Pal. N.. Y., vol. 5, pt 1, p.. 434, pl.. 71 A large, nearly perfect shell of this species was found in bed VII. It differs from the type in the greater development of the posterior expansion of the shell, a feature which is also charac- teristic of the majority of the specimens in the lower shales, but shells of the normal form are associated with these. ACTINOPTERIA Hall Actinopteria muricata Hall Pal..N, Y..vol. 5, pt.1, p. 108, play This species is represented in beds VI and VII by small casts of the left valve. They show the character of the surface mark- ings and the form of the shell. The marginal spines are not pre- gerved. PTERINOPECTEN Hall Pterinopecten exfoliatus Hall Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 1, p. 61, pl. 1, 88 Shells of this species are small, the largest found being only 10 mm high and 12 mm long. A part of the shell is retained and shows the surface markings. Only a few specimens have been found. | CYPRICARDINIA Hall Cypricardinia indenta (Conrad) Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 1, p. 485, pl. 79 This is the most abundant species in bed VI. Some of the specimens retain parts of the shell, and the concentric lamellae are strongly marked on all of them, but only one shows faint traces of the fine radiating striae. 7 MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 169 GASTROPODA PLEUROTOMARIA De France Pleurotomaria lucina Hall Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 67, pl. 18 Large and well preserved, but somewhat compressed repre- sentatives of this species were found in bed VII. The shell is not retained, but the spiral and transverse striae are distinctly shown on the surface of the cast. Pleurotomaria itys Hall Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 76, pl. 20 The specimens of this species are rather poorly preserved casts retaining three whorls of the spire, but the form and surface markings are sufficiently distinct for identification. _ Pleurotomaria capillaria var. rustica (Conrad) Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 77 All the representatives of the species at this locality are small. A very perfect cast was found in bed II, having the dimensions: hight 5.5 mm, greatest width 6.5mm. Three whorls are retained, all of which show the finer surface ornamentation and the spiral ' band. Seale rarosn cia ella Hall Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. (2 Fairly perfect molds of this shell have been found in fragments of the Stafford limestone thrown out in digging the sewer trenches on Buffum street, but the bed from which they came is not known. | Pleurotomaria sp. In bed IV is a small species having the general shape and spiral band characteristic of the genus. The surface markings being obliterated, no specific determination could be made. 170 NEW YORK STATB MUSEUM ONYCHOCHILUS Lindstrom Onychochilus (?) nitidulus? Clarke Pl, 9, fig. 20 N. Y. state geol. 13th an. rep’t. 1894. p. 172, pl. 4 In bed III is found a minute sinistrally coiled gastropod which corresponds with Clarke’s description and figures except that, instead of a faint carination of the whorls, there is a distinct spiral band. The concentric growth lines are interrupted in passing over this band, which is apparently partially filled by foreign matter. This feature is well shown on the body whorls of one specimen only, but, if the discovery of other specimens confirm this observation, they should be referred to the genus Hesperiella of Holzapfel rather than Onychochilus, with which I have doubtfully placed my specimens. LOXONEMA Phillips Loxonema sp. Several longitudinal sections, having the general proportions) of Loxonema hamiltoniae, were seen on the weathered surface of bed III, and a few whorls possibly of the same species in bed II. PLATYCERAS Conrad Platyceras (Orthonychia) attenuatum Hall PaloN, Yo vel. 5) prop, Gap 3 | A single compressed specimen was found in bed VI. The small apex and undulating lines of growth are well shown. Its length is 25 mm, and width at the peristome 20 mm. PTEROPODA STYLIOLINA Karpinsky Stylolina fissurella (Hall) Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 178, pl. 31 This species is found in bed VII of the limestones where it is sparingly represented, but it is extremely common in the shales, being found in all the beds both below and above the limestone. Nearly all the shells show a line of fracture along the median line, due to compression. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER yal COLEOLUS Hall Coleolus tenuicinctus Hall Pak N. Y.-vol. 5, pt 2, p. 185, pl. 32 A single specimen in bed I, shows the faint striae character- istic. of the species. Several specimens in bed III are referred with doubt to this species. The shell is replaced by finely erystallized calcite and the surface markings consequently obliterated. The largest specimen observed has a length of 65 mm and greatest diameter of 5 mm. CEPHALOPODA ORTHOCERAS Breyn Orthoceras exile Hall Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 290, pl. 39, 84, 85 This species is fairly common in beds IJ, II and III. The speci- mens are molds of the interior. The apical angle is about 6°, and the depth of the air chambers is from 3 to 5 mm. The largest specimen is 75 mm long, and retains a part of the living chamber and 12 septa. Orthoceras marcellense Vanuxem Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 278, pl. 38, 39, 93 | This species, like O. exile, is represented by internal molds which are somewhat compressed. They are identified by means of the distant septa and regularly enlarging tube. The apical angle is 8°, and the depth of the air chambers 6 to 8 mm. The largest specimen is 125 mm long, and a part of the living cham- ber and nine septa are preserved. The position of the siphuncle could not be determined. Orthoceras eriense Hal] Pal. N. Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 274, pl. 40 A fine specimen of this large species was found in bed VII. It is 180 mm long, and 45 mm wide at the smaller end. It shows a part of the chamber of habitation and nine air chambers, which vary in depth from 9 to 13.5 mm. The apical angle is 7.5°. 173 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The surface of this Orthoceras is covered with Bryozoa, Crania, and Spirorbis. ) Orthoceras aegea Hall Pal, N.Y. Vol..5,qpt 2, oo 20a. 82 ‘The representatives of this species in the limestone are small, the most perfect specimen being only 14.5 mm long, and having a greatest diameter of 6 mm, but fragments of a larger specimen were found. In bed F of the upper shales large specimens were found and fragments of the shel] retain all the characteristic features of the surface. | Orthoceras fenestrulatum Clarke N. Y. state geol. 13th an. rep’t. 1894. 1:168, pl. 2 In bed VIII a large internal mold was found to which bits of the shell still adhere. It is 53 mm long, and has a greatest diameter of 29 mm. The surface ornamentation has been suffi- ciently impressed on the mold to show its character distinctly. Other specimens are portions of the thin shell, showing the inner surface and the external ornamentation reversed. NEPHRITICERAS Hyatt Nephriticeras bucinum (Hall) Pal. N.Y. vol. 5, pt 2, p. 412, p). 106, 107, 109 A large cast showing distinctly the finer surface ornamenta- tion and the position of the septa was found in bed VII. Its length is 70 mm and greatest diameter 44 mm. Portions of the surface are overgrown with Bryozoa. CRUSTACEA TRILOBITA PHAcops Emmrich Phacops rana (Green) Pale N.Y vole7, pe So plasiG Sisa: This species is common in the lower limestone beds and sparingly represented in the upper. Portions of the cephalon and pygidium were found. Some of the specimens referred to > MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER i ifies this species show the protuberant glabella characteristic of Phacops cristata, but the lateral crenulations of the sub- marginal furrow are absent, and other features characteristic of the species are not shown. CRYPHAEUS Green Cryphaeus boothi Green tae NY: 7:42, pl. 16, 16a This is a rare species at Plumbottom creek. It is represented by fragments of the cephalon and pygidium. A small specimen in bed V shows the genal spines and. strongly pustulose glabella. CYPHASPIS Burmeister Cyphaspis craspedota Hall feeaieNe VY. 7 :148. pl. 24 | A few specimens of this species have been found in beds V and VII. A cephalon from bed V shows the pustulose glabella, palpebral lobes, marginal sulcus and one genal spine. It is 4 mm long, and 8 mm wide. The spine is 2.8 mm in length. OSTRACODA PRIMITIOPSIS Jones Primitiopsis punctulifera Hall ° N. Y. state mus. 13th an. rep’t. 1860. p. 92 ‘This is a rare fossil at this locality, but when found the shells ¢ are usually well preserved, showing the form and reticulated surface markings. From a consideration of the lithologic character of the dif- ferent beds, at this locality, and the size and distribution of the contained fossils, successive changes in physical conditions may be inferred. Though the change from shale to limestone was a somewhat abrupt one, the limestone at first retained consider- able carbonaceous material, as shown by the dark color and limited number of species in bed I. In beds II and III a gradual clearing of the water is indicated by the increasing purity of the Lf4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM limestone, which, in bed III is fine grained, hard, and light colored. Bed D marks, by its darker color, a tendency to return to former conditions, and V and VI are impure and somewhat shaly limestones. The changes in physical conditions thus indi- cated are reflected, as one might expect, in the character and condition of the organic remains. Thus, there is a gradual increase in size as well as in number of species from bed I to bed III, while the reverse is true from bed IV to VI, in which a small lamellibranch becomes the most abundant fossil. These are succeeded by a return to clear water conditions, for VII and VIII are to an even greater extent than bed III pure hard lime- stones containing a great abundance and variety of fossil remains. Ags already noted, they represent the time of maxi- mum development of the fauna. The change to muddier waters and a Marcellus fauna is an abrupt one, as indicated by the thin bedded dark shales and Liorhynchus fauna of bed F. CONCLUSION The base of the Marcellusis reported by Prof. I. P. Bishop! to be 20 feet below the limestone layers. The thickness of the lme- stone is 8 feet, 4 inches, and the estimated thickness of the Mar- cellus in western New York 140 feet. The top of the lime- stone must therefore be not less than 111 feet below the base of the Hamilton. Though occurring so far below the latter forma- tion, the fossils of the Plumbottom creek limestones are, as indicated by the foregoing lists, largely Hamilton species with a few typical Marcellus forms and several persistent species from the Onondaga limestone. Of the 72 species recognized from the limestone at Lancaster © 54 occur in the Hamilton, 15 species are common to both Hamil- ton and the Marcellus shales, eight are exclusively Marcellus, 11 have been reported from the Onondaga limestone, and two are restricted to the Stafford limestone. The shales below and above the limestone contain typical Marcellus fossils. It will thus be seen that the conditions favorable to the formation of the thin bedded dark shale, with its characteristically Marcellus 1 Structural and economic geology of Erie county, p. 314. MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 175 fauna, was succeeded by a limestone-making epoch with clearing waters, and a typical Hamilton fauna which had migrated from some, at present, unknown locality. This was followed by a return of the Marcellus fauna when the waters were again more shallow and less pure. The existence of a Hamilton fauna in the Stafford limestone at Stafford and Livonia has already been noted by John M. Clarke.!. His list of species for both localities comprises two Anthozoa, one Crinoid, four Bryozoa, 27 Brachiopoda, 10 Lamelli- branchiata, 14 Gastropoda, one Pteropod, 10 Cephalopoda, six Arthropoda and one Annelid, a total of 76 species, of which two Bryozoa, 16 Brachiopoda, three Lamellibranchiata, five Gastro- poda, two Pteropoda, three Cephalopoda, and three Arthropoda, a total of 34 species, have been found at Lancaster, that is, about half the total fauna of the Lancaster limestone is present in the Stafford limestone. The most characteristic species of the section under consideration are Strophalosiatruncata, Spirifer subumbona, Meristella barrisi, Cam- arotoechia sappho, Phacops rana, Orthocerars maeel bemsieiO;iexvie, Lior hynehu sil tama ane, Reticularia fimbriata, and Cypricardinia in- denta, of which the first six are found in the Stafford lime- stone. | A comparison of material from the Stafford limestone of these localities in the New York state museum at Albany reveals a close correspondence in lithologic character and fossils with beds VII and VIII, 15 species restricted to these two upper beds being found in the Stafford limestone. Liorhynchus limitare which is common in the lower beds is absent from the three upper beds of the section and absent also from the sections cited. The thickness of this limestone is given as from 18 inches to 2 feet, while the combined thickness of beds VII and VIII is 2 feet 2 inches. These facts seem to warrant a definite correlation of beds VII and VIII with the 2 feet of limestone exposed at Stafford. 11n work cited, and Succession of the fossil faunas in the section of the Livonia salt shaft: N. Y. state geol. 138th an. rep’t. 1894. p. 131. TG: ve NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Farther east the thickness of the Stafford limestone is shown by borings in various salt shafts to be 1.8 feet at Leroy; and in Livingston county, 4 feet at York, 1 foot at the outlet of Conesus lake, and 2 feet at Livonia. Westward the conditions appear to be somewhat different, for at the Plumbottom creek locality, only about 30 miles west from Stafford, the thickness is 8 feet 4 inches. The only locality between these places at which the Stafford limestone has been observed is at Wende station on the Lehigh railroad. The contact between the lower Marcellus shales and bed I is well exposed on the left bank of the stream opposite the station. Large boulders, some of which belong to higher beds of the Lancaster section, are scattered along the stream channel to the southward for a distance of 4 mile or more but there are no exposures from which the thick- ness of the limestone could be estimated. An outcrop supposed to be of this Stafford limestone occurs on the farm of Martin Martin 4 mile east of Alden Center, but this proved on exami- nation to belong to the Onondaga formation. The exposure is due to the removal of the surface soil over an area 3 or 4 yards Square, and the rock has been blasted, fragments of it having been thrown out on the surface. The rock resembles the Stafford limestone lithologically but the fossils are mainly corals of the genera Favosites, Zaphrentis, Heliophyllum and Blothrophyllum, B. promissum being the most common species. The following are a few of the fossils observed at this locality. Zaphrentis prolifica Billings Z. gigantea (?) Lesueur Z. herzeri (?) Hall Zi. Sp. Blothrophyllum promissum Hall Cyathophyllum (Heliophyllum) juvenis Rominger Heliophyllum corniculum (Lesueur) Favosites epidermatus Rominger F. hemisphericus T'roost MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER 177 a Syringopora sp. Pentamereila arata (Conrad) Reticularia fimbriata (Conrad) Phacops rana (Green) - The contact between the Marcellus and Onondaga is supposed to be about half way between Wende station and Mill Grove.t The eastward extension of this line of contact would carry it about a mile north of the outcrop of Onondaga limestone at Alden. The occurrence of the latter limestone so far to the south may perhaps best be accounted for by postulating a gentle undulation of the strata in this region. Only a slight elevation need be assumed, for the top of the Onondaga is reported to be only 20 feet below the Stafford limestone, and the locality at Wende where the base of the latter is exposed is about 24 miles from the outcrop of Onondaga at Alden. An elevation, therefore, of 20 feet in a distance of 24 miles would be sufficient to bring the Onondaga to the surface, and the extent of deflec- tion of the outcrop would depend on the shape of the fold. West of Lancaster an outcrop of limestone in the bed of Buffalo creek below Gardenville appears, from its lithologic character and its relations to the Marcellus shales, to corre- ‘ spond with bed H of the Plumbottom creek section. The Stafford limestone was passed through in digging the sewer trenches near the corner of Buffum and Seneca streets, but for the thickness at this locality no accurate data could be secured. Another exposure of Stafford limestone in Erie county is mentioned by Bishop at the point where the Buffalo, Rochester and Pittsburg railroad diverges from the Western New York and Pennsylvania, and the Lake Shore railroads, but the thick- ness is not given. From these facts it appears that the lime- stone forms as bed rock, a band approximately 4 to 4 a mile wide extending across the county in a slightly southwest direction from the vicinity of Wende station to Lake Erie. The rapid increase in thickness in the comparatively short distance between Stafford and Plumbottom creek and the 1 Bishop. Structural and economic geology of Erie county. 178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM correlation of the two upper beds of the sections at the latter place with the Stafford limestone suggests the possibility of correlating beds I to VII with the lower Marcellus rather than with the Stafford limestone. To this may be objected the continuity of the Plumbottom creek limestones and their fauna, and the occurrence of characteristic Stafford species throughout the section. The prevailing species in the Stafford limestone at Livonia, as given by Clarke, are: Strophalosia truncata,Chonetes seitulus, Meristella’ bar risi, Camarotoechia horsfordi, and Phacops rana. Of theseeStrophalosia truncata, Chonetes scitulus, and Phacops rana are characteristic of the lower, and Meristella barrisi, and Camarotoechia horsfordi of the upper beds. Beds I to IV as well as VII and VIII are, like the typical Stafford limestone, a dark suberystalline rock when fresh, — weathering gray and with the substance of the fossils altered to a dark crystalline calcite. The difference in the thickness may be accounted for by the fact that the section at Stafford has never been described in full, and it may be either that the lower calcareous beds of the Lancaster section are wanting or that they are concealed there. Notwithstanding the differences noted above between the faunal lists from Stafford and Plumbottom creek the section at the latter place exhibits all the more characteristic features of the Stafford limestone fauna, and there is no break either litho- logically or faunally sufficiently marked to warrant a correla- tion of the lower and upper portions of the section with different formations. We may therefore conclude that the section at Lancaster represents the westward extension of the Stafford limestone, but with greater thickness and differentiation into distinct beds, of which the lower may be absent at Stafford or more probably, concealed at that place. 179 MARCELLUS LIMESTONES OF LANCASTER | Cac reas pe | 4x Wog[}wWe HL | pIOVeIS Sn [[O.ILe YL oTOJSOULIT ereus AANLSVONVT NVHL WHALO vs-[oss| poe gee Baa pee es te ea aa Se ae ara oes emg eer eyopedsero stdseydD es sae oe ee Mey ise ose (es eles ale eee ieee a (eee gle oo [eee So nena kas aes ere ne eee OILS OUTS COU a) Bee eee ef seeped eee paleo eI ee fl ae SS mene OUT MONULTS: Mesa aoe ee Be | |e wea ec ee ee OU eno ui ailg) sees read eee x | x [eree|eree | x [rece freee |e efece [eco foce[ece fe ced eens cece cece cree cree reee sees oprmogf Torey efpermerp, Be alee ee See ee ee eee ee eee) lea) BRR = cece Dees Ainge ire ie eral alah reli cial peti ere oe Se ets I COI A CONAN) WUE; Peg:| Sats) eae else 95 Sri a Se Kee | oe oor | oo easels see ee ae UN OMAN Soo le ® Se oge ee oles ans Me] axes) eo) See | eee ee eg ee | Sees oem sas ets Soe eee SOS) xX oe eae ~weoce|eszce | caec eeane | er eeleaealeeree|ecezrae|ea2ece e2reel|ceace|aace eecece|eween|2e2e2e2!]ee2e22/e22202/] eaca wer cercleerweleeasa|leesee!|eccee|eeaeen| eevee | ee ee|ezaze esepuoug eleus sn[[901e TT aUOISOULIT HLVLIS WHOA MUN 8 SUOISOULI[ SNTOOIV TT GaLSVONVT Ves e Ve slse ss SSeS SS SS Se ee SLO Lo LUC ae) ES ANE SAGE (aie nay |e penta sect se eee ei ea eae eee IPE rere ---"- snprIdel seyouoyy ae (Siero esl cece (oo Soe | ea Face seis = Sain a ee OMS Oe) I ees ge ec ci ere eULoLoyoIp v10dozeV19—) wece|eene[ece|eee[e cope ee|e ccf ecee eens ceee secs cece ones cree recs eres rors oyddes “0 Sf ea eae reese | ges eae [eee eg ella oa fafolcs falar areiay (alee arto ec ear Ig Oa aay Soe PS A eee ahi as | een a| ae eee we oan eae e Same sean eens ro oss -= BIBOTCLOned 1) I Se Pennell Saale. SS gate Sens ene ee anes See IpIOJSIOY VIIVOJOIVTBH 2+ [eee )errc cree eee rere ee-- ee ---gnqnoexe ueqyoodo[MoIAV aie or paiaversie ecm Snicnaierre,F siane Sree es ee ds viodojny ee far) SR t“S ee pmta nase tr P=taccs (tones | oPen=)| Mas Stee, cae oer at 0s ee ae ane eed r=" STIVINOLJOI “VW aetna erent [= oes mrad

. = |S NES eal D&O: s|-< royon b119 “NT aeewrnreeeeeeces e2@aane @eeeeecaeoce ee seca -=---pgg hit SOJIPNONN eee ese eer ®@e@e@ enee @seceeeeeeesesee eees eUulouoo BILASOOTON AT Be ges) Ne Seat i ais Mes OR hk ege salime eroas te ae [epee ed |e tea Fee ert baie ee ae ie een [ene en sae eee ee SS LOM, SvIBOIIAYdoN a [ech al ae yeasts | eae | eae fag ies ear eae ates ar ale ea Fg ee pen | ee Nr oll we weap ween eres coco esce cess so" BaVTequs EYOLOMOIpONT ere es shee cael meget etree pe a a SA ES lee eee >. 6a ees | gies ae | ae Ugeen a ce e e heee ee aig eae! he ee, I BIOTL “FAL = a as |e. x EXE | Reeth teen oll ores DG iste g aee i aS cence se eee ee ae See ee LLC GEE TOL SION 7 Eee le: meal mers ry eg lege ee Sl Pee pS ao. ia eo: Gt fo Gelade eT eo See aS e[Isery “rT Eacomeeae (ceria | ereeacmig (nas | eae eae all ae | ea | ee see ae geal Fool cage ols sins). sey, Se ee ce em since eel eels eae aaa “TngInd WNipsVorTy aun’ yT eal ea cael eae ee ais Vast Sear Raa s ax Gea ie Sate plore Pra Gere | se on one [ + wei 6 SSS Rosine sealers ee eee eWou0XO'T Seer oe | oe | en St pas Seam ee eee Soe ea aes > > all> eae clings ee eee ereqOIy, snqoudyory Bee (See sess Se eee Gale ars 2?-S Eee es ae. < i Sa as ee aS ee een ener = ON ULO | OO GUL ewusopoj}dory ee eee el eee ce ee ee ee P| Ne |e OR Ie Nee ete eee sees voowqey (4) Var[Iqoosy] Berea lecomea Meare | ae Soe aes ae OLS ens ea eee oes cage | emia | eerie | cat es | oe iat aie cee os ee ees ne ae esoydsilo “HL eee |g ar etn a [nee | ogg | mel Ieee toate [iaeree oe eee Gee eee et ee eee eee een oe ee Te PISMO PRUEOEBToloporr ea mh eb cel Si cel ee me al eats hl WISN a SO | Seca ee ar TSE Sa ee SE RE wie (4) TOUOXTLUBA *1) sgl er) | cee ea ee oe See aco || ereeh | eebrenetel pe sega | eee ee eed | eer rig Re | eee ee ke Se eS eer een HOOT PO LUO S): = see pales es ae af Sohal pete | ae eee Seer ae eee ec Se es eee 6 COCs ray SSee (eo Poe | ae Se ee | ser ice SSM tela ie a a Death ih ellen te AC eeepc ON eC LaIe MONO Klee ele” ee eae ee le es ano) er | core | nS ee ee ae ce eee eee UO B TUT eel kee) esepuouo eTeus sn [O01e 9U0}SOUNIT YUALSVONVT ALVLS HUOA MUN elVys snijeore yy OF LANCASTER MARCELLUS LIMESTONES Fiseiirens| Rataric = sal (rh sears — se ga Nunc | SD. Graal cient] (ed. © eal Sesoilecod|lonsall Gaooltober bec o|looom x ole = ims ole | See) eje ee.) eae eee x seem l/eenme |e eee |(/eeeel[eamaasliere|serl|eee Snciatoil | Reeceresea tee nse, |Pees x x OF ae el Scarce (ae ees S| eo | eee lei a Se as ewes cau oct | eae lise con | Neteaal Koes | toe ecard are x >, a aera Ke || aaa ote oll or oa Sabie | =. Sees 2:| eae eee eoorl|eaes x ewenwo;erre x axe ore) cere l[eeex {ferrell eeere|/er@Mre,er2/;ee22/2e2° x ON Sern mele Seen Ea S. id sot teal y caten seni Se a eo oe ee es ee eee Bx ecere | oreo | 2e2e0e@|2enn SOD xX Bxe errr l|eeece CPC CE PCY CNA BCs ED ee leceeleoce -- x x IR | tea | ae cae |e ok x XE [Eee Cal Taso bees al ee | cages Ngee nce = se 5 Ca i Sal he No hoes || ee | hae lac ae a sr FS, feasts cea ince hve fee Be BN ae [essere fet gee roy er eng tc ecg a Ds Gee | tes eat nee ae Seaeial | ieee = eee, < OX RE STAIN See HRS Sao = ee leoucllaccs ||b0cclsoco|locec| coca Gogo|lsoom|ioocc De eit eed ie (es 2S ce Se ee ai ace ee aN peo lace eM |e ee Sel a = Sele ae = pee iaas| i>. SS ea a | er ee eel ee | renee cal dagen | CE x x TS he he | ee la a eee SKS |S Sa a8 ee alee tres alleen ae PX 57 eka Se ge la eae Peco frei eee eee | eee x ONG | seein Sees | ogee ees | nett x x EN aa ea Se ea See [eee oe |e a BS a sae cae | naa x Go Saree se Re es eel Ee |e a | ee |e ret ees (Ne |e xX x x XG a) ee |e x X& x x xX x Gre he eee coe (Ge | ice ee a ewe ene leeeecl|ecee{|m-s=ee2el/eerecleaoee lw ere] reere/(es2e8 x pee. e x x ree | I Ne es Ci NG snjvurivo snydojopidory, tar[rcc[eere ccc eeeees pout ey1oy (V10doqyIQ) vrodoyewoy, Sods Sige ale ss mses | mocee = [Re isc he ie a an Re ike i ae ee eee eee SOU Clad ain R SOLU Lids ae ||. ce on ee eR "7" "Sng BIIYSITlovas SojT[uoeque f Sen bee See SSO oS SRR GO GEIS OORT eBlpfomnssy vulpol,sAys 2669 COSC SY SSS Oba OOD OOOO RE SOS OS ce COO euvtdied *g Tor [eccess sences cress so-" -paerasmboul ByuOpoeydong 3x 0/2 HR Se Se Se eS et ae on ee oe a ea ej Bvoundy vIsojTeydo1yg Syris)| Fe |e Ss Slstsc he 3.8 Saisie wien eee ol= See rete -----ds er0doq049 Sea a a lt Di ae tS aI IC RI ATT GAH NA Ns NLU D| KOEN CI S50 feo slcoteie: (yrae = ese iey| Rae: Slats sie a ciate ns oie Senn oie, Nan een eariape UL LUEC LOL SiSic [pene > enka = teins oe aie Sie: Sie re iebe eeie sien Beuoqunqns (vIuljaey) “9 poo ell Picci pe =| eee ree ee Ses weer roo So = SUA Lom Toure SMa eat HAT a a | cate! i =a dS TELS DLO Wied OKNOK AN VANS Spe Sea PA See | ery Se avert nsrsetbcee | ence es | aes a | ie sg a |e re Tecra Se Ue ae ea Vee Cae eee UML ORME B[LPMLOpIdiyyy S26" [loie'@isieia woke ss sieht Scien oe Serer eYVIIQUy, VILv[uoyey ee |g he eI I VIOFiMO[OYS vViivgdoy Sse aise ae Siete cena saat ee eae Snyelpoyxe u9q9e9doul104 J Seo Sais Sale = hee mlegeteieR Sele aie ae a ae ---"""-eisooTpnUids *g ous = [pbs Sie ee Sia loe eevee: SC aware: aoe seein oe esoulnp vpljoyouporg Kis |e eet ee sens Se ese oe - exejijnyound sisdomuag eee|sese eeee co sees eees eeeeene @noe sess eee wees wae ag | Se tLe Sete cetera ae ese ie eae SS Ge Pee as eee = tes ceo estate eo iiein aut spo. See tee Se eee at ‘d fo, lines Seer ie ices See See OS ae ae oe ge Ss ont aes isis s mare = ees Se Sees sets ees SAI “gq tor [o rote rs eeso soos * BOTIGHT BLIVI[IAVO BVIIVULOJOINITG ertfenees sees oo =-eongenue}ze (VIqoATOuJIO) se190AqRT gq Be eee Siege ee Se eae as OT Rae ee as Oe eer Be ee a ee BOUL Be sewn Seen ee een coe ste 1 bo HOUL: Ue uoUe Se Sees 2 ee -- e -- ----Js oplouoereg ee ce 84811980} 078 SISUOSAUNMOTS S990 }0T4IC, wae | tence cece coon cee ee come ee eeene: e[nared vjou0gII¢9 > eee Ss cone ace TInZVTNqNs *CO aa] ccc e es eee ene eee cere cee one oneness OSMOTOOIVI °C a2 ee ea Tne Najsouoy SeAOOON IAC) 182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM NEW AGELACRINITES BY JOHN M. CLARKE Pl. 10 Some interesting specimens of new agelacrinites have been acquired recently from the upper Devonic and supradevonic sandstones in southwestern New York and northeastern Penn- sylvania. The first suggestion of these came to my notice Several years ago through the kindness of E. B. Hall esq. of Wellsville, who presented me with a hand-size slab bearing impressions of ‘the aboral surface of four large disks, with parts of not less than five others. This specimen was a loose Chemung sandstone slab found at Belvidere, Allegany co. Subsequently another speci- men similarly preserved was found loose near Wellsville. Though the novelty of this species to our Chemung faunas was recognized, the specimens were laid aside to await more light on the essential characters of the organism. Through the assiduity of two zealous students of the Chemung fauna, Laurence LaForge and Prof. Charles Butts of Alfred N. Y., the desired facts have arrived. These gentlemen have brought to light in the vicinity of Alfred a very considerable number of specimens of this agelacrinite, displaying variations in size that indicate different stages of growth and in a large majority of cases affording the oral exposure. Mr Butts has also obtained specimens of this organism at a locality 2 miles south of Sabinsville, in the town of Clymer, Tioga co. Pa. and these, by the courtesy of the director of the U. S. geological survey I have been allowed to study and figure. While discussing the structure of this species, I shall provisionally refer toitas A. alleganius. The state museum has come into possession of an excellent series of these novel fossils. While engaged in field work on the Olean quadrangle during the season of 1900, Mr Butts also obtained from a very high horizon in the sandstones of that region another small and rather NEW AGELACRINITES . 1838 obscure agelacrinite, fuller reference to the structure and strati- graphic position of which will be made, and which will now be termed A. buttsi. Prof. Beecher of New Haven hag kindly called my attention to a specimen of this species obtained by him from approximately the same horizon in the rock section at War- ren Pa., and hag also placed in my hands for study a new species from a higher horizon in the early Carbonic strata at the same place. This we refer toas A. beecheri. The fauna of the Chemung beds is one of constant surprises, and in its arenaceous deposits, in places crowded with long known brachiopods, lamellibranchs, etc. it is the unexpected that happens to the persistent searcher. The vast amount of material brought in from these rocks for the study of the fauna of the period as described im the various volumes of the Paleon- tology of New York produced none of these agelacrinites, nor of the remarkable phylocarid crustaceans described by Prof. Beecher and by the writer, of the limuloid described by Prof. H. 8. Williams, nor of the etarfishes recently obtained by the collectors of this department for the state museum, and but very few of the hexactinellid sponges of which the late Prof. Hall and the writer have described 70 species. This fauna should appeal to collector-students, who may be blessed at any turn therein with paleontologic surprise and gratification. That the agelacrinites under special consideration were not after all extremely rare members of the Chemung fauna, is testi- fied by a slab bearing 18 impressions, now the property of Mr Laforge, the finder. One slab owned by the museum bears seven individuals exposing the oral surface, and another nine with aboral exposure. In studying these organisms, which their novel relation to our ancient fauna and their interesting biologic character entitle to description and illustration, a comedy of errors in the nomen- clature and determination of its allies among the Agelacrinitidae reveals itself. If, therefore, these bodies prove a means to unsnarl the tangle of names into which American paleontologists with the aid of their British and German brethren have plunged 184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM these organisms, they may thereby also do a service. Before, then, proceeding to a special account of these bodies I shall undertake a brief historical exordium. Without this one dare not employ the outstanding generic names. 4 The term, Agelacrinus, employed even by so late and accomplished an author as Bather! is not entitled to the respect it has received. It has been long in use, but usage can not be granted to play as important a part in the construction of a scientific nomenclature as in the building of a language. Agela- crinites was the original form of the word as employed by Vanuxem for his unique fossil, A. hamiltonensis2? A later well intentioned writer conceived it wise to drop the ies and add the us, as was then doing with names of crinoidal genera which had been terminated with the former syllables. Not only are the author’s rights conserved, but the differentials of the genus are indicated by the retention of the original word. Various distinguished authors, Meek and Worthen, Billings and Jaekel have eschewed the substitute, but the wrong word is still in‘active service. Meek and Worthen® were the first to recognize by name what they believed to be a generic difference between the middle Devonic Agelacrinites and the species from the Silurie and lower Carbonic which were all being included under that name; . a difference in the character of the plates, imbricating in the lat- ter and juxtaposed in the former; and in the direction of the arms, two of the five being dextral (solar?) in the former, and but one dextral in the latter. They proposed to distinguish the latter by the term, Lepidodiscus, and, as this name was employed first in connection with their species, Ag.(Lep.)squamosus of the Keokuk limestone, we must assume this to be the type species of that proposed division. Thus restricted it is clear that 1 Lankester’s Treatise on zoology. 1900. pt3. 2Geol. N. Y. 3d geol. district. 1842. p. 158, fig. on p. 306. 8Geol. sur. Il]. 1878. 5:513. 4 Jaekel proposes to distinguish the rays in these bodies according to their direction by com- paring them to the apparent motion of the sun or the course of the hands of aclock. Thus right under to left and over to right (dextral) is solar, the opposite direction (sinistral) contrasolar. The terms are helpful and we have here employed them. NEW AGHLACRINITES 185 the name can not appropriately be applied to Siluric forms like A. cincinnatiensis. Let us take a short step backward. Prof. Hall in 1868! had described an agelacrinite from the Kaskaskia (Chester) limestone (Kaskaskia Ill.) as Agelacrinites kaskaskiensis. The figure of the specimen represented five long and slender arms, all directed up and over to the left (sinistral or contrasolar), but the description ascribes six rays to the fossil. Meek and Worthen having the type specimen before them, pointed out that there were but five arms, and that, if there was an appearance of a sixth, it was due to an imperfection in the speci- men. Prof. C. A. Rolfe of the Illinois state university has kindly provided me with a photograph and squeeze of this original, from which it is clear, not only that there are indeed five rays, but that they are not all contrasolar, as represented by Hall and algo in the figure reproduced by Keyes,” but that only four are contrasolar, while the fifth is solar; and in this respect at least the species conforms to the type of Lepidodiscus. Fic. 1 The original specimen To the other features of its structure subse- ofA. kKaskaskiensis Hall ; showing R 1-4 contrasolar, quent reference will be made. R 5 solar, and the mosaic pavement of the interradii. In 1888 Worthen and Miller? introduced naturai size the generic term, Echinodiscus, with a single species,E. optatus, from the Chester limestone of Illinois. The single figure given of the species, and all that has ever been presented, shows what is alleged to be a segment of the aboral surface. Of itself it ‘serves to define nothing, affording no clue either to generic or Specific structures. As establishing either species or genus it is practically worthless. Notwithstanding this fact, the defini- tion given of both species and genus is full and clear, describing all the main features of the theca and ambulacra. One can not fail of conviction, nor therein be far from the truth, that in the 1Geol. lowa. v. 1, pt 2, p. 696, pl. 25, fig. 18. 2 Geol. Missouri. Pal. 1894. v. 4, pt 1, p. 133, pl. 18, fig. 3. 3Geol. sur. Ill. 8:335, pl. 31, fig. 9. 186 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM preparation of this account the authors were relying mainly on the original specimen of Agel. kaskaskiensis Hall, which belonged to the Worthen collection. That Ech. optatus W. & M. is not the same thing as A. kasSkaskiensgis has not been proven, and every indication favors the presumption — that it is. Side light is thrown on this proposition by two facts, viz, that in the description of Echinodiscus and E. op- tatus, the remotest reference to A. kaskaskiensis is avoided, and also that in the edition of Miller’s North American geology and paleontology (1889) next succeeding the date of Worthen and Miller’s publication, A. kaskaskiensis is referred to Echinodiscus. The basis of the genus Echinodiscus was laid mainly on the constitution of its interradial plating, which is not imbricating but mosaic, on the mode of departure of the ambulacra from the oral aperture and the narrowness of the rays, but nothing is said concerning the direction of the rays. Mr Miller subsequently described! another species of this genus, E. sampsoni, from the Keokuk group at Boonville Mo., a highly incomplete fragment of the oral surface, which nevertheless shows narrow, undulating ridgelike rays and a mosaic of polygonal interradial plates. Except for its larger size there is little to distinguish it from A. kaskaskiensis. So far then it appears that a quite distinct type of structure among the agelacrinites has been founded on specimens one of which was fairly complete but incorrectly described, a second audaciously fragmentary and imperfect and a third likewise imperfect but affording some important details. The specimen for which F. Roemer proposed the name Haplocystites (H. rhenana, 1851) has recently been figured by Jaekel (Stammesgeschichte der Pelmatozoen. 1899. pl. 3, fig. 3). This is an internal cast showing two rays and part of a third. These are quite narrow and have the general aspect of those of Agelacrinites while the plates are polygonal and mosaic. The surfaces of these plates are smooth as in Echin. sampsoni and A. kaskaskiensis but as the specimen 1 Geol. sur. Ind. 17th an, rep’t. 1891. p. 76, pl. 12, fig. 16. NEW AGELACRINITES 187 shows only the under surface, it is not yet possible to state that they were not sculptured exteriorly like A. hamiltonensis. Jaekel thus has wisely regarded Haplocystites synonymous with Agelacrinites. Future knowledge of this fossil may indicate that Haplocystites is the proper designation for the bodies which have been termed E'chinodiscus or Lepidodiscus. Agelacystis is a name proposed by Haeckel as a substitute for Agelacrinites because the latter is not a crinoid. It has no standing whatever. Great minds have ever thought in unison. And so it came about that in the year 1897 it was discovered by the acute American paleontologist, Mr. Miller, and by the dis- tinguished English geologist and explorer, Dr J. W. Gregory,” that the term Echinodiscus had long ago been employed as a generic name among the Echinoderma, and hence its dupli- cation was inadmissible. Mr Miller exercised his preeminent right to correct his error by proposing to replace the unintended synonym with the word, Ageladiscus.? This was in October of that year, but already in February Dr Gregory had introduced the term, Discocystis, with the same intent. Thus three different generic names have been introduced for three very dubious specimens of agelacrinites, of which two doubtless belong to the same species and of all three of which very little has been known. No wonder that the eminent Eng- lish echinodermist, Dr Bather, in a late work should indicate a sluggish receptivity for these names.* This is the nomenclatorial history to the present of these peculiar bodies. Our new material from the Chemung sand- stones enables us to carry it forward, and it is hoped at the same time to elucidate these polynomial structures. The Chemung agelacrinite (A. alle ganius), like all its later allies, was sessile but not fixed. No specimen has been seen 1 North American geology and paleontology. 2d appendix, p. 744. 2 Quar. jour. geol. soc. 1897. 53: 123-36. 3 North American geology and paleontology. 2d appendix, p. 734. 4Lankester’s Treatise on zoology. 1900. pt 3, p. 203. 188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM attached to any other body, and yet all that have been found occur in clusters. The aboral surface is gently depressed, with large marginal plates projecting downward as a peripheral ring. On the oral surface the five ambulacra are extremely narrow, directed radially, and when near the periphery bend abruptly to the right (contrasolar) and are extended like whiplashes parallel to and very near the periphery, slightly undulating in their course. These narrow ambulacra are covered with very fine interlocking, triangular, arching cover plates. The thecal plates on both aboral and oral surfaces are imbricating or have that appearance.* Thisorganism resembles Agel. kaskaskiensis, Echin, sampsoni (Echinodiscus-Discocystis-Agela- discus) and Lepidodiscus squamosus in the narrow, whiplike character of its rays. It differs from the two former (but not from Lepidodiscus) in the squamous aspect of the thecal plates and from all in the uniform contrasolar direction of all the rays. | We can not hope to arrive at a proper or approximate generic designation for this and related agelacrinites unless we under- take here to consider briefly what constitutes the values of cer- tain morphologic features in this group of species. Thecal plates. The earlier or Siluric agelacrinites have a squamous surface of imbricating plates; A. alle ganius of the Chemung and the lower Carbonic A. squamosus and A. blairi have the same. The middle Devonic A. hamil- tonensis has irregularly shaped mosaic thecal plates with sculptured and ridged surfaces, while the Carbonic species of the “ Echinodiscus ” group have smooth and regular polygonal mosaic plates. | In many species a circular wall bounding the apexes of the rays is built of large and strong plates supported on the periphery by much smaller plates (A. hamiltonensis) or +It may be doubtful whether on the interradii and aboral surfaces these plates always actually overlap each other as they clearly do in the peripheral region. They have a scaly appearance which may be due to the greater thickening at the inner or proximal edges on both surfaces. NEW AGELACRINITES 189 the larger plates may themselves be peripheral and project down- ward below the level of the aboral surface (A. alleganius) or all the marginal plates be of uniform and small size (A. cincinnatiensis), with the peripheral area outside the circular wall very broad (A.buttsi, A. legrandensis) or these plates be both large and small (A. dicksoni). Agelacrinites holbrooki James of the upper Siluric has the interradial spaces paved with a mosaic of five and six sided plates, while the marginal plates are imbricating.! This condi- tion, though pronounced, in this spe- cies, is also apparent in less degree in all species with mosaic plates over the interradii. Such a combination of plating would seem essentially to Be: ae — neutralize the influence of the char- ise 2 A. holbrooki James. Anal acter of the thecal plates alone as a region much enlarged, showing the mosaic plates of the interradii, the generic feature, when considered in- squamous plates of the margin, the ; crowding of small plates about the anal dependently of other structure. It pyramid and the terminations of R 1 and 5. Between the cover plates of was the difference in this respect the latter will be observed minute |. is 2 accessory plates, two for each interval. indicated by the first Specles above | mentioned, together with a difference in the attitude of the rays, that furnished to Meek occasion for introducing his term, Lepidodiscus, for the squamous forms. Madreportte. Dr Bather has indicated the presence of a madre- pore in his copied figures of A. cincinnatiensis and A. hamiltonensis (op. cit. p. 205). I have, however, seen nothing in any agelacrinite that can be safely thus designated, Rays. Direction. Of the species of “Agelacrinus ”’, some of the early Siluric forms like A. billingsi Chapman of the Trenton and A. bohemicus Barr. (fitage D), have the rays sharp and quite straight, abutting against or tapering to a broad margin of larger and smaller plates. In others the rays are all solar, as in A. alleganius, 1 Cin. soc. nat. hist. Jour. 1887. 10:25. 190 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM or all contrasolar, as in A. dicksoni Billings (Trenton). Four rays contrasolar and one solar is the usual expression, as shown by A. (Lepidodiscus) squamosus Meek and A. (Echi- nodiscus) kaskaskiensis Hall of the Keokuk and Chester groups of the lower Carbonic, A. cin- cinnatiensis Roemer, A. hol- brooki and A. pileus Hall of the Cincinnatian group. InA. hamilton- ensis Vanux. (middle Devonic) two are Fie. 3 A.dicksont Billings x 1144 showing the five contra- solar and three contrasolar. Even the _ solar rays and the ambulacral number of the rays seems not to be always perros ae Phi. Bos five, as Faber has described a species sup- age pee oie Mic posed to have seven rays, (A. septem- brachiatus; Cincinnatian) and Miller and Gurley one with but four (A. legrandensis; Kinderhook). Young specimens of A.alleganius, A.buttsi and of the A. hamiltonensis show that the ambulacral rays in early growth extended in direct radial lines to the margin or elevated submarginal wall. They did not however pass on to the aboral sur- face, though in A. alleganius they reach the margin, but in the young of A.hamiltonensis and A. buttsi these rays abut directly against a highly developed ridge. The final course of the rays is then not determined except with the approach of mature conditions, but is nevertheless constant, and we have no record of any departure from the regularity and uniformity of their direction in a given species or homogeneous group of species. This feature is notably one in which specific character is not expressed or suggested before the commencement of mature growth, and it seems therein to lose all value as a feature of higher (generic) distinction, though persistent as a specific character. The primitive direction of these rays is repeated in the adult expressions of the earlier agelacrinites, as cited: above. Size, length and structure. Among the Agelacrinitidae (re- NEW AGELACRINITES 191 stricting the family by the limits drawn. by Bather and Jaekel,and leaving out of present consideration the genus Edrioaster) it is a notable fact that the rays are broadest and shortest in the earlier species. This is very noticeable throughout the con- siderable array of Siluric species, A. billingsi, cincin- natiensis, holbrooki, dicksoni, etc. In the early and middle Devonic (A. hamiltonensis; A. rhenanus, upper lower Devonic, Unkel, Rhine) the rays have become slender and very long, but the most extreme expressions of these characters are to be seen in the species of still later age. It naturally ensues from this narrowing of the ambu- lacra that the composition of these areas with the usual preservation of the fossils becomes much obscured in later forms. Billings claimed that in the Trenton species A. dicksoni, perforated ambulacral plates were exposed, but this observation has not been confirmed and Jaekel holds that no ambulacral plates were present in these bodies. A‘t all events usually only the cover plates have been observed. The later whiplash rayed species A. alleganius, A. beecheri, A. lebouri, A. (Echinodiscus) kaskaskiengis, A. (E.) sampsoni, A. (Lepidodiscus) squamosus, Show only rows of small, arched, angular cover plates more or less completely interlocking at their edges. Mouth and oral plates. The oral aperture is somewhat elon- gated in all forms of true Agelacrinites, and in some it has been represented as covered with a few large oral plates. This structure has, however, seldom been clearly made out except for some of the Siluric species. In A. hamil- tonensis, as shown in the accompanying figure of the type specimen (pl. 10, fig. 6) it is somewhat schematic. Meek, on the other hand, represents the oral region of A. squamosus as covered by a multitude of minute plates, but as no special men- tion is made of the oral structure in his description, I infer that this also is somewhat restored. In his description of Echino- discus and E. optatus, Miller makes special mention of the fact that the rays do not depart from a central point, but that this point of departure (oral opening) is elongated, two rays 192 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM departing from each extremity and the fifth from the side. This is a condition which is common to most true agelacrinites, but it is very much more pronounced in all postsiluric species, being no doubt emphasized in expression by the more slender rays. Anal pyramid. The valved anal aperture may be situated centrally or laterally in an interradius. It is interesting to note that, whenever a reversal is present among the rays, it invariably affects that adjoining this aperture, so that the pyramid lies in a subcircular interradius bounded by the concave curves of neighboring rays, as though indeed the function of alimentation were conserved by this close approach of the ambulacra. Mode of growth. These bodies divide themselves into species which grew attached to other bodies and those which may have rested on other surfaces and so have taken a flattened form but were not permanently fixed. To the former, apparently, belong all or nearly all of the earlier species as well as the Devonic Agelacrinites hamiltonensis, the supradevonic A. buttsi and A. legrandensis. So far as the evidence goes, A.alleganius, A. kaskaskiensis (A. optatus), A. sampsoni, A.squamosus, A. beecheri, all late species, were not attached, even in pretty early growth stages. Thus, while fixation continued throughout the history of the group as a species character, freedom from fixation pertained almost wholly to the latest representatives, save in cases where notable degeneration had set in. Such permanently attached species as pass beyond Devonic time are also marked. by the per- sistence of a primitive expression in other respects, in size, short- ness and directness of arm, and breadth and composition of the marginal border. Summary. It appears from the foregoing that we may leave out of consideration as a generic character of the agelacrinites - the variation in the direction of the rays and may consider as structures of convenient generic value 1) the character of the thecal plates, whether a) squamous or 0) mosaic, and if the latter, whether /) polygonal and smooth or, 2) irregular and sculptured; 2) the character of the rays, whether a) long and whiplash v NEW AGELACRINITES 193 Shaped, with narrow, arched cover plates or 6) shorter and broader, with broad and long cover plates; 3) the presence and structure of a peripheral band either a) composed of few large plates with very fine ones on the outer edge or 6b) broad with a great number of small plates. So far as the generic names actually proposed are concerned, they are found to embrace the before mentioned characters in the following manner. Agelacrinites: thecal plates mosaic, irregular, sculptured rays very long and narrow peripheral band composed of large plates with very small ones at the margin A. hamiltonensis Vamnux. Discocystis (—Echinodiscus—Ageladiseus): thecal plates mosaic, polygonal, smooth rays very long and narrow peripheral band composed of a few large plates with no fine ones outside of them D. kaskaskiensis Gall D. sampsoni Miller Lepidodiscus: thecal plates sauamous rays very long and narrow peripheral band very narrow or extinguished, composed of large and small plates; the latter few, the former projecting on the aboral surface L.squamosus Meek L. alleganius gp. nov. These generic names strictly construed, as they must be to maintain a definite value, leave a commanding number of agela- erinites without farther appellation. We do not zealously con- tend for the value of such divisions among these later Agela- crinites. If any fact is made clear by the foregoing observa- tions it is that passage conditions from one to another of the typical species of proposed genera of these bodies do exist in such measure as to obscure the validity of the divisions. Never- theless such terms may be used helpfully till our knowledge 194 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM affords a better basis for interpreting the affinities of these organisms. Both convenience and necessity seem to require the continued employment for the present of the term Agela- crinites in a broad sense for such species as have not been or can not yet be subjected to close analysis, but in such a case the name should, I believe, be used with full admission of the fact that it is merely a term of convenience and not to be con- founded with the strictly defined genus Agelacrinites. Lepidodiscus alleganius sp. nov. Pl. 10, fig. 1-5 Disks compressed, with gently convex upper, and somewhat concave lower surface; sessile but not firmly attached or cemented. Oral surface. Rays five, all contrasolar; very narrow, direct or gently sinuous near their origin for about half their length; then bending more or less abruptly, the extremital part running close within or subparallel to the margin and varying in its curvature, _ assuming the aspect of a whiplash. Oral aperture elongate, and from each extremity arise two of the rays, the fifth departing from the middle of the upper edge and lying opposite the anal pyramid. In all observed specimens the ambulacral plates are concealed by the rows of cover plates with their convex imter- locking edges represented by a fine, serrated median line on all rays; this line also extends over the oral area. Anal. pyramid circular, composed of 10 triangular plates. Thecal plates on interradii imbricating, with no difference apparent in the plating of the anal interradius. The imbrication is in all cases directed centripetally or toward the mouth. Marginal plates not noticeably larger or more prominent on this surface. Aboral surface. Depressed, with projecting periphery com- posed of more prominent plates. General surface with imbricat- ing plates clearly shown. Here, however, the direction of the imbrication is centrifugal or away from the center of the disk and is thus continuous in direction with the imbrication of the upper or oral surface. ; NEW AGELACRINITES 195 Young stages. In the earliest growth observed the rays are direct and pass to the margins without curvature, ending there So abruptly as to convey the impression that they extend over the margin to the lower surface. In the young example figured. the rays are still direct, but show a gently undulating course to the margin. The aboral surface of none of these young forms has been seen. Many examples of this species and all the young Specimens are casts of the exterior. Some of the young examples present rays which are but very slightly elevated along the cover plates and have deeply impressed and broad marginal furrows. Dimensions. Adult specimens have a diameter of from 35 to 50 mm, and the smallest observed is 13 mm in diameter. Geologic horizon and localities. In the Chemung sandstones at and near Alfred, Belvidere and Wellsville N. Y., and 2 miles south of Sabinsville, Tioga co. Pa. Agelacrinites beecheri sp. nov. Fig. 4-6 Body of medium size, sessile, but not permanently attached; highly convex on the oral surface with steep marginal slopes. A’boral surface flat or concave. : Thecal plates squamous, imbricating and conspicuous over the interradii. Marginal plates just outside of the arms irregularly elongate but not much larger than those of the interradii. Outside of this is a wall of nu- merous small and acute peri- pheral plates. Rays 5, departing from a deeply quinquepartite and f i ‘ALL i { \ T'O! i hence small and narrow, oral Fies. 4-6 A. beecheri, natural size. Fic. 4is depressi on; fl Q g ellat e, 4 econtra- from cy unterna) cast of the peel surface, shows the direction of the rays but is defaced about solar, 1 solar, the latter adja- the oral aperture. Fic. 5 is a fragment showing R 3, 4, 5 and the narrow oral aperture. Fic. 6 cent to the anal pyramid With is an enlarged sketch of the subambulacral : ee f plates drawn from a squeeze of fig. 4. which it is approximate. Radial cover plates triangular and interlocking along the median line. At the base the ambulacra have a pavement con- 196 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sisting of a single series of squamous plates overlapping distally along the length of the arm; each of these plates is sharply depressed at the side to form two deep pits corresponding to. elevations on the marginal plates. ne Horizon and locality. Lower Carbonic below the horizon of the Olean conglomerate at Warren Pa. , Observations. The specimens on which this description is based were collected by Prof. C. E. Beecher and are in the Yale museum. The best of the examples comprises internal and external casts of the body, the parts about the oral aperture being defaced. This specimerm is specially interesting in afford- ing evidence of the subambulacral plates. So far as known but two instances have passed on record of specimens in which the structure of these plates is shown, one a specimen of A. cin- cinnatiensis described by Meek, and the other the original specimen of Roemer’s genus Haplocystites from the lower Devonic of the Rhine. Both of these instances are cited by Jaekel, who has given a new illustration of Haplocystites rhenana. It does not however appear from, either of the instances cited that the pavement plates actually overlap each other as shown by this specimen of A. beecheri. In size and many of its structural features A. beecheri is similar to A. lekouri Sladen from the lower Coal Measures of Waterhead, Cumberland (see for corrected figures Jaekel, Stammesgeschichte der Pelmatozoen, pl. 1, fig. 7). Agelacrinites buttsi sp. nov. Pl. 10, fig. 7-9 Disks small, cemented by the aboral surface. Oral surface convex medially, with very broad and flat marginal rim, sharply elevated on its inner edge and composed of minute imbricating plates. Rays five, four of which are solar, R.5 being contrasolar and facing R 1. These are narrow, extend to the edge of the border, their extremities curving close within this edge. Inter- radii composed of imbricating plates. Anal pyramid small and NEW AGELACRINITES 197 well defined. In young stages the oral surface is much con- tracted, the marginal rim proportionally broader, and the rays are straight, passing directly to the elevated inner edge of the rim. rn Nine of these individuals have been found at- | tached to a fragment of a shell of Ptychopteria. Geologic horizon and localities. Specimens of va- rious sizes have been found on the southwest slope of Mt Moriah about 14 miles south of Russell sta- ° ° ‘ Fie.7 A. buttsi, tion, Cattaraugus co. The horizon is regarded as __. a natural size. Lower above the range of the true Chemung fauna. It is Le en about 100: to 150 feet above the Wolf creek con- glomerate, lying between the latter and the Mt Hermon sand. stone. In the succession of faunas from below upward in this section, a marked change eccurs at the Wolf creek conglomerate, notable both for the introduction of species having a postdevonic aspect and for the extinction of typical Chemung forms. Thus— appears here a species of Oehlertella closely similar to O. pleurites, of the Ohio Waverly; all the Productellas have disappeared; Leptodesma potens,mortoni, sociale do not pass above this horizon; L. curvatum, maclurel, mytiliforme, orodes, etc. appear only above it. Likewise the Pararcas (8 species), the Ptychopterias for the most part (8 species), the Palanatinas (2 species) lie above it; the dictyo- sponges all lie below it. A close analysis of the new elements introduced here shows various early Carbonic affinities, and none perhaps more emphati- cally than this species itself, A. buttsi. The expression of this fossil is primitive throughout and indicates the senile mani- festations of race exhaustion. The species has also been found by Prof. Beecher at about the same horizon in the section at Warren Pa. Of similar structure and diminutive form are eer tain other agelacrinites described from the lower Carbonic, A. legrandensis Miller & Gurley, Kinderhook, A. blairi Miller, ete. 198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It would appear that the final stages of the development of the agelacrinites had taken diverse courses, one through Agela- crinites into the Lepidodiscus-Discocystis line to extinction (L. alleganius,D. kaskaskiensis, Lh. squamosus), the other into the expression of Agelacrinus buttsi, blairi, etc. which bear the stamp of the initiatory phases of the race. Various writers have been disposed to separate the agelacrin- ites from the Cystidea, Billings having first introduced a dis- tinctive name for the entire group, Eidrioasteroidea. Jaekel pro- posed (1895) to term essentially the same group, Thecoidea. Of the subdivisions of this class the family Agelacrinitidae is well defined, though its members and their genetic relations are still promising subjects for study. New York State Museum VALUE OF AMNIGENIA AS AN INDICATOR OF FRESH- WATER DEPOSITS DURING THE DEVONIC OF NEW YORK, IRELAND AND THE RHINELAND BY JOHN M. CLARKE jad ipa alk In 1842 Vanuxem described, from Mount Upton N. Y., as Cypricardites catskillensgsis and C.angustata, certain fossil clams, for which Hall at a later date erected the generic term Amnigenia, including both forms under the single name A.catskillensis. Neither Vanuxem nor Hall ventured to suggest that this organism was closely related to the existing fresh-water clams Anodonta or Unio, but this proposition has at various times been made without close analysis of its probabilities; more recently, however, it has been carefully discussed by Beushatsen.! The exterior resemblance of this mollusk to Anodonta is certainly most striking, but this fact contributes less to the indication of its fresh-water habit than the conditions under which its involving sediments were laid down. This clam has been found not only at Mount Upton, the original locality, but also, according to Prof. Hall, at ‘“ Gilbertsville, Otsego co.; on the road from Jefferson to Gilboa, and at the base of the hills to the south of Jefferson, Schoharie co. N. Y. Prof. J. J. Steven- son has found a single valve of this fossil in the Catskill red sandstone on Wills creek, about 1 mile from Hyndman, and 1600 feet above the base of the formation, in Bedford co. Pa.” More recently it has been found in quantity and well preserved at Oxford, Chenango co. in the quarries of the F. G. Clarke blue: stone co. Its occurrence in New York is, so far as known, restricted to the Oneonta sandstone, the origin and stratigraphic 1 Jahrb. d. konig. preuss. geol. Landesanstalt fiir 1890. separat p. 1-10, 1891. 200 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM relations of which have been a fruitful theme of discussion. The evidence now seems fully to justify the interpretation of this deposit aS a sediment accumulated in nearly or quite im- pounded fresh water or of brackish water cut off from the open sea on the west by a low, shifting submarine bank, not well defined in the stratigraphy save that outside of it flourished a profuse marine fauna; and on the east continuous with and marking the inception of the Catskill sedimentation. During the period of the existence of these Oneonta beds but few instances appear of incursions from deeper waters. Yet such are not absent. The washing in from the deep water of flotillas of Orthoceras which were apparently killed by contact with the fresh water and are preserved in myriads erect in certain of the strata, has been recorded by the writer as evidence of the instability of.the outward boundaries of the catchment basin. Other than this these sediments are not known to contain marine fossils. The fishes, Bothriolepis, Coccosteus, Holoptychius, etc. which appear with more or less frequency, have not been regarded as of true marine habit; on the contrary, their allies in the Old Red sandstone of Scotland and Russia are distinctive fea- tures of the lakes of that time. There are evidences of ostra- codes and worm trails over the sandy bottoms, but most abun: dant of all forms of life are the accumulated fragments and trunks of Psaronius, Lepidodendron, Archaeopteris, and other plant remains. | | There are other species of Amnigenia occurring in the Devonie, and these serve to strengthen very substantially the deductions made possible by the New York form. Forbes long ago described’ as Anodonta jukesi, a shell from Kiltorcan, Ireland. Beushausen, who has recently studied Specimens of this fossil in the collections of the Landesanstalt at Berlin, ascribes it to Amnigenia, and notes its occurrence in sandstone beds associated with conglomerates and vari- egated shales underlying the Coal Measures. With regard to these Kiltorcan beds Sir A. Geikie has written as follows?: 1Geol. sur. Ireland. Mem. expl. sheets 147-57, p. 16, fig. 3a, b. 2 Textbook of geology. 1898. p. 802. AMNIGENIA AND FRESH—-WATER DEPOSITS 201 The Old Red sandstone attains a great development in the south and southwest of Ireland. The thick ‘‘ Dingle beds” and “Gilengarift grits” pass down into Upper Silurian strata, and no doubt represent the Lower Old Red sandstones which cover them unconformably and resemble the ordinary Upper Old Red sandstone of Scotland. In Cork and the southeast of Ireland they are followed by the pale sandstones and shaly flagstones known as the “ Kiltorcan beds”, with apparently a perfect con- formability. The Kiltorcan beds (which pass up conformably into the Carboniferous slate) have yielded a few fishes (Both- riolepsis, Coccosteus, Ptericthys, Glyptolepis), some crustaceans (Belinurus, Pterygotus), a fresh-water lamellibranch (Ano- donta jukesi), and a number of ferns and other land plants (Palaeopteris, Sphenopteris, Sagenaria (Cyclostigma), Knorria). The occurrence of A. jukesi is thus parallel in character and age to that of A. catskillensis. Beushausen describes! as Amnigeniarhenana, ashell of about the size and proportions of A. catskillensis from various localities in the vicinity of Grafrath in the Rhine prov- ince. The precise stratigraphic position of this species is not clearly established by the author cited, but from collateral evi- dence is regarded as probably of late middle Devonic age. The only fossils associated with it in the sandstone beds where it occurs are fragments of plamts which are scarcely capable of identification. ‘ This association with plant remains, as well as the character of the whole succession of sediments, doubtless indi- cates a near coast line, and one will not go far astray in con: cluding from the contemporaneous absence of all traces of a marine fauna, that these sediments are probably brackish water deposits ”.2 The Oneonta-Catskill sedimentation in its fullest development doubtless represents time from at least the close of the Hamilton stage. Prof. Hall was disposed in some of his writings? to regard the upper part of the Hamilton series of strata, as developed in central New York, as replaced eastward by the Oneonta beds. Present evidence may not fully corroborate thig interpretation, 1 Jahrb. d. konig. preuss. geol. Landesanstalt fiir 1890. separat p. 1-10, 1891, 2 Idem. p. 2. 3 See specially Pal. N. Y. v. 5, pt 1, 2, p. 517, 202 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM but it is however quite clear that the change in local conditions initiating this deposit of estuarine or fresh-water sediments mani- fested itself at a continually earlier period of the Devonic, as one proceeds eastward from central New York toward the Hud- son river. The three known occurrences of Amnigenia; A. cats- killensis in New York and Pennsylvania, A. jukesi in Ireland and (according to Frech) in Devonshire, and A. rhenana in the Rhineland, are thus alike in the nature of the involving sediment, viz sandstones and sandy shales bearing terrestrial plant remains, but with a total absence of marine organisms; and are essentially equivalent in age, marking only different stages or levels during the continuance of Old Red sedimentation. We have observed that data of this kind are stronger evidence of the fresh-water habit of this clam than any that can be derived from the structural characters of the fossils themselves in their present preservation. There is however in all a strong Ano- donta or Unio aspect. As the hinge in these genera is normally but slightly diversified, little but negative evidence is to be expected from the fossils. The absence of hinge structures in all these cases is such evidence of much weight wherein we may find indication of close conformity in structure. Beus- hausen is disposed to caution in inferring; in the absence of more positive indications, immediate relationship to Unio or Anodonta, and concludes that, “though Amnigenia may be regarded as the forerunner of the recent Unios, one will do well not to infer a direct phylogenetic connection by the employment of the term Anodonta, for which all proof fails” (p. 8). We figure here a slab of Oneonta sandstone from the Clarke quarry at Oxford, which bears 30 shells of A. cats- killensis on a surface 14 by 10 inches. Some of these shells have apparently been drifted into their places, but several pre- sent the appearance and attitude of shells which had been boring in the mud. The valves are all double and closed, so that they must have been buried fast in the sediment while alive or before AMNIGENIA AND FRESH-—WATER DEPOSITS 203 decomposition relaxed the adductor muscles sufficiently to permit the valves to gape. All lie at an oblique angle across the lines of sedimentation and seem to have been exposed just as they died and were buried in their holes or washed into the mud at the bottom of the coastal lake. This specimen has been pre- sented to the museum by E. E. Davis esq. of Norwich N. Y. EXPL AN AON OF saPLATES 206 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM All specimens figured on plates 1-7 are from the lower Trenton con- glomerate of Rysedorph hill, Rensselaer co. N. Y., if not otherwise stated. Fig. PLATE 1 (All originals in state museum) Bolboporites americanus Billings p. 11 A somewhat weathered specimen. x 3 Pebble of group 3 Stomatopora inflata Hall sp. p- 12 A somewhat turgid variety. x 10 A normal form. x 10 Pebbles of group 5 Siphonotreta minnesotensis Hall & Clarke p. 14 A pedicle valve. x 4 Lateral view of same. x 4 Pebble of group 5 Plectambonites sericeus Sowerby var. asper James p. 18 An adult specimen, showing well developed cardinal corruga- tions. x 2 A younger specimen with still stronger corrugations, x 2 Pebbles of groups 6 and 7 Plectambonites pisum sp. nov. p-. 19 A pedicle valve with relatively long cardinal line. x 2 Lateral view of same. x 2 A less tumid pedicle valve. x 2 Posterior view of same. x 2 Pedicle valve of normal dimensions. x 2 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS Plate 1. Bull.49 N.Y State Museum stefan acon fc oreersmeypememrenrermcaoncaenl Sa cole! James B-Lyon. State Printer lates lita G.B.Simpson del. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 207 Fig. 13 Lateral view of same. x 2 14 Brachial valve. x 2 15 Internal cast of pedicle valve showing casts of muscular and vascular impressions. x 2 16 Interior view of pedicle valve showing muscle impressions and vascular trunks. x 2 17 Interior view of brachial valve. x 2 18 Cardinal process and crural plates. x 2 19 Broken shell showing the geniculate character of the posterior and lateral margins. x 2 20 Enlargement of surface. x 5 Pebbles of group 5 208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ‘ Fig. 1 GC bh PLATE 2 (All originals in state museum) Rafinesquina alternata Emmons sp. p. 16 One of the specimens of large size and strong cardinal exten- sions occurring in pebbles of group 7. Natural size Christiania trentonensis sp. nov. p. 21 Pedicle valve, somewhat exfoliated. x 2 Lateral view of same. x, 2 Brachial valve. x 2 , The interior of a brachial valve showing the quadruple adduc- tor scar divided by high, vertical, muscular walls. x 2 Further enlargement of the cardinal region of the same show- ing ‘the bilobed cardinal process and the denticulations on either side of the latter | Pebbles of group 5 Liospira americana Billings sp. p. 3l Section natural size Pebble of group 5 Cyrtospira attenuata sp. nov. p. 35 Dorsal view. x 2 Pebble of group 7 Eccyliopterus spiralis sp. nov. p. 34 9 Upper side of specimen. Natural size 10 Lateral view of same showing a portion of the collarlike upper earina. ‘Natural size Pebbles of group 5 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS Plate 2 Bull.49 N.Y State Museum Phil. Ast, lith. James B.Lyon. State Printer G.B.Simpson del. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 209 Hyolithellus micans Billings p. 88 Fig. 11 Internal cast of operculum. x 20 Pebble of group 1 Hyolithus rhine sp. nov. p- 36 12 Dorsal view of specimen. Natural size 13 Lateral view of same. Natural size 14 Enlargement of distal part of upper side. x 2 15 Section of shell. x 2 Pebble of group 6 ZO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Fig. peak i) 1S Ol Be & PLATE 3 (All originals in state museum) Ampyx (Lonchodomas) hastatus sp. nov. ip. A8 Pebble with cranidium of this species and stipe of Clima- cograptus scharenbergi..x2 Cranidium of mature, specimen viewed obliquely to show the glabella. x 2 Dorsal view of same. x 2 Lateral view of same. x 2 Cranidium of a younger specimen. x 3 Cranidium of the youngest specimen observed. x 2 Cast of the posterior part of the glabella showing two trans- verse, elliptic projections 8,9 Two specimens retaining part of the rostrum, which in both 10 30 12 13 14 als 15 is bent upward and in the latter also backward. x 2 Pygidium cf a small specimen showing a pronounced median — protuberance of the axis. x 5 Fragments of a partly decorticated pygidium showing the muscular impressions. x5 Pebbles of groups 5 and 6 Tretaspis diademata sp. nov. p. 46 Frontal view of cranidium. x 2 Dorsal view of same; posterior parts of glabella and cheeks not as well preserved as indicated by the drawing. x 2 Lateral view of same. x 2 Pebble of group 5 Tretaspis reticulata sp. nov. p. 41 Pygidum. x3 Cranidium of an adolescent specimen, showing the eye-lines, eye-tubercle and tubercle and crest on glabella. x 3 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS Bull.49 N.Y State Museum Plate 3 G.B. Simpson del. James B.Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith. m: 2 ti ee} a Fig. 21 28 29 EXPLANATION OF PLATES 211 Frontal view of same. x 3 Enlargement of reticulate surface. x 6 Cranidium of a supposedly mature specimen, showing similar features. x38 : Frontal view of same. x 8 Lateral view of same. x 3 Pebbles of group 5 Remopleurides (Caphyra) linguatus sp. nov. p. 56 Dorsal view of cranidium and right free cheek. The shading represents the glabella as too convex. (Compare fig. 23) The free cheek was not found in the position figured. x3 Lateral view of same. x 3 Frontal view of same. x 3 Cranidium of the smallest specimen observed. x 4 Lateral view of same. x 4 Cranidium figured in a position to show the length and form of the tonguelike process of the frontal lobe. x 4 Lateral view of free cheek, showing the delicate faceting of the eyes, and the rudderlike frontal doublure. x 5 Thorax, the central part destroyed by weathering. x 2 Enlargement of the pleurae, to show the fulcral tubercles. x 5 Pebbles of groups 5-7 212 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Fig. ae) “1 So Ol 10 11 12 PLATE 4 (All originals in state museum unless otherwise stated) Isotelus cf. maximus Locke p. 59 Pygidium of a very young) example partly decorticated and showing muscular impressions. x 5 Pebble of group 7 ; Remopleurides tumidus sp. nov. p. 54 Dorgal view of cranidium, x 2 Frontal view of same. x 2 Lateral view of same. x 2 Pebble of group 6 Cyphaspis matutina sp. nov. p. 62 Dorsal view of the cranidium of a very young specimen. x 10 Lateral view of same. x 10 Cranidium of an older (mature?) specimen. x 5 Pebbles of group 5 Cyphaspis hudsonica sp. nov. p. 64 The only cranidium found, which is slightly flattened or crushed, and the occipital ring missing. x 4 Lateral view of same. x 4 From the upper Utica shale of Green Island Bronteus lunatus Billings p. 65 Small cephalon. x3 | From pebble of group 5 Copy of Billings’s original drawing of this form Trenton limestone, Ottawa, Canada. Cybele sp. p. 66 Anterior part of a pygidium from a gutta-percha impression. x 5 Pebble of group 7 2 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS Bull. 49 N.Y. State Museum Plate 4 G.B.Simpson del. James B-Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith. £ os y © \ = . <3 i t EXPLANATION OF PLATES ZAS Sphaerocoryphe major sp. nov. p. 67 Fig. 13 Dorsal view of cranidium partly restored at the genal angles. Natural size From a pebble of group 5 14 Copy of a mature specimen of Sphaerocoryphe robustus Walcott, in the state collection. Natural size Pterygometopus eboraceus Clarke p. 69 15 A cranidium. x 2 Pebble of group 7 Lepidocoleus jamesi Hall & Whitfield sp. p. 87 16 A plate retaining the surface sculpture. x 10 17 The latter enlarged. x 25 18 Another plate where one of the two systems of striations is more strongly developed. x 10 19 Surface sculpture. x 25, showing the minute nodes appear- ing where the eross-striations intersect the transverse striae. The nodes are drawn a little too prominent. Pebbles of group 5 Problematic crustacean 20,21 Two views of the periderm of an organism which on account of the substance, general form and porosity of the shell probably belonged to the crustaceans. The symmetry of form shown in the outline of the shell and the position of the nodes would combat a reference of the form to the Ostracoda, which, at first glance, are suggested by the general form. It is possible that the specimens may be the head shields of a species be- longing to the Merostomata. The description of the form is deferred till a fuller series of specimens has been obtained. x 10 22,23 Two views of another, partly decorticated specimen, which show that the underside of the shell possesses depres- sions corresponding to the nodes. x 10 24,25 Two views of a very small shell probably belonging to this organism, showing two faint symmetrically arranged nodes. x 10 Pebbles of group 7 214 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 5 (All originals in state museum) Eurychilina dianthus sp. nov. p. 78 Fig. 1 A partly exfoliated right valve showing an elongate promi- nence on the internal cast. x 22 2 Another right valve retaining the granulose surface. x 22 8 The largest value observed; exhibits a faint, subcentral muscle impression. x 17 9 Frontal view of same. x 17 Pebbles of group 7 Kurychilina reticulata Ulrich p. 76 3 A right valve, x 22, from a pebble of group 6 Eurychilina subradiata Ulrich var. rensselaerica var. nov. p. 7 Left valve. x 22 Section of same across central portion of valve. x 22. Right valve. x 17 Right valve; frill partly broken away and showing the internal cast. x 17 | 13 Entire right valve showing pits om surface and radially striated border. x 22 Pebbles of groups 6 and 7 AD oF 4 Eurychilina obliqua sp. nov. p. 79 10 An entire right valve showing the broad, finely striated frill. x 14 11 Posterior view of same. x 14 12 Ventral view of same. x 14 Pebble of group 7 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS ‘Bull.49 N.Y State Museum G.B.Simpson del. James B.Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith. iy a et EXPLANATION OF PLATES 215 Eurychilina bulbifera sp. nov. p. 76 Fig. 14-16 Ventral view, cross-section and lateral view of an entire left valve. x 22 17 A email right valve. x 22 - Pebbles of groups 6 and 7 Eurychilina (7?) solida sp. nov. p. (70 18 Only valve found. x 22 Pebble of group 7 Leperditia fabulites Conrad sp. p- 70 19 A right valve. Natural size 20 Enlargement of ventral border of same. x 10 Pebble of group 7 Leperditia resplendens sp. nov. p. 71 21-23 Anterior, lateral and ventral views of a perfect right valve. XG 24 Another right valve having the entire surface pitted. x17 25 A valve in which only the ventral part shows a somewhat coarse pitting. x 17 26, 27 Lateral and posterior views of a valve which has the ven- tral region pitted. x 17 Pebbles of groups 6 and 7 216 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 6 (All originals in state museum) Bollia cornucopiae sp. nov. p:- 82 Fig. 1 Only valve found. x 22 2 Posterior view of same. x 22 Pebble of group 7 Macronotella fragaria sp. nov. p. 85 3-5 Lateral, ventral and posterior views of a right valve. x 18 Pebble of group 7 | Macronotella ulrichi sp. nov. (See pl. 7, fig. 1) p. 88 6-8 Three views of a coarsely pitted right valve with faintly indi- cated border. x 22 ) 9 Lateral view of a right valve with distinct border and subcen- tral muscle impression. x 22 10-12 Lateral, ventral and anterior views of the largest valve observed. x 22 13-15 Lateral, ventral and anterior views of a right.valve which shows all the characters of the species well developed. x 22 16 A more convex valve with less distinct pitting. x 22 Pebbles of group 7 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS Bull.49 N.Y State Museum Plate 6 5) hut Serr ea eR eee CASE SA ACE spa ea ae ieee G.B.Simpson del. James B.Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith. at marine z y fi 218 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 7 (All originals in the state museum) Macronotella ulrichi sp. nov. (See pl. 6, fig. 6-16) p. 88 Fig. , ae 1 Dorsal view of the valve represented in fig. 10-12 of pl. 6. The figure shows the reentrant cardinal area. x 22 Primitia mundula Miller var. jonesi var. nov. pp. 80 | 2 Internal cast of a small valve showing a tubercle at the end of the sulcus. x 22 3 Right valve. x 22 4 Vertical view of same, showing the border. x 22 5 Another right valve in which the longitudinally arranged granules give the surface a striated appearance. x 22 Pebbles of groups 5 and 7 | Aparchites minutissimus Hall var. robustus var. nov. p. 74 6-8 Lateral, anterior and ventral views of a right valve. x17 9-11 Lateral, ventral and anterior views of the largest specimen observed. x 20 Pebbles of group 5 Schmidtella crassimarginata Ulrich, vor. ventrilabiata var. nov. p. (5 12-14 Lateral, ventral and posterior views of a left valve. x 22 15 Interior view of a valve showing the cardinal area. x 22 16-18 Ventral, terminal and lateral views of another left valve showing the ventral extension of the border. x 22 Pebbles of group 6 RYSEDORPH HILL FOSSILS Bull.49 N.Y State Museum Plate 7 f Hi: a: Phil. Ast, lith. G.B.Simpson del. 7 James B-lon. State Printer si Beare ; a ch ae ‘ : ) ~ (ais : SS f - j XN ’ ia a > 4 s i , ; ; : 4 ; 4 :, F) , > . ey ; 2 p ; ; D RE at Tay ~ 1 5 i ia ; i : ri EXPLANATION OF PLATES 219 Isochilina armata Walcott var. pygmaea var. nov. p-. t2 Fig. 19 A somewhat fragmentary right valve showing a deep depres- Sion in front of the spine. x 22 20 A perfect right valve possessing a short unciform spine. x 22 21 A somewhat elongate ‘right valve with distinct cardinal mucros. x 22 22 A small left valve possessing a long, straight spine and two faint depressions. x 22 23 A very obese left valve with very strong anterior mucro. x 22 24 The smallest valve observed; possesses long straight spine and distinct eye tubercle. x 22 25 A left valve with broad depression and eye tubercle. x 22 Pebbles of groups 5 and 6 Bythocypris cylindrica Hall sp. p. 87 26 A left valve with a remarkable tumidity of the ventral region. x 22 | 27,28 Two other specimens showing slight variations in outline from the average examples. x 22 Pebbles of groups 5-7 220 Fig. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 8 (All originals in the state museum) Thoracoceras wilsoni sp. nov. p. 126 1-3 Three views of an internal cast; ventral, lateral and dorsal. This specimen retains the entire body chamber with aper- ture and 17 septa; shows the strongly prismatic sides which gradually become obscured over the body chamber, the broad inner flattening or impressed zone which is continued to the aperture, the gentle constriction of the body whorl and the lateral sinuosity of the aperture. 4 A cross-section of the same specimen showing the angularity of the septate portion, the relatively great breadth of the impressed zone and the gentle concavity of all the sides. 5 The exterior of a part of the body whorl of the same specimen from a gutta-percha squeeze, showing the sinuosity of the aperture, the continuation of both vertical and transverse ridges in an obscured condition with low nodes at their intersection over this surface, and in addition thereto the very fine concentric lineation of the shell. 6 The exterior of another specimen obtained by the removal of the shell from the matrix by calcination, the drawing being made from a gutta-percha squeeze. This covers mainly the septate part of the shell, shows the annuli and vertical ridges with their strongly nodose intersections. In other specimens these nodes are seen to be at times acute and spiniform. The specimen also shows the finer concentric lineation of the surface. Agoniatites limestone. Manlius N. Y. r reel ra re AGONIATITES LIMESTONE Bull.49. N.Y State Museum Plate 8 C.B.Si ¢ j Simpson del James B-Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith. r (tn ORR had Pipa NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE g (All originals in the state museum) Crania recta sp. nov. p. 157 Fig. 1 The upper valve with outlines of dorsoventral and lateral sections. x 3 2 Mold of upper valve, with portion of shell attached, showing muscular scars. x3 3 View of another specimen similarly preserved Chonetes scitulus Hall p. 159 4 Pedicle valve of small specimen showing a faint sinus. x 2 5 A large pedicle valve. x 1 6 Section of above. x 1 Camarotoechia pauciplicata sp. nov. p. 162 7-9 Dorsal, anterior and ventral views of a specimen from the Stafford limestone of Genesee county. All x 2 10 Pedicle valve of a specimen from which the beak has been broken. x2 11 Lateral view of the same. x 2 12 Dorgal valve. x 2 Camarotoechia prolifica Hall (?) p. 162 13 Dorsdl view of a specimen with beak restored. x 2 14 Lateral view of the same. x2 15 Ventral valve. x2. The beak is restored from another Specimen. Leptodesma marcellense Hall p. 167 16 Left valve of a small specimen which is somewhat less oblique than the typical form. x3 ; 17 Left valve of the normal form. x3 STAFFORD LIMESTONE Bull.49 N-Y. State Museurm Plate 9 ue See E Wood del. Phil. Ast, lith. ey Bat! vi roan: Hire BPXPLANATION OF PLATES Dies Lunulicardium fragile Hall p-. 168 Fig. 18 A large left valve with an unusually broad anterior expansion. x3 19 A similar specimen from the lower shale beds. x3 Onychochilus (?) nitidulus Clarke ? © p. 170 20 A small exfoliated specimen. x 10 Ambocoelia nana Grabau p. 165 21-23 Ventral, lateral and dorsal views showing the spinous sur- face, transverse form and small size compared with A. spinosa Clarke. x3 All specimens are from the Stafford limestone of Lancaster N. Y. unless otherwise indicated. 224 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 10 (All originals in state museum unless otherwise stated) Lepidodiscus alleganius sp. nov. p. 194 Fig. 1 A young individual, oral aspect. The rays are direct or but slightly undulating, reach the margin and terminate there if not extending somewhat on to the lower surface of the test. The structure of the rays and mouth is lost, but the former are seen to lie in well defined grooves. x14 Chemung sandstones. Loose at Alfred N. Y. The aboral aspect of a large individual, showing the depressed surface of imbricating plates directed centrifugally and the projecting margin of coarser plates. Normal size Chemung sandstones. Loose at Belvidere N. Y. 3 Oral aspect of a mature individual, showing the extremely narrow undulating whiplash rays, all solar; the elongate bo oral aperture and mode of divergence of the rays therefrom; the fine interlocking line of the cover plates. Also the position of the anal pyramid and the absence of specially differentiated marginal plates. x14 Chemung sandstone. 2 miles north of Sabinsville, Tioga — co. Pa. 4 Oral aspect of another adult, showing similar characters, some of them more pronounced. Here the anal pyramid shows its composition of 10 triangular plates. x14 Chemung sandstones. Loose at Alfred N. Y. 5 Aboral aspect of a large individual | Chemung sandstones. Loose at Belvidere N. Y. Agelacrinites hamiltonensis Vanuxem p. 184 6 A drawing made from a gutta-percha replica of the original. This replica, on comparison with Vanuxem’s figure in the report on the geology of the third district, is seen to lack parts of two individuals, but it shows the detailed structure AGELAGRINITES Bull.49 N.Y State Museum Plate 10 G.B. Simpson dele James B.liyon. State Prinier: Phil. Ast, lith. soy as Ae } EXPLANATION OF PLATES 225 of one adult with portions of five other individuals in vari- ous stages of growth. Noteworthy features of the adult are the form and direction of the rays, the large submar- ginal and small marginal plates and the sculptured surface of the interradial plates. The two very young individuals are specially interesting, as showing the relative width of the marginal area and the straight rays abutting against the broad border. x 2 This is not a reproduction of the figure given by Hall, in the 24th report of the New York state museum, but is a new drawing. Hamilton beds. West Hamilton, Madison co. N. Y. Agelacrinites buttsi sp. nov. p. 196 Fig. : 7 A cluster of individuals attached to a shell of Ptychopteria. Natural size 8 The largest of the individuals x 2. Showing the very broad border composed of small imbricating plates, R 1-4 contra- solar, R 5 solar and the imbricating interradial plaites 9 A younger individual, in which the border is relatively much broader and the rays direct. x2 Supradevonic sandstone (Cattaraugus beds) Mt Moriah, Cat- taraugus co, N. Y. } 26 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM PLATE 11 (Original in the state museum) Amnigenia catskillensis Vanuxem sp. A slab of sandstone bearing 33 individuals of this species all: with closed valves and buried in the mud at various angles across the lines of sedimentation. Reduced } | Oneonta sandstone. Oxford N. Y. Bull. 49 N. Y. State Museum Amnigenia catskillensis acy ch rai peiey TX — Page numbers referring to descriptions of fossils are printed in black face type. The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g. 168° means page 168, beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one third of the way down. Actinopteria, 168* boydi, 126+ muricata, 115%, 130°, d332;50r 1527, 168+ Agelacrinites, 182'-98* alleganius, 182°, 187°, 188’, 189", 189°, 190°; 190°, 191°, 192° beecheri, 1838’, 191°, 192°, 195°- 96° billingsi, 189°, 191? blairi, 188", 197°, 198? bohemicus, 189° buttsi, 183’, 1897, 190°, 190°, 192°, 196'-98' explanation of plate, 225* cincinnatiensis, 185*, 189°’, 189’, 1907, 1917, 496% dicksoni, 1897, 190’, 1917, 191* hamiltonensis, 184°, 1871, 188’, 188°, 1897, 190°, 190°, 190°, POL? AOI" LOZ ale explanation of plate, 224*- 25* holbrooki, 189°, 190°, 191° kaskaskiensis, 1857, 186', 1867, 186°, 186°, 186",-188> 1907, 191", 192° lebouri, 191°, 196° legrandensis, 1897, 190°, 192°, 197° optatus, 192° pileus, 190° rhenanus, 191? sampsoni, 191%, 192° septem brachiatus, 190* squamosus, 184°, 1887, 190’, 191°, PONE L928 Agelacrinus, use of term, 184’, 189° Agelacystis, 187° Ageladiscus, 187°, 188*, 193* Agoniatite limestone, 116°; stratig- raphy, 1173-197; fauna, 124°-25'; conclusions regarding, 1387* Agoniatites expansus, 117%, 120°, OOS 2 eh 22 rae ee 124 12s, Eee Oey Lae nodiferus, 122+ Alecto inflata, 12° Ambocoelia, 122°, 1657-665 . nana, 132°, 1344, 142°, 143%, 1445, 1451, 145°, 146%, 146°, 146°, 147%, 148", 148°, 149%, 150%, 152', 152°, 165*, 165'-66* explanation of plate, 223° cf. nana, 1257 praeumbona, 136', 137", 142* umbonata,. teas bbe das® Ami, H. M., cited, 81° Amnigenia, value as an indicator of fresh-water deposits, 199'-203? Amnigenia catskillensis, 199*, 201°, 2027312028 explanation of plate, 226° jukesi, 202? rhenana, 201+, 202° Ampyx, 101, 247, 48°-54°, 65° americanus, 50° costatus, 51’ halli, 50* hastatus, 127, 41° 46°, 48*-54°, 567, 97", 105° explanation of plate, 210? nasutus, 52° normalis, 50° 228 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ampyx (continued) nudus, 52° rostratus, O0°, 04°, oa, 70Go0° sarsil, 50° Anarcestes plebeiformis, 122° Angelin, cited, 45°, 46%, 477, 50°, 51°, HL, LO, ae Oe, Aode Annelida, 1558, 175% Anodonta, 199°, 199°, 202° jukesi, 200°, 201°, 201! Anthozoa, 10*-12?, 154°-55§, 175° Aparchites, 74? decoratus, 84° minutissimus, 74°, 97° var. robustus, #4", 218° Archaeopteris, 199° Arthropoda, 175°, 175+ Asaphus, 58°, 59*-61° gigas, 6, 1074 megistus, 60° tyrannus, 53‘ Athyris spirifercides, 136! Atrypa, 164* exigua, 26° hemiplicata, 26° nucleus, 24' recurvirostris, 27° reticularis, 126°, 153° var. aspera, 126+ Spinosa, 150° 164® Aulopora, 183%, 155' Spe? 125+ subtenuis, 155% Aviculopecten exacutus, 143°, 144° cf. fasciculatus, 135° Bactrites, 133’ sp.? 125+ Barrande, cited, 441, 44°, 44°, 637 Bather, cited, 184°, 187", 189", 191* Beecher, ©. E., mentioned, 183’; cited, 444, 44%, 44°, 183°, 1968 Beekmantown limestone, 8? Belinurus, 201° Bellerophon bilobatus, 29* eancellatus, 29* lyra, 181° Beushausen, cited, 199°, 200%, 201°, 202° Feyrichia, 87? Billings, H., cited, 117, 31°) 613 Gar 68°, 69°, 967, 184°, 191*, 198° Bishop, I. P., acknowledgments to, 121°: seited, ISO. 8174 da Bituminous shales of the Marcellus stage, 115-38 Black compact limestone, fauna, 9', 897-90", 92°-94°, 94*-97°, 107% Black erystalline limestone, see Chazy limestone Black and gray limestones, relative position of, 101°-2' Blastoids, 133° | Blothrophyllum, 176° promissum, 1767, 1768 Bolboporites, 11° americanus, 8, 11? explanation of plate, 206° Bollia, 82'-83? : cornucopiae, 82'-837 explanation of plate, 216? 3othriolepis, 200°, 201 - \ Brachampyx, 51%, 51° Brachiopoda, 14°-27°, 182°, 134°, 157'- Gr. 1b, Sle Brachypleura sexlineata, 59° Brainerd, cited, 11° ; Brevifrontes, 52° Bronteus, 65° hibernicus, 65 laticauda, 65‘ lunatus, Gi,” 95%, 96! explanation of plate, 212’ Bryozoa, » 12%-14?, 1331, 1845) 156% 172%, 177241959) ATs Butts, Charles, study of Chemung fauna, 182° Bythocypris, 86°-87° cylindrica, 9°, 86°-87’, 98°, ‘96°, 99%, 100? explanation of plate, 219° Callopora, 13° multitabulata, 127;/13%,, -9p°796; Oe Calymmene, 67? callicephala, 67+ senaria, 7°, 67*, 95°, 96°, 107° Camarotoechia, 162 dotis, 132% INDEX TO PALEONTOLOGIC PAPERS 2 Camarotoechia (continued) duplicata, 163+ horsfordi, 132°, 151°, 1627, 162°, WES 5 tes pauciplicata, 132', 1518, 162°-63° explanation of plate, 222° prolifica (?) 132°, 134°, 148*, 149°, 162° explanation of plate, 2227 Sappho, 132%) tsa 50 tot i527.) 162 Los, hee Caphyra, 55°, 56'-59+ linguatus, 56-59" . explanation of plate, 211¢ Carinaropsis, 30+ carinata, 30*, 95", .96°, 99°, 99° Cayuga county, Sardeson, EF. W., Schizobolus, 157* concentricus, 147° truncatus, 134°, 157? Schmidtella, 75* crassimarginata, 9°, 75 var. ventrilabiata, 754, 2187 cited, 35°, 45°, 44% 44") "5e, cited, 19*, 27%, 94° Sleim | Schodack Landing, intercalation of conglomerate bed in Normans kill graptolite shale, 7 Schoharie county, Agoniatite lime- stone, 123°-24* Schuchert, Charles, acknowledg- ments to, 157°; cited, 10710) 7 19°, 25°), 26°) 26°, 1/265 ae G7, 94°, 106° scofield, cited, 31°, 33’, 35° Sedgwick, cited, 47°, 67° Seely, cited, 11° Siphonotreta, 14° minnesotensis, 14° explanation of plate, 206° cf. minnesotensis, 95% Sphaerocoryphe, 67°-68', 1058 major, 41°, 678-68 explanation of plate, 213' robustus, 67°, 68', 105° explanation of plate, 213? Sphenopteris, 201? Spirifer, 124', 165' audaculus, 1382’, 135° _ fimbriatus, 132*, 134°, 150", 151° 274, mucronatus, 134°, 149°, 149°, 150°, 150’, 165° subumbona,’’ 1827, 184%) (aaa 147°, 1481, 148° 140s ia V65',. 1%5° Spirorbis, 130%, 133°, 155*, 172' sp. 148%, 151‘, 1527, 155° INDEX TO PALEONTOLOGIC PAPERS 2 Spyroceras, 39'-40° annellus, 40° cf. annellus, 39'-40', 98° bilineatum, 39°, 39°, 40° ° Stafford limestone, 116°; stratig- raphy, 128%-80°; fauna, 130°-35%*; conclusions regarding, 188°; of hancaster, Erie co. N. Y., 189-81 Staurocephalus, 68* murechisoni, 687 Stenopora fibrosa, 11° Stereolasma, 154° rectum, 133°, 136%, 1545 Stevenson, J. J., 199° Stictopora, 131, 156° SOO La: elegantula, 13° cf. elegantula, 95% incisurata, 136+ Stomatopora, 12° inflata, 12°, 95°, 96? explanation of plate, 206* turgida, 12° Streptelasma, 10° corniculum, 10°, parvula, 10° Streptorhynechus filitextuin, 6° Striatopora limbata, 133° Strickler, I. C.,. acknowledgments to, 1467 Stringocephalus, 126°, 126° burtini, 126? Strophalosia, 160°-61°, 161‘ truneata, 132°, 1384*, 142°, 142°, 142°, 148°, 143°, 144°, 145°, 146°, 146°, 146°, 147°, 148’, 148*, 149°, 149", 154°, 160°-61°, 161°, 173°, eS MPA 95", 96*, 97+ 178% Stropheodonta, 158° inequistriata, 182’, 186°, 151°, 158° perplana, 151°, 1528, 158* Strophomena alternata, 6° alternistriata, 6° Styliolina, 119%, 170° hissurelia, 115°, 131°, 136", 142°, | 142°, 142°, 143°, 144°, 145°, 152°, dja, 1d, < L5aG 2103", 41587, 170° 237 Subulites, 35°, 36* Syringopora sp. 177* Tabulation of the faunas of con- glomerate, 92°-94° Taconie problem, 4°-5° Taxonomic relations of faunas of conglomerate, 94*-101? Tentaculites gracilistriatus, 134", 135", 136°, 150°, 153? Terebratula sp. 136? lincklaeni, 1382? Terebratulites biforatus, 25* Tetradium, 10° cellulosum, 8’, 10° Lod 'Thaleops, 61%, 62! ovata, 62*, 98% Thecoidea, 198? Thoracoceras, 126° wilsoni, 125°, 126'-27° explanation of plate, 220* Tiffany, A. S., cited, 6° Tornoceras uniangulare, 135°, 136 Trematopora, 156° tortalinea, 1384’, 150°, 156° Trematospira, 166? gibbosa, 132°, 1521, 153', 166% Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph hill, Rensselaer county and its fauna, 3-114 Trenton conglomerates, other, 111*- 13> Tretaspis, 12*, 41*-48°, 681, 105° carinatus, 46° diademata, 46'-48* explanation of plate, 210° foveolatus, 47° reticulata, 41*-46", 46°, 47*, 48° explanation of plate, 210°- 11° seticornis, 45’, 47+; 47° Trilobita, 172%-73° Trinucleus, 437-44° affinis, 45°, 45° bellulus, 43* bucculentus, 45°, 46° bucklandi, 43° concentricus, 485, 444, 44°, 457, 106° 49*, 61°, 65°, 238 Trinucleus (continued) fimbriatus (?) 47° foveolatus, 45° seticornis, 48°, 45°, 46', 46° Triplecia, 24°, 106° nucleus, 24°, 99%, 995 spiriferoides, 106° Trochonema, 35' umbilicatum, 35', 98° Trochus lenticularis, .31° Tropidoleptus, 164° carinatus, 132’, 134°, 144°, 149°, 164° Turrilepas canadensis, 89° Ulrich, E> ©., cited, 127) 13% ma" 29°, 20°, 30°, o1°, 32°; 2°, a0 OO, 80", 367; 10%, (S1°, Sa°, SE, Siene2. ao’, 106°, 106° Unio, 199°, 202° Van Ingen, Gilbert, cited, 111* Vanuxem, Lardner, cited, 116°, 184°, ey Verneuil, cited, 23°, 237 Vodges, A. W., cited, 51°, '52?, 52* Walcott, C. D., cited, 6:68. 68, 12°, fo, LO8* TOG). LOFT ee aleles: Weller, Stuart, cited, 112' White, T.°G., cited, 16%. 47% 24°, 260°, 26°, 20) 207, 23°, G2 wiih mee lL” 135°, 142°, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Whiteaves, J. E., cited, 32°, 65°, 677, 68*, 126°, 126° Whitella, 28* veutricosa, 28*, 95°, 96° Whitfield, R. P., cited, 87° Williams, H. S., cited, 183° Wilson, J: D., cited, 119° 2 Winchell, Alexander, cited, 17’, 17°, 19°, 25°, 265, 26°,. 27°, 27a 106° Wood, Elvira, Marcellus (Stafford) limestones of Lancaster, Erie co. N. Y. 189*-81; cited, 130° Woodward, H., cited, 89? Worthen, cited, 184°, 184°, 185°, 185°, 186° Zaphrentis, 176° Spi Lines gigantea (?) 176° herzeri 4?) 1768 prolifica, 176° Zethus atractopyge, 67° rugosus, 67° sexcostatus, 67° Zittel, cited, 66° Zitteloceras, 41* hallianum, 41', 958, 96°, 97* Zygospira, 27° aquila, 27° recurvirostris, 21, Os: (Pages 239-240 were bulletin cover pages) University of the State of New York New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director Bulletin 50 March 1902 HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS OF THE NEW YORK INDIANS BY WILLIAM M. BEAUCHAMP §&.T.D. PAGE PeMOlaC Ol voce ie Nees tein wee ata touia 243 List of authorities .....-2-2-....: 246 Inmtroduetion. (4560 2k ease 249 Awls and knives ...-....----.--.- 254 Punches and blunt implements ... 269 Beads and pendants.---..--.----- 272 Perforated aud grooved teeth. .--.. 274 Ornamental forms of bone.-...-.-.- 278 Bone images and masks ..-.--. .... 283 Bonelcombs 25. 2 sea hese. . ne Se 284 1 Fy Coal a UE A SRS EA eer 288 PAGE INEEONVIRG AGS). 73 woes alu cle a 2 aaah) 3 290 Flarpoons esse: Yer oe ae. See 293 Bishhooks) vise shoo. te cas ees B04 INGedlesen co cce ee gue ae le ve re SPOONS: (2 tccc = seccieee ce waetas oem, Whistles and phalanges.......--- 316 Bone counters for games ..-.-....-. 317 Riabblesiocce aces eee 321 Miscellaneous... ..........-------- 322 Explanation of plates..........-.. 331 Index shea yae me oso! Je 2 345 a ae, Ss Moyit pmo? os aa em ana eh PRA ee ee | SU Ee , Kid hE Sg ag SEY University of the State of New York New York State Museum FreprErRIcK J. H. Merrizyt Director Bulletin 50 March 1902 HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS a OF THE NEW YORK INDIANS PREFACE It was expected that corrections and additions relating to the matter of these bulletins would be made from time to time, as these publications were intended to impart knowledge and call forth more. Among other traces of aboriginal occupation I have thus recently learned of camp sites extending some miles east of Pulaski, on the higher lands along the Salmon river. These were to be. expected there, and they have the usualearly relics. In the vicinity of New York, M. Raymond Harrington has successfully explored a number of rock shelters in Westchester county, and at Port Wash- ington on Long Island he opened about 100 pits containing human and canine remains. I have also observed and located 50 of the Perch river mounds, to be described later. They are the same type as those of the Bay of Quinté. A trip to the Susquehanna in the summer of 1901 allowed a brief examination of the great shell heaps of Unio complanatus there, and secured a plan of Spanish hill. Some new sites have been examined there and else- where at my own expense. S. L. Frey properly corrects an error of names. There was a large recent site at Fort Plain; but the Canajoharie of Johnson’s day was at Indian Castle, Herkimer co. Names of villages often followed them in removals. Mr Frey also agrees with Gen. Clark in placing Andagoron half way between Sprakers and Auriesville. — 944. NEW .YORK STATE MUSEUM He greatly deplores the fact that so many small yet valuable collec- tions are being bought up and taken from the state. I hope that contemplated field work may soon increase our knowledge of town and camp sites. My thanks are due to many who have invited me to share in their explorations. 3 There are some things to add to what Tee been said of articles of polished stone. Mention has been made in a preceding bulletin of a fine, perforated stone ball, having a surface groove parallel to the perforation. This is from Genesee county and belongs to the state museum. I have since seen another fine example, found in Chau- tauqua county. ‘To these may now be added a similar, but rarer form, heretofore reported only in Onio. It is a flattened ball of polished gneiss, the short diameter being 13 inches, and the long 24 inches. The perforation is through the short diameter, and parallel to this, the surface is flattened, nearly a third of the long diameter being removed. It was found about 50 years ago in Marshall, Oneida co. The long, slender and often double-pointed celts may now be assigned to the 16th century and the Iroquois, examples having been found on the Christopher site in Pompey. The flattened’ and constricted stone pipes, most nearly represented among the articles of polished stone by fig. 112, are now conclusively proved to belong to the 17th century, as before asserted. One with a perforated base was recently found in a grave at Brewerton, associated with European articles. Visits to various sites and collections have added much to a knowledge of New York earthenware. Jefferson county is rich in pottery of bold designs, and vessels with handles and projecting beaks occur there. Excavation shows many new patterns and features. On Chaumont bay I dug up a little of the curious pot- tery which is partly ornamented by making an incision within, pro- ducing a small circular boss on the outside by pressure. This is not common even there. Some of the vessels have a bright look, caused by mixing a quantity of yellow mica with the clay. This is occasional elsewhere. In that county I have observed small rude faces on some clay vessels, and a rude attempt at a nose in connec- tion with the three conventional circles. HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 945 In the bulletin on earthenware fig. 124 is of a vessel having a point in the center of the base. . Thus it was figured and expressly described in a New York paper. W. L. Calver doubted the cor- _ rectness of the statement, but could not at the moment obtain full access to the vessels. He has now changed his opinion. In a letter to me, dated Ap. 26, 1901, he says that a friend, in digging at Port Washington, “got a whole pot which had a pointed base.” This form will therefore now hold the place claimed for it. I may add that the pointed base of a broken vessel has also béen found in Jefferson county. In treating of wampum, I regret not mentioning Horatio Hale’s Four Huron wampum records, published with notes by Prof. E. B. Tylor of Oxford Eng. in 1897. I have not seen it; but one belt, in his opinion, showed an alliance between four nations, represented — by squares. An older broken belt had a central diamond, so fre- quently used. This is ‘ between a bird and a quadruped and three crosses with a circle (diamond) uniting their branches.” These are all recent symbols. I merely call attention to these belts now, as doubtful opinions have been founded on them. Some fine ceremo- nial wampum has recently come into my hands, one call for a relig- ious council still having the tally-stick attached. Mr Wyman also obtained some fine Ottawa belts in the spring of 1901, and the fol- lowing summer Mrs Converse secured a large Canadian belt for one of her friends. I secured descriptions of all. Mention may also be made of two fine belts belonging to the Douw family of Poughkeepsie N. Y. One is 2 feet long, 3 inches wide and has nine rows of white beads, crossed by four double diagonal lines of dark beads. This was a condolence belt, given by the Indians to Volckert Pieter Douw, on the death of his daughter in 1775. That year Mr Douw was a commissioner to treat with the Six Nations, and they returned one belt which he presented. I think this the second belt. It is on twine, has 10 rows, is 2 feet long and 34 inches wide, and has three central designs in dark wampum. I made a satisfactory reading of both, but this is conjectural. — W. M. Beavcuame 246 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LIST OF AUTHORITIES The following works are referred to in the bulletin by the abbreviations at the left. Abbott Abbott, Dr C. C. Primitive industry; or, Illustrations of the handiwork in stone, bone and clay, of the native races of the northern Atlantic seaboard of America. Salem Mass. 1881. Amidon Amidon, Dr R. W. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Beauchamp Beauchamp, Rev. W.M. Iroquois games. Jour. Am. folk- lore. Bost. 1896. 9:269-77. Also Rau’s Prehistoric fishing. Benedict Benedict, Dr A. L. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Bourke Bourke, Capt. J.G. Medicine men of the Apache. Ethnology, Bureau of. 9th an. rep’t. Wash. 1892. Boyle Boyle, David. Notes on primitive man in Ontario; being an appendix to the report of the minister of education for Ontario. Toronto 1895. Calver Calver, W. L. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Charlevoix Charlevoix, P. F. X. de. Journal of a voyage to North America; tr. from the French. Lond. 1761. Copway Copway, George. ‘Traditional history and characteristic . sketches of the Ojibway nation. Lond. 1850. _ Dawkins Dawkins, Prof. W. B. Cave hunting. Lond. 1874. Dawson Dawson, Si7 J. W. Fossil men and their modern representa- tives. Lond. 1883. De Kay De Kay, J. E. Mammalia. Zoology of New York. Alb. 1842. i De Vries De Vries, David Peter. Third voyage of David Peter De Vries to New Amsterdam. N, Y. hist. soc. Trans. 3:91. INGO: Douglass Douglass, A. E. Table of the geographical distribution of American Indian relics in a collection exhibited in the Amer- ican museum of natural history, New York. Am. mus. nat. hist. Bul. N. Y. 1896. 8:199-220. Evans — Evans, John. Ancient stone implements, weapons and orna- ments of Great Britain. Lond. 1872. l Frey Frey, S. L. Newspaper articles and letters to W. M. Beauchamp. . Higgeson Higgeson, Rev. New England’s plantation. 1620. Mass. hist. . soc. Collections v. 1. 1792. James James, J. B. Popular science news. Aug. 1896, Ap. 1897. Jones Jones, C.C. Antiquities of the southern Indians. N. Y. 1878. Josselyn Josselyn, John. Account of two voyages to New England. Bost. 1865. Kalm Kalm, Peter. Travels into North America (1749); tr. by J. R. . Forster. Lond. 1772. Keller Kellogg Loskiel Mackenzie Morgan Murdoch Nilsson Ogilby Perkins Rau. Relations Richmond Sagard Schliemann Schoolcraft Smith Southall Squier Tooker Twining Wood Zeisberger HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 947 Keller, Dr Ferdinand. Lake dwellings of Switzerland and other parts of Europe; tr. and arranged by J. E. Lee. Lond. 1878. | Kellogg, Dr D. S. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Loskiel, G. H. History of the missions of the united brethren among the Indians in North America; tr. from the German by OC. I. La Trobe. Lond. 1794. | Mackenzie, Alexander. Voyages from Montreal, etc., to the Frozen and Pacific oceans; in the years 1789 and 1793. Lond. 1801. Morgan, L. H. League of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee, or Iroquois. Rochester 1851. Murdoch, John. Ethnological results of the Point Barrow expedition. Ethnology, Bureau of. 9th an. rep’t. Wash. 1892. Nilsson, Prof. Sven. Primitive inhabitants of Scandinavia; tr. by Sir John Lubbock. Lond. 1868. Ogilby, John. America: being the latest and most accurate description of New England. Lond. 1671. Perkins, Prof. G. H. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Rau, Dr Charles. Prehistoric fishing in Europe and North America. . Wash. 1884. Relations des Jésuites. Quebec 1858. Richmond, A. G. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Sagard, T. G. Le. Grand voyage du pays des Hurons. 1865. Translated in Rau’s Prehistoric fishing. Schliemann, Dr Henry. Ilios. N. Y. 1881. Schoolcraft, H. R. Historical and statistical information respecting the history, conditions and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States. Phil. 1851-57. Smith, Capt. John. General historie of Virginia, New Eng- land and the Summer Isles. Lond. 1624. Southall, J.C. Epoch of the mammoth and the apparition of man upon the earth. Phil. 1878. Squier, E.G. Antiquities of the state of New York. Buffalo 1851. Tooker, W. W. Lecture before Brooklyn institute, Nov. 1892. Paris Also in Rau’s Prehistoric fishing. Twining, J.S. Letters to W. M. Beauchamp. Wood, William. New England’s prospect. Bost. 1865. 3 Zeisberger, David. Manuscript journal of 1753. Prince society. Nee oar res é iii eek a 4 4 + ace Huh al ae bre 4 RM Last New York State Museum HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS Introduction It is not usual to place implements of horn and bone among those first used by man; and yet there is no reason why they might not then have been common. Nothing should be inferred from their absence; for, while the harder articles of stone seem almost imperishable, those of bone soon decay, except under favorable con- ditions. They appear in the bone caves of France with early imple- ments; andin Kent’s cavern, England, elegant bone articles are found below the stalagmite. The artistic engravings on some of the early bone implements of France have a wonderfully modern look to the well trained eye, in spite of their well attested origin. All these were preserved under favoring circumstances. Those left unpro- tected quickly disappeared. Bearing this in mind, we can see that a sharp bone was as suggestive of use as a sharp stone to the primi- tive man, and the same remark applies to implements made of wood. The fact has been strangely overlooked, that thorns are natural awls and needies, and that hard wood knots preceded the stone-headed war club, that pointed sticks were the first fish spears, and that arrows, made entirely of wood were and still are used by some Indians of this land. The early tomahawk was but a hard wood club. A wood or bone age may thus even have preceded that of stone, leaving few or no memorials. They certainly coexisted. . In Evans’s Ancient stone implements, weapons and ornaments of Great Britain are figures of Eskimo arrow flakers, with handles of fossil ivory and points of reindeer bone. In such cases bone preceded the stone which it formed into shape. Perforated tablets of bone, resembling American gorgets, had been found in Europe. Bone pins and needles were frequent, but this requires qualitica- tion. The pins represented would be called awls in America, and have no heads. Some needles have central perforations and double points, as with us, but others have terminal perforations in slightly expanded heads. Bone was used in England for chisels, beads and buttons; horn for axes, hammers, pickaxes, hoes and handles. In this work a figure is given of a bone harpoon from Kent’s cave, which has barbs on bothsides, but with a point differing from those 250 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of New York. The Epoch of themammoth, by James C. South- all, shows a horn harpoon from Switzerland precisely like some from Onondaga county. 25 years ago it was a notable fact that most of ne boneeand horn implements in the Smithsonian institution were from the Pacific coast, and perhaps the majority are still. Few were known from New York and New England, where their historic use is well attested. Little had been done in systematic excavation, and most articles at hand were surface finds of stone. A change has taken place; and the last 10 years have added wonderfully to our knowledge of implements of bone and horn. Comparatively little has been done in the Algonquin fields of the eastern counties of New York, but many an Iroquois site has yielded large quantities of these. Usn- ally they were too low in the ground to be reached by the plow, lying in the refuse heaps or the deep ash pits of early villages, but coming forth as bright and unimpaired as when lost centuries ago. What they were will appear as we proceed. When Verazzano visited Long Island in 1524, as many sup- pose, he found the Indians using fish bones for arrowheads, but farther west they had those of stone. In 1620 arrows were used against the whites at Nantasket creek, Mass., tipped with brass, — eagle claws and horn. In the first volume of the Massachusetts historical society’s collections is an account of Wew FHngland’s plantations, written in 1629 by Rev. Mr Higgeson. He said: ‘For their weapons they have bowes and arrowes, some of them, headed with bone, and some with brasse.” Capt. John Smith said of the Virginia Indians: “Their hookes are either a bone, grated as they noch their arrows, in the forme of a crooked pinne or fish-hooke, or of the splinter of a bone tyed to the clift of a little sticke, and with the end of the line they tie on the bait.” Loskiel mentions hoes made of the shoulder blade of the deer, and other quotations might be given. In a, letter to, the writer ing 13380, Prof. George H. Perkins of © Burlington university, Vt., said: ‘“ We have no implements of bone in Vermont, but from the other side of the lake are some split bones that may have been used as awls, and one very fine barbed spear point.” This was a harpoon, barbed on both sides. Ata / - HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS O51 later day Prof. Perkins found a fine but modern bone mask in Ver- mont. Large village sites are rare in that state, but excavations might reveal something. Bone awls appear in some Illinois mounds, but do not differ from eastern forms. Bone articles found at Hoche- laga (Montreal) are precisely like those of New York and those of the old Huron country, near Georgian bay, are similar. Rarer forms have been obtained from the curious mounds about the Bay of Quinté. A one-sided harpoon from Manitoba is of a common New York type. Bone articles are rarer in Pennsylvania, perhaps through lack of excavation, nor are they common near the sea- coast, where many things supply their place. As most of the early visitors to New York were migrants, stop- ping but a few days or weeks in a place, the absence of bone imple- ments on their camp sites is no proof that they had none. LDestruc- tion came in many ways. James EK. De Kay, in his Zoology of New York, says, in speaking of the common deer: It has often been a matter of surprise that, while so many horns are annually cast, so few are ever found. This is to be explained by the fact that, as soon as they are shed, they are eaten up by the smaller gnawing animals. I have repeatedly found them half gnawed up by the various kinds of field mice, so numerous in our forests. It may be added that a friend recently found that mice had gained access to his bone articles and badly gnawed some which were centuries old. Besides this, mere camps did not produce suffi- cient ashes or carbonaceous matter to preserve perishable articles, while those of stone remained. They are not frequent in graves, but must be sought where fires have been long in use. The dump- ing places, bordering most Iroquois villages, yield many and some which are fine, Nothing preserves them so well as ashes, and these accumulated to a great depth where a fire burned for many years. In some circular lodges the floor was occasionally cleansed by draw- ing all accumulations to the edge of the lodge, and filling the center with fresh earth or gravel. This produced hut rings, and relics are to be expected near the border, not in the center. Where a village was edged with deep ravines, refuse was thrown down the banks, but sometimes a deep hole was found or formed and gradually filled. These have rich deposits. 952 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Iroquois had no regard for bones as sacred, but Canadian Indians venerated many, or at least were careful of them. Some: would not eat the marrow of the backbone, this being bad for the back. The Jesuits said the Hurons considered “ fish intelligent, and also the deer and elks.” It is added: “This is why they do not throw the bones of the latter to the dogs, when they are hunting, or - the fish bones of the former when they are fishing. Otherwise, upon the warning that the others would have of it, they would hide and not allow themselves to be taken.” Some Algonquins gave their dogs no bones of beavers, female percupines, or birds taken in snares, for the same reason, but burned them. It was best to throw the bones of a snared beaver into the river. All were collected with care. Bears bones were burned or buried under the hearth. Some Algonquins burned dry beaver bones to learn the source of pestilence. The Iroquois were not fond of working in stone, though they did this well, but long maintained their liking for bone and horn. Occasionally they neatly carve such material yet. Some of their early articles have preserved that wonderful polish, which some- times creates doubts in those who have not dug up such articles, as the writer himself has done. They are usually plain, but early decoration sometimes occurs. The smoothness of the work is often surprising, and the luster may have come from the absorption of fat. The relative abundance of bone articles on early Iroquois sites is another subject worthy of remark, but this appears only through excavation. On many of those over 300 years old more tools or ornaments of bone than of stone will be found; nor is this propor- tion confined to those of established age and origin. The writer and four others did a successful day’s digging at an early fishing village in Jefferson county, and he found the only flint arrowhead which was secured. Nearly all the other relics were fragments of pottery and pipes, and various forms of polished bone. Another prolific village site in Onondaga county has a similar character, chipped stone implements being exceptional, and those of bone the rule. Yet fine triangular arrowheads and small basalt celts have recently been found there, but bone is more frequent. While occasional examples in Europe might pass for those of HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS Die America, by far the larger part are distinct in appearance. Refer- ences will be made to some for comparison. In North America a division of districts might be made, but there is much uniformity of type in common articles. A bone awl from a cliff dweller’s home may be in no way distinguishable from one made in New York. Village sites are the best places for determining the age and rela- tions of bone articles. At fishing places, frequented by many visit- ors of different periods and families, the numerous and fine remains. of this kind rarely permit any orderly sequence to be assigned them. It will be noticed that a large proportion of the bone articles here figured are from the central part of New York, the home of the Iroquois One reason for this is that the writer’s own work has been mainly there, but a more important one is that this region is nowhere equaled in articles of this kind. Visits were made to some other places, and correspondence was had with good antiquarians, to see what additional matter could be secured. Moderate results were obtained, and some of interest, but all pointed to the fact that the early and late Iroquois, with their kindred, were the workers in bone par excellence. As these had some early hold on Lake Cham- plain, though no forts or towns, it was to be expected that some- thing would be found there. The small and briefly occupied sites. did not, however, produce sufficient preservative material for large results. A letter from Dr D. 8. Kellogg of Plattsburg states the case there : I don’t know that I can add much to my bony matter. The most I have found was in fire heaps; among charcoal, ashes, fire stones, flint implements, celts and fragments of pottery. Tlfere are many awls or needles, and some very fine fragments of notched harpoons. The bones and teeth of different animals are quite numerous, and mostly broken. Deer horns are often found, and some of the tines look as if they had been used as punches. A long resident population, large villages, and perhaps unusual skill, made the Iroquois home territory a treasure house of the articles now to be considered. They are abundant, fine, and in gcneral remarkably well preserved. Besides those authors more explicitly quoted in the following pages, reference may be made to some writers in the way of general distribution. Dr Henry Schliemann’s Z/ios has bone needles with 254 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM perforated heads, and small awls differing from those of New York, — but some bone knives and large awls resemble ours. The Irish implements are quite different. In the Lake dwellings of Switzer- land, Dr Keller figures a large aw] much like some in New York. The needles shown are perforated at the end, but fig. 35 of plate. 103 is suggestive of America, as well as a harpoon on that plate. Plates 5 and 20 also have harpoons resembling those of New York. In the Antiquities of the southern Indians, Mr Jones figures some of the frequent bone gouges, but they differ from the few found here. Prof. T. H. Lewis of St Paul Minn. has found the blunt bone implements here called punches ; and his descriptions of awls and harpoons are like those farther east. A bone fishhook has been found in Illinois. In general the whole territory from the upper Mississippi eastward to New York and the ocean may be considered one district with local variations. Awls and knives | It is quite probable that many small bone articles commonly called awls were really used as arrow points, and some have regarded the large and sometimes massive forms as daggers. In the paucity of stone arrowheads and knives on many Iroquois sites of the 16th century, such uses seem reasonable, and have much to support them in the notes of early discoverers. No special classification of these pointed tools will be attempted here, but the reader will see that some would have been very effective as warlike weapons. This would appear more clearly if all could be represented here in actual size. A few are reduced for illustration, and many of the large forms are omitted because just as well shown by smaller examples. Frequent small awls are also found which are but sharpened splinters of bone, as well described by words as figures. The outline of the tool often means nothing. The point of the awl is the only essential thing. In considering the better finished articles of all kinds, it is to be remembered that these are but a selection of typical forms out of thousands which have individuality, constantly varying in one Way or another. Then there are forms which have a rounded point, not adapted for piercing or any other known purpose. These are usually of HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 255 horn, and are commonly classed with awls, though often termed punches. It may be best to assign them this name here, though this places them with cylindric articles usually having rounded ends. While they differ much in form from these, they seem to belong nowhere else; and even then we do not know their use. While a warlike character has been contended for in the case of some of the larger and longer forms, some persons have seen in the more slender examples pins, either for the hair or apparel. The latter supposition is questionable in most cases; and those of great length and sharpness would have been neither comfortably nor safely . worn in the hair. Some may be assigned to this use. Many com- bine a broad, knifelike form with the sharp point of an awl, if such they are. They seem not sharp enough for cutting, but would have been useful in skinning any animal. Among the Iroquois stone axes or celts were not abundant, and were probably prized. Tor deer- skinning the bone knife did just as well. It was lighter, more easily made, was sometimes distinct, but often combined the awl point with it, as our pocket knives practically do. While the so called awls were often made of small splinters of bone, the larger ones often left some natural feature almost untouched. The jawbone of some animal would be sharpened, the teeth perhaps being still in place, but this is rare. Long awls quite commonly leave one joint almost unaltered. This is a frequent feature of smaller forms. The bills of water birds were often util- ized, and fish spines required but moderate change, some none at all. Most of these will be illustrated here, but the diversity of form is endless. | We need not raise the question whether the sharpened splinter, requiring a handle, or the larger implement requiring none, had priority in time. Here they coexist, but it may be advantageous to treat them separately, as far as it can be done. Yet many large awls are rormed from splinters, and small ones occur with one joint, almost or quite unaltered. Another evident distinction will be found between flat and cylindric awls, and between these and the frequent and fine three-sided forms. These distinctions are con- venient in description, but have no other value. The maker simply fashioned the awl according to the original form of the bone. There 956 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM are a few exceptions to this. Little need be said in regard to the mode of forming awls, so simple was the process. Examples will be given of the progressive stages of less common implements. The smaller awls may be described first. Fig. 1 is a very sharp implement, and much thicker than most of this size. The broad end is neatly finished, and near that end there is a distinct groove on the convex side. This may have secured it more firmly toa handle. It is not as much rounded as most of its class, but has well defined angles. It comes from the fort west of Cazenovia, and is about 300 years old. On that site many bone implements have been found. Fig. 2 is from the same place, and was found by the writer. It is both sharp and slender, and the notch on one side may also have been for attachment. The longitudinal groove is natural, and the base is unfinished, as in most examples of this kind. Fig. 6 is a curved awl, quite slender and nearly cylindric. The base is rounded and has four grooves. From its finish and orna- mental character, it may have been a hairpin. It is from a pre- historic site in Pompey. Fig. 10 was in Dr. Hinsdale’s collection, and was found by him on the site last mentioned. This wasa considerable town on a hill in Pompey, where many beautiful articles of bone and horn have ‘been discovered in the ashes. It is a short and not very thick bone, flat on one side and a little rounded on the other. Both endscome toa sharp point. It may be said here that all the figures are of actual size unless otherwise noted, and that all articles are of bone when not described as horn. The latter are comparatively few in proportion. Fig. 11 is from the same place, and is a finesflat bone, sharp and highly polished. The base is neatly indented. Fig. 22 was found near it, and is a good representative of a large class where some original outline of the bone remains. Jaws of animals are often worked merely to a sharp point, and the beaks of birds are naturally ready for use. Fig. 23 is from the fort west of Cazenovia, usually placed at the end of the 16th century. It isanarrow cylindric and tubular bone, smoothly cut at one end and beveled at the other. It is a frequent form, and some have thought it a primitive arrow point. HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 957 Fig. 24 is from the prehistoric town in Pompey, already men- tioned, and known to local collectors as the Christopher site. By this name it will be designated in further descriptions. It may be a flat awl, but the form and side notches would be appropriate for an arrowhead. The base is neatly rounded, and it may have been an ornament. This would explain its high polish, which would hardly be expected were it simply the point of an arrow. Fig. 25 is a handsome awl from the fort west of Cazenovia, locally known and hereafter designated as the Atwell site. It is thin and sharp. The under side is concave, retaining this natural feature. The upper is flat and a little angular. Fig. 27 is a very small cylindric awl, with a rounded base, found by Dr Hinsdale at Brewerton. Many of Dr Hinsdale’s articles are now in the state museum. Several examples of this kind are known, but it is not a frequent form. They are usually larger. Fig. 45 might be classed with awls,. but the angular and grooved projection at the base suggests its use as a pick. The pointed por- tion is cylindric. This is from the Christopher site. Fig. 49 is another of the double-pointed, flat awls. It is quite «thick and a very fine specimen of this form. It was found by Dr A. A. Getman in the vicinity of Chaumont bay, Jefferson co., where bone and horn relics abound. Fig. 67 presents a similar outline, but is slightly gougelike at one end. It is of moderate thickness and quite white. It was found by Luke Fitch of Pompey, on the Christopher site, and is now in the Bigelow collection at Baldwinsville, with many others from that spot. Bone articles there have been finely preserved in ashes. Fig. 69 is from Dr Getman’s collection. His many fine articles are from several sites in the vicinity of Chaumont bay, but several miles apart. This fine and sharp awl is nearly flat on one side, but rounded on the other. One edge is also broadly angular, and the other curved. : | Fig. 71 was found by Dr William G. Hinsdale of Syracuse, on the Sheldon fort site, lot 69, Pompey. This may have been occu- pied about 1630, and has many European articles. It is a sharp implement of deer horn, cylindric toward the point and somewhat flattened near the base. This is neatly rounded, and there is an 958 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM indentation on each side above. For a considerable time Dr Hins-. dale made a specialty of bone and horn implements, and was very successful in collecting them on early sites. Fig. 76 is a very slender and curved awl, with a shan point and a neatly rounded base. It is polished all over, and much more curved than usual. This was found by Oren Pomeroy near Chau-- mont bay. He has many fine articles of bone and horn. Fig. 74 is a very slender bone awl from Pompey. The form is not rare. Fig. 80 is in the collection of the Buffalo academy of science, and was found in or near that city. It is worked all over, and at first suggests an unfinished hook. The two sharp points would be unnecessary in that case, but it might have been attached to a wooden shank and used in this way. On the other hand, the longi- tudinal grooves favor the idea that the ultimate intention was to cut it in two, thus making two small awls. The article is unique in its present form. ) Fig. 81 is a fine and flat awl found by the writer at the mouth of Perch river, Jefferson co., in 1899. It is moderately curved. The site is an early one, and yields much in pottery, bone and horn, and but little in stone. Fig. 82 is from the same county but not the same place. The double points suggest an awl, but are not very sharp. It may have been a pin. The indented center also suggests another use, that of a fishing implement made by some primitive peoples, but more cylindric than this. In that the line was attached to the center, the bone brought parallel to the line and covered with the bait. When this was swallowed, a jerk brought the implement across the throat, and secured the fish. The Eskimos use these for catching waterfowl. Dr Getman has the center of a similar article more angularly indented. Fig. 104 is a flat, triangular and tat piece of bone, of small size and sharp at both ends. It may have been used in several ways, as an awl, an arrowhead, or the point of a fishhook. It is from the Atwell fort, and is in the collection of J. UH. T. E. Burr of Cazenovia, who has inany interesting articles from this site. Fig. 121 might be called a needle but for its size. The form is _ generally triangular, but the point and base are rounded, the latter having three notches. It is quite flat and has an elliptic perforation HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 959 near the base. It is from Jefferson county. Fig. 125 is similar and from the same county, but differs in having a sharp point, a higher and circular perforation, and no basal notches. Fig. 127 is another perforated awl or needle, sharp at both ends, and having a central perforation. It is generally flat, but somewhat undulating in form, and may have been used in fishing, though rather large for this. It eame from the fort south of Pompey Center, occupied about 1640. Fig. 122 is much like this, but shorter and broader. This fine article is nearly flat, and a little rounded on the upper side. The reverse is slightly concave, and both sides are polished. This is from the earlier and prehistoric Christopher site, and is now in O. M. Bigelow’s collection at Baldwinsville. Fig. 261 is in the same collection, and is a very fine bone awl from the Seneca. river north of Weedsport. It is somewhat angular, and the points at each end are rounded. The color is dark brown, and it was probably colored and preserved by iron in the soil. Fig. 271 is a half round and slender bone awl from the Atwell fort. It is worked all over and pointed at both ends. It is a fine and not very rare form, having one slender and one obtuse point. Fig. 275 is from the same place, and is a little wider, and with a more obtuse basal point. Fig. 302 is a unique form, curved, and having four notches on each side near the rounded base. It may have been used as a hair- pin or for ornament, and is quite slender. This was found by Dr Rk. W. Amidon of New York city, at Point Peninsula in Jefferson county. While summering on Chaumont bay, he has done much valuable work and collected many fine articles. Fig. 315 is from the same collection, and was found in the vicinity of Chaumont bay. It is a small and flat implement, one end being pointed, and the other rounded and nearly like a chisel. Fig. 317 is also from the same collection, but isa frequent form on many sites, usually but slightly worked. It appears among European articles and is a bird bone. These figures sufficiently represent the smaller forms of what are commonly called awls, but a few others may be mentioned. In later days the iron point replaced that of bone, and Aunt Dinah, the aged Onondaga squaw, had an iron awl with a cylindric handle of curved bone, 34 inches long. This had transverse grooves, and much resembled some early bone beads. A fine and slender bone 2960 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM awl comes from a site near Munnsville. . Most of the relics there are of the historic period. In the Richmond collection is a nice awl from a burial mound (?) at Mannsville, Jefferson co., which is 3 inches long, and in the same collection is a curious flattened one of the same length. This is curved, having a single convex curve on one side, and two concave curves on the other. This comes from Madison county. Many fine and sharp awls have been found by Dr Hinsdale on what is called the Aaneenda site, north of Syracuse. Many also occur on the mixed sites at Brewerton. Dr Hinsdale also collected slender and flat awls on the Sheldon site, lot 69, | Pompey. Among those from Brewerton is a fine double-pointed horn awl, 44 inches long, and another of the same material, very slender and a little curved, not unlike a dentalium shell in outline. This is 1 inches long. Another of bone is 2 inches long, curved, polished and very slender. Fig. 44 is a sharpened fish spine from Brewerton. These are frequent and of many sizes. Fig. 70 was made from the bill of a sheldrake, and is from the Atwell site and in the L. W. Ledyard collection. These also are frequent, with the bills of other birds. Among the larger awls, as we may call them for the sake of a name, many of the same forms appear, often grading into those which might be differently classed. Some which have a distinctly narrowed and sharpened point, have also broad blades suggestive of knives. Another use is even more probable. In the League of the Lroquois, p. 363, L. H. Morgan illustrates the “ gd-ne-u'-ga-o-dus-ha, or deer horn war club.” After describing the common club of hard wood, he says of the one just named : This species of war club was also much used. It was made of hard wood, elaborately carved, painted and ornamented with feathers — at the ends. In the lower edge, a sharp-pointed deer’s horn, about 4 inches in length, was inserted. It was thus rendered a dangerous weapon in close combat, and would inflict a deeper wound than the former. They wore it in the girdle. Ata later period they used the same species of club, substituting a steel or iron blade resem- bling a spearhead, in the place of the horn. War clubs of this descrip- - tion are still (1851) to be found among the Iroquois, preserved as relics of past exploits. It is not probable, however, that these two varieties were peculiar to them; they were doubtless common over the continent. The tomahawk succeeded the war club, as the rifle | did the bow. : | HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 261 The careful reader will find that the name of tomahawk was originally applied to a wooden weapon, and the arming of this with a cutting point was a step in the evolution of a formidable imple- ment of war. Adopting Mr Morgan’s statement, we can refer to this weapon some of the broader forms called awls, and particularly those horn points which are rounded rather than sharpened. To the latter we can assign no more probable use. The horn in his figure of a club has the curve of the antler prong. In the follow- ing descriptions afew of the broader forms will be classed as knives, though their use, strictly as such, may be considered doubtful. Fig. 3 is a flat and sharp awl, generally wide, and expanding still more at the base. Within half an inch of this broad end are two transverse grooves, quite close together. It is finely polished, and came from the Nichols pond site in Madison county, the scene of Champlain’s attack in 1615, It is now in the collection of A. H. Waterbury at Brewerton. Fig. 4 also belongs to him, and was found on the east side of the mouth of Chittenango creek, lying in the water. It is moderately broad, fine and sharp. For the most part the edges are parallel, but expand near the broad end into a well curved base. Fig. 7 is a fine flat and narrow awl, perforated near the base. This came from the recent site in Rice’s woods, east of Stone Arabia in Montgomery county. It is somewhat angular. Fig. 8 is a beautiful, very slender and symmetric awl, found east of the Canajoharie cemetery. It tapers from near the base, on either side, to the sharp point at one end, and abruptly curves to the obtuse point at the other. It is the largest of this form the writer has seen and is nearly or quite cylindric. Fig. 9 is in the Richmond collection, and came from Nichols pond. It isa slender and flat awl, with one side nearly straight, and the other curving outward so as to form a broad base. Fig. 15 is fine and flat, tapering regularly from near the base to the point. The base is angular, the joint not having been fully worked down. Found on the Atwell site by Luke Fitch of Water- vale. Most of his articles are now in the Bigelow collection, mak- ing further personal reference unnecessary. The next two articles were found by the same person at the same place. Fig. 16 is 962 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM another slender and long bone awl, tapering directly from a rather broad base to the sharp point. It is half round in section, and is polished all over. Fig. 17 is also half round, tapering from a wide center to each end. The base forms an obtuse point, and there is a deep notch on one edge just above it. A slight ridge extends from near the center to the sharp point. Fig. 18 is a highly polished bone awl, found by Oren Pomeroy in the vicinity of Chaumont bay. The edges are parallel till near the point, and it has the common flat form. In one edge, just above the rounded base, is a notch, and above this several short and slight cuts. Fig. 19 is one of the prettiest of Mr Pomeroy’s articles. It is broad near the center, regularly tapering to a sharp point at one end, and toa narrow rounded base at the other. It is nearly flat, but with rounded edges. Its polished surface has been beauti- fully mottled by fire, making it very attractive in appearance. A recent inspection showed that in two years its rich hues had greatly faded from exposure. Fig. 20 isa long and nearly flat bone awl or pin; probably the latter, as the point is obtuse, and the base has transverse grooves as if for ornament. This is from the Christopher site in Pompey. Fig. 21 is from the same place, and is a fine flat implement, taper- ing from the broad base to the point. Fig. 28 is a curious curved implement which may be ealled a large awl. It has been cut lengthwise more than half way along the edge, thus exposing the cavity of the bone. The point is but moderately sharp. It came from the Atwell site, and was in the Ledyard collection. | Fig. 29 is in Dr Getman’s collection at Chaumont. It is a much > curved, cylindric and pointed bone. The base is irregular and but very slightly worked. This was probably used ina warclub. Fig. 30 is one of those forms mentioned, the point suggesting an awl, and the broader part a knife, or, perhaps still better, an instrument for skinning deer, as the parallel edges are rounded and not sharp. The rounded base is nicely worked, and the point is formed by a concave sweep on both edges. Dr Amidon found this near the vil- lage of St Lawrence, in Jefferson county. Fig. 37 may be com- pared with this, differing but little in outline. It is highly polished, HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 263 and is flat, with rounded edges which are not parallel. The base is broad and notched. It is from the Christopher site in Pompey, and is not a frequent form. | | Fig. 31 is a beautiful article found by Dr Getman near Chaumont bay. The edges run in a straight line from near the rounded base to the sharp point. The base is deeply notched, and thence a nar- row groove extends on one surface to the point. The implement is flat, and quite brown in color. Fig. 32 is from the island at Brewerton, where so many fine bone articles have been found. It is a beautiful implement, worked all over, and while generally flat, it has beveled edges. There is a sharp point at each end, and it is less angular there. This is in the Waterbury collection, as is the next. Fig. 33 resembles the last, but is broader, shorter, and has but one point, while tapering toward the base. Fig. 34 is a peculiar long and slender awl from what is called the Cayadutta fort site,in Fulton vounty. It has but one point, but the long shaft toward the base is unusually slender. Many fine bone articles have been found on this early site. This one is in the late A. G. Richmond’s collection. The fort was probably occupied about 1600, or a little earlier. Fig. 38 is a unique article from Brewerton, and is in the Water- bury collection. It seems part of a bear’s lower jaw, cut down and sharpened for an awl, but with most of the teeth remaining. This . is a rare feature. : Fig. 39 is a fine and sharp bone awl, nearly flat, which was found by G. W. Chapin of Fonda, at a site on Wemple creek, 3 miles north of the Mohawk river. It is a large, well finished and symmet- ric awl, 7 inches long, and therefore not of the very largest size. Mr Chapin found it in ashes, 18 inches below the surface. It has some grooves near the well wrought base. Thanks are due for the loan of this fine implement. Fig. 40 is a remarkably fine example of a flat bone awl, approach- ing the knife form. It is widest in the middle, tapering regularly toward each end. Near the narrow and rounded base is a notch on each side. This is from Rice’s woods, near Stone Arabia. Fig. 41 is a fine example of a frequent form of bone awl, or pos- 964 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM -sibly a dagger. The base does not suggest its use in a club, it is so thick. At that end the joint is neatly worked down, but not oblit- erated. Thence it tapers regularly on all sides to the sharp point. It is highly polished and is a large specimen of this class, being about 53 inches long. It was found by Dr Hinsdale on the Chris- topher site. Most articles from this site were collected by Luke Fitch. Fig. 50 is another of these massive awls, if they may be called so, found by Dr Hinsdale at the Sheldon fort in Pompey. It is much like the last, but is both broader and shorter, and the base is less worked. Fig. 51 is another fine article of this class, from the Atwell fort. It is large, highly polished, and is worked almost all over. This is in the Burr collection. Fig. 295 is a much more slender example from the Christopher site, and now in the Bigelow collection. The base is left unworked. Fig. 325 is another massive example from Pompey in the same collection. It is 8? inches long, but is much reduced on this plate. It is well worked and somewhat. curved. Near the point the cavity of the bone is exposed. Fig. 46 is a double-pointed flat awl, ornamented with crosshatch- ing, a somewhat unusual feature. This was from Jefferson county, and in the Twining collection, as was the next. Fig. 47 has an ornamentation of grooves, and three perforations toward the base, . which is indented. The lower perforation is elliptic, and the others circular. The edges are slightly curved, one being concave. Fig. 48 is a fine flat bone awl from Pompey, in the Bigelow col- lection. It is thick and highly polished, with a moderate ridge on one side. Fig. 54 is from the same place and in the same collection. It is thick and highly polished, with a very sharp point. There is a diagonal groove across the base, which may be natural. , Fig. 55 is a curved bone awl from Brewerton, somewhat flattened but having the edges rounded. It is partly hollow. This is in the Waterbury collection. Fig. 57 is a thin, flat, slender, and very sharp bone awl from Pompey, in the Bigelow collection. Fig. 59 is in the same cabinet, and is from the Christopher site. It is a much curved bone awl, broad in the center and pointed at both ends. The convex side is broadly grooved. The implement is tri- angular toward the broad end and flattened toward the narrow point. Fig. 68 is from the same place. It is a fine, sharp and slender awl, / HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 265 ornamented with grooves near the base, and this feature suggests a pin. Fig. 116 isa fine flat bone awl, highly polished all over, and tapering from the broad base to the point. The reverse is slightly concave. From the same site as the last. Fig. 128 is from the same place, and is placed with the awls for convenience. It is a hollow and nearly cylindric bone, well worked, and beveled for more than half its length across the cavity of the bone, a rounded point being produced. Fig. 312 is a fine and sharp bone awl, found by Dr Amidon in the vicinity of Chaumont bay. Some lines may be for ornament. One side is fiat and the other angular. Fig. 334 is one of the finest bone awls seen by the writer. It is from the same region as the last, and was found by Oren Pomeroy. In the plate it is reduced, but is 8 inches long, quite straight on one side and but slightly emarginate on the other. It is cut down so that the natural cavity appears for two thirds of the length. The edges of this are highly polished, as is all the convex surface. It is very sharp, and for its size very slender. 3 Fig. 335 is a slender and flattened awl, 8$inchesinextent. Both edges are curved, the one being convex and the other concave. The base is broad and convex, with a broad and curving notch toward the inside of the implement, which is much reduced in the plate. It was found on the border of Canajoharie village, in a grave which contained a very fine and perfect R. Tippet pipe of white clay, and is in the Richmond collection. Fig. 339 is a fine, long and slightly curved bone awl, found by Dr Hinsdale at the mouth of Chittenango creek. There is a small perforation near the tip. The width is quite uniform, but with a broader base, and the general surface is flat. In the plate it is reduced, being 84 inches long. In A. G. Richmond’s collection is a fine and slender bone awl from the Otstungo site, near Fort Plain. It is 74 inches long. A fine flattened and angular awl from Nichols pond is 4% inches long. Besides others, Dr Hinsdale found a long and nearly straight bone awl on the Sheldon site. Itis 8 inches in length, and is angular. Another bone awl from the same site, having a double curve, is 54 inches long. In the Richmond collection are the following three awls. A fine 266 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and regularly tapering one is from England’s woods in Montgomery county, where there is a recent site. This awl is 53 inches long. Another of a straight and slender form is 74 inches long, and came from the Cayadutta fort. A joint forms the base of this. A similar straight and tapering awl is from the same fort, and is 73 inches long. This is worked throughout. Mr Van Epps has many fine articles from the above site. Among these is a fine bone awl, 42 inches long, generally rather wide, but compressed toward the base. Itis ridged on one side. Three long ones taper from a moderately broad base to a sharp point. One is 6 inches long, another is 72, and another 8 inches inlength. Many other fine ones have been found on this early site. Double-pointed awls occur in the mounds of Manitoba, and the leading forms and features are found throughout the world. In Canada there is a close correspondence with New York forms. On Long Island Mr Tooker found the bones of the deer abun- dant in many shell heaps, but implements of this material were not frequent. Near the city of New York a few awls have been found. John Bb. James described one fine specimen from Van Cortlandt park, which was 53 inches long and tapering in the usual way. In the shell heaps bones have been often found which had been split open to extract the marrow. Such examples occur elsewhere. From the Atwell fort comes a large, straight and thick awl, polished all over, which is 84 inches in length. Another fine and straight awl is from Brewerton. It is 54 inches long, and has an expanded base. A very slender awl from the Christopher site is ~ inches long, and has a point at each end. It becomes narrow toward one end, and then expands again. This article is quite unusual in form. Among. other long awls may be mentioned one in the Buffalo academy of science which is 7 inches long. At the mouth of Perch river, in Jefferson county, the writer dug up a fine polished bone awl, which was 7 inches long, and nearly flat. It was not straight, but distinctly bent about a quarter of the. way from the base. Another slender Jefferson county awl is 63 inches long, and was found by Dr Amidon. Most of his best bone relics have been from two sites. This awl is angular, light colored, and thoroughly worked except at the base. , HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 267 These examples will suffice to show how fine, abundant and wide- spread these implements are in the [roquois territory, but it might be unwise to suppose they were less used elsewhere. Fig. 5 is one of the broad and flat forms, which have a narrow and sharp point like an awl, but are otherwise suggestive of knives. They are not usually sharp enough for cutting flesh or hides, and a party of excavators jocosely called them paper knives. They might now answer for these. They may have been inserted in war clubs, but it is more probable they were used in flaying beasts. This fine example has a very angular outline, the broad surface suddenly con- tracting toward the slender and sharp point. It was found by Dr | Hinsdale on the island at Brewerton. Fig. 26 is a tlat and thin bone knife from the Atwell fort. The form is broad, the outline curved, and the base neatly rounded. There can be little doubt of its use. Two other fine examples have been described among the awls. Fig. 42 is one of the most pronounced forms. It is from the Christopher site, and is in the Bigelow collection. The general form is broad, the edges not quite parallel, and it is everywhere polished. On the reverse side it is broadly concave. One end abruptly narrows to a point, and the base slopes to a point on one edge. One surface is rounded, but it becomes thin and flat toward the point of the implement. This is one of the finest examples of this form yet found, and its use as a skinning implement can hardly be questioned. Fig. 43 is another fine specimen, found by Dr Hinsdale on the island at Brewerton. It is flat and has nearly parallel edges. One of these is curved to make a sharp point, and there is a slight indentation near the rounded base. Fig. 58 is another, still finer and also more definite in character. It is in the Bigelow collection, and from the Christopher site. It has a double curve at the base, which is rounded. The edges are thick and mostly parallel, and it is worked on both sides. It is pointed, and the upper surface is moderately ridged. The outline is that of a broad knife, but there is no long cutting edge, and it may have been used in a war club, but more probably as a skinning implement. Fig. 60 is a fine article of the same kind, flat and with a longitudinal groove on one side, and somewhat rounded on the other. It has a broad point, and the base 268 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM may have been broken. This is from Brewerton. Fig. 61 is a fine, flat. bone awl or narrow knife from the Cayadutta site. The point — has been lost, and one edge ran straight to this. Most of the length the edges are parallel. The base shows a transverse cut close to the ornamental grooves, and it seems to have been broken there. The carving is of straight lines variously arranged. ‘This is in the col- lection of Perey M. Van Epps of Glenville. Fig. 62 is a flat and curved bone implement, one of the broad, — rounded ends being sharpened. The edges are neatly rounded, and it is nearly a quarter of an inch thick. It was found by Dr Hinsdale on the island at Brewerton. Fig. 65 is fine and thick, and is polished all over. Itis somewhat angular, and the reverse isconcave. This is from Pompey and in the Bigelow cabinet. Fig. 66 is a broad, flat and curved bone knife, worked all over and ornamented with straight lines variously arranged. This was found near the village of St Lawrence, and belongs to Charles Crouse of Chaumont. These ornamented arti- cles seem more frequent in Jefferson county than elsewhere. Fig. 75 is unique. It is a thin and neatly worked knife, made from the antler of a young deer. It was found by George Slocum in the Onondaga valley some miles south of Syracuse. Fig. 84 is a broken bone implement from the vicinity of the vil- lage of St Lawrence, and is decorated. in the frequent style of that region. It suggests a long knife with parallel edges. These are rounded. The reverse is flat with a longitudinal groove. Fig. 88 was found by Dr Amidon near the same place. It is flattened and fine, with a longitudinal groove in one surface. These are usually part of the natural cavity. | Fig. 113 is a form frequent in Jefferson county. One collection © has many and fine examples, but figures of these could not be procured. One similar to this, but larger, has four perforations, and some others have the same number. The one here represented is in the Bigelow collection and from the Christopher site, showing the probable migration of the early Onondagas from Jeffe~son county. It is highly polished all over, is nearly flat, and is pointed at both ends. The edges are rounded, and it has two perforations. Fig. 115 is from another early Onondaga fort, the Atwell site. It is flat, dark, and polished all over. One end is pointed and the HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 269 other rounded. The edges are rounded, and there is one perfora- tion. Fig. 282 may be merely an awl, but is very broad. It is. polished ail over and is quite thick. The base is indented, and the edges are slightly convex. The frequent groove appears in one surface. This is from the Atwell fort. Fig. 305 is the first in a series of three illustrating the formation of a bone knife, kindly furnished by Dr R. W. Amidon, and all from Jefferson county. This is a long medullary bone, split and chipped to a flat surface, the outside surface being left untouched. Fig. 306 is of a flatter bone, not only chipped on one side but brought toa knife form. Fig. 307 is worked into better shape, and is ready for the final grinding and polishing. This is whiter than the other two. Fig. 114 is from Jefferson county, and made from a split bone.. One end is pointed, and the base is nearly square. There is one large perforation near the edge, both edges being much curved. A rude bone knife was found on the Seneca river, nearlysopposite-: Three River Point. The general form is that of a case knife, resembling the bone knives the Onondagas made for sale nearly a century ago. The article is 32 inches long, but the blade is short. A fiat bone implement of the knife form comes from the Christo- pher site. It is worked all over, has a large central perforation, and rounded edges, indented on one side toward the broad point. The length is 4 inches and the breadth # of an inch. Fig. 319 is a fine, broad knife made from the joint of a large, flat ‘bone. It was found on the Onondaga outlet by Dr Hinsdale. It is highly polished on both sides; and for its length it is thin. Punches and blunt implements No precise use can be safely assigned to some articles with rounded or flattened ends. Those which are curved and slightly tapering were probably inserted in clubs. Others have purposely enlarged ends. If they had points, they might be considered pins, but usually these are lacking. It has been thought that some were used in decorating pottery, but a hollow bone seems the only bone article employed for this. In a general way it may be best to describe them simply as they are, unless there appear reasons for some special use. 270 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Fig. 52 is an antler prong with a rounded point, found by Dr Hinsdale in Pompey, on the Sheldon site. It is safe to assume that this was used in a war club, as all of like character probably were. Many such forms will be left unnoticed. Fig. 53 is usually termed a punch, without further suggestions of use. It gradually expands toward the larger end, which is neatly worked and almost flat. The smaller end is as neatly rounded, the general form being cylindric. ‘This is from the recent site in Rice’s woods, near Stone Arabia. Fig. 83 is a bone implement in the Waterbury collection at Brewerton. It suggests a small pestle, and is nearly square in section, having the edges and ends rounded. Fig. 87 is a Mohawk bone article in the Richmond collection, nicely worked and cylindric throughout. At one end the cylinder is abruptly enlarged, and both ends are neatly cut. Fig. 90 is a long and thick cylindric bone, which is unperforated. It is well worked, and the ends well rounded. It is in a Buffalo collection. | Fig. 91 is a very long cylindric bone punch, from the fort near Pompey Center. It expands slightly toward one end, and very much toward the other. Fig. 92 isa long, slender and cylindric bone - implement, slightly curved. Near each end of the concave edge is a sharp notch. This is not perforated, and is one of four of various lengths, taken from a grave near Rochester Junction by C. F. Moseley of Bergen N. Y. The grave contained European articles. The other bone relics were shorter and thicker, evidently intended for beads but not perforated. Fig. 96 is flat and thick, parallel sided, and with the ends nicely rounded. Dr Hinsdale found this at Brewerton, and with it two others, differing only in being shorter. Fig. 97 may be a broken pin, having a thick and angular head. The general form is cylindric. It is in the Richmond collection, and came from Richmond Mills, Ontario co. Bone fishhooks were found with it. Fig. 99 is a cylindric bone, expanding into a broad, flat and curving edge. The small end is neatly rounded. It is from the recent site near Stone Arabia. Fig. 100 is a fine curved and cylindric bone pestle, found with a bone mortar at the Garoga or Ephratah fort, in ulin ‘county, by S. L, Frey.) lt 16 er y neal worked. ‘HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 271 Fig. 103 is a short bone punch, cylindric, but expanding toward one end for nearly half its length. This is in the collection of F. H. Vail in Pompey Center, and comes from the fort, a little south of his house, known as the Lawrence fort. Fig. 112 is much like the last, but is longer, while the expansion is shorter. Some polished - bone beads were with this, of the same diameter and average length. This is from the Atwell fort, and in the Bigelow collection. This form seems most common in the early historic period. Fig. 181 is a cylindric and tubular horn implement, and may have been a charger for powder. The narrower projection at one end is an eight-sided stopper of horn. Found by Luke Fitch on a recent site north of Watervale in Pompey. Fig. 301 is a well worked cylindric bone, which is not perforated but may have been intended for a bead. It came from a grave at Rochester Junction. Fig. 297 is smaller than the last, but is of the same character and from the same place. The same may be said of fig. 298, which is much more slender than either. From their presence ina grave and nicely rounded ends, it may be inferred that they were finished articles, whatever their proposed use. Fig. 330 is a very neat eylindrie punch, with the frequent neatly rounded ends, one of which is expanded. It is from Rice’s woods near Stone Arabia. In the plate it is reduced in size, the true length being 3 inches. Fig. 341 is a curious article from Brewerton, 9 inches long, but reduced in this plate. Dr Plato, the finder, thought it a tusk, but it is probably horn. For more than half the length from the rounded point it is cylindric; thence toward the base it is more quadrilateral, but with rounded edges. The base is abruptly and uniformly compressed, and has a long rectangular perforation. In Europe such holes were for holding stone points, but this does not seem the purpose here. The implement follows the natural curve of the material. Many curious things were found with this. Fig. 846 is another curious article of deer horn, resembling the last in some respects but not closely. It is the lower part of an antler, retaining the base almost unchanged. All the prongs have been removed, and much of the surface dressed down. The tip has been cleft and sharpened where it was cut off, and toward the base is a rectangular hole, such as is found in the primitive bone whistle. De NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM This and the last could hardly have been used as handles for stone points. It measures 7} inches from tip to tip, and is nearly cylindric. This came from a grave at Jack Reef, on the Seneca river, and is in the Bigelow collection. A shorter prong was found with it. | | A few other examples may be mentioned. One bone punch from the Atwell fort is almost elliptic in section. It is $ of an inch wide and 22 inches long. From the same place comes a tapering but not pointed bone punch, which has the ends rounded, and is 2¢ inches long. In the Vail collection at Pompey Center is a cylindric and taper- ing horn punch, 5 inches long. Dr Hinsdale found a eylindric, slender and perforated bone at Brewerton, both ends of which were broken. It was 62 inches long, with an average diameter of a quarter of an inch. Another curious article is in the Waterbury collection. Itisaslender, irregularly curved and pointed imple- ment, 68 inches long. There are transverse cuts near the pointed end, and rough and shallow grooves around most of the article. Dr Hinsdale also had, from the same place, a curved and cylindric bone, 44 inches long. In W. L. Hildburgh’s collection are many of the so called punches; and worked antler prongs occur on most village sites. One odd article in his collection is a curved piece of antler, 7$ inches long, which has notches toward the upper part of the convex edge. This came from Pompey. Beads and pendants | Fig. 35 shows one of the birdlike pendants, which are perforated laterally through the neck. This is ornamented with dots and lines, and comes from Scipioville. They are more frequent in shell than in bone. Fig. 36 is another from Honeoye Falls, belonging to C.F. Moseley of Bergen. There are transverse lines on this, and the eyes are represented. Tig. 129 is from Pompey, and is ornamented with dots. All are of the historic period, late in the 16th and early in the 17th century. Fig. 95 is a moderately long cylindric bone bead, highly polished, and well worked at both ends. This was taken out of ashes at the Atwell fort in 1896 by Rev. W. M. Beauchamp. If is a fine example of its class. On sites of that age bone beads share the HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 273 honors with those of shell, while others but a few years earlier may show only bone beads and ornaments. Fig. 124 is a long, straight and cylindric bone bead, found in Pompey. It is polished and slender, and has transverse diagonal lines. Fig. 132 is from the same place, its outline being a long ellipse. It retains its polish. Fig. 136 is a large and cylindric bone bead from Pompey. It is a little curved, and the ends are well finished. Fig. 1387 is a straight and polished cylindric bone bead from the same town. It is adorned with cross grooves, Fig. 138 is another cylindric and curved bead in the Waterbury collection at Brewerton. Long beads usually retain the curve of the bone, and the perforation may be unaltered or enlarged. Fig. 174 is a short, flattened cylindric bead found near the mouth of Perch river. Fig. 189 is of a different character, and is from the fort near Jamesville, burned in 1696. It presents a rectangular outline here, but is triangular in section, and was made with metallic tools. It is in the Bigelow collection. Fig. 140 is a curious little ornament or implement from the Atwell fort, unperforated, though a slight depression may indicate a hole begun. It is foot shaped and indented, and is now in the Burr collection. Perforated articles, similar in form and size, have been used to keep open the slits in noses and ears. One like the figure here given was found in a mound on the Bay of Quinté, on the north shore of Lake Ontario. . Fig. 144 shows the end of a femur bone, worked and perforated for suspension as an ornament. This was found by Dr Hinsdale on the Sheldon site in Pompey. The outline is more elaborate and the perforation larger than in several examples from another Pom- pey site, a few miles away, and perhaps of 50 years’ earlier date. Fig. 356 to 361 are all from the Christopher site, and in the Bige- low collection. Fig. 3857 is a good example of the same ornament. It is partly smoothed on the reverse, and has a small perforation, like all others from this site. Fig. 358 has been ground smooth on the reverse. Fig. 359 is perforated through the natural depression, and smoothing has been begun on the other surface. Fig. 360 is made from the concave capping of a joint. The natural surface is here shown, slightly worked. On the reverse it is ground smooth. QTA NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The perforation is central. Fig. 361 shows the rough side of a similar plate, showing signs of use. The figure presents the convex surface. All these are of a deep brown color, which may have come from exposure or choice. Fig. 356 is a broken but well wrought ornament, hard and white as ivory, and with a. high polish. It is a carving of a bird’s head, with a perforation for the eye. The lower edge is sharp, and ground from both sides. It is concave on the reverse. Fig. 145 is a short and cylindric bone bead from Buffalo. Fig. 146 is longer and more slender, and was found in Cayuga county. It has transverse grooves and is recent. Fig. 147 is a black bone bead, discolored by lying in the water. It was found by Dr Hins- dale at the mouth of Chittenango creek, and is short, curved and | eylindric. Fig. 158 is a short bead in the Richmond collection, from the Nichols pond site. Fig. 165 is a long and cylindric bead. from Rice’s woods, and is in the same collection. It has three groups of encircling grooves. Fig. 167 is a so called crescent from Venice, Cayuga co. These are usually of shell. In stringing they were placed close together, or separated by short beads. Fig. 276 is unique, and is in the Richmond collection. It comes from Eng- land’s woods, where the caches are found northeast of Stone Arabia. It resembles the common bird forms except in its large size, and in » having feet near the tail. Fig. 300 is an ovate bone ornament in the Buffalo academy of science, probably intended for perforation — and suspension, = Fig. 347 is a flattened ornament, perforated from top to bottom, which would be triangular but for being cut off above. Fig. 348 is similar, but is almost pointed. In section each is a flattened ellipse. Several of these were found varying much in outline and size, but having the same general character. They were obtained 24 miles north of Fort Plain. Perforated and grooved teeth Teeth and claws have been a favorite savage decoration all over the world, and the perforated bears tooth of Europe scarcely differs in appearance from that of America. There are probably very few village sites in New York where this is not found, cut, perforated or with a groove around the base. On camp sites of brief occupa- - HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS O75 tion these teeth can hardly be expected. The teeth of smaller animals were in less favor, though sometimes used. Human trophies perhaps had not the esteem which some have supposed. Fingers were cut or bitten off by the fierce Lroquois, but there is positive evidence that these were not preserved, as some have thought. Accustomed as they were to plucking out the nails of captives, it is not likely these were kept as trophies, as has been reported. The French often told such things, as the enemies of the Iroquois related them, and De Vries said that either the Mahikans or the Mohawks “place their foe against a tree or stake, and first tear all the nails from his fingers and run them on a string, which they wear the same as we do gold chains. It is considered to the honor of any chief who has vanquished or overcome his enemies if he bite off or cut off some of their members, as whole fingers.” De Vries, 3:91. This, he was told, was done at Albany, which was in the Mahikan territory. Father Jogues mentions the Mohawk practice: There remained to me only two nails; these barbarians tore these out with the teeth, lacerating the flesh beneath, and stripping it even to the bone with their nails, which they nurse until very long. Lelations, 1647 In the /eelation of 1658 it is noted that the savages “nourish their nails as a mark of nobility, showing that their hands are not fit for work.” .......:... 198 Early bone comb from Hemlock Lake............... io), Lanly bone comb trom: Aiwell’ forte) O20) eer. 2t 200 Harly. bone comb from Atwell forth 0s wis ee Plate 21 201 Bone gorget with three perforations, from East Bloom- MVEL Gli ocala es ee ale aldo a ule ei and anneaaetgrs 202 Perforated skull from Lawrence fort, Pompey Center. . 203 Bone whistle from Christopher site................. 288, 204 Bone whistle or pipe from Atwell fort............. 288, 205 Ornamented bone whistle from Christopher site ....... 206 Perforated phalanx from the Atwell fort..::......... 207 Notched phalanx from the Christopher site........... 208 Large and polished bone tube from the same place..... 308 FIG. 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Plate 22 Bone fishhook: from Sae arbor... ee Bone fishhook from Richmond Mills, Ontario co....... Barbed bone fishhook found near Watertown....... me Barbed fishhook fromuBrewerton: :..... 2206.1. 20a Barbed bone fishhook from Atwell fort............. i Barbed bone fishhook from Brewerton.......... ks 5 Barbed fishhook:fromebrewerton ... 02. 4 ioe). See Bone fishhook from the Shelby fort, Orleans co....... Small and. peculiar hook from Buffalo... 226). |e Small hook from Atwell fort...o.....25 50) $2 oe ee Bone fishhook jigomiiiitalo. . .. .:.. 0.4» bition ice Bone fishhook from Christopher site. Barbed........ Barbed hook from St Lawrence site................-. Small bone hook from: Genesee county............. ‘Broken hook tromypbxewerton ..... d:..06'b ae o shoe Barb of large bone hook from Baldwinsville..... .... Small hook with kneb, from Buffalo.i.. 3.0. oe ee Bone hook in early stages, from Brewerton........... Slender bone hook from West Bloomfield............ Plate 23 Bone hook in early stages, from Buffalo.............. Bone hook in early stages, from Buffalo.............. Bilateral harpoon from Seneca river at Jack Reef...... Double-pointed harpoon from Brewerton. Broken.... Bilateral harpoon! frommbrewerton.. 9. iy 00 ee Unilateral harpeontromidack Reef.....-. 02... -- eae Perfect and small double-pointed harpoon, St Lawrence Broken bilateral harpoon from Brewerton....... RI Large bilateral harpoon from Lawrence fort, Pompey. . Plate 24 Large unilateral harpoon from Otstungo fort.......... Long unilateral harpoon from Seneca river, near Weeds- POT oi oii \c yg ois Rn ey tReMeR gece = «+ io ce ee HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 339 FIG. PAGE 240 Long bilateral harpoon from Brewerton............. 298, 301 241 Rare form of bilateral harpoon from Chaumont bay...301, 303 242 Large unilateral harpoon from Fabius................ 295 Plate 25 22>) Bone harpoon or knife from Brewerton.............. 295 244 Rare unilateral harpoon from Howland island, Seneca. TLV ST seaman eatin ed ati EEE 3 cha a Ne 299 945 Unilateral harpoon from Honeoye Falls.............. 297 246 Bilateral harpoon with long shank, from Brewerton.... 301 247 Unilateral harpoon with pointed base, from Atwell fort. 297 248 Rare form of bilateral harpoon from Brewerton....... 301 249 Unique unilateral harpoon from Garoga fort.......... 297 Plate 26 250 Rare form of curved unilateral harpoon from Cayuga GOUETTINOS scam ile tees eas a slue eS) AGREE ae am ae Over ahs 297 eon tone prateral harpoon from, Brewerton......2......-. 301 252 Long bilateral harpoon from Brewerton.............. 301 253 Unique bilateral harpoon from Honeoye Falls........ 301 254 Unilateral harpoon from Clifton Springs. Early form. 297 255 Small and odd bilateral harpoon from Christopher site.. 301 256 Small bilateral harpoon or arrowhead from Pompey... 302 257 Fine bilateral harpoon from Brewerton....... . Pecos ae OO 29 Bilateral harpoon trom Werch river Day.............. 302 Plate 27 259 Unique unilateral harpoon from Brewerton.......... 298 260 Broad bilateral harpoon from Brewerton............. 302 261 Double-pointed bone awl found near Weedsport....... 259 262 Delicate bilateral harpoon from Cayuga lake......... 302 263 Double-pointed harpoon from Brewerton............. 300 Por bilateral harpoon trom Brewerton..... 45 << +¢5- 4: 302 20s, elarpoon of awltrom) Brewerton.. o. 66/600 0...n5 ns 302 — 266 Bilateral harpoon from Jack Reef.................. 300 ; Plate 28 267 Gouge of walrus tusk from Brewerton............. fy 290 268 Small unilateral harpoon from Chittenango creek...... 298 540 FIG. 269 270 271 272 273 2t4 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 285 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292, 293 294. 295 296 297 298, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Unique perforated bilateral harpoon from Christopher BILE aL ApS eee Beene el. 0 a: ene a Bilateral harpoon fromthe same place: 1.02.) ese) eee Cylindric awl with pointed base, from Atwell fort... .. Elk’s tooth perforated, from Jamesville fort.........., Elk’s tooth perforated, from Atwell fort ............° Elk’s tooth perforated, from fort west of Baldwinsville. Cylindric awl with almost pointed base, from Atwell Unique bird ornament from England’s woods, northeast Of MtOMe Fama ge se ne hb ea err Bilateral harpoon trom Brewerton ..4.. 4...) (sonore Slender, bone pi irom Fort Niagara. 7.. - 3...) ae Plate 29 Bone needle or slender awl, from Christopher site... . Perfect bone needle from the same place.........5... Perfect bone needle from the same site... )5. 1 Saeee Grooved broad awl or pointed knife from Atwell fort. . Bear’s tooth grooved, from Lawrence fort............ Fine unfinished needle from Atwell fort ............. Horn paint cup irom Christopher site...0. 244.2) eee Bear’s tooth perforated, from Lawrence fort.......... Bear’s tooth eut off, from Christopher site............ Bear’s tooth grooved, from Rice’s woods............- Plate 30 Bear’s tooth notched at the point, from Brewerton..... Bear’s tooth cut off midway, from Brewerton......... Bear’s tooth cut off midway, from fort west of Baldwinsville a0. Bile as es eae (es Gt Perforated tooth from Geneva. .... ..... a Pertorated tooth trem \innansville ... 22.3) ae Perforated tooth from Atwell fort......: 5.4008 Awl, retaining joint, from Christopher site............ Perforated and ground tooth from Brewerton...... ane Cylindrie bone punch from Rochester Junction ....... Cylindrie bone punch trom the same place .... |. 2 628 PAGE FIG. 299 300 301 302 303 3804 305 306 307 308 309 310 dll o12 313 314. 315 316 317 318 ly) 320 S21 322 323 324 525 326 HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS eg Curious: bone banditroun Adwellitorty.%..)i.ilag <..vel aoe ‘Bone ornament like a shell, from Buffalo............. Unperforated bone cylinder from Rochester Junction. . Curved and notched awl or pin from Point Peninsula. . Piece of perforated skull from Atwell fort ........... Chipped and perforated bone arrow from the same site. ( Plate: ai First stage in making bone knife, from Chaumont bay. Second stage in making knife, from same site......... Third stage in making knife, from same site...... see Sharp-barbed bilateral harpoon from St Lawrence site. . Unfinished bone needle from Christopher site......... Plate: 32 Carved moose horn ornament from St Lawrence site... Hollow horn arrowhead from Jefferson county....... ae bone awl trom: Jetterson county... .)......-.-%- Massive bone hook from Michigan +... 2.° .2.3..4-:.<. Chipped and indented horn arrowhead from Jefferson COU te ea Ae Min re ae i Re dr nO ene AS alae Flat awl with chisel base, from the same.............. Bear’s tooth perforated, worked all over, from the same Plate 33 Bird bone worked, from Jefferson county ............ Polished bone arrowhead from the St Lawrence site ... Broad knife made from a joint, from Onondaga outlet. Ridged bilateral harpoon from St Lawrence site....... Double-pointed harpoon from Brewerton..... ASAE Horn adz, from Rice’s woods (reduced).............-: Polished and hollow horn arrowhead from Clifton SEIN OS eee eee a 2 "7, BA rupee ey i tna Broken bone needle from Brewerton./:......-. 0.2... Plate 34 Large bone awl or pick from Christopher site......... Long bone whistle from Jack Reef, Seneca river...... 308 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Plate 35 Long bone whistle from the same grave.............. Long and carved bone whistle found near Watertown. . Large perforated and unilateral harpoon from Rice’s WOOGSSUES [00 Be ERARRSEE 30300 20 ROLE LS aa Cylindrie bone punch from the same site............ Plate 36 Long bone cut open for paint box, from Cayuga county. Bone mortar from Garema fort... 2.00.25. 8) See Piece of perforated skull from the St Lawrence site.... Plate 37 Fine bone awl from the same place .. ) Flat and curved awl from Canajoharie Grooved bone from Brewerton....... ' Plate 38 Very large’ bone comb with wolves rampant, from Honeoye Palleiyuaees .. a Horn implement with terminal grooves, from Sheldon Plate 39 eeeseeeeseeeseeeeee @ eee eee eee ee ee ee Large bone awl from Chittenango creek.............. Broken bone gouge from Atwell fort. Curved and perforated horn implement Plate 40 . Pick made of walrus tusk, from Brewerton........... Shuttle or unfinished hook from Lawrence fort, POMP Oy 15.0 eons os | ee Lone horn spoon trom brewenrton.....) 3... 00.4. ee Plate 41 from Brewerton. Indented horn arrowhead from Rice’s woods........ Deer’s antler cut down and perforated, from Jack Reef. Flat bone ornament found northwest of Fort Plain.... A larger ornament found with the last seeesoee Ft eevee 6 @ © @ PAGE + Saez 317 298 271 325 325 281 265 265 281 286 323 265 290 271 325 306 316 292 271 274 274. HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS 3438 FIG. Plate 42 PAGE 3849 Bone tool with two cutting prongs. This and the four following are from the Christopher site............ 325 350 A curious bilateral and thin harpoon. ............... 304 ole hime and white bone needilem......$2.22..2...5. 228 Oke eo] Nuch worn unilateral harpoon..-. ¢..:...........%-. 304 353 Double-edged implement with parallel sides and two TV SUAMOR GE NTOUIS Soe tek, 3 ar AG rae ea iene iis ree 326 Plate 43 354 Unilateral harpoon from Cayuga county. It has basal [OTRO UT ETP OSS eas Ne es ae Niet Same” mea 298 355 Flat, bilateral harpoon from Brewerton. Barbs on one eUloc mmshanpemet. je ton es... A ANG ie), SMe oe 304: 356 Bird’s head ornament of white bone. This and the fol- Howanie, Eromenie Oligistopher site es... ..: 4.6. 24 357 Rounded joint cut off and perforated for pendant..... 273 Somme Mila LO, OCR ABE) ie NO ee Me Ia asa: seg is so 273 SOG) SUES ONS CISA cae IUeaMtn Soeur ill ame (0 GUL va HAMINe ee Fe neo 273 360 Thin and concave cap of joint perforated for ornament. 273 361 Rough side of concave cap of joint perforated for Ormament . oe. Oye Me tice eds ANG ee daaler aa) Wee 273 . $s M i ico W ay fs ie 4 Lee in { i } : t oes Oy 4. ‘ > ha Sree faptite (Vy serene’ i at ee ae hell af rite BY at We &% on ex} MSTA cha Be i: he i an Bit Saha s Ty Se © tote . ih ‘ - i ‘ < eat oy Py ‘ Mg ° is ey iy ' is ' y A i ‘ * ¢ | f i We i A oh ray i 4 ‘t Rant \ ' * tend Mey Ra dinting Plate 1 PD LIP, Ses Seat S28 See Bs b8one Sad erie’ cing Plate 2 RHE SESE ‘ ggg ke : ox Se ENS eaten Glas SELES Bid er: 8 : Me es ae ee soit a p : : IESE . ; Plate 3 esas Set en Speer i : : SRE ite coe : hee OS SR SESE TIGR La or rc oh umes OLS LTOO™ 3% pe Plate 4 Be “Se Sise ~ res es con ie ‘ye aa oo, et . pee Ge cag Plate 5 oo RE 3 eae a " Zh A aA “ Plate 6 i x $ Sis fess Agccrme RIC PT eh ss ypenst espn SAS ACARI eal PRCA RD ISS SU RGSS MORO RSET AS SIS ren epten Plate 7 ee : SELASSIE SOR: ee hint eee yt. wane TINS TGS teesver oy PONG eS aT ae neers, 7 ISRRASOTIN EY REY ONE S/O™ 8 sue eRe eM tASens SES Plate 8 6 8 dod visa ton ANS N ROR RSC SAA RAAAGAG SAAN RS OWES conan ong QOD as eae ae ae E NTT i Gee $3 (ay) $1 Plate 9 es SNES SH Stone aban ss Hata NCU eS Saee es, NERO ESR ASRS. GRAMS IRIS DANE PMS TaD ny pecememannensemmnani manna teen nee Conf t tet Lette BA teP OO NT Hepes vests SL Fas i : r r igs t i ~ ¥ ‘ : ieee i ‘ of : xa As pe Plate 10 03 AOU” dL S Sas Xe rate ARE ENERNS F HSN RRR SENET trae oe PARR EAR A LE RES Ke SARS ee ses ese Lil 110 109 108 latent sak pete : ARENT ered cies eRe tS HAS ws = os Seas ee j a wN ose N SSSSSSSRCRTSon fa i Rion Ke St PMNS iv ates RNR a see a omeeateea oe oie Sees Rta ade ae SO ee SENNA SS EERE RAL NERS EN ESTROUS HEE NRE ARENT, a a Jos aie PO ee,” ee De eg SRA eed WS NA ENTER AA ash US Senge RNSOR AEG. itd eseaiansa as 1277 126 125 124 123 122 IZ Plate 12 Wien cere ORE? Oy BAe TARO OS te gee OH ee 2S eS Plate 13 ea; em ces SSAA SN IE & SER ne PEAY va oes Plate 14 pe EY 157 156 Plate 15 oes aA, 3 eS G Plate 16 seseerrererenyn: 0 Sov’ CATES 178 177 172 Plate 17 a He =f Plate 18 Soi KATATE gE QO SSRN aegg nee oa GEOANS : | WS | (C re a i ‘ Foro scrang Ox w4) - Plate 27 Wie tn SPORE BS NES KO AHS ee ghes 261 26 259 Plate 28 SNES ceca 277 RETRY Lhe SS ba ee - res NARS dis ti Sa te cath AEN ATS - Bae iota cre BS? SSE CASED RSG BREE ET SEU eters 271 273 SIGS ee 4 Plate 29 CES OR PA SRR EE Ne e Geacgaasge ES RNs lta ace alata ay Plate 30 MEAL SRO, oN a5 ey cenninsio < Bia Soe Sa B ary fa. ae les Plate 31 a ROE Sess st: See 307 5 30 eae by ae 5 tee oe Sean eLetter Dainese) eas i NEAR Sve Ne : LAr Plate 32 a ee 312 Plate 33 START OP Heaeree coeyees 17 3 ows emer nevey wees sence SORT T Plate 34 ON BROS STROSS moe Plate 36 =n rn ee 4 ae = 1 2 f c ¥ a a 4, es . +: fy Plate 37 nS paceetie SOR ih 335 334 Plate 38. Sox ARO ee ‘ : aS ane eT See: Plate 40 Se Sincis GETS REN SRG 343 Plate 41 J oO Plate 42 ences tte te EME OIE dep tbeinlgh ee 1 PTE NESS aE WR GE Plate 43 Sg ROS Se RR KROES Gatien SA SPD aS fee 358 INDEX The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g. 278° means page 278, beginning in the third ninth of the page, third of the way down. Abbott, Dr C. C., referred to, 307°. Adams, W. W., articles found by, 2858, 298°. Amidon, Dr R. W.., articles found by, 2097, 262°, 265°, 266°, 2687, 2697, 280!, 2817, 300°, 3037, 314. Amidon collection, 2924, Andagoron, 244!. Arrow flakers, 2497. Arrowheads, 250°, 252°, 254°, 290°-93!. Ashes, articles preserved by, 251°. Atwell site, awls from, 2567, 2569, 257°, 208°, 259°, 260°, 261°, 2627, 264%, 266°; beads, 272°, 273°; bears teeth, 278!; bone arrows, 292°; bone band, 3248; bone combs, 2853, 285°; bone gouge, — 290!; bone whistle or pipe, 288"; chisel, 289°; elk’s tooth, 276"; fish- hooks, 308?, 308°, 810°; gaming bone, 320°; harpoons, 2977, 298°; knives, 2674, 268°, 269°; needles, 313°, 314°; deer phalanx, 316°; piece of perfo- rated skull, 2812; punches, 271?, 272”. Authorities, list, 246-47. Avon, harpoon from, 299°. Awls, 250°, 251!, 2537, 254!, 254°, 254°-697. Axes, 249°. 2928. Baldwinsville, bears teeth from fort near, 277°; carved awl or pin, 278%; carved bone handle, 279°; fishhook, 308°; perforated deer’s tooth, 278°; perforated teeth, 276°. Bay of Quinté, beads from, 273°, Beads, 249°, 2727-747. Bears teeth, 276°—78°. Beauchamp, W. M., 256°, 258°, 2668, 272°, 278%, 326°. articles found by, 305°, 308°, 7 i. e. about one Beaver’s teeth, 2764. Benedict, Dr A. L., bone combs found by, 2864; fishhook belonging to, 307°; bone whistle belonging to, 317’. Bigelow collection, 2577, 2594, 261°, 264%, 264", 2648, 267°, 2677, 2684, 2688, 2717, 2727, 278°, 273", 2767, 2765, 2768, 277°, 2783, 283°, 2957, 2954, 2958, 2977, 300°, 303!, 304°, 3047, 313°, 3144, 3148, 315+, 3168, 317', 3173, 317°, 325°. Blunt implements, 269°-72°. Bone, uses in England, 249°; abund- ance on early Iroquois sites, 252°; ornamental forms, 278°-83!. Bone combs, 284°—88’. Bone counters for games, 3179-217. Bone images, 2831-84. Bone spool, 327'. Bones, how regarded by Canadian Indians, 252'. Boughton hill, bone comb from, 286+. Bourke, Capt. John G., cited, 2757. Boyle, David, cited, 289°, 8243, 328°-30?. Brewerton, arrowhead from, 2917, 292°; awls, 2577, 260%, 263°, 264°, 266°: bears teeth, 277°, 277°; blunt implements, 270"; bone adz, 8244; bone imple- ments, 2724; bone pin, 2828, deer pha- lanx, 316°; elk’s tooth, 276°; fish spine, 260°; fishhooks, 306°, 308°, 309"; gouge, 290°; grooved implement of bone, 324°; harpoons, 295°, 2981, 298%, 300°, 300°, 801%, 301°, 3022, 3084, 3044, 304’; hollow bone, 327°; horn implements, 271°; human bones, 2818; knives, 2633, 2673, 2677, 2681, 268%; needles, 313°, 315°; perforated bone, 2903; polished beaver tooth, 2764, 276°; spoons, 316’; stone pipes, 2447; unfinished 346 NEW YORK bone implement, 323°; walrus tusks, 3279, | Brewerton cemetery, articles from, 281°. Buffalo, beads from, 274%; bone orna- ment, 282°; fishhook, 307°; gaming bone, 820!. Buffalo collection, 258°, 266°, 270°, 274°, 2769, 306°, 308!, 320!. 324%, 324%, 3273. Buffalo’s tooth, 327°. Burr collection, 258°, 2644, 2785, 2767, 2853, 292%, 308, 3248. Buttons, 249°. Calver, W. L., mentioned, 2457, 292°. Camp, Col. W. B., carved bone handle belonging to, 278°. Canada, awls from, 2667; bone articles, 2512, 328°-30°; needles, 312°. See also Hochelaga. Canajoharie, awls from, 2617, 265°. Canajoharie of Johnson’s day, 248°. Cayadutta fort site, awls from, 263°, 266!; bone face, 283°; knives, 268'; needles, 313°. Cayuga county, beads from, 274°; har- poons, 2978; human skull, 2817; long bone, 3254; spoons, 815°. See also Fleming; Scipioville; Venice. Cayuga lake, harpoon from, 302°. Cazenovia, see Atwell site. Celts, 244°, 252°, 2537. Chapin, G. W., awls found by, 263". Charlevoix, P. F. X. de, quoted, 318%. Chaumont bay, awls from, 207°, 207°, 2582, 2597, 262, 265%; bears teeth, 2773. harpoons, 38014; knives, 263°; pottery, 244°. Chautauqua county, stone ball, 244°. Chisels, 249°, 289°-90°. Chittenango creck, awls from, 261°, 265’: beads, 2744; harpoons, 298°. Christopher site, Pompey, awls from, 2565, 2571, 257%, 2578, 258°, 259%, 262°, 2642, 2644, 264°, 2667; bear’s teeth, 2775. bone ‘tool, 325°; bone whistle, 9887, 3168, 3173; carved bone, 2787; celts, 244°; harpoons, 301%, 3031, 304’, 3047. knives, 263!, 267°, 2677, 268%, 4 STATE MUSEUM 268°, 269°; needles, 814!, 3144, 314% 3154; notched phalanx, 317!; orna- ments, 2737; paint cup, 3248; wood- chuck’s tooth, 276°. Clark, Gen., mentioned, 2441. Clifton Springs, arrowheads from, 292°, 292°; harpoons, 297°. Coats collection, 2808, 292°, 2928, 297°. Cold Spring, bone arrowhead from, 2928, | Combs, 284°-88?. Converse, Mrs H. M., wampum belt, 245’; bone pipe procured by, 2888. Copway, George, cited, 320°. Counters for games, 3179-21”. Crouse, Charles, bone knife belonging to, 2684. Culin, Stewart, cited, 330%, Cushing, F. H., articles found by, 2997, 3077. Dablon, Father, quoted, 296°. Daggers, 254°, 264!. Dann collection, 278%, 288°, 285°, 2865, 2877, 3018, 313°. Dawkins, W. Boyd, cited, 299". Dawson, Sir J. W., bone arrowhead figured by, 292°. De Kay, James E., cited, 251%. De Vries, D. V., cited, 275°. Dinah; Aunt, iron awl, 259°. Douglass, A. E., table of Indian relics in cabinet, 3287. Drumfish, palate of, 327°. Earthenware, 244’. East Aurora, carved head from, 284+. East Bloomfield, bone gorget from, 2808. East Cayuga, harpoons from, 298°. Elks teeth, 276°. England’s woods, awls found in, 2661; bird ornament, 274°. Ephratah fort, sce Garoga fort. Erie county, see East Aurora, Eskimo influences affecting work of Indians, 328°, 330°. Evans, John, cited, 249". Explanation of plates, 331-48. INDEX TO HORN _ Fabius, harpoons from, 295°. Farley’s point, harpoon from, 302°. Fish weirs, 296°. Fishhooks, 250’, 2544, 270°, 304°-11". Fitch, Luke, articles found by, 257°, 261°, 264, 271°; perforated tooth owned by, 276°. Fleming, horn pendant from, 2827; bone combs, 286. Flint implements, 25387. Fort Hill, needles from, 313+. Fort Niagara, bone pin from, 282°. Fort Plain, recent site, 243°; ornaments from, 274°. See also Otstungo site. Frey, S. L., corrects an error of names, 243°; mentioned, 244!; articles found by, 270°, 290°; drawings furnished by, 284°. Frey collection, 279°, 279%, 283°, 2978, 2988. Fulton county, see Cayadutta fort site; Garoga fort. Games, counters for, 3179-21. Garoga fort, bone mortar from, 325°; bone pestle, 2709; carved horn handle, 2794; notched phalanx, 317'; harpoons, 2978, 298%. Genesee county, bone combs from, 285°; fishhook, 808°; stone ball, 244°. Genesee valley, carved Chinese head from, 284+, Geneva, perforated tooth from, 276. Getman, Dr A. A., articles found by, 207°, 26387, 291°, 2924, 301%, 3024, 3102. Getman collection, 2577, 2587, 2627, 2813, Gouges, 254°, 2898-90'. Grider, R, A., drawings of bone images, 284!, Hale, Horatio, Hour Huron wampum records, 2454. Hammers, 249°. Handles, 249°. Harpoons, 249°, 250!, 2509, 25387, 2542, 2548, 293'-3048. Harrington, M. Raymond, explorations , hear New York, 243°. AND BONE IMPLEMENTS B47 | Hemlock lake, perforated bone pendant from, 2807; broken comb, 2852. Herkimer county, see Indian Castle. Higgeson, cited, 250". Hildburgh collection, 272°, 2784, 283%, 2877, 2918, 298°, 8087, 824". Hinsdale, Dr William G., articles found by, 256°, 2574, 257°, 260°, 264°, 264’, 2657, 2658, 267°, 2677, 268°, 2697, 270!, BLOM Aer eke Lio, Okae, etOr cal ko, Pio POL ool wee ie OUs “ook. 2927 2981, 2983, 2988, 300°, 3013, 301%, 301°, 302°, 3029, 3034, 306°, 308°, 309°, 313°, 314!, 3166, 317°, 3238, 324°, 324°; harpoons, 2938-94’, Hochelaga, arrowhead from, 292°; bone articles, 251°; needles, 312°. Hoes, 249°. Honeoye Falls, bone combs from, 285%, 287°; bone image, 283°; pendants, 2728; perforated teeth, 278%. Hopewell, arrowhead from, 2917; bone combs, 286. Horn, uses in England, 249°. Horns of deer, 251°, 253°. Horton, J. H., referred to, 316?., Human skulls, ornaments made from, 280°. Human teeth, 275°. Images, 283!-84), Indian Castle, 243°. Iroquois, liking for ‘bone and horn, 252°, 208%. Jack Reef, bone whistle from, 3177; harpoons, 295”, 3009; horn implements, 272°. James, John B., description of awl, 266°; cited, 3134 Jamesville fort, beads from, 273+; bears teeth, 278°; bone head, 2835; elk’s tooth, 276°; perforated crown of tooth, 276”. Jefferson county, articles from, 252° awls, 258°, -259!, 2645, 2669; bears teeth, 278'; bone articles, 2824; bone combs, 284°; carved bone articles, 348 NEW YORK 282); fishhooks, 305"; flint arrowhead, 2528; harpoons, 3037, 303°; knives, 2687, 2697, 2694; ornamented articles, 268°; perforated skull, 281°; pottery, 2447, 2454. See also Chaumont bay; Mannsville; Perch river; Point Pe- ninsula; Rutland; Sacketts Harbor; St Lawrence site; Storrs Harbor. Jewett, Col. E., gift to national mu- seum, 3037. Jogues, Father, cited, 275°. Jones, C. C., cited, 2543, , Josselyn, John, cited, 291°. Kalm, Peter, cited, 311°. Kaneenda site, awls from, 260°; bone arrow, 292". Keller, Dr Ferdinand, cited, 254?, 3107. Kellogg, Dr D. S., cited, 253°, 2947. Knives, 2541, 261°-69". Lawrence fort, Pompey Center, awls from, 259’; bone combs, 285+; har- poons, 301°; perforated skull, 280°; punches, 270°, 271'; shuttle or unfin- ished hook, 3067. Ledyard collection, 260°, 2627, 289°, 308°. Le Jeune, cited, 2967. Leroy, needles from, 313+. Lewis, T. H., mentioned, 254°. Lima, bears teeth from, 278%. Livingston county, harpoon from, 299°. See aiso Hemlotk lake; Lima. Long Island, bones of deer, 266%. See also Port Washington; Sag Harbor. Loskiel, G. H., cited, 2508, ig McClure site, arrowhead from, 2917; bone combs, 286”, Mackenzie, Alexander, cited, 311°. Madison county, awls from, 260°. See also Atwell site, Munnsviile; Nichols pond site; Oneida Valley. Madisonville site, Ohio, fishhooks from, 305°, 310°; harpoons, 2944; needles, 312°. ‘ Manitoba, awls from, 266+. Mannsville, awls from, 260'. STATE MUSEUM Marcy, bone implement from, 3267. Marshall, stone ball from, 244°. Masks, 2511, 283!-84°. Michigan, fishhook from, 307. Mills, C. L., acknowledgments to, 3062. Minden fort, see Otstungo fort. Mohawk valiey, bone chisel from, 289°; bone image, 284!, Monroe county, see Honeoye Falls. Montgomery county, see Canajoharie; England’s woods; Fort Plain; Pala- tine Bridge; Rice’s woods; Wagner hollow. Montreal, see Hochelaga. Morgan, L. H., cited, 260", 312%, 321+. Morse, 8. W., bone image belonging to, 284?, Moseley, C. F., articles found by, 270°; pendants belonging to, 272°; bone combs belonging to, 286'. Munnsville, awls from, 260!; bone pend- ants, 282?; perforated tooth, 276%; perforated human tooth, 2761; per- forated elk’s tooth, 278°. Murdoch, John, cited, 279". Needles, 249°, 2537, 253°, 254°, 3118-15". New York city, awls from, 266°. Nichols pond site, awls from, 2614, 261%, 265°; beads, 2744; carved handle, 279'; chisel, 289°. Nilsson, Prof. Sven, quoted, 295°-96. Ogilby, John, cited, 311°. Oneida county, sce Marshall. Oneida Valley, arrowhead from, 2915; bears teeth, 278°. | Onondaga county, bone articles from, 252°. See also Baldwinsville; Brewer- ton; Fabius; Pompey. Onondaga fort, bone comb from, 284°. Onondaga fort of 1696, see Jamesville fort. Onondaga historical association, collec- tion, 3271. Onondaga lake, harpoons from, 303°. Onondaga outlet. Knives from, 269". Onondaga valley, knife from, 268°. INDEX TO HORN AND BONE IMPLEMENTS Ontario county, harpoon from, 3803". See also Clifton Springs; East Bloom- field; Hopewell; Richmond Mills; Victor; West Bloomfield. Orleans county, fishhook from, 3077. Ornamental forms of bone, 278°-83'. Otstungo fort, arrowhead from, 292!; awls, 265°; bone head, 283°; carved handle, 279%; elk’s tooth, 276°; har- poons, 298’; horn cut from antler, 326°. Ottawa belts, 245°. Palatine Bridge, bone gouge from, 290°. Pendants, 2727-74", Perch river, arrowhead from, 291°; awls, 258°, 266°; beads, 2734. Perch River bay, harpoons from, 302+. Perch river mounds, 2437. Perforated and grooved teeth, 274°—78°. Perkins, George H., cited, 250°, 2511; . bone mask belonging to, 284%. Phalanges, 216?-17°; use, 3211. Pickaxes, 2499. Pierce, Mrs, gift to Onondaga histori- cal association, 327}. Pins, 249°, 2557. Pipes, 288°-897. Plates, explanation of, 331-48. Plato, Dr, articles found by, 2717. Point Peninsula, awls from, 259". Polished stone articles, 244°. Pomeroy, Oren, articles found by, 2587, 2627, 2654, 277%, 282°, 803°. Pompey, antier prongs from, 272°; awls, 2647; beads, 273!, 2787; bears teeth, 278!; bird ornament, 2728; bone comb, 284°; cylindric bone charger, 2713; harpoon, 302; perforated piece of skull, 280"; perforated tooth, 276%. See also Christopher site, Sheldon site. Pompey Center, see Lawrence fort. Port Washington, human and canine remains, 243”, pottery, 245%. Pottery, 2448, 2537. Pride, H. A., collection, 3267. Pulaski, camp sites near, 243°. O49 Punches, 254%, 255!, 2698-725, Putnam county, see Cold Spring. Rattles, 321°—22°. Rau, Dr Charles, cited, 293%, 295°-96?, 2974, 298°-99*, 3037, 304°-58, 8077, 3092, 3128; referred to, 300°, 307%, 3077, 3087, 308%. Rice’s woods, awls from, 261°; beads, 2744, bears teeth, 277°, 278; bone combs, 285°, 287°; bone punch, 270°; bone whistle, 3174; grooved horn implement, 3237; harpoons, 298*; horn adz, 325°; horn arrow, 292°; knives, 263°; punches, 270, 271°. Richmond, A. G., quoted, 293°. Richmond collection, 260!, 2617, 263°, 265", 2658, 265°, 2704, 2708, 2744, 274°, 276°, 2834, 2841, 2854, 286°, 287° 2899, 2953, 2988, 3028, 307°, 3285, 3252, 325°, 326°. Richmond Mills, fishhooks from, 3075. Rochester Junction, beads from, 2714; bone comb, 286'!; bone implements, 2708. Rutland, perforated skull from, 2808; articles from, 2814. Sacketts Harbor, carved bone handle from, 278%. Sag Harbor, bone needles from near, 312’; fishhook, 307°. Sagard, T. G. le, cited, 311”. St Lawrence site, arrowhead from, 2925; carved moose horn ornament, 280!; fishhooks, 310°; harpoons, 300?, 303°; knives, 262°, 2684, 268%; needles, 314’, Salmon river, camp sites, 248°. Schliemann, Henry, cited, 253°. Schoolcraft, H. R., cited, 305°. Scipioville, pendants from, 2727; bone. combs, 2857. Scrapers, 3257. Seneca river, awls from, 2594; bone whistle, 3177; fishhooks, 3087; har- poons, 2957, 295°, 2958, 300°; knives, 269°; perforated teeth, 276°. od) Shelby fort, fishhook from, 307’. Sheldon site, awls from, 257°, 2603, 2643, 265°; deer horn prong, 270!; horn im- plement, 323°; ,needles, 314’; perfo- rated bone,2737. Slocum, George, knife found by, 268°. Smith, Capt. John, cited, 250’, 290°-91?. Smithsonian institution, bone and horn implements from, 250”. Southall, James C., cited, 250!. Spanish hill, 248°. Spear point, 250°. Spoons, 3155-167. Spuyten Duyvil from, 292°. Squier, HE. G., cited, 299°. State museum collection, 308°, 309", 3137. Staten Island, bone arrowheads from, 2928. Stewart, Dr T. B., photograph fur- nished by, 280’; comb belonging to, 285°; quoted, 293°; referred to, 308°. Stone Arabia, see England’s woods; Rice’s woods. Stone articles, 244°. Stone ball, 2443, Stone pipes, 244°. Storrs Harbor, bone articles from, 282°. Susquehanna river, shell heaps, 243°. creek, horn arrow 2004, 308%, Teeth, 2537; perforated and grooved, 2748-78. Three River Point, knives from, 269°. © Tomahawk, 261!. Tompkins county, see Waterburg. Tooker, W. Wallace, articles found by, 2664, 307°; cited, 3127. Toronto collection, 2944, 310°, 324’. Twining, J. 8., referred to, 2814, 282, 317°. Twining collection, 264°, 309%, 309". 2808, 2824, Unio complanatus, 243°. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Union Springs, horn charger and other articles from, 279°. Vail collection, 271°, 2723, 2772, 2774, 278°) 2809, 2987. Van Cortlandt park, awls from, 266°; needles from, 3134. Van Epps, cited, 313°. Van Epps collection, 266’, 2687. Venice, crescent from, 274°. Verazzano, visit of 1524, 250°. Victor, bone comb from, 2864. Wagner hollow, bone comb from, 2874; copper saws, 326"; part of ant- ler, 326°. Walrus tusks, 327°. Wampum, 2454. War clubs, 2607, 2628. Waterburg, bears teeth, 278°. Waterbury, A. H., collection of har- poons, 294°; articles found by, 300%, 3014. Waterbury collection, 2614, 2634, 2685, 2648, 2708, 2724, 278°, 2776, 290!, 2927, 2987, 300°, 3011, 3014, 302°, 3027, 3033, 3047, 3097, 310!, 3187, 314° Watertown, bone tube from, 3178; fish- hook, 309°, ; Weedsport, harpoons from, 295°. Wemple creek, awls from, 2637. West Bloomfieid, bears teeth from, 278°; bone ball, 3247; bone head, 2838; bone images, 284’; fishhook, 3084. Westchester county, explorations in, 2438. Whistles, 3167-179. Wolf’s tooth, 276°. Wood, William, cited, 3188, 319%. Woodchucks teeth, 276. Woodworth collection, 2827, 2824, 285%, 308°. Wyman, Mr, mentioned, 245°. eae David, cited, 2969-977. (Pages 351-352 were bulletin cover pages) University of the State of New York New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MeErRriLiL Director Bulletin 51 April 1902 CATALOGUE OF N EW YORK REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS BY EDWIN C. ECKEL AND t \ FREDERICK C. PAULMIER) Ph.D. | ‘ PAGE Serpents of northeastern United States. Epwin C. ECKEL Impreductiony ooo. Wn o/c. acne 356 IRefenencenish 55-2 205s heer 357 Classification and nomenclature..... 359 Anatomie characters j.\5/225 . 2... 360 Venomous and nonvenomous SIO CST oe eS SO C09 | Nomenclature of the scales....... 361 Wanlationh! <) icc.) 5. Soe aa ee 262 DiS pri Uthor) 32k ish en eth 363 PAGE Distribution (continued) @olorikey toyspecies 22022200... |. 365 Specific descriptions Colubridae... 366 Specific descriptions Crotalidae.... 385 Lizards, tortoises and batrachians of New York. F.C. PAULMIER IMtEOGUC HON, Wed eo 389 Deseriptionsy soe eee een so oon 390 Plate 1 Metamorphoses of Ba- Pachiasa eee. at facing 396 Collecting and preparing........... 407 Bryce eye Li i Os ci 410 ty at AME Any ae Hil WS OANA ERI hat t Bi yea) ei iH Ts) y Nice ‘ ni He ioe eh ee i oe T sais 4d ns ay Rs Ne nigy ay ‘banat nine SOR MARS Sparta’ bea ainda! ph t 2h ene mae et Gers 4 “ul binlihee Hea rogeny Pie es Bara bake ye Nyabilaroy’ eet fOr i rat pa Gta foardhon, Dat, tua? 4 f Piel ea i Keay mc Pi way . (6 ah O08 os ays al +s ae OM els ile f ie ie as | bie aa WON eds Wot MNEs iti ry m University of the State of New York New York State Museum Freprerick J. H. Merriti Director Bulletin 51 April 1902 CATALOGUE OF NEW YORK REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS PREFACE Since the publication, by James E. De Kay,' of his report on the zoology of New York in 1842, and by Spencer F. Baird,’ of the report on the serpents of New York state, great changes have been made in the nomenclature and classification of the reptiles and batra- chians, and a number of new species and subspecies have been added to our fauna. The works named are, moreover, practically unobtainable, and no popular discussion of the subject is at present in print. The groups here treated are, in consequence, much less familiar to the general student than are the birds and mammals. In view of these facts, it seemed desirable for the New York state museum, in pursuance of its definite policy of placing at the disposal of the citizens of this state trustworthy guides to the various biologic groups, to issue a catalogue of the New York species of reptiles and batrachians as at present known, accompanied by descriptions sufli- cient to make it possible for nonspecialists to identify these species. At the request of the director, this work was undertaken by the authors of the two papers published in the present bulletin. Information regarding the occurrence and distribution of the various species is much to be desired; and local faunal lists would be of much value in this connection, while specimens sent to the state museum will be identified. Freperick J. H. Murriny 1De Kay, James E. Zool. N. Y. v. 3, pt 3, 1842. 2 Baird, Spencer F. Serpents of New York. N. Y. state cab. nat. hist. 7th an. rep’t. 1854. New York State Museum SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY EDWIN C. ECKEL INTRODUCTION The following catalogue was commenced with the intention of including only such species of serpents as have been found within the limits of New York state, together with such other species as could, from occurrences in adjoining states, be reasonably expected to occur here. A preliminary check list, prepared on that basis by the author, and published recently in the American naturalist, con- tained 25 species and subspecies. This list was notably imperfect, of which fact no one was more conscious than its author; but it was the first attempt to formulate such a catalogue since Baird’s list of 1854. De Kay, in 1842, described 15 species of snakes as occurring in this state. To this list Gebhard added a sixteenth (Storeria occipitomaculata) in 1851, and a seventeenth (Sistrurus catenatus catenatus) in 1853. The present list names 19 species as inhabitants of New York state, one of these species how- ever being represented by six subspecies. One additional species, (Coluber vulpinus) is added because of a single occurrence in Massachusetts; while the three remaining species have been found in Pennsylvania or New Jersey, but not in New York. The total number of species and subspecies here described is 28, and the catalogue, as now issued, includes every species and sub- species authentically recorded from that portion of the United States lying north of Maryland and east of Ohio. Two additions may have to be made to this list in the near future. It is probable that some more southern representative of Osceola doliata than O.d. triangula will be found to occur in New Jersey or Pennsylvania; while there is a possibility that some.of the Ohio specimens (from Lake Erie) identified as Natrix fasciata erythrogaster may really prove tu be of that subspecies. | As noted later in this bulletin, I am greatly indebted to Messrs H. D. Reed of Cornell university, and W. Seward Wallace of New York, for hitherto unpublished data which they have placed at SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES ait my disposal. Mr Reed has further aided me by sending specimens from several localities in this state. It seems proper to point out here that Mr Wallace, in securing Cyclophis aestivus and Pityophis melanoleucus near Nyack N. Y., has made the first real addition to our local faunal list since 1853. All the figures in this bulletin save those on pl. 1 are duplicates of those used in Cope’s Crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America, and are available for use here through the courtesy of the secretary of the United States national museum. Reference list The following list is not inany way complete, but it contains all faunal lists, relating to the area under consideration, noticed by the author. Several of the more important general works on American herpetology have been added because of localities given in their texts; and, in addition, certain papers by ‘Cope have been cited because of their bearing on the matter contained in the section on variation. For explanation of asterisks, see p. 389. The works are referred to in the bulletin by author and date. * Abbott, C.C. 68. Catalogue of the vertebrate animals of New Jersey. Geol. N. J. p. 801-3. * Allen, Glover M. ’99. Notes on the reptiles and batrachians of Intervale, New Hampshire. Bost. soc. nat. hist. Proc. 29 : 63-75. *Allen, J. A. ’69. Catalogue of the reptiles and batrachians found in the vicinity of Springfield, Mass.: with notices of all the other species known to inhabit the state. Bost. soc. nat. hist. Proc. 12 : 171-204. ‘Baird, Spencer, F. ’54. On the serpents of New York; with a notice of a species not hitherto included in the fauna of the state. N. Y. state cab. nat. hist. 7th an. rep’t, p. 95-124. *Bicknell, E. P. ’82. Review of the summer birds of a part of the Catskill mountains, with prefatory remarks on the faunal and floral features of the © region. Linn. soc. N. Y. Trans. 1: 113-68. * Cope, Edward Drinker. ’75. Check list of North American Batrachia and Reptilia. U.S. nat. mus. Bul. 1, p. 104. 92. Critical review of the characters and variations of the snakes of North America. U.S. nat. mus. Proc. 14 : 589-694. —— ’93. Thecolor variations of the milk snake. Am. nat. 27 :1066-71, pl. XXiV-XXvVii. | —— ’96. [Variationsin Osceola doliata] Primary factors of organic evolution. N. Y. p. 29-41, fig. 2-11. *_—______ 1900. Crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America. U. S. nat. mus. Rep’t. 1898. p. 158-1270, pl. 1-86. *De Kay, James E. 742. Natural history of New York; Zoology of New York. v. 8, pt 3, Reptiles and amphibia. 2v. Alb. 358 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ditmars, Raymond L. ’96. Snakes found within fifty miles of New York. Linn. soc. N. Y. Abstract and proc. no. 8, p. 9-24. Eckel, Edwin C. 1901. Snakes of New York: an annotated check list. Am. nat. 30 : 151-59. *Fogs, B. F. ’62. List of reptilesand amphibians found in the state of Maine. Portland soc. nat. hist. Proc. 1: 86. Gebhard, John, jr. °51. [Occurrence of Storeria occipitomaculata. in New York state] N. Y. state cab. nat. hist. 4th an. rep’t, p. 23. ——— ’53. [Occurrence of the Massasauga, Crotalophorus tergeminus in New York state] N. Y. state cab. nat. hist. 6th an. rep’t, p. 22. *Holbrook, J. E. ’42. North American herpetology. 5 v. Philadelphia 1842. x * Hough, Franklin B. ’52. Catalogue of reptiles and fishes, from St Law- rence county, procured for the state cabinet of natural history by Franklin. B. Hough. N. Y. state cab. nat. hist. 5th an. rep’t, p. 23-28. *Jordan, David S. ’99. Manual of the vertebrate animals of the northern United States. Chicago. 1899. * Kirtland, Jared P. ’38. Report on the zoology of Ohio. O. geol. sur. 2d an. rep’t. p. 155-200. *Linsley, James H. ’44. Catalogue of the reptiles of Connecticut. Am.. jour. sci. 1st ser. 46: 387-51. *Macauley, James. ’29. [Serpents of New York state] Natural, civil and: statistical history of the state of New York, by James Macauley. 3v. O. 1:441, 513-17. : *MacKay, A. H. 796. Reptiles and batrachians of Nova Scotia. Nova. Scotian inst. of sci. Proc. ix : xli-xliii. *Mearns, Edgar A. ’98. A study of the vertebrate fauna of the Hudson: highlands. Am. mus. nat. hist. Bul. 10 : 303-52. ——— ’99. Notes on the mammals of the Catskill mountains, New York, with. general remarks on the fauna and flora of the region. U.S. nat. mus. Proc. 21 : 841-60. ; *Morse, Max. 1901. Ohio reptiles in the Ohio state university zoological museum. Ohio naturalist. 1 : 126-28. *Nelson, Julius. °90. Descriptive catalogue of the vertebrates of New Jersey. State geol. N. J. Final rep’t. v. 2, pt 1, p. 648-48. Putnam, F.W. ’65. [On the species of the genus Hutaenia B.&G.] Bost.. _ soc. nat. hist. Proc. 9: 60-62. ——— 66. [Occurrence of worm snake in New England] Essex inst. Proc. iv : 1xxxiii-lxxxiv. *Reed, H. D. 1901. Notes on the snakes of the vicinity of Ithaca, N. Y. (Manuscript placed at my disposal by the author) *Smith, David S.C. H. 7°33. [Catalogue of the] Reptilia [found in Massachu- setts] Rep’t geol. Mass. 1833. p. 552, 2d ed. 1835, p. 534. *Smith, W. H. ’82. Report onthe reptiles and amphibians of Ohio. O. geol. sur. Rep’t. v.4. Zoology and botany, p. 629-784. ; SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 359 Stejneger, Leonhard. ’95. Poisonous snakes of North America. U.S. nat. mus. Rep’t. 18938. p. 337-487, pl. 1-19. —— 1901. Eckel’s Snakes of New York. Am. nat. 35 : 428. *Storer, D. H. ’39. Reports on the fishes, reptiles and birds of Massachusetts. Bost. p. 221-34. *Thompson, Zadock. ’42. [Serpentsof Vermont] History of Vermont, natu- ral, civil and statistical, by Zadock Thompson. p. 115-19. *Verrill, A. E. ’65.* Catalogue of the reptiles and batracrians found in the vicinity of Norway, Oxford co. Maine. Bost. soc. nat. hist. Proc. ix : 195-99. ——— ’69. [Note on occurrence in Connecticut and Massachusetts of Ancis- trodon contortrix] Bost. soc. nat. hist. Proc. xii: 249. Wallace, W.S. 1901. Snakes of Rockland co., N. Y. Trans. Linn. soc. ING Y. Placed at my disposal, in manuscript form, by the author, and as yet unpublished. CLASSIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE The paper here presented is designed for general use, and is issued as a guide to our local species of serpents, with a view to obtaining farther data concerning the occurrence, frequency and variations of these species in different parts of the area under con- sideration. In order to popularize the subject as far as possible, certain changes from the usual form of presentation have been adopted. ; | In giving the specific descriptions, synonymic lists have been omitted, and the scientific names under which each species is described by De Kay (42) and Jordan (99) respectively have been added. In addition to an artificial generic key of the com- mon type, based on structural characters of more or less moment, a highly artificial key to the species, based so far as possible on tint and pattern of coloration, has been devised; which will be of service in determinations of living specimens. Prof. Cope’s grouping and terminology, as fully developed in his last work (Cope. 1900) on North American serpents, have been strictly adhered to. This close following of what will undoubtedly be for many years the standard general work on the subject, seemed desirable in a paper such as the present, purely preliminary in its nature, though the author’s views on several of the forms treated are widely at variance with those advanced by Prof. Cope. To the scientific name of each species, has been added that one of its common names which seems to be in most general use, or 360 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM which designates most correctly some character. In the few cases: where such names did not exist, descriptive names have been coined. | Anatomic characters Serpents, or snakes, are reptiles with highly elongate, evlindrie bodies, covered with scales, this covering being shed entire at cer- tain seasons of the year. External limbs are either, as in our species, entirely wanting, or very rudimentary. The mouth is capable of great distension, most of the bones of the head being united by ligaments or muscles only, and possessing therefore great freedom of motion. External ears are lacking; as are eyelids, the eye being protected by an immovable layer of transparent epidermis, which is shed with the skin. The tongue is forked, capable of protrusion, and retractible into a sheath. Teeth are always present, on both palatine bones and jaws. The digestive and respiratory organs are, like the general form, much elongated. The paired organs (lungs, etc.) are rarely bilaterally symmetric, one of the pair being usually rudimentary or wanting. The stomach is a simple enlargement of — the digestive canal. The snakes form a very compact and well marked group, easily separable by external characters from the nearest related forms. Among the lizards, it is true, certain serpentiform species occur, but not within the region covered by this paper. But little definite information is at hand concerning the breeding habits of our snakes, even of the more common species. It is known that certain species are oviparous (laying eggs) while others. are Ovoviviparous (the egg being developed and the young hatched before exclusion from the body of the mother). From the scanty data obtainable it seems probable that the New York species belong- ing to the genera Coluber, Zamenis,C yclophis, Liopeltis, Osceola and Ophibolus are all oviparous; while in those of Storeria, Natrix, Eutaenia, Ancistrodon, Sistrugue and Crotalus the young are brought forth alive, owing to an early breaking of the eggshell, The manner of birth of the species of Diadophis, Carphophiops and Pityophis is unknown; and it seems possible that in Heterodon platy- rhinus both forms of birth may occur. SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 361 Venomous and nonvenomous snakes Of the species occurring within the area here discussed, only three are venomous. These are the banded, or northern rattlesnake (p. 887); the massasauga, or prairie rattlesnake (p. 386); and the copperhead (p. 385). The three venomous species are closely related, all belonging to the family of Crotalidae, or pit-vipers, marked by the presence of erectile poison fangs on the upper jaw and by the presence of a deep pit between the eye and the nostril. The head is more or less markedly triangular in outline, and sepa- rated from the body by a relatively constricted neck. The rattles of the two species of rattlesnakes are of course an unmistakable characteristic. The copperhead bears no such distinguishing mark, and is frequently confused with the harmless hog-nosed snake, or blowing adder (p. 368), the water snake (p. 377) and occasionally even with the familiar milk snake (p. 374). xs any way Sx KU) Fig. 4 Heterodon platyrhinus De Kay. °42 “One of our common snakes” in the Highlands. earns. 798, p. 827 , “Very common in sandy regions in Orange county and southern Westchester county.” cekel. 1901, p. 152 ‘Not at all common in Rockland county.” Wallace. 1901 This species, though entirely harmless, is commonly regarded as venomous. When annoyed it flattens the anterior portion of its body, and hisses vigorously. Comparison of the above specific description and figures with those of the copperhead (p. 385) will show the numerous puints of difference. a SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 369 4 Liopeltis vernalis (De Kay) Smooth green snake ° De Kay. Coluber vernalis Jordan. Liopeltis vernalis Head distinct; body slender. Scales smooth, in 15 rows. Tail less than one third of total length. sd 4} teeasees!| weesecand Ly SY Fig. 5 Liopeltis vernalis Above, green; yellowish to yellowish green beneath. Length 20 ‘inches. A somewhat smaller species than Cyclophis aestivus from which it is distinguished by its scales being smooth and in 15 rows, as well as by having a proportionately shorter tail. Common in many parts of the state. De Kay 42, states that it is “very common in the marshes about Salina and Cayuga.” “ Specimens taken on Staten Island, N. Y.” Detmars. 796, p. 14 “Still common in the Highlands.” earns. 98, p. 326 ‘“‘ More common, I believe, in Orange county than east of the Hud- son.” Heckel. 1901, p. 152: “ A number of specimens taken at Ithaca.” eed. 1901 “Quite common in Rockland county.” Wallace. 1901 Specimens were taken by Baird near Westport, Essex co., and several have been sent to the state museum recently from Ausable Forks, Essex co. The: species has been recorded as far north as Nova Scotia. (MacKay. 96.) 5 Cyclophis aestivus (Linn.) Rough green snake De Kay. Leptophis aestivus Jordan. Opheodrys aestivus Head distinet; body slender. Scales strongly carinated, in 17 rows. Tail more than one third length of body. Bright green above; light yellow below. Length 30 inches. Distinguished from Liopeltis vernalis, our only other snake 370 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM resembling it in color, by having keeled scales in 17 rows; while L. vernalis has smooth scales, in 15 rows. Commonly described as not occurring north of central New Jersey, but Ditmars (96, p. 15) found it “quite common” in Plymouth county, Ct. Mr W. Seward Wallace, in his paper on the snakes of Rockland county N. Y., mentions its occurrence in that area; and in a recent Fig. 6. : Cyclophis aestivus \ letter to me states that he does “ not believe it to be rare, though it is not often seen, owing to its small size and secretive habits.” In view of these records it is probable that the species will be found to occur in all the other southeastern counties, or at least in West- chester county and on Long Island. 6 Zamenis constrictor (Linn.) Black snake De Kay. Coluber constrictor : Jordan. Bascanion constrictor Head distinct ; body elongate. Scalessmooth,in17rows. Color, in adult: lustrous pitch-black above; beneath, greenish black to ' Fig. 7 Zamenis constrictor SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES Bye yellow. Young, olive, with darker dorsal blotches. Length 50-60 inches. “Formerly extremely abundant, now fairly so. A specimen taken May 25, 1883, measured 58 inches in length.” Mearns. ’98, p. 326 “ A very common species, both relatively and absolutely, in south- eastern New York.” ckel. 1901, p. 152 The department records show no evidence of a black snake having been taken in the vicinity of Ithaca since 1883. In all my collect- ing about here, for the past three years, I have never seen or heard of one. If any have been taken recently, the fact has not come to our notice. reed. 1901 “Very common in Rockland county, attaining a large size.” Wallace. 1901 7 Coluber vulpinus (B. & G.) Fox snake Jordan. Callopeltis vulpinus Rostral broad ; vertical plate broader than long. Scales in 27 rows (or occasionally 25); the nine dorsal rows carinated. A LB iN Is Fig. 8 Coluber vulpinus Ground color above light brown, with a series of broad, transverse, quadrate, chocolate blotches; below yellowish white, with a series _ of subquadrate, black blotches on edge of abdomen, opposite to those of the dorsal series. Length 60 inches. Included here because of one specimen, described by J. A. Allen Ot NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM (69, p. 181). as captured in 1861 at Wenham Mass. No other specimen has ever been found within the area here discussed, and Cope (1900) states that 1t does not occur east of [llinois. Morse (1901), however, notes specimens from Ohio. 8 Coluber obsoletus obsoletus (Say) Lacer | De Kay. Coluber alleghaniensis Jordan. Callopeltis obsoletus Scales in 27 rows, the 17 dorsal rows keeled. Color above, black or dark brown, with or without darker quad- rangular blotches ; occasional scales with white markings; greenish white to slate color below. Length 50-75 inches. Found in the Highlands. De Kay, p. 37 “Formerly quite com- » Mearns. mon; now rare. 198, Dp. e210 “Occurs in Orange county (and probably east of the Hudson), though much scareer than Za- nee ite menis constrictor. PENS Hickel. 1901 ps2 fp ; ANF ls “Specimens captured Cierny near Ithaca, June 4, 1883 aN y) : y) 9 i and summer of 1889; at Chittenango, by D. G. Gates, Ap. 27, 1889. A specimen 150 cm long cap- tured alive at Newfield 3 was sent to Cornell uni- Fig. 9 Coluber obsoletus obsoletus versity in August 1899.” Feed. 1901 “Occurs in Rockland county.” Wallace. 1901 oe. SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 373 9 Pityophis melanoleucus (Daudin) Pine snake De Kay. Pituophis melanoleucus Jordan. Pituophis melanoleucus Head short, elevated; rostral plate compressed and narrowed above. Scales in 27 to 31 rows, all save the outer four rows on each side being keeled. \ In = SE Fig. 10 Pityophis melanoleucus Head spotted with black; color above whitish, with a series of chestnut brown blotches, margined with black; abdomen yellowish. Length 60 inches. “[ have seen but one of these snakes in Rockland county (on Tallman’s mountain, near Nyack, at an elevation of about 500 feet A.T.), but it is said to be quite common in the county.” Wadllace. 1901 7 Mr Wallace’s record is of great interest inasmuch as it verifies, 314. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM after the lapse of almost sixty years, De Kay’s prediction that the species ‘‘ will probably be found in this state.” The pine snake may reasonably be expected to occur in Orange county also, but I have no record of it from that area. 10 Osceola doliata (Linn.) Jordan. Lampropeltis doliatus Scales in 21 rows: head flattish. Ground color above varying from ashen to bright yellow, but only appearing as transverse inter- spaces between the brown to reddish spots or saddles which cross. the back. Length 30-50 inches. Osceola doliata is one of our most variable species. The subject can not well be discussed in the present builetin, and the reader is referred to Prof. Cope’s papers, the more important of which are cited in the accompanying reference list, for a full presentation of his views. The subspecies next described — the familiar milk snake—is the only form of Osceola doliata occurring in New York. Several specimens in the state museum, however, taken near Albany N. Y. agree much more closely witls Cope’s O. d. clerica than withO.d.triangula. As Albany is well on toward the northern limit of Osceola doliata the significance of this variation in its bearing on Cope’s views of the geographic distribution of the various “subspecies” is apparent. Specimens of the “milk snake” from any part of the state would on. this account be particularly acceptable to the author. 10a Osceola doliata triangula (Boie) © Milk snake De Kay. Coluber eximius Jordan. Lampropeltis doliatus triangulus Above yellowish gray, with a dorsal series of large brown to: chocolate blotches, bordered with black. On each side, on the. second to fifth rows of scales, is another series of similarly colored but smaller spots, alternating with the dorsal series. Still another series of blotches, entirely black, occur on the edges of the gastros- teges and the three lowest scale rows. On the head the ground color is exposed as a patch, triangular in outline, the apex being directed backward. Below yellowish white, tesselated with black. SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES Biss “Generally distributed near New York city, but not common.” Puncars. °96,p.18 “ A very uncommon species” (in the Highlands.) d/earns. ’98, ae “ A rather common snake in Orange county; less abundant, I believe, east of the Hudson.” Fckel. 1901, p. 152 Fig. 11 Osceola doliata triangula “ Apparently not common in the immediate vicinity of Ithaca. Farther away from the town they appear to be more common.” fteed. 1901 “Common in the villages and farming country of Rockland county.” Wallace. 1901 11 Ophibolus getulus (Linn.) Jordan. Lampropeltis getulus Head little distinct, conic, not depressed, the muzzle slightly compressed and the rostral plate projecting beyond the lower jaw. Tail short. Scales smooth, in 21 to 25 rows. Ground color black, marked above and below with yellow or white spots or bands. Top of head black, with white or yellow spots. Several subspecies exist, the only form occurring within our limits, however, being that next described —Ophibolus getulus Zetulus. 11a Ophibolus getulus getulus (Linn.) Chain snake De Kay. Coluber getulus Jordan. Lampropeltis getulus Seales smooth, in 21-238 rows. 7 Head black, with yellow spots; color above black, crossed by about 30 narrow, continuous yellow lines, which bifurecate on the flanks ; below, yellow, blotched with black. Length 50 inches. “Not uncommon in the pine woods of New Jersey, and also found, but rarely, in what are called the brush plains of Long Island.” De Kay. 742, p. 38 376 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hough, (52, p. 23) in describing his collection made for the state museum in St Lawrence county, notes that this species is “of eom- mon occurrence in this section of the state.” The specimens then sent in have disappeared, so that the record can not be verified ; but, as I have stated, (1901) Gebhard, then curator, was competent to make the specific determination and would hardly have allowed an obvious error to be published. The species can not well be con- fused with any other New York form, and Hough’s record can not Fig. 12 Ophibolus getulus getulus be neglected or suppressed; but, if true, the distribution thus given the chain snake is remarkable. Further data on this point would be of great service, and I would consider it a favor if some St Lawrence county naturalist would investigate the matter. 12 Natrix fasciata (Linn.) Jordan. Natrix sipedon Seales all carinated, in 23 or 25 rows. General form robust; tail not long. General color above bright reddish brown to gray, usually marked by large, dark brown, transverse spots; below yel- lowish or reddish, usually with more or less rounded spots of chest- nut or reddish brown. Length 30-50 inches. Of the “subspecies” listed by Cope, only one (N. f. sipedon) is definitely known to occur within our limits. Both W. H. Smith SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES BY ee (’82) and Morse (1901), however, have reported Natrixfasciata erythrogaster from Ohio. The latter states that it is the most common form in certain localities on Lake Erie. The value of the identification is problematic, but as the localities are definitely given, and the specimens are now in the zoologic museum of Ohio state university, it would seem that the question could be conveniently and finally settled by submitting a suite to Dr Stejneger. The import- ance of these Ohio specimens in the present connection is that, if the subspecies is found as described by the authors noted, it may be expected to occur in western New York. The subspecies is marked off from all others of the Natrix fasciata by being unspotted both above and below, the coloration above being uniform reddish black, and below yellowish red. 12a Natrix fasciata sipedon (Linn.) Water snake De Kay. Tropidonotus sipedon Jordan. Natrix sipedon General color dull brown to dark gray, with darker transverse spots; below yellowish, with cloudy blotches of brownish or red- dish. Length 80-50 inches. General form robust. < \ mi 0) ( a oo (i i if ey, SSS SSS —> Fig. 13 Natrix fasciata sipedon New York and New England specimens seem, in general, to be darker in coloration than those from more southerly areas. Hol- brook’s typeof Tropidonotus niger came from New England 378 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM where, he says, the “species” was common. The water snake appears to be common throughout the state in ponds and streams, though rarely found away from their immediate vicinity. It is a particularly bad tempered species, but its bite is, of course, perfectly harmless. In its coloration and general form it bears some resem- blance to the poisonous “moccasin” (Ancistrodon piscivo- rus) of the southern states, with which it is frequently confused. Its resemblance to the copperhead (Ancistrodon contortrix) (p. 885) is much less close. “One of our largest, handsomest and most abundant snakes.” Mearns. °98, p. 826 “Abundant in all the counties of southeastern New York.” Fickel. 1901, p: 152 “ Abundant near Ithaca; common at Hornelisville.” feed. 1901 “ Often seen along the banks of the Hackensack and other streams in Rockland county, but not so common as the black snake.” Wad- dace. 1901 13 Natrix rigida (Say) Stiff snake De Kay. Tropidonotus rigidus Jordan. Regina rigida Scales carinated, in 19 rows. Muzzle short. Upper surface of | head flat. Above greenish brown, with two deep brown dorsal stripes; abdomen red- dish yellow, with two series of deep brown to black spots. ‘ Length 24 inches. Cope (1900, p. 959) mentions that this species ranges north to Pennsylvania. aS > aos —— Fig. 14 Natrix rigida 14 Natrix leberis (Linn.) Leather snake De Kay. Tropidonotus leberis Jordan. Regina leberis Head small; little distinct from body; depressed and flattened. Seales carinated, in 19 rows. SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 379 Above chestnut brown, with a lateral yellow band, and three narrow black dorsal stripes; abdomen yellowish, with four brown longitudinal bands. Length 24 inches. From description only, this species might possibly be confused with Ku- Ny . ; Wares taenia saurita, UIs which is also striped longitudin- i SD ally, though with ATAU differently arranged (Coy colors. Both spe- Fig. 15 Natrix leberis cies are highly aquatic in habit. Natrix leberis, though included in many faunal lists, seems to be scarce throughout our region, as nearly every observer states that he has never met it, himself, but includes it on good authority. Cope (1900, p. 995) notes a specimen (no. 10,729) in the U. 8. national museum from Livingston county, N. Y. 15 Natrix kirtlandii (Kennicott) Kirtland’s snake Jordan. Clonophis kirtlandi Head very small; not distinct from body. Scales very strongly keeled, in 19 rows. Above, light red- dish to purplish ALA brown, with four rows ene of large darker EG blotches on back and sides; beneath, pale brick red, with black spots. Length 16 inches. Reeorded by Ab- Fig. 16 Natrix kirtlandii bott (68) from New Jersey, but the identification apparently doubted by Nelson (90). Cope (1900, p. 997) restricts its range to Wisconsin, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Ohio. 380 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 16 Storeria dekayi (Holbrook) De Kay's brown snake De Kay. Tropidonotus dekayi Jordan. Storeria dekayi Head distinct from body. Scales keeled, in 17 rows. One preocular. Fig. 17 Storeria dekayi Color above, gravish brown to chestnut brown; with a rather faint dorsal band of lighter brown, margined by dark brown or black dots; below, grayish white. Length 12 inches. Distinguished from Carphophiops amoenus and Storeria occipitomactulata by its gray (instead of reddish) coloration below ; and farther from C. amoenus by the distinctness of its head. ‘Quite common in rocky portions of Central park.” Ditmars. aShOy Day al “Abundant in southeastern New York.” ekel. 1901, p. 153 “ Occurring, but not common, in Rockland county.” Wadllace. 1901 17 Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer) Brown snake Jordan. Storeria occipitomaculata Head distinct from body. Scales keeled, in 15 rows. Two ante- oculars. | Fig. 18 Storeria occipitomaculata SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 381 Above, grayish brown to chestnut brown, sometimes with a paler dorsal band; three light colored spots behind head ; beneath, salmon pink. Length 15 inches. “ Extralimital ; Massachusetts.” De Hay, p. 41 “Common under stones and leaves.” Jfearns. 798, p. 327 “Common inthe Schoharie valley; most often seen after sun- down.” Mearns. 99, p. 345 | ‘“‘ Abundant in southeastern New York.” Sx = a. SVT middle of the ninth row of seales, Fig. 20 Hutaenia brachystoma _ inclusive; chin yellowish. The type specimen, and the only one so far obtained, is stated by Cope (1900, p. 1057) to have come from Franklin, Venango co. Pa. 20 Eutaenia sirtalis (Linn.) Garter snake De Kay. Tropidonotus taenia Jordan. Thamnophis sirtalis Head distinct, oval; body moderately robust; form in general much stouter than Hutaenia saurita; tail between one quarter and one fifth of total length. Superior labials eight; inferior labials 10; scales keeled, in 19 rows. Color above varying from light green through olivaceous to black, usually traversed by three longitudinal stripes, of which the laterals are not well defined, and all three may be very faint or entirely wanting. Below, usually light bluish green, but varying to darker and even to black. This, the common “garter snake,” is abundant throughout the state, and ranges in altitude from tide level to the highest summits of the Catskills and Adirondacks. It is the most variable of American serpents, no less than six “subspecies” having been recorded from the area here considered. In the author’s opinion, however, these six forms are of very unequal systematic value, and ealling all of them subspecies merely results in rendering that term meaningless. At some future time the author hopes to be in a position to discuss the New York forms, at least, in more detail ; but at present this is impossible, owing to lack of the large series of — fresh specimens which such an investigation would require. This being the case, the six “subspecies” noted have been listed and described on the following pages, but the reader may expect to find SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 383: specimens of Hutaenia sirtalis agreeing with several of the subspecific descriptions, or differing from all of them. 20a Eutaenia sirtalis graminea (Cope) Green garter snake Above, light green, with no stripes or spots on upper side of body or head; below yellow, clouded with green. Lips, chin and throat. uniform yellow. Cope (1900, p. 1067) lists specimens from Ohio, Massachusetts. and Maine. I have never seen a New York specimen of Eutaenia sirtalis approaching the coloration of this form. 20b Eutaenia sirtalis ordinata (Linn.) Spotted garter snake Jordan. Thamnophis sirtalis ordinatus General color greenish brown or olive; stripes faint; three series: of small square dark blotches on each side ; beneath, greenish white,, _ with spots of black near each end of the gastrosteges ; upper labial plates all edged prominently with black. I have found this “subspecies” at Vernon, Oneida co., Peekskill, Westchester co., Central Valley, Orange co. A specimen is in the museum collection, taken by Dr M.S. Farr at Kenwood, Albany co., and another, less typical, taken by Dr Tarleton Bean at Pat-. chogue, Long Island. Ditmars (96, p. 20) mentions specimens taken on Long Island, and at Fort Lee N. J.; while Wallace (1901), notes the occurrence of the subspecies in Rockland county. 20c Eutaenia sirtalis sirtalis (Linn.) | Striped garter snake Color above the yellowish lateral stripes dark olive to dark brown ; _@ narrow, rather indistinct greenish yellow vertebral line; three ee Kt annoy? i Fig. 21 Hutaenia sirtalis sirtalis Oot NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM series of small indistinct spots on each side; below, greenish white ; black blotches on gastrosteges near outer margins. Common everywhere throughout the state, though possibly many specimens identified as belonging to this subspecies may have been really one of the three following. 20d Eutaenia sirtalis obscura (Cope) Dusky garter snake Jordan, ,Thamnophis sirtalis obscurus A yellowish dorsal band, with lateral bands less distinct; ground color, exposed between these bands, is uniformly brownish, caused by the complete fusion of the spots shown on other subspecies ; below, grayish green, with black spots near ends of gastrosteges. Specimens noted by Cope (1900) from Westport, Essex co. 20e Eutaenia sirtalis dorsalis b. & G. Lted garter snake Jordan. Thamnophis sirtalis dorsalis Ground color brownish; lateral stripes olivaceous ; dorsal stripe bright red; lateral spots separated by red interspaces. From descriptions given in many of the faunal lists published for the region under consideration, I am led to believe that many speci- mens from New England and northern New York are to be classed with the “dorsalis” group, and I have therefore inserted a description of its typical subspecies. 20f Eutaenia sirtalis pallidula (Allen) General color above, olive to olive brown; dorsal stripe, except at its inception, almost obsolete; the interlinear spots of reddish scales with narrow black edgings and black interspaces. Belly, in young specimens grayish white, in adults from grayish white to light yellowish. The above description is quoted from Allen (99) where the sub- species is first described, a paper to which readers are referred for a more detailed description. In this paper Mr Allen gives its distribu- tion as “from the White mountains of New Hampshire and the Adirondacks of New York, northward into New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, and possibly farther ;” while in a later communication. to the author he instances a specimen of this subspecies caught at Chateaugay, Franklin co. N. Y. SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 385 The author has not seen the specimens on which this subspecies is based, but from the published description the form seems to be entitled to as much recognition as E. s. graminea, and certain other forms to which Cope has given subspecitic rank. B. CROTALIDAE Deep pit between eye and nostril; head rather markedly triangu- lar; neck constricted; subcaudals entire. No normal (solid) teeth upon the upper jaw, which carries erectile hollow poison fangs. All the species are venomous. 21 Ancistrodon contortrix (Linn.) Copperhead De Kay. Trigonocephalus contortrix Jordan. Agkistrodon contortrix No rattle. Top of head with nine symmetric plates in front; scales behind. Scales in 23 rows. General form robust.’ SIL SEES Sa I Fig. 22 Ancistrodon contortrix Above‘hazel brown, becoming bright copper colored on head; darker chestnut colored blotches on sides; beneath dull yellowish, with a series of distinct, large, dark blotches on each side. Chin and throat unspotted. Sides of head cream color. Length 40 inches. “Though found in the western part of the state, most numerous in the meadows of Columbia and Dutchess counties.” De Kay,’42 Ditmars (96, p. 23) mentions occurrences at Alpine N. J., and in Putnam, Westchester and Dutchess counties, N. Y. ‘Much more common than the ‘rattler... Some are killed in hay- fields in the neighborhood of Highland Falls, Orange co. each year.” Mearns. 798, p. 327 386 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM “Occurs in swamps and low grounds in Orange and Dutchess counties, but scarcer in the Highlands.” ekel. 1901, p. 154 “Very common in Rockland county.” Wallace. 1901 The milk snake (p. 374); the water snake (p. 877) and the blowing adder (p. 868) are frequently confounded with this species, though bearing only a very superficial resemblance to it. 22 Sistrurus catenatus catenatus (Rafinesque) Massasauga or Gebhard. ’538, p. 22. Crotalophorus tergeminus Jordan. Sistrurus catenatus Tail with a rattle. Head with nine symmetric plates in front ; covered with scales behind. Scalesin 25rows. Urosteges undivided, except the last three to five, which are bifid. ‘ ee 2 OAL A SRS : Ae iiitectets - SS DKS LOSSES LT ER 4 CECE — Fig. 23 Sistrurus catenatus catenatus Ground color above, brown; blotches deep brown to blackish, with yellowish white margin; color beneath, blackish brown, inter- mingled with yellowish. Length 24—30 inches. The rattles of this species are much smaller than those of a banded rattlesnake of equal length; and their sound is correspondingly feeble. , Described by De Kay (42, p. 57) as extralimital, this species was added to the New York faunal list by Gebhard (53, p. 22), a specimen having been sent in by the Hon. Levi Fish, from the town of Byron, Genesee co. Gebhard states further that in this town “their habitat is a white cedar swamp, containing an area of about one thousand acres. During the summer season, they leave the swamp, and go into the adjoining fields of grain, where they remain until fall, when they return to the swamp and hibernate.” No later record exists of their occurrence in New York state; and SERPENTS OF NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES 387 the species has never been noted from any of the other states falling within the scope of this paper. It occurs, however, in Ohio (W. H. Smith, ’82, p. 672), from which state it is also listed by Cope (1900, p. 1149) and Morse (1901). . It seems highly probable that many of the western New York localities given by Macauley (29) for the rattlesnake may, in reality, refer to this species. 93 Crotalus horridus Linr. Banded rattlesnake De Kay. Crotalus durissus Jordan. Crotalus horridus Tail with a rattle. Top of head covered entirely with scales. Seales in 29 rows. nee ad (wwwse, SSS3 SeSe=s. Os OY ro Ce ES Le fa, Co CL Fig. 24 Crotalus horridus Color above, bright yellowish to dark brown ; two series of dark brown to black spots on each side of median line, often confluent across back; tail black; below, yellowish white to gray. Length 60 inches. Macauley (29, p. 514) gives an interesting and detailed account of the distribution, at that date, of the rattlesnake. “They are found on Long Island and Manhattan Island; in some parts of the Highlands; around the head of Lake Champlain ; at and around Lake George; at Glenville, in the county of Schenec- tady; at the Noses, in the county of Montgomery; along some parts 388 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of Unadilla and Susquehanna rivers; at Lenox and Sullivan, in the county of Madison; at Manlius and Onondaga, in Onondaga county ; in some parts of the county of Ontario; along Genesee and Niagara rivers; and in many places in the Oak lands, between those rivers, and also east of the former; at several places along the Schoharie creek ; at the Helderberg, in the county of Albany ; at Snake hill, near Newburg; and in some other places.” De Kay (42), says of the species: “Tt is common in various parts of the state, and in the northern states generally appears to prefer rocky situations. They abound in Clinton, Essex and Warren counties, along the shores of Lakes Champlain and George. Although numerous in the rocky moun- tainous districts of this state, they are rare or entirely wanting in those elevated regions which give rise to the Moose, the Racquette and the Hudson rivers. They are found in the counties of Sullivan, Ulster, Orange and Greene. Since the above paragraphs were written, the nature of these peculiar rock masses of the Clinton beds has been made the subject of a careful paper prepared by C. J. Sarle (Am. geol. Aug. 1901. p. 282). The author has registered the occurrence of a considerable number of these rock bodies and has brought together much evidence confirmatory of their reef structure. 432 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Guelph horizon and its fauna in the sections at Rochester and westward. At the meeting of the American association for the advancement of science at Rochester in 1893, Prof. Albert L. Arey, then of the Rochester free academy, now of the Brooklyn girls high school, drew the attention of the geologists present to his discovery of a fauna lying in strata at the top of the Lockport dolomite series. These fossils, remarkable for the beauty of their preservation, were obtained by Prof. Arey in nodules of white chert found in the upper dolomite layers at a quarry in the southwest part of the city, then being worked and known as Nellis’s quarry, and also from excavations for municipal improvements made in the southern streets of the city. Shortly after this discovery a representative series of the fossils was submitted to the paleontologist for examina- tion, and it was then proposed that a joint description of this interesting new contribution to our New York faunas should be prepared. Subsequently the fauna was carefully studied by its discoverer and brought into comparison with the charac- teristic Guelph fauna, which is extensively and typically developed in the province of Ontario, and the results of this comparison, which did not extend to the details of specific identification, were set forth by Prof. Arey on the occasion — referred to, and also published in the proceedings of the Roch- ester academy of science, vol. 18. Only an inkling of the presence of such a fauna in the New York rocks had before gone on record. As long ago as 1843! Prof. Hall noted the presence of certain species from what are believed to be the dolomites of this same horizon; and in that report and in his subsequent account of these fossils of the Niagara and Salina rocks in vol. 2 of the Paleontology of New York, they were ascribed to the beds of the so called “ Onondaga salt group,” the Salina formation of our present nomenclature. Prof. Hall’s localities for these fossils were at or near Newark, Wayne Co., but we have no other than the original record of them. Ex- posures of this upper narrow horizon along the summit of the Oe Mier ONG Noi el a Moai 1Geol, N. Y. 4th dist. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 433 Niagara escarpment are so rare, and the cuesta has been so seldom trenched either by natural or artificial means, that till Prof. Arey’s discovery, it may be said that we were in almost complete ignorance of its presence. In and about Rochester the fauna seems to have attained a localized development to a profusion not observable elsewhere in the state. During the last year Prof. Arey has, with great consideration, placed his collections of those interesting fossils in the hands of the paleontologist for study. We have found that the material represents a fauna of about 50 species, of which 19 appeared (Niagaran) previously in the same locality, 4 are peculiar to the congeries itself, and 21 are present in common with the typical Guelph fauna of Ontario. It is thus clear that the fauna is not simply a local expression of a late stage of the Lockport dolo- mite fauna, but represents the true Guelph fauna of Ontario. It is possible that the collection we have had in hand does not fully exemplify the fauna, but, as Nellis’s quarry is now aban- doned, and there appear to be at present no excavations within the city of Rochester into this formation, we have been at a loss to add to the material already taken out from this region. Field investigations have been made with care for the purpose of tracing this horizon, which, it may be added, is hardly to be separated from the dolomites beneath by lithologic characters, to the west and east of the vicinity of Rochester. The most complete section of the dolomites in the immediate vicinity of the city appears to be that on Allens creek just to the south, where shaly layers clearly referable to the basal beds of the Salina and chocolate colored dolomites which pertain to the Lockport dolomite series are exposed, but with a covered interval just where one would expect to find the Guelph horizon. In transecting the escarpment at various points between Rochester and Lockport slight traces have been found of the position of this stratigraphic horizon, specially at the exca- vations on the Orchard creek canal feeder south of Shelby, where the abundant nodules of white chert in the compact dolo- mite indicate species of similar character to those at Rochester but in a condition of less satisfactory preservation. 434 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM During the prosecution of this study of the New York Guelph | horizon and the distribution of its fossils, typical localities in the province of Ontario were visited, the sections of the strata carefully studied and quite extensive collections made at Galt, Hespeler and Elora. The earliest fossils described from the Canadian sections were those given by James Hall in vol. 2, Paleontology of New York. Prof. Hall visited the region in 1847 before the stratigraphic relations of the series had been care- fully studied by Sir William Logan and Robert Bell. Hence, in describing the organisms collected, he referred them to the “ Onondaga salt group” together with the few remains taken from what he then believed and what has since proved to be the same horizon. The Canadian paleontologists, principally Dr Whiteaves, have given full accounts of the composition of the Guelph fauna, and at the time the collections were made for those studies, Elora and Hespeler were the most productive of the localities; latterly, through a diminished demand for the rock for construction purposes, less is now accessible at these localities in favorable condition for exploitation of the fauna, and neither is at present as interesting or productive as the various exposures about the beautiful village of Galt. As shown here, the rock section begins on the east side of the bank of the Grand river just below the Grand Trunk rail- road station (Ballantine’s quarry and kiln), where are exposed, reading from the bottom: 1 A yellow, very sandy dolomite in compact layers carrying Megalomus in immense quantities and numerous gastropods, 10 hee ke 2 Thinner and grayish slabby dolomites running up to and above the railroad track, 20 feet; 3 Darker, compact dolomite, 5 feet; 4 Thin, grayish yellow, slabby layers with gastropods, 10 feet. The entire section from the river bank to the top of the bank above the limekiln is not less than 55 feet. This locality proved to be the best in the vicinity for the acquisition of the charac- _ teristic fossils of the fauna. The lower layers of yellow dolo- REPORT OF THE STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 435 mite when wet become softened, so that they break freely in any direction. The fossils, however, as everywhere in these rocks, are internal and external casts, and special pains were taken to secure specimens showing the characteristic exterior ‘characters of the organisms. On the opposite side of the Grand river are exposures at Hogg’s and Webster’s quarries, the latter a small opening of the basal layers on Crumby street, which furnished many inter- esting species. Just above the upper bridge on the east bank igs a slight, unworked exposure of the upper compact, gray, slabby dolomite, which is profuse in gastropods. Melross’s quarry, 1 mile north of the village on the east bank of the river, exposes a yellow dolomite 15 to 20 feet thick, running into a heavy bed toward the top. This rock is full of Megalomus, but good specimens of other fossils are not common, and gastropods less frequently seen. This outcrop lies about 2 miles north of Ballantine’s quarry and is probably about 50 feet higher, completing the section at Galt, which can not be less than 100 feet thick. All these outcrops are along the strike of the formation, and Sir William Logan regarded the strata here as representing the middle part of the group, those at Hespeler on the river Spree being in his judgment below this horizon, while the striking natural section at Elora, about the confluence of the Grand and ‘Irvine rivers, where the canyon is not less than 100 feet deep, is considered the summit section of the formation. The series of fossils obtained from all these Guelph localities will consti- . tute a useful addition to our museum collections. Limestones of the Marcellus stage and origin of their faunas. The Marcellus formation is typically represented by a series of black bituminous shales, carrying a fauna which has pecularities so well marked as to render it readily recognizable. Among these shales there occur in different sections interbedded limestones which are specially noteworthy for the diversity of their organic contents. Thus in eastern sections some 30 feet above the base of the shales lies the series of limestone banks which has been 436 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM known in geologic literature as the Goniatite lvmestone, or, em- ploying the designation derived from the characteristic fossil of the rock, the Agoniatites umestone. These beds are most fully de- veloped in the eastward counties of the state and gradually lose their individuality westward, disappearing just west of Seneca lake. While this limestone is absent in the western counties, another appears at a higher horizon in the shales and carries an altogether distinct series of fossils. To this limestone I applied some years ago the geographic name of Stafford limestone. We find in sections at the very base of the Marcellus sediments, spe- cially in western New York, still a third impure calcareous de- posit which was shown in the section of the Livonia salt shaft and recently has been exposed at Stony point south of Buffalo on Lake Erie. This also has a fauna peculiar to itself in many respects. Thus we have represented in this period of deposition several quite distinct faunal associations, and they have raised the interesting question as to how and whence these faunas have come into our state. The investigation of this proposition has been in a large measure a summarization of observations made by the paleontologist during the past years, but, in bring- ing these together for formal expression, much assistance has been received from Prin. John D. Wilson of Syracuse, who for some years past has been a diligent student of and collector from the Agoniatites limestone as exposed in Onondaga county and in his work has made some interesting contributions to our knowledge of the fauna of these layers. Some field operations in this connection have also been prosecuted in Schoharie and Otsego counties with interesting results, as detailed in a paper on this topic, communicated in museum bulletin 49, which is also accompanied by an account of the section of the Marcellus limestones as exposed at Lancaster, Erie co., by Miss Elvira Wood, instructor in paleontology in the Massachusetts institute of technology, an investigation which the author has executed with care and exactitude. Character of the so called Hudson river beds of the northern Hudson valley. In continuation of the study of the nature and composition of the formation which has been known in geologic REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 437 literature as the Hudson river slates, Rudolf Ruedemann, as- sistant paleontologist, has extended the work previously done and reported on, in the vicinity and to the south of Albany (museum bulletin 42) northward into the upper reaches of the Hudson valley and the general field of exposure of the forma- tion in this direction. On the west side of the river the Lorraine and Utica beds have been traced as far as Mechanicsville; on the east side the Utica, middle Trenton and Normans kill shale were followed only a few miles northward to the long outcrops ‘on the Deep kill in Rensselaer county. At this point a most interesting discovery was made in the finding of beds contain- ing a very unusual graptolite fauna in a fine state of preserva- tion; such a fauna as was described at an early date by the late Prof. Hall from the so called Quebee shales of Canada. Of this fauna nothing has before been known in the state of New York, and the presence of these fossils here in such abundance affords not only important points of correlation of the New York with the Canadian faunas, but again adds in a notable and interesting way to the ancient faunas of the state. Though this fauna is embedded in the “ Hudson river slates”, its age as indicated by the character of its fossils is doubtless to be as- ¢eribed to that of the Beekmantown formation, and represents in an unbroken succession the faunas of horizons which have hitherto in America been known only separately and without any clue to their chronologic sequence. From a biologic point of view the interest of the discovery is greatly enhanced by the presence of innumerable growth stages representing the entire development phases of many forms, from the embryonic stage to the fully developed colony. This interesting section occurs near the town of Melrose in northwestern Rensselaer county, and its graptolites are representatives of the genera Pbhyllo- graptus, Tetragraptus, Loganograptus, Dichograptus, etc., which have hitherto been foreign to our faunas. Four different aggregations of graptolite-bearing shales were found in the thick mass of thin bedded limestones and greenish grits which compose the outcrop; and, as the aggregations or faunules are & 438 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM distinct in their composition, it is believed that exact correla: tions will be possible even with regions so remote as the sec- tions in Scandinavia, on the continent of Europe and in Aus- tralia, for these organisms seem to have maintained to a degree not displayed by others their value as time-markers in the guc- cession of the early Siluric rocks. 1 The lowest horizon is characterized by innumerable ex- amples of Didymograptus, specially D. nitidus and D. patulus. } 2 The next fossil-bearing beds are the richest in species, and the state of preservation is the most excellent. They contain a Tetragraptus and Dichograptus fauna, nearly all the species of these genera, which were described by Hall from the Quebec beds, and several additional ones being present. The fauna of these two horizons combined is that reported from the “ main Point Levis zone” of Hall. This has been referred to the lower Calciferous or Beekmantown formation. 3 Farther up the creek is another series of graptolite beds characterized by Didymograptus bifidus and Phyl- lograptus anna, these two species comprising the ma- jority of all specimens. Neither of them occurs in the first two horizons, but they are characteristic forms of the Phyllo- graptus anna zone of St Anne river, Quebec. 4 Next follows the great mass of the quarry beds consisting of heavy banks of greenish grits with thin shaly partings, the latter carrying innumerable specimens of Phyllograptus typus, P. anna and P.angustifolius. Besides these Didymograptus bifidus, D. similis, Thamno- graptus anna and others. They probably represent the upper part.of the Phyllograptus anna zone. 5 About 800 feet farther up the creek are two narrow black bands intercalated in the dark greenish gray, barren shales, which carry a very luxuriant assemblage of fossils, having not less than 18 species, all of which are new to the New York faunas. Two of these are brachiopods, viz: Lingula que- becensis and a large oboloid representing a new generi¢ SS a ee es ee ey Oe REPORT OF THE STATE PALHONTOLOGIST 1901 439 form. The characteristic graptolite constituents of the fauna are Diplograptus pristiniformis, D. inutilis, Trigonograptus ensiformis, Cryptograptus antennarius, | Retiograptus tentaculatus, Dictyonema, four new species belonging to the rare. sub- genus Desmograptus, hitherto represented by but a sin- gle species in America. This association of forms which is made strikingly distinct by the introduction of the diprionid element appears to be identical with one mentioned by Prof. Hall as occurring at Point Levis, and which is correlated by Gurley in his list of the North American graptolites with the upper Beek- mantown horizon. Thus the zones which have elsewhere been held to represent lower, middle and upper Beekmantown hori- zons are here exposed in continuous section. It is hoped that a more extended study of these beds will furnish the data for an exact determination and subdivision of the graptolite horizons throughout the Beekmantown formation, and it is also purposed to present a careful paleontologic study of the graptolites them- selves. In the appendix to this report Dr Ruedemann analyzes the section in greater detail and also gives under separate title ‘an account of the development of one of the graptolite species, Goniograptus thureaui. | Monroe mastodon. Late last season my attention was called to the discovery of mastodon bones which had been made some time previously near the village of Monroe, Orange co., on land ‘elonging to Martin Konnight. On visiting the spot, it was ascertained that the bones found were in the possession of ‘George Konnight of Monroe and had been taken some years ago, ‘while drawing muck from a pond bottom which had been ex- ~sposed by a protracted season of drought. AIl the bones ob- tained at that time had been kept together with care by Mr ‘Konnight. The situation at Monroe was as follows. Just be- dow the village at the north side of the highway leading to ‘Turner, lies a pond about 250 feet in diameter containing, at the times of my visits, water to an average depth of 6 feet. On careful study of the topography of the region, it seemed prob- 440 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM able that this pond was cut off entirely from the lowland in the immediate vicinity, though the highway was tangent to its southern border, and below the highway the land spread off into a broad, gentle depression. The pond had no visible outlet, though it was pretty clear that the water found its way by seepage across the highway into the lowland beyond, and, as there was no visible surface inlet into the pond, it was a natural inference that the water was supplied to it mainly from the springs in the bottom. Among the bones which were in the possession of Mr Kon- night were the tusks of the upper jaw, which had become badly broken from long exposure but were still in condition to be mounted and which must have been from 8 to 9 feet in original length, the short tusks of the lower jaw, the occurrence of which is of) very great rarity among these fossils, several ribs, a scapula, a tibia and other leg bones, some of the bones of the feet, etc. all of which except the upper tusks were in a condition of superior preservation. On comparison of their dimensions with those of some of the more complete mastodon skeletons, they indicated a skeleton of very great size, almost if not quite reaching the size of the Warren mastodon, the largest yet obtained from the surficial deposits of New York. The legis- lature was asked for an appropriation of $600 to effect the emptying of the pond and the excavation for the remaining bones, the fact being recognized that the accumulation of bones from so many parts of the body as were represented by those in Mr Konnight’s possession, indicated a favorable opportunity for the acquisition of the remainder. This appropriation having been granted, the work of emptying the pond was begun in June and when all these preliminary operations were concluded the excavation of the muck in the bottom was begun. The labor of removing the water and keeping it out of the pond proved extremely arduous, as the water was found to enter the pond by several very large springs, and it was necessary, in order to keep the pond basin free of water, to work the gangs at the pump both night and day. This undertaking occupied a month REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 444 or five weeks, and the expense attending it was in excess of the estimate, so that, when excavation became possible, our means did not enable us to carry this to completion. The area of about one third of the pond bottom was ¢arefully dug over, and additional evidences of the mastodon skeleton were found; but, as we had reached the limit of our appropriation and were in danger of passing beyond it and incurring an expense which could not well be borne, and as I was unable to obtain additional assistance from any private source, it became necessary for us to end the work with the excavations incomplete. Hunting mastodon skeletons carries with it a large element of uncer- tainty, as such skeletons are very rarely complete. The fluidity of the soil in which they have become mired disjoints and scat- ters the bones, with the result that the finding of one part or a considerable portion of a skeleton does not guarantee the presence of all the bones. The parts we have obtained have features of considerable interest, specially the lower incisors to which reference has been made, and the possibility of re- claiming the remainder of the bones is ‘still about as good as it was at the beginning of the enterprise. Cooperative work with the U. S. geological survey on the Sala- Manca quadrangle. In the season of 1900 the work which had been undertaken on the areal geology of the Olean topographic sheet was brought to completion, and the results carefully worked out both here and by the representative of the U.S. geo- logical survey, Prof. L. C. Glenn. This work and report thereon will be published during the coming year. With the opening of the present season the work was continued to the adjoining quadrangle on the west (Salamanca), in which Prof. Glenn was associated with Myron L. Fuller of the U. S. geological survey. Charles Butts, who had during the previous season been the representative of this department in that work and who had prosecuted the stratigraphic and paleontologic determinations in the office during the winter, had in the meantime received | an appointment as assistant geologist on the U. S. geological survey, but by the concession of M. R. Campbell, geologist in 442, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM charge of the work throughout this region and northern Penn- Sylvania, Mr Butts has been allowed to represent us in the ac- quisition of material necessary for paleontologic determinations from localities in the Salamanca area. The work in the field as originally planned when the appro- priation was made has now been brought to completion, and there remains but the summarization of the results acquired and the detailed representation of the stratigraphy on the topo- graphic sheets. This will be the work during the coming winter of Prof. L. C. Glenn, and the completed map will be communi- cated to this department for publication, together with an ex- planatory statement of the detailed stratigraphic observations. Further reference is made under the head of office work to some of the paleontologic and stratigraphic results obtained from the work on the Olean sheet. Personnel of the field staff In the field operations of the department during the last sea- son the following men, outside the permanent staff of the de- partment, have been engaged: Prof. Charles Butts and Prof. Myron L. Fuller of the U. S. geological survey, on the work in Cattaraugus county; Prof. A. W. Grabau of Columbia university with H. W. Shimer of Columbia university, R. F. Morgan of Buffalo, Charles Ewing of Middleport and T. W. Pier- son of Lockport on the investigation of the Clinton lenses in Niagara county; Gilbert van Ingen in the study of the Lower Siluric of the Champlain basin; C. A. Hartnagel of Hornellsville on the Ithaca group problems in Tompkins and adjoining counties. Office work Publications. The reports which were left unfinished at the time of the death of the late state geologist and paleontologist, Prof. James Hall, have now been brought to a conclusion and are all printed and issued. In regard to the memoir on the Generic structure of the Paleozoic corals which Prof. Hall had planned, I am able to report additional progress in spite of REPORT OF THD STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 443 obstacles to the satisfactory execution of the undertaking which have arisen. In the completion and final revision of this work some serious difficulties have constantly recurred because of the incertitude involving many of the specimens on which the investigations have been based, partly with reference to their actual geologic position and partly relating to their geographic locality. The material with which it was expected that the investigations would be continued belonged largely to the col- lection of Prof. Hall, and only a small part of this material has been since his death available for these studies. Notwithstand- ing these and other difficulties pertaining to its execution, I be- lieve it practicable to present this subject in a form useful to students. During the last year the following publications have issued from the department: The annual reports for the years 1899 and 1900. Museum bulletin 39, containing a number of papers relating to paleontologic and stratigraphic problems, as follows: A remarkable occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta beds of the Chenango valley, N. Y.; Paropsonema cryptophya, a peculiar echinoderm from the Intumescens-zone (Portage beds) of western New York; Dictyonine hexactinellid sponges from the Upper Devonic of ‘New York, and The water biscuit of Squaw island, Canandaigua lake, N. Y., by John M. Clarke; - Preliminary descriptions of new genera of Paleozoic rugose corals, by George B. Simpson; Siluric fungi from western New York, by Frederick B. Loomis. Museum bulletin 42, entitled the Hudson river beds near Albany and their taxonomic equivalents, by R. Ruedemann. Museum memoir 3, entitled the Oriskany fauna of Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y., by John M. Clarke. Museum bulletin 45, Guide to the geology and paleontology of Niagara falls, by A. W. Grabau. 444 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM At the present time there are in press: Bulletin 49, containing a series of paleontologic papers entitled: | | On the Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph hill, Rensselaer co., N. Y. and its fauna, by Rudolf Ruedemann; Limestones of central and western New York interbedded with bituminous shales of the Marcellus stage, New agelacrinites, and Amnigenia as an indicator of fresh-water conditions during the Devonic of New York, Ireland and the Rhineland, by John M. Clarke; Marcellus limestones of Lancaster, Erie co., N. Y., by Elvira Wood. 7 Bulletin (as yet without number) being a catalogue of the types of Paleozoic fossils belonging to the New York state museum. With reference to the last named publication I enter into some further detail. Catalogue of type specimens. For nearly three years, as oppor- tunity has afforded, we have been carefully compiling a cata- logue of the type specimens of the Paleozoic fossils of the museum collections. Though many of these important objects had been brought together by themselves, a large number were found to be scattered, sometimes without distinguishing mark, through the collections both in the State hall and in Geological hall. It has consequently been an onerous task to identify these and bring them together. This work is now virtually done, and we have in press at the present writing the completed catalogue of all of this valuable material. It is the purpose to present this catalogue in a broad biologic arrangement and to supplement this with tables showing the geologic distribution of the organisms through the rock series. While probably every year will subject the list to supplementary additions, as the work progresses or as more careful examination of our extensive collections reveals additional type specimens, at the present time the following is a statement of our possessions of this kind. REPORT OF THBP STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 445. Total number of type specimens of paleozoic organisms, 5044. These are divided as follows: Plantae 43 Sponges 141 Coelenterata 348 Echinodermata 115 Bryozoa 484 Brachiopoda 1182 Lamellibranchiata 1022 Pteropoda 56 Gastropoda BYE! Cephalopoda : yell Vermes 102 Crustacea 643 Pisces 13 It is well known that 25 years ago the late Prof. Hall sold his large collection of fossils, on which in very considerable measure the studies in the early volumes of the Paleontology of New York were based, to the American museum of natural history in New York city; and from this fact the impression has in some measure gone abroad that the greater number of types of the Paleontology of New York are not in Albany but in the museum at New York. It is therefore perhaps appropriate that atten- tion be here directed to the following statement with reference to what may be termed types of the New York paleontology in the possession of these two museums, lest misapprehension continue in regard to the location of such specimens. The cura- tors of the collections of Paleozoic fossils in the American museum of natural history have recently published a detailed catalogue of their type specimens from which we draw the. following: | Total number of type specimens, Cambric to Devonic inclusive, 4067. Of these the types figured in official New York state publications are 3626; types from the Paleozoic rocks of New York state figured in official state publications, 2696. 446 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Of the 5044 types of fossils, Cambric to Devonic, in the New ‘York state museum about 4500 are from the Paleozoic rocks of New York state, and with very few exceptions were figured in ‘the official publications of the museum. These statements seem to require no further comment. Catalogue of fossil faunas of the state. During a part of the year Mr C. A. Hartnagel was engaged in the compilation of a card catalogue of the fossil faunas of all our paleozoic rocks. ‘Such lists have never been prepared, and a catalogue has seemed to me imperative to enable us to note in how far our own col- lections retain the recorded representation of these faunal lists. The work is however not merely one of compilation, but requires for its perfection much careful review, and the elimina- ; tion of the synonymous names, and really for its best useful- ness, a grouping which shall be a better expression of the relations of the faunas than the mere bringing together of the species under the general names of the formations. The lists are very large, running up into the thousands of species, and it is believed that it will serve a useful purpose to put this event- ually in published form, as has been done for the ancient faunas of other countries. Determination of Rochester shale fossils from western New York. Mr Hartnagel was engaged for part of the year on the deter- mination of the fossils contained in a large amount of material brought in from the Rochester shale of Middleport and other _ localities in western New York. As the representation of the fossils of this formation in the state museum has heretofore been somewhat meager, though containing many fine examples, this work has served to extend our knowledge of the fauna and has added a number of hitherto unrepresented species to our collections. Study of fossils of the Ithaca formation. In connection with the problems relating to the Ithaca fauna, to which fuller reference _ has already been made, Mr Charles Butts was engaged for some time on the identification of the material collected during the season of 1900. Mr Butts’s familiarity with the species of the REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 AAT. higher beds enabled him to undertake this identification with very satisfactory results. Iron pyrites bed at the horizon of the Tully limestone in western New York. Recent investigations of the stratigraphy of the Devonic series in western New York has brought out the fact that, from the point at which the Tully limestone reaches its western extinction close on the eastern shore of Canandaigua lake and from there westward to Lake Erie, its position in the ‘succession of strata is unfailingly marked by a deposit of irom pyrites in the form of a thin sheet an inch or two in thickness, becoming in places discontinuous and nodular. It proves as re- liable a bench mark in the strata as does the limestone itself, always maintaining the position of the limestone as the bound- ary formation between the Hamilton shales beneath and the Genesee shales above. This pyrite is usually very compact and hard, and in many places among the twigs, balls and pellets of evidently concretionary nature are entangled considerable numbers of diminutive fossils. At the meeting of the American association for the advancement of science at Columbus in 1899,. the writer called attention to this peculiar occurrence in the hope of eliciting some expression as to the probable origin of such a continuous deposit of this peculiar nature extending un- broken for almost 100 miles. Considering that the deposit pre- ceded a period of evidently shallow, inclosed coastal areas or embayments, where organic decomposition proceeded in such a manner as to impregnate the muds with bituminous matter (represented in the black shales of the Genesee), it seemed natural to conclude that the environment which conditioned the formation of this iron sulfid was also due to excessive organic decomposition with generous liberation of iron oxids. As long ago as 1885 the writer described a considerable num- ber of organisms from this pyrite layer, recognizing the fact that they presented similarities to species of the preceding or Hamilton fauna, but their diminutive form seemed to render actual identification of them with previously known species in- secure, and hence for the most part they were described as new A48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM forms. The facts set forth have raised several interesting ques- tions, among them the problem as to how far a fauna gradually or suddenly involved in such conditions as this deposit of metal- lic sulfid indicates could survive and with what modifications of form and structure life might be continued. We have found that the pyrite embraces representatives of various groups of animals, fishes, crustacea, brachiopods, gastropods, cephalopods, plants, etc., and all seem to have suffered in very much the same | way from their surroundings, that is to say, with rare excep- tions all have a diminutive size which may express an atrophy of function or an arrest of development. Some time ago I asked Dr F. B. Loomis of the biologic department of Amherst college to undertake the investigation of this problem. He has studied the matter with much care with material from various outcrops of the pyrite layer, has been enabled to free the organisms and identify them, and by a series of experiments has drawn some interesting conclusions as to the causes which have modified them and the conditions which prevailed over the sea bottom during the period of their life. Dr Loomis’s results will be given in a future report. Contributions to the geologic map of the state. In the compila- tion of a geologic map of the state by the state geologist, I have been pleased to place at his disposal all! the data in the possession of this department which could in any way serve to render more accurate the delineation of the formational contact lines among the sedimentary rocks. These facts were those accumulated for this purpose by the late Prof. Hall and partly by myself under his supervision or independently. For the sake of the accuracy of this official map, I have also undertaken the determination by active field observations of some doubtful points, all in the hope that this map may, so far as the sedi- mentary rocks are concerned, express our best and most ac- curate knowledge of their distribution and classification. Index to state publications on paleontology. The University has undertaken the preparation of an index or series of indexes to REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 449 the scientific papers issued under its supervision. To make this as complete as possible in its references to the paleontology of New York, I have undertaken to compile detailed references to the extensive literature of this subject, including references to descriptions of genera .and species. To meet fullythe purpose of such a compilation, it has seemed highly desirable that in this regard the list shall be exhaustive. The undertaking is one re- quiring considerable time, and it has been thus far carried for- ward in the intervals of more pressing work by Jacob Van Deloo, the clerk to the department. Contraction of office quarters. Mar. 18, 1901, a bill was intro- duced in the assembly repealing ch. 355 of the laws of 1883, giv- ing to the board of regents the supervision and control of such rooms in the State hall as were then or were to be occupied by the state museum. Apparent necessity for this legislation arose from the demand for room on the part of the state controller, the work of whose department had in certain directions become greatly enlarged by recent legislation. Before this bill passed the legislature, as it eventually did, provision was made in the supply bill to move the offices of the paleontologist and his © staff to the second floor of the Geological hall. The items for this expense did not however meet the approval of the gover- nor. Though we were thus left undisturbed, I desire to record here the fact that, at the time this proposition to remove our quarters was made, we occupied offices in the State hall with a floor space of 6822 square feet, divided among six rooms on the third floor and two rooms in the basement. Of the third floor rooms three of the largest were unsuited for any other purpose than storage on account of insufficient light. These with al] the rest were filled with stacks of drawers containing the synoptic and special collections of the department. It was calculated at the time that the actual weight of the paleon- tologic specimens in this building, together with all movable fur- nishings and appurtenances of the department, was more than 250 tons. The failure of the appropriation referred to did not lessen the controller’s need for more room; and, as the legis- 450 . NEW YORK STATHD MUSEUM lative bill relieving the regents from the control of these rooms: passed with the executive approval, we were soon thereafter called on to surrender as much space as possible for that purpose. | In previous reports I have repeatedly referred to the fact of the embarrassment to our work arising from the insufficiency of space to render our material, specially the recent acquisitions accruing from field work in actual] operation, accessible for study. It has been a source of constantly increasing difficulty. to adjust ourselves to these restricted and hampering conditions.. However, in response to the controller’s wishes, we have sacrificed 2000 square feet of floor space, including two of the three well lighted rooms, and, with all our effects in the con- tracted space remaining, are endeavoring to carry forward our work and to find place for our constantly growing collections. The accessions accruing annually from necessary field opera- tions are large, as these reports indicate; and the proposition to return to Geological hall, after having left it 20 years ago be- cause the building was then regarded as overcrowded, involves a serious step backward. It is needless for me, under these oppressive surroundings, to renew a plea for appropriate quar- ters. The condition itself is an acute appeal therefor. Such quarters will come only with the construction of a modern and. Suitably equipped building for the museum, and this condition seems to be fully appreciated by all the friends of the institu- tion. Exhibit of the department at the Pan-American exposition. The department was called on to prepare an exhibit for the exposi- tion at Buffalo. In response to this request an effort was made to bring together: 1 A series of the publications of the state relating to paleon- tology and stratigraphy. 2 The geologic maps issued by the department on the topo- graphic quadrangles. 3 A series of the original drawings and plates of lithographs. used in these publications. “REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 451 4 Certain suites of fossils which it was thought could be dis- played to best advantage with the least risk and would appeal. best to the visiting public. In addition thereto, there was prepared for this occasion an illustrated guide to the geology and paleontology of the Niagara falls and gorge. With the cooperation of the Buffalo society of natural sciences, I brought together an extensive series of the remark- able crustaceans (Eurypterus, Ptergotus, Eusarcus, Erettop- terus, Ceratiocaris) which are found in the waterlimes occurring at the well known cement quarries at Buffalo; and it is safe to say that no such collection of these remarkable and interesting objects was ever before brought together in one place. Great. credit and much gratitude are due to the generosity of the Buffalo society in allowing their material from these rocks to be exhibited with that of the state museum in the completion of this series. ona hy eee) As a second exhibit of this kind, an extensive collection was prepared, to represent the fossil glass sponges which were the subject of a recently published state museum memoir. Here again we are placed under many obligations by the great consideration of E. B. Hall of Wellsville, the owner of a large number of characteristic and beautiful specimens of these fos- sils, which we supplemented in a measure with material from the state museum. In the preparation of the guide to the geology and paleon- tology of Niagara falls and vicinity, we again had the cooper- ation of the Buffalo society of natural sciences. This work was placed in charge of Prof. A. W. Grabau, who made a special resurvey of the region and some special collections of fossils. The work was designed to treat of the origin of Niagara falls, its history and development, and incidentally the development of the topography of the ad- joining region; a considerable part of the work was devoted to the stratigraphy and the character of the fossils, with abundant illustrations of all the species known to occur in the exposures along the gorge. As a whole the guide seemed well adapted 452 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to the requirements of teachers, students and tourists gener- ally; and the general demand for it is sufficient testimony of its usefulness. I am gratified to add that the exhibit of the de- partment received the highest award, a gold medal. Memorial tablet for the Emmons house, Albany N. Y. It seems appropriate to take note here of the recent action of the American association for the advancement of science at its Denver meeting, August 1901, authorizing the placing of a bronze tablet on the house which formerly was the home of Dr Ebenezer Emmons, state geologist of New York in charge of the second geological district, 1836-42,to commemorate the fact that the association looks on this house as the place of its inception. The events leading up to this action are rehearsed in the following document, which is the report and recommenda- tion made by the committee of the American association for the advancement of science, and adopted by that body. REPORT OF COMMITTEE OF AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE ON THE EMMONS HOUSE MEMORIAL The American association for the advancement of science was organized in 1847. It was the organic descendant and enlarged - outgrowth from the Association of American geologists and naturalists. The latter body was created in 1842 by the incorporation of the naturalists within the Association of American geologists. The Association of American geologists is therefore to be looked upon as the legitimate organic ancestor of the American association for the advancement of science. The circumstances which led up to the organization of the Association of American geologists are as follows: During the prosecution of the geological survey of the state of New York the need of the geologists for consultation and interchange of view with others engaged in official geologic work led to the suggestion of an organization of a body of American geologists. It appears that Lieut. W. W. Mather, one of the New York geologists, suggested the subject of such a meeting to the board of geologists in November 1838. He wrote: “ Would it not be well to suggest the propriety of a meeting of the geologists and other scientific men of our country at some central point next fall, say in New York or Philadelphia? There are many questions in our geology that will receive new light from friendly discussion and the combined observation of REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 453 ‘various individuals who have noted them in different parts of our country. Such a meeting has been suggested by Prof. Hitchcock, and to me it seems desirable. It would undoubtedly be an advantage not only to science but to the several surveys that are now in progress and that may in future be organized. It would tend to make known our scientific men to each other personally, give them more confidence in each other and cause them to concentrate their observations on those questions that are of interest either in a scientific or economical point of view. More questions may be satisfactorily settled in a day by oral discussion in such a body than in a year by writing and publica- tion.” (Letter from W. W. Mather to the geological board of New York, dated Nov. 9, 1838, and addressed to Prof. Emmons) | It appears herein that the suggestion of this meeting was originally made by Pres. Edward Hitchcock of Massachusetts, who was the first to receive the appointment as geologist of the first district of New York from Gov. Marcy. Pres. Hitchcock has said in regard to the suggestion made by Lieut. Mather: “Ags to the credit he has here given me of having previously suggested the subject, I can only say that I had been in the habit for several years of making this meeting of scientific men .a sort of hobby in my correspondence with such.”! Lieut. Mather’s letter to the board of geologists was taken up for consideration at a meeting held Nov. 20, 1838, at the oe of Dr Ebenezer Emmons, corner of High oe and Hudson , Albany.” othe action taken by the geologists was one of unanimous approval of the proposition, and Lardner Vanuxem of the third district was commissioned to open communication with other geologists, specially with Pres. Hitchcock, with reference to carrying this project into effect. The undertaking was not Immediately successful, and at a meeting held in the autumn of 1839 the purpose of the geological board was reiterated. This meeting was also held at Dr Emmons’s house, the four geolo- ‘gists and the paleontologist being present, and also Ebenezer Emmons jr, who still survives. As aresult of the second under- taking on the part of the New York geologists, a meeting was ealled in Philadelphia for April 1840, where and when the organization of the Association of American geologists was effected. The following year the association again met in Phila- delphia, when the membership of the body was largely increased, Address of Pres. Edward Hitchcock at the inauguration of Geological hall at Albany, Aug. 27, 1856. N. Y. state cabinet of natural history. 10th an. rep’t. 1857. p. 23. *See documents hereto appended, being A, a statement dictated by Prof. James Hall, Aug. 24, 1896, and B, a statement dictated by Ebenezer Emmons jr February 1900. 454 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and in 1842 the place of meeting was Boston, and then, as already rehearsed, both the name and scope of the association were, at the solicitation of the naturalists, enlarged. Pres. Hitchcock, addressing the New York public interested in the outcome of the work of their geologists, makes the following. statement in the address already quoted: “It may be thought that the New York geologists in their invitation and the members of that first Philadelphia meeting. had no thought of extending their association beyond geolo- gists; but Prof. Mather’s language just quoted speaks of ‘a meeting of the geologists and other scientific men of our country’, thus showing what were his aspirations, and they were shared by all of us who had anything to do with that first meeting. But we knew that only a short timé previous the American academy of arts and sciences at Boston had directed. a request to the American philosophical society as the oldest of the kind in the country, that it would invite the scientific men of the land to such a meeting as the one we are now enjoy- ing; but the distinguished men of that society declined through fear that the effort would prove a failure. Surely then it did. not become us to announce any such intentions or expectations; yet we did talk of them and could not but hope that what might — fail if attempted on a large scale at first might be accomplished step by step. Had not the New York geologists issued that modest invitation and confined it at first to the state surveyors, probably: even yet we might have been without an Association for the advance- ment of science.’’} The committee appointed by this association to consider the matter of placing a memorial tablet on the Emmons house in Albany N. Y. begs to submit the foregoing as evidence of the prenatal history of the American association and to recommend that this house, the home of the late Ebenezer Emmons, a man of eminence in his profession, of untiring diligence and endur- ing patience, be permanently marked by a tablet setting forth the interest of that spot to the history of the association. It is suggested that such tablet bear the following inscription: IN THIS HOUSE, THE HOME OF DR EBENEZER EMMONS, THE FIRST FORMAL EFFORTS WERE MADH, IN 1838 AND 1839, TOWARD: THE ORGANIZATION OF THE ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN GEOLOGISTS, THE PARENT BODY OF THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, BY WHOSE AUTHORITY THIS TABLET IS BPREOTED. 1901 —— = eed 1Address of Pres. Edward Hitchcock, as cited. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 455 The committee further reports that the cost of this tablet will constitute no claim on the treasury of the association but will be borne individually by one of its members, Dr T. Guilford Smith. Joun M. Ciarkn, Chairman C. H. HrroHcock J. McK. CatTreLh W. J. McGue A. Statement dictated to John M. Clarke by Prof. James Hall, Aug. 24, 1896. The organization of a body of Marber edi geologists was pro- posed by the four geologists at Dr Emmons’s house at the corner of Hudson ay. and High st. It was during the fall of 1838. Vanuxem was asked to see or communicate with the Rogerses concerning it, but nothing came of it that year. The next year we reiterated our purpose, as the intention was to get some means of comparing our results with those of other geologists in other states, especially in Pennsylvania. This meeting was held at Dr Emmons’s house, the four geologists ‘being present and perhaps also Conrad. Ebenezer Emmons jr was also there. We then decided to communicate again with the Rogerses and others for the end already suggested and to organize a society of geologists for this especial purpose. We wanted to compare our results with those of others and make up our nomenclature, and we had to do it soon as we were required to publish. Asa result of this unanimously expressed purpose, a meeting was called for April 1840 in Philadelphia. I was present then but not at the second Philadelphia meet- ing in 1841, as that year I was off in May and June with D. D. Owen on a fiatboat sailing down the Ohio, sleeping on a box and collecting fossils all along from Louisville to New Har- mony. As far as Rogers was concerned the meeting came to naught. He was not ready with his results and gave them only at the third meeting at Boston in 1842. It was here that the naturalists proposed to join us, and we agreed thereto, but the Boston meeting was called as the meeting of the Asso- ciation of American geologists, and in the course of that meet- ing the name was changed to that of Association of American geologists and naturalists. B. Statement dictated to John M. Clarke by Ebenezer Emmons jr, February 1900. I was present at the meeting of the four geologists at my father’s house, in 1838. I was then about 16 years old, and had assisted my father in his field work and making drawings 7 Signed by | | l 456 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and sketches. Mr Conrad, the paleontologist, was also present.. I recollect that the board of geologists then authorized Mr Vanuxem to open correspondence with others for the purpose of effecting an organization. A bronze tablet measuring 14 by 24 inches has, in pursuance of this action, been placed on the old Emmons house, at the cor- ner of Hudson av. and High st., Albany, and serves to commemor- ate in some measure the services to American science of the four state geologists of the geological survey of New York (1836-42). Personnel of office staff The staff of the office has remained as last year, with the addition to permanent position of D. D. Luther, who has been interruptedly employed in the department since 1891. Rudolf Ruedemann, assistant paleontologist D. D. Luther, field assistant George B. Simpson, draftsman Philip Ast, ithographer Jacob Van Deloo, clerk H. 8S. Mattimore, preparator and page Martin Sheehy, machinist Prof. Charles Butts and C. A. Hartnagel have been employed for parts of the year on special work. It is with sincere regret that I have to record the death or Oct. 15, 1901, of George B. Simpson, draftsman, after an illness: which kept him but a few days from his duties. The loss of Mr Simpson’s important services is a serious deprivation to the work of the department.. Locality record of museum specimens In continuation of the record of fossil-producing localities, parts of which have been communicated in my last two reports, I herewith submit a list of the additional localities entered during the course of the last year’s work. 21 Oct. 1901 Respectfully submitted JOHN M. CLARKE State paleontologist CRS PO eee T 981d REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 457 Any? 2S Aston a | George Bancroft Simpson 1844-1901 George B. Simpson was born at Boston Mass. Nov. 1, 1844. His father was a mechanical genius and inventor and, though not fortunate in the affairs of this world, was a high-minded man, of upright life and a pillar of the methodist church. His mother was a woman of strong character, genial and lovable disposition. She was the sister of the late Prof. , James Hall. Mr Simpson in his young manhood appren- ticed himself to a printer, but soon after the breaking out of the civil war, he enlisted for the service, enrolling with Company F, 68th Illinois volunteers, on the 5th of June, 1862. He served with his company for the full term of his en- listment, turning in his bounty and pay to the support of the home, which had then been moved to Waterbury Ct. After his first discharge he came to Albany and was for a brief time employed by Prof. Hall ag a collector of fossils, but he soon re- enlisted, this time volunteering with the 106th New York infantry, and served therewith till the end of the war. He then entered Yale college, having an ambition for the law, but finan- cial misfortunes fell on the home and were closely followed by the death of the father, 30 that the cherished hope had to be abandoned, and the young man left college to seek his own and his mother’s fortune and to maintain the homestead at Water- bury. He turned to his uncle in Albany, and then, 1868, at the suggestion of Prof. Hall and under the tutelage of the artists who were employed on the paleontologic work of the state, Mr F. H. Swinton and Prof. R. P. Whitfield, he undertook the drawing of fossils for these publications. Here he remained till his death, except for an absence of two years in Pennsylvania, when he was engaged on similar work for the second geological survey of that state. Mr Simpson’s nature was sensitive and retiring, and he was more inclined to shun than seek companionship, so that very few saw the true spirit of the man or realized the motive of his life. Such men, failing to enforce a recognition of their real | 458 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM merits, pass through life with less than their deserts from their fellows. One whose association with him for many years was close enough to permit him to see within this veil, feels a con- viction that the root of every endeavor in this life toward the © best ideals, the best execution in daily work, was the love for his mother. In her seemed to be centered all his desire for companionship, for laudation and approval, and for her and the home at Waterbury he provided to the end of her life. From this excellent woman and his good father he seemed to have inherited many fine traits of character, a strict integrity and conscientious punctiliousness and perhaps also his delight in nature and all her works. In his work of preparing scientific drawings of paleontologic objects he succeeded for accuracy of expression and of detail far beyond his own expectation, attain- ing a power that few have equaled. The thousands of draw- ings which he made for the Paleontology of New York contributed in a most important way to the value and prestige of that work. Less can not be said than that he was the vehicle for the proper expression of our paleontologic data; and many a working paleontologist has allowed himself to express the feeling that — a publication, specially of a descriptive character, is less serv- _iceable without the illustrations than the illustrations without the description. On looking at some of his most skilful and elaborate drawings of crustaceans and plants from the Coal Measures, Prof. Lesley, the former state geologist of Pennsyl- vania, expressed his amazement that such execution was within human power; and yet but few saw the results of Mr Simpson’s handiwork save after they had passed through the printing press and were shorn of their finer beauties. Mr Simpson was ‘draftsman less of choice than of necessity. Had his way been ‘clear before him and the preliminary training attainable, his deep seated, never lessening love of nature would have carried him to successful accomplishment in some branch of natural history. The flowers were his constant companions; he seemed to crave their unspoken sympathy, and knew and loved their haunts. When he painted them, it was with a preraphaelite touch that was startling in the exactitude of detail. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 459 This interest in natural history expressed itself in other ways and in much more gerious and substantial manner in his pub- lished demonstrations of the anatomy of the fresh-water clam {Anatomy and physiology of Anodonta fluviatilis, 35th rep’t N. Y. state mus. 1884. p. 169-91, pl. 1-11) and in a beautiful and still more elaborate memoir on the anatomy of the snails (Anatomy and physiology of Polygyra albolabris and Limax maximus and embry- ology of Limaxz maximus,N. Y. state mus. bul. 40) which he did not live to see in published form, but of which almost his last con- ‘scious act was to read the proof sheets. One naturally turns first to the illustrations of these papers; and it is worthy of remark that the drawings of this memoir on the snails are the most highly finished that ever came from its author’s hands. They were marvels of handiwork and have elicited unstinted praise from expert students of the Mollusca. They have proved, how- ever, beyond the capacity of the printers to reproduce and have hence lost much of their beauty. These works demonstrated Mr Simpson’s natural taste for scientific investigation. In the execution of the various volumes on the Paleontology of New York, Prof. Hall planned one on the Bryozoa, a group of lowly molluscoid organisms which abounded in profusion in the old faunas of New York. The drawing of these organisms re- quired great skill and much study, and it naturally followed that the draftsman acquired a close familiarity with this multi- tude of specific forms, their variations and mutual relations. He became in fact more familiar with them than any one else could become without long and laborious study; and as a con- sequence Mr Simpson was the virtual author of vol. 6 of the Paleontology of New York, which was almost exclusively con- cerned with these organisms, and not only of this but of all the descriptive matter pertaining to these fossils published during the decade from 1880 to 1890. One outcome of this work was the Handbook of North American Paleozoic Bryozoa, published by Mr Simpson, the usefulness of which to many students can not be gainsaid. All these publications on the Bryozoa were sub- stantial contributions to the paleontology of the ancient rocks, 460 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM though in certain directions they have been the subject of a criti- cism whose very rawness has deprived it of force. The study of the Bryozoa happened, in the plans of Prof. Hall, to be involved with that of the corals; and, as Mr Simpson was called on to make the necessary drawings of these organisms also, and again the execution of the work was dependent on the correct representation of fine internal, structural characters, the artist acquired a detailed knowledge also of these obscure char- acters. Mr Simpson supplied all descriptive matter pertaining to the corals published from 1880 to 1890. For some time before the death of Prof. Hall material was being gathered and studied for a more comprehensive memoir on the genera and species of the extinct corals; and on the drawings and descriptive part of this work Mr Simpson labored faithfully to within a few months of his death. Thus in this field too we shall find ourselves owing much to his fine powers of observation. Mr Simpson married in 1891 Miss Abigail L. Soule, who sur- vives him. J. M. C. (Reena REPORT OF THER STATE PALEBONTOLOGIST 1901 APPENDIX 1 ACCESSIONS 461 The additions to the paleontologic collections have been by A detailed state- donation, purchase, exchange and collection. ment of these acquisitions is given herewith. Donations Judson, W. P., Albany Trilobite from the Trenton limestone, Chaumont. Fossils from the Onondaga lime- stone, bottom of Lake Erie. Luther, D. D., Naples Triarthrus from the Utica _ slate near Rome. Walcott, C. D., U. S. national museum Specimens of Beltina danai Wale. Belt series (pre-Cambric) Glen- wood and Neihart Mont. Derby, 0. A., Sao Paulo, Brazil Notothyris ? smithi Derby. Middle Devonic, Matto Grosso, Brazil. Bennett, L. J., Buffalo Pterygotus and Eurypterus. Water- lime, Buffalo. Wilson, J. D., Syracuse Thoracoceras wilsoni Clarke. Agoniatites limestone, Manlius. Swartz, C. K., Bellevue O. Fossils from Onondaga limestone. Stafford. Loomis, F. B., Amherst Mass. Fossils from Clinton limestone: Peronosporites ramosus Loomis P. globosus Loomis P. minutus Loomis Sa Se ee) 50 25 Te (4 types) (4 types) 462 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Calvin, Samuel, Iowa City Ia. Devonic fossils, Lime Creek and Inde- pendence Ia. Letson, Elizabeth J., Buffalo Pleistocene shells from Niagara river, illustrated in museum bulletin 45. Dolph, J. M., Port Jervis Pleurotomaria sulcomar- ginata var. Hamilton beds, Port Jervis. The paleontologist A collection of fossils from various New York localities of the Helder- berg and Onondaga limestones, the Marcellus shales, Hamilton, Gene- see, Naples, Oneonta and Chemung beds; together with specimens of minerals (200) and Indian relics (450). This collection includes the following type specimens: Crustacea (Hamilton) Goniatites (Genesee and Naples) 150 40 (33 hypotypes) 5 296 Lamellibranchs (Genesee and Naples) Miscellaneous (Naples) Miscellaneous (Genesee) Hall, E. B., Wellsville Chemung fossils from Broome co. Davis, E. E., Norwich Fossils from the Ithaca formation near Norwich and Coventry. Psaronius. Large specimen from One- onta sandstone, Oxford. Chadwick, G. H., Catskill Paropsonema cryptophya, from Naples beds, Hicks’s gully, Canandaigua lake. 40 15 268 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 463, Fossils from Oneonta shales near Lawrence station, Greene co. 10 Wood, Elvira, Waltham Mass. Fossils from the Stafford limestone, Lancaster, Erie co. Carnia recta Wood 1 (1 type): Ambocoelia nana ?Grabau 1 (1 type): Gordon, Robert H., Cumberland Md. Goniatites from the Marcellus shales at Cumberland and Corrigansville Md. 17 Clark, W. B., Fossils from the Jennings formation, western Maryland. 1bbl. Total by donation 5 667+1bbl. (278: types; 33 hypo- types) Purchases The S. W. Ford collection of Cambric fossils: Palaeophycus incipiens Bill, Troy 2 Archaeocyathus rarus Ford, Troy 1 (1 type): A. rensselaericus Ford, Troy 1 (1 type): Ethmophyllum ? (cast), Troy 1 Lingulella caelata Hall, Troy 36 (3 hypotypes): Obolella crassa Hall, Troy 46 (6 hypotypes) Obolella crassa Hall, Lansing- burg pal O. gemma Bill., Troy 6 (3 hypotypes): O. nitida Ford, Troy (6 specimens missing) | O. nitida ? Ford, Lansingburg 1 Kutorginalabradorica Bill, Swanton Vt. 7 (4 hypotypes): 464 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Billingsella festinata Bill. Swanton Vt. Scenella retusa Ford, Troy Stenotheca rugosa Hall, Troy Stenotheca rugosa Hall, Lan- singburg Hyolithus (sp.), Troy H. americanus Bill., Troy H. communis var. emmonsi Ford, Troy H. impar Ford, Troy H. micans Bill, Troy Fordillatroyensis Barr., Troy Aristozoe troyensis. Ford, Troy Bathyurus senectus Bill., Bic harbor Can. Microdiscus speciosus Ford, Troy Microdiscus speciosus Ford, Lansingburg M. meeki Ford, Troy M. lobatus Hall, Troy M. punctatus ? Salter, St John N. B. M. (sp.), Bic Harbor Can. Olenellus asaphoides Em,, Troy O. asaphoides Em., Bald moun- tain O. asaphoides Em., Lansingburg O. vermontana Hall, Parker’s farm, Vt. O. thompsoni Hall, L’Anse-au- Loup Can. Ptychoparia teucer Bill. 4 mile east of Swanton Vt. (1 type) co 14 (2 types) 15 ~ ° @ types) 5 (5 hypotypes) 1 (1 type) 60 (3 types) are (1 type) 80 (12 hypotypes) REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 465 P. teucer Bill., Highgate Vt. 1 P. saratogensis Walc., Pough- keepsie 4 Conocoryphetrilineata Em.,, Reynold’s Inn, Washington co. 1 (1 plastotype) ‘Conocoryphetrilineata Em.,, Troy 17 (2 hypotypes) Solenopleura nana _ Ford, Troy 10 (1 type) Solenopleura nana_ Ford, Lansingburg 1 (1 hypotype) (Missing, specimens of Obolella nitida Ford, including 1 type and type of Agnostus nobilis Ford, reported lost by Mr Ford) Total specimens 416 types 14 hypotypes 36 plastotypes 1 ‘Ward & Co., Rochester Trenton fossils 4 Waterlime fossils 1 Camarocrinus, Helderbergian Cumberland Md. 5 Total by purchase 426 (14 types; 36 : hypotypes) Exchanges Crandall, A. R., Alfred Pephricaris horripilata Clarke. 1 (1 type) Cincinnati society natural history, through Dr Josua Lindahl Phragmodictya eatilli- formis. Keokuk beds, Crawfords- ville Ind. 1 466 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | Judson, W. P., Albany Amphigenia elongata. Bot- tom of Lake Erie at Buffalo. 1 Cushing, H. P., Cleveland O. Type specimens from the collection of Prof. S. G. Williams deceased, for- merly of Cornell university, Ithaca: Nautilus (Discites) inopi- natus Hall. Onondaga limestone, Kelleys Island O. 1 (1 type) Orthoceras caelamon Hall. Hamilton shales, Moravia 2 (2 types) O. lima Hall. Hamilton shales, Cazenovia 1 (1 type) Gomphoceras pingue Hall. Hamilton shales, north of Cazenovia 1 (1 type) Orthoceras pertextum Hall. Ithaca beds, Cornell-Fiske quarry, Ithaca 1 (1 type) | O. bebryx var. cayuga Hall. Ithaca beds, Earl’s quarry, Ithaca 2 (2 types) O. bebryx var. cayuga Hall. Ithaca beds, University quarry, Ithaca 4 (4 types) O. bebryx var. cayuga, Cas- eadilla ravine, Ithaca 1 (1 type) Manticoceras sinuosus Hall. Ithaca beds, University quarry, Ithaca 2 (2 hypotypes)} Orthoceras anguis_ Hall. | Ithaca beds, Cascadilla creek, Ithaca 3 (1 type) O. fulgidum Hall. Ithaca beds, Cascadilla creek, Ithaca 1 (1 type) REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 467 O. demus_ Hall. Ithaca beds, ~ Cascadilla quarry, Ithaca i (1 type) Gomphoceras tumidum Hall. Ithaca beds, Cascadilla quarry, Ith- aca 1 (1 type) Totai by exchange 24) (LS ty pesis) 2 hypotypes) The paleontologist Collections Crustacea from the black shales at base of the Salina, 14 miles north- west of Pittsford 19 The paleontologist and Luther, D. D. Fossils from the Guelph dolomites at Galt, Hespeler and Elora Ont. 225 Ruedemann, Rudolf Graptolites from the Beekmantown horizon, Melrose 1 42041 bbl. Fossils from the Agoniatite limestone, Cox’s ravine, Cherry Valley 100 Luther, D. D. Fossils from the Ithaca beds, Killa- wog, Lisle and vicinity 300 Crustaceans from the Waterlime beds at Wheelock’s farm, Litchfield 90 Fossils from the upper Ithaca and | Chemung rocks, Greene 70 Fossils from the Portage rocks of Naples and the Salina shales near Pittsford 3 75 Guelph fossils from canal feeder, 2 miles south of Shelby 60 Laforge, Laurence Niagara fossils from Middleport 300 Butts, Charles Remainder of fossils from the Che- mung and Carbonic rocks of Olean sheet, 1900 2 400 468 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Fossils from the higher Devonic and lower Carbonic strata at localities situated on the Salamanca topo- graphic sheet 800 Hartnagel, C. A. and Mattimore, H. S. Ithaca fossils from sections in Tomp- kins co. 1 140 van Ingen, Gilbert Fossils from the Potsdam and Beek- mantown horizons in the Lake Champlain basin 400 Grabau, A. W. Fossils from limestone lenses in the Clinton formation at Middleport and Gasport 300 Van Deloo, Jacob Euomphalus from the Chemung sand- stone near Union, Broome co. 13 Total by collection 7 712+1bbl. Total accessions 13 829+2bbl. (310 types; 71 hypo- APPENDIX 2 types) NEW ENTRIES ON GENERAL RECORD OF LOCALITIES OF AMERICAN PALEOZOIC FOSSILS BELONGING TO STATE MUSEUM ALPHABETIC LIST OF LOCALITIES Albany (North Albany), (Albany co.), 2565 Alfred (Allegany co.), 2931 Allegany (Cattaraugus co.), 2697, 2700, 2702, 2706, 2708, 2713, 2720, 2723, 2724, 2727, 2728, 2733, 2865 ‘Allen creek (Monroe co.), 3047, 3051 Asbury (Tompkins co.), 2958, 2959 Ausable chasm (Clinton co.), 3031, 3032, 3033, 3034, 3035, 3036, 3037, 3038, 3039, 3040, 3041, 3042, 3045 Avoca (Steuben co.), 2932 REPORT OF THD STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 469 Bald mountain (Rensselaer co.), 2588 Barker run (Cattaraugus co.), 2885, 2886 Becraft mountain (Columbia co.), 2696 Beehive creek (Cattaraugus c0.), 3060 Beekmantown station (Clinton co.), 3044 Belknap’s gully (Yates co.), 3056 Bells gully (Canandaigua lake), 2908 Belmont (Allegany co.), 2735 Belvidere (Allegany co.), 2734 Bennetts hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2712 | Bic Harbor Can., 2592 Big Chazy river, 3025 Birch run (Cattaraugus co.), 2713 Boardman (Cattaraugus co.), 2855, 2856 Bolivar creek (Bradford ¢co:), Pa., 2899 Boquet river, 3017, 3018 Bova creek (Cattaraugus co.), 3061, 3062, 3063 Bowler station (Allegany co.), 2781, 2868 Bozard hill (Cattaraugus co.), 2891 Branchport (Yates co.), 3056 Bredelar, Westphalia, Germany, 2917 Bristol Center (Ontario co.), 2906, 2929 Buffalo (Erie co.), 2568, 2577 Burdick (Chenango co.), 2545 Burdick’s crossing (Essex co.), 2999 Buttermilk falls (Tompkins co.), 2551, 2552 Camp Heart’s Content (Greene co.), 2977 Canandaigua (Ontario co.), 2936, 2946, 2950, 2951, 2954 Canandaigua lake, 2901, 2905, 2908, 2926, 2944 Carroll (Cattaraugus co.), 2780 Carrollton (Cattaraugus co.), 2862, 2898, 3064, 3065, 3066, 3067, 3068, 3089: Carrollton O., 2580 Cary hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2697 Cascadilla creek (Tompkins co.), 2575 470 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cashaqua creek (Livingston ¢o.), 2912, 2921 Castile (Wyoming co.), 2924 Cayuga lake, 2557, 2559, 2560, 2561, 2562, 2563, 2564, 2955, 2956, 2960, 2963, 2965, 2966 Cazenovia (Madison co.), 2571 Centerfield (Ontario co.), 2902 Ceres (Allegany co.), 2781 Champlain (Clinton co.), 3006, 3008, 3009, 3010, 3011, 3012, 3025, 3026 Chapin hill (Cattaraugus co.), 2727, 2728 Chateaugay (Franklin co.), 30138, 3014 Chateaugay river, 3013 Chazy (Clinton co.), 3006, 3008, 3009, 3010, 3011, 3012, 3024 Cherry Valley (Otsego co.), 2989 Chipmunk creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2698, 2699, 2720, 3070, 3071, 3079, 3080, 3081 Clarksville (Allegany co.), 2737, 2747, 2748, 2751, 2754, 2755, 2760, 2761 Clarksville Center (Allegany co.), 2738, 2739, 2743 Conesus lake, 2914 Coon hollow (Allegany co.), 2783 Cooper’s hill (Cattaraugus co.), 2802, 2803, 2888, 2889, 2890 Coopersville (Clinton co.), 3007, 3008 Corbeau creek (Clinton co.), 3007 Cowles hill (Chenango ¢0.), 2527, 2528 Cox’s ravine (Otsego co.), 2989 Crown Point (Essex co.), 2999 Cuba (Allegany co.), 2747, 2748, 2750, 2751, 2752, 2754, 2757, 2758, 2760, 2761, 2762, 2763, 2764, 2765, 2766, 2767, 2768, 2793, 2794, 2795, 2798, 2805, 2806, 2872 Cumberland Md., 2949 Cummings crossing (Ontario co.), 3050 Dansville (Livingston c¢o.), 2923 Day point (Clinton co.), 3053 Deer creek (Allegany co.), 2783 De Ruyter (Madison co.), 2533, 2535, 2536, 2540, 2582 REPORT OF THP STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 AT1 _ Dodge creek (Allegany co.), 2741 Dodge creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2852 Dolgeville (Herkimer co.), 2947 Dutch hill (Cattaraugus co.), 2799, 2873 Eldred (McKean co.) Pa., 2770, 2771, 2772 Ellicottville (Cattaraugus co.), 2876, 2877 Elmira (Chemung co.), 2916 Klora Ont., 2953 Emmons (Otsego co.), 2526 Esty glen (Tompkins co.), 2559, 2957 Fall creek (Tompkins co.), 2555, 2971, 2972, 2973, 2974, 2975, 2976 Fay hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2786, 2787 ‘Five Mile creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2706, 2707, 2710, 2724, 2726, 2804, 2888 Flagg gulf (Chenango co.), 2529 Flat Rock point (Essex co.), 3019 Flint creek (Ontario co.), 2903 Forest Home (Tompkins co.), 2558 Four Mile creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2698, 2699, 2702, 2718, 2720, 2721, 2831, 2900 Fox’s point (Lake Erie), 2943 Friendship (Allegany co.), 2767, 2773 Galt Ont., 2983, 2984, 2985, 2986, 2988 Geneva (Ontario co.), 2945 Glenn (McKean co.), Pa., 2736 Glenwood (Tompkins co.), 2557 Glenwood Mont., 2581 Grant Hollow (Rensselaer co.), 2982 Great Valley (Cattaraugus co.), 2878, 2879, 2881, 3091 Great Valley creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2878, 2879, 3090 Greene (Chenango €0.), 2527, 2528, 2529, 2530 Grimes gully, Naples (Ontario co.), 2934 Groton (Tompkins co.), 2978, 2979, 2980 Gull berg (Ontario co.), 2927 Gull brook (Cattaraugus co.), 2785, 2864 Hackberry Grove, Ia., 2694 472 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Halls (Cattaraugus co.), 3076 Hamilton gully (Honeoye lake), 2930 Harrisburg (Cattaraugus co.), 2725 Haskell creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2855, 2856, 2858 Haskell Flats (Cattaraugus co.), 2752, 2755, 2789, 2790, 2791, 2792 Hatch hill (Ontario co.), 2922 Havana glen (Schuyler co.), 2537 Hespeler Ont., 2987 Highgate Vt., 2594 High point (Ontario co.), 2935 Himrod (Yates co.), 3055 Hinsdale (Cattaraugus co.), 2784, 2785, 2786, 2788, 2795, 2796, © 2870, 2871 Hollow brook (Cayuga co.), 2981 Honeoye lake, 2918 Humphrey Center (Cattaraugus co.), 2801, 2802, 2892 Hungry hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 3092 Idar, Germany, 105 (yellow ticket) Independence Ia., 2695 Indian creek (McKean co.), Pa. 2772, 2867 Irish brook (Cattaraugus c0.), 3072, 3073, 3074 Irvine Mills (Cattaraugus co.), 3071 Ischua (Cattaraugus co.), 2774, 2807, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2811, 2812, 2813, 2815, 2816, 2818, 2864, 2871, 2874 | Ischua creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2818 Island of Oesel, Livonia, Russia 107 (yellow ticket) Ithaca (Tompkins co.), 2547, 2548, 2549, 2550, 2551, 2552, 2554, 2555, 2556, 2572, 2573, 2574, 2575, 2576, 2971, 2972, 2973, 2974, 2975, 2976 Ithaca falls (Tompkins co.), 2971, 2972 Java Village (Wyoming co.), 29389 Juliand hill (Chenango co.), 2530 Katzenloch near Idar, Germany, 105 (yellow ticket) Kelleys Island O., 2569 Kent’s falls (Clinton co.), 3000, 3001, 3002, 3022, 3023 REPORT OF THP STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 473 Killbuck (Cattaraugus ¢o.), 2882, 2883, 3085, 3090 Kirkwood (Broome co.), 2993 Knapp Creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2701, 2702, 2719, 2732, 2900 Knapp hill (Ontario co.), 3049 Lake Champlain, 3016, 3018, 3043 Lake Erie, 2568 L’Anse-au-Loup Can., 2596 Lansingburg (Rensselaer co.), 2587, 2588 Laphams Mills (Clinton co.), 3021 Laurens (Otsego co.), 2531 Lawrence station (Greene co.), 2977 Learn hill (Cattaraugus co.), 2817 Lime Creek Ia., 2694 Limestone (Cattaraugus ¢o.), 2896 Limestone brook (Cattaraugus co.), 2895, 2896, 2897 Lincoln guily (Ontario co.), 3046 Litchfield (Herkimer co.), 2579, 2583 Little Ausable river, 3004 . Little Genesee (Allegany co.), 2782, 2869 Little Valley (Cattaraugus c0.), 2876 Locke (Cayuga co.), 2981 Lockport (Niagara €0.), 2585 Lodi falls (Seneca co.), 2940 Louds creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2847 Louds creek (McKean co.) Pa., 2770 Ludlowville (Tompkins co.), 2566, 2961, 2962 McIntosh creek (Cattaraugus co.), 3078 McKinney’s (Tompkins co.), 2560, 2561, 2562, 2563, 2564, 2955, 2956, 2960, 2964, 2965, 2966, 2967 Manlius (Onondaga co.), 2693 Marble river, 3013, 3014 Melrose (Rensselaer co.), 2982 Mooers (Clinton co.), 3026 Moravia (Cayuga co.), 2570 Mount Hermon (Cattaraugus ¢o.), 2828, 2824, 2825, 2826, 2827, 2841 AT4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mount Independence Vt., 3016 Mount Moriah (Cattaraugus co.), 2729, 2730, 27381 Mount Morris (Livingston co.), 2911 Mutton hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2880 Naples (Ontario co.), 2910, 2922, 2934, 2935, 3046, 3049, 3050 Neihart Mont., 2581 New Lisbon [Noblesville] (Otsego co.), 2532 Newton run (Cattaraugus co.), 2875, 3077, 3092, 3093 Nine Mile creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2724, 2893 North Cuba (Allegany co.), 2758 Oil creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2795, 2796, 2798, 2806 Olean (Cattaraugus co.), 2704, 2705, 2706, 2709, 2711, 2712, 2714, 2717, 2718, 2721, 2784, 2821, 2822, 2824, 2825, 2827, 2828, 2829, 2830, 2832, 2833, 28384, 2835, 2837, 2838, 2839, 2841, 2842, 2845, 2844, 2845, 2846, 2848, 2850, 2851 Orwell Vt., 8016 Oswayo creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2861 Ouaquaga (Broome co.), 2995 Oxford (Chenango co.), 2938 Parrish gully (Ontario co.), 2910 Peruville (Tompkins co.), 2553 Peth (Cattaraugus co.), 2884 Pitcher mineral springs ravine (Chenango co.), 2541 Pittsford (Monroe co.), 2952, 3047, 3051, 3052 Plattsburg (Clinton co.), 2998, 3000, 3001, 3003, 3022, 3030 Plumb creek (Yates co.), 3055 Pontiac (Erie co.), 2942 Port Kent (Essex co.), 3043 Portland (Tompkins co.), 2958, 2959, 2963 Portville (Cattaraugus co.), 2740, 2770, 2771, 2852, 2853, 2859, 2860, 2861, 2863 Poughkeepsie (Dutchess co.), 2590 Prattsburg (Steuben co.), 2933 Pumpkin hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2726 Red House creek (Cattaraugus co.), 3061, 3062, 3063, 3075, 3076 Renwick creek (Tompkins co.), 2968, 2969, 2970 OU REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 47 Reynold’s Inn (Washington co.), 2589 Rice brook (Cattaraugus co.), 3072, 3073 Riverside junction (Cattaraugus co.), 3082, 3083 Rock City (Cattaraugus co.), 2708, 2704, 2722, 2723, 2779, 2836 Rock Stream (Yates co.), 2915. : Russell station (Cattaraugus co.), 2729, 2730 St John N. B., 2593 Salamanca (Cattaraugus co.), 2875, 2898, 3057, 3058, 3059, 3077, 3086, 3087, 3088, 3092, 3093 Salmon creek (Tompkins co.), 2566, 2961, 2962 Salmon river, 3020 Saranac river, 3000, 3001, 3002, 3003, 3022, 3023, 3030 Schoharie (Schoharie co.), 2990 Schuyler Falls (Clinton co.), 3004 Scott (Cattaraugus co.), 2791, 2800 Shelby (Orleans co.), 2996 Siegen, Germany, 106 (yellow ticket) South Otselic (Chenango ¢o.), 2534, 2536, 2588, 25389, 2542, 2543, 2544, 2546 | | South Plattsburg (Clinton co.), 3020 Spafford (Onondaga co.), 3054 Stafford (Genesee co.), 2567, 2904 Stony point (Erie co.), 2991 Sugartown (Cattaraugus co.), 2887, 3069 Swanton Vt., 2591 Ticonderoga (Essex co.), 3015, 3027, 3028, 3029 Ticonderoga creek (Essex co.), 3015, 3029 Tracy Creek (Broome co.), 2994 Trenton Falis (Oneida co.), 2578 Triphammer falls (Tompkins co.), 2555 Troy (Rensselaer co.), 2586 Tuna creek (Cattaraugus co.), 3070, 3071, 3072, 3079, 3080, 3081 Tuna Valley (Cattaraugus co.), 3084 Two Mile creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2718 Union (Broome co.), 2992 Valeour station (Clinton co.), 2997, 3053 476 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Van Campens creek (Allegany co.), 2734 Vandalia (Cattaraugus co.), 2715 Wayman branch (Cattaraugus co.), 2837, 2838, 2839, 2859 Weavers falls (Tompkins co.), 2978, 2979 Wellsville (Allegany co.), 2937 West Chazy (Clinton co.), 3005, 8024 West [Willard’s] hill (Chenango co.), 2528 West hill (Ontario co.), 3046, 3050 West Seneca (Erie co.), 2991 Westons Mills (Cattaraugus co.), 2857 Wildcat creek (Cattaraugus co.), 2829 Wildcat hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2828, 2842 Willsboro (Essex co.), 3017, 3018, 3019 Windfall creek (Allegany co.), 2782 Wing hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2707, 2708, 2710 Wolf creek (Allegany co.), 2740, 2741, 2744, 2745, 2746 Wolf run (Cattaraugus co.), 2742, 2746, 2854, 2858 Woodchuck hollow (Cattaraugus co.), 2784, 2849 Woodville (Ontario co.), 2925 NEW YORK LOCALITIES ACCORDING TO COUNTIES (Names in italic are new to the record.) Albany co. Allegany co. (continued) Albany Dodge creek North Albany Friendship Allegany co. Little Genesee Alfred North Cuba Belmont Van Campens creek Belvidere Wellsville - Bowler station Windfall creek Ceres Wolf creek Clarksville Broome co. Clarksville Center Kirkwood Coon hollow Ouaquaga Cuba Tracy Creek Deer creek Union REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 ATT Cattaraugus co. Allegany Barker run Beehive creek Bennetts hollow Birch run Boardman Bolivar creek Bova creek Bozard lll Carroll — Carrollton Cary hollow Chapin lull Chipmunk creek Coopers hill Dodge creek Dutch lll Ellicottville Fay hollow Five Mile creek Four Mile creek Great Valley Great Valley creek Gull brook Halls Harrisburg Haskell creek Haskell Flats Hinsdale Humphrey Center Hungry hollow Irish brook Irvime Mills Ischua Ischwa creek Cattaraugus co. (continued) Killbuck Knapp Creek Learn hill Limestone Limestone brook Intile Valley Louds creek McIntosh creek Mount Hermon Mount Moriah Mutton hollow Newton run Nine Mule creek Oil creek Olean Oswayo creek Peth Portville Pumpkin hollow Red House creek Rice brook Riverside junction Rock City Russell station Salamanca Scott Sugartown Tuna creek Tuna Valley Two Mile creek Vandaha Wayman branch Westons Mills Wildcat creek Wildcat hollow 478 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cattaraugus co. (continued) Wing hollow Wolf run Woodchuck hollow Cayuga co. Hollow brook Locke Moravia Chemung co. Elmira Chenango co. Burdick Cowles hill Flagg gulf Greene Juliand hill Oxford Pitcher mineral springs ravine South Otselic West [| Willard’s]| hill Clinton co. Ausable chasm Beekmantown station Champlain Chazy Coopersville Corbeau creek Day point Kent's falls Laphams Mulls Mooers Plattsburg Schuyler Falls South Plattsburg Clinton co. (continued) Valcour station West Chazy Columbia co. Becraft mountain Dutchess co. Poughkeepsie Erie co. Buffalo Fox’s point Pontiac Stony point West Seneca Essex Co. Burdick’s crossing Crown Point Flat Rock point Port Kent Ticonderoga Ticonderoga creek Willsboro Franklin co. Chateaugay Genesee co. Stafford Greene co. Camp Heart’s Content Lawrence station Herkimer co. Dolgeville Litchfield Livingston co. Cashaqua creek Dansville Mount Morris REPORT OF THE STATED PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 479 Madison co. Cazenovia De Ruyter Monroe co. Allen creek Pittsford . Niagara co. Lockport Oneida co. Trenton Falls Onondaga co. Manlius Spafford Ontario co. Bell’s gully Bristol Center Canandaigua Centerfield Cummurgs crossing Flint creek: Geneva Grimes gully (Naples) Gull berg Hatch hill High point Knapp hill Lincoln gully Naples Parrish gully West hill Woodville Orleans co. Shelby Otsego co. Cherry Valley Cox’s ravine Otsego co. (continued) Emmons Laurens New Lisbon [ Noblesville Rensselaer co. Bald mountain Grant Hollow Lansingburg Melrose vol GC Schoharie co. Schoharie Schuyler co. ~ Havana glen Seneca co. Lodi falls Steuben co. Avoca Prattsburg Tompkins co. Asbury Buttermilk falls Cascadilla creek Hsty glen Fall ereek Forest Home Glenwood Groton Ithaca Ithaca falls Ludlowville McK inney’s Peruwille Portland Renwick creek Salmon creek 480 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Tompkins co. (continued) Yates co. Triphammer falls Belknaps gully Weaver’s falls Branchport ‘Washington co. Himrod Reynold’s Inn Plumb creek Wyoming co. Rock Stream Castile Java Village INDEX TO FORMATIONS Algonkian (Greyson shales), 2581. Cambric, 2586, 2587, 2588, 2589, 2590, 2591, 2592, 2598, 2594, 2595, 2596. Potsdam sandstone, 3000, 3001, 3002, 3004, 3006, 3007, 3008, 3009, 3010, 3011, 3012, 3014, 3015, 3016, 3019, 3022, 3028, 3025, 3026, 3027, 3028, 3029, 3031, 3082, 3033, 3084, 3035, 3036, 3037, 3038, 3039, 3040, 3041, 3042, 3045. Beekmantown limestone, 2982, 2999, 3006, 3009, 3010, 3011, 3012, 30138, 3015, 3016, 3017, 3018, 3020, 3025, 3027, 3028, 3029, 3044. Chazy limestone, 2997, 2998, 3003, 8005, 8024, 3043, 3053. Trenton limestone, 2578, 3030. Utica slate, 2565, 2947. Niagara beds, 2585. Guelph formation, 2953, 2983, 2984, 2985, 2986, 2987, 2988, 2996. Salina beds, 2952, 2968, 3052. Rondout waterlime, 2577, 2579, 2588, 2950. Devonic, 2694, 2695, 2917. Helderbergian, 2584, 2919, 2948, 2949, 2968. Oriskany beds, 2696, 2968. Onondaga limestone, 2567, 2568, 2569, 2918, 2968. Marcellus shale, 2698, 2903, 2904, 2936, 2945, 2954, 2968, 2989, 2990, 2991. Agoniatites limestone, 26938, 2990. Stafford limestone, 2904. Hamilton beds, 2570, 2571, 2901, 2902, 2951, 2968. Tully limestone, 2531, 2532, 2582, 2968. REPORT OF THE STATE PALPONTOLOGIST 1901 481 Genesee shale, 2566, 2905, 2906, 2907, 2908, 2925, 2926, 2927, 2928, 2929)'2940) 2941, 2957, 2968, 2981. Portage beds, 2559, 2957, 2958, 2959, 2962, 2968, 3054. Sherburne, 2535. Naples beds, 2909, 2910, 2911, 2912, 2913, 2914, 2915, 2920, _ 2921, 2922, 2923, 2930, 2989, 2942, 2943, 2944, 3055, 3056. Wiscoy beds, 2924. Ithaca beds, 2526, 2527, 2528, 2530, 2538, 2534, 2 2537, 2538, 2589, 2540, 2541, 2542, 2543, 2544, 2 2547, 2548, 2549, 2550, 2551, 2552, 2553, 2554, 2555, 2557, 2558, 2560, 2561, 2562, 2563, 2564, 2572, 2573, 2575, 2576, 2582, 2934, 2955, 2956, 2960, 2961, 2963, 2964, 2965, 2966, 2967, 2968, 2969, 2970, 2971, 2972, 2973, 2974, 2975, 2976, 2978, 2979, 2980, 2981, 3054. Oneonta, 2938, 2977. Chemung beds, 2529, 2697, 2705, 2706, 2709, 2710, 2711, 2714, 2715, 2720, 2721, 2723, 2724, 2726, 2727, 2728, 2729, 2733, 2734, 2735, 2737, 2738, 2748, 2748, 2752, 2755, 2756, 2757, 2758, 2759, 2760, 2761, 2762, 2763, 2764, 2765, 2767, 2768, 2770, 2771, 2772, 2773, 2774, 2775, 2776, 2780, 2781, 2782, 2783, 2784, 2785, 2786, 2787, 2788, 2789, 2790, 2791, 2792, 2793, 2794, 2795, 2796, 2797, 2798, 2800, 2801, 2802, 2804, 2805, 2806, 2807, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2811, 2812, 2813, 2814, 2815, 2816, 2818, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2829, 2833, 2837, 2839, 2842, 2843, 2844, 2845, 2846, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2851, 2852, 2854, 2855, 2856, 2857, 2858, 2859, 2861, 2863, 2864, 2866, 2867, 2868, 2869, 2870, 2871, 2872, 2873, 2874, 2876, 2877, 2878, 2879, 2881, 2882, 2883, 2884, 2885, 2887, 2888, 2889, 2890, 2891, 2892, 2893, 2896, 2916, 2931, 2932, 2938, 2935, 2937, 2946, 2992, 2993, 2994, 2995, 3046, 3049, 3050, 3057, 3060, 3061, 3062, 3063, 3054, 3065, 3066, 3069, 3070, 3072, 3076, 3078, 3081, 3082, 3083, 3084, 3085, 3086, 3087, 3088, 3089, 3090, 3091, 3092, 30938. Lower Carbonic, 2697, 2698, 2699, 2700, 2701, 2702, 2703, 2704, 2707, 2708, 2712, 2718, 2716, 2717, 2718, 2719, 2722, 2725, 2726, 2729, 2730, 2731, 2732, 2736, 2739, 2740, 2741, 2742, 2744, 2746, 2747, 2749, 2750, 2751, 2753, 2754, 2766, 2769, 2771, 2777, 2778, 2779, 2801, 2808, 2817, 2823, 2824, 2825, 2826, 2827, 2828, 2830, OU Ww Ot bo Ou. Ol Ot HB OW GS a) OL Ol =] - 482 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 2831, 2832, 2834, 2835, 2836, 2838, 2840, 2841, 2847, 2853, 2860, 2862, 2865, 2875, 2880, 2894, 2895, 2897, 2898, 2899, 2900, 3058, 3059, 3067, 3068, 3071, 3073, 3074, 3075, 3077, 3079, 3080, 3086. Coal Measures, 2580. RECORD OF LOCALITIES 2526 Ithaca beds; upper layers. Quarry on hillside north of Emmons, Otsego co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. 2527 Ithaca beds. Cowles hill, Greene, Chenango co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. 2528 Ithaca beds. West, or Willard’s, hill, + mile west of Greene, and + mile north of Cowles hill. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. 2529 Chemung beds. Flagg gulf, lower part, Greene. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. 2530 Ithaca beds. Juliand hill, Greene. D. D. Luther, collec- cor 71900: 25381 Tully horizon. Laurens, Otsego co.; small ravine west of village. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900. 2532 Tully horizon. 1 mile southwest of New Lisbon: | Nobles- ville], Otsego co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. 2533 Ithaca beds. Loose near top of hill southeast of De Ruyter, Madison co. C. 8. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. 2534 Ithaca beds. 3 miles east of South Otselic, Chenango co., and in glen below the “ upper reservoir ”; Priest’s farm. C. 8. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. | 2535 Ithaca beds (Sherburne). In glen southeast of De Ruyter. C. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. 2536 Ithaca beds. Lower part of glen east of South Otselic. ©. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. . 2537 Ithaca beds. Loose in Havana glen, Schuyler co. C. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. 2538 Ithaca beds. Shales in lower part of glen east of South Otselic. OC. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. 2539 Ithaca beds. Glen east of South Otselic; above the “lower reservoir.” C.S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2548 2550 2551 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 483 Ithaca beds. Burdick quarry on hill 14 miles southeast of De Ruyter and 324 feet above the village. C.S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. Ithaca beds. Lower part of Pitcher mineral springs ravine, Chenango co. C. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. | Ithaca beds. Shaly sandstone and shales with base of North Norwich fauna, in glen east of South Otselic. C. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. Ithaca beds. In glen east of South Otselic from roadside below the “lower reservoir.” C. 8S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. Ithaca beds. Glen east of South Otselic; Tropido- leptus zone at second bridge. C. 8S. Prosser, col- lector. (1895) 1901. Ithaca beds. On roadside east of Burdick, Chenango co.; Portage barren shales with part of the Sp. mucron- atus (Ithaca) fauna. C.S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. Ithaca beds. Glen east of South Otselic; above Tro pi- doleptus zone. C. S. Prosser, collector. (1895) 1901. Ithaca beds. Driscoll’s quarry east of State st., Ithaca. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. South Cayuga st., Ithaca. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Fowler’s quarry south of Ithaca along Delaware, Lackawanna and Western railroad, just beyond 2550. C. A. Hartnagel and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Sheehy’s quarry, Ithaca; first quarry south of Ithaca along Delaware, Lackawanna and Western railroad. OC. A. Hartnagel and H. S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Foot of Buttermilk falls, Ithaca. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. 484 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2562 2563 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ithaca beds. Reservoir above Buttermilk falls, Ithaca. C. A. Hartnagel and H.S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Peruville, Tompkins co.; in creek bed and sides of creek just below village. C. A. Hartnagel and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Just below street railway bridge, Cornell hights, Ithaca; horizon slightly higher than 2976. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Foot of Triphammer falls, Fall creek, ° Ithaca. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Bates quarry along Delaware, Lackawanna and Western railroad tracks on hill south of Ithaca. C. A. Hartnagel and H.S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Glenwood, Tompkins co.; along creek ? mile from Cayuga lake. C. A. Hartnagel and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. Below mill dam, Forest Home, Tompkins co. ©. A. Hartnagel and H. 8. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. Lower Portage beds. 1 mile below Esty glen, Cayuga lake (Tompkins co.), along railroad. ©. A. Hartnagel and H. 8S. Mattimore, collectors: 1901. Ithaca beds. South glen at McKinney’s, Cayuga lake, 50 yards above 2956. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8. Matti- more, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. North glen at McKinney’s, Cayuga. lake; 20 feet above lake. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8S. Matti- more, collectors. 1901. Ithaca beds. North glen at McKinney’s, Cayuga lake; second falls, 130 feet above lake. C. A. Hartnagel and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. | Ithaca beds. North glen at McKinney’s, Cayuga lake; short distance above 2955. C. A: Hartnagel and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1901. 2564 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 485 Ithaca beds. South glen at McKinney’s, Cayuga lake, 50 yards above 2960. C. A. Hartnagel and H. 8. Matti- more, collectors. 1901. Utica horizon. Felt mill, city line (North Albany) Al- bany. H.S. Mattimore, collector. 1901. Genesee shale. Right branch of Salmon creek, 2} miles northeast of Ludlowville, Tompkins co. 540 feet A. T. Onondaga limestone. Stafford, Genesee co. C.K. Swartz, donor. Onondaga limestone. Bottom of Lake Erie at Buffalo. W. P. Judson, donor. 1901. Onondaga limestone. Kelleys Island O, H. P. Cushing, Cleveland O., exchange. 1901. Hamilton beds. Moravia, Cayuga co. H. P. Cushing, exchange. 1901. Hamilton beds. Cazenovia, Madison co. H. P. Cushing, exchange. 1901. Ithaca beds. Cornell-Fiske quarry, Ithaca. H. P. Cush- ing, exchange. 1901. Ithaca beds. Earl’s quarry, Ithaca. H. P. Cushing, ex- change. 1901. Ithaca beds. University quarry, Ithaca. H. P. Cushing, exchange. 1901. Ithaca beds. Cascadilla creek, Ithaca. H. P. Cushing, exchange. 1901. Ithaca beds. Cascadilla quarry, Ithaca. H. P. Cushing, exchange. 1901. Waterlime; Eurypterus beds. Buffalo cement ¢o.’s quarry, Buffalo. L. J. Bennett, donor. 1901. Trenton limestone. Trenton Falls, Oneida co. Ward & Howell purchase. 1901. Waterlime; Eurypterus beds. Litchfield, Herkimer co. Ward & Howell purchase. 1901. Lower barren Coal Measures. Carrollton O. J. M. Clarke, donor. 1900. - 486 2581 2583 Algonkian (Belt terrane); Greyson shales. danai NHIW YORK STATE MUSHUM Beltina Wale. Near Glenwood and Neihart Mont. U.S. national museum, through C. D. Walcott, donor. 1900. Ithaca beds; lower strata. Quarry on land of David Wil- cox, 225 feet above Tully limestone; + mile south of cemetery, De Ruyter, Madison co. 1895. Waterlime. lector. J. M. Clarke, col- Litchfield, Herkimer co.; small outcrop on Alger farm next east of the Wheelock farm. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. Helderbergian. Herkimerco. Ward & Howell purchase. 1900. Niagara limestone. Howell purchase. Lockport, Ward & 1900. Niagara co. Cambric. Troy, Rensselaer co. S. W. Ford collection, purchased. 1900. Cambric. Lansingburg, Rensselaer co. S. W. Ford col- lection, purchased. 1900. | Cambric. Bald mountain, near Lansingburg. S. W. Ford collection, purchased. 1900. Cambric. Reynold’s Inn, Washington co. 8S. W. Ford collection, purchased. 1900. Cambric. Poughkeepsie. S. W. Ford collection, pur- chased. 1900. : Cambric. Near Swanton Vt. S. W. Ford collection, pur- chased. 1900. Cambric. Bic Harbor Can. SS. W. Ford collection, pur- chased. 1900. Cambrie. St John N. B. 8S. W. Ford collection, pur- chased. 1900. Cambric. Highgate Vt. S. W. Ford collection, pur- chased. 1900. Cambric. Parker’s farm Vt. S. W. Ford collection, pur- chased. 1900. ) | Cambric. L’Anse-au-Loup ‘Can. S. W. Ford collection, purchased. 1900. wo ae REPORT OF THE STATH PALBHONTOLOGIST 1901 487 2693 Marcellus (Agoniatite) limestone. Manlius, Onondaga co. John D. Wilson, Syracuse, donor. 2694 Upper Devonic. Hackberry Grove, Lime Creek Ia. Samuel Calvin, donor. 1901. 2695 Upper Devonic. Independence Ia. Samuel Calvin, donor. 1901. | 2696 Oriskany beds. Becraft mountain, Columbia co. J. M. Clarke, C. E. Beecher, C. Schuchert and M. Sheehy, col- lectors. Fossils collected by Charles Butts in area covered by the Olean quadrangle, Cattaraugus county, 1900. The horizons of this area are numbered as follows, beginning at the top. Local- ity numbers 2697-2863 inclusive. 1 Arenaceous shales above the Olean conglomerate 15 feet 2 Olean conglomerate 60 feet 3 Interbedded shales and sandstones with Camaro- toechia allegania Williams 150 feet 4 Impure limestone ™ 4-5 feet 5 Barren shales and sandstones 100 feet 6 Mount Hermon sandstones 10 feet 7 Interbedded red and green shales and flaggy and shaly arenaceous sandstones 220 feet 8 Wolf creek conglomerate 10 feet 9 Green shales and thin bedded arenaceous sand- stones . 130 feet 10 Chocolate shales and purplish sandstones; upper limit of Athyris angelica 100 feet 11 Shales and sandstones | 75 feet 12 Shales and arenaceous sandstones with abundance of Orthothetes chemungensis 160 feet 13 Cuba sandstone 10-15 feet Thicknesses as here given are only approximate. Numbers referring to these horizons are recorded with the following entries: 2697 Ravine south from near head of Cary hollow, 2 miles southwest of Allegany, Cattaraugus co. 1675 feet and 488 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 OT07 2708 2709 2710 NHW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1780 feet A. T., no. 9; 1840 feet and 1950 feet A. T. (loose), no. 6 or 8. Ravine northwest of road between Four Mile and Chip- munk creeks, 13-3 miles southwest of Allegany. 1700 feet A. T., no. 6. Northwest side of high hill 1 mile south of road between Four Mile and Chipmunk creeks. 2050 feet A. T. (loose), no. 3. South side of high hill 4 to 5 miles southwest of Alle- gany. 2100 feet A. T., no. 3. | Loose near top of hill + mile north of Knapp Creek. 2270- 2330 feet A. T., no. 3. Road just east of Knapp Creek and road from Knapp Creek down Four Mile creek to Allegany. [A 89] 2830 feet A. T., no. 3; [A 90] 2300 feet A. T., no. 3; 2150 feet and 2130 feet A. T., no. 4; 1850 feet A. T., no. 7; 1850 feet A. T. horizon? Old, washed-out road south of Rock City and just north of New York-Pennsylvania boundary. 1830 feet A. T., no. 7; 1820 feet A. T., no. 7. | Loose; cut from layer of shale in place at summit above conglomerate at Rock City, southwest of Olean. 2360 feet AT, no. 3. Old quarry on road between Olean and Five Mile creek, 2 miles northwest of Olean. 1590 feet A. T., no. 10. Pit on top of hill $ mile east of junction of Five Mile, Alle- gany and Olean roads. 1810 feet A. T., no. 9. South of Wing hollow, 1 mile west of Five Mile road, Allegany township. 2000 feet A. T. (loose), no. 6. Hastern spur of high hill at head of Wing hollow, 4 miles northwest of Allegany. 1960 feet and 1710 feet A. T. (loose), no. 6. Cut in Olean, Rock City and Bradford trolley line, about 2 miles southwest of Olean. 1640 feet A. T., no. 10. Eastern spur of high hill at head of Wing hollow in angle between Wing hollow and Five Mile road. 1800 feet All TN n@.19: 7) a a 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 alg 2718 2719 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 489 Blind road near Olean-Allegany township boundary, 3 miles northwest of Olean. 1880 feet and 1910 feet A ATP nor 9: | Top of ridge between Olean and Bennett’s hollow near Olean-Allegany township boundary, 3 miles northwest of Olean. 1930 feet and 2030 feet A. T. (loose), 1965 feet A. T., no. 8. Near head of southeast branch of Birch run, southwest of Allegany. 1840 feet, 2015-25 feet A. T. (loose), no. 6. On hillside above trolley road, 25 miles southwest of | Olean. 1600 feet A. T. (loose), no. 9? 1 mile east of Erie R. R. depot, Vandalia. 1440 feet A. T., no. 12. State line by Olean, Rock City and Bradford trolley road. 2300 feet A. T., no. 3. Loose; trolley road about 4 miles southwest of Olean. 1760-1800 feet A. T., no. 8. Crest of ridge between Two Mile and Four Mile creeks, about 4 miles southwest of Olean. 1890 feet A. T., no. 7. Cut on Olean, Rock City and Bradford trolley road be- tween state line and Knapp Creek. 2315 feet A. T., no. 3. South of road between Four Mile and Chipmunk creeks, 34 miles southwest of Allegany. 1770 feet A. T., no. 9. Along Four Mile creek about 4 miles southwest of Olean. 1560 feet A. T., no. 9. West side of northwest spur of Rock City hill. 1985 feet ACT 'T: {ruticos us? 2 hinge graptus typus, Loganograptus logani and Didymograptus nitidus, to which McCoy? has added Goniograptus thureaui. This list indicates the presence of the Tetragraptus zone in Australia. The preceding brief review of a number of publications which announce the presence of the Tetragraptus fauna is sufficient to demonstrate the vastness of the area which it once occupied. Prof. Frech? has suggested the probability that there existed four grand marine provinces in the Lower Siluric which were more or less separated from each other, viz the Bohemian-Mediterranean, the Baltic, the North Atlantic and the Pacific-North American basins. The former existence and extension of these provinces is deduced from the comparative study of the horizontal distribution of the faunas, specially of their trilobite element. The graptolites however are ex- pressly excepted as passing beyond the boundaries of these basins, and this phenomenon is explained by their pelagic or abysmal habitat in contrast to the littoral or shallowsea habitat of the provincial faunas. This necessity of contrasting the eraptolite faunas with the other faunas on account of their vast geographic distribution, together with the well known fact of their short vertical range, is a conclusive demonstra- 2 Geol. surv. Victoria. Prodr. pal. Victoria. Decade 5, 1877. p. 39. ® Lethaea palaeozoica. 1897. 2:88 ff. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 565 tion of their invaluable aid in exactly correlating parts of the Siluric system regionally widely separated. In the case of the Tetragraptus fauna, the precise determination of its posi- tion in the Beekmantown formation will permit a perfect correlation of that part of the Beekmantown formation with the highly subdivided Lower Siluric of northern Europe. Fur- thermore, as the graptolites changed so rapidly, and pelagic forms are not subject to the slow migrations of the littoral forms, but spread rapidly over wide territories, it is proper to conclude that this Tetragraptus fauna, like the succeeding faunas, conquered its territory in a very short time, and that we have here, hence, not only homotaxial, but actually syn- chronous beds of both hemispheres before us. The fact mentioned above, that the English and Swedish faunas of this horizon have a greater number of species in common than they have with the Levis fauna, is, in this connec- tion, worthy of special notice, as it proves that a world-wide and absolute identity of the pelagic graptolite faunas does not exist. This may indicate that there also existed geographic or regional differences, which, however, did not coincide with the differences in the distribution of the other fossil organisms, as has been suggested by Frech (loc. cit. p. 116) in view of the discrepancies observable in the succession of the two detailed series of upper Siluric graptolite zones, made out by Tullberg in Sweden and by Barrande in Bohemia. Zone with Didymograptus bifidus and Phyllograptus anna Graptolite bed 3 This bed has a thickness of 2 feet, and is separated by 14 feet of mostly barren limestone beds (bed h) from graptolite bed 2. It has furnished, partly in an excellent state of preservation, the following forms: 1 Dendrograptus cf. divergens Hall 2 Dictyonema cf. delicatulum Dawson 3 Callograptus salteri Hatl 4 Dichograptus octobrachiatus Hall 5 Goniograptus thureaui McCoy, var. (sp ele fais car Site lar Iacclar } 566 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 6 G. sp. nov. leciee 7 Coenograptid gen. nov. et sp. nov. c 8 Tetragraptus serra Brong. small mut. C 9 T. bigsbyi Hall small mut. € 10 T. fruticosus Hall small mut. 7 ec 11 T. pendens Liles rr 12 Didymograptus cf. similis Hall r 13 D. bifidus Hall cc 14 Phyllograptus typus Hall Cc 15 P. anna Hall cc 16 P. angustifolius Hall c 17 Nemagraptus sp. 18 Thamnograptus anna Hall c 19 Lingula quebecensis Billings re 20 Small indet. brachiopods ec To this zone belong also the beds j, k, 1, m and n, hard greenish silicious beds, sandy shales and limestones. Bed j bears, on black shaly partings, Didymograptus bifidus, the most characteristic form of this zone. The thin graptolite bed 4 in bed 1 also furnished this species and a few poorly preserved fragments of some of the other forms. Graptolite bed 5 Under this notation have been united the numerous shaly partings between the heavy banks of greenish gray, extremely hard, silicious rock which is exposed, with a thickness of 52_ feet, in the quarry at the east end of the continuous section (stratum o; the shaly partings are denoted on the diagram by the letter p). Most of these partings are covered to the exclu- sion of other species, with the rhabdosomes of the species Phyllograptus typus, Ph. ilicifolius (large muta- tion) and Ph. anna. The largest specimens of Phyllo- graptus typus occur however in a layer at the base of graptolite bed 8. The full list of the species observed in the quarry is: 1 Tetragraptus quadribrachiatus Hall 2 T. serra Brong. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 56 3 Didymograptus bifidus Hall cc 4 D. similis Hall c 5 Phyllograptus typus Hall ece 6 Ph. ilicifolius Hall cc % Ph. anna Hall : c The faunules of the graptolite beds 3-5 receive their charac- teristic aspect from the new appearance and abundance of in- dividuals of Phyllograptus typus, Ph. anna, Didymograptus bifidus, D. similis and Tham- nograptus anna. The last four were, together with Tetragraptus fruticosus, described by Hall as occurring in the “Quebec group, 3 miles above the river St Anne.” They pertain, hence, to an association not known to him from the Levis region, nor have they, to the writer’s knowledge, been reported since from the Levis beds, with the exception of Didymograptus bifidus, which is listed by Ami (Geol. surv. Can. Rep’t for 1887-88, 53 k) as found in an excavation near the City hall of Levis and by Gur- ley as occurring also in another Levis zone _ identical with the next succeeding Deep kill zone. Lapworth found Phyllograptus anna _ associated with some _ other species, which are common to this and the Tetragraptus zone, in the collections submitted to him from the south side of the St Lawrence river, and termed this the St Anne zone or zone with Phyltlograptus anna. He correctly supposed it to belong to about the middle of the series of the Levis zones. Dr Gurley, in compiling the list of the North American graptolites, had no collection from the St Anne beds to refer to, and cites only the forins listed by Hall and Lapworth. Though the fauna of this zone, as well in the shales of St Anne des Monts, as in the Deep kill beds, appears rather limited when compared with that of the preceding zone, it is notwithstanding of the greatest interest, first stratigraphically, as it clearly marks a distinct horizon or zone, which is also discernible in very distant regions, and secondly phylogenet- ically, as it indicates the approaching suppression of the 268 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM dichograptid graptolite stock. The latter fact finds its strongest expression in the remarkable restriction in the num- ber of species of dichograptids, but is also recognizable in the character of the species remaining. Of the multiramous dichograptids only Goniograptus is left, which, as will be shown in another article, has here become so fixed and un- changeable in the number of its branches that it is clearly a final derivative of the freely branching older Clonograptus forms. The species of the genus Tetragraptus, which latter reached the acme of its development in the preceding zone, are, with the exception of T. quadribrachiatus, crucifer and alatus, still present, but are represented only by smaller mutations. The genus Didymograptus, which lived into the Trenton period, and with a few species of: its subgenus Leptograptus even extends into the Utica period, appears with two new species, which are restricted to this zone, and one of which, Didymograptus bifidus, is in the Deep kill section the most characteristic species of the zone, as it is extremely common in the beds, extends neither above nor below the zone and is the first of the “ tuning fork” species of the genus, which in Europe are quite char- acteristic of still higher zones. The genus Phyllograptus attains in this zone in Ph. typus its greatest size and variability within the boundary of a species but is also repre- sented by the diminutive Ph. anna, which also extends into the next zone and foreshadows or closes the life history of this peculiar genus. Finally there appears in this zone the first of the coenograptids, which attain their full development not before the middle part of the Champlainic or Lower Silurie. Lapworth! reports a similar association, characterized by Didymograptus bifidus, D.iextensus, Phy iia graptus typus, Tetragraptus bryonoides and T. quadribrachiatus from the “ Ballantrae rocks” in Ayrshire, south Scotland. Miss Elles lists Didymograptus bifidus as occurring in the middle and upper Skiddaw *Geol. mag. 1889. 38d ser. 6: 22. REPORT OF THE STATE PALHONTOLOGIST 1901 569 slates. In the latter (Ellergill beds) it is, however, reported to be associated with forms which are characteristic of the next higher Deep kill zone, while the species, associated here with D. bifidus, specially Phyllograptus typus and P. anna, are according to Miss Elles found there in the middle Skiddaw slates. In regard to this association it is stated (loc. cit. p. 529): “Tetragraptus serra (Brong.) and other forms are also found associated with the fauna which in Sweden characterizes the zone of Phyllograptus ¢f. ty pus and occur on the same slab as the earliest tuning fork Didymograpti.” This association forms the upper Tetragraptus subzone (corresponding to the upper Arenig) with which we have to correlate the present Deep kill zone or the St Anne beds of Canada. In Scania the zone with Phyllograptus cf. typus and Didymograptus cf. bifidus forms, according to Tull- berg, the highest part of the lower Graptolite shale and over- lies the Orthoceras limestone (limestone with Megalaspis planilimbata and Megalaspis limbata)._ But, as this zone is also reported to contain Climacograptus and Cryptograptus, which here do not appear till the next zone, this Scanian and the Deep kill zone can not be | exactly parallelized; and it is to be assumed that the former holds a position intermediate between this and the next Deep kill zone, and that the St Anne beds are homotaxial with the Megalaspis limestone itself. In Bohenua a form from étage Dd1 7 has been identified with Didymograptus bifidus by Dr Perner;! and in France, as noted before, Didymograptus bifidus and Rou- villigraptus richardsoni, two species of the St Anne beds, have been reported from the graptolite shales of Cabriéres. Finally, the zone with Didymograptus bifidus was recognized by T. S. Hall? as a separate horizon in the aurif- erous shales of Victoria in Australia, where it also overlies the Tetragraptus zone. It appears that in Australia and New * Etudes sur les Graptolites de Bohéme. 2iéme partie. 1895. p. 23. ? Austr. ass’n adv. sci. 1898. 5:374. 570 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Zealand the entire Lower Siluric is represented by graptolite shales with forms of world wide distribution. Zone with Diplograptus dentatus and Cryptograptus antennarius In the exposure produced by the construction of the dam of the Lansingburg waterworks two graptolite beds were noticed: Graptolite bed 6 This bed contained, embedded in a massive dark mud rock: il Phyllograptus angustifolius Hall 2 Ph. sp. nov. 3 Diplograptus dentatus Brong. 4 Retiograptus tentaculatus Hall 5 Cf. Trigonograptus ensiformis Hall (fragments) Ser Gime aay Gone (Ge A larger fauna was obtained from Graptolite bed 7 This bed consists of soft, black shale, the bedding planes of which are profusely covered with specimens. It furnished the following fauna. 1 Dendrograptus sp. nov. Cc 2 Dictyonema sp. nov. ce 3 D. sp. nov. | c 4 D. (Desmograptus) cancellatum Hopk. ¢ 5 D. (D.) sp. nov. c 6 Callograptus diffusus Hall i 7 C. sp. nov. ib 8 Ptilograptus plumosus Hall rr 9 Loganograptus logani Hall OF 10 Dichograptus octobrachiatus Hall (hexad type) ¢c 11 Didymograptus (Isograptus) gibberulus Nich. var. nanus, var. nov. c 12 D. sp. nov. , rr 18 Leptograptus sp. nov. Tr 14 Nemagraptus sp. indet. Cc 15 Diplograptus dentatus Brong. (=D. pristiniformis Hall) ccc 16 D. inutilis Hall r Ser REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 atl 17 D. sp. nov. 18 Retiograptus tentaculatus Hall r 19 Glossograptus sp. nov. c 20 Cryptograptus antennarius Hall cece 21 Trigonograptus ensiformis Hall cc 22 Climacograptus sp. nov. c 23 Lingula quebecensis Billings r 24 Kunoa accola Clarke r Continuous with this bed of black shale is a layer of purplish gray shale with numerous light blue specks, probably originat- ing from talcose mud pebbles. This layer contained: 1 Dichograptus sp. (branches) c 2 Phyllograptus anna Hall 3 Diplograptus dentatus Hall cc 4 D. sp. nov. r The aspect of the faunas of these two graptolite beds, which clearly belong to one zone, is totally different from that of the two preceding zones. Not only are all species new, with the ex- ception of Loganograptus logani, Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Phyllograptus angustifol- Wis, .Ph. anna and ;\lineula, quebecensis, and the prevailing genera different, but even the subclass of the Axonolipa, which hitherto alone held the field, has almost en- tirely been replaced by the family Diplograptidae of the Axono- phora. The latter are represented by the genera Diplograptus, Climacograptus, Glossograptus, Cryptograptus, Trigonograptus, and Retiograptus. A peculiar feature of this fauna is the sudden outburst of the Dendroidea with a Dendrograptus, four species, in numer- ous individuals, of Dictyonema (two of these of the rare sub- genus Desmograptus), two Callograptus and a Ptilograptus. This subclass however, though reaching its acme already in Cambric beds, reappears, as is well known, with great force in the Niagaran and extends even into the Hamilton formation. As only the species of Callograptus and of Ptilograptus, one of each genus, are recorded from the Canadian exposure of this zone, the greater number of species and the profusion of speci- a EEE 572 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM mens of this long lived subclass may be of a merely local character. - On account of the radical changes in the composition of the fauna and of the large break in the section between the preced- ing and this zone, which, taking the average dip of the beds into account, may represent 300 feet of covered rock, it might be sur- mised that a number of zones must be missing between the two, and the succession of the zones is incomplete in this regard. Reference to the European succession of zones shows however that this is hardly the case, for in the Skiddaw beds, for instance, the same two zones have been found in direct succession. It is true, there may exist an intermediate, transitional zone, contain- ing a more balanced mixture of the two faunas, such as has been found in Scania (see above, p. 569). All the species of this fauna, described by Hall, were cited by him simply as coming from the Quebec group of Point Levis. In each description, however, the association is recorded in which the form was found, and from these records it becomes evident that the separate existence of this peculiar assemblage of species at Point Levis was well known to that illustrious observer. Lapworth (loc. cit.) found no material from this zone in the col- lections submitted to him, and therefore does not mention or locate this horizon in his series of graptolite zones. Dr Gurley (loc. cit. p. 302) states that besides the fauna of the Main Point Levis zone he had before him a smaller collection of Point Levis shales, from a locality 14 miles north of the east railway station at Levis, which has a strikingly different fauna; adding: ‘It was remarkable not so much for the species present (though the Diplograpsidae seem highly characteristic) as for those absent.” His Ordovician table of graptolites (loc. cit., p. 296 ff) proves that the third Deep kill fauna is identical with this second Point Levis fauna. Gurley calls the latter simply the “ Point Levis fauna,” and, together with two similar associa- tions, from the Pifion range at Summit Nev., and from Arkansas, refers it to the upper Calciferous zones. In England the zone with Diplograptus dentatus, Cryptograptus antennarius and Trigoneo- graptus ensiformis is well developed in the Hllergill REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 Fy ep beds, which form the lower part of the upper Skiddaw slates. Didymograptus bifidus rises there into this zone, while, on the other hand, Phyllograptus anna and Phyllograptus angustifolius: are not reported, by Miss Elles from these beds. Marr,! however, also cites the lat- ter species. As Dr Gurley has also found Did. bifidus in the corresponding Point Levis zone and Phyllograptus anna in association with these Diplograptidae in Arkansas, it is apparent that these species rise in various regions into this zone. The Ellergill beds are correlated by Lapworth, Marr and Elles with the Llanvirn beds of Wales; and by Miss Elles with Twill- berg’s zones n), zone of Glossograptus and 0), zone of Didymo- graptws geminus, which form the basal part of the middle eraptolite shales or of the Dicellograptusskiffer of Scania. These zones also contain the genera Diplograptus, Climacograptus, Glossograptus and Cryptograptus. The latter zone has again been subdivided into three subzones, the lowest of which Gasull > contains, (Did) yim o.e ra p tus) bi bid) wis.) ins would suggest that the presence of the above cited species of the Phyllograptus anna zone in the zone with Dip- lograptus dentatus in America may eventually allow the recognition of subzones in the latter. It will be noticed that in England this zone is placed above the Arenig formation, and that the corresponding zone in Scania is united with the middle graptolite shales, that, hence, impor- tant formational boundaries separate, in Europe, this and the preceding zone. This fact,in connection with the decided change in the character of the genera, which are those of the Middle and Upper Champlainic or Lower Siluric, may with our advanc- ing knowledge of the graptolite facies of the Champlainic lead to the correlation of this zone with some part of tne Chazy formation. This supposition seems to be well supported by a statement of Mr Walcott (see Gurley, loc. cit. p. 304), that “in Nevada Didymograptus bifidus occurs in strata cer- tainly supra-Calciferous and probably of Chazy horizon.” *Geol. mag. 1894. 14th ser. 1:127. 574 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM, SUMMARY The Deep kill section has furnished extensive collections of three different graptolite horizons which, termed after their most characteristic organisms, are: ¢ Zone with Diplograptus dentatus and Crypto- graptus antennar ius b Zone with Didymograptus bifidus and Phyllo- graptus anna a Zone with Tetragraptus Two of these zones (a and 0) are found in contiguous succes- sion, the third is separated by a break in the exposure, but is certainly superjacent on the second zone b. In Great Britain and Scandinavia, all three zones have been observed in the same succession. In Canada, zone a is known from several regions, | the most important being the Levis and St John regions. The typical fauna of zone 0 has become known from the beds near the St Anne river in Canada, and zone ¢ is again present in the Levis beds. The succession of these zones has thus far not been reported as observable in any of these Canadian regions. The stratigraphy of the Deep kill section demonstrates that the Main Point Levis beds or those of the Tetragraptus zone are the lowest of the series; that they are followed by the St Anne beds or those of the zone with Didymograptus bifidus ete., and that the Point Levis beds, containing the zone with Diplograp- tus dentatus ete., overlie either directly the St Anne zone or are separated from it by only an intermediate transitional zone. As the Levis beds have been demonstrated to belong to the Beekmantown or Calciferous formation, the two lower of the zones certainly represent part of the graptolite facies of that formation, while the third zone may either belong to this or to the Chazy formation. In using the results of a former investigation by the writer of the shales in the vicinity of Albany (N. Y. state mus. Bul. 42) the zones recorded in the first column of the following correla- tion table of the Champlainic or Lower Siluric graptolite shales can be claimed to have been discerned in this region. O05 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 eles, -sny ‘CliojoIA jo soleys SHOIEJUINW ‘“Isvijoy, pus ‘rs0qoIq “aAsoy[AUq yt (souuOp1y) pivuIEg-jieg pue oejg-Any jo salvyg elleijsuy “Bl104 -O1A JO so[Vys sno1ojTINW ‘SRPIFiq “1s0mA PIC SnprIjytq ‘isom Ua vimeyoy jo T pa |-Aptq pue sndsy ‘eoUBI A ‘SoIglIqeD Jo soreyS;aso;~Aqq a euoz) SnUIMeS ‘Isom ) — | soleqs snydvasvayoy, $ | epeaon pue |-Apiq pue sngdeais SESUBYIV JO so[vys OT[OdvIH|-osso,TQ YIM son07 VpeAON JO Soteys j (Aopny) eiquinjoD Ysaig “loam esvog pue ‘ssvd osi0q | SAIyOry JO soreys o}1[0deV14y j SvsuvyLY JO soley “viy[eay | -sny ‘eII0}0IA JO SI[19 ST[IOBVis BIG 'ISOUDOD IIA O[VYS/ISOUGD0H DA oU0ZT I SNILOFIISuSUe | ‘q pue snooetjtos dig WM Ojj-ins-arem1eyg 49 JO ouoyspuvs pue ‘snop 030 \ -LOTA}S [DO ‘SuUYEpNVD |luesuIlo9 ‘“aisouevds ‘OVMI[QO YIM (souuop j-orq‘eesea sngdveais -1y) xnojqmexy jo g[vys|-OoVmMI[D YIM seu07 (Aoyea | oljO) soleys vjoyonbeyy SNYVAOIONMII JOMOT ‘I}VUULIUID JOMOT|-penhb -;diq IIA ou07 Sl4stad snyvuvy,dmoo "[drq QA vimeqog Jog pq|'ISoT]99Tq YM ou0Z (\Ao][BA “SST pue org) | soivqs vjoyonbey Jeddq|aow'ds -;dtq ys ou07 J SUOISaI 10410 (S10q|[NJ,) eravurpuvog §}SIYOs O71]O}deIyH) TIaMOT S}SIYOS oFT[OJdVry O[PPrI SO[BM PUB pUL][}0S Jo Spoq o}I[OJdvIs StueIW SIPPIN “(SOT ‘sezeis MBpplyS) seuoz ‘190 -YOI pus 'ideioy, 1aMOT (Ao]In-9) emoZz je SImely JO sSpoq sluety is0ddq (SETH ‘se9yz[s Mepprys) euoz Snydeisviyey, 1oddq | S9[VA\ Pue puRTjoog | (Aojan+y pus } | (so[[q ‘WILAULT'T =) 10908 (SOTH) speq [[fs10] (a (Aojin)) otoz SIAO'T YuULOg|Snyvyuep “"[diq qIM eN07 iy t = (AopIny) o1yshTT JO spog | SOBs Up uery > (qyIoMdey stl19vis ‘speq 4 4ryoy 4 soMo7T ‘IS80U00Q9 YIM om0zZ=) (qjtomdey) St[rovaia (Aeqany, ‘030 ‘aeqond) ‘Is0M00D YUM ou0Z) eU0Z ‘“id0]T[ODIG JOMOT|-JON) ouoZ es (OJ0 Jepoyy ‘soyeys [oF JIA IOMOT) TLUOS[TM “OOVWITO YWA eu0z ST[l9 eis “Is0U ((19J}48 -909 MoqyIM ow0z =) Io M0'T) Tues aro (Aojiny §=‘SoSey pu | (adeyT | ‘ISOUVIOLG YIM on07 ([[eJJ IBA TOMO'T) +039 ‘Sly VuUoIIONMrIpendb ‘GQ (‘Sstivoury,T sny -deisoin9gy[ g WIA ou07 aa Gs DOpeIED OyVT) SNPLOIOVI;F "IS09 -doe] pus (930 ‘seqong) SnAVTOTINMIIpenh | (ayo 4S ({loy348 qoddy) sujyeuvjdmos ‘ISO[TOOLG YA 007 ‘079 SUODVITOZ ‘[diq TjIM oalysdo1igg jo sop ele reddn (seyvys [oF -yieyR doddq) sdooue ‘ISOTTOOLG YA ouo0z J UlVjIg 9vo19 epeuryp Aueqiy jo A}uIdIA ay} JO (dt4N]IS Jamo77) orurejdurey) 94} Ul SeUOZ IY} JO afqQuz WOT}PIIII09 ‘Tdrq@ qIM spoq voyg|-rapenb (ty dooq) SIAQT JUulog Ulejsngdvisvijogy, aWA ou07 (It dood) euue-isol,4qygq puvsnup YWomdey]) ou0z ouuy 9S|-IJ1q ‘1asowAprigq qs ou0Z7 (I[}7_ dood) surieu "1s0%3dk19 pue (spoq []Tsuvur ‘1s0[[00IG JOMO'T (Aory,) stTnvo -Ixe,Tdue ‘[dtq {IM ou07 (esnoqioMod Sinqsuisue’T) deqen’) euoz *[[o0I1q soddqjouoz snzdvisorjeatq aoeddy 4 (puvyst YowVyag uUueA ‘oT[lasorueyo OW) ‘9309 THIeq sniq} -IVIIY, ‘Slu100TI4 *1904 -d4ig ‘snzyupneo -1800 -BULI[ OD YIM OUlOZ [vUOTIISUBLy, (030 AreJeuIED [einy) “999 TyY9eq snIyy IVlig ‘sugano-aki0g ‘snj[[isnd ‘a ‘gn09 -B8I[OJ ‘q ‘sugvuoIOnm "Tdr qd Wy ou07 (p10j.109¥ A\ ) STISSOF OUTeI -10J pue snjgino ‘ufi0g Hpoq CUILIIOT|SNODBITOF *[AIq YIM ou07 Aueqiy Jo Ayraror, — | t TUMOUR YOO —\——< = -$ + Azeqgo ~ m0} DELI, a q a. o i) ay OUuLevIIO | | | | Je -C W107 MODE OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF GONIOGRAPTUS THUREAUI McCoy BY RUDOLF RUEDEMANN In 1889! Dr Ami announced the occurrence of Gonio- graptus thureaui in the Tetragraptus zone of Levis, Quebec. This remarkably pretty graptolite, the generic type and only species of the genus Goniograptus, was till then known only from the graptolite beds of the Bendigo gold field, Sandhurst, Victoria, Australia, whence it was described by McCoy.? It is there, as in the Levis and Deep kill beds, found associated with the species characteristic of the Tetragraptus zone. Dr Ami figured a remarkably large and perfect specimen and added the description of the central disk which extends in a peculiarly alate manner along the branches. In the Deep kill section numerous hydrosomes of this species have been found, not only in the Tetragraptus zone, but also in the beds of the overlying zone with Didymograp- tus -bifidus. andsPhyllograptus-anunas9 theo, terial from the former zone proved to be of special interest for the study of the ontogeny of the species, for it contained a com- plete series of finely preserved growth stages from the sicula onward to the mature colony. These stages allow the elucida- tion of some points in the ontogeny and morphology of the mul- tiramose dichograptids which were hitherto not well under- stood; and they have therefore been made the subject of this notice. ' A restricted number of characteristic stages has been figured. The outlines of the figures have, with one exception, been drawn with the camera lucida and reduced to their present size. Sicula. The sicula itself is rather short and stout, as those of many other dichograptids; it can, therefore, when alone, be hardly distinguished from the siculae of several other species occurring in the same beds. *Can. rec. sci. 1888-89. 3:422, 502. * Ann. and mag. nat. hist. 1876. p. 128; Geol. Sur. Victoria. Prodr. pal. Victoria. Decade 5. 1877. p. 39. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 5tT Thecae. From this sicula buds at first, close to its distal end, one theca (1), which for a short distance grows in a distal direc- tion along the sicula, then, turning abruptly under an approxi- mately right angle, follows a horizontal or slightly downward direction (assuming the suspended position of the colony). (See fig. 1 and 3) The apparent angle of its divergence changes slightly, as is illustrated by fig. 2 and 38. From theca 1 is pro- duced again by gemmation and close to its proximal end theca h Fig. 1 Gonio- graptus ~ thu- ‘ E reaui McCoy. Fig. 2 Idem. Sic- var. postre- ua a ates mus. Sicula side); an ranches : a, : and first two of first and second or- panes Aye face a thecae (fun- der. x31¢ icle). x36 2, which, growing across the “antisicular ” side of the sicula, diverges to the opposite side under exactly the same angle as theca 1. In older colonies the thick, straight, uninterrupted cross bar between the principal branches has been termed, in other multiramose dichograptids, the “funicle” by Hall and succeeding authors on graptolites. As the somewhat larger colorties usually settle on their broader surfaces, the sicula is brought into a vertical position, and hence often fails of observa- tion in the fossilized state, as in fig. 4, where the central thick- ening indicates its location. Each of these primary thecae produces in its turn (fig. 3), in a like position and manner as the sicula did, a new theca, which also, after a short adherence to the mother theca, turns aside at the same angle as does theca 1 and, like the latter, sends a new theca, corresponding to theca 2, to the opposite side. The bifurcation near the aperture of the sicula of the first two thecae is hence repeated at the aperture of each of the latter, and four secondary thecae result. These four thecae form the four “ primary branches” of other authors. Each of these pro- duces a new bifurcation (fig. 5 and 6) by the same process of twice repeated gemmation in two succeeding thecae, and the a8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM assumption of opposite directions of the new branches. This would furnish eight “secondary branches”. But a material change now takes place in the arrangement of the new thecae, Fig. 5 Idem. Same growth Fig. 4 Idem. Branches of _ stage. Sicular view. Shows Fig. 6 Idem. A little third order have begun to form. mode of branching on left more advanced stage. Vertical view. x4 side. x314 ares view of sic- growing from these eight tertiary thecae. If we give the funicle a horizontal position in the drawing (fig. 7, 8), the four thecae (q@) of these eight tertiary ones, which lie on the side of the vertical axis (A-B in fig. 8), produce thecae which do not diverge from their mother thecae, but retain the direction of the latter. This leads to a serial arrangement of the thecae and to the “ denticu- late branches ” of other authors. The other four tertiary thecae (b) however, which lie subparallel to the funicle, produce a new ” Fig. 7 Idem. Next growth stage. Differentiation of ar- rangement of thecae has com- menced. abranches with seri- ally arranged thecae; at b dich- otomy continuing. x24 Fig. 8 Idem. A further advanced growth stage, which shows more distinctly the differentiation of the tertiary branches (III) and the composition of the four principal stems of thecae (see thecal apertures in upper left quarter). x24. bifurcation. They become thus component parts of the princi- pal stems of the mature colonies. | Of the eight tertiary branches (marked III in fig. 8) resulting from these bifurcations, those subparallel to the funicle become denticulate, while the others bifurcate again. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 yas) This process of dichotomous branching and of the develop- ment of one of the resulting branches into a denticulate branch: is repeated with absolute regularity. The result is the forma. tion of four zigzag-shaped principal stems, lying in the diagonals: of the rectangle, and of two alternating series of denticulate branches on each of these stems. Fig. 10, 11 are reproductions of more advanced stages which differ from the younger ones principally in the length attained by the denticulate branches. Both specimens bear 24 such Fig. 10 Idem. Stage where dichotomous Fig. 9 Idem. Hydrosome with complete number branching has ceased and all new thecae of branches seen from thecal sides x24 arrange themselves serially. Nat. size branches, six on each stem and none of the many hydrosomes ob- tained at the Deep kill have a greater number of branches than six. As the ultimate branches of the stems are both denticulate, dichotomous branching appears to have ceased, and 24 seems to be the maximum number produced by these colonies. Dr Ami, however, figures a very large specimen, which, when complete, would have had about 80 branches. Specimens in the writer’s hands attain about three fourths of the size of that referred to, without bearing more than 24 branches; also the smaller speci- men figured by Dr Ami possesses a greater number of branches than colonies of like size in the Deep kill collection. These facts seem to indicate that the latter material contains a_ variety which, in the process of reduction of the number of branches, observable throughout the Dichograptidae, has advanced a de- cided step beyond the original Goniograptus thureaui, 5SO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and, like Dichograptus octobrachiatus —and Tetragraptus, reached a stage with a fixed and more limited number of branches. This form would then stand at the Fig. 11 Idem. Mature hydrosome. Shows the restrieted number of branches (24), in this variety. Nat. size end of the Goniograptidae, as far as the genus is known, and might be designated as Goniograptus thureaui var. postremus. The important ontogenetic and morphogenic facts of which this series of growth stages permits a statement are: 1 The “ funicle” of Goniograptus consists of ,two thecae. The equal length of the two parts of the funicle between the sicula and the first dichotomy and of the primary branches in the other multiramose dichograptids indicates that the funicle is in all these constructed of two thecae. With ad- vancing growth of the colony, the two thecae of the funicle, like those of the principal stems, become greatly thickened and assume the form of cylindric stems, thus more or less losing indications of their former thecal nature (fig. 10 and 11). The statement, found from Hall’s work onward in nearly all descriptions of the colonies of these multiramose dichograp- REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 581 tids, that the funicle is destitute of cellules, is, hence, correct _only in so far as the denticulations or the apertural parts of the thecae are only distinct in young specimens and noticeable only at the points of bifurcation, but not along the funicle itself. As to the group of Dichograptidae, represented by the genera Temnograptus, Schizograptus, Ctenograptus, Holograptus, Rou: villigraptus and Trochograptus Holm has noted the presenc of a theca on each side of the sicula in the funicle of Troch- ograptus diffusus. Concerning the structure of the funicle in general that keen observer states: On these grounds, and in consideration of the many-branched Dichograptidae being embedded in shale, and therefore showing the thecae of the central part of the polypary only in very excep- tional favorable cases, and as these thecae are analogous to those in Didymograptus and other forms which are better ex- posed, I draw the conclusion that the funicle in many cases, if not always, was furnished with thecae. This conclusion is fully verified as to Goniograptus and Coen- ograptus (fig. 13) by the writer’s material. It becomes appar- ent from these observations that the funicle does not differ in structure from any other part of the stem; and probably in all Dichograptidae consisted of two thecae. 2 The four principal stems of Goniograptus are composed of thecae, each internode between two bifurcations consisting of one theca. For this reason all these internodes are of uniform length, and, because the angle of divergence of the budding thecae is constant throughout, the angles of bifurcation are all alike. The next related genus, Clonograptus, which develops the greatest number of branches and is most irregular in the extent of its branching, has been considered, on account of these characters and its earlier appearance, the progeni- tor of a part of the multiramose dichograptids. It is a well known character of this genus that the internodes between the bifurcations not only grow to extreme length, but also ‘Geol. mag. 1895. 4th ser. 2:484. 582 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM increase in length toward the distal parts of the hydro- some. That these very long stem-internodes, e.g. Cl, flexilis and Cl. rigidus, actually always consist of but one theca, as the increasing length of the stem thecae in fig. 12’ f Fig. 12 Clonograptus (Goniograptus) sp. nov. Possesses long stem internodes, each: consisting of but one theca. x214 would suggest, the writer is not prepared to assert. As the stems of these forms, in conformity with Hall’s fundamental views, have been currently considered as entirely indenticulate or free from thecae, they have not been investigated ag to their structure, and conclusive data on the number of thecae in each internode are not to be obtained in the literature. Hall’s posi- tion! was this: Neither the central portion, nor any of its subdivisions,. becomes celluliferous; and these parts are not termed stipes: or branches, according to the views I have entertained. It is. only beyond the last subdivisions of this part of the body, as in G. logani, that the celluliferous parts, or the true stipes, commence. Miss Elles? states that she has observed thecae on stipes of every order in Clonograptus flexilis. Of special in- terest in this connection appear to be the description and illus- 1Can. org. rem. Decade 2. 1865. p. 20. ? Quar. jour. geoi. soc. 1898. 54: 473. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 583 tration of a Cambric species published by G. F. Matthew.! In this form the primary branches are short and evidently com- posed of one theca only, while all the branches of a higher order are longer and distinctly figured as consisting of several thecae. If we compare this species with the lower Siluric species of ‘Clonograptus or with the species of Dichograptus and Logano- graptus, e.g. L. logani, where the primary and secondary branches are equally short, a tendency toward a concentration of the dichotomous branching in the central part of the colony becomes apparent. The genotype of Dichograptus, D. octobrachiatus, and that of Loganograptus, L. logani, are found associated with Goniograptus in the Deep kill section, and occur in younger Specimens, which indicate that these genera also conform to the composition of the internodes of one theca each. The denticulate nature of the branches of the first and follow- ing order in Temnograptus was already known to Hall (Gr. milesi Hall) and has been recognized in its related genera {Holograptus, etc.). Holm has described a coenograptid (Pterograptus elegans),with a distinct thecal structure in the two principal stems, and the writer figures (fig. 13) a young specimen of Coeno- Sra pt ws 4) Sra eqliss | (tsels, which distinctly shows the thecal structure of these stems. It becomes therefore probable that all parts of the hydrosome of the Dichograptidae, including fun- Fig. 13 Coenograptus gracilis Hall. 5 ° c ° Young hydrosome, which shows composition icle and principal stems, consist of of tunicle and principal stems of thecae. p Normanskill shale of Mt Moreno. x4 thecae; with the exception of the nema, which carries the sicula, and of the central disk. 3 The growth stages of Gomograptus indicate that the bifur- cations of the branches throughout the hydrosome take place im tN. Y. acad. sci. Trans. 1895. p. 295. *Ofversigt af K. Vet. Ak. Férhandl. 1881. no. 4, p. 77. 584 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the same manner as the formation of the funicle by the sicula, viz by the successive budding of two thecae, the second of which buds from the first, and both of which, assuming diverging directions, determine the _ direction of the ranches. This shows that the sicula, with its distal part, holds the position of a first theca, and that the funicle is genetically and morphologically not different from the branches of a higher order. From growth stages of Dichograptus and Loganograp- tus, obtained in the Deep kill collection, it can be deduced that the dichotomous branching of these genera conforms to the same law. The hydrosome of a new species of Bryograptus, common in the Tetragraptus beds, possesses the same mode of branching. Holm! has demonstrated that in Didymograptus, Tetragraptus and Phyllograptus the same mode of branching persists. As to the nature of the branching which has been termed “monopodial ” or “lateral,” and which is characterized by the continued growth of the original branch in the same direction after division, I have been unable as yet to obtain any con- clusive facts. The genera which show this mode of branching most typically, are Schizograptus, Trochograptus, Holograptus and Rouvilligraptus. The fact, however, that both dichotom- ous and monopodial branching coexist in the hydrosomes of these genera, seems to indicate, that there can be no funda- mental difference between them. Observations on Coenograp- tus (fig. 13) indicate the correctness of the suggestion of Wiman? that this mode of branching is produced by the greater strength which is attained by the mother theca before it produces the daughter theca, and which enables the former to retain its sriginal direction while it compels the latter to a change of direction. 4 There must have existed physiologic and morphologic differences between the zooids of the _ biserially arranged no. 150. * Geol. inst. Upsala. Bul. 1895. no. 4, v. 2, pt 2, p. 34. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEHONTOLOGIST 1901 585 thecae of the branches and those of the dichotomously divid- ing stems of Goniograptus which find their expression in the thecae. It may a@ priori be assumed that innate differences caused the zooids of the stems to assume widely diverging directions and those of the branches to grow in the direction of the mother theca. It is further evident that the essentially or solely nutritive zooids of the branches or stipes persisted in performing the function of nutrition while those of the stems (funicle, etc.) served this function only in the early stages of the colony, and later on, when they became thickened by chitinous deposits into cylindric stems (compare fig. 10, 11 and Hall’s figures of Clonograptus rigidus), assumed as their principal or sole function the supporting of the branches. It is partly on account of this secondary adaptation to the latter: function that the thecal nature of the stems has failed, till lately, to be recognized in the majority of the dichograptids. This difference in function is, to some extent, also expressed in the morphologic differences between the stem thecae which we here call stolonal thecae,! and the branch thecae which may be termed brachial thecae. If one compares the extreme thecae of the branches of Goniograptus with those form- ing the stems (fig. 10, 14), one can not fail to notice that they differ. The latter, stolonal thecae, are more cylindric, very slightly widening toward the aperture and without any sub- mucronate apertural processes; they, therefore, usually fail to appear as “ denticulations.” Their apertures are small, circular openings (fig. 3, 4, 5). The fully developed distant thecae in the branches widen more abruptly toward the aperture, have wider apertures and submucronate processes on the outer apertural margins. These differences can not be due to different degrees of compression in consequence of different thickness of periderm, or be caused solely by the superposition of the thecae on the branches. "The first theca of each ‘‘denticulate” branch is to be considered as a stolonal theca on account of its assuming a direction different from that of the mother theca. 5&6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It must however be conceded that, as the initial thecae of the branches (fig. 14) are similar to the stolonal thecae, a phylo- genetic element, to be discussed later, enters into this problem. | But, even if to this latter element the principal weight in ex- plaining the morphologic differences is given, the difference of direction assumed by the stolonal and brachial thecae, and the later thickening and functional change of the former, are suffi- cient to indicate an important difference in the zooids that once occupied the thecae. 5 The stolonal thecae are more similar in shape and relative size to the sicula of the colony than the brachial thecae. They widen in a similar degree and possess the same simple apertural margin. In general, it may be said that all the thecae of a hydrosome conform to some extent to the sicula of that hydrosome, forms with long, slender sicula, having similar thecae and such with wider, shorter sicula, as numerous Tetragrapti and Didy- mograpti, having correspondingly shorter thecae; but at the same time, the sicula of each colony is still relatively longer and narrower than the average or extreme brachial theca. A comparison of the form of the thecae of the younger dicho- graptid genera, as of Dichograptus, Tetragraptus and Didymo- graptus, with that of the older and presumably also phylogene- tically preceding genera, Bryograptus and Clonograptus, shows that, in general, the older genera have the more tubular, simpler thecae with less protracted apertural margins. It is, hence, apparent that the stolonal thecae and the sicula represent the older type of thecal form. 6 The growth stages of the hydrosomes of Goniograptus thureaui prove further that also within cach branch only siculoid thecae are at first produced (fig. 9, 10, 14). In fig. 14 the basal and distal parts of a branch of Goniograptus have been still further enlarged to show their differences more distinctly. The earlier thecae a, are tubular, lie subparallel to the axis of the branch (the angle between the axis and their outer margin is only 7°), overlap not more than one fourth of their length, have a straight aperture without marginal process, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 587 while the later thecae 6, widen more rapidly, lie more diver- gent from the axis of the branch (their outer margin forms an angle of 28° with the axis), overlap more than one half, have concave apertures and a slightly projecting outer apertural margin. 7 It becomes apparent from these observations that the thecae of the colony of Goniograptus, from the sicula through the stolo- a mal and early brachial thecae to the distal brachial thecae, form an ; 1 ‘ ‘ . Fig. 14 Goniograptus thu i 5 ontogenetic Series, which furnishes postremus. abranch. b promi thiesae enlarged ; cdistal thecae enlarged. a clear and interesting example of “localized stages of development’, the existence of which has been demonstrated and their character elucidated by R. T. Jack- son In this remarkable publication it is stated (p. 90): In organisms that grow by a serial repetition of parts, it is found that there is often an ontogenesis of such parts, which ‘ls more or less clearly parallel to the ontogenesis of the organ- ism as a whole. In the ontogeny of such localized parts in a mature individual, we find stages in the development during the growth of the said part which repeat the characters seen in a Similar part in the young individual. To state it briefly for the moment, such localized stages have been observed in the leaves of plants, in branches or suckers of plants, in the bud- ding of some lower animals, as Hydra and Galaxea, in the plates of crinoids and Echini, in external ornamentation in mollusks, and in the septa of cephalopods. From the examples cited those of Hydra and Galaxea are the most pertinent to our inquiry. In regard to them Prof. Jackson makes the following note (p. 141): In animals which produce asexually by budding, as Hydrozoa and Actinozoa, it seems that the bud may be considered a local- ized stage. The bud has not the stages seen in early embryonic development from the egg, but repeats in general the later stages seen in such ontogeny. A bud is not a new individual in the full sense of the word, but is an outgrowth from an older individual by a special localized development. * Bost. soc. nat. hist. Mem. 1899. v.5, no. 4. 588 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The application of the results of Jack- son’s investigations to the colony of Gonio-- graptus is fruitful in more than one regard. It permits us to conclude that the branches: of the hydrosome, like the leaves of a tree, indicate individually by their ontogeny the_ path along which they have been developed. The ontogeny of the branches demonstrates that the phylogenetically preceding forms — possessed branches composed of more tubu- lar thecae, with less overlap, looser ar- rangement, smaller deviation from the di- rection of the axis of the branch and 2 Straight, not mucronate apertures. Like- wise, the whole colony was derived from colonies composed of such thecae, which are still retained in its oldest parts. The Cam- bric species of Bryograptus and Clonograp- tus exhibit well these types of thecal ar- rangement and structure. In the genera Tetragraptus, Didymograptus and Phyllo- graptus, where, within the Dichograptidae,, the thecae have advanced farthest beyond _ their original form, the process of ontoge- \s netic acceleration has also gone farthest in \ effacing all vestiges of the original thecal form,ase.g.inDidymograptus (I[so- graptus) gibberulus, where no sicoi- dal thecae are preserved. In others, how- ever, as a study of Hall’s excellent _ figures of the various species of Didy- : mograptus will show, the gradual change from tubular to more gibbous, more closely arranged and more erect thecae can clearly be traced. The writer Fig. 15 Tet t i j tj fraticouue mae oelus desires’ to ‘illustrate these omtecememnm which shows progressive change of thecae. x24 changes in the stages and arrangement of REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 58S the thecae within the branches by figuring a remarkably large and well developed specimen of Tetragraptus frutico- sus (fig. 15) and a smaller new species of Tetragraptus, which eventually will be described as T. taraxacum (fig.16). The latter species is characterized by remarkably slender proximal thecae and an abrupt change to erect, broad distal thecae. Bie Fig. 16 poe ap ene tar- axjacum nov. Shows abrupt chitine from narrow Fig. 17 Didymograptus (Leptograptus) sp. nov. Pos- to wide thecae. x34 sesses short proximal and long distal thecae. x31 That the direct opposite pattern to this compact structure represented by Tetragraptus and Isograptus, namely the ex- tremely slender and graceful colonies of Leptograptus with their long filiform thecae, are likewise derived from a form having the Bryograptus type of thecal structure, is shown by the colony of a new species of Leptograptus from the Deep kill beds, which is represented in fig. 17. Here we have in contrast to the onto- genetic changes noted before, tubular proximal thecae, suc- ceeded, as the branches lengthen, by extremely thin and long distal thecae which hardly deviate from the direction of the axis of the branch. The outgrowth of such extremely different, mor- phologically contrasted branches as those of Tetragraptus fruticosus, or T. taraxacum and of this Lepto- graptus from the identical type of proximal brachial thecae is certainly a strong argument for the propriety of viewing the changes within the branches as being of ontogenetic nature, and of corresponding phylogenetic importance. Furthermore, the fact that the thecae within the same colony show a gradation from phylogenetically older to younger forms, and therefore, analogous to the organ of a growing individual, pass through ancestral stages, as, e. g., do the septa of a cephalo- pod shell, demonstrates how closely the zooids of this colony were united into one organism, and that practically they were 590 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM _ more the organs of an individual than the component of a colony. Colonies are morphologically composite, but act physi- ologically as a unit. There are however all gradations from loose aggregates of individuals forming colonies to organisms in which, by division of labor, consequent supression of indi- viduality and the presence of common organs, the colony also merphologically approaches closely to the character of a sole individual, e. g. the Siphonophora. Several important features of the graptolite colonies indicate that they also partook to a considerable degree of the character of a morphologic indi- vidual. This is specially suggested by the observation that several of the composite dichograptid colonies, as illustrated by the minute stages of Tetragraptus and Phyllograptus (fig. 18, 19), even in the earliest stages developed, by a rapid budding from the ex- (He tremely small immature the- a7 We cae (thecae are here meant Fig. 18 Tetragraptus rig. 19 Phyiio. tO include or represent the Oe ea gee ae Petrus wee zooids, which are not ob- antisicular views. x34 young growth stage. aa servable), the fundamental lines of the mature structure. This was possible because the buds are produced near the proximal ends of the mother thecae. Only afterward the thecae grew to ma- ture size. This premature inauguration of the process of gemmation in individuals which have attained only a small fraction of their mature size, while reproduction in the animal kingdom takes place normally only in adult speci- mens, and the subsequent expansion of the whole stage, demon- strate that the early stages of these colonies did not grow by mere addition of buds, but also as entities. In the latter process, however, the thecae (zooids) appear entirely devoid of individuality and only as the subordinate parts of a whole grow- ing body, which is then, certainly, to be regarded as a morpho- logic individual in so far as it grows as a unit or individual. ‘The same uniform growth of the whole young colony took place also in Goniograptus, as the comparisons of the dimensions of REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 5Ot the youngest stages and of the resulting central parts of the later colonies will easily show. It is significant that, as in the Siphonophora, the floating habit appears to have been principally instrumental in bringing about the development of other features suggestive of the morphologic individuality of the colony. Some of these are the presence of a common float or pneumatophor, observed in sev- - eral groups, and the geometric arrangement of the branches, which becomes progressively more rigid, and which served to maintain the equilibrium and to give to the greatest number of zooids the most advantageous position. If the graptolites so closely approached the morphologic value of an individual, it may be expected that, like an individual, the whole colony had its ontogeny and repassed ancestral stages. To these stages, as a glance at the regularly changing features of the growing colonies of Goniograptus will show, may be properly applied the terminology introduced by Hyatt for the ontogenetic stages of an individual. ; The embryonic stage is clearly present in the initial part of the sicula, which, as Wiman'’ has demonstrated, is differ-. entiated from the distal part of the sicula by the nature of the periderm, which is thin, pellucid and possesses no growth lines. Holm" asserts his belief that this initial, more pointed end of the sicula “ corresponds to the original chitinous cover- ing of the free zooid germ or embryo.” This initial part holds. a position similar to the protoconch of the cephalopod shell. The nepionic or infantile stage is represented by the stages (fig. 1-6) in which the successive dichotomous divisions produce the stems. It begins with the formation of the apertural part of the sicula. The neanic or adolescent stage of the colony begins with the formation of the branches with serial arrangement of thecae and ends, in the Goniograptus material from the Deep kill, with the production of six such branches on each of the four stems. After this, in the ephebic or mature stage, the branches continue to grow out to full length. Distinctive 1Geol. mag. 1895. 2d ser. 32:435. 592 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM marks of the gerontic or senile age have not been observed in these colonies. . | There is no doubt that to these ontogenetic stages of the hydrosome of Goniograptus there are corresponding phyloge- netic stages in the evolution of the genus, though the forms leading up to Goniograptus and to thé preceding multiramose dichogratids are not known, the latter appearing unannounced in the Cambric. Parallel series of growth stages of other multiramose dicho- eraptids have been obtained in the Tetragraptus and Didymograptus bifidus beds of the Deep kill section. As they serve more to verify the observations made on Gonio- graptus thureaui than to bring out new facts, their description has been deemed unnecessary in this preliminary publication. DESCRIPTION OF A FOSSIL ALGA FROM THE CHEMUNG OF NEW YORK WITH REMARKS ON THE GENUS HALISERITES Sternberg BY DAVID WHITE Plates 3, 4 Though scores of fossil bodies from the Devonic and Siluric in both Europe and America have been described and published as seaweeds, few of them are now generally regarded as vegetable, the greater number having proved to be of animal or mechanical origin. Even among those survivors whose out- lines and superficial aspect would seem at once to proclaim their unity with this great class of lower cryptogams, a very mall number only are wholly free from the suspicion that they should be relegated to the sponges or the graptolites, or accounted for as the burrows of some other organisms. The admitted identity of the small remainder of Paleozoic thallo- phytes is in most cases based on the internal organization of such fragments as are sofossilized as to reveal their microscopic Structure, rather than on their form and external characters. The unsettled and somewhat chaotic status of the supposed Paleozoic algae can not be due to any lack of seaweeds during Devonic or Siluric time. Plant life of this class must have been and undoubtedly was in great abundance. The apparent rarity of unquestioned Paleozoic algae is due in the first place to the absence of hard parts in most seaweeds and the consequent . failure, except in extremely rare instances!, of preservation of any portion of the plant, specially of fragments showing the essential primary diagnostic details relating to anatomy or re- production. Another partial explanation lies in the remarkable ‘similarities in form and habit between many algae and certain ‘contemporaneous low animal types, specially among the sponges 1 Chiefly in the coralline types. 594 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and sertularians, whose structure was so much better suited to preservation as to establish a presumptive hypothesis that the resemblant forms must embrace the animal characters of structure and would not have been preserved but for the pres- ence of the latter. Still another reason is the close resemblance of the impression of partially macerated algoid fragments to: the markings, trails and burrows of organisms moving on or in the sea bottom. A final reason, and one undoubtedly not the least in importance, is the very great scarcity of specimens suf- ficiently complete to show at once the form of the individual while at the same time affording some hint as to its internal structure. The material described below includes two of these extremely rare and important examples. The principal specimens described in this paper are exposed on a slab from the Chemung strata at East Windsor, Broome co., and presented to the state museum by E. B. Hall of Wells- ville N. Y. The slab is of greenish gray micaceous sandstone, and is rectangular, being about 73 cm long, 32 cm wide and 1 cm thick. The lower surface (with reference to its original depo- sition) reveals the ferruginated remains of two or more strik- ing and beautifully displayed algoid- fronds, one of which (pl. 3) appears to be nearly complete. The lower end of the slab also: reveals portions of four segments that .may either belong to a single frond or to the same tuft. Evidence of current action and rapid deposition of sand is seen both in the dragging of the large frond, and in the burial of the basal and lower por- tions of all the fronds before the more distant segments were covered by the sand. Accordingly we see the fragments in another of the fronds traversing the entire thickness of the Slab, while the basis of the segments is not represented on this. slab, having been contained in the underlying rock. All the segments lying at the plane of cleavage of this surface of the slab show effects of current dragging in a direction slightly oblique to the longer diameter of the slab. In the fine fragment shown on pl. 3, the deformation is more pronounced, while in both the peripheral and the thicker portions the lamina show REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 595 signs of maceration. The result is a greater confusion and intricacy of the outlines as well as a partial obliteration of the Same in the upper parts. The fossilized fronds originally contained considerable car- bonaceous matter which is now largely, though not wholly, re- placed by oxids of iron. The normal aspect and habit of the segments is rather better represented by the frond on pl. 4 (fig. 1) though even here dragging and the diagonal position across the bedding as well as maceration partially conceal the form of the segments. The latter features are shown to better advantage in the fragments of still another frond preserved on the oppo- site (upper) surface of the same slab. In all the fragments the depth of the impression, the evidence of thickness at the margin, the position and outlines of the branchlets in the compressed form and the amount of carbon- aceous matter show that the substance of the fronds was thick and fleshy. At the same time a close examination reveals the presence of a narrow median strand generally appearing in low relief but sometimes as depressed. The fleshy character, the median axis and the form of division or habit of the frond appear to distinguish the plant in hand both generically and specifically fre a all other described forms of supposed Paleozoic algae. In thi instance, as in so many other Paleozoic types, including many genera of ferns, in which the organs of repro- duction are unknown, the generic classification necessary for the proper recognition and paleontologic treatment of the fossils is wholly artificial+ The plant from East Windsor may be described as follows: THAMNOCLADUS gen. nov. Fronds ramose, alternately dichotomous from the base upward, more or less elongated; lamina fleshy, linear, convex or subcy- lindric, tapering graduaily, and traversed by a central axis or strand. *The name proposed for this plant applies to the intricate copselike growth of the fronds and carefully avoids all implication of relationship to any particular family of living algae. 596 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Thamnocladus clarkei sp. nov. Pl. 3, fig. 1; pl. 4 fig. 1, 2 Fronds spreading, densely ramous, lax, pinnately and some- what regularly dichotomous, intricate by reason of the repeated asymmetric divisions at intervals of 5-20mm; lamina relatively narrow, 1-7mm broad, thickest at the base, probably oval or subcylindric in section, narrowed slightly in each subdivision, the borders parallel, forking at a moderate or wide angle, and slightly recurved above each bifurcation, producing a graceful subflexuous form; central axis or strand slender, median or nearly so in the impressions, generally parallel to the borders, forking at a narrow angle a little below each dichotomy of the frond, tapering gradually upward, generally discernible through- out the greater portion of the flattened or macerated impressions, though often obscure in the basal portions or terete fragments. One of the more important as well as conspicuous characters of Thamnocladus clarkei is its mode of division with a regularity and relative symmetry which, combined with the slightly divaricate attitude of the branchlets, results in a grace- ful flexuosity. The details of this habit which may be noted in the slender branches on the right on pl. 3 and pl. 4, fig. 1, are still ' more clearly seen in two isolated branches on a small slab! from Meshoppen Pa.,shown on pl. 4, fig. 2. The more delicate segment in the latter beautifully illustrates the characteristic bifurca- tion and the gradual narrowing of the lamina with each succes- Sive subdivision. The width of the ultimate lobes is nearly the same, about 1mm, in all the examples. The Meshoppen speci- mens also indicate rapid sedimentation, since the lower portion of the fragment on the left completely traverses the slab, over lem thick, in an oblique direction. Its downward continuation was in lower strata. The central strand, while slightly clearer in the better preserved Meshoppen fragments is in precise agree- ment with the fronds from East Windsor. The substance of the lamina in all the specimens has been re- duced to a compressed carbonaceous residue which is mostly re- *No. 25072 of the Lacoe collection, United States national museum. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 597 placed by iron oxids. The rock is arenaceous and any expression of the structure is more or less obliterated by the coarse granular texture of the matrix and residue. In the lower portion of the segments this residue is obscurely marked in places, specially near the axis, by irregular longitudinal lines or striae; but neither these nor the rather indefinite strand seem to present a distinctly vascular aspect. The characters of the residue more strongly suggest the modified or pseudocompound structure of the more complicately organized algae, as in the stems of certain of the Phaeophyceae, rather than the vascular bundles or vessels of a fern. Whether the fronds of Thamnocladus were borne on stipes is indeterminable from the material in hand, as is also the nature of the reproductive organs. The distinction of Thamnocladus clarkei from other Paleozoic algoid forms from this country would seem a matter of little difficulty, as there are but few species which the plant in hand at all closely resembles. Buthotrephis gracilis Hall,! from the Trenton, is slender, flexuous, and slightly sug- gests the Meshoppen specimens, but the ramules are irregularly fasciculate, sometimes dilated upward, and generally as narrow near the base as at the top. B. subnodosa Hall? is also fasciculate. The aspect of fasciculationin Thamnocladus clarkei shown on pl. 8 and 4, is due to superposition, and is not a feature of the ramification. Even in these portions the central strand is generally visible in Thamnocladus. The fragment figured by Salter? as a “ dichotomous rootlet ” is some- what suggestive of the American plant, though it is more rigid, narrow and distantly branching like some of the more slender examples referred to Psilophyton in America. Thamnocladus is distinguished from Psilophyton by ita lax, flexuous, dichotomous, bushy habit, the rounded or flattened z ae Ny ¥2 18470)).2: 62) pls 21) fre 1. —— 1: 262, pl. 68, fig. 3. This species is generally indistinguishable by any described characters om the group known in Hurope as Palaeochon- drites. *Quar. jour. geol, soc. 1858. v. 14, pl. 5, fig. 3. 598 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM lamina, and the absence of the fernlike pinnate ramification along a rhachis found in the latter genus. Psilophyton is vas- cular and more or less distinctly fernlike in habit. Thamno- cladus is as distinctly algoid in form. Among the living algae there are numerous species in various families which present a more or less close superficial resem- blance to the plants described above. So far, however, as the external characters, to which our knowledge is at present con- fined, are concerned the greatest similarity appears to be with the Fucaceae, though our plant also suggests some of the Dictyo- taceae, specially Haliseris delicatula. It may be com- pared also with the red alga Stenogramma interrupta Mont. } The material in hand appears to contain but little to indi- cate a probable relationship of the supposed seaweed to the orders of living algae. With respect to its habit and the aspect of its more or less macerated lamina the closest analogies would seem to be in the fucaceous Phaeophyceae, though the possibility of a relationship with the higher types of Chloro- phyceae should be kept in mind. Both of these great orders, together with the red algae (Rhodophyceae) appear with little doubt to have been represented by early types in the Devonic or still older formations. The fossils of the species here described as Thamnocla- dus clarkei have generally been recorded in American literature under the name Haliserites dechenianus Goépp., to which the Meshoppen specimens shown in pl. D and their associates were referred by Lesquereux. The identifica-— tion with the latter species is based on the original figures and description given by Géppert! in his great work on the Flora of the Transition series. The specific identity of the plant described above with a portion of the Old World material identified by various authors) as H. deche nianus is pos- * Fossile Flora des Uebergangsgebirges. Nova Acta Acad. C. L.-C. Nat. Cur. Sup. v. 22, Breslau and Bonn 1852. p. 88, pl. 2, fig. 1-6. First named in N. Jahrb, f. Min. 1847. p. 686. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 599 sible; but, even with the most liberal interpretation of Gdop- pert’s diagnosis, it is doubtful whether our plant is admissible to the same species as the latter’s types, while, as will presently be seen, its generic characters are entirely distinct from those of the badly confused and questionable genus Haliserites. The genus Haliserites was established in 1833 by Stern- berg! for algae with flat, membranaceous, costate fronds, with capsular sporangia grouped beside the costae in the lamina of the frond. The original (solitary) species proposed is Haliserites reichii” from the Cenomanian greensand at Niederschéna in Saxony. This, the type of the genus, was referred by Bronn,? in 1838, to the ferns and accordingly de- scribed as Chiropteris reichii (Stb.) on account of its superficial characters, in agreement with that genus of ferns, and its association with a dicotyledonous land flora. Schimper+ assigned the species to the recent genus Delesseria, and Fuchs regarded it as a true alga, comparable to Fucus vesi- cularis; but Rothpletz, after examining the original speci- men concludes that its association with a land flora is against its algoid nature, and that, though no lateral nerves are dis- cernible, it would perhaps be better to inscribe the plant as Phyllites reichii. Still later, Newberry in his work on the plants from the Amboy clays of New Jersey® describes a type which he regarded as no doubt generically identical with Sternberg’s Haliseri tes reichii , but for which, since it can hardly have been an alga, he proposes the genus Fon- tainea. It was considered by Newberry as closely related * Versuch einer geognostisch-botanischen Darstellung der Flora der Vor- welt. v.2, fase. 5 and 6, p. 34. Op. cit. p. 34, pl. 24, fig. 7. ‘“ Frons stipitata, dichotime bipinnatim ramosa, fere pedata, ramis ramulisque costatis, fere dimidiatis, latere hempe exteriore deficiente, ramulis oblongis, obtusis, subfalcatis, costis stipiteque teretibus.” ’ Lethaea Geognostica. 2:576, pl. 28, fig. 1. 4Traité Paléont. Vég. 1:178. ° Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesell. 1896. 48: 904. °U. S. geol. sur. Monogr. 1895. 26:95. 600 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to Fontaine’s Sapindopsis variabilis; and Prof. Ward! appears inclined to concur in this opinion. The plant from the upper Devonic of America evidently is neither con- generic with Sternberg’s type nor in conformity with his diagnosis. Since the virtual abandonment of Sternberg’s original type, Géppert’s species, Haliserites dechenianus, which presents a far closer resemblance to the living Haliseris (Dictyopteris) has generally been made to serve as the type of the genus not only among Paleozoic forms, but even among Mesozoic species. The name Haliserites dechenianus was first ap- plied? to a plant from the Spirifer sandstone, lower Devonic, of Nassau. With his final description of the species Géppert® quotes Sternberg’s generic diagnosis verbatim. The Nassau species he describes as having flat fronds, alternately dicho- tomously ramose, the branches and branchlets linear, of equal width, and sometimes circinnate, the costae being median. The form and proportions of Goppert’s plant, specially in the fragments shown in pl. 2, figs. 3 and 4 of his Flora are so similar to the corresponding features of Thamnocladus clarkei as at first to make it seem that the plants are specifically iden- tical. Against this, however, stand the apparently membrana- ceous texture, and the generally sharply prominent costa, which even appears to be partially torn free in one* of the Nassau types. With these differences in mind it becomes apparent that, as artificial genera are commonly understood, Géppert’s plant can hardly be considered as congeneric with that from Meshoppen except we conclude it was wrongly described, and that it is not membranaceous, not circinnate, and probably not flat. *U. S. geol. sur. Monogr. 1895. 26:96. *N. Jahrb. f. Min. 1847. p..686. Jahresb. d. Ver. f. Naturk. in Herzogth, Nassau. 1851. 7th Heft, 1st Abth. p. 141. * Fossile Flora des Uebergangsgebirges. 1852. p. 88, pl. 2; see also Nova Acta Acad. C. L.-C. Nat. Cur. Sup. 1859. 27:442. * Loe. cit. fig. 3. i i 5 | REPORT OF THE STATE PALHONTOLOGIST 1901 601 The doubts which may arise as to the precise characters and nature of Haliserites dechenianus as described and illustrated by Géppert do not appear to be completely satisfied by reference to the interpretation put on it by other paleon- tologists. Most paleobotanists who have had to do with the species only in a casual way accept its algoid nature. Thus, Schimper! and Saporta? copy one or more of Goppert’s figures while substantially reproducing his diagnosis under the Same name. Among the authors who more carefully examined material there is difference of opinion. The Sandbergers, in their ereat work on the fossils of the Rhenish system in Nassau,® figure the species as a flat, membranaceous, more distantly bifurcating type with distinct slender median costae. The spec- imens, occurring at numerous localities supposed by the writers to be of Oriskany age, are described as having the lamina coy- ered by a thin silky talcoid mineral, while the costa is con- verted to graphite. The form of the illustrated segments as well as the comments on the material appear to indicate an algoid type apparently congeneric with GOoppert’s, with which it was specifically identified. The specimen from the lower Devonice recently portrayed under Goppert’s name by Potonié appears to represent exactly the same form as that shown by the Sandbergers and seemingly belongs to the true algae, with which it is placed by the author. In his Fossil plants of the Devonian and Upper Silurian forma- tions of Canada Dawson? says: “ there can be little doubt that the species Haliserites dechenianus Gopp., so abund- ant in the rocks of this age in Germany, is founded on badly _ preserved specimens of Psilophyton.” Carruthers,® in agrée- ment with Dawson, describes a number of apparently typical Psilophyton fragments from the Old Red sandstone of *'Traité Paléont. Vég. 1869. 1:185, pl. 2, fig. 1. * Monde d. Plantes. 1879. p.172, fig. 2. *Verst. d. Rhein. Schichtensyst. Nassau. 1856. p.424, pl.38, fig. 1. *Lehrbuch d. Pflanzenpalaeont. 1899. p. 60, fig. 26. 5 Can. geol. sur. 1871. p. 75. §Seeman’s jour. of botany. 1873. 2:326. 602 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Scotlandas Psilophyton dechenianum, to which he refers Haliserites dechenianus Gopp., Lepido- dendron nothum Salter, and Lycopodites mil- leri Salt. The synonymy of Psilophyton decheni- anum (Gopp.) is much further extended by Kidston! so as to include, among others, Psilophyton robustius of Dawson, Lepidodendron gaspianum Dn. Hosti- nella hostinensis Stur, and the “plant” figured by Vanuxem? from the Hamilton beds near North New Berlin N. Y. Proceeding a step further, Malaise in agreement with other Bel- gian paleontologists inclines to the belief that Haliserites dechenianus represents the branches of Le pi doden- dron gaspianum Dn., a conclusion difficult to explain even on the assumption that Géppert’s plant is a Psilophyton. Piedboeuf,’? on the other hand, as the result of his studies of the fragments from the quarry in the Lenne shales (upper middle Devonic) in the vicinity of Grafrath, on the lower Rhine, con- cludes that Haliserites dechenianus Gopp., Fucus nessigii, Dawson’s Psilophyton, and Sphenopteris condrusorum Gilk. belong to a single fucaceous type which he calls Sargassum dechenianum. A frag- ment showing structure from the same quarry was studied by Solms-Laubach* who in 1894 described and illustrated it as Nematophyton dechenianum. It is a long way from a taeniate, costate, membranaceous alga to a branch of Lepidodendron. So wide a variance in correlation can hardly be explained except by the supposition that some of the material submitted to the paleobotanists for examination had been wrongly identified or was misinterpreted by the writers themselves. Penhallow® in connection with the description of some Devonic plants from New York and Pennsy]- * Cat. Palaeozoic Pl. Brit. mus. 1886. p. 282. 2 Geol. N. Y. 3d dist. 1842. p.161, fig. 40. * Mitth. d. Ver. Naturw. v. Dusseldorf. 1887. Heft 1, p. 51. * Jahrb. d. k. Preuss. geol. Landesanst. 1894 (1895). p. 88, 91, pl. 2, fig. 2-5. >U. S. nat. mus. Proce. 18938. 16:108. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 603 vania explains the discrepancy as due to confusion on the part of Goppert of Haliserites and Psilophyton at the begin- ning, representatives of both genera being included by him in the same species. Penhallow regards Haliserites as an alga which he defines as characterized by “Fronds plane, mem- branaceous, costate and dichotomous throughout; the more or less linear ramuli with simple terminations; sporangia in groups lateral to the midrib.” As the trueHaliserites dechen- ianus he describes and figures! a fragment? from Factory- ville Pa. having the fronds regularly dichotomous at an angle of about 40°, the divisions linear, 3mm or more in width, equally and strongly costate throughout, with regularly wavy or ruffled margins, | From the foregoing it appears that the lower Devonic Hali- serites of G6ppert can not be regarded as congeneric with Sternberg’s Cenomanian monotypic genus which is perhaps a dicotyledon; and that great uncertainty exists among paleo- botanists as to the nature and characters of Haliserites dechenianus, it being regarded as a Psilophyton by some and as a taeniate, membranaceous alga by others. It is evident therefore that, whether Goppert’s plant be one or the other, the name Haliserites can not, without violation of the common laws of nomenclature, be retained either for Psilophyton or for a genus of Paleozoic thallophytes. For the flat, taeniate, costate, linear, regularly dichotomous, membranaceous algoid plant conforming to the genus Halise- rites as defined by Penhallow®? I would propose the name Taeniocrada.# The type species of the genus is Taeni- ocrada lesquereuxi, a specimen of which (no. 25164 of the Lacoe collection, United States national museum) was illus- trated as Haliserites dechenianus in the 16th volume * Loe. cit. pl. 10, fig. 6. * 25164 of the Lacoe collection, United States national museum; from the Catskill at Factoryville Pa. * Loe. cit. p. 112. *'The clause relating to the fructification should be omitted from the generic diagnosis, since the mode of reproduction of this and the allied Species has not been observed, 604 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of the United States national museum proceedings, pl. 10, fig. 6. This specimen, to which the above specific designation was applied in manuscript by the writer several years ago, is one of a suite from the Catskill beds at Factoryville Pa., now in the Lacoe collection. As will be seen by consulting the figure cited, the species is characterized by the wavy or ruffled lateral wing of the clearly membranaceous lamina, and the distinct costa, rounded in contrast but showing no signs of vascular structure. In form and aspect it is most nearly comparable to the living Dictyopteris delicatula Lam., though its lamina is wavy or ruffied at the borders in addition. To the genus Taeniocrada would appear to belong also the specimens from the Devonic illustrated by Potonié and the Sandbergers,? as perhaps may the Haliserites distans of Eichwald,? from the Carbonic of Russia, the H. lusaticus of Geinitz,* from the Permic of Saxony, and possibly the H. lineatus and H. chondriformis of Penhallow® from the upper Chemung beds at Lanesboro, Susquehanna co., Pa. Whether the specimens illustrated by Godppert as Hali- serites dechenianus are congeneric with Taeniocrada, remains for the present a matter of doubt. Of the plants from the Mesozoic described as Haliserites the H. contortuplicatus von der Marck® and H. gracilis Deb. & Ett.,’ from the Senonian, are characterized as membranaceous and appear to owe their reference to this genus to their resemblance to the living Haliseris.2 It is * Lehrbuch d. Pflanzenpaleont. 1899. p. 60, fig. 26. * Verst. d. Rhein. Schichtensyst. Nassau. 1856. p. 424, pl. 38, fig. 1. * Lethaea rossica. 1860. 1:49, pl. 1, fig. 2. * Dyas. 1862. pt 2, p. 133, 336. °U. S. nat. mus. Proc. 18938. 16:110, pl. 11, fig. 8b and 9. ° Palaeontographica. 1863. 11:81, pl. 18, fig. 18. 7 Debey & HEttingshausen. Urweltliche Thallophyten. 1859. p. 61, pl. 1, fie LN! ® Other Mesozoic species described as Haliserites are: H. schlotheimi Debey (Entwurf. e. geogn. geogen. Darstell. d. Gegend v. Aachen. 1849. p. 31) and H. trifidus Debey (Verh. Naturh. Ver. pr. Rheinl. u. West- phal. Jahrg. 5. 1848. p. 114) from the Senonian; H. tunguscanus Schmalhausen (Mém. Acad. imp. Sci. St Petersb. Ser. 7. 27:59) from the Oolite; and H.? elongatus Fr. Braun (Miinster’s Beitrige. 1843. v. 6, no. 26, p. 26) from the older Mesozoic. . REPORT OF THB STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 605 doubtful, however, whether, in the absence of knowledge of the frutification of the types, Cretacic and Devonic plants of this class should on account of a superficial resemblance be included within the same genus.1 The problem of the relationship of Gdppert’s types to Psilophyton or to the algae with membranaceous laminae seems to await thorough examination of the original specimens together with other material from the type locality or local- ities. It appears not improbable that Psilophyton will be found at the same stage and perhaps at the same localities. On the other hand it would not be strange if in the Psilophyton group, the doubts as to whose supposed structure were pointed out by Solms-Laubach?, we should find transitional types be- tween the algae and ferns and even other classes. And it should be borne in mind that such forms as Thamnocladus clarkei, while presenting the general aspect of many ordi- nary seaweeds, particularly among the fucaceous Phaeophyceae, and containing structural traces strongly suggestive of a some- what highly organized axis, may eventually prove to be allied to Nematophycus (Prototaxites) or to some higher type. The Devonic period offers a most fascinating as well as diffi- cult field for paleobotanical investigations; and it has great need of ability and experience of the highest order to conscien- tiously and patiently work out the elements of its plant life, making the most of its generally scanty and obscure plant re. mains which must sooner or later throw the greatest light on the paleontologic origin of the ferns, equiseta, lycopods and gymnosperms. *It would seem that in such instances the ancient types should receive some distinctive name, such perhaps as was given to the Paleozoic forms of Chondrites which Schimper designated (Zittel. Handb. Palaeont. 2:61) Palaeochondrites. * Jahrb. d. k. Pr. geol. Landesanst. 1894 (1895). p. 74, 77. A NEW GENUS OF PALEOZOIC BRACHIOPODS, EUNOA WITH SOME CONSIDERATIONS THEREFROM ON THE ORGANIC BODIES KNOWN AS DISCINOCARIS, SPATHIOCARIS AND CARDIOCARIS | BY JOHN M. CLARKE Plates 5-8 While exploiting a section of the ‘“ Hudson river shales ” near the village of Melrose, Rensselaer co. N. Y., in the season of 1901, Dr. R. Ruedemann uncovered a remarkable succession of graptolite faunas representing the associations of those organ- isms found and heretofore described by Hall and others from the shales of the Quebec formation at Point Levis and Ste Anne in Canada. Of this interesting occurrence adding in a very important measure to our knowledge of the ancient faunas of New York, Dr Ruedemann has already given a preliminary account in this report, with a summary of the variation and vertical distribution of the graptolites. These grapto- lite-bearing horizons, three in number in the section exposed, are black shales interbedded with green grits and gray sands, and, while they have produced graptolites in great profusion and variety, other organisms prove to be very infrequent; some small oboloids like Paterula, two specimens of a great Lingula, the largest known from the Paleozoic, which approaches in general features L. quebecensis Billings from the Point Levis section, and several examples of a very large shell in which we recognize an interesting new type of brachiopod struc- ture and purpose to describe under the generic name EUNOA Inarticulate, subcircular, disk-shaped shells of discinoid ex- pression. Brachial valve slightly convex with apex situated between the center and posterior margin of the valve; pedicle valve flat with wide open triangular foramen having its apex at the center of the disk and with margins rapidly diverging to the periphery. Shell thin, chitinous, phosphatic; surface with raised concentric filiform lines and finer radial intralaminar striae. REPORT OF THE STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 607 Eunoa accola sp. nov. Shells of large size, outline normally subcircular or trans- versely subelliptic; under compression appearing somewhat squared by abrupt curves at the side. Brachial valve with low radial lines diverging forward from the apex and seen best when the test is slightly exfoliated. These are evidently, in part at least, traces of muscular scars similar to such as are frequently displayed by species of the genus Orbiculoidea. The shell around the apex may have been continuous, but some Specimens indicate an obscure and short peripheral notch or incurvature on the posterior edge. In the pedicle valve the cleft is wide, and its apex nearly central. The edges of this cleft show convergent, thickened shell ridges, which lie just within the margins and unite at some distance in front of the apex, becoming thicker and more highly raised, thence continuing forward for a short distance as a single ridge, which soon fades out on the pallial surface. In the existence of these muscular fulcra we find again a parallel condition to that seen in many orbiculoids. The shell substance is highly tenuous but seems to show a subdivision into two layers. Doubtless here, as in the cases of such brachiopods elsewhere observed in bituminous shales, the original lime content of the shell has been lost in fossiliza- tion; however, this lime content must have been slight and greatly subordinate to the phosphatic element. These shells are all large, indeed the species is one of the largest of the inarticulate brachiopods. On bringing this venus into comparison with known allied genera, we observe that its differentials from those are as follows. | In Orbiculoidea, the wide open pedicle cleft is an embry- onal and nepionic condition in all species where the ontogenic development has progressed normally. In Schizocrania it is a normal adult phase, but Trematis is a heavier lime-shelled genus with other differentials expressed in the submar- ginal apex of the brachial valve and in the ornament of the sur- face. Trematis likewise maintains the open foraminal fissure 608 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM but this is less primitive than in Schizocrania, its margins curv- ing toward each other and approximating at the periphery. These two genera are early (lower Siluric) and phylonepionic ex- pressions of Orbiculoidea. In Schizobolus (middle Devonic) the pedicle passage is a very short triangular notch, and the genus is a late survival of the primitive stage represented by Eunoa. Trematobolus, Schizambon and Schizotreta are conditions in which the pedicle has not only become inclosed but also in- sheathed by a short tube. The generic characters of the genus Eunoa are thus well defined, and no other shell carries so primitive an expression of the orbiculoid type, a highly phosphatic shell, simple, wide, triangular pedicle cleft and unmodified concentric surface ornament. Horizon and locality. In graptolite shales of the age of the Beekmantown limestone, on Deep kill near Melrose N. Y. ‘Observations. The striking similarity of this organism to that described by Jones and Woodward from the Moffat shales of Dumfriesshire as Discinocaris gigantea leadstoa . few remarks which are naturally suggested by this resemblance. Moffat series. The Moffat series of Dumfriesshire which has been described in great detail by Lapworth!, is constituted of black bituminous shale bands with interbedded grits, the former carrying extensive graptolite faunules with such forms as Monograptus, Dicranograptus, Climacograptus, Dicellograptus, Pleurograptus, Leptograptus, Thamnograptus and many other genera which are present in the Deep kill section. Lapworth has found evidence for regarding the comparatively slight thick- ness of these beds as a sedimentary equivalent in the section where they occur, of the Siluric series from the middle of the Llandeilo up to the Wenlock, basing this deduction chiefly on the range and limitations of the graptolite faunas. There is herein a condition clearly parallel to that now determined for the Hudson river beds of eastern New York, whose graptolites have 1 §ee specially Lapworth. The Moffat series. Quar. jour. geol. soc. 1878. 34:240-346, REPORT OF THE STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 609 fairly demonstrated their equivalence to sediments elsewhere : extending from the middle Trenton upward to the top of the Lorraine shales. From these Moffat beds and in association with some of the graptolites, Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr H. Wood- ward have described a number of circular shields of chitinous substance, concentric markings and triangular cleft, as crusta- ceans under the name of Discinocaris. The type species of this group of putative phyllopods is D. browniana; and among them is the large shield to which we have referred, Discino- caris gigantea. Examination of the figure with restored outline given by these authors, which we reproduce here, shows Me LA Age Eesaty i; Discinocaris gigantea after Jones and Woodward evidence of the convergent internal ridges showing through or impressed on the surface ornament and corresponding to these well marked muscular characters in Eunoa. This specimen is apparently the most nearly entire of any recorded; but the authors note that fragments of ~these bodies indicate a diam- eter of fully 7 inches. That Eunoa is a brachiopod of which we have both valves is beyond contest; and that Discino- ecaris gigantea, occurring in homotaxial rocks of similar character formed under like bathymetric conditions and with 610 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM similar organic associates, is also a Eunoa seems altogether certain. This fact leads us to some further comment on the nature of other species of Discinocaris and similar bodies which have been described as phyllocarid crustacea, but whose nature has still to be satisfactorily demonstrated. The organic bodies called Discinocaris, Spathiocaris, Cardiocaris, Pholadocaris, etc. These organisms are all thin, chitinous, tenuous, eval, or cordate shields, bearing a deep triangular slit at one end extend- ing back to the apex of the shell, about which the growth lines are concentric. These bodies abound at certain Devonie horizons, and some of allied form were early observed by F. Roemer and de Verneuil, who, familiar with the aptychi of the Ammonites in the mesozoic, designated them without attempt at closer investigation, as aptychi of the Goniatites. Discinocaris was described by Woodward; and, though its forms, of which a number have been named, are in the fea- tures mentioned above not materially unlike the Devonic ob- jects Spathiocaris and Cardiocaris, they are for the most part from horizons which long antedate the appearance of the gonia- tites. We have shown that one is evidently a brachiopod of large size, but this is one of the most recently described species referred to the genus. The genus Spathiocaris was described by the writer. Follow- ing H. Woodward’s determination of D. browniana ete. as crustaceans, Spathiocaris Mariss, fauna) was also referred to this group of organisms. Soon after describing the genus (S.emersoni), the writer referred similar bodies from the Devonic at Bicken, West- phalia, to Spathiocaris and Cardiocaris, regarding them as crus- tacea. Kayser at about the time of this publication, had discovered and described some of these bodies from Bicken as occurring in, though not well fitting, the body chamber of the goniatite, Manticoceras intumescens. Simi- lar occurrence was noted by Woodward in a goniatite from REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 611 Biidesheim. Dames vehemently contended that none of these bodies was crustacean, that all their characters pointed to their function as operculums of goniatites, so far as goniatites existed at this time, and, as for the rest, their nature was unknown. Woodward, subsequently reviewing all the evidence, admitted that some of the bodies were of goniatite nature, but concluded from analogy with such shields as Peltocaris (lower Siluric), in which the triangular cleft was indubitably covered with a rostral plate, that the others were rationally ascribable to the crustacea. The latest observations on these bodies are those of Holz- apfel supplementary to his description of the Goniatites of the Domanik schiefer. It was from these shales that de Verneuil described the first known of these bodies as aptychus of a goniatite. Holzapfel, in rehearsing all the evidence in more detail than is given in the foregoing and without attempt- ing to enter upon an analysis of possible crustacean structure, concludes that at any rate Spathiocaris and Cardiocaris were not aptychi or ammonoid operculums. That they may not have had some other function in the ammonoid body, he is not disposed to deny. From so high an authority on the structure of the goniatites this opinion carries much weight; and Holzapfel reiterates the statement by de Verneuil that these bodies occurring in the black layers of the Domanik. schiefer are not immediately associated with goniatite shells. The writer has repeatedly drawn attention to the same feature of the occurrence of these bodies in the Naples and Genesee beds of New York, where, after 25 years of search and the acquisition of hundreds of spathiocarids, in no instance has any specimen been observed in association close enough to suggest, of itself, any relation to the ammonoids. We are now speaking of the singly cleft shields, such as have been in two recorded instances found within the goniatite chambers in the limestones of Germany, as above referred to. Here is evidence of affinity which points both ways. To prove these bodies opercular shieids or covers for any other parts of 612 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the cephalopod body, the following obstacles must first be cleared away: 1) They are usually completely dissociated from the cephalopod shells. 2) Some forms of Discinocaris and Pelto- caris of the early Silurie are virtually indistinguishable save for outline and size from Spathiocaris and Cardiocaris of the Devonic. The former appeared at a time long antecedent to the ammonoids. We know that one of those early species was brachiopodous, the others are not goniatitine; the later forms can hardly match our conception of brachiopod structure. Ob- jects of so similar a character would a priori be of similar nature, an argument which, if carried to a logical conclusion, would wreck the inferred goniatitine character of the Devonie genera. In meeting these obstacles it is to be borne in mind that no sin- gle specimen of any of the genera Discinocaris, Pholadocaris, Spathiocaris, Cardiocaris has been proved crustacean. The seg- ments and spines referred to these may or may not have any relation to the shields themselves. There is a series of these shields which is unlike those Specially mentioned above, in having a triangular cleft at both extremities, that behind not reaching to the apex or growth center of the surface, but often broader than the anterior cleft. These are wholly Devonic objects and have been termed by the writer Dipterocaris. American specimens have been found not so much in the bituminous layers of the upper Devonic as in the flags and sands, and certain specimens have clearly indicated that in uncompressed condition the contour was distinctly sloping from the bridge between the two lateral wings of the shield. Among these specimens there is no room for any suspicion that they have brachiopodous affinities. Regarded as crustacea, that is Phyllocarida, at the time of the description of the genus, the crustacean similarities are indeed more strongly marked than in the Spathiocaris class of shields, a feature specially brought out on comparison between such a Dipterocaris and the carapace of a phyllocarid like Rhinocaris or Mesothyra; but on the other hand the gen- eral form, structure and surface characters of all these SS a a ae REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 613 bodies (specially Devonic bodies) are so much alike that what- ever course of argument applies to one seems of necessity to apply to the rest, the more as they are concurrent in the rock strata. Yet in these bipartite shields we find a closer analogy, if any, to the ammonoid aptychi of the Mesozoic, so far as the division of the shield is concerned. It has been argued by various writers that the tenuous chitinous substance of these bodies is purely a result of preservation. Calcareous substance is frequently destroyed in bituminous shales; hence the cal- careous layers of these bodies may have been thus removed, leaving only the organic film. Specimens from the sandstones are however equally devoid of trace of calcareous layer. It has furthermore been contended that these presumable aptychi, on the decomposition of the animal’s body, have been floated by the waves unable to transport the heavy shells, and have hence been accumulated by themselves in other sediments than the latter; a plausible contention could we but find some more satisfactory ground in the structure of the “aptychi” for ascribing this cephalopod function to them. 2 In the Paleontology of New York, v.7, we figured the sole instance known from the rocks of this state of the concurrence of any of these bipartite bodies with a goniatite. Here is a specimen from the soft Naples shales, presenting a body whorl of Manticoceras pattersoni, the diameter of whose shell originally was not less than 3 inches. On and with- in its body chamber lies a Dipterocaris or at least an object having the doubly cleft outline of the species so denominated. This little body has a length of about 5mm. This concurrence may, of course, be quite as casual as the usual dissociation of these bodies. If, however, this be taken as an indication of relationship between the ammonoid and the Dipterocaris, it is not the relation of aptychus or operculum. Tlowever, in view of all the present evidence, we can not divest ourselves of the belief that there is nevertheless some organic connection between these Devonic bodies and the cephalopods; for, while we lack any further confirmation of the latter than that above 614 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM given, we have been altogether unable to acquire positive indi- eation of crustacean structure in any of them. In this. connection I take opportunity of referring to a body from the upper Devonic, which has the aspect common to all these genera, the tenuous shield concentrically striated, but — a size which greatly surpasses them. On an accompanying plate is figured such a specimen taken from the upper layers of the Portage group in the Tannery gully at Naples, a horizon which has produced a number of singular objects, Paropsonema cryptophya, some undescribed gephyrean worms and other unrecorded occurrences. This object is one half of a singly cleft shield resembling a circular Spathiocaris or Cardiocaris. In the collections of the state museum there has been for many years a plaster cast, and among the archives a pencil sketch, of a large discinoid body taken from the Ithaca beds of the upper Devonic (Portage stage) at Truxton, Cortland co., both cast and drawing sent to the late Prof. Hall by the late Rev. H. A. Riley of Montrose Pa., a well known collector and student of fossil organisms. It will be observed from the accompanying figure of this body that the furrow which crosses the surface of the body is accidental, not natural, as it not only divides the body into unequal parts but is crossed by the concen- tric rings of growth. The body was originally depressed conical, as shown by the irregular wrinkling of the surface under com- pression, the beak being weil forward of the center and the con- centric lines conspicuous but not relatively so to the size. The dimensions of this object are specially noteworthy; fore and aft it was not less than 5 inches long and transversely through the center nearly 6 inches. The Naples shield has just about the same dimensions. Either of these bodies by itself fails to explain its true nature; taken together, I am disposed to believe that all the evidence indicates that the one is probably the cor- relate of the other, one a pedicle valve, the other a brachial valve of a great inarticulate brachiopod like Eunoa. We should probably go astray in identifying this great shield generically with Eunoa from the Melrose graptolite beds; and in view of Orbiculoidea magnifica Upper or brachial valve Since this article was put in pages the specimen here figured has been obtained from the Tannery gully at Naples, the same locality and horizon which furnished the folded pedicle valve shown on plate 7. The presump- tion made in the paper that that body appertained to a discinoid brachio- pod is thus fully justified by this recent acquisition. ‘ REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 615 the fact that there is no structural character which distin- guishes the shell from the genus Orbiculoidea, we propose to . term it provisionally O. magnifica, in the hope that this brief notice of the object may draw the attention of collectors to it as one of which we seek further information. STRATIGRAPHIC VALUE OF THE PORTAGE SANDSTONES , BY D. D. LUTHER James Hall, in his Report on the survey of the fourth geological — district of New York, 1843, p. 24, thus described, under the cap- tion * Portage or Nunda group”, the strata sueceeding the Gen- esee shales in the valley of the Genesee river: This group presents an extensive development of slate, shales and flagstones, and finally, some thick bedded sandstones toward the upper part. Like all the other mechanical deposits of the system, as they appear in New York, it is extremely variable in character at different and distant points. From its superior development along the banks of the Genesee river in the district formerly included in the town of Nunda, now Portage, it has received that name to distinguish it from the higher rocks, which possess some differences in lithological characters, but a more striking dissimilarity in organic remains. On p. 226, he says: “ On the Genesee river this group admits of the several subdivisions shown in woodcut 97, which are, in upward order 1) Cashaqua shale, 2) Gardeau shale and flag- stones, 3) Portage sandstones.” The footnote accompanying the woodcut says: “As we go east from this point, however, there is a constant increase in are- naceous matter, and in a westerly direction an increase of mud or shale.” The strata that compose the Portage group as thus defined are exposed almost continuously in the sides of the deep canyon of the Genesee river from near its opening into the wide valley near Mt Morris, to the top of the cliffs on the south side of the high railroad bridge at Portageville, a distance of 15 miles in a direct line, and about 20 along the tortuous river channel. The difference in elevation between these points is 680 feet, and the dip adds 881 feet to the rock section; total thickness 1061 - eet: | REPORT OF THE STATE PALBEONTOLOGIST 1901 617 The Cashaqua shale was described as a “soft argillaceous rock of a green color . . . it contains flattened concretions of impure limestone and sometimes of sandstone, but of these it contains no continuous layers.” It is favorably exposed 6 miles east of the Genesee gorge on Cashaqua creek and can be easily traced westward to Lake Erie and eastward to Seneca lake; throughout the entire distance it is found to overlie a - bed of black shale in which fossils are exceedingly rare. In the river section this bed is about 35 feet thick. This has been termed the lower black band and is continuous and well de- fined from the Naples valley on the west to Lake Erie, increas- ing slowly in thickness. Next below, and overlying typical upper Genesee shale, are 4 to 6 feet of lighter colored shales and a few thin flags, the whole bearing a much closer clastic and paleontologic resem- blance to the Cashaqua shales than to the dark gray shales bearing Lunulicardium fragile abundantly, on which they rest. Overlying the Cashaqua beds occurs another thick mass of densely black slaty shale, known as the second black band. It is of the same character as, and coextensive with the lower mass and like it increases in thickness toward the west, while the Cashaqua shales decrease in that direction. These two black bands are bench marks in the stratigraphy of the Portage sections as their character is maintained and they are easily recognized for more than one hundred miles east and west of the typical section, while the other beds are variable in char- acter and not to be distinguished without much care and study. The second of Hall’s divisions, the “ Gardeau shale and flag- stones ” was described (p. 227) as “a great development of green and black shales with thin layers of sandstone.” It includes the second black band which is its basal stratum. The upper limit was not definitely given, as the only change noted in the character of the sedimentation is the increase of arenaceous matter toward the top. “ Towards the upper part the courses 618 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of sandstone become too thick for flagstones and the shale is in thicker masses than below ” (Hall, p. 228). About two thirds of the strata comprised within the typical Portage section are represented by this middle division, the base of which is ai the river level at the lower end of Smoky hollow, about 5 miles above the mouth of the gorge at Mt Morris, 613’ A.T. The upper limit, which for the purposes of this paper is assumed to be about 27 feet above the crest of the upper fall at Portage (1082’ A.T.) is 506 feet higher than the base, and the southward dip adds 208 feet, making a total of 714 feet for the thickness of the Gardeau division. With regard to the Portage sandstones, Dr Hall said on p. 228 “The thick bedded sandstones at Portage form the terminal rocks of the group. . . The upper part consists of thick bedded sandstones with little shale, while below the sandy lay- ers become thinner, with more frequent alternations of shale.” There are 182 feet of strata embraced in the section between the assumed base 27 feet above the upper fall and the top of the cliff south of the bridge and on the east side of the river. A. layer of hard blue shale, 2 feet thick, occurs 12 feet above this assumed base, and another of similar character is found 52 feet higher; very thin shaly partings also separate some of the harder layers, but with these slight exceptions the forma- tion consists of layers of light bluish gray, medium fine grained sandstone from 2 to 10 feet thick. The character of the rock is remarkably uniform, varying but slightly in the degree of hardness, some layers showing a tendency to be schistose or flaggy; occasional concretions occur. “ >) Ce) see gv var me) : w a My ts) © Wt Gs) 1) abs 428 I i it! ae pa \ i | ih Me a I! ml i skband _ - ee blac! 209 52 Mi i i ae i lh i Hi Mt i it i Hi titi ia \ ui We i Hi HA tt rN Hh ~ ise 30 Cashaqua shales 3 “4 i) i iy iil H It hy 1 i 5 sy black band - ‘em ihe Hi hi i il Genesee shale 1901 Tide 627 628 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Station 9. Schubmehl’s quarry 14 miles northeast of Dansville village. About 60 feet of strata, mainly heavy sandstones are ex- posed. Some soft shales at the top contain Manticoceras oxy and seem to indicate that the sandstones belong to the upper part of the formation. Altitude 1360’ to 1420’ A. T. This quarry is 18 miles due east of the cliff at Portageville. The only fossils observed were a small Orthis, Cladochonus, crinoid stems and plates, plant remains and F. verticalis. Hydnoceras tuberosum and a few brachiopods occur in a layer of flaggy sandstone that outcrops 1 mile farther north and 325 feet lower. Station 10. Exposure along the Pittsburg, Shawmut and Northern railroad between 3 and 4 miles south of station 9, and 1 mile north of Rogersville station. About 50 feet of heavy sandstones outcrop in this vicinity. No fossils observed here. Station 11. In Stony brook and two small lateral ravines about a mile south of the high Stony Brook bridge. Hydnoceras tuberosum occurs in the lower part of the sandstones ex- posed in the main ravine below the highway bridge. In the Stony Brook ravine at the high bridge and below to its mouth, about 375 feet of strata are exposed. They show no ap- preciable difference in lithologic character nor in the contained fossils from the same horizon in the river sections. No brachio- pods were observed here but the normal PE obtaee fauna is found in the soft layers. Station 12. An exposure of about 50 feet of the sandstones 4 mile east of the village of Byersville, in which a thin layer afforded several specimens of Atrypa aspera, a small Orthis, Cladochonus, ete. Station 13. The outcrops on Quarry hill, 1 mile south of the village of Nunda. About 35 feet of the sandstones are exposed and a shale bed 6 feet thick of the same character as the one occurring a little below the middle of the sandstones at Port- ageville. A few goniatites and orthoceratites have been found in this shale, and about 25 feet higher a mass of crinoid stems and comminuted shells, in which only a small Chonetes is entire, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 629 was observed. This locality is 5 miles east of the type locality at Portageville, station 14. f ' West of the Genesee river the normal Portage fauna, with a few additional species embraces all the fossils found up to the horizon of the sandstones. CONCLUSION The foregoing statement of facts demonstrates that during the time required for the deposition of 428 feet of upper Gardeau Shales and flags, 182 feet of Portage sandstones and 150 feet of overlying Wiscoy shales in the Genesee river section, the normal Portage fauna continued to hold the ground while in the Naples section at the beginning of this period the succeeding fauna had advanced from the east, established itself and remained, driv- ing out the Portage fauna which never returned. The advance of the later invader toward the west was very slow, and probably broken by periods of recession, for in all that time it covered but 25 of the 30 miles between the two ‘Sections. The upper limit of range of the Portage fauna descends in the strata, very irregularly doubtless, from the top of the Wis- coy shales above Portageville to the bottom of the Grimes sand- stones at Naples, a vertical decline in the strata of 760 feet in -a distance of 30 miles. 630 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Postscript note by J. M. Clarke. The fauna of the beds im the Naples section, lying between the horizon of last ap- pearance of the Naples fauna, stated by Mr Luther to be just below the base of the Grimes sandstone and the High Point sandstone, can not be properly construed as a Chemung fauna. The list of species cited from this thickness of 600 feet contains species which in a measure occur in Chemung faunas but Spirifer disjunctus is absent below the High Point horizon and none of the molluscan species are foreign to the higher Ithaca fauna pertaining to the Portage province adjacent on the east. The frequent Dictyosponges are more of Chemung habit but these bodies (Hydnoceras, etc.) got their foothold in western New York directly after the disappearance of the Naples fauna, and did not become freely disseminated in the more eastern Chemung deposits. Thus in the correlation of the faunas of the Naples section with those of the Genesee river we may say with approximate accuracy that in the latter the Naples or typical Portage fauna ranges through all beds from the top of the Genesee shales to the top of the Wiscoy shales (Cashaqua, Gardeau, Portage, Wiscoy), a thickness of 1211 feet. In the Naples section this fauna first appears briefly in the Genesee shales, temporarily disappears, reappears with the deposition of the Cashaqua shale and continues through a thickness of 600 feet of sediment. It is then driven out by an invasion from the east of the Ithaca fauna which held the field while the sediments equivalent to the middle and later parts of the Gardeau flags were deposited, and this congeries pene- trated part way across the interval but did not reach the Gen- esee valley. Compared with the eastern development of the fauna in its proper province, it was comparatively few both in species and individuals. After holding the field during the most of the stage of Gardeau deposition it was displaced by the incursion of the Chemung fauna with Spirifer dis- junctus, whose earliest presence was contemporaneous with the desposition of the Portage sandstones. This fauna did not reach the Genesee river till, as stated by Mr Luther, the horizon REPORT OF THD STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 631 of Long Beards riffs was reached, 150 feet above the Portage sandstones. So far then as pertains to the aspect of the faunas in these and intervening sections the following diagram indi- cates the mutual relation. | 2, ean y 5) EHGh Pt. wW | u) sandsione mee Za ye O Dy e = 2} y y x 2 2 i Long Beards riffs hee { Wiscoy ~ ‘ al = shalés Ee a Z ais Mr Matthew finds this Dicellocephalus fauna common to America and Europe. See Trans. Royal Soe, Canada, 1898, v. 10, § 4, p. 11. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 637 purpose. A slight transgression in Normans kill time is not taken into account. Except around certain areas, composed of precambric rocks and supposed to have been islands—notably the Adirondacks of New York and a similar though probably less elevated area lying mainly in Wisconsin—where the deposits were arenaceous, the Upper Cambric sea laid down great beds of limestone. These limestones are chiefly dolomite, and, in this case, indicate 1) re- moteness from steep shores of the areas receiving them, 2) con- siderable depth of water, which may explain the unusual paucity of animal remains contained in them, and 3) chemical precipita- tion as the main source of the matter composing them. As far as we can learn, it is only in the regions where Upper Cambric deposits are decidedly arenaceous, as in New York, that there is any marked distinction between them and the succeed- ing strata of the Beekmantown age. Where they are made up of limestones, like the Shenandoah and Knox formations of the Appalachian valley, the Arbuckle limestone of Indian territory, and the Pogonip limestone of Nevada, it appears that sedimenta- tion and probably subsidence continued with little, if any, marked interruption from practically the beginning of the Upper Cambric to the close of the Beekmantown. The close of the Beekmantown, however, marks the inaugura- tion of a new arrangement in eastern North America. First, a fold was developed nearly parallel with and presumably a little within the western border of the original Lower Cambric trough; second, another fold, that we have already alluded to as having emerged early in Middle Cambric time, and that was now only accentuated, and reemerged, arose along a line marked in the south by the present western out- line of the Ocoee series of rocks and in the north by the Green mountains of Vermont. Though these folds extended appar- ently without serious interruption from Alabama to and far beyond Quebec, it is doubtful whether the trough bounded by them was ever again entirely submerged subsequent to Beekman- town time. Between them, the western one in the southern and Upper Cambric limestone Beekmantown limestone Era of folding Barriers named Appalachian valley trough 638 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM northern parts, the eastern one in the middle part of the Appa- lachian valley, they constituted, if we except the Normans kill and Utica transgressions and the Devonic intervalys of local sub- mergence, an effective barrier between the interior continental or Mississippian sea and the Atlantic, to the final emergence of the entire Appalachian region. } The western of these two folds, whose geographic position is indicated on the accompanying map, we shall call the Appalach- ian valley barrier or fold, while the eastern is called the Chilhowee barrier or fold, when we refer to the middle portion and lower end of the uplift, and the Green mountains barrier in speaking of its northern end. | Coincident with the emergence of these folds, the Mississip- pian sea was restricted to narrower limits, but at present it is not safe to indicate the extent of the land areas then formed. Still it seems certain that, with the exception of the Chazy basin and Levis channel defined in the following paragraphs, all of New York was above sea level. The space between the two folds we shall refer to gen- erally as the Appalachian valley trough or simply Valley trough, and, in order to facilitate reference and geographic accuracy, it is divided into three unequal parts. The southern third, extending from Alabama to southwestern Vir- ginia, we shall refer to as the Lenoir basin, the middle third, extending on to New Jersey, forms part of the subsequent Cwm- berland basin, and the northern third, extending as far as New- foundland, will be called the Levis channel. Parallel with, but shorter than the Levis channel, and immediately northwest of the Appalachian valley barrier, lies the Chazy basin, with its typical Chazy deposits and fauna. As will be seen later, these divisions are distinct though in- definitely bounded basins, of which the central one was com- monly occupied by the Mississippian sea, while the terminal basins were generally taken up by Atlantic waters. Immediately following the emergence of the folds and the broader land area just mentioned, there began a period of sub- if REPORT OF THD STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 639 sidence, whose earliest effects, so far as marine deposition is con- cerned, are seen in the Chazy limestone of the northeast and the lower Stones river formations of Tennessee and Kentucky. In the latter regions the subsidence continued, without serious in- terruption, to the close of the Black river, when elevation, result- ing in the first emergence and subsequent erosion of the Cin- cinnati and Nashville domes or parma of Suess, took place. In the meantime, the Mississippian sea, which seems to have entered from the south, was steadily advancing northeastward, reaching the Mohawk and St Lawrence valleys, as we shall have occasion to explain more fully, just before the close of the Stones river age. With the earlier part of this subsidence, the Atlantic invaded the continent westward by means of the two subparallel and closely approximated channels that we have called the Chazy bay and the Levis channel. The former extended along the northwestern side of the Quebec barrier, which separated the two channels, up the St Lawrence to the northeast angle of the Adirondack mass, where it divided, one arm entering the Ottawa basin, the other passing on up the Champlain valley to or about Westhaven. The typical Chazy formation, which represents the deposits of this bay, bears evidence in its members of having encroached southward and westward in the arms, the latest beds, except where, apparently, they were removed before being covered by the next formation, extending farthest south and west. The Levis channel, which occupied the narrow trough between the Quebec and Green mountains barriers, extended from New- foundland southwestward as far at least as Rensselaer county, N. Y., where Ruedemann has found the typical Levis fauna. Its deposits consist almost wholly of shales, with occasional rather local thin bands of impure limestone and accumulations of con- glomerates, as at Levis opposite Quebec city. The faunas, which in their general aspect are decidedly European, consist mainly of graptolites, that of the Levis formation being particularly characterized by several species of Phyllograptus. The respec- Stones river invasion Chazy inva- sion and bay Levis channel S25 Gb i ATE Lower Dicel- lograptus fauna Wermans kill snaie 640 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tive faunas and the lithologic character of the deposits in the twin channels are so different that we can not doubt the thor- ough effectiveness of the Quebec barrier during the whole of Chazy tine. At th: close of the Chazy the northwest channel, and _ per- haps the Levis channel as well, was drained. This emerg- ence continued in the Chazy basin till Black river time, but, if the drainage occurred simultaneously in both chan- nels, appears to have been of briefer duration in the Levis channel. On the other hand, it seems very likely that the Chazy bay was emptied sometime in advance of the Levis channel, allowing deposition in the latter of beds holding the lower Dicellograptus and Agnostus, Ampyx, Aeglina and Pate- rula fauna, which is common to Europe and the Levis channel. The earlier emergence of the Chazy channel is rendered very plausible if we assume a period of compression at the close of the Chazy, causing the strata in the western channel to be pushed up on the sloping Adirondack and Laurentian masses beneath them, and high enough to empty the western channel but not the Levis channel. The same assumption would explain the development of the supposed barrier, referred to a page or two farther on, across the mouth of the Ottawa arm of the Chazy bay, which, if it ever existed, must have arisen about this time. The deposits and fauna of the supposed lower Dicellograptus zone in the Levis channel are now known chiefly, if not solely, from limestone pebbles and boulders preserved in the conglom- eratic horizon at the base of the Normans kill shale, the bed itself possibly being now entirely covered by overthrust Cambric rocks. The fauna contained in these pebbles, «s worked out by Ruedemann,! contains species indicating some communication with the Mississippian sea in the vicinity of Albany N. Y.; or it may be that the sea of the Normans kill shale, which trans- gressed farther westward, also washed surfaces laid down by Black river and early Trenton seas. The Normans kill shale, which, as we have just said, trans- gressed a little farther west, also extended farther southward "N. Y. state mus. Bul. 42. 1901; Bul. 49, 1902. p. 89-94. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 641 in the gradually submerging Appalachian valley trough into New Jersey! and probably across the Delaware into Pennsyl- vania, where, according to Weller, it rests on Lower Trenton or Black river limestone. If this succession is normal, then we have a good indication of the age of the Chazy, and again of the later strata containing the distinctively European fauna charac- terized by Paterula, Christiania, Agnostus, Ampyx and Aeglina. The latter must be older than the Black river and younger than lower Stones river, the latter of which we consider about equiva- jJent in time to the Chazy and Levis. Following the same line of reasoning, we see that the Chazy of the Champlain-Quebec val- ley and the Ottawa basin was succeeded by an interval of eleva- tion and probable erosion preceding the Black river invasion. Again we conclude, the upper limit being fixed by evidence touched on in a succeeding paragraph, that the Normans kill ‘shale is about Middle Trenton, as demonstrated by Ruedemann, -or a little later in age. While the Chazy and the greater part of the Stones river deposits were being laid down elsewhere, nearly all of ‘the middle Appalachian area, together with New York and much of Canada north of the St Lawrence, constituted a great and continuous land area, and it was only with the advent -of the Black river and the underlying Lowville limestone, which is equivalent to the extreme top of the Stones river, that the Mississippian sea at last spread over a considerable part of this territory. Judging from the uniform age of the basal member ‘of the Mohawkian in New York and Canada, it seems almost certain that the Black river sea accomplished the submergence of the troughs surrounding the Adirondacks and lying south of the Laurentian nucleus, or Canadian shield of Suess, almost simultaneously. It is therefore eminently proper to speak of this ‘stage of the subsidence as the Black river invasion. The Trenton sea seems to have maintained very nearly the ‘Same outline here as the Black river, and like that sea, at first, and then again near the close of its age, transgressed the Quebec tWeller. Geol. sur. N. J. An. rep’t, 1900. p.5; and Ktimmel, p. 53. Black river invasion 642 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM barrier so as to occupy the northern third of the valley trough from the mouth of the Mohawk to Montreal. Beyond the latter point to Quebec both the Black river and Trenton deposits were probably confined to the area covered by the former Chazy bay. peor trans- Between the two Trenton transgressions the Normans kill shale fee atward intervened, its western edge overlapping the first and being in turn covered by the second. The latter eastward transgression of the Trenton is indicated chiefly by the fauna of the calcareous shale overlying the Normans kill. A careful study of Mr Ruede- mann’s list of this fauna reveals nothing incompatible with a late Trenton correlation. | Immediately succeeding the Chazy, there is reason to believe, Ottawabay a fold was developed across the mouth of the Ottawa bay that has since been worn down to Upper: Cambric rocks. This fold must have been higher than the land formerly bounding the western end of the bay and separated a new Ottawa bay now coming in from the west, probably by way of Lake Nipissing, from the narrow Champlain-Quebec basin. This separation is indicated by both structural and paleontologic evidence. | At the close of the Trenton the Cincinnati axis or parma experienced one of its periodic uplifts, and with it much of the area west of it was raised above sea level. The region to the east of it and north of the Ohio river, on the contrary, seems to have been slightly depressed. Apparently the subsidence Uticainvasion WaS greatest in the Mohawk valley and in the Levis basin of the Appalachian valley trough, and sufficient to render the Quebec barrier wholly ineffective here. The north- east communication with the Atlantic, now considerably enlarged by the subsidence, brought in with the decided south- west current, ingeniously demonstrated by Ruedemann,! a fauna wholly new to the Mississippian sea, having, as has been already asserted by Matthew and more recently by Ruedemann,? strong European affinities. *Am. geol. 1897. 19:367-91; 1898. 21-75-81. *N. Y. state mus.’ Bul. 42. 1901. p. 562. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 643 This communication with the Atlantic through the St Law- rence continuation of the Appalachian valley trough was, how- ever, not of long duration, nor did the foreign element of the Utica fauna impress itself to any appreciable extent in the development of succeeding faunas of the Mississippian sea. A slight elevation and it ceased, the preceding Trenton life condi- tion being reestablished. The first deposits laid down in the Mississippian sea, following the return to the Trenton arrangement of parts, are the Frankfort shales, which we regard as equivalent to the Middle and Upper Utica of Nickles’s Cincinnati section,’ the typical Utica barely reaching that point, though something like 300 feet thick in northwestern Ohio. The Lorraine sea extended eastward into the Mohawk valley of New York only as far as Rome, being there limited by a low north and south fold, that later on becomes conspicuous again as the western limit of the Helderbergian invasion. The Lor- raine of the Hudson river valley has been shown by Ruedemann to be the equivalent of the Frankfort shales with a fauna transi- tional from the Utica to the higher Lorraine. In the north the effect of the lateral compression to which the Appalachian region was periodically subjected during the Pale- oz0ic is particularly marked in the area lying just east of the Adirondack mountains. The Ordovician sediments here were piled in distorted and broken masses and largely covered by over- thrust Cambric deposits. As might be expected, the eastern one of the two (Chazy and Levis) channels that intervened between the Adirondacks and the Green mountains has been almost ob- literated,so that it is now very difficult to trace out the relations of the remnants of its deposits, which crop out only here and there from beneath the overthrust masses of older rocks. Still, with careful stratigraphic and paleontologic comparison, we believe the task is not hopeless. Ruedemann’s important results about Albany, Ami’s recent work at Quebec, and Dale’s careful areal work, look, to say the least, encouraging and augur even greater results in the near future. *Cincinnati soc. nat: hist. Jour. 1902. 20:49-100. Frankfort shale Maximum of compression east of Adi- rondacks Rome barrier and Lenoir | basin Athens and Knoxville troughs Correlation of Ordovicic deposits in Lenoir basin 644 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Having described the Ordovicic conditions that prevailed in New York, and the bearing of the Appalachian barriers in their development, we turn to a briefer discussion of the conditions obtaining at the same time in the regions containing the middle and southern thirds of the Valley trough. While the Chazy and succeeding Ordovicic deposits were being laid down in the north in waters having direct communication with the north Atlantic, another series of rocks was in course of deposition in a bay separated from the Mississippian sea by the Rome barrier, which is the sharply defined southern extension of the Appalachian valley fold. This bay may take the name of Lenoir. It communicated with the Atlantic at its southern end and extended northeastward between the Rome and Chilhowee barriers from middle-eastern Alabama to southwestern Virginia. The Lenoir bay occupied a synclinorium containing several disconnected longitudinal folds high enough to affect the direc- tion of currents and consequently the character of the sediments and, in a smaller degree, faunal distribution. In a general way the deposits may be divided into an eastern (Athens trough) and a western series (Knosgville trough), the members of which, on account of differential warping and subsidence, and lateral conjunction, overlap or grade into each other along the shifting median line. On the eastern side we have the Athens shale and sandstone, which are supposed to correspond with the Lenoir limestone of Safford (in part the same as'- the Chickamauga limestone of Hayes, Campbell and Keith), and its great lenses of Holston marble occupying the western half. Compared with the sediments in the northern Appalachian troughs (Chazy basin and Levis channel), they probably fill the interval there occupied by the Chazy, Levis and Normans kill shale. The Tellico sandstone and the Moccasin limestone follow, the former in the eastern half, the latter in the western, while the Sevier shale spreads over both sides. The last formation probably is equivalent in time to late Trenton and, possibly, Utica. These Lenoir bay deposits contain faunas wholly distinct from those pertaining to the true Chickamauga limestone series, which REPORT OF THE STATE PALEHONTOLOGIST 1901 645 was deposited at the same time and in great volume along the western side of the Great Valley of east Tennessee by the Missis- sippian sea, from which the bay was separated by the narrow Rome barrier. The Chickamauga limestone embraces in this region unmistakable representatives of every important member of the sections of middle Tennessee and central Kentucky, rang- ing from the base of the Stones river to lower Lorraine; and the Stones river divisions are particularly characteristic. Elevation of the Lenoir basin now (presumably at close of Trenton) took place, bringing in a very different arrangement. The elevation was greatest at the southern end, thus cutting off all communication with the Atlantic. At the same time the middle third of the Valley trough sank, allowing the waters of the Mississippian sea, which, at least from Black river time on, occupied the middle third, to invade southwardly into the former confines of the Lenoir bay. The result of this revolution and invasion is the Bays and Clinch sandstones, and the lower, non- ferruginous, shale division of the Rockwood formation, all of which, as is indicated by fossils collected from the last by M. R. Campbell, of the U. S. geological survey, are of Cincinnatian (perhaps Lorraine) age. Continued elevation of the southern end of the Valley trough is indicated by the fact that of the three formations mentioned the first extends farthest south, the sec- ond not so far, and the third again falling short of the Clinch. Before the close of the Ordovicic both the Lenoir bay and the Cumberland basin had been raised above sea level. This emer- gence took place about the beginning of the Richmond age, dur- ing which the Mississippian sea was restricted to the Ohio valley and west and south of the Cincinnati line of uplift. Prior to this time, or at the beginning of the Lorraine, which probably corresponds very nearly to the time of the Bays and Clinch in- vasion described in the preceding paragraph, there was another emergence that reduced the Frankfort phase of the Mississippian sea by excluding its waters from the valley of the upper Missis- Sippl and from the various basins lying east and south of Rome N. Y. We see, then, that both of these emergences were ac- Chicka- mauga limestone Bays and Clinch inva- sion Richmond emergence Richmond submergence Taconic revolution 646 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM companied by a submergence, the older taking place, as we have described, in the region of the middle third of the Appalachian valley, the later one in the west, where the preceding Lorraine land was again submerged. The Richmond submergence is of great importance in the geo- logic history of the North American continent, fossil evidence bearing on the point indicating open communication of the entire Mississippian sea, then existing, with Anticosti and northern Kurope. But as this communication was certainly not by way of the St Lawrence-Champlain valley, and the problem therefore is not intimately connected with the subjects of this paper, its. discussion is deferred. Toward the close of Ordovicic time the lands and seas, as evidenced by the two Lorraine and Richmond emergences. and submergences described, had become unstable. Now followed one of the greatest earth pulsations in North American Paleozoic history. The disturbance referred to, Dana! says gave birth to the Taconic mountains; and we will therefore call it the Taconic revolution. That this movement was one not only of elevation but also of considerable folding of the earth’s crust, is shown in the fact that the Helderbergian deposits overlie unconformably the Ordovicic strata, as at Becraft mountain, New York. That its effects were extensive is indicated by Dana’s remark, “The Taconic ... series of upturnings appear ... to extend all the way from the St Law- rence valley to New York city.” | This revolution affected all North America, and there, was land perhaps throughout from Richmond to Oneida time. The length of this land interval we can not perhaps now ascertain satisfactorily, because there are no Mississippi sea deposits by which its duration may be measured. In Minnesota, and more particularly in Manitoba, there are late Ordovicic deposits with prophetic Siluric genera and species which apparently indicate that the land interval was not of long duration. “After a moun- tain birth,” says Dana,’ “there has commonly succeeded a time 1Manual of geology. Hd.4. 1896. p.386 and 5381. Manual of geology. Ed. 4. 1896. p. 386. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 647 of relaxed lateral pressure; and then occurred adjustments, largely by gravitation.” Certainly this is true in this instance, for after the subsidence had commenced it continued nearly through all Siluric times. The Oswegan subsidence or invasion, as it may be called, be- gan with the Oneida and continued with little interruption to the close of the Salina age. In New York these deposits thin out eastward, and one after the other formation overlaps the older, so that in the region south of the Mohawk river the Euryp- terus bearing Waterlime, which is the uppermost division of the Salina, appears not to have reached the eastern side of the Oswegan invasion Helderberg mountains. The Clinton, Niagara and Salina also — pinch out one after another west of the Helderberg mountains. To the south, the equivalent deposits transgress even less toward the Appalachian: protaxis, the eastern line in middle Pennsyl- vania swinging westward to the vicinity of Altoona. From this point southwestward the line, judging from the data available, seems to have run about parallel with the general trend of the Appalachian folds into West Virginia, and it prob- ably swung eastward again toward the Appalachian valley fold before passing through that state. This westwardly bent line has great significance, because it corresponds with the course of a barrier defining the western limit of another basin, the Cumberland basin, that was occupied by an Appalachian Mediterranean, with a fauna very different from that off the contemporaneous Mississippian sea. We mention this a little out of the regular order of our description, so that the reader may understand why the Siluric deposits east of the Helderbergian barrier just located are not regarded as con- tinuations of the sediments of the Mississippian sea. In the southeastern portion of the Mississippian sea the Oswe- gan invasion was limited by the Rome barrier, and began with a Shale instead of conglomerate and sandstone. This character of deposits continued with occasional interruptions of thin, fer- ruginous, fossil limestones, and locally heavier beds of sand- stone, to the close of the Clinton. There are no deposits of Cumberland basin and Helderbergian asin Rome barrier in Siluric 648 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Niagara, nor of any later Silurie age in east Tennessee, unless the Niagara is represented in the extreme upper part of the Rockwood formation, the shales and sandstones of this forma- tion being as a rule succeeded in this area by the Devonie Chat- tanooga shale. The existence of a land surface, extending west- ward from the protaxis across east Tennessee to the western slope of the middle Tennessee dome, therefore is assumed as Siluric land - filling the interval between the close of the Clinton or early and Kentucky Niagara to the middle Devonic. The Cincinnati dome also was above sea level at the same time, and connected with the east Tennessee land in such a manner that a broad bay was left between the two domes. Neither of the latter was ever covered entirely by Siluric strata, these being laid down only on their gently sloping shores and in embayments produced by slight warping of their surfaces. The succession of the deposits in these embayments shows very clearly that the emergence at the close of the Clinton was soon checked, and that gentle subsidence prevailed in later Niagara time. Throughout Cayugan time, on the contrary, the Mississippian sea was growing shallower, the floor of the sea having risen almost gradually till, at the close of the Rondout, the whole interior of the continent west of the Helderbergian barrier had become land. This important emergence, for which we propose ae ere the name Cayugan, continued from Waterlime to Onondaga time, when the Mississippian sea again came in from the southwest, spreading far and wide in the United States. In its eastward progression this invasion (Onondaga) did not reach middle and ° east Tennessee till near the close of the Black shale, which is commonly correlated with the Genesee. The southern Black or Chattanooga shale; however, may really represent late Devonic time only, since in complete sections the shale in question seems to pass very gradually into undoubted basal Mississippian (Car- bonic) shales. Helderbergian While both the Oswegan subsidence and the following Cayu- a gan emergence were affecting the area to the west of the Helder- REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 649 bergian barrier, mentioned above, the region east of the barrier, comprising the Cumberland basin, was steadily going down, the subsidence allowing an invasion of an Atlantic sea and fauna to which the name wee ee imovasion may be very appro- priately given. This invasion brought in a European fants by way of the Hercynian chain believed to have connected North America with central Europe (Bohemia, Hartz, etc.). We think this line is in the main correctly drawn by Bertrand, though we would draw it on the American side more to the north—nearer to his Caledonian chain—so as to bring the Helderbergian and Oris- kanian deposits of Gaspé, Quebec, into more direct connection with those of the Appalachian Mediterranean. This invasion of the United States began early in Siluric time, - occupying then and to close of Oriskany time the growing Cum- berland basin lying, as described above, east of the Helderberg- ian barrier. The connection between this Appalachian Medi- terranean and the Atlantic, which will be further discussed in treating of the Marcellus invasion and the Skunnemunk trough, is supposed to have been about in the region of Chesapeake bay. To the north and south of Cumberland Md., there is a great series of rocks, beginning with shales and passing upward into limestone, and characterized by a succession of prolific faunas.” Very few of the species of these faunas are identical with species of the Mississippian sea of Siluric time. The earliest fauna recalls the Clinton, and passes into one which may be compared with the Niagaran, and then a great series of limestones, Appalachian Mediterra- nean, or Cumberland basin abounding in minute Ostracoda, which may be compared with - the Salina on account of the prevalence here also of larger Ostracoda of the genus Leperditia. Then comes in without Soc. geol. de France. Bul. Ser. 3. 1887. 15:442. ?This series of rocks rests on the Tuscarora and Juniata formations. These coarse deposits have afforded very little satisfactory fossil evidence, so that we do not yet know whether they belong to the Mississippian sea or the Appalachian Mediterranean. 650 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM break the Decker Ferry fauna listed by Weller,! the Manlius, with a magnificent cystid fauna, among which is Camarocrinus in great abundance, followed by the typical Helderbergian and Oriskanian. The respective faunas of these formations may be gathered in the vicinity of Cumberland and southward for a hundred miles or more into the Virginias. Continuing in this direction, overlap causes the lower formations to wedge out one after another till, finally, only a little of the Helderbergian and Oriskanian series is represented in the Sneedville or Handcock limestone of southwestern Virginia and northeastern Tennessee. Northward from Cumberland, through Pennsylvania and New Jersey into New York, the lower formations pinch out in the Same manner as in the south, so that in the Kittatinny valley of New Jersey it is practically the Decker Ferry formation only that rests on the “red and white Medina” or Shawangunk. From here north, however, the Decker Ferry, Manlius and Hel- derberg formations continue in full force to near the Mohawk river, presenting thus a condition differing widely from that obtaining in the southern end of the basin. It is in this north- ern area that one finds the extensive and readily accessible Helderbergian deposits that furnished the fauna so well de- scribed and beautifully illustrated by Hall. For this reason, and because the subsidence appears to have been continuous, we have chosen the name Helderbergian for the invasion. In the other cases of movements named by us, we have taken the name - 1Geol. sur. of New Jersey for 1899. 1900. p. 7-21. Some of these identi- fications are admittedly provisional and require verification, Mr Weller having followed Hall’s correlation of the Coralline limestone as the eastern representative of the western Niagara, an obvious error now that we know that the Coralline limestone lies just below the Rondout, at Rondout N. La However, the typical Rondout should not be confounded with the Water- lime of Buffalo N. Y. The Rondout formation is but the base of the Man- lius, and the former is completely transitional downward into the Coral- line limestone. The Helderbergian invasion in New York begins with the Coralline, while the Cayugan emergence closes with the so called “ Clin- ton ’’ of the Schoharie section, which we consider the overlapping eastern edge of the Salina deposits, and certainly not equivalent to the true Clinton. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 651 from that of the formation introducing the movement, but in this case the formation that might claim that distinction has not been named nor has its fauna been described. The small Helderbergian outlier near Montreal! probably be- longs with the Gaspé series, since there is no clear evidence that the Albany county, N. Y., area ever connected with Montreal by way of the Champlain valley, as was supposed by Logan and Dana? to be the case. About Gaspé there is a grand develop- ment of Helderbergian and Oriskanian, whose faunas are closely related to those of their equivalents in New York; and another area occurs near Dalhousie N. B., with a fauna peculiar to it. Concerning these two areas, the latter appears to belong to a subprovince distinct from that of the Appalachian Mediter- ranean. : The Helderbergian invasion of the southern Mississippi valley began after the Cayugan emergence, since its first deposit seems to be of Coeymans age. Part of the underlying Meniscus or Clifton limestone of Safford may also belong to this invasion. It came in from the south and spread north along the western side of the Cincinnati arch through Tennessee into southern Illinois and Missouri. The invasion continued throughout Hel- derbergian time and ceased with the Camden chert of early Oriskany age. Another area lies in Indian Territory, and the faunas of all the southern Helderbergian and Oriskanian depos- its are of the Appalachian facies. No Helderbergian deposits are reported from the Rocky moun- tain region, but we have good reasons for stating that equiva- lent deposits occur in the Devonic of the White Pine and Eureka districts of Nevada as defined by Walcott and Hague, holding a rather peculiar, though on the whole recognizably Helderbergian fauna. The Oriskany formation in the Appalachian Mediterranean, or Cumberland basin is in full force only in the region to the north and south of Cumberland Md. In southern Pennsylvania, 1Schuchert. Am. geol. 1901. 27:245-53. Manual of geol. Ed. 4. 1896. p. 558. Helderbergian of Montreal, Gaspe and Dalhousie Oriskanian emergence of Appalachian Mediterra- nean 652 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Maryland, and thence south along Appalachia, the Oriskanian emergence continued to close of Onondaga time; and, as we have already described in considering the Cayugan emergence, af- fected not only the Appalachian Mediterranean but the south- eastern area of the Mississippian sea as well. In middle Vir- ginia emergence began early in Oriskany time, since no true or Upper Oriskany is known in southern Virginia or Tennessee. To the north of Cumberland Md. the Oriskany is unequally developed, but in eastern New York it appears to be the higher portion only that is present. With Lower Oriskany only in the southern extremity, and Upper Oriskany only in the northern end, the movements evidently were directly opposite at the two extremities of the Cumberland basin during Oriskanian time. The land conditions that succeeded the Oriskany in the Cumber- land basin continued till about Marcellus or Middle Devonic time, when the later Devonic deposits of the Skunnemunk inva- sion were laid down. Oriskanian Immediately succeeding the Oriskany emergence of the Cum- invaSion of ote berland basin, there still remained in southern New York a depression through which the Atlantic fauna of the Oriskany invaded the Mississippian province. This invasion, coming in from the southeast (the Esopus, which is only a phase of the Oriskany, is 700 feet thick, according to Ries,! in Orange county, N. Y.) spread northward, over the Oriskany, and, after crossing the Helderbergian barrier at Rome, continued on westward by way of Buffalo, where remnants of it are seen in the cement quarries. Finally, the last of this deposit is seen near Cayuga Ont. Onondaga The Oriskanian invasion attained the last locality about the same time that the Onondaga invasion, coming in from the southwest, arrived there, the result being that the Onondaga and late Oriskany faunas, originally very dissimilar in character, became one, making together what is now known as the eastern Onondaga fauna. *Ries. N. Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t 1897. 1898. 1:402. *Grabau. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 1900. 11:355-62. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 653. The blending of these two different faunas can be seen to best advantage in the townships of Oneida and North Cayuga, Ont., where there is a sandstone filled with late Oriskany fossils. The sandstone rapidly passes into a sandy limestone and then into the typical Onondaga limestone. If it were not for the structural dissimilarity of the beds, these two faunas could not be separated, since it has been shown that out of 71 species found here, not less than 42 pass up from the lower horizon into the Onondaga;! yet the lower horizon has such characteristic Oriskany species asSpirifer arenosus, Chonostro- phia complanata, Rhipidomella musculosa, Stropheodonta magniventra, S.vascularia, Eatonia peculiaris, etc. On account of the marked Onondaga aspect of its fauna, it is unwise to call this Ontario deposit Oriskany any longer, and we here propose to call it the Decewville formation, taking the name from the village nearest to its exposures. We include in the formation the coarse basal sandstone and the thin bedded sandy limestones up to where the typical Onondaga limestone appears. A careful analysis of the Schoharie grit fauna of eastern New York, and of the Pendleton sandstone of Indiana? will probably also show a blending of the invading Oriskany and Onondaga faunas, though probably less marked than it is at Decewville Ont. A further instance, or rather, a survival of the blending of the Oriskany and Onondaga faunas, is shown at Clarence Hollow N. Y., where Spirifer arenosus (describedasS. unica Hall) occurs in the Onondaga limestone. By the time the Onondaga invasion had become established in the Mississippian province, the Cumberland basin, including its last remnant, the Oriskanian channel already discussed, had been wholly emerged, thus cutting off all communication with the Atlantic in this region. This severance, however, was of *Schuchert. N. Y. state geol. 8th an. rep’t. 1889. p. 51-54. Also Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 1900. 11:323-26. *Siebenthal. Ind. dep’t geol. and nat. res. 25th an. rep’t. 1901. p. 347. 654 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM short duration, lasting only, as we shall endeavor to show, till early Hamilton (Marcellus) time, when the subsidence, which in the meantime affected the greater part of the southeastern fourth of the continent, reopened the Oriskanian channel and, extending it eastward, allowed invasion from that direction. This Marcellus invasion produced considerable intermingling of the Atlantic and Mississippian faunas, specially in those laid down in the modified but resubmerged Cumberland basin. In the Skunnemunk and Green Pond mountain region, the former in southeastern New York, the latter in, New Jersey, there is a series of coarse deposits apparently occupying a syn- cline. The oldest formation above the presiluric deposits is the Green Pond conglomerate, supposed to be of the age of the Shawangunk farther north. From this on, deposition appears to have been continuous to the close of the Helderbergian, when this area, in common with the Cumberland basin to the west of it, was affected by the elevation of the eastern side of the con- tinent. Resubmergence began here with the Monroe shales which rest on Oriskanian strata, and continued through the Pen Bellvale flags into the Skunnemunk conglomerate, which Darton formations —=_ suggests “ may represent the Oneonta ” or “the formation may be the equivalent of the coarse beds of the Chemung.” Fossils from the Monroe shales sent by Darton to Hall were pronounced by the latter to be of “ typical lower Hamilton (group) species.’ The Bellvale fags contain Tropidoleptus carinatus, Spirifer mucronatus, and, more commonly, land plants, recalling those described by Dawson from the Gaspé sandstones. According to Ries the total thickness of the De- vonic deposits (succeeding the Esopus or Oriskany) in the Skunnemunk and Bellvale mountains of New York, is about 1500 feet; while Darton gives a thickness of 5400 feet for the equiva- lent series in the Green Pond area of New Jersey. This differ- ence in volume is cited in support of our opinion that the great- 1Darton. Geol. soc. Am. 1894. v.5; Ries. N. -Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t 1897. 1898. 1:408-4, 410-24. ?Darton, op. cit, p. 375. f REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 655 est depression of the Skunnemunk trough and the Cumberland basin was to the south of New Jersey, and there permitted the Atlantic during the Marcellus to spread its fauna across the Chilhowee barrier into the Mississippian sea. These deposits were laid down in waters occupying a trough lying east of the Appalachian valley trough, and hold, as do also the equivalent sediments of the Cumberland basin, faunas having different aspects from those of the Devonic west of the Cincin- nati axis. The communication between these basins or troughs and the Atlantic was,. we believe, effected by channels corre- sponding in position to the present Chesapeake and Delaware bays. We believe further that it was through these channels that the Skunnemunk trough and the eastern Mississippian sea, the latter covering Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania and New York at the time, received its Marcellus accessions. These migrants are now found mixed together with the indigenous early Hamilton faunas as far west as western Ontario (Thed- ford). Some of these European accessions are Strophalosia, Liorhynchus, Tropidoleptus, Tentaculites, Styliolina, Actinop- teria, Pterochaenia, Bactrites and Tornoceras.! Our derivation of this fauna from Europe by way of the Atlan- tic goes further than Dr Clarke’s views. He regards it “as an invader from the southeast along the inner or Appalachian face of the interior sea.”* The Marcellus is well developed about Cumberland Md., and south to about central Virginia, where this formation pinches out. We therefore conclude that the invasion from the Atlantic was somewhere in the Chesapeake bay region. The bulk of the Marcellus fauna is however indigenous to the eastern Mississippian sea and is a development out of the Onondaga. *We should not have been able to make these statements, had we not the excellent work of Dr Clarke on the Marcellus faunas. These papers are the following: N. Y. state geol. 4th an. rep’t 1884. 1885. p. 11; N. Y. state mus. 42d an. rep’t. 1889. p. 406-97; N. Y. state mus. Bul. 49. 1902. p. 115-38 and Miss Wood’s paper following on p. 139-81. 2Ib. p. 115. Marcellus invasion Portage invasion 656 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Hamilton deposits of Michigan, Wisconsin and Iowa, how- ever, belong to a distinct subprovince, and received their main accessions from another direction. We believe another Atlantic invasion of the eastern Mississip- pian sea occurred during early Portage time, introducing a good part of the very characteristic Naples fauna, as Manticoceras, Gephyroceras, Beloceras, Sandbergeroceras and Cyrtoclymenia. The goniatite fauna of this formation, according to Dr Clarke’s* work, consists of no less than eight genera and 25 species, and yet in no other American area holding beds of similar age, occurs more than one species of goniatite. (Manticoceras intu- mescens, the widely dispersed European species, is also found in Iowa and on Hay river, latitude 60° north.) This fauna is closely related to that “of Martenberg in Westphalia.”’? How long this Atlantic invasion continued we do not pretend to state, but it is certain that the indigenous Upper Devonic faunas of New York not only received the above supposed Atlantic migrants, but also some from Iowa, as in the High Point (N. Y.) faunula. The Mackenzie basin Upper Devonic fauna, charac- terized by Stringocephalus burtini, is of a distinct subprovince; but the geographic derivation of that fauna we do not yet know. We are however satisfied these Mackenzie Devonic deposits had no direct connection with those of Iowa. Carbonic? There appears to be a complete series of Devonic deposits, with the possible exception of the Onondaga, in the middle third of the Appalachian Valley trough, but early Mississippian seems to be wanting in this portion. In the southern end, the early Carbonic, represented just west of the Rome barrier by the Fort Payne chert, also was partially excluded; but the St Louis, and possibly Chester, are represented in the trough at several points. The Fort Payne chert is represented within the extreme 7Am, geol. 1891. p. 86-105; N. Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t. 1898. p. 31-81; also ib. 16th rep’t, extract. 1898. p. 31-143. Clarke. p. 136. Wor this section Mr Ulrich alone is responsible. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 657 southern end of the trough by several small patches, in Polk county, Ga., some 20 miles north of Tallapoosa. These patches evidently are remnants of a tongue of this formation that ex- tended northeastward to this point and occupied a syncline along the eastern side of the Valley trough, this particular syncline being now almost entirely covered by overthrust Ocoee slates and conglomerates. Its connection with the main body of the Fort Payne deposit is at present conjectural. The shore line of the main body of the early Mississippian sea followed the western side of the Rome barrier rather closely to probably some point in Virginia, where it broke through the line and sent tongues southward in secondary depressions within the Appalachian valley synclinorium. These secondary depres- sions may in a general way be said to have been occupied at an earlier period by the sea which laid down the Devonic Black shale, and which entered the trough probably through the same opening. Subsidence of the middle third of the Valley trough continued in second half of Mississippian time, resulting in greater expanse in the Appalachian region of Newman limestone and Pennington shale, which, together, represent the St Louis and Chester deposits of the Mississippi valley. These forma- tions, however, do not extend over much of the basinlike area occupied by the early Mississippian-Waverly sea in Ohio, north- east Kentucky and the adjoining corner of West Virginia, the Waverly basin, lying between the middle Tennessee-Cincinnati line of uplift and the Appalachian-Chilhowee barrier, having been in St Louis and Chester times, much reduced in its northern and northwestern extent. The Carbonic strata of Michigan were deposited in a basin formed by the bifurcation of the Cincinnati axis, and probably had only a Slender or possibly no direct connection with the Waverly basin to the southeast of it. At any rate, the evidence in hand indicates that, if the connection existed at all, it was severed about the beginning of the St Louis age. The coal measures east of the Mississippi river were inaugu- rated by a slight subsidence beginning perhaps with an ice age. 658 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM During the period, the area was subject to frequent oscillations of level, marine conditions prevailing during the subsidence, and land and brackish water when elevations occurred. The area of subsidence, however, did not include any portion of the Appa- lachian trough, but was terminated along its eastern side by a decided elevation of the old Appalachian valley fold, and a suffi- eient elevation of the entire Valley trough to bring it perma- nently above sea level. West of the Valley fold, and between it and the northeast- ward continuation of the Sequatchie anticline already mentioned, there was a shallow basin that, at least in Pennsylvania, was occupied by a bay. This bay was in existence during the whole or a portion of the time consumed by the deposition of the Pottsville series, and, as it became filled up with sediment and subsidence continued, gradually merged into the main sea. 7s TIME SCALE FOR / r Aa yA he a or Fi r Unclassified time scale for eastern North America, and correlation of formations and land intervals in the Mississippian, Appalachian valley, and Atlantic provinces, and their respective basins The same name in two or more columns indicates direct marine and faunal connection elther before or after the birth of the basin under which it is listed. Different names on the same line indicate supposed equivalence in age only. Names of formations deposited in the Mississippian sea are printed in ordinary type, those laid down in Atlantic waters in italics, while names of those deposited when the Mississippian and Atlantic seas were in communication by way of the St Lawrence channel] are printed in SMALL CAPITALS, and heavy face type is used for formations deposited in Atlantic waters that entered the territory of the Mississippian province by way of the Cumberland basin. MISSISSIPPIAN APPALACHIAN PROVINCE ATLANTIC PROVINCE PROVINCE APPALACHIAN VALLEY TROUGH GENERALIZED TIME SCALE FOR / _ EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Mississippian sea Chazy basin LENOIR BASIN Cumberland basin Skunnemunk basin Levis channel Middle third Knoxville trough Athens trough Carbonic Land Carbonie Carbonie Carbonic Carbonie Carbonic Land Carbonie Chemung } © Chemung } } Chemung ) Skunnemunk Chemung Portage eo Portage | | Portage | Portage Genesee a >? Chattanooga Chattanooga { Bellvale Genesee Tully 38 + Hamilton | Hamilton f Tully Hamilton ) Land So | | Monroe Hamilton Marcellus Deposits not well ie Marcellus Land Land Marcellus J Marcellus Onondaga known ae A Lana in south ) Onondaga \ os Onondaga in north > Land : A \ ee tS) ( Schoharie Land { S| Schoharie J Schoharie Decewville | Buss Land Land Esopus Esopus Decewville and Esopus Upper Oriskany fie} Prog mountain Frog mountain Upper Oriskany Ouiekanian Upper Oriskany Land ; Land oo Land Land Lower Oriskany S Lower Oriskany 5 St Helens island 22 Peeage i | es Land a New Scotland { Helderbergian New Scotland _Land ) cS Coeymans J Coeymans ents in part Land z Manlius ) Mantius an o 4 | Decker Ferry Rondout 3 a > Formations at Pinto Md. wand Rondout Salina Land 58 J J Salina Guelph A 1 Or ) ) Guelph oekpor as Noname. Formations at} ( Lockport Rochester \ niewed Q Cumberland Md. p Longwood Rochester Given p Anticosti series J Gian Medina 0 i Oneida | Tuscarora and Juniata t Green Pond pedina Land Land Land Land Land Richmond Anticosti Hudson Lower Rockwood Richmond : river — | V Clinch Lorraine Land Land Land Bays Land Lorraine Frankfort Frankfort Frankfort Frankfort Land Land A A Frankfort UTICA UTICA UTICA UTICA ) I UTICA ) Upper Trenton } ( Sevier { Sevier | = Upper Trenton Trenton Trenton + Normans kill Trenton | “sa ac} Normanskill 5 . J Lower Trenton Moceasin Tellico i ) = Lower Trenton Black river Black river Black river Black river Soa” a mA Black river : Lowville Lowville Part of time land | Lowyille ( Lenoir J | (Athens eS ries & Lowville Stones river Chazy _ Levis Land J Qa SS 3 Stones river and Chazy BEEKMANTOWN BEEKMANTOWN BEEKMANTOWN BEEKMANTOWN | BEEKMANTOWN | BEEKMANTOWN py slot, em BEEKMANTOWN POTSDAM POTSDAM Land POTSDAM POTSDAM POTSDAM ie | POTSDAM Lower St Croix Land Middle Cambri Mi i iddl i i Paes Se V | i ae an iddle Cambric iddle Cambrie| Middle Cambric} Middle Cambric | Lower St Croix ae | GEORGIA GEORGIA GEORGIA GEORGIA GEORGIA GEORGIA Land VERMONT VERMONT VERMONT VERMONT V VERMONT as ulvony, Stabe bade ? a Bea to ssenta vk oe mane st i eater i) intone i ae 4 Gh Si san tiene eh seta he erst : s" My cs : ivan as vcr 4A, | 2 RON ERE aistn BRAM etl onc oh ae ere tr Magi dies melon ee: oa baal abe oie aA ah St re i Leg i 3 2 Beal ioe pW — baie i eal virial estar balan Haan ata tial ; iN a pes Mies a Aria Hi Sia “a oN 4 * hepa bd vite tee Ow al ie. OS abi Titohdh ae OF 7 SS So ae Ree eee = ii ; } | z ie) ) Bish ck 9 ‘ : aes } et i. ; ; | anh ( 4 i i a a aos j ae | Vy a it i, ha ; Vv mn Awe UA bh ich te i ; | Une tle 1 Pn a ' OTE Rt een ay i ‘) ¥ Sg anes ay ee ai pri baat out Rim etme mg Ne a ere RAMmL LEC THR rent e hi sai OL ALE i i Hot a TERA, aa ye late clan a hierniana i pe S) (job i cath REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 659 Summary and general conclusions Permanence of land masses and of folds of the earth’s crust. Our studies tend to the conclusion that the present North American continent was in existence,and practically in full development as land, at the close of Algonkian time and that since that period, the Canadian shield and other smailer Archean land areas have never been wholly submerged. The periodic encroachment of the sea on the Canadian shield attained considerable extent on the north and west and more particularly on the south. The east shore, on the contrary, remained nearly the same till com- paratively recent time—probably Postcretaceous. The present main lines of elevation of the continent were in existence in Algonkian time and have been maintained without serious modification to the present day. Concerning the anti- clinal folds that began in Paleozoic and later times, we think that all known evidence bearing on the point goes to prove that, following their inception, they, in common with those of older date, were never changed except 1) to be periodically accentu- ated, 2) to have their axes migrate slightly landward, like the summit of a wave, in correspondence with effects of active com- pression and subsequent gravitational adjustments, and 3) to be modified in their relations to the general plan of crustal folding by the development of folds of subsequent origin. | We agree with Walcott’s conclusion that in Lower Cambric time the greater part of the interior of the continent was land, and that the first Paleozoic subsidence of the interior and the real birth of the Mississippian sea occurred with what we term the St Croix invasion. Rhythmic pulsations. There is a rhythmic relation between the successive grand subsidences and emergences of the interior of the continent that we believe should be the basis of a revised classification of the rocks of North America. Such relation was indicated by Amos Eaton and later by Newberry and others. Each system should begin with a subsidence and end with an emergence. While such a classification will be in some respects different from the one now in use, and its adoption therefore 660 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM likely to be opposed, we do not doubt that it will prevail in the end because it will have a natural basis. Depth of Mississippian sea. With the possible exception of the Beekmantown, we fail to see anything even approaching deep sea conditions in any of the sediments of the Mississippian sea. On the contrary, there is abundant evidence that during Paleozoic time the “shift of relative level” of the sea and land was never great outside of the area of the barriers de- scribed. Sometimes the sea was so shallow as to form tidal flats, in other cases the Jand was so near sea level that erosion “was practically nil, but in other cases again, the land was high enough to be subject to erosive agencies, the effects of which are now more or less obviously preserved in unconformities of stratification. These unconformities however, are in but few cases so clear that the stratigraphic discordance may be recog- nized in any given exposure, but their recognition depends in most cases on the absence in a section of a zone or formation observed in other sections. Sometimes, as on the west flank of Cincinnati axis in middle Tennessee, where Upper Devonie or even Lower Carbonic may rest on Middle Trenton, the evidence of unconformity is so slight that without fossils it would scarcely be detected. Principal submergences and emergences. The first pronounced Paleozoic submergence in North America resulted in what we have called the St Croix invasion. It embraced nearly all of that part of the Algonkian continent lying between the Rocky moun- tain protaxis and the Appalachian protaxis south of the Cana- dian shield. This subsidence gave birth to the Mississippian sea, and the movement accentuated a Precambric fold under the Lower Cambric sea extending from Alabama to Gaspé. The northern part of this fold we call the Green mountain barrier, while its southern half is termed the Chilhowee barrier. The submergence inaugurated by the St Croix invasion cul- minated in Beekmantown or “Calciferous.” time, when more of the continent was under water and the sea probably deeper than at any subsequent period: REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 661 The second important movement occurred at the close of the Beekmantown, when the Mississippian sea was restricted to much narrower limits, and possibly almost drained for a short time. With this emergence, which was unusually abrupt and far- reaching in its results, a new fold was developed along the western side of the Appalachian valley extending from Alabama to Newfoundland. This we call the Appalachian valley fold or barrier, its northern end being distinguished as the Quebec barrier and the southern end as the Rome barrier. There is some reason to believe that the Cincinnati axis or parma had its inception in this second movement, though it did not reach the surface of the sea till long after, i. e., about the close of the Black river. The third pronounced movement occurred at the close of the Ordovicic, when the elevation begun at the close of the Frank- fort culminated in the emergence of apparently the whole con- tinent. It gave birth to the Taconic mountains and to a third long Appalachian fold, called the Helderbergian fold or barrier, that excluded the waters of the Mississippian sea from the Cumberland basin, which thereafter was occupied by Atlantic waters till the close of the Esopus. The next invasion of the Mississippian sea began possibly very soon after the Richmond emergence, bringing in the Medina, Clinton, Niagara and Guelph faunas, the sea apparently spread- ing a little farther with each succeeding formation. Then a period of emergence set in, continuing in the Mississippian prov- ince till Onondaga time, if we disregard the geographically limited Helderbergian invasion of Tennessee and southern Illinois. The period of submergence following this gradual emergence of the Mississippian province also was one of slow action, begin- ning with very late Oriskany or Esopus time and continuing apparently into the Lower Carbonic. However, considerable land areas were developed toward the close of the Devonic, so that the rocks of this system also bear evidence of, first a peri- odically progressing submergence and then an emergence like those more clearly shown for the preceding systems. Similar movements are indicated again for the Lower Carbonic and the Upper Carbonic, 662 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Migrating shore lines. Two excellent examples of a migrating shore line are indicated by 1) the Stones river and 2) the Oriskany and Onondaga invasions. The first, apparently, came in from the south and west and progressed northwardly, reach- ing the Mohawk and St Lawrence valleys just before the close of the Stones river, the last division of that age being almost uniformly represented there by the Lowville limestone. The second invasion was very different from that of the Stones river. It came in from both the Atlantic and the southwest, that from the former source advancing rapidly and laying down the coarse deposits of the Oriskany, that from the latter direc- tion progressing apparently more slowly and laying down the limestones of Onondaga age; and, meeting, their respective faunas commingled in the Decewville formation described above. Effectiveness of folds as barriers to seas. The Green mountains- Chilhowee barrier, the first and oldest fold west of the Appa- lachian protaxis, was not crossed by the sea from the close of the Beekmantown age to early Siluric time, but through the whole of Siluric and some of Devonic time it was ineffective as a barrier to the Atlantic, which passed over it probably in the region of Maryland. These same waters also crossed the Appalachian valley barrier, but a younger fold (Helderbergian barrier), lying to the west of the other two, still prevented the Atlantic from joining the Mississippian sea throughout the time from Medina well into the Oriskany. The union of the two seas, however, was effected during late Oriskany, in Marcellus and possibly again during a portion of Portage time (Genesee). The Mississippian sea crossed the Appalachian valley barrier from southwestern Virginia northward to east central New York, excepting the intervals when the north Atlantic by way of the St Lawrence channel crossed it with the Normans kill and Utica deposits and faunas, from Lowville to close of Frank- fort time. Previous to this time, and immediately succeeding the formation of the Appalachian fold, the Atlantic invaded the terminal thirds of the Appalachian trough, filling the southern Lenoir basin, which was confined between the effective Rome and Chilhowee barriers, while it occupied two narrow basins in REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 663 the north, the Levis channel on the east, the Chazy bay on the west side of the Quebec barrier. Though the Chazy bay ex- tended some distance up the Ottawa valley, there was no com- munication between the Atlantic and Mississippian seas at this time, a great land area to the west of the bay affording effectual separation. Communication between the Atlantic and the Mississippian seas occurred at least once besides the Normans kill, Utica, and Devonic connections just mentioned. We refer to the communi- cation that probably began during late Upper Cambric and either continued through or was revived during Beekmantown time. Basis for more exact faunal and phyletic studies. We have pointed out the Paleozoic periods when the Atlantic and Mississippian seas were separated from each other and also when they were in communication. The relations of the Mississippian sea to the Arctic, northern Pacific and Gulf of Mexico remain in great part yet to be determined. Reliable data are difficult to secure, yet they are not so few as to discourage the hope of ultimate suc- cess. When the more essential facts are known, paleontologists will learn to discriminate between the foreign and indigenous elements of our fossil faunas, and incidentally these new facts will throw much light on-general geology and organic evolution. They will not then be so likely to arrange heterogenous specific elements aS members of one line of descent, nor will they be so eager to identify or throw together species and genera that better and fuller information may prove to represent even dif- ferent lines of development. The species and genera may have much in common, but the investigator will pause and look care- fully into their derivation, both biologic and geographic, before he will feel justified in pronouncing them identical. In short, we shall secure more critical, and therefore more reliable results, and these will bear sound fruit, not only in the domain of pure biology, but also in stratigraphic geology. The farther we pro- gress along the lines indicated, the more exact will our corre- lations become. Indeed, even extra-continental correlations are not beyond approximate exactitude. THE INDIGENE AND ALIEN FAUNAS OF THE NEW YORK DEVONIC : BY JOHN M. CLARKE This paper has been suggested by the important propositions presented in the preceding article which was prepared by Messrs Ulrich and Schuchert at the urgent solicitation of the state paleontologist. The existence of a Paleozoic Appalachian channel parallel to the orographie features of the eastern border is recognized by the writer as an indispensable factor to the proper apprehension of the sequence and geographic rela- tions of the New York faunas. The full value of the considera- tions set forth by the accomplished authors will be better measured ‘when time has permitted an adjustment of contend- ing evidence by a more complete array of facts. In the follow- ing, however, it is in part intended to show, irrespective of the finer analysis of the shore topography, in what manner the Devonic faunas of New York indicate the influence of such Appalachian channel. | By an indigene fauna is meant, in this paper, one which, tak- ing possession of the marine province at an early date, held the ground (subject to variations in its species combination) for a long period, during which may have occurred various minor in- vasions. This is the correct significance of the term, as every indigene fauna is alien in its inception. The Appalachian gulf, or marine water of the New York Devonic, had its northern coast line at the opening of this period probably not far south of the present south line of Lake Ontario and the course of the Mohawk river. This state- ment is made assumptively, as the northern shoreward edges of the sediments of the period have been removed. We may Say with some assurance that this continent line was no farther south; it may however have been situated REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 665 somewhat more to the north, specially in its westerly ex- tent. In the vicinity of Albany the coast line turned to the south and bent along the present trend of the Appalachians ~wherever the latter are indicated by topographic features or structural details. At the commencement of Devonic time the Appalachian gulf was a great embayment, opening widely to the northwest and southwest into the Mississippian sea and sub- merging all the western and central areas of New York and the southeastern area west of the Silurics of Orange and Sullivan counties. The northern coast line spread widely to the norih- west through Ontario and Manitoba, the southern extended down the Appalachians through Pennsylvania, Maryland and Virginia. Outside and eastward of the gulf, separated there- from by a narrow land bar, was, we may confidently believe, in accordance with Messrs Ulrich and Schuchert’s deductions, a stretch of water probably of no great width as far as Albany, likewise extending parallel with the Appalachian trend. From the evidences of early Devonic rocks in Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Maine we have reason to believe this area widened irregularly to the Atlantic and passed far beyond the head of the gulf to the northward. Southward down this waterway traveled the congeries of species which in the early Devonie entered New York from a center of prolific de- velopment and departure in Gaspé and New Brunswick, and in Siluric times from regions of the east still more remote. This is a condition which had existed long before the Devonic, and the same waters had served as a passage for the migration of Species into eastern New York. While the early Devonic saw the continuance of the condition, the later stages of the time witnessed its disruption and discontinuance. Helderbergian fauna The earliest of the Devonic faunas of New York is that of the Helderbergian. Geographically the Helderberg sediments, as shown by Ulrich and Schuchert, were laid down east of the land barrier and on the west shore of the Appalachian strait and in our view, also along the widening northern opening of this 666 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM passage out into a broad and deeper gulf extending to the north- east continuously or discontinuously to beyond the coast of che maritime provinces. In this deepened head of the gulf the Helderbergian fauna, traveling southward from a long sojourn in inchoative condition in the region of the Gulf of St Lawren¢e, adding vitality and prolixity on its way (as shown at Dalhousie N. B.), sequestered itself in deepening water and was fruitfully multiplied to its climax. The Helderberg fauna as a whole was thus an invader from the northeast. The narrow bar which separated its first assession from the Appalachian gulf was in a state of degradation so extensive that, at the earliest period of its presence, transgression over this barrier was readily effected, but not a transgression which extended far, as the barrier remained an obstacle to free migration. The Helderbergian, however, did not gain possession of an extensive area in New York during its earliest manifestations, its species commingled in some measure with the frail Silurie congeries on the ground of central and western New York which had endeavored to reinstate itself with the gradual fresh- — ening of the Salina sea, but in later stages of its existence the reintegration of the barrier shut out from the area of the Appal- achian gulf all evidence of its final phases (Becraft, Kingston (—Port Ewen) beds). The area of the Helderberg in New York was its fruitful center of dispersion, and thence its travels were southward along the barrier, probably around its southern termination, and from there into the Appalachian gulf in the region of western Tennessee, Illinois and Indian Territory. Oriskany fauna From the same direction and along the same thoroughfare came the Oriskany, its center of variation and dispersion un- questionably being in the region of Gaspé bay, where now its Species are dispersed through 800 feet of limestone. Leaving behind it species which may have survived in the Gaso9é sandstones to a later period of Devonic time, it followed in the train of the Helderberg fauna, manifesting itself most perfectly in the silicious limestones of Columbia and Ulster counties, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 667 Naturally its fauna includes some Helderbergian species, partly picked up in its travels hither from Gaspé and partly found on the ground on its arrival in New York. As pointed out in our - previous studies of this fauna, its species trangressed for a very brief period the eastern limits of calcareous deposit and spread themselves westward over the irregular, deeply embayed and probably rocky coast line of central New York and Ontario. Onondaga fauna Primarily this fauna is of reef-building corals, and entered the state from the west, where its reefs and attendant organ- isms attained their greatest prolixity. The lessening and dis- appearance of the coral facies eastward and the final loss of the limestone deposit evince this derivation. Any submarine bar- rier in the east however was so deeply submerged at this epoch as not to interfere with the deposition of chert-bearing lime- stone in Columbia county east of the Hudson river. The east presents in the arenaceous beds of the Cauda-galli and Scho- harie orit a facies which is not elsewhere seen. In clastic character, there is excellent reason for associating these beds directly with the deposition of Oriskany sediments as a closing stage thereof, and indeed several elements of the striking Schoharie fauna indicate derived relations to the Oriskany. This might be predicated of the trilobites specially, of the brachiopods and lamellibranchs in part, but not of the ‘most conspicuous element of the fauna, the cephalopods. For the origin of the latter we have yet to search; they may have entered New York from the west with the fauna of the lime- stone and have wandered into the shallow waters where Scho- harie sediment was depositing; they may have, on the other hand, come in from some source, northeast or southeast, as yet unknown to us, and hence be related ancestrally to similar forms of the overlying Onondaga limestone. Present evidence seems to favor the former conclusion without disparagement to the genetic relations of these cephalopods to those of the Onondaga. It seems justifiable however to assert that the fauna of the Onondaga period as a whole, with its noteworthy coral, trilo- 668 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM bite, cephalopod and gastropod facies unequally developed locally, is a complex congeries, largely from the western reaches of the Appalachian gulf, but freely inoculated with elements genetically from the northeast. The latter may have come in directly, geographically and genetically, through the Oriskany province of eastern New York or indirectly into the western limestones, after migration from New York southward to the end of the barrier and thence into the heart of the gulf. The latter seems specially probable of the gastropod element. Marcellus fauna As the Onondaga limestone fauna came in from the west, so it withdrew westward. In the latest stages of its immigration it brought in the cephalopod Agoniatites expansus; but when this species had penetrated to eastern New York this ground had been occupied for some time by shallowed and foul waters, wherein were depositing the black muds of the Marcel- lus shale with its accompanying singular fauna. Early Mar- cellus deposits in eastern New York were thus contemporane- ous with late Onondaga deposits in western New York. This being true, the Marcellus fauna entered the New York area of the gulf from the southeast or from the direction of the eastern shore. The effect of the putative eastern barrier and its accom- panying northeast channel is now no longer perceptible save as we ascribe to the submergence of the latter in part the befoul- ing of the waters. Fauna of the Agoniatites limestone It has just been stated that Agoniatites expansus came into New York from the west in the closing stage of Onondaga time. The limestone to which it appertains forms a very distinct band in the Marcellus section of eastern and central New York, and associated with it is a small and exclu- Sive congeries of species, with some which belong to the fauna of the shales. So far as concerns the peculiar species which characterize the fauna, they have probably all been derived from the same direction at the same time as Agon. ex- pansus. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 669 Hamilton fauna Fauna of the Stafford limestone This is another and higher limestone bank in the Marcellus shales, but extends no farther east than Ontario county, while the Agoniatites limestone goes no farther west as a limestone than the same meridian. The Stafford limestone contains tie earliest extensive representation of the normal fauna of the Hamilton stage. This is not actually the earliest appearance of the fauna, for a calcareous layer just at the base of the Mar- cellus shales in western New York also carries Hamilton spe- cies commingled with others surviving from the Onondaga fauna, but the Stafford affords a pure Hamilton fauna. The incursion of this congeries in this manner is very significant; the lime- stone and its contents are lost east of Ontario county, but from there to the western limit of the state its course is unbroken. Thus it clearly indicates that the Hamilton fauna, both in this prenuncial expression and in its normal return, after its retreat had been covered by a considerable period of deposition in the gradually clearing Marcellus waters, entered the state from the west; whether from the northwest, through the opening of the shore line up through Manitoba and thence westward through Siberia to the Ural Devonic sea, or up from the south, skirt- ing the Devonic shore line of eastern South America, where it arrived by shore from Africa and its center of dispersion in Belgium and the Eifel or, again, along the assumed north Atlantic land line, can not yet be determined. Tully fauna This fauna is essentially constituted of derivatives from the Hamilton with the addition of two brachiopods of world-wide distribution, Hypothyris cuboides and Schizo- phoria tulliensis (ef. 8S. striatula Schloth.). The former is an excellent index fossil of the lowest Upper Devonice, the latter a belated newcomer of Middle Devonic habit. So far as the special expression of the fauna imparted by these two Species igs concerned, it does not elsewhere manifest itself in 670 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM eastern America; but there is abundant evidence to show that the species themselves have come into the gulf by the north- west passage. Naples fauna This is the fauna of the Styliola limestone embedded in the black Genesee shales and of the Portage beds of western New York, ranging up to and beyond the summit of the original Portage sandstones. The fauna is distinctly an invader from the northwest... It has almost naught in common with the Hamilton fauna which preceded it on the ground, but is a con- geries of oceanic organisms which together constitute the zone of Manticoceras intumescens, well marked in many parts of the world but nowhere with a more prolific fauna than here. Eastward of Cayuga lake its integrity is lost by mergence with the contemporaneous Ithaca fauna. .The migration path of this pelagic fauna has been traced toward the northwest through Manitoba into Siberia, thence through Russia into Westphalia. Where it was originally autochthonal is not cer- tain; perhaps Westphalia was its home, but in New York, where its fauna became extensive, it was alien and short-lived. Ithaca fauna Contemporaneously with the Naples fauna in western New York the Ithaca fauna held the field in central New York ap- proximately, except in its latest stages, from Cayuga lake on the west to the Chenango valley on the east. The Ithaca fauna is genetically sequential to the fauna of the Hamilton epoch. Its species are at first identical with those; then variations superinduced on these specific types man- ifest themselves, and in the event the fauna in its totality is clearly distinct from its ancestor. Hemmed in on the east by the barrier which made the Oneonta waters a lagoon, and on the west by the invading Naples fauna, it found favorable opportunity for multiplication and variation on ancestral The authors of the preceding paper regard the Naples invasion as from the Atlantic. This is an assumption unsupported by any evidence known to the writer, REPORT OF THE STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1901 671 ground. It is indigene, for its ancestry had taken and lost pos- sessions early in Marcellus time by invasions from the west, re- taken and held possession from the beginning of Hamilton time. It is to be noted that through a part of the extent of the Ithaca sediments there is nothing separating them from the Hamilton beds below, the Tully limestone and Genesee shale feathering west of the Chenango valley. Oneonta fauna | Contemporaneous with the latter part of Ithaca sedi- mentation was the sparse fauna of the Oneonta sandstones. These we believe to have been deposited in a narrow coastal lagoon, and its few characteristic organisms, Amnigenia Cans kite mcnis) Ki isioheria membranmace a, are ot fresh-water habit. The latter occurs in the Old Red lakes of northern Scotland, species of the former in nonmarine de- posits of Ireland and the Eifel. We are left to surmise that these species found their way into New York by fresh or brackish water passage from the Old Red lakes of Nova Scotia (Arisaig) and Quebec (Gaspé). The Catskill. The Catskill represents a continuation of One- onta sedimentation; that is, deposition in a deep embayment but with freer access to the open waters of the gulf, thus constitut- ing a long and narrow estuary extending far southward parallel to Appalachian trend. It may well be compared to the condi- tions now existing in the Lake of Stennis in the Orkney main- land as described by Hugh Miller, in which the upper reaches are fresh and bear a fresh or depauperated brackish water fauna while the lower parts are salt and marine. We know that this condition (including the deposits of the Oneonta) pre- ° vailed in eastern New York from the close of the Hamilton through Portage and Chemung time and in southern New York continued into the early Carbonic. Chemung fauna The main body of the Chemung fauna is the direct derivative along the long line of descent from the Hamilton through the 672 ne NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ithaca fauna. As a benthonic littoral congeries, chiefly of lamellibranchs and brachiopods, it has acquired variation with age, and, on the removal of the obstructions to migration which prevailed in Ithaca time, it disseminated itself eastward to the Catskill embayment, probably over it at times and westward beyond the limits of the state. It also spread over the heart of the gulf and along its southward shore. From this, its home ~ province and center of dispersion, departed, or to it were added, | certain widespread species, suchas Spirifer disjune tus and the glass sponges. It is however as a whole the last expression of the single New York fauna of Devonic time which may be properly characterized as indigene. | EXPLANATION OF PLATES 674 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 3 Thamnocladus clarkei White Page 596 FIG. ! 1 Greater portion of a large frond partly buried in the matrix. The segments are somewhat macerated and show the effect of current dragging. Natural size. Chemung, at East Windsor N. Y. New York state museum. is iy 2 ee Ba ar ee = {¥ 4 ang - Me Bath Ft ore 4 Pesce Pome he 676 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 4 Thamnocladus clarkei White Page 596 FIG. 1 Portions of several segments, probably belonging to the same frond or the same tuft. The different portions lie at different levels in the bed, the larger ones passing out at the back side of the slab. Natural size. Same slab as pl. 3. 2 Isolated portions of two segments showing more dis- tinctly the mode of division, the aspect of the terminal portions and the lamina. Natural size. Catskill at Factoryville, Wyoming co. Pa. No. 25072, Lacoe collection, United States national museum. te Wel AD ts 678 ig ait. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 5 Eunoa accola Clarke p. 607 (See pl. 6) FIG. 1 A large brachial valve incomplete at the posterior edge. Beekmantown graptolite shales. Deep kill, Rensselaer co., NAY , | EUNOA. Rep Paleontologist 190l. Plate 5 G S.Barkentin del. JiB yon Co, state Printer Phil. Ast, lith. i hin ‘ 14 man 5 rayhs yn) “ae nt 680 ! ‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 6 Eunoa accola Clarke p- 607 (See pl. 5) FIG. 1 Two valves overlapping and exposing the pedicle notch with clearly defined margins. The posterior margin of the brachial valve is here again not clearly defined. 2 A pedicle valve with the margins of the pedicle slit approxi- mately entire for most of their extent, though pressed apart. Beekmantown graptolite shales. Deep kill, Rensselaer, co. NoY. EUNOA. Plate 6 ist 190I. Rep Pale ontolos J.B. Lyon Co, State Printer Phil. Ast, li G.S Barkentin. del. 682 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 7 Orbiculoidea ? magnifica Clarke p. 615 (See pl. 8) FIG. 1 The half of an infolded pedicle valve showing the pedicle open- ing extending for the full radius of the shell. The margin of the infolded portion of the valve is visible at the peri- phery of the shield. Portage beds. Tannery gully, Naples N. Y.; at an horizon just above the final appearance of the Naples fauna. — ORBICULOIDEA. Rep Paleontolosist 190I. G.S Barkentin del. J.B. Lyon Co, State Printer Plate 7 Phil. Ast, lth. 684 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE: 8 Orbiculoidea ? magnifica Clarke p. 615 (See pl. 7) FIG. 1 A large depressed conical shield believed to represent the brachial valve of this organism. Drawn from a plaster cast. Ithaca beds. Truxton N. Y. Rep Paleontologist 1901. fie i a 8 af ts 2 ax BC) aes G.S Barkentin. del. ORBICULOIDEA. Rep Paleontologist 1901. Plate 8 7 & GS Barkentin.del. J.B. Lyon Co, State Printer : Phil. Ast, lith. ~ jo UN DEX Page mumbers referring to descriptions of fossils are printed in black face |\type. The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g.\623°| means page 623, beginning in the third ninthof the page, i. e. about one third of the way down. Actiniopteria, 655°. Additions} to paleontologic collec- tions, 4512-68. Adiromidac\ks, maximum of com- presjsion east of, 643°. . Aeglinja, 64t0*, 6417. Agelac|rinittes buttsi, 52/7°, 528°. Agnost{us, 640‘, 641’. Americar® association for the ad- vancen a of science, memorial tablet 'for} the Emmons house, 4522-562. American” paleozoic fossils, record of locali ties| 468°-516. Ami, cited |, 558°, 559°, 567°, 576’, 576%, Ampyx, 64! Appalachiajn geology, 6337-63", Appalachia {n Mediterranean, 649°. Appalachia, n valley barrier, 638%, 661°. ; Appalachiarg@ valley trough, 638°. Arey, Alber #t L., cited, 432’. Arthracantl a depressa, 624°. Association wof American geologists, organizati Athens trous Athyris ang ecora, 526 polita, 52 lica, 5268, 527°. 5 5277, PPT (. Atrypa, 623°. aspera, 628%. hystrix, 624°. reticularis, 622°. Aviculopecten, 526°. Axonophora, 571’, Bactrites, 655°. Barrois, cited, 5637. Bays sandstone, 645°. Beekmantown dolomite, exposures, 534°, 536%, 53877, 53877. Beekmantown formation, 637'; study of fauna, 427*; in Rensse- laer county, graptolite (Levis) facies, by Rudolf Ruedemann, 546-75. Beekmantown time, 660°. Bell, Robert, mentioned, 434°. Bellerophon maera, 526°. Beloceras, 6567, Bertrand, cited, 649°. Billings, E., referred to, 633°. Black river invasion, 641°. Bothriolepis, 528°, 528°. Brachiopods, 480°, 527°, 533*, 539°, 544°, 5548, 556°, 566%. Brockport quadrangle, contact lines of upper Siluric formations, 517'- 23. Brogger, cited, 563*. Bronn, cited, 599*. Bryograptus, 550°, 555°, 584°, 586°, 588°, 589°. sp. nov. 5544, 555°, 556. kjerulfi, 556+. Buthotrephis gracilis, 597°. subnodosa, 597°. Butts, Charles, referred to, 441°, 442°; paleontologic work, 4467, 524°, 686 Calciferous time, 660°. Callograptus, 571°, 571°. sp. nov. 570". diffusus, 570". salteri, 550°, 554*, 5557, 565°. Camarocrinus, 650'. Camarotoechia allegania, 527’. contracta, 526°. Cambrie, in eastern North America, 639°-37?. Cambric and Siluric, line of division, 530°. Campbell, M. R., referred to, 441°, 645°. Canandaigua lake region, paleon- tologic and stratigraphic map, 4228-249, Carbonic strata, 6567-58. Carbonic and Devoniec, line of di- vision, 524°. Cardiocaris, 606-15, 610°. Carruthers, cited, 601°. Caryocaris, sp. 554". culvilatus, 556’. cf. oblongus, 556%. Cashaqua shale, 617’. Catalogue of type specimens, 444°- 46°; of fossil faunas, 446°. Catskill formation, 524’, 671° Cattaraugus beds, 525°. Cayugan emergence, 648°. Cephalopods, 430°. Ceratodictya annulata, 624%. Chazy basin, 638°, 639%. Chazy limestone, 639*; fauna, 4277*. Chemung beds, traverses of, 524’. Chemung group, fossil alga, 593-605; fauna, 671°-72°, Chickamaugua limestone, 645°. Chilhowee barrier, 638°. Chiropteris reichii, 599*. Chonetes, 623%, 628°. scitula, 526°, 5277. Chonostrophia complanata, 653°. Christiania, 6417. Cimitaria corrugata, 624°. Cladochonous, 6287, 628°. Clarke, John M., field work, 425°; report on contact lines of upper study of NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | Silurie formations on IrockPort and Medina quadrangle, 51-28; Preliminary statement of the paleontologic results of the areal survey of the Olean qudratsle, 524-28: a new genus of paleOZOic brachiopods, Eunoa, 60€15; cited, 610’, 6201, 622°, 655°, 6563 OD fauna of beds in Napks section, 630-31; The indigene and alien faunas of the New Yors DeVORIC, 664-72. Classification of rocks of North America, proposed revisio”» 659°. Climacograptus, 569°, 571’, 572» 608". - sp. nov. 571?. Climactichnites, 544’. wilsoni, 539%, 5457. Clinch sandstone, 645°. é Clinton beds, limestone 1e€4SeS5 10, 428°-31°; exposures, 517’, 720°, 522°, Clonograptus, 561°, 568, 1°, 583°, 586°, 588°. flexilis, 582, 582°. rigidus, 582%, 585*. Coenograptus, 581°, 584". gen. nov. et sp. nov. 56> gracilis, 583°. Conocephalites 534°, 540°, 545%. Corralline limestone, 650° Corals, memoir on, 442°, Crenipecten, 526°. i Cryptograptus, 569°, 5719 97°. antennarius, 489", 570", il’, Bea aio Ctenodus, 528%, 528°. Ctenograptus, 581’. Cuba sandstone, 525°. Cumberland basin, 638% 645", 647, 649%, 653°. Cushing, cited, 538°, 542° Cyrtoclymenia, 656’. verrucosus, 534°, Dale, T. Nelson, investigations car ried on by, 550°; cited: 64°. Dalmanites limulurus, DIT. Dames, cited, 611’. ' Dana, cited, 646°, 651%, Darton, cited, 654°. INDEX TO REPORT Dawson, cited, 601%. Dawsonia monodon, 554’, 556”. tridens, 556’. Decewville formation, 653°, Deep kill section, 546-75, 576%. Delessaria, 599°, Dendrograptus, 571%. Sp. 550°. sp. nov. 555°, 570°, 570". cf. divergens, 565°. cf. gracilis, 555°. Dendroidea, 571°. Desmograptus, 4897, 571%. cancellatum, 570°, Devonic, in eastern North America, 648°-56'; indigene and _ alien faunas, 664-72. Devonic and Carbonic, line of di- vision, 524°. Dicellograptus, 608’, 640%. Dichograptus, 487°, 488*, 550°, 556%, 561", 562°, 5837, 584°, 586°. sp. OT1*. flexilis, 559°. logani, 559". ; octobrachiatus, 554°, 5567, 565°, 5708, 571°, 580', 583°. Dicranograptus, 608". Dictyonema, 439°, 571°. sp. nov. 555", 570°, 570’. cancellatum, 570°. cf. delicatulum, 565°. flabelliforme, 550°, 5517, 559°. Dictyophyton tuberosum, 626%. Dictyopteris delicatula, 604°. Dictyospongia, 526°, 528%, Didymograptus, 556°, 5577, 569°, 568%, 581%, 584*, 586°, 586°, 588°. sp. nov. 5568, 570%. bifidus, 438°, 4887, 563’, 564’, 565’, 566’, 566°, 5671, 567°, 567°, 568°, 568°, 568°, 5697, 569", 569°, 573', 5737, 573°, 573°, 574*, 574, 576°, 5923, cf. bifidus, 569+. constrictus, 562°. extensus, 556°, 568°. filiformis, 556°, gibberulus, 588’. var. nanus, 5708. OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST | Emmons 687 Didymograptus indentus, 562%, 5637. nitidus, 438%, ° 554°, 556°, 563%, 564". patulus, 488%, 554°, 554°, 556°, De foyak pennatulus, 5637. similis, 438’, 567+, 567°. cf. similis, 5667. Diplograptidae, 571°. Diplograptus, 571’, 573°, SP Ou al seek: dentatus, 570*, 570°, 570°, 571', 572°, 573°, 574°, 574", inutilis, 439°, 570°. pristiniformis, 459°, 570°. Dipterocaris, 612°, 612°, 6137, 613°. Discinocaris, 606-15, 609°, 610°. browniana, 609°, 6107. gigantea, 608°, 609°, 609°. ~ Eaton, Amos, cited, 659°. Eatonia peculiaris, 653°. Edmondia, 526°, 527°. Hichwald, cited, 604*. Elles, G. L., cited, 560*, 561°, 568°, 5697, 573°, DTS, OG2-. Ells, R. W., cited, 529°, 558°. ‘Emmons, Ebenezer, cited, 4277, 529°. Emmons, Ebenezer, jr, statement dictated to John M. Clarke by, 455°-56". house, memorial tablet for, 452?-56°. Estheria membranacea, 671+. Etheridge, jr, cited, 564°. Euomphalus hecale, 526°. EKunoa, a new genus of paleozoic brachiopods by J. M.. Clarke, 606-15. Eunoa accola, 571°, 6077*-10?; ex- planation of plates, 678, 680. EKurypterus, 421°, 422". Ewing, Charles, paleontologic work, 429°; referred to, 442°. Explanation of plates, 673-84. Favosites, 518%. Field staff, personnel, 442°. Fontainea, 599°. 688 Fossil alga from Chemung group, 593-605. Fossil faunas, catalogue, 446°. Fossils, catalogue of type speci- mens, 444°-467. Frankfort shales, 643°. Frech, cited, 564°, 565°. Fuchs, cited, 599°. Fucoides verticalis, 628°. Fucoids, 544°. Fucus nessigii, 602’. vesicularis, 599°. Fuller, Myron L., referred to, 441°, 442°, Gardeau shale and flagstones, 617°- eis Gastropods, 484’, 539°, 544°, 554%. Geinitz, cited, 604°. Geologic map of the state, contribu- tions to, 448°. Gephyroceras, 656°. Gilbert, G. K., mentioned, 428°. “Glenn, L. C., referred to, 4417, 442°; paleontologic work, 524”. Glossograptus, 571‘, 573°, sp. nov, 571". Goniatite limestone, 436°. Goniatites, 628°. Goniograptus, HO esOS-, BOs 581°, 5838+, 588°, 585', 587°, 5! DOL) DOL Sp. nov. 556°, S66". thureaui, 489°, 556°, 565°, 576-92. var. postremus, 580°. ‘Goppert, cited, 598°, 600*, 6031, 604°. Grabau, A. W., paleontologic work, 4297; mentioned, 431’, 442°; cited, 451’, 652°. Grammysia elliptica, 624°. ‘Graptolite (Levis) facies of the Beekmantown formation in Rens- selaer county, by Rudolf Ruede- mann, 546-75. ‘Graptolite fauna, 437°. Graptolite schists, 562°. ‘Graptolithus milesi, 583°, richardsoni, 563°. 435%, 526°, 533%, 564%, 557°, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Green mountains barrier, 638°. Green Pond conglomerate, 654+. Grimes sandstones, 621°. Guelph fauna, 425°. Guelph horizon and its fauna, 432'- aor. Gurley, R., cited, 439°, 559%, 5637, 567°, 560, 572°, 572’, oto 7 men tioned, 550°. Gyracanthus, 528*, 528°. Haliseris delicatula, 598°. Haliserites, 593-605, 599°, 603', 603°. chondriformis, 604°. contortuplicatus, 604°. dechenianus, 598‘, 6007, 601’, 6017, 6021, 602°, 602°, 603°, 603”, 60388, 604°. distans, 604*. gracilis, 604°. lineatus, 604°. lusaticus, 604+. reichii, 599°, 599°. Hall, E. B., acknowledgments to, 451°; gift to museum, 594°. Hall, James, cited, 482’, 484, 487%, 439%, 557°, 572*, 582", 654°; sale of fossils, 445°; statement dictated to John M. Clarke by, 4553; men- tioned, 606*, 6167, 617°, 618%, 618°. Hall, T. S., cited, 569°. Hamilton fauna, 669. Hartnagel, C. A., collections made by, 420°; referred to, 4427; com- pilation of catalogue of fossil faunas, 446°; paleontologic work, 446°. Helderberg basin, 6477. Helderbergian barrier, 661°. Helderbergian fauna, 665°-66’. Helderbergian invasion, 648°-51°, Holm, cited, 563°, 5817, 583°, 5844, Oils Hologr:.ptus, 581’, 583°, 584°. Holoptychius, 528%. americanus, 528°. Holzapfel, cited, 611‘, 611° Hopkinson, cited, 562°. Hostinella hostinensis, 602”. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST ~ Hudson river beds, study of, 436°- Hyatt, mentioned, 591°. Hyattella congesta, 517%. Hydnoceras, 623+, 630°. tuberosum, 624’, 628°, 628’. variabile, 624°. Hydriodictya cyclix, 624", Hyolithes primordialis, 540’, 545°. Hypothyris cuboides, 669°. Illaenus, 430°. Index to state publications on paleontology, 448°-49°. Iron pyrite beds at the horizon of the Tully limestone, 4471-48", Isograptus, 589%. - gibberulus, 588". var. nanus, 570°. Ithaca fauna, 419°-21°, 446°-47', 670°- Teale Jackson, R. T., cited, 587%, 587°. Jones, T. R., cited, 608°, 609°. Kayser, cited, 610°. Kemp, J. F., cited, 540°. Kidston, cited, 6027. Kjerulf, cited, 563+. Knoxville trough, 644°. Kitimmel, cited, 641°. Lapworth, cited, 553°, 557°, 558°, 560°, 562°, 567%, 568%, 572°, 573%, 608°, 608". Lenoir basin, 638°, 644°, 6457. Leperditia, 649°. Lepidodendron 602s nothum, 602". Leptodesma, 623°. ecurvatum, 528". longispinum, 527°. maclurii, 5287. matheri, 527°. mortoni, 526°, 527°. mytiliforme, 528°. orodes, 527°, 5281. potens, 526°, 527°. var. juvenis, 526%, 527°. gaspianum, 602’, 689 Leptodesma protextum, 527”. robustum, 624°. sociale, 526°, 527°. spinigerum, 527°. Leptograptus, 568*, 589°, 589", 608’. sp. nov. 556°, 570°. Leptostrophia mucronata, 622°. Lesquereux, cited, 598". Levis beds, 558’. Levis channel, 638‘, 639*. Levis facies of the Beekmantown formation in Rensselaer county, 546-75. Lichenalia, 429°. Limestones of Upper Cambric age, 637°. Lingula, 606°. quebecensis, 571°, 606°. Lingulella, 533°, 533°, 5384+, 534°, 534’, 536°, 540°, 541‘, 545+. acuminata, 540%, 544°, 545°, 545°. Lingulepis minima, 540%, 545°. Linnarsson, cited, 562°. Liorhynechus, 623°, 655°. mesacostalis, 624°. quadricostatus, 622°. Localities of American paleozoic fossils, record of, 468%-516. Locality record of museum speci- mens, 456°. Lockport dolomites, exposures, 517°- 18°, 520*-217. Logan, Sir William, mentioned, 434°, 435°, 633°; cited, 529°, 558°, 651°. Loganograptus, 487%, 584°. logani, 556’, 564*, 570°, 571°, 5837, 583%. ji Loomis, F. B., paleontologie studies, 448%. Lorraine sea, 643+. Lower Cambric trough, 635°-36?. Lower Dicellograptus fauna, 6407. Lunulicardium fragile, 617°. Luther, D. D., fossils collected by, 419°; field investigations, 421°, 424°, 4257, 426'; report on contact lines of Upper Siluric formations on Brockport and Medina quad- 438°, 566+, 571’, 690 rangles, 517-23; Stratigraphic value of the Portage sandstones, 616-29. Lycopodites milleri, 602'. McCoy, cited, 564*, 576°. Macrochilina, 526°. Malaise, cited, 602°. Manlius waterlime, study of fossil contents, 421°. Manticoceras, 656°. intumescens, 610°, 656°, 670*. oxy, 628". pattersoni, 613°. Marcellus formation, 435°-36°; fauna, 668°. Marcellus invasion, 6547-55°. . Marr, cited, 561°, 573°, 573°. Matthew, G. F., cited, 559%, 583’, 636°, 642°. Mattimore, H. S., collections made by, 420°. Medina quadrangle, contact lines of upper Siluric formations, 517-23, 2A -22, Medina sandstone, exposures, 519'- 207, D222" Megalaspis limbata, 569°. planilimbata, 569°. Megalomus, 4384’, 435*. Mesothyra, 612’. Mississippian sea, birth of, 686%, 659"; depth of, 660'. Modiola praecedens, 527%. Moffatt series, 608°-107. Monograptus, 608’. Monroe mastodon, 4389°-41°. Monroe shales, 654°. Morgan, R. F., paleontologic work, 429°: referred to, 442°, Mount Hermon conglomerate, 525°. Mytilarea, 526°. chemungensis, 528°. Naples fauna, 421', 656°, 6707. Nemagraptus sp. 566+. sp. indet. 570°. Nematophyton dechenianum, 602°. Newberry, cited, 599°, 659°. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Niagara limestone, 650°. Nicholson, cited, 5607, 561°. Normans kill shale, 640°-41°, 6427. Nucula bellistriata, 526°, 5287. Oak Orchard swamp, contact lines. of formations, 425°, 5227-23°, ; Obolella, 538°, 584°, 5347, 5367, 5403, 541*, 545+. prima, 540", 540°, 544°, 545°, 545°. Oehlertella, 5273. pleurites, 527°, 5277, 528°. Office quarters, contraction of, 449%- 50%. Office staff, personnel of, 456°. Office work, 442°-52?. Vlean* quadrangle, preliminary statement of the paleontologic results of the areal survey of, 524- 28. Oneonta fauna, 671°. Onondaga fauna, 667°-68°. Onondaga invasion, 652%, 6627. Ophileta, 534’, 5345, 540*, 542°, compacta, 545*, Orbiculoidea, 607°, 608°, 615+, 623°. sp. 622°. magnifica, 615’. explanation of plates, 682, 684. pl. facing p. 614. Ordovicic, in eastern North America, 6377-478. Oriskany formation, 651'-52°; fauna, 666°-67?. Oriskany invasion, 662+. Orthis, 628, 628°. tioga, 526’. Orthoceratites, 628”. Orthothetes chemungensis, 526°. Ostracoda, 649°. Oswegan invasion, 6477. Ottawa bay, 642%. Palaeanatina, 528°. typa, 527°. Palaeotrochus praecursor, 624”. Paleontology, index to state pub- lications on, 4489-49%. Paleozoic corals, memoir on, 442’. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 691 Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern north America, by EH. O. Ulrich and Charles Schuchert, 633'-63?. Pan-American exposition, exhibit of department, 4507-52’. Pararea, 528°. Paropsonema cryptophya, 614°, 625°. Paterula, 606°, 640*, 641?. Peirson, T. W., paleontologic work, 429°; referred to, 442°, Peltocaris, 611°, 6127. Penhallow, cited, 602°, 603’, 603’, 604°. Perner, cited, 569". Pholadocaris, 610°, 611+. Phyllites reichii, 599°. Phylocardia, 612°. Phyllograptus, 487°, 549°, 556°, 5DT*, 568°, 584*, 588°, 590*, 640°. Sp. 563, 563%, sp. ‘nov. 570%. angustifolius, 4387, 5547, 556°, 563°, 5667, 570°, 571°, 5737. anna, 438°, 565’, 566°, 566%, 567’, 5Ot, (o6T, 567", 568", °5697, 571, S71°, 573', 573°, 573°, 574’, - 576°. ilicifolius, 5547, 555°, 566°, 567°. var. 5d59. var. grandis, 556°. typus, 4388’, 557*, 564°, 566°, 566°, 567', 567%, 568°, 568°, 569°. cf. typus, 569°, 569%. Phyllograptus schists, 562°. Piedboeuf, cited, 602%. Plates, explanation of, 673-84. Platyceras, 534°, 542°, 545%. Pleurograptus, 608’. Portage fauna, 420%. Portage sandstones, stratigraphic value, by D. D. Luther, 616-29. Potonié, cited, 601°, 604‘. Potsdam sandstone of the Lake Champlain basin, by Gilbert van Ingen, 427-287, 529-45. Prismedictya, 528%. Productella, 526°, 527°, 6233. lachrymosa, 624°. speciosa, 622°. Psilophyton, 597°, 5981, 602%, 602°, 603', 605°. dechenianum, 602’. robustius, 602’. Pterinopecten, 526°, 528°, Pterochaenia, 655°. Pterograptus elegans, 583°. Pterygotus, 421°, 4227, Ptilograptus, 571%, 571°. plumosus, 570’. Ptychoparia, 545*. minuta, 534°, 534°; 5407, 545%. Ptychopterias, 527+, 528°. Publications, 4423-44°, Quebec barrier, 661°. Quebee group, 557’. Rensselaer county, N. Y., grapto- lite (Levis) facies of the Beek- mantown formation, by Rudolf Ruedemann, 546-75. Retiograpitus, 571°. tentaculatus, 4897, 570*, 5717. Rhinoearis, 612°. Rhipidomella musculosa, 6533, Richmond age, 6457-46. Ries, cited, 652°, 654°. Riley, H. A., referred to, 614°. Ringueberg, H. N. S., mentioned, 428°, Rochester shale, fossils from western New York, 446°; expos- ures, 517°, 5207, 5227. Rockwood formation, 645°, Roemer, F., cited, 610%. Rome barrier, 6447, 647°, 6613. Rondout formation, 650°; study -of fossil contents, 421°. Rothpletz, cited, 599°. Rouvilligraptus, 564', 5817, 584°. richardsoni, 569%. Rudemann, Rudolf, field work, 425°; other paleontologic work, 4371; re- port on contact lines of Upper Siluric formations on Brockport and Medina quadrangles, 517-23; Graptolite (Levis) facies of the Beekmantown formation in Rens- selaer county N. Y., 546-75; Mode of growth and development of 692 Goniograptus thureaui, 576-92; cited, 606°, 606*, 639°, 640°, 641’, 642°, 6425, 643°, 643°. St Croix invasion, 636', 659’, 660". St Lawrence channel, 636%-37'. Salamanca conglomerate, 525°. Salamanca quadrangle, work on, 441°-42°, Salina beds, exposures, 518°-19". Salter, cited, 597’. Sandbergeroceras, 656°. Sandbergers, cited, 601°, 604*. Sapindopsis variabilis, 600'. Saporta, cited, 601°. Sargassum dechenianum, 602°. Sarle, C. J., cited, 431°. Schimper, cited, 599*, 601°, Schizambon, 608°. Schizobolus, 6087. Schizocrania, 607°, 608". Schizograptus, 581°, 584°. Schizophoria, 527°. impressa, 624°. tulliensis, 669%. Schizotreta, 6087. Schuchert, Charles, cited, 653°. & Ulrich, E. O., Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern North America, 633'-63°, Scolithus canadensis, 534’, 545%. linearis, 533°, 545°. Shimer, H. W., paleontologic work, 429°; referred to, 442°. Siebenthal, cited, 653°. Silurie, in eastern North America, 647°-48°, Silurie and Cambric, sion, 530°. Simpson, George Bancroft, morial tribute to, 457-60. Siphonophora, 590%, 591’. Skiddaw slates, 560’. Skunnemunk conglomerate, 654°. Solms-Laubach, cited, 602°, 605%. Spathiocaris, 606-15, 610°. emersoni, 610%. Sphenopteris condrusorum, 602’. Spirifer arenosus, 653%, 6537. disjunctus, 526%, 526", 624°, 630%, 630°, 672°. line of divi- me- NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Spirifer mesastrialis, 624+, mucronatus, 654". var. posterus, 624+. radiatus, 517°. unica, 6537. Stafford limestone, 436°; fauna, 669". Stenogramma interrupta, 598%. Sternberg, cited, 5997. Stones river, 662%. Stones river formation, 639% Stratigraphic value of the Portage sandstones, by D. D. Luther, 616- 29, Stringocephalus burtini, 656°. Stromatopora, 518*, 5217. Strophalosia, 655°. Stropheodonta cayuta, 624°. magniventra, 653%. vascularia, 653°. Styliolina, 655°. Stylonurus excelsior, 422°. Taconic mountains, 646°, 661°. Taeniocrada, 6035, 604*. lesquereuxi, 603%. Temnograptus, 581’, 583°. cf. multiplex, 556°. Tentaculites, 655°. Tetragraptus, 437°, 488', 556%, 568%, 574°, 580', 584", 586°, 586°, 588°, 589", 590*, 592°. sp. nov. 554°, 556%. alatus, 568%. bigsbyi, 554°, 556°, 562°, 563°, 5667. bryonoides, 554°, 560°, 562°, 564°, 568°. crucifer, 568%. fruticosus, 554°, 556%, 564°, 566’, 567°, 5897, 5897. aff. hicksii, 556%. pendens, 5667. quadribrachiatus, 556%, 556’, 559", 562°, 563", 564°, 566°, 568%, 568°. serra, 554°, 556°, 5637, 564%, 566’, 566°, 569°. taraxacum, 5897, 589". Tetragraptus zone, 554’-65’. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST Thamnocladus, gen. nov. 595°-605°. clarkei sp. nov. 596'-6GO05°. explanation of plates, 674, 676. Thamnograptus, 608". anna, 4388’, 566*, 567°. TT hysanodictya, 528'. ‘Tonawanda creek, formations near, 425°. Tornoceras, 655°. Tornquist, cited, 562°. Trematis, 607°. Trematobolus, 6087. Trenton sea, 641°-42°. Trigonograptus, 5717. ensiformis, 489', 571°, 572°. cf. trigonograptus ensiformis, 570%. Trilobites, 5337, 5347, 589°, 544°, Trochograptus, 581’, 584°. diffusus, 581°. Tropidoleptus, 655°, carinatus, 654". Tullberg, cited, 562°, 563", 569+. Tully limestone, iron pyrite beds, 447'-48°; fauna, 6697-70". Tully quadrangle, areal 4249-253, Type specimens, catalogue, 444°-46°. geology, Ulrich, EH. O., & Schuchert, Charles, Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern north America, 633'-63?. Utica invasion, 642°. 693 Van Ingen, Gilbert, paleontologic work, 427°; referred to, 442’; Pots- dam sandstone of the Lake Cham- plain basin, 529-45. Vanuxem, cited, 602°. Verneuil, cited, 610*, 6114, 611°. Walcott, cited, 5297, 538", 5587, 573°, 635°, 636°, 659"; referred to, 634’. Ward, cited, 6001. Waterlime strata, 22F) Weller, cited, 641°, 6507. White, David, Fossil alga from the Chemung group of New York with remarks on the genus Haliserites 598-605. White, T. G., cited, 540%. Whiteaves, cited, 484". Whitfieldella nitida, 429°. Wilson, John D., assistance from, 436°. Wiman, cited, 481°, 5847; mentioned, 591°. Wolf creek conglomerate, 525°. Wood, Elvira, cited, 486°. Woodward, H., cited, 608°, 610°, 610°, 611?. study of, 421°- 609°, Zaphrentis, 521’. (Pages 605-96 were bulletin cover pages) PER Ye wr a TOa ARO OE yA oe ’. ye? GI why a ape itr ie Phy Sd 7 \ BOR a Published monthly by the University of the State of New York BULLETIN 263 AUGUST 1902 New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director EPHRAIM PORTER FELT State Entomologist Bulletin 53 ENTOMOLOGY 14 17th Report of the State Entomologist -INJURIOUS AND OTHER INSECTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 1901 PAGE {| PAGE Introduction) (522 2212-1. -4-01-2 099) ||) Notes: for the year (cota) General entomologic features -.... 699 Garden and other insects.--...... 749 Ofiicez work asa wae Seok OO Unusual abundance of southern Special investigations........-... 7o! LOMSH ay rerio ate wale Mele sk eit ae 757 Entomologic field station.....-.-... 701 | Experimental work against the San Publications? 222 cosas ec tere sss 702 aiOSe-Sealenmsect ue 3.2 Cueuten 761 Bxtensioniworle 2522 te see. 5 702 Summary of experiments. ........ 775 Collectionof imsects 234222. 52 405 702 | Voluntary entomologic service ...... 776 Pan-American collection......---. 703 Summaries of ireportsa. 2 .y-4e4 eee 776 New quarters 2-52.25 255 eee 703 | List of publications of the entomolo- Voluntary observers: 255 222. : 2 a Zon! BUS Grate elem SRR EE Eee nee 800 Acknowledgments... ...--. Danese 704 | Contributions to collection ......... 808 Injurious insects Appendix: Entomologic exhibit Cecidomyia destructor, at the Pan-American exposition Telessiami fiyean ace nce aaa FOS BQOD ton Sie as Sam ND Loman 825 Notes: forthe years. sie 2s.0. suse 72) explanation, ofyplates) 22). 4 Bese ee 899 IT Git Pree Pests ease seem mesa fl Mabe E-On Gs) oui ocean oy) oo facet OOO Slade andiforest trecipests 2. 4a 1072S. jerindex tices t oe! ia vase oe ee ae gol De Oe We pee Sosiathdoh ne tho wolk to otade ould Yo lenaviatd SOUT THEA 4 “yoroatil JG aM iH e Snanal eigdlomaind yet ‘rsa arto" mibaH Tt ay » YOOUOMOTHA ois - Ba ROK Re | _petwsy ey oak Wed woot poaiaa OE Weide’ big Hole modnoa WO, eeetabinuiie Laeeuny lt Sa ee ees Ae RRM aia\s «1 PRTC 4 nee orl} TeAay a, ry. tainomiegel ose Dhebin ie | % GHEY. AK OY Evy eras ben ORY os B08 rie, elles phe gels ae 4 ene ARON RDTRS WAB res este, “Saye ees: fge.h0e% es ee KS ae ena AFORE RD fey as An Aho: sa Fee eag oh) ak ne Wd ‘caldal Pe pTLA aaa Ui EA ih Oe ee ee ee ae Big How ae, iG RO AES ORG ee Na bitch fob) rot ; Tey Sao ae uel shate kab ee wai em mee ET a Sa eS RSIS RL ES Eh ry. anijellisa | “gel ipo lomotua ons oh to ogaal eTadenl HaHTO 0 AA ail ov wan "0 ater q foo! | ae G00 So iran aptiee Reed eae tu TO yn isl ar Hope bisa gor) | 4, 0% Ewe Pe tak Row ey nwen aN | ROW inten ka. ck dh he TER “a la a en mci Mah sgh 2 ey a ae RT ae Hat eh ewe ow 3 & ae al eae PO a wee Boe SOR bai iv satis bait 48 545) BOF vial yee Ssh 0! rey ae al Stet he teas ul he University of the State of New York New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. Mprrinu Director KPHRAIM PortreR Fret State entomologist Bulletin 53 17TH REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST I9OI To the Regents of the University of the State of New York I have the honor of presenting herewith my report on the injurious and other insects of the state of New York for the year ending Oct. 15, 1901. General entomologic features. The forest tent-caterpillar, Glis- iocampa disstria Hiibn., as was predicted last year, has, generally speaking, not been nearly so injurious the last season, though in places here and there in the state, it has inflicted considerable damage. Its abundance in orchards adjacent to woods badly infested the previous year was a somewhat char- acteristic feature of the attack this season. The common apple- tree tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa americana Fabr., has also been abundant in different sections of the state, but it has not been specially injurious as a rule. The white marked tus- sock moth, Notolophus leucostigma Abb. & Sm., has been quite harmful to the shade trees of Buffalo. The destruc- tive work of the elm leaf beetle, Galerucella luteola Miill., has been continued in the Hudson river valley, and in its | northern part this insect has succeeded in extending its range to a number of villages previously infested with very few or none of these pests. The fall web worm, Hyphantria cunea Drury, has been exceedingly abundant in portions of the southern part of.the valley and near the western end of Long Island. The depredations of the Hessian fly, Cecidomyia 700 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM destructor Say, were so general and so severe as to inflict enormous damages, they having been estimated by competent parties as high as $3,000,000. A very serious matter has been the discovery that the notorious gipsy moth, Porthetria dispar Linn., has become well established in the city of Provi- dence R. I. Investigations made during the summer show that the pest already occupies a considerable area in and about that city. While this spread has not been directly toward New York state, it may well be regarded as a warning of what may occur within a few years, and residents of the state are advised to keep a sharp lookout for the advent of this very destructive insect. Office work. There has been no relaxation in the pressure of office work, and, though there has been an apparent decrease in the amount of correspondence, all of the office staff have been obliged to work overtime in order to meet the demands of the situation. The determination of scale insects for the state department of agriculture still makes considerable inroads on our time. Most of this important and very difficult work has fallen on my first assistant, Miss Boynton. On the request of the commissioner of agriculture, made necessary by the position of the state entomologist of Virginia, who refused to accept any certificate unless it was vouched for by an official entomologist, a general statement was issued approving the work of his in- spectors. The time of the office force has been occupied to a considerable extent by the reading of proof and verification incident to the carrying through the press of two very important bulletins soon to be issued, one on the important scale insects of the state and the other on aquatic insects of the Adirondack region. A number of excellent lantern slides have been pur- chased, and some made from original photographs. These form a nucleus of what will soon become an excellent collection for use in illustrated lectures. The new cards for recording acces- sions to the entomologic collections have proved very satisfac- tory, resulting in a great saving of time. 954 letters, 295 postals and 693 packages were sent through the mails during the year. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 TOL There has been an unavoidable break in the office caused by the resignation of my first assistant, Mr C. S. Banks, who severed his connection with the office July 15, a particularly unfortunate time, since it is the season when insect activities are at their hight. Miss Margaret F. Boynton was promoted to the position of first assistant, and Mr C. M. Walker, who has been an ad- vanced student in entomology for nearly two years under Prof. C. H. Fernald of the Massachusetts agricultural college and who was the special assistant in the preparation of the collection for exhibition at the Pan-American exposition, was appointed second assistant. Special investigations. Three lines of work mentioned in my previous report have been prosecuted during the past season. 1 The series of experiments with insecticides for the control of the San José scale have been carried on in the same orchard as last year, and the results obtained in 1900 have been largely confirmed. Fuller details of this work will be found on sub- Sequent pages, 2 The study of forest and shade tree insects has been con- tinued, and many of the observations of previous years have been prepared for publication, and those of this season will be put in a similar condition as soon as possible. 5 The special study of aquatic insects, begun in 1900 has also been continued. It is noticed in the following paragraph. - Entomologic field station. The work commenced at Saranac Inn in 1900 was continued at Ithaca N. Y. in cooperation with the Cornell university authorities. Dr James G. Needham of Lake Forest university, Lake Forest Ill. was in charge of the work, as last year. It was largely supplemental to the studies of the previous season, and Dr Needham’s report will therefore include a rather full account of the damsel flies, Odonata-Zygoptera, and of the fish food material collected by him at Saranac Inn. A family of small flies (Chironomidae), very important so far as fish food is concerned, has received special study by Mr O. A. Johannsen, an advanced student at Cornell university, and his account will also be included in this report. 702 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Publications. The principal publications of the entomologist, to the number of 62, are listed under the usual heading. The most important of these is the 16th report. Owing to the delay incident to printing, three very important publications have not appeared during the past year, though they are practically ready to be issued. They are: Museum bulletin 46, Scale insects of wmportance and list of the species in New York state, Museum bulletin 47, Aquatic insects in the Adirondacks (Dr Needham’s report for 1900), and the special paper treating of insects injur- ious to elm trees. The last is to appear in the 5th report of the fisheries, game and forest commissioners of New York state. These three publications are admirably illustrated by a series of coléred plates. Extension work. Considerable of the time of the entomologist and his former first assistant, Mr C. S. Banks, was occupied by farmers institutes. They covered a period of 23 working days, during which lectures were delivered at the following 14 places: Preston Hollow, Durham, Hensonville, Lexington, Fleischmanns, Halcottsville, Grand Gorge, Walton, Gilbertsville, South New Berlin, New Berlin, Russia, Newport and Frankfort. An im- portant paper was read by the entomologist before the Massachusetts fruit growers association at a meeting held last March at Worcester Mass., and several addresses have also been given by him before various scientific and horticultural organizations. Collection of insects. The additions to the state collection of insects have been very great. They may be estimated at approx- imately 16,000 pinned, labeled specimens, besides a great many in alcohol. A special effort has been made to secure desirable biologic material. My former assistant, Mr Banks, and my pres- ent assistant, Miss Boynton, have spent a great deal of time during the past year in going over the collection and classifying the insects more thoroughly. Most of the state collection has now been referred to families, and considerable work has been done on beetles (Coleoptera), the scale insects (Coccidae), and the grasshoppers (Orthoptera). The work on the two latter REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 703 ‘orders was done entirely by Miss Boynton. Most of that on the Coleoptera was done by Mr Banks, though Mr Walker has given some time to this order in the past few months. An immense amount of work is still necessary before the collection will be in a thoroughly satisfactory condition. The office has been very fortunate in retaining the ento- mologic library and collection of the late Dr J. A. Lintner. These collections are not only of great value in a scientific way but they are almost indispensable aids in conducting the work of the department. It is very gratifying that they should be placed where they will receive the best of care, and surely no place is quite so appropriate as the institution where Dr Lintner did most of his scientific work. Pan-American collection. The preparation of an exhibit for the Pan-American exposition at Buffalo involved much work on the part of the regular office force in addition to that performed by a special assistant, Mr C. M. Walker, who was engaged for three months. It was felt that, since an exhibit was to be prepared, it should be put in first class shape, and so far as possible this was done. One gold and three silver medals were awarded the exhibit. A brief account of this collection to- gether with a catalogue is appended to this report. New quarters. The removal of the office from the old quarters in the capitol to Geological and agricultural hall has been a ereat advantage, since it gave not only much needed space but also essential facilities. The fioor space of the general office and the amount of shelving have been much increased by the change, but there is still none too much room. The admirably equipped dark room in the general office supplies a much needed want, as it permits the photographing of insects and their work ina minimum amount of time.’ The space outside of the general office affords an excellent opportunity for the display of insects and their work in a place readily accessible to the public. Several special collections have already been prepared and placed, on exhibition, and it is proposed to give considerable prominence in the display collection to the injurious and bene- | 704 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ficial forms. The large one now at the Pan-American exposi- ' tion will also be placed on exhibition as soon as it is returned. Voluntary observers. Most of the persons cooperating with the Office in 1899 and 1900 in this capacity have continued to render | substantial aid this season. Their number has naturally de- creased somewhat, and, on account of the pressure of work in early spring, due to the preparation of the exhibit at Buffalo, there was little opportunity to strengthen their ranks. Many valuable observations were made, and summaries of the reports will be found on p. 776-800. | Acknowledgments. The entomologist is under obligations to other workers along the same lines. To Dr L. O. Howard, chief of the division of entomology of the United States department of agriculture, and his staff, special acknowledgments are due for the determination of a great many insects and for promptly placing information at my disposal. Prof. J. H. Comstock of Cornell university deserves special mention for so kindly placing the facilities of his department at the service of the ento- mologic field station, and for giving the work such hearty sup- port. 3 : It is a pleasure to acknowledge the continued support and encouragement given by the regents during the past year. The work has necessarily been somewhat hampered by the moving into new quarters and by unforeseen changes in the staff, but the outlook for the future is most auspicious. Respectfully submitted EPHRAIM PorTER FELT State entomologist Office of the state entomologist Albany 15 Oct. 1901 REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 705 INJURIOUS INSECTS Cecidomyia destructor Say HESSIAN FLY Ord. Diptera; Fam. Cecidomyiidae This species was first observed in this country in New York and its common name was bestowed in the belief that it came to us in packing or straw shipped to the Hessian soldiers then stationed on Long Island. The probabilities tend in that direc- tion though absolute proof may always be wanting. This pest attracted the attention of entomologists in the early part of the last century on account of its serious injuries, as it gradually spread over the country. Dr Asa Fitch, entomologist of the New York state agricultural society was one of the first to give a detailed account of it and much that he published can not be bettered in this later day. His account is now almost inaccessi- ble to the general public and though the pest has been treated in some detail by later writers, particularly by Prof. Webster and Prof. Osborn, there is no complete recent account of it as it occurs in New York. A very good general account of the insect in the United States is given by Prof. Osborn in Bulletin 16, new series, division of entomology, United States depart- ment of agriculture. : Early injuries in New York by the Hessian fly. This summary account of the depredations of the pest is taken largely from the quite full treatise on it given by Dr Packard in the 3d report of the United States entomological commission. The Hessian fly first became a serious pest in 1779 at which time and for several succeeding years wheat was severely injured or wholly destroyed by it in Kings and Richmond coun- ties. In 1786 and 1787, its ravages again attracted considerable attention in this state, the crop of eastern Long Island having been almost universally destroyed. In 1803 very severe losses were caused by its operations in Saratoga and Washington counties and on two or three occasions in earlier years many of the fields in Saratoga county were entirely destroyed. Again in 1844 losses occasioned by it on Long Island and at Rochester 706 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM were very severe. Throughout the state of New York it was exceedingly destructive in 1846. In the western section it was estimated to have caused a loss of not less than 500,000 bushels. it was also very injurious in some counties in New York and in Ohio in 1849. It was exceedingly destructive about Syracuse in 1876, whole fields and parts of others turning yellow and showing the ravages of the fly to a greater extent than had ever been witnessed, and in 1877 and 1878 white wheats were severely damaged, the presence of the Hessian fly in Cayuga, Seneca, Tompkins and Yates counties being specifically recorded. There was some injury in Tioga county in 1881 and very slight damage was reported in 1882 from Columbia, Genesee, Herkimer, Mon- roe, Niagara, Yates and Wyoming counties, it being more seri- ous in the latter. Dr Lintner, in his 5th report, p.263, states that this insect caused more injury than usual in western New York in 1884. Recent injuries in western New York. The following records were taken largely from reports of voluntary observers. 1899. The Hessian fly has done much damage in the wheat fields in and about East Amherst, Erie co. In my own fields one fifth of the wheat is down. This was sown on Sep. 9, 1899. Some fields that were sown in August are from one half to nine tenths down. A1II wheat fields in this vicinity are damaged more or less. Even those that were sown the latter part of Septem- ber or in early October are infested to some extent. (John U. Metz) The Hessian fly is doing considerable damage in and about Belle Isle, Onondaga co. (Mrs. A. M. Armstrong) The Hessian fiy has seriously injured early sown wheat all through Seneca county. Some pieces are very seriously dam- aged while cthers are comparatively free from the pest. It is estimated that about one fourth of the crop has been lost through the attacks of this insect. (J. F. Hunt, Kendaia) I noticed very bad work indeed in this section from the Hes- sian fly. A great amount of wheat is down. Perhaps one third of the straw is lodged and the damage will be one fourth of the entire yield. (C. H. Stuart, Newark, Wayne co.) REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 TOK 1900. The Hessian fly is in the vicinity of East Amherst in great numbers and the white wheat throughout this section is nearly all down flat. One field of 8 acres in this vicinity is almost totally destroyed. It was sown August 27. (John U. Metz, Erie co.) The wheat in the vicinity of Warner, Onondaga co. was dam- aged more than last season. Fully one third of it lodged and the injury is more general than last year. I have found the flies in late sown wheat. One piece sown September 10 was very thoroughly infested, not a single plant being free from the pest. (Mrs A. M. A. Jackson) The Hessian fly has done a great deal of damage to some pieces in this section of the country. (J. F. Hunt, Kendaia, Seneca co.) The Hessian fly has been very bad in some wheat, some pieces being so very severely injured that they have not been har- vested. (C. E. Chapman, Peruville, Tompkins co.) The Hessian fly has been working very badly indeed in early sown wheat. The later sowings are not nearly so badly in- fested. Perhaps one fourth of the entire crop has_ been destroyed. (C. H. Stuart, Newark, Wayne co.) 1901. Damage from Hessian fly work is very evident in Sev- eral pieces of wheat examined. Probably 104% of the stalks have lodged as a result of the work of this fly. (M. H. Beck- with, Elmira, Chemung co.) Mr M. F. Adams of Buffalo, after making an examination of a number of fields in the vicinity of that city finds that the dam- age as arule runs from 6% to 8%. Very little wheat, however, is grown in the immediate vicinity of Buffalo and it is not surpris- ing that the few fields sown should escape serious injury. The Hessian fly is present in overwhelming abundance. Many fields of white wheat are not worth cutting. There seems to be no difference between the early and late sown wheat. One field was sown September 15, another September 21 and another Sep- tember 29 and yet 904 of each one of these fields is on the ground. Red Russian and red Mediterranean wheats seem to 708 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM be exempt thus far from attack. (J. U. Metz, East Amherst, Erie €o.) : J. F. Rose of South Byron reports as follows: A large acre- age of what early promised to be good wheat will not be worth cutting as a result of Hessian fly attack. A few farmers are plowing up their wheat but as the wet weather has been favor- able for a good catch of clover, many will not plow it up as they are anxious to save the seeding. Very little or no white wheat will be harvested in this vicinity. Some farmers I saw yesterday had not been in their wheat fields for a few days and the grain had gone to the bad very rapidly since they saw it. I visited and examined wheat fields in three towns today and I have heard some bad reports from other neighboring towns. Several fields of red wheat have been examined and they are not badly infested as yet. 904, however, of the wheat in this section is white, a variety known as no. 6. It has been exclusively grown for some years, as the quality is good and it is a fine yielder. The red wheat is known as no. 8. As regards prox- imity of other fields, there is so much grown that all fields are comparatively close. Probably there is no field that is a half mile from another and most of them are much nearer or within a quarter mile of one another. The prospect early was very cood for yields of 20 to 35 bushels an acre in all fields, as there was little winter injury. A field near here belonging to G. G. Chick was not sown till the first week in October and it looked well much later in May than early sown fields, but today Mr Chick tells me that there will be no wheat. This wheat is no. 6. One farmer reports that the fly can now be found in barley. Regarding the farmers from whom I have reports, it is quite certain that some of them have estimated their yield of wheat too high. The few stalks standing are about as thick as hoop poles and when pulled up it is found that they are infested with the fly to some extent. The damage will hardly exceed 5% in the fields of red wheat. The following are reports from fields of wheat in this vicinity: REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 709 William Caswell of South Byron sowed 10 acres of white wheat September 3 and today he thought that he might get 10% of the crop. 10 acres of white wheat were sown by him on the 16th and the grain is no better than in the preceding field. 10 acres of red wheat were sown by him September 13 and this variety was not damaged to exceed 54. Clifford Davey of Leroy township sowed 12 acres of white wheat between September 12 and 15 and now he is plowing the ground up for beans. 12 acres of the same variety were sown by him between September 18 and 20 and this field has not been so very badly injured. Probably about one fourth of the grain is down. Frank C. Walker of Stafford township has 40 acres of white wheat which he began sowing September 12 and finished on the 20th. Mr Walker does not expect to more than get his seed back. The grain sown first is a little worse than later plantings but there is not much difference. The first of May there was an excellent prospect of getting 25 bushels au acre. The last crop on these fields ranged from. 25 to 40 bushels an acre. | Lucien Campbell of Stafford township sowed 12 acres of white wheat between September 7 and 9. Today he estimates that 15¢ of the grain is still standing. James Berlin of Stafford township sowed 32 acres of white wheat September 15, the grain following barley and oats. He now estimates that he may get 5 bushels an acre. 7 acres were sown by him October 1. This was on ground used for growing corn the previous year and it is 60 rods from any other wheat. This field is no better than those sown early in the season though two weeks ago it looked as though it might produce 30 — bushels an acre. | Henry Bucklin of Stafford township sowed 11 acres of red wheat between September 15 and 20 and it appears to be but little damaged up to date. John Walsikoski of South Byron has 24 acres of white wheat sown between September 10 and 12 but he will not get his seed back. 710 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM William Scoins of Stafford township has 4 acres of white wheat sown September 7 or 8 and he will not get his seed back. 16 acres sown September 20 is no better than his earlier sown pieces, though it did not show injury as early in the spring. Charles Buckland of South Byron has 15 acres of red wheat sown September 5 and 75% to 80¢ of it is apparently all right. George Kelly of South Byron has 8 acres of red wheat sown September 1 and 80¢ of it is free from injury. Another field of 42 acres of red wheat sown between September 3 and 8 looks well and bids fair to yield 25 to 30 bushels an acre. William Cork of South Byron sowed 8 acres of red wheat September 9 and 75¢ of it is all right. In sowing this field, the drill skipped two strips across the field and when the wheat came up the omission was seen and white wheat was sown in its place. The Hessian flies have destroyed all of this white wheat. John Berlin of Elba township sowed 54 acres of red wheat between September 10 and 13 and he estimates that his crop ‘will average more than 20 bushels an acre. There is very little evidence of insect injury. The Hessian fly is also in rye, timothy and barley in this vicinity. A perfectly reliable farmer tells me that he has found as many as 50 larvae of the fly in one stalk of barley. One of our large farmers in South Byron is now cutting his barley and curing it for hay, it is so badly infested with Hessian fly. I went yesterday to see some wheat in Leroy township that is locally known as golden chaff or Clauson’s golden chaff. This is a white wheat and has been but little troubled with the Hessian fly. It is no more injured than the red wheat, known as no. 8. Many farmers will sow this kind and the red wheat but if none of the flies’ favorite no. 6 be sown, Mr Rose is inclined to think that these more or less resistant varieties will suffer another year. R. L. Darrison of Lockport, Niagara co. investigated the in- juries by Hessian fly in his vicinity and the reports received by him do not vary very much from those made by other parties. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 711 The fields of white wheat, even those sown quite late in the Season suffered severely while those of red wheat, whether sown early or late, escaped with comparatively little injury. White wheat as a rule suffered anywhere from 30% to 80¢ or more loss while rarely more than 20% of the red wheat was injured. This report covers fields representing over 200 acres. He also states that severe injuries were reported to him from Orleans and Seneca counties. Mrs A. M. Armstrong, Belle Isle, Onondaga co. states that the Hessian fly has been quite abundant in that section. She writes: “My father, who has had an opportunity to watch a number of fields in a general way is of the opinion that late sowing is not a preventive measure and as late sown wheat does not do as well as that sown earlier, he has for years followed the practice of sowing his about September 10. He has now 25 acres sown September 25 in which the fly worked last fall, causing it to stool considerably but not many of the plants were killed while in fields of late sown grain many of the in- fested plants died. Specially was this true in fields where commercial fertilizers were not used in the drills. My father saw one field where the farmer was careless and let his ferti- lizer box become empty half way across the field. No phosphate was applied on the last trip across the field or on the head- lands and in these places the fiy worked very badly indeed. In some unfertilized rows there were places of a foot or more where the wheat was entirely killed. Mediterranean wheat appears to be relatively free from the pest.” Virgil Bogue of Albion, Orleans co. reports that wheat is in bad shape from the Hessian fly. Miss Harriet M. Smith of North Hector, Schuyler co. reports comparatively little injury in her immediate vicinity, though some damage is said to have occurred at Trumansburg, Tom- kins co. J. F. Hunt, Kendaia, Seneca co. states that some pieces of wheat have been one third destroyed by Hessian fly while in others there is very little injury. He fails to find much evi- L112 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM dence in favor of the late sowing of wheat. The only pieces that were exempt were some of those sown so late that it would not be advisable to follow such an example. One field of 80 acres sown the last week:in October was free from the fly. The barley crop was completely destroyed in Seneca county. C. E. Chapman of Peruville, Tompkins co. reports that the Hessian fly is in nearly every stalk. Many fields have been nearly ruined and there will not be half a crop. The most of the sowings were made between August 25 and September 20. C. H. Stuart, Newark, reports that in a seed bed where they have several varieties of wheat all were badly infested with the fly except one row of Dawson’s golden chaff, not one straw of whichis down. It is most remarkable as the rest is very bad. This check row was sowed by hand, the rest by machine, and was put in 1 inch deeper. All were sown at the same time. W. H. Roper, Wyoming, Wyoming co. reports on a number of fields to the effect that from one fourth to one half of the wheat had become lodged by June 10 and on June 19 he reports that many fields in that vicinity will not be harvested on ac- count of the poor crop. 4 acres of Genesee giant sown by him September 19 was not infested with the fly. It has a very coarse straw and stands up in good shape. His no. 6, sown the next day, was about half ruined as nearly as could be estimated. The above records show very plainly indeed that the destruc- tive work of the Hessian fly has been increasing and gradually extending during the last three years. For example, in 1899 injuries were reported only from the counties of Onondaga, Seneca and’ Wayne; in 1900 accounts of injuries were received in addition from Erie and Tompkins counties; and in 1901 serious complaints came from Chemung, Erie, Genesee, Niagara, Onon- daga, Orleans, Schuyler, Seneca, Tompkins, Wayne and Wyom- ing counties. In each case the reports were accompanied by — the statement that the injuries had been much greater than in preceding years. In Genesee county in particular, through the energetic action of J. F. Rose, exceptionally full data was REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 713 received and there is little reason for believing, after making allowance for the relative amounts of wheat grown in the various counties, that the conditions reported in this county were essen- tially different from those in some of the others. It has been estimated by good authorities that half the normal crop of New York was destroyed by the Hessian fly in 1901, entailing a loss of about $3,000,000. | An investigation in the fall of 1901 showed that in regions where the Hessian fly had been injurious, mostly red wheat (largely no. 8 in some sections, at least) had been sown and that very little or nu Hessian fly could be found in such pieces. A few of the pests were found in volunteer white wheat (no. 6) but no field of this was examined as none were in the vicinity of the places visited. Description of various stages. The adult fly is rarely observed by wheat growers. It is a small, nearly black, dark winged Fig.1 Hessian fly: afemale; bflaxseeds or puparia; clarva or maggot; dhead and breast bone of same; epupa removed from puparium; fpuparium or flaxseed; ginfested wheat stem ; hmale and female antennae; band g about twice natural size, all others much more enlarged (after Marlett, U. S. dep’t agric. Farm bul. 132) midge about =; inch in length and possesses very long, slender legs. There are a number of closely related flies which have a similar appearance but ordinarily if one about this size and hav- ing the general appearance represented in fig. la is found on 714 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM young plants in wheat fields, it is very likely to be this notorious: pest. | The puparium or “flaxseed” stage is so well known that a description is hardly necessary. The “ flaxseeds” are about 4 inch long, of light brown color and occur near the base of the plants. One very much enlarged is represented at f in fig. 1. _ The slender, delicate, greenish white maggots are also some- what familiar to the wheat grower and a detailed description of them in this connection is hardly necessary. The full grown larva is about ~ inch long and it is usually found in the field between the sheath and the stem of the young plants. The eggs have been sufficiently characterized in a following paragraph treating of their deposition. Food plants. The food plants of the Hessian fiy are of con- siderable importance because if it is able to subsist on a num- ber of grasses and grains its control is manifestly much more difficult. The Hessian fly was early recognized as a pest of wheat, rye and barley, and despite the fact that records are occasionally met with of its occurrence in timothy and other grasses and grains, the weight of evidence seems to indicate that .it does not live to any extent at least on anything but the above crops. It is possible that at exceedingly rare intervals, com- paratively speaking, a few may mature on timothy, but in some instances at least related species have been confounded with it. Life history. Normallythere are two generations in this latitude though there may be several supplementary ones. The adult fly may deposit from 100 to 150 eggs, according to Marchal, placing them between the ridges on the upper surface of the blades of young wheat. Individuals of the spring brood occasionally thrust their eggs beneath the sheaths of the lower leaves. The process of oviposition has been carefully described by Mr Her- rick as follows: While depositing her eggs the insect stands with her head toward the point or extremity of the leaf, and at various distances between the point where the leaf joins and surrounds the stalk. The number found on a single leaf varies from a single egg up to 80 or even more. The egg is about =», inch long, cylindric, rounded at the ends, glossy and translucent, of a pale red color, REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 715 becoming in a few hours irregularly spotted with deeper red. Between its exclusion and its hatching these red spots are con- tinually changing in number, size and position and sometimes nearly all disappear. A little while before hatching two lateral rows of opaque white spots, about 10 in number, can be seen in each egg. The flies may occur any time after the wheat is up and before killing frosts, and possibly, as pointed out by Dr S. A. Forbes, between killing frosts. The eggs hatch in about four days and the maggots or larvae then make their way down the leaf to the base of the sheath. These soft maggots do not burrow, but lie between the sheath and the stem and absorb their nourishment from the adjacent soft tissues, which gradually become depressed and give way as the little insect develops. The maggots are usually found in the fall close to the roots of winter wheat and at or beneath the surface of the soil, while the spring larvae are more common about the second or third joint of the plants. The larval transformations occupy about 20 days but their duration is considerably affected by weather conditions. The duration of the pupal stage is very variable and is much affected by climatic conditions. Cold or heat and dryness tend to lengthen and heat and moisture to shorten the duration of the different stages, specially the pupal. The winter is passed by this insect in the “flaxseed ” or pupal stage. The spring brood of flies emerge in April or May and in turn lay eggs on the more luxuriant leaves and another life cycle may be completed in about 30 days. Number of generations. The short time necessary to complete the life cycle permits a number of broods in one season and apparently there are as many generations as weather and food conditions will permit, and we may expect constant breeding of this insect during the growing season if continued damp weather enables wheat, barley and rye to grow luxuriantly throughout that period. During midsummer as a rule the fly, if it appears at all, will find only a little volunteer wheat in fit condition for it to live on, but this was very different with barley in 1901. The spring brood had passed through its transformations and the continued moist weather brought out the flies in hosts. Eggs were laid in large numbers in the barley, specially in that which 716 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM was sown late, and in early July many fields in Genesee county were badly infested. The pests were near the ground in the latest sown barley and in that early sown, they occurred from 10 to 12 inches from the ground, showing at least, that the insect breeds by preference in the soft growth and inferentially that. it thrives only indifferently in the older, harder growth. This relation between the rank succulent growth of the grain and injury by the Hessian fly was further shown on one hilly patch of wheat. There was considerable grain on the gravelly, com- paratively dry knolls while in the more moist, probably poorly drained gullies the stalks of wheat were very scattered. Here seems to be a possible reason why a variety of wheat may be comparatively “fly proof” in one section and not in another, Since itS apparent resistance may depend very largely on the relative hardness or maturity of the stalk at the time the flies appear and deposit eggs and this might easily vary in widely separated sections during the same season. Another generation might easily have developed, so far as time is concerned, between the middle or the latter part of July, at which date the above mentioned brood attained its maturity, and the period when the normal fall breod appears, which is usually before September 20 in New York. The above shows that four generations and possibly more may develop in a season, but it should be distinctly understood that, as a rule, only two full broods are developed, and that the intermediate summer generations are usually very limited and that their development is very dependent on weather and crop conditions. Emergence and flight. This is an exceedingly important mat- ter, because on its correct understanding rests one of the most successful methods of preventing injury by this pest. This, like the development of the summer generations, is’ dependent on weather conditions. The following rules will aid in under- standing the situation: 1 The flies may remain an indefinite period in the “ flaxseed ” or pupal stage during dry weather. : 2 “ Flaxseeds ” or pupae are very likely to develop tlies in large numbers during a period of damp, warm weather. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 T17 3 Adults are killed by heavy frosts but this is not true of larvae and “ flaxseeds” or pupae and hence flies may appear and deposit eggs between killing frosts. 4 Under certain conditions some of these insects may spend nearly a year in the “ flaxseed ” stage. The above rules show that egg-depositing tlies may appear at any time during the growing season, providing weather con- ditions are favorable, though naturally we would expect them to appear in great numbers only at the first favorable period after a large brood had attained the “ flaxseed ” or pupal stage. Thus, as our springs are usually warm and moist, this means that ordinarily most of the “ flaxseeds ” will develop flies in the latter part of April or early May. Then there must be a sufifi- cient period for the completion of a life cycle before another brood of flies can appear and if at that time and for a consid- erable period thereafter the weather be dry and hot, compara- tively few or no flies will appear till conditions change and ‘consequently we can not tell just when flies will appear again. We do know, however, that early sown winter wheat is very apt to become badly infested in the fall while late sown wheat frequently escapes. In the first instance the young wheat is up and receives a deposition of eggs before or between killing frosts, while in the other case it escapes. Weather conditions must always be considered in sowing winter wheat. The gen- eral rule for the safe sowing of winter wheat may be stated as follows: Moist warm weather in early fall will permit the safe sowing of wheat at a relatively early date, but when the early fall is dry, delay sowing till the latest possible date. The normal or ‘average date when wheat can be sown in New York without danger of its becoming infested with the Hessian fly is about September 20. Effects of continued dryness and moisture. Following is an interesting record by Dr Riley: It has long been known that the Hessian fly flourishes best when the chinch bug flourishes least; in other words, that wet weather favors it. The prejudicial effect of Growth has not been hitherto observed, that we are aware of, but it was very noticeable in parts of Ohio, where the puparia literally dried up. Our attention was first called to the general death cf the ¢ 718 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM insect in the “flaxseed” state by E. W. Claypole of Yellow Springs O. and our observations subsequently confirmed his experience. The intense heat had not only dessicated the Cecidomyia but what is still more remarkable, in most cases the parasites also. On the other hand wet weather favors their development and under the influence of frequent showers the flies have been known to issue in large numbers from their “ flaxseed ” cases in early summer. This was very nicely illustrated last July in case of the barley attack. The continued rains in the spring induced the flies to complete their trans- formations early and July 10 a number of places were seen where the spring brood of the fly had completed its transforma- tions and departed. This was further confirmed by finding sev- eral large fields of barley sown about May 15, badly infested with larvae and young puparia of this insect. The barley attack was confined largely to the upper, softer nodes and in at least one large field the infestation was very thorough. Every stalk was infested with a few of the pests and eight plants taken at random from this field contained from 19 to 54 individuals, most of them being in the larval stage. This Serious infestation is very interesting when compared with the following record of the weather in two localities in that section of the state. The table given below is compiled from the records of the New York state weather bureau and shows the total precipitation in each of the growing months and the number of rainy days. | TABLE OF PRECIPITATION Alden, Erie co. Year Month Total precip. in in. No. rainy days 1900 Aug. 2.48 7 Sep 3.26 fy Oct 3.18 7 Noy. 8.42 16 1901 Mar. 3.09 12 AD. 4.34 11 May 4.49 18 June 1.49 ot Elba, Genesee co. 190 Aug. 2.39 ale Sep. 2.69 it Oct. 3.59 8 Nov. 3.99 21 1901 Mar. Ap. 4.25 10 . May | yt Belles 19 June 3.38 10 REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 719 It will be seen from the above table that last May was very wet, rain falling 18 and 19 days respectively in the two locali- ties. It is no wonder that the spring generation of the fly com- pleted its transformations and that the adults were ready to Oviposit and infest the late sown barley. Signs of infestation. The first indication of attack is found in the darker color of the leaves and a tendency among the young plants to stool freely. The broader lower leaves and the absence of a central shoot, it having been killed, are also noticeable in infested fields. As the attack advances the infested plants turn yellow or brown and die and the maggots may be found at the base of the leaves near the ground. The Spring brood attacks tillers or laterals which were unharmed in the autumn, dwarfing and weakening the stems so that the grain usually lodges before ripening and can not be harvested well. Rule for determining time for sowing winter wheat. This has been the subject of considerable study by Prof. Webster of Ohio and Dr Hopkins of West Virginia. The latter, in Bulletin 67 of the West Virginia agricultural experiment station, has given in considerable detail much data bearing on this subject and in that bulletin he elaborates a very interesting rule for determin- ing this date in various sections of the country. His results are not only based on considerable scientific research, but they have been confirmed by practical experience. Dr Hopkins finds: 1) That under similar conditions of land surface, other than altitude, there is a normal rate of difference of time in the peri- odical phenomena of plants and animals for all differences in latitude and altitude. 2) That under normal conditions the rate of average variation for the beginning or ending of any phenomenon is not far from one day for every fourth of a degree of latitude, or for every 100 ft of elevation. Using this rule and taking as a base the time, September 25, determined by Prof. Webster through observation as the date when the Hessian fly normally disappears from fields about Columbus O. in latitude 40° and with an altitude of 800 ft, it will be found that in Gene- see county, latitude 43°, the normal period when wheat can be sown without injury by the Hessian fly is September 21. This calculation is for sea level and the date may be pushed forward (20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM approximately one day for each 100 feet of elevation. The method of reaching this conclusion is as follows: the 3° differ- ence in latitude between the two places gives an allowance of 12 days, that is four for each degree of latitude, and as Genesee county is farther north, the 12 days may be subtracted from the date given for Columbus, but before subtracting this, the date for Columbus must be brought down to a sea level calculation, and as that date is September 25 at 800 feet above sea level, the safe date must be eight days later, or approximately one day later for each 100 feet less in elevation. This brings the safe date at Columbus O., were it at sea level, at October 3, and bringing this date forward 12 days, the allowance made for the 3° difference in latitude, we have the normal date for Genesee county in localities at sea level. This date, September 21, may | then be advanced one day for each 100 ft elevation above sea level. At first sight this rule may appear a little cumbersome, but it is really a very simple one and it certainly deserves a trial by every farmer troubled with the Hessian fly. If it accomplishes nothing more, it gives a basis on which to begin experiments, and we are therefore able to approximately figure the safe date for any locality and then this should be checked up by past expe- riences or put to the test of future use. The farther north the location and the higher the elevation, the earlier may the wheat be sown with safety. . Parasites. The parasites of the Hessian fly are very important, since were it not for them it is extremely probable that it would be much more destructive than it is. The easiest way to deter- mine the proportionate number of parasites in any one field is to take infested stalks and breed the adult insects from them. A net-covered jelly tumbler or fruit jar, taking care to avoid close covers and resulting molds, will answer very well as a breeding cage. Later in the season, after the parasites have emerged under natural conditions,an examination of “flaxseeds” in the field will give some idea of the relative number which have — been killed by these tiny friends of man, since each having a cir- REPORT OF THP STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 TOY cular hole in the side has produced a parasite and not a fly. Sometimes fully nine tenths of the Hessian flies are destroyed by parasites and occasion- ally entomologists have ex- perienced difficulty in breed- ing any adult flies from infested wheat stems _ be- GaSe Ne me, cause the parasites were so hy (BN \ = numerous. ( | \ The above notes give some HF idea of the importance of { these little creatures. One Fig. 2 Merisus destructor (after Riley) of the most efficient of these parasites is known as Merisus destructor Say, a minute four winged fly which is repre- sented in the accompanying illustration. It occurs not only Fig.3 Boeotomus subap- Fig.4 Platygaster herrickii Pack. (after Riley) terus (after Riley) throughout the American territory affected by the Hessian fly but it is known in England and Europe. Another parasite which ranks next in economic importance to the preceding is known as Boeotomus subapterus. It is frequently wingless as seen in fig. 38. The proportion of winged to wingless individuals is said to vary at different sea- sons of the year. In Missouri this species has been bred from infested wheat stalks more commonly than the preceding. Platygaster heérrickii Pack., represented in the accompanying figure, is another common parasite of this grain pest. 722 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM This little parasite has been credited with puncturing the Hessian fiy eggs and laying its own therein to hatch later and consume the larva. This was considered a very improbable method of attack, as most true egg parasites complete their life cycle within the egg itself though the observations of Marchal on Trichasis have shown the probability of such a mode in this species. Entedon epigonus Walker. This species was intro- duced into this country in 1891 through the efforts of Dr C. V. Riley who received parasitized pupae from Fred Enoch of England. These were distributed to Prof. Forbes of Ilinois, Prof. Cook, then of Michigan, and Prof. Webster, then of Indi- ana. It is impossible to state even at this date how much benefit may ultimately result from the introduction of this para- oe Fig.5 Entedon epigonus Walk. (after Howard, Insect life, 7:356, 1895) -gite, but Mr Marlatt, writing of the Hessian fly in 1901, states that considerable good may be expected from it. It had become established in the vicinity of Washington D. C. and presumably in Illinois, but whether it will continue to hold its own and prove an efficient aid in the control of this serious pest remains to be seen. | Two other primary parasites of the Hessian fly are known in America. They are Pteromalus pallipes Forbes and Eupelmus allynii French. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 G28 Preventive and remedial measures. Late sowing. One cf the most important preventive measures is to delay sowing till after ‘the adult flies have deposited their quota of eggs and perished. _ In New York this means delaying sowing as a rule till Septem- ber 20 or a little later. A preceding paragraph gives more Specific directions for the determination of the date when wheat may be safely sown in different latitudes and at varying alti- tudes. The difference in latitude in New York is relatively Slight but altitude has considerable influence on the period when wheat may be sown with safety. The experiences of 1900 and 1901 have demonstrated anew the destructive powers of this pest and as many of the holdings in western New York are exceed- ingly small and the fields of wheat so near one another that it is very easy for the flies to make their way from one to the other, the delaying in the date of sowing is of itself not sufficient to guaranty immunity from the ravages of this insect. Resistant varieties. There is probably no such thing as abso- lutely fly proof wheat but experience has shown that the varieties known as no. 8, Dawson’s golden chaff, White chaff, Mediterranean, red Russian, prosperity and democrat have withstood the attack of the Hessian fly very successfully ‘in western New York, even when the beardless, weak-stemmed white wheat known as no. 6 was very seriously injured -and sometimes totally destroyed. Some of the varieties badly -affected by the fly are better yielders than the above but the only safe way is to sow one which is able to resist attack to a considerable extent. It is very remarkable that while Dawson’s golden chaff was so free from injury in the Empire ‘state, it sustained much harm last spring in Canada, its native ‘home. Good culture. Thorough culture counts fof very much when ‘trying to grow a good crop of wheat. The field should be thoroughly prepared and the land gotten into excellent con- ‘dition before it is considered fit for the crop. An endeavor ‘Should be made to get a growth of firm straw and to produce jplants vigorous enough so that if attacked they will tiller (24 NEW YORK STATR MUSEUM abundantly and thus avoid a serious decrease in yield. A badly drained soil, where conditions favor a moist growth of succulent straw, appears to be quite favorable to the fly and in some- such places the injury was much more manifest than on higher well drained land. Prof. Webster of Ohio, who has studied this. insect for over 15 years, believes that four fifths of Hessian fly injury can be prevented by a better system of agriculture. Trap strips. This device has long been recommended by: | entomologists and was earnestly advocated by Dr Fitch but. there has been considerable difficulty in getting farmers to take- up the idea and go to the trouble of preparing a little ground,. sowing it early and then turning it under soon after the flies: have deposited their eggs. Many wheat growers prefer to wait ; and take their chances on the crop not being seriously injured: by the fly. S. W. Wadhams of Garland N. Y. made a test of- this plan with most excellent results. Aug. 25, 1900 he- sowed two widths of the drill round a 20 acre field and then: sowed the remainder on September 27 and 28 and just before: the last sowing came through the ground, his decoy strip was: plowed under, put in condition and resown. At the time of plowing he found that practically every leaf and stalk of the- wheat was completely covered with the eggs of the fly, so that. the strip turned brown and myriads of the flies swarmed up in: front and over the horses as they walked over it. The result was that in 1901 he harvested 214 bushels of no. 6 wheat an acre.. This yield was secured when other fields of no. 6 wheat were- so badly injured as to produce from three fourths of a crop to: almost nothing. Mr Wadhams sowed another trap strip Aug.. 20, 1901 and on September 14 he found that the young wheat plants were being rapidly covered with eggs of the Hessian fly,. and he now suggests that the trap or decoy strips be plowed : under about nightfall or in the cool of early evening, at a time when the few remaining flies, if any be alive, would naturally” be resting on the wheat plants, and the chance of covering them deeply would therefore be immensely increased. Agricultural’ practice in western New York does not always admit of the= AD 14 REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 (25 trap strip round the sides of a field to be sown with wheat and fortunately this is not necessary because, from what we know of the habits of the flies, it is very likely that they would be attracted to a patch of wheat sown some little distance, a half mile or more from the field which it was proposed to put into wheat. It would be better undoubtedly to have a trap strip beside the field, but if that is impossible, much may be gained by sowing a small patch of wheat at some little dis- tance and turning it under as proposed above. Burning stubble and chaff. This has been recommended by a number of writers but in western New York at least the com- mon practice of sowing to grass with wheat, prohibits the burn- ing of the stubble. This objection would not hold in regard to burning the chaff from the threshing machines and this might well be done in case the wheat is at all infested by the Hessian fly. Plowing under stubble. This is also impractical in cases where grass follows wheat but in other instances it would certainly do no harm if the stubble is at all infested, and it is advised where no additional labor or expense be entailed. Rotation of crops. The judicious rotation of crops will un- doubtedly do considerable toward reducing the ravages of this insect, particularly if care is taken to have the wheat fields of successive years at some distance from each other. Destruction of volunteer wheat. The Hessian fly breeds in volun- teer wheat, and wherever possible without incurring undue labor and expense such wheat should be destroyed or plowed under before it can produce the adult flies. BIBLIOGRAPHY The following citations include most of the more important early notices of this insect and nearly all of those relating to the recent injuries by it in New York. 1792 Havens, J. N. Observations on the Hessian fly. Soc. in N. Y. for promoting agric., arts and mfgr’s. Trans. pt. 1, p. 89-107 (observations on origin, ravages, life history and remedies). 1817 Say, Thomas. Original description and notes on life history. Acad. nat. sci. Jour. 1:45-48; same republished in Le Conte. Say’s Complete writings. 18838. 2:4-6. 126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1818 Say, Thomas. Hessian fly, grain moth, cut worm. Phila. soc. prom. agric. Mem. 4: 236-87 (oviposition, burning stubble recommended). 1826 Hunter, David. Bd agric. state N. Y. Mem. 3: 55-56 (time of appearance of flies). 1841 Herrick, HE. C. Observations on Hessian fly. Am. jour. arts and Sei. 41: 153-58. 1843 Morris, H. M. Observations on the development of the Hessian fly. Acad. nat. sci. Proc. 1:66-68 (observations). 18438 —— On the Cecidomyia destructor or Hessian fly. Am. phil. soc. Trans. 8:49-51 (observations on life history). 1844 Gaylord, Willis. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 3: 141-43 (brief account). . 1844 Herrick, E. C. Patent office rep’t. Agriculture, p. 161-67, (brief general account). 1845 Fitch, Asa. Insects injurious to vegetation no. 2. Am. quar. jour. agric. and sci. 1: 255-69 (generic characters of Cecidomyia and mention of C. destructor). 1846 Insects injurious to vegetation no. 4. Am. quar. jour. agric. and sci. 4:244-64 (early history and synonymy). 1846 Morris, H. M. Amer. jour. of agric. and sci. 5: 206-8 (contro- versy on habits of Hessian fly). : 1847 Fitch, Asa. Hessian fly. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 6: 316-73 (summary account); (Same, separate date 1847, p. 3-60). 1847 Insects injurious to vegetation no, 5. Am. quar. jour. - agric. and sci. 5:1-27 (life history, habits, parasites and remedies). 1854 Glover, Townsend. Insects injurious and beneficial to vegeta- tion. Patent office rep’t. Agriculture, p. 72-74 (brief account). 1858 Johnson, B. P. Wheat midge, Hessian fly, etc. N. Y. state Aagrie. soc. Trans. 18: 287-303 (records of injuries in New York). 1862 Fitch, Asa. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 21:819-30 (gen- eral account of the insect in the U. S.); same in Noxious and other insects of New York. 7th rep’t. 1862. p. 133-44. 1862 Harris, T. W. Insects injurious to vegetation, p. 568-87 (gen- eral notice). 1863 Fitch, Asa. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 22:685-86 (historical notes on the early history of the Hessian fly in this country); same in Noxious and other insects of New York. 8th rep’t. 1863. p. 203-4. 1866 Walsh, B. D. Hessian fly. Prac. ent. 2:7 (late sowing of more value than trap strips). 1866 —— Joint worm. Prac. ent. 1:37-38 (characteristics of Hessian fly); A new humbug, p. 108-10 (exposes fraudulent claims for controlling this insect). 1872 Lintner, J. A. Hessian fly. Country gentleman, June 18, 37:376 (brief note identifying Hessian fly). 1878 —— Hessian fly. sence gentleman, Jan. 24, 43:55 (brief general account). REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 (2 1880 Hagen, H. A. Hessian fly not imported from Europe. Can. ent. 12: 197-207 (discussion of subject). 1880 Hagen, H. A. Probable parthenogenesis of Cecidomyia de- structor. N. Am.ent. 1:65-66 (notes on development of unfertilized eggs). 1880 Lintner, J. A. Hessian fly. Country gentleman, July 8, 45:439 (brief general account). ~ 1880 Packard, A. S. Hessian fly. Am. ent. 3:118-21 (preliminary notes). 1880 Packard, A. S. Hessian fly. U.S. ent. com. Bul. 4, p. 1-43 (de- tailed account); Hessian fiy. Am. nat. 14:586 (notes on work done in controlling pest). : 1880 Riley, C. V. Probable parthenogenesis in the Hessian fly. Am. ent. 3:127 (parthenogenesis and relative abundance of Hessian fly). isi Riley, “C. We." Hessian ‘fly, “Am: mati) 15.750 Galessian / ily: abundant in central and southern Illinois and in Missouri); Effect of drought on Hessian fly, p. 916 (records drying up of puparia). 1881 Riley, C. V. Hessian fly. Am. nat. 15: 750 (record of injury in Illinois and Missouri). 1882 Lintner, J. A. Hessian fly in Ohio. Country gentleman, July 20, 47:567 (brief note identifying Hessian fly). 1883 Hagen, H. A. Hessian fly not imported from Europe. U. S. ent. com. 3d rep’t. App. p. 48-49 (résumé of evidence). 1883 Koppen, F. T. Account of the Hessian fly. U. S. ent. com. 3d rep’t. 1888. App. p. 41-42. 1883 Packard, A. S. Hessian fly—its ravages, habits and the means of preventing its increase. U. S. ent. com. 3d rep’t. 1883. p. 198-248 (detailed account). 1885 Forbes, S. A. Ill. state ent. 14th rep’t, p. 38-50 (notes on life history and parasites). 1885 Hagen, H. A. Further material concerning the Hessian fly. Can. ent. 17:81-93 (records concerning early occurrence of pest in America); On the Hessian fly in Italy, p. 129-31 (notes). ; 1885 Webster, F. M. Purdue univ. Sch. of agric. Bul. 1, p. 1-10 (brief general notice). 1886 Riley, C. V. On the parasites of the Hessian fly. U. S. nat. mus. Proc. 1885. 8: 418-22 (critical, descriptive and biologic accounts). 1887 Forbes, 8S. A. Ill. state ent. Bul. 3, p. 45-61 (observations on life history). ‘ 1888 Forbes, S. A. New parasite of the Hessian fly. Psyche, 5:39-40 (describes Platygaster hiemalis). 1888 McMillan, Conway. Neb. agric. exp. sta. Bul. v. 1, no. 2, p. 17-23 (brief general notice). 1888 Riley, C. V. Hessian fiy an imported insect. Can. ent. 20: 121- 27 (discussion of evidence relating to the introduction of this pest); Insects confounded with the Hessian fly prior to the revolution. Insect life, 1:86 (states that species Chlorops or Meromyza has been con- (28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fused with the Hessian fly); Remarks on the Hessian fly, p. 107-8 (discus- sion of evidence relating to introduction of this pest); Hessian fly, p. 131-33 (brief general notice). 1889 Forbes, S. A. Ill. state ent. 15th rep’t, p. 21-34 (observations on life history). 1889 Lintner, J. A. N. Y. state ent. 5th rep’t, p. 263-64 (injury in 1884 more than usual). 1889 Riley, C. V. & Howard, L. O. Burning stubble for Hessian fly. Insect life, 1:294 (discussion of value of this measure). 1890 Forbes, 8. A. Ill. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 12, p. 377-79 (brief general notice); Ill. state board of agric. June crop report (brief notice). 1890 Koebele, Albert. Hessian fly in California. Insect life, 2:252. (record of its occurrence); Hessian fly. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. ‘22, p. 98 (injuries in California). | 1890 Summers, H. E. Hessian fly. Tenn. agric. exp. sta. Spec. bul. H, p. 6-8 (brief general notice). 1891 Forbes, S. A. Ill. state ent. 17th rep’t, p. 54-63 (notes on life his- tory). 1891 McCarthy, Gerald. N.C. exp. sta. Bul. 78, p. 20 (brief notice). 1891 Marten, John. New notes on the life history of the Hessian fly. Insect life, 3:265-66 (observations on development). 1891 Riley, C. V. Appearance of wheat infested with Hessian fly. Insect life, 3:339-40 (remarks on the characteristic appearance of infested wheat). 1891 Riley, C. V. & Howard, L. O. Hessian fly attacking grasses in ‘California. Insect life, 3:306-7 (records occurrence of two species of Cecidomyia in grasses which subsequently proved not to be Hessian *fly). 1891 Webster, F. M. O. agric. exp. sta. Bul. v. 4 no. 7, p. 183-58 (general account). . 1891 Woodworth, ©. W. Cal. agric. exp. sta. Rep’t. 1890. p. 312-18 ‘(variation in Hessian fly injury). . 1892 Garman, Harrison. Ky. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 40, p. 3-7 (brief -general notice). 1892 Riley, C. V. & Howard, L. O. Hessian fly in New Zealand. Insect life, 4:405-6 (record of occurrence). 1898 Webster, F. M. Insect foes of American cereal grains with ineasures for their prevention or their destruction. Insect life, 6:146-50 — ‘(notes on prevalence and destructiveness of Hessian fly). 1895 Howard, L. O. Imported parasite of the Hessian fly. Insect life, 7: 356-57 (note on introduction of Hntedon epigonus); Apparent success of the Hessian fiy parasite importations, p. 414-15 «suecessful establishment of Entedon). ‘1895 Lugger, Otto. Minn. agric. exp. sta. 1st rep’t ent. p. 117-19 «(brief notice). ! fond REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 (29 1895 Smith, J. B. N. J. agric. exp. sta. Rep’t ent. p. 365, 520-26 “record of injuries in New Jersey and remedial measures); N. J. agric. exp. “sta. Bul. 110, p. 1-8 (brief general notice). 1896 Lugger, Otto. Minn. agric. exp. sta. 2d rep’t ent. p.11-14 {record of injuries, parasites). 1896 McCarthy, Gerald. N. C. exp. sta. Bul. 128, p. 154-55 (brief notice). 1896 Osborn, Herbert. Ia. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 33, p. 598-600 (brief general account); Notes on entomological events of 1896 in Iowa. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 6, new series, p. 79-80 (notice of injury, parasites). 1896 Smith, J. B. N. J. agric. exp. sta. Rep’t, p. 484-35 (injuries in New Jersey). 1897 Fletcher, James. Experimental farms (Canada). Rep’t, p. 226-27 (notes on injuries). . 1897 Marchal, Paul. Les Cecidomyies des céréales et leurs parasites. Société entomologique de France. Annales. 66:1-42, 43-47, 51-62, 80-100 (detailed account with original observations on life history, transforma- tions and parasites). 1897 Webster, F. M. O. state bd agric. 51st rep’t, p. 493-95 (remedial measures for Hessian fly). 1898 Felt, E. P. Hessian fly in Pennsylvania. Country gentleman, July 14, 63:546-47 (general account); Hessian fly, Nov. 17, p. 906 (pre- ventive measures recommended). 1898 Fernald, H. T. Hessian fly in wheat. Pa. dep’t agric. Folder, 'p. 1-4 (brief general notice). 1898 Howard, L. O. Science. new series, 7:246-48 (review of Mar- chal’s paper). 1898 Johnson, W. G. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 17, new series, p. 94 (injuries in Maryland). 1898 Osborn, Herbert. Hessian fly in the United States. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 16, new series, p. 1-57 (detailed account). 1899 Felt, E. P. Hessian fly. Country gentleman, Aug. 10, 64:628-29 (general account); Hessian fly, Nov. 22, p. 942 (rule for ascertaining date for sowing). 1899 Fernald, H. T. Pa. dep’t agric. Bul. 46, p.5-8 (brief general notice). 1899 Fletcher, James. Hxperimental farms (Canada). Rep’t, p. 173-15 (injuries and remedies). 1899 Lugger, Otto. Minn. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 64, p. 551-57 (brief general account). 1899 Pettit, R.H. Insects of the year, Mich. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 175, p. 358-61 (brief general account). 1899 Webster, F. M. O. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 107, p. 257-88 (detailed account). 730 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1900 Hopkins, A. D. W. Va. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 67, p. 239-50 (gen- eral account with rule for determining time of sowing). 1900 Webster, F. M. O. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 119, p. 239-47 (observa- tions in 1899 and 1900). ' 1901 Felt, E. P. Hessian fly. Country gentleman, May 30, 66:442 (remedial measures); Hessian fly, June 13, p. 486 (request for data); same N. Y. farmer, June 13, p. 8; June 27, p. 7; Am. agric. June 22, p. 816, col. 1; Hessian fly in New York. Country gentleman, Oct. 3, 66:799-800: (Summary account of injuries in 1901 and remedial measures). 1901 Forbes, E. B. Minn. agric. exp. sta. Press bul. 13, p. 1-11 (brief general account). 1901 Garman, Harrison. The Hessian fly. Ky. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 96, p. 193-98 (period of flight and oviposition). 1901 Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. Farmers bul. 182, p. 13-22 (brief “general account). 1901 Powers, S. Hessian fly. Country gentleman, Oct. 31, 66:889: (historical notice and remedial measures). 1901 Roberts, I. P., Slingerland, M. V. & Stone, J. L. Hessian fly. Cornell univ. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 194, p. 239-60 (Summary account for 1901). 1901 Slingerland, M. V. Hessian fiies. and rag weed. Rural New Yorker, 60:612 (Hessian fly does not breed in rag weed; use of decoy strips); Facts about fly proof wheat, 60:627 (notes on the resistance of various varieties). 1901 Wadhams, S. W. Hessian fly. Country gentleman, Sep. 12, 66: 740 (results obtained with trap crop); Traps for Hessian fly. Rural New Yorker, Oct. 5, 60:674-75 (method of using trap crop). 1901 Webster, F. M. Hessian fly in the middle west. Rural New Yorker, 60:219 (parasites bred abundantly). 1901 Webster, F. M. Wheat and Hessian fly. Rural New Yorker, 60: 537, 553 (notes on conditions from various localities). 1902 Felt, E.P. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 31, new series, p. 22-24 (injuries in 1901). q 1902 Stedman, J. M. More important insects injurious to wheat in Missouri. Mo. state bd agric. Rep’t 1902. Separate p. 23-34 (general account). REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 ot: NOTES FOR THE YEAR. The following records include some of the more important observations made during 1901. Special attention has been given to forest and shade tree insects throughout the summer. Systematic collecting was pursued at Karner, 7 miles west of Albany, where there is an admirable growth of scrub oaks and small hard pines. These conditions were excellent for securing all the insects affecting these trees, and the results of the season’s work, together with that of previous years, will be incorporated in a special bul- letin on forest insects now in prepara- tion. The notes relating to the vari- ous species mentioned below have been grouped under convenient heads, so that they may be of greater service to the parties interested in the prac- tical aspect of the work. Fruit tree pests Fruit tree bark beetle, Scolytus rugulosus Ratz. This insect ap- pears to be on the increase in various Fie. 6 Work of woodpeckers on plumtree infested by fruit tree bark parts of the state, as several com- beetle (original) plaints and personal experience seem to indicate. Our re- port for 1900, p. 989 (N:., Y.. state {mus. bul. 36) records ‘an attack by large numbers of the beetles on a _ peachtree Sep. 7. May 22, 1901, in the same locality our attention was attracted to some young plumtrees, from which a large propor- tion of the bark had been stripped, and investigation showed that the bark and sapwood of these trees were almost alive with pupae of this insect. The woodpeckers had found them out, and had literally stripped the bark from the infested trees and splint- ered the surface of the wood in their efforts to get at the pupae. A hairy woodpecker, Dryobates villosus Linn., was 732 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM observed in the vicinity of the trees, and it was probably this species which preyed on the bark beetles. This is a striking illustration of the value of woodpeck- ers and their perseverance in digging out such small insects. These pupae were undoubtedly the progeny of the fall brood of beetles, which were ob- served Sep. 7, 1900, entering trees in large numbers. Aug. 1, 1901, adults of Scolytus in some numbers were entering the bark of a young dying appletree, a victim of Saperda candida, at Pittstown N. Y. The bark beetles gnawed many minute holes about 4; of an inch deep and of the same diameter. Some of these holes were deserted, and in other places the beetles were at work mak- Fie. + Work of fruit tree bark ° : : . beetle in plum (original) ing the primary entrance or beginning a gallery. This observation in connection with the preced- ing ones shows very clearly that the fall brood of beetles, if there be a distinct one, as is very probable, extends in the eastern part of New York state from Aug. 1 till Sep. 7 or later. This is still further confirmed by our finding at Ripley N. Y. Sep. 5, 1901, beetles entering plumtrees in large numbers. The presence of pupae and recently transformed beetles in the plumtrees examined May 22 would indicate that the adults would probably have emerged within a short time. There are therefore at least two generations annually in New York state, and the short period necessary for the completion of the life cycle permits more. It may be that more do occur, but there does not appear to be any good evidence to that effect, at pres- ent. Another cheering feature in the last mentioned attack was the breeding of numbers of the beneficial parasite known as Chiropachys colon Linn. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 733 Grapevine fidia, Fidia viticida Walsh. This pest has become thoroughly established in some of the vineyards about Ripley N. Y., where it has already destroyed several and is seriously injuring others. An examination of the infested locality early in September 1901 showed that the badly infested area was still quite limited, though the beetles were known to occur in small numbers over a considerable tract. Mr F. A. Morehouse stated that he found the pest most injurious to those vines from which the earth had been plowed away more or less, Fic. 8 Fidia viticida:abeetle; b eggs represented natural size under fold of bark and much enlarged at side; c young larva; dfullgrown larva; epupa; finjury to leaf by beetles; ginjury ‘to roots by larvae—b (in part) and fand g natural size, rest much enlarged. (After Marlatt, U.S. dep't agric. Yearbook 1895. p. 392) thus affording the larvae a better opportunity to get at the roots, while those well protected by earth suffered com- paratively little. This is certainly worthy of further trial; -and, while it can hardly be expected to afford absolute immu- nity, it may decrease the injury materially. Spraying the vines toward the last of June or early in July with arsenate of lead, preferably using the prepared paste form now on the markets, ‘will do considerable to lessen the damage by poisoning the (34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM beetles before they have had an opportunity to deposit many CLs, ) It is worthy of note that this species had been in the eastern part of New York state for a number of years without attract- ing attention by its ravages. Specimens of this beetle were taken by the late Dr Lintner June 30, 1880, at Schenectady N. Y. and on Virginia creeper at Albany July 20,1882. The 25th of last July this pest was rather abundant on Virginia creeper at Albany, vet no serious injury to grapevines in this vicinity has been observed. Fie. 2 Colaspis brunnea,; much enlarged (original) Brown colaspis, Colaspis brunnea Fabr. This pest, in company with Fidia viticida Walsh and Systena hudsonias Forst., was received from - Fredonia N. Y. with the complaint that grapevines had been seriously injured. Much of the harm was undoubt- edly caused’ by the Fidia;- but, as this’ speges tor Colaspis was present in considerable numbers, and as it is well known as an enemy not only of the grape- vine but also of strawberry plants, it probably caused consid- erable injury. This species was also taken in very small numbers on hard | pine, Pinus, rigida, and on willow at Karner N.Y. July 8. The beetles are very general feeders, having been previ- ously recorded as feeding on such unlike plants as beans, clover, buckwheat, strawberry, potato and corn. Fic. 10 Appletree borer, adult Round-headed appletree borer, Saperda weetle candida Fabr. mmRARAmy{yaaeSE: 800 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM cold, wet weather, the caterpillars would have caused a great deal more damage than they have. May 29. Tent-caterpillars and canker worms are devouring the foliage very rapidly in some orchards. The latter are not doing as much injury in the woods this year as last. June 7. I find no canker worms in my orchard, but there are a great many in this vicinity, and the elm- trees are full of them. Some trees have been entirely defoliated. The Hessian fly [Cecidomyia destructor] has caused a great deal of injury to wheat in this section, and many crops will not be harvested because there is nothing worth cutting. The white wheat has been severely injured, while the red wheat — has apparently escaped with little or no harm. June 19. I have four acres of white wheat which was sown Sep. 19. It has not been injured by the fly. It is known as the “ Genesee giant.” The straw is very coarse and stands up in fine shape. My no. 6, sowed the next day, is about one half gone. The wheat on the hills has been injured much more than that in the valley. July 38. LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGIST The following is a list of the principal publications of the entomologist during the year 1901. 62°are given with title,! place and time of publication and a summary of the contents of each. Volume and page numbers are separated by a colon, the first superior figure tells the column, and the second the exact place in the column in ninths; e. g. 65: 8628 means vol. 65, p. 862, column 1, beginning in the eighth ninth, i. e. about eight ninths of the way down. Grain moth (Country gentleman, 25 Oct. 1900, 65: 86215) The attack on wheat at Highlands N. J. is identified as that of Sito- troga cerealella Oliv. Wooly aphis (Country gentleman, 25 Oct. 1900, 65: 862*) Identifies and gives remedies for Schizoneura lanigera Hausm. attack on appletrees at Troy N. Y. 1Titles are given as published; and in some instances they have been changed or supplied by the editors of the various papers. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 SOL Whale oil soap experiments (Country gentleman, 1 Nov. 1900, 65: 88441) Gives results obtained with Good’s whale oil soap. Celery Plusia (Country gentleman, 1 Nov. 1900, 65: 884-85*) Plusia simplex Guen. is identified from Colora Md., its life his- tory is given, and remedies indicated. Ormenis [Poeciloptera] septentrionalis Spin. is mentioned. eee Some effects of early spring applications of insecticides on fruit trees (U. 8. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 26,n.s. 1900. [rec’d Nov. 8] p. 22-25) Gives effects of kerosene, crude petroleum and whale oil soaps in various dilutions and mixtures. | Hessian fly (Country gentleman, 22 Nov. 1900, 65: 942°) | Gives rule for ascertaining date of disappearance of [Cecidomyia ys destructor Say] and recommends preventive measures. Remedies for San José scale (Country gentleman, 29 Noy. 1900, 65: 965%) Summarizes results obtained with kerosene, crude petroleum, whale oil soaps and hydrocyanic acid gas. A 20% mechanical emulsion of crude petroleum proved very satisfactory. Whale oil soap was not so efficient. Hydrocyanic acid gas was the most satisfactory, but its application is limited on account of the costly tents. Scale on Japan plum (American gardening, 8 Dec. 1900, 21: 81121) San José scale, Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst., from Rye N. Y., is identified, and early spring treatment with whale oil soap or crude petroleum advised. Work of the state entomologist (Albany evening journal, 18 Dec. 1900, p. 4) Replying to a suggestion, the work of the office is briefly outlined. Wheat damaged by moth (Country gentleman, 10 Jan. 1901, 66: 2432) Gives remedies for Angoumois or grain moth, Sitotroga cerealla Oliv., which is reported abundant in New Jersey. Serious injury by bark-borers (Riverhead [N. Y.] news, 26 Jan. 1901, p. 1-30 cm) A brief account of injuries to hard pines at Manor L. I. by Tomicus calligraphus Germ., T. cacographus Lec. and Dendroc- tonus terebrans Oliv. Several preventive measures are advised. 802 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Wireworms (Country gentleman, 28 Feb. 1901, 66: 168) The larva of Melanotus communis Gyll. from Orange county, N. Y. is identified, and several preventive and repressive measures advised. [Insect lessons of the year] (Country gentleman, 28 Feb. 1901, 66: 170%, 7 Mar. p. 192) Extracts from report of committee on insects of Eastern N. Y. horti- cultural society, in which the following are noticed: pale striped flea beetle, Systena taeniata Say, gipsy moth, Porthetria, dispar Linn., appletree aphis,s Aphis mali Fabr., cherrytree aphis, Myzus cerasi Fabr., destructive pea louse, Nectaro|lphora pisi Kalt., white flower cricket, Oecanthus niveus DeG.,the minute black lady- beetle, Pentilia misella Lec. fruit tree bark beetle, Scolytus rugulosus Ratz. palmer worm, Ypsolophus pometellus Harr., forest tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa disstria Hitibn. and the leopard moth, Zeuzera pyrina Fabr. The second part is a dis- cussion of results obtained in experiments against San José scale with. kerosene, whale oil soap and crude petroleum in various combinations. Scurfy bark louse (Country gentleman, 28 Mar. 1901, 66: 256-57*) Chionaspis furfura Fitch on pear and apple trees is briefly characterized, and remedies given. Grapevine Aspidiotus (Country gentleman, 4 Ap. 1901, 66: 278-7947) Aspidiotus uvae Comst. from Nashville Tenn. is identified, com- pared briefly with the San José scale, and remedial measures are indicated. Injurious insects and how to control them. (N. Y. state agric. soc. Rep’t 1899. 1900. pt 2. Bureau of farmers institutes. Rep’t [issued 15 Ap. 1901] p. 267-93. Also Dep’t agric. 7th rep’t. 1900. v.38, pt 2, p. 59-85) General paper treating of a number of insects, the appletree tent-cater- pillar, Clisiocampa americana Fabr., forest tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa disstria Hiibn, codling moth, Carpocapsa pomomella Linn., sugar maple borer, Plagionotus speciosus Say, elm borer, Saperda tridentata Oliv., elm leaf beetle, Galerucella luteola Mill, appletree and scurfy bark lice, Mytilaspis pomorum Bouché and Chionaspis furfura Fitch, and the San José scale, Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst. being specially mentioned. A large number of the more important insect pests are briefly character- ized, and remedies for them are given in the reprinted catalogue of the collection exhibited at certain institutes. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 803 - Household insects (N. Y. state agric. soc. Rep’t, 1899. 1900. pt 2 Bureau of farmers institutes. Rep’t [issued 15 Ap. 1901] p. 294-308. Also Dep’t agric. 7th rep’t. 1900. v. 3, pt 2, p. 86-95) | A general paper treating of the following: mosquitos, Culex, house fly, Musca domestica Linn, fleas, Ceratopsyllus serraticeps Gerv., carpet beetles, Anthrenus scrophulariae Linn. and At- tagenus piceus Oliv. and clothes moths, Tinea pellionella Linn. and others, house ants, Monomorium pharaonis Linn. and others, cockroaches, Phyllodromia germanica Fabr. and Per i- planeta orientalis Linn., bedbug, Acanthia lectularia Linn., larder beetle, Dermestes lardarius Linn., cheese or ham skipper, Piophila casei Linn, fruit flies, Drosophila ampe- lophila Loew, bristle tail or fish moth, Thermobia furnorum Rov. 16th report of the state entomologist on injurious and other insects of the state of New York (N. Y. state mus. Bul. 36. 1901. [issued 25 Ap.] p. 949-1063) Contents PAGE PME O MU CHROMY Doers Lisp: he Bods Bie Me het Ae, es rags GD cic yh Uy opine 3 Seat 951 General entomologic features......... 951 (CDI a ONES Sess el Na Belt ee I at a GC a ae tie eA ASN ste 951 SMSClAlEM MNES ISA TOMS aicys ava a ol nm leiene ose arerwace iim ale omelet aan Rare 952 Hntomolosies held: statiomkis: eee Lhe s,s aia as 952 EU CARL ONT ee Me pena yk el Gaia ew ouaMOb har ie Ry kane) Me us, Dea dS Say fd 953 IDS QHEMISNKCI, AivOlice ooo eone ot ae 953 COM CHOMP Ot TMSSELS wre srs esis suse erect s te ee ohne Cam Nene Mn Buia 954 VOLUME OWSERVEES HA es en ke eae ciel se eon he Lee ata eatin tre ae te 954. NCkerO wile deme mi CSiire se Meare cba Wi Me mn lui echelons a tn tne, Meer Git 954 MT WGOMSS INISE CES cos Teer a SPE Ba See eae e Pally ea ner ay 955 By Ort lay eG tea ag Gl ie Sp pal ey OU SV MMOD bao antete asia rarsu icien sepaeens 955 Ypsolophus pometellus, palmer worm.............. 962 LP xperimentalmworke witheImMsecricides 7.4.08. os ue ees Mae eo eee 967 GOMCTUSTOMS TG sacra cpata eer cee whe ay Cr iecaunel Scat Oe eae Nay Sem clearer a yah rue 985 INGLES EORY lie myer big asics cietavey neath emre a siiale Gren a Glee tee came, Scho mnciae aie is 988 Fruit tree bark beetle (Scolytus rugulosus)........... 989 Plum ecureculio (Conotrachelus nenuphar).......... 989 Pale striped flea beetle (“Systena taeniata)............ 989 Elm leaf beetle (Galerucella luteola)................ 990 Cold silt beetle (CC Wir ye Silo, © ay WiSiy) a) Web US en ciece nc cece oey cos 991 12 spotted asparagus beetle (Crioceris 12punctata).... 991 1 General account of each, giving life history and habits. 2 Brief records of some of the more interesting facts brought to notice in 1900. 0 ee ees 804 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Notes for the year (continued) — PAGE Grain beetles: i. 8 WOW TOL. 5 nic ocdicteye tucuk brass 6/eheus'res) sires, aa eas aia ee 992 Snakeworm «¢US:@ 1A Ba \SPeCIOS) a yioye ve helsin:s Wisse ¥)s oe n> usage 992 Forest tent-caterpillar (Clisiocampa disstria)........ 994 Pall army wornt (Laphygma fruciperda).... ckoees 998 Red banded leaf-roller (Lophoderus triferana)...... 998 Harlequin cabbage bug (Murgantia histrionica)..... 999 Juniper plant bue ( Pentatom aij una peri ia) eee 999 Bim ‘bark, louse: (Gos sy p aria avl mist... oe ee 999 GHASSHOPPEES: So wx abeads wie ake: d's) cee seh che oye yi iellen se le Rye sym ees uel ee 1000 Voluntary entomologic service of New York state............5...+5 1000 Summaries of reports from voluntary observers...............- 1001 ist of publications of the entomologist, 4.0 24... ah. «ction eee 1027 Contributions to the collection, 15 Oct. 1899-14 Oct. 1900............ 1034 Wxplana tion sOfy PIATES o sjcne- ah Yes \o: a feliviah s leliense tapas deus sept udieid hs aaee eee 1047 16 (2) a NT ae a eee TL UMM AEDS ores Jie Sch 1049 Tent-caterpillars (Country gentleman, 9 May 1901, 66: 386%) Remedies are given for both species. Enemies of trees (Troy daily times, 10 May 1901, 37cm) Brief general accounts of the elm leaf beetle, Galerucella luteola Mill., forest tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa disstria Hiibn., and the elm bark louse, Gossyparia ulmi Geoff. Entomologic service of New York (Country gentleman, 16 May 1901, 66: 40322) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Trap-lanterns—Warning (Country gentleman, 16 May 1901, 66: 40617; New York farmer, 16 May 1901, p. 3) | Statement to the effect that trap lanterns are of value in only a few very special cases. : Spraying and poultry (Country gentleman, 23 May 1901, 66: 423?) Grass under properly sprayed trees will not be injurious to poultry. Scale on raspberry (Country gentleman, 23 May 1901, 66: 42333) Aulacaspis rosae Sandb. from Concordville Pa. is identified, and the proper treatment indicated. Hessian fly—borers (Country gentleman, 30 May 1901, 66: 442°%7) Preventive methods are given for Cecidomyia destructor Say, the fruit tree bark-borer, Scolytus rugulosus Ratz., and the locust borer, Cyllene robiniae Forst. Entomologic service of New York (Country gentleman, 30 May 1901, 66: 44313) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 805 Recent problems in the control of insects depredating on fruit trees (Mass. fruit growers ass’n. Tth'rep’t. 1901 [ree’d 6 June] p. 27-45) The following topics are treated: Care of literature, Dissemination of insects, Results obtained in 1900 with insecticides, the latter principally a discussion of kerosene, whale oil soaps and crude petroleum. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state (Country gentleman, 6 June 1901, 66: 462-634") Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state (Country gentleman, 18 June 1901, 66: 4824) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Hessian fly (Country gentleman, 13 June 1901, 66: 486%; New York farmer, 13 June 1901, p. 8; —— 27 June, p. 7; American agriculturist, 22 June 1901, p. 816, col. 1) Brief statement of injuries by Hessian fly. Cecidomyia de- structor Say, and a request for data concerning infested fields. Hickory gall—San José scale (Country gentleman, 20 June 1901, 66: 502%) The life history and characteristics of Phylloxera caryae- eaulis Fitch are briefly given, and Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst. is identified. Both are from Bedford Station N. Y. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state (Country gentleman, 20 June 1901, 66: 50314) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state (Country gentleman, 27 June 1901, 66: 523°) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Lunate long sting (Country gentleman, 4 July 1901, 66: 542—43*) A brief notice of Thalessa lunator Fabr. from Loudonville N. Y., with mention of its host, the pigeon tremex, Tremex eolumbDba Linn. Voluntary entomologic service of New York (Country gentle- man, 4 July 1901, 66: 54378) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Fruit tree bark beetle (Country gentleman, 4 July 1901, 66: 5541) Brief general account of Scolytus rugulosus Ratz. in New York state. 806 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Squash bug (Country gentleman, 11 July 1901, 66: 562°) Anasa tristis DeG. is figured and briefly noticed. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state (Country gentleman, 11 July 1901, 66: 563") Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Leaf-cutter bee (Country gentleman, 18 July 1901, 66: 582°) Cells of Megachile species from Chase Lake N. Y. are identified and the habits of insect given. Voluntary entomologic service of New York (Country gentle- man, 18 July 1901, 66: 583") Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Voluntary entomologic service of New York (Country gentle- man, 25 July 1901, 66: 6031) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Plum cureulio (Country gentleman, 25 July 1901, 66: 604”°) Work of beetles of Conotrachelus nenuphar Hbst. on plum leaves is identified, and remedy given. Codling moth larvae in quince and a blight noticed briefly. All were from Setauket L. I. Voluntary entomologic service of New York (Country gentle- man, 1 Aug. 1901, 66: 623%) Summary of reports from voluntary observers. Larch lappet (Country gentleman, 8 Aug. 1901, 66: 64228) The larva of Tolype laricis Fitch from Coldwater N. Y. is identified, and its peculiarities sketched. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state (Country gentleman, 8 Aug. 1901, 66: 442-434) 7 Summary of reports from voluntary observers. A great insect book (Country gentleman, 8 Aug. 1901, 66: 646-4745) A review, with some editorial additions, of the Insect book by Dr L. O. Howard. Rabbit botfly (Poultry monthly [Albany N. Y.] Sep. 1901, p. 497-98) Identifies maggot from Belgian hare in New York as_ probably Cuterebra cuniculi Clark and gives its life history briefly and remedies. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 SOT Borers in shade trees (American gardening, 10 Aug. 1901, 22: 558) Poplar borer at New York is possibly Saperda calecarata Say. Injection of carbon bisulfid is recommended, or the use of potassium cyanid. Blister beetles (Country gentleman, 15 Aug. 1901, 66: 662*") Margined blister beetle, Epicauta cinerea Forst., from Lahaska Pa. is identified, and remedies given. Cicada-killer (Country gentleman, 22 Aug. 1901, 66: 682*4) Sphecius speciosus Drury from Stillwater N. J. is identified, and its occurrence at Karner N. Y. recorded. Sugar maples injured (Country gentleman, 19 Sep. 1901, 66: 76247) The depredator at Dutchess county, N. Y., is identified as. probably Cacoecia argyrospila Walk. Ichneumon fly (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 782") Paniscus geminatus Say from Croton on Hudson N. Y. is described and identified. i Orange dog (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 782") The larva of Heraclides ecresphontes Cram. from Albany N. Y. is described, and its unusual abundance in New York noted. Angoumois moth (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 78274) Sitotroga cerealella Oliv. from Smithtown L. I. is identified, and remedial measures given. Birch leaf Bucculatrix (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 787%) A brief account of the prevalence and destructiveness of Bucecula- trix canadensisella Chamb. in New York state. Golden oak scale and leaf feeder (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 7897) This seale, Asterolecanium variolosum Ratz, is de- seribed, remedies given and the leaf feeder identified as possibly Symmerista albifrons Abb: & Sm. Ants on fig trees (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 789%) Several means of keeping these insects out of trees are discussed. The ants are said to devour the fruit. Celery worms (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 789%) The caterpillar, Papilio polyxenes Fabr., from Islip L. I. is described, and the use of slug shot on celery discountenanced. Hand picking is advised. 808 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Saddle back caterpillar (Country gentleman, 26 Sep. 1901, 66: 789°8) The larva of’ Sibine stimulea Clem., from Greenwich Ct., is described, and its food plants given. Hessian fly in New York state (Country gentleman, 3 Oct. 1901, 66: 7994800") Summary account of injuries by Cecidomyia dest ae Say, with remedial measures. Appletree borer (Country gentleman, 3 Oct. 1901, 66: 80378) Remedial and preventive measures for Saperda candida Fabr. are given. Borers and plant lice (Country gentleman, 10 Oct. 1901, 66: 829%) A general account of injuries to firs in the Adirondacks by Tomi- cus balsameus Lec. with mention of other species. General di- rections are given for the use of insecticides. CONTRIBUTIONS TO COLLECTION 16 OCT. 1900-15 OCT. | 1901 Hymenoptera Apis mellifica Linn., honey bee, queen and workers, 5 Oct.; from Harold Horner, Mount Holly N. J. Xylocopa virginica Drury, carpenter bee, pupae in hard pine board, 30 July; from James F. Feeney, Albany N. Y. Megachile spi; cells, 23 July; from, Harriet M. Smith North Hector N. Y. Vespa maculata Linn., white-faced hornet, nest, 30 Ap.; from Mrs ©, L. Hoffman, Castleton N. Y. Large nest of same, 19 Ap.; from Samuel Brutkus, New Baltimore N. Y. Sphecius speciosus Drury, cicada-killer, adult, 12 Aug.; from 8. P., Stillwater N. J. Sphex ichneumonea Linn., 8 Sep.; from Miss Eliza §. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. 7Sphaerophthalma occidentalis Linn., velvet ant, 7 Sep.; from Dr M. W. Van Denburg, Mount Vernon N. Y. Dibrachys boucheanus Ratz. adults issuing from braconid cocoons on a sphingid larva, 13 Aug.; from B. F. Koons, Storrs Ct. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 809 Thalessa lunator Fabr., lunate long sting, adult, 25 June; from C. S. Bradt, Albany N. Y. Same, 25 June; from L. Tucker & Son, Albany N. Y. Same, 28 July; from C. W. Walker, McGregor Ia. Same, 13 Sep.; from C. J. Moore, Albany aN IS NE. Thalessa atrata ‘Fabr., black long sting, adult, 29 May; from 0. Q. Flint, Athens N. Y. Same, 25 June; from C. $. Bradt, Albany N. Y. Same, 2 July; from Fred Calhoun, Albany anno. Paniscus geminatus Say, adult, 18 Sep.; from J. H. H., Croton on Hudson N. Y. Tremex columba Linn., pigeon tremex,adult on decayed and dying elm, 24 Aug.; from Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. ?Cephus pygmaeus Linn., wheat sawfly, larvae in wheat stalks, 9 July; from C. H. Stuart, Newark N. Y. Lygaeonematus erichsonii Hartig., larch sawfly, — larvae on larch, 19 June; Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. Cimbex americana Leach, American sawfly, adult, 5 June; from Dr J. Benton Tipton, Albany N. Y. Larvae of same on willow, 16 Sep.; from G. S. Graves, Newport N. Y. They must have been very abundant, as numerous examples were sent. Coleoptera Scolytus rugulosus Ratz., fruit tree bark beetle, larvae and pupae on peach, 16 Mar.; from J. A. Hepworth, Marl- boro N. Y. Same on plum, 25 June; A. M. W., Troy N. Y. Madarus undulatus Say., adult from fruit of thorn bush, 10 Oct.; from C. H. Peck, Lansingburg N. Y. Balaninus rectus Say, chestnut weevil, adult, July; from Mrs H. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Conotrachelus nenuphar Herbst... plum, curculio, adult work on plum leaves, 12 July; from S. B. Strong, Setauket NN: Lixus concavus Say, rhubarb curculio, adult, 5 June; from J. H. Ball, North Nassau N. Y. Hylobius confusus Kirby, adult, 10 June; from Charles Heindel, Albany N. Y. 810 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hylobius pales Herbst., pales weevil, adult, 5 Nov.; from G. W. Cravens, Schenectady N. Y. Same, 6 May; from C. H. Peck, Menands N. Y. Epicauta pennsylvanica DeG., black blister beetle, adults seriously injuring sugar beets and destroying some patches, 15 Aug.; from J. W. Calkins, Cobleskill N. Y. Same on potato vines and china asters, 30 Aug.; from Ira L. Peck, Charleston Four Corners N. Y. Epicaata cinerea Forst., margined blister beetle, adults on anemones, 5 Aug.; from R. M., Lahaska Pa. Epicauta vittata Fabr., striped blister beetle, very numerous on beets, potatoes, beans, tomatoes, 16 Aug.; from Senator Ambler, Valatie N. Y. They are said to have eaten up all the beets and tomatoes and now to be devouring the potatoes. Notoxus anchora Hentz. adults numerous around the roots of wheat, 27 June; from C. H. Stuart, Newark N. Y. Pytho americanus Kirby, adults, under decaying bark, 18 Noy.; from J. A. Otterson, Berlin Mass. ) Diaperis hydni Fabr. from Polyporus spumeus, 9 Oct.; from Mrs Dallus, Buena Vista Spring Pa. Tenebrio molitor Linn., meal worm, pupae, found in a trunk, 28 May; from George H. Hunter, Albany N. Y. Same 28 Aug.; from Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. Upis ceramboides Linn., 27 May; from Eliza S. B. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. | Chelymorpha argus Licht., argus beetle, larvae, pupae, adults on bindweed, 23 July; from Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek NOY: Systena hudsonias Forst., red-headed flea beetle, adults on grape, 7 Aug.; from J. J. Barden, Fredonia N. Y. Crepidodera cucumeris Harr., cucumber flea beetle, adults on bean and potato vines, 24 July; from J. F. Hunt, Ken- daia N. Y. | Disonycha collaris Fabr., spinach flea beetle, larva on spinach, 3 July; from G. S. Graves, Newport N. Y. ned REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 | 811 Galerucella luteola Mill., elm leaf beetle on elm, 6 Aug.; from Jane Bassett, Bridgewater Mass. Doryphora 10-lineata Say, potato beetle, work of adult on stalks of potatoes, 2 July; from J. F. Rose, South Byron N. Y. Colaspis brunnea Fabr., brown Colaspis, adult on grapevine, 7 Aug.; from J. J. Barden, Fredonia N. Y. Typophorus canellus Fabr., strawberry root worm, on elm, 6 June; from Cyrus R. Crosby, Cranberry Creek N. Y. Chrysochus auratus Fabr., gold gilt beetle, adult, July; Mrs HK. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Fidia viticida Walsh., grape root worm, adults on grape, 10 May; from F. M. Webster, Euclid O. Same on grape leaves, 5 and 7 Aug.; from J. J. Barden, Fredonia N. Y. Oberea bimaculata Oliv., work of raspberry cane- borer, 22 July; from Mrs H. E. Robinson, North Nassau N. Y. Monohammus confusor Kirby, pine sawyer, adult, 19 July; from W. 8. Hammond, Albany N. Y. Same July; from C. H. Peck, North Elba N. Y. Rhagium lineatum Oliv., ribbed Rhagium, larva under bark of pine, 18 Nov.; from J. A. Otterson, Berlin Mass. Desmocerus palliatus Forst., cloaked knotty horn, adult, July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Plagionotus speciosus Say, sugar maple borer, adult, 23 July; from Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. Cyllene pictus Drury, hickory borer, adults from hick- ory logs, 15 Ap.; from Eliza §. Blunt, Brooklyn N. Y. Same 15 June; from G. G. Atwood, Albany N. Y. Prionus laticollis Drury, broad-necked Prionus, adult, July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Allorhina nitida Linn., green June beetle, adult, July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. ) Pelidnota punctata Linn., spotted grapevine beetle, adult on Ampelopsis, 15 July; from J. L. Appleton, Albany N. Y. Anomala lucicola Fabr., light-loving grapevine beetle, adults at roots of peachtree, 28 May and July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. 812 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lachnosterna fusca Frohl., May beetle, 27 May; from Eliza 8. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. Larva of same on aster, 23 July; from L. Menand, Albany N. Y. Geotrupes egeriei Germ., adult, 28 May; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Lucanus dama Thunb. stag beetle, adult, 19 July; from Prof. H. P. Whitlock, Catskill N. Y. Ptilinus ruficornis Say, adults in maple and birch flooring, 11 July; from Dr 8. B. Ward, Saranac Inn N. Y. Melanotus communis Gyll., common snapping beetle, larva attacking potatoes, Feb.; from J. C. B., Orange county. Same 15 June; from G. G. Atwood, Albany N. Y. Same July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Alaus myops Fab., adult, 5 Oct.; from H. N. Otterson, Bolton Mass. Same 9 Oct.; from Prof. F. C. Paulmier, Rens- selaerville lake, N. Y. Alaus oculatus Linn., owl beetle, adult, 20 June; from J. Baumgarten, New York N. Y. Same 24 June; from J. D. Wasson, Altamont N. Y. Same 24 June; from Marie Walker, Athens N. Y. Same July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on- Hudson N. Y. Same 10 July; from J. F. Johnson, Breakabeen Nii. Anthrenus verbasci Linn., museum pest, pupae and larvae feeding in stored silk worm cocoons and also strands of spun silk floss, 16 Feb.; from Miss Jennie Utter, Albany N. Y. Same adults, 17 Ap.; from B. F. Koons, Storrs Ct. Anthrenus) sicrop hular iaiey Linn, Buiialo),carpet beetle, adults and larval skins on Zanzibar gum, 14 Nov.; from John Wallace, Albany N. Y. Trogoderma ?tarsale Melsh., larval skin from old book, 5 Nov.; from G. W. Cravens, Schenectady N. Y. Attagenus piceus Oliv., black carpet beetle, larva in tea, 9 Feb.; from B. 0. Burgin, Albany N. Y. Larvae of same in stored silkworm cocoons, etc., 16 Feb.; from Miss Jennie Utter, Albany N. Y. Larvae of same found in garments, 26 Ap.; from Prof. F. C. Paulmier, Albany N. Y. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 813 Anatis.ocellata Linn., 15 spotted ladybug, larvae, pupae on American elm, 27 June; from M. E. Woodbridge, Bing- hamton N. Y. Same 6 July; from Mary B. Sherman, Ogdensburg Ney. | ) saa: nna tat Philonthus aeneus_ Rogssi., adult, in garbage heap, 11 May; from Mrs F. J. Riggs, Albany N. Y. Dytiscus fasciventris Say, two adults in a cistern, 18 Mar.; from M. G. Thomas, Schaghticoke N. Y. Baad y.c.e lis «U0 Pest Eis, Say, adoalt, 1901; from C. A. Otterson, Berlin Mass. Harpalus pennsylvanicus DeG., Pennsylvania ground beetle, adult, 7 June; from Marguerite Riggs, Albany N. Y. Same 1901; from C. A. Otterson, Berlin Mass. Harpalus erraticus Say, 27 May; from Eliza S. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. Agonoderus pallipes Fabr., adult, July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Ys Same. 1901; from C. A. Otterson, Berlin Mass. Calosoma calidum Fabr., fiery hunter, adult, 15 June; from M. B. Sherman, Ogdensburg N. Y. Calosoma scrutator Fabr., searcher, adult, 7 June; from F. J. Riggs, Albany N. Y. Cicindela punectuwlata Fabr., adult, 8 Feb.; from Dr J. 5. Smith, Troy N. Y.; from Kansas. Civeinde lame panda, Dez, repand tiger beetle, adult, 29 May; from Eliza 8. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. Cicindela formosa Say, adult, 8 Feb.; from Dr J. A. Smith, Troy INV from Kansas. Cicindela audubonii Lec., adult, 8 Feb.; from DrJ. A. Smith, Troy N. Y.; from Kansas. Cicindela pulechra Say, adult, 8 Feb.; from Dr J. A. Smith, Troy N. Y.; from Kansas. Tetracha carolina Linn, adult, 8 Feb.) from) Dr J: A. Smith, Troy N. Y.; from Kansas. 814 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tn Diptera Melophagus”’’ovinus ‘Linn., ‘Sheep. tick, adult, 190" from C. A. Otterson, Berlin Mass. Rhagoletis cingulata Loew., cherry fruit fly, adults and puparia on cherries, 24 July; from J. F. Hunt, Kendaia N. Y. ?Phorbia fusciceps Zett., fringed anthomyian, work on seedling beans, 7 July and 1 Aug.; from J. F. Rose, South Byron Ne"Y, Pegomyia affinis Stein., from J. M. Aldrich, Moscow, Idaho; from Algonquin [1]. Stomoxys calcitrans Linn., stable fly on window, 22 Nov.; from Mrs F. J. Riggs, Albany N. Y. Sarcophaga? sp., flesh fly, adult, 14 Sep.; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. | Cuterebra cuniculi? ‘Clark, the’ rTrabtir osu larva from a kitten, 19 Aug.; from D. T. Meskil, Highland Falls N. Y. Same from Belgian hare, 8 Aug.; from Fred Harris, New York. Hypoderma lineata Villers, warble fly, nearly full grown larvae on cattle, 13 Ap.; from G. 8. Graves, Newport N. Y. Eristalis tenax Linn., drone fly, pupae Im” waeer 2 July; from 8. T. Hudson, Riverhead N. Y. Tabanus reinwardtii Wied., adult, June 5; from Dr J. Benton Tipton, Albany N. Y. Same 10 June; from Charles Heindel, Albany N. Y. Ohr ysops excitans ‘Walk. ‘adult, 5 June; from ar J. Benton Tipton, Albany N. Y. Bibio albipennis Say, white winged Bibio, adults on herbage, 29 May; from Eliza S. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. Rhabdophaga salicis Schrk., pupae, adults on basket willow, 1 June; from H. C, Peck, Rochester N. Y. Cecidomvia destructor Say, Hessian fly, pupae on grain, 5 and 11 June; from C. H. Stuart, Newark N. Y. Same on wheat, 13 June; from J. F. Hunt, Kendaia N. Y. Same on wheat 17 or 18 June; from Mrs A. M. A. Jackson, Belle Isle N. Y. f § REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 815 Lepidoptera Masibarchia wrehippus Cram, viceroy, 2d stage larva on apple, 19 July; from P. L. Huested, Highland N. Y. Phyciodes tharos Drury, adult, 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. HKugonia j-album Bd.-Lec., Compton tortoise, adult, 21 Aug.; from G. 8. Graves, Newport N. Y. Huvanessa antiopa Linn., spiny elm caterpillar, larva on willow, 17 Sep.; from G. 8. Graves, Newport N. Y. Cyaniris ?pseudargiolus Bd.-Lec., larva on apple, 4 June; from Harriet W. Smith, North Hector N. Y. Jasoniades glaucus Linn, tiger swallowtail, adult, 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. Heraclides cresphontes Cram., giant swallowtail, 3 larvae on prickly ash, July 8; from P. W. King, Athens N. Y. Same on fraxinella, 12 July; from C. A. Deyo, Schoharie N. Y. Same on orange, 16 July; from Virgil Bogue, Albion N. Y. Same on hop hornbeam, July; from Gen. J. H. Patterson, Selkirk N. Y. Adult of same, 23 Aug.; from Mrs Abram Lansing, Albany N. Y. Larva of same on fraxinella, 11 Sep.; from Alice G. Fisher, Batavia N.Y. Same on Dictamnus Bier xe erie tale we Sep.; from 0. A. Lansing, Albany county. Papilio polyxenes Fabr., black swallowtail, larva on caraway, 3 July; from G. 8. Graves, Newport N. Y. Amphion nessus Cram. adult, 12 June; from 0. Q. Flint, Athens N.Y. ?Thyreus abbotii Swain. the abbot | sphinx, young larva on ampelopsis, 15 July; from R. Thompson, Ballston Spa NY : | Deilephila lineata Fabr., the white lined sphinx, adult on flowers, 26 Aug.; from F. L. Lill, East Bethlehem N. Y. Philampelus pandorus MHtibn. pandorus sphinx; larva (parasited) on ampelopsis, 9 Sep.; from Cyrus R. Crosby, Cranberry Creek N. Y. Ampelophaga myron Cram., green grapevine sphinx, larva on grapevine, 10 July; from T. W. King, Athens N. Y. 816 * NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Same on Virginia creeper, 11 pane; from Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. Phlegethontius ,celews, Htibn., tomato, orypetane worm, pupa in soil, 9 May; from G. F. Bixby, Fata Nie Same 23 May; from G. §. Graves, Newport N. Y. Phlegethontius .garolina. Linn. tobacco,,.worum larva on potato, 18 July; from C. C. Hardenbergh, Stoneridge Dies Alypia octomaculata Hiibn., eight spotted forester, larva on Virginia creeper, 22 July; from Mrs H. E. Robinson, North Nassau N.Y. Same 30 July; from Jeanette C. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. Aretia vir gu.meula, Kirby,adulini dy Iuly from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N.Y. Spilosoma virginica Fabr., yellow woolly bear, adult in spider’s web, 15 July; from G. §. Graves, Newport N. Y. Same 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N.Y. Same July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Hyphantria cunea Drury, fall webworm, adult, 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. Same on catalpa, 27 Aug.; from C. L, Allen, Floral Park N. Y. Same 5 Sep.; from Hiram Van Slyke, Coxsackie N. Y. Same on many trees and shrubs, 5 Sep.; from Mrs EK. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. ¥. Notolophus ?antiqua Linn., egg on apple; 11 May; from B. D. Van Buren, Plattsburg N. Y. | Notolophus leucastigma Abb. & Sm pyhire marked tussock moth, male, July; from Mrs EK. H. Mairs, Irving- ton-on-Hudson N.Y. Same, female and recently laid eggs, 2 Oct.; from M. W. Van Denburg, Mount Vernon N. Y. Larvae were abundant the last three weeks of September, the females beginning to spin up the last week of September. Sibine stimulea Clem., saddle back caterpillar, larvae, 24 Aug.; from 0. Q. Flint, Athens N. Y. Same on beet leaves, 17 Sep.; from J. B., Greenwich Ct. Datana ministra Drury, yellow necked appletree cat- erpillar, larvae on quince, 10 Aug.; from ©. H. Peck, Menands EN. ——<« REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 817 Datana integerrima Gr. & Rob., larvae on walnut, 6 Aug.; from Washington Rodman, Astoria N.Y. Same larvae and pupae on hickory 13 and 21 Aug.; from B. F. Koons, Storrs Ct. Same 31 Aug.; from Leigh I. Holdredge, Oneonta N. Y. Schizura concinna Abb. & Sm., red humped apple- tree worm, larva on apple 22 July; from Mrs H. E. Robinson, North Nassau N. Y. Same 30 July from H. D. Lewis, Annandale INC? YS. | Samia cecropia Linn., cecropia moth, adult, 21 June; from Mary B. Sherman, Ogdensburg N.Y. Same 2 July; from Minnie Green, Albany N.Y. Automeris io Fabr., io moth, adult, 18 June; from J. P. Van Ness, East Greenbush N.Y. Same larva, 23 July; from Harriet M. Smith, North Hector N. Y. Same larvae on apple, 26 July; from V. P. D. Lee, Altamont N. Y. Anigota senatoria Abb. & Sm., orange striped oak worm, larva dead on pin oak (Quercus palustris) 30 Aug.; from L. Menand, Albany N. Y. Clisiocampa americana Fabr., appletree’_ tent- caterpillar, adult, 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. Same, adult, July; from Mrs EH. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N.Y. | Clisiocampa disstria Hibn., forest tent-caterpillar, larvae on apple, 11 May; from G. F. White, Preston Hollow N. Y. Same, larva, on elm 30 May; from Rhoda Thompson, Ballston Spa N. Y¥. Same, cocoons, 30 July; from H. D. Lewis, Annandale Neo. ; Pholype Lariveis Biteh, larch lappery caterpillars trom under a plumtree, 80 July; from J. H. Clark, Coldwater N. Y. Prionoxystus robiniae Peck, oak carpenter moth, larvae in sugar maples, 1 Dec.; from Mary B. Sherman, Ogdens- burg N. Y. Over 20 half and full grown larvae were taken from one tree. Same, larvae in ash trunk, 8 June and adults, 28 June; from M. F. Adams, Buffalo N. Y. ZLeuzera pyrina Fabr., leopard moth, larva in imported quince seedlings, 29 Jan.; from C. H. Stuart, Newark N. Y. 818 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mamestra picta Harr., zebra caterpillar, larvae on red raspberry, 20 June; from F. J. Hunt, Kendaia N. Y. Hydroecia nitela Guen., stalk-borer, larva on rasp- berry, 17 July; from Mrs H. E, Robinson, North Nassau N. Y. EKEuthisanotia grata Fabr., beautiful wood nymph, moth, 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. Plusia balluca Geyer, adult, 15 July; from W. C. Hitch- cock, Pittstown N. Y. Plusia simplex Guen., celery plusia, larvae on celery, 14 Oct.; from L. Balderston, Colora Md. Catocala amatrix Hibn.,, adult, 14 Sep.; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. Paleacrita vernata Pack., spring canker worm, eggs, larvae on appletree, 6 May; from J. F. Hunt, Kendaia N. Y. The eggs were just hatching, and the living female received de- posited a number of eggs. | Alsophila pometaria Harr., fall canker worm, larvae on apple, 15 May; from Mrs A. M. A. Jackson, Belle Isle N. Y. Kvergestis stramenalis Hitibn., black headed cab- bage worm, larva on turnip, 3 and 13 July; from G. S. Graves, Newport N. Y. Plodia interpunctella Hiibn., Indian meal moth, all stages in a box of roasted oats, 18 Feb.; from Mrs F. J. Riggs, Albany N. Y. Cacoecia ?rosaceana Harr., oblique banded leaf- roller, adult, July; from Mrs E. H. Mairs, Irvington-on-Hudson N. Y. Same, larvae on maple, 6 Aug.; from Hugh P. Blackinton, — Hoosick Falls N. Y. Tmetocera ocellana Schiff., bud moth, larvae on apple, 15 May; from Mrs A. M. A. Jackson, Belle Isle N. Y. Phoxopteris nubeculana Clem., apple leaf-folder, larva on apple, 27 Oct.; from J. Jay Barden, Fredonia N. Y. Carpo cap sa pomonella Linn., codling moth, larva on quince, 12 July; from S. B Strong, Setauket N. Y. Sitotroga cerealella Oliv., grain moth, all stages in a cereal, 11 Mar.; from Albany camera club, Albany N. Y. REPORT OF THE STATH ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 819 Ornix geminatella Pack., mines in apple leaves, 29 Oct.; from J. Jay Barden, Fredonia N. Y. They were so abun- dant that there was scarcely a perfect leaf in the or¢hard. Coleophora malivorella Riley, pistol case-bearer, larvae on appletree, 6 May; from J. F. Hunt, Kendaia N. Y. Coleophora limosipennella Dup,, larvae on Euro- pean elm, 15 J une; from E. T. Schoonmaker, New York N. Y. ?Catastega aceriella Clem., work of larvae on hard maple, 18 Aug.; from Jeanette ©. Miller, Aldercreek N. Y. Lithocolletis pomifoliella Zell., thorn apple leaf- miner, mines in apple leaves, 29 Oct.; from J. Jay Barden, Fre- donia N. Y. Bucculatrix canadensisella Cham., birch leaf Buc- culatrix, larvae and pupae very abundant on birch, 3 Sep.; from Mrs H. D. Graves, Ausable Forks N. Y. Same, larvae on white birch, exceedingly abundant, 11 Sep.; from Mary B. Sherman, Ogdensburg N. Y. Mecoptera Panorpa confusa Westw., scorpion fly, adults taken at Sandusky O., 29 June; from J. 8. Hine, Columbus O. Panorpa venosa Westw., scorpion fly, adults taken at Hanging Rock O., 27 June; from J. 8. Hine, Columbus O. Bittacus punctiger Westw., adults, taken in Dis- trict of Columbia, 18 July; from J.S8. Hine, Columbus O. Bittacus apicalis Uhl., adults taken at Sandusky O., 12 July; from J. 8. Hine, Columbus O. Neuroptera Chauliodes pectinicornis Linn, adults, 15 July; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pittstown N. Y. Corydalis cornuta Linn., horned Corydalis, adult, 5 July; from F. §, Tinney, Albany N. Y. Same, 10 July; from A. T. Laird, Albany N. Y. Same, adult, 15 July; from A. H. Green, Shushan N. Y. Same, adult, 15 July; from H. D. Lewis, Annan- dale N. Y. | 820 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Hemiptera Acanthosoma cruciata? Say, last nymphal stage, on hemlock, 20 Aug.; from Eliza 8. Blunt, summit of Mt Hurri- cane, N. Y. Anasa tristis DeGeer, squash bug, eggs, adults on squash, 29 June; from Schoharie county. Same, 10 July; from Rhoda Thompson, Ballston Spa N. Y.? Work of same and first nymphal stage, on squash or melon, 15 Aug.; from Mrs C. C. Woolworth, Castleton N. Y. Nymph of ‘same, 19 Aug.; from George S. Graves, Newport N. Y. me Blissus Teucopterus Say, . chinch'* bug; “adulr 7 @e timothy, 7 Sep.; from James M. Graff, Westport N. Y. Leptopterna dolobrata Linn., adults, on wheat, 27 June; from C. H. Stuart, Newark N. Y. Lygus pratensis Linn., tarnished plant bug, 8 Sep.; from Miss Eliza 8. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. Poecilocapsus lineatus, Fabr., four lined lear bug, adults on chrysanthemum, 26 June; from HK. T. Schoonmaker, Cedar Hil N.Y. Triphleps insidiosus Say, 8 Sep.; from Miss Eliza S. Blunt, New Russia N. Y. Acanthia lectularia Linn., bed bug, adult, 19 Feb; from John Wallace, Albany N. Y. Phymata wolffii Stal., ambush bug, adult, 12 Aug.; from G. A. Baily, Cardiff N. Y. | Emesa longipes DeGeer, thread legged bug, adult, 16 Sep.; from 0. Q. Flint, Athens N. Y. Benacus griseus Say, giant water bug, adult, 17 June ; from Mrs M. B. Witherell, Shushan N. Y. Typhlocyba comes, var. vitis Harr., grapevine leaf hopper, cast skins on grape leaves, 15 Noy.; from Alice M. Gardner, Fulton N. Y. Poeciloptera septentrionalis Spin., grape Poe- ciloptera, adult accidentally on celery, 14 Oct.; from L. Balder- ston, Colora Md. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 821 Ormenis pruinosa Say, lightning leaf hopper, young on pear, currant, ? plantain, 10 July; from G. 8. Clark, Milton N. Y. Nymph of same on grape, 24 July; from J. F. Hunt, Kendaia N. Y. Enchenopa binotata Say, two spotted tree hopper, adults on bittersweet, 30 July; from Dr Henry Coffin, Glens Falls, NaY: Haematopinus eurysternus Nitzs., short-nosed cattle louse, eggs and adults on cattle hairs, 6 Feb.; from Dr C. D. Smead Ohio. Phylloxera caryaecaulis Fitch, hickory gall aphis, all stages in hickory galls, 8 June; from H. N. Howe, Bedford Station N. Y. Phylloxera vitifoliae Fitch, grape Phylloxera, galls on grape leaves, 7 Sep.; from Miss M. L. Williams, Sherburne, N. Y.; adults and young of same in grape galls, 27 Sep.; from J. Jay Barden, Fredonia N. Y. Pemphigus tessellatus Fitch, alder blight, on Ger- man alder (imported) and the native species 24 June; from H. C. Peck, Rochester N. Y. Schizoneura americana Riley, woolly elm aphis, young and adults on American elm, 30 May; from Rhoda Thomp- son, Ballston Spa N. Y. Phyllaphis fagi Linn., beech aphis, on red beech, 20 June; from Mrs ©. J. Gould, Tarrytown N. Y. Callipterus ulmifolii Monell, elm leaf aphis, exuviae on American elm,-27 June; from M. E. Woodbridge, Binghamton N. Y. Same 15 June; from A. H. Wright, Rome N. Y. Myzus cerasi Fabr., cherry aphis, all stages on cherry, 12 June; from C. A. Wieting, Cobleskill N. Y. Myzusribis Linn., currant aphis, females on currant, 4 May; from L. I. Holdredge, Oneonta N. Y. Young of same, 1 June; from J. B. Rice, Cambridge N. Y. Same, 12 June; from C. A. Wieting, Cobleskill N. Y. Chionaspis euonymi Comst:, on Celastrus scandens, 20 Dec.; from P. L. Huested, Blauvelt N. Y. . | | 822 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Chionaspis furfura Fitch, scurfy bark louse, adults and eggs on baldwin apples (fruit), 24 Novy.; from ? C. J. Lisk, New Baltimore N. Y. Chionaspis ?lintneri Comst., on Cornus, 19 Mar.; from H. C. Peck, Rochester N. Y. , Probably same, 15 Sep.; from P. L. Huested, Buffalo N. Y. Chionaspis pinifoliae Fitch, pine leaf scale insect, adults on white pine needles, 30 Oct.; from Spencer Trask, Saratoga Springs N. Y. Mytilaspis pomorum Bouché, appletree bark louse, eggs under scales on Pennsylvania maple, 10 Feb., eggs of same on Crataegus, 1 June, and young on apple, 8 June; all from G. S. Graves, Newport N. Y. Eggs of same on apple, 15 Ap.; from C. E. Childs, Mayfield, N. Y. 4 May; from W. M. Phipps, Albion N. Y. 9 May; from Cyrus Crosby, Cranberry Creek N. Y. Eggs of same on lilac, 9 May; from C. A. Hall, Oak Hill N. Y. Probably same on syringa imported from Germany, 24 June; from H. C. Peck, Highland park, Rochester N. Y. Same on ash,30 Aug.; from J. T. Gaylord, Poughkeepsie N. Y. Parlatoria viridis CkIlL, on Japanese maple, 26 Ap.; from H. C. Peck, Rochester N. Y. Aulacaspis rosae Sandb., rose scale, on blackberry, 27 Mar.; from J. Jay Barden, Stanley N. Y. Same with eggs, on black raspberry, 10 May; from William Trimble, Concordville Pa. Same on blackberry, 3 June; from Hudson N. Y. Diaspis cacti Comst. cactus scale, all stages on night blooming cereus, Cereus grandiflora, 7 Nov; from L. H. Joutel, New York N. Y. Aspidiotus ancylus Putn, Putnam’s scale, on nectarine and pear, 10 May; from Edward Moore, Loudonville N. Y. Same on apple, 24 June; from B. D. Van Buren, Union Springs N. Y. Same, adults and young on purple-leafed beech, 26 July; from P. L. Huested, Menands N. Y. Same on mountain ash, 6 Aug. from H. C. Peck, Rochester N. Y. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 823 Aspidiotus forbesi Johns., cherry scale on Japan plum, 10 June; from D. C. Lee, Cornwall N. Y. Same on apple, 30 Aug.; from P. L. Huested, Crescent Station N. Y. Aspidiotus ostreaeformis Ourt., English fruit tree scale insect, on apple, 6 June; from B. D. Van Buren, Union Springs N. Y. Same with probably some A. ancylus on currant, 15 June; from C. H. Darrow, Geneva N. Y. Adult female of same, on ? willow and ? plum, 16 July from Mr Van Buren, Scipioville N. Y. Adults and young of same on willow, 20 July, and adults of same, on Carolina poplar, 5 Aug.; from J. Jay Barden, Fredonia N. Y. Same on plum, 6 Aug.; from H. C. Peck, Rochester N. Y. Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst., San José scale, breeding on peach, 19 Oct.; from EK. M. Wilson, Babylon N. Y. Same on Japan plum, 27 Nov.; from A. M. Halstead, Rye N. Y. Young of same on plum, 25 Feb.; from Dr Edward Moore, Loudon- ville N. ¥Y. Young of same on apple, 29 Ap.;-from J. A. Hep- worth, Marlboro N. Y. 18 July; from L. L. Morrell, Kinderhook N. Y. Same on Japan quince, 6 May; from J. A. Paine, New York N. Y. Same, half grown, on flowering prune, 8 June; from H. N. Howe, Bedford Station N. Y., through Country gentleman. Same on Japan plum, 17 June; from L. F. Brown, near Highland i ise Aspidiotus uvae Comst., on grapevine, 26 Mar.; from J. L. Cooper, Nashville Tenn., through Country gentleman. Asterolecanium yvyariolosum Ratz. golden-oak scale, on white oak, 16 Sep.; from I. 0. C., Yonkers N. Y., through Country gentleman. Lecanium cerasifex Fitch, cherry Lecanium on apple, 25 Mar.; from M. H. Beckwith, Elmira N. Y. Lecanium hesperidum Linn., young and adults on fern, 22 Mar.; from J. D. Winne, Kingston N. Y. Same on orange, 19 Aug.; from J. W. Knapp, Warwick N. Y. Lecanium ? prunastri Fonsc., New York plum Lecanium, young on plum, 13 Ap.; from M. H. Beckwith, Elmira ve N. Y. 22 June; from C. H. Darrow, Geneva N. Y. 824 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Gossyparia ulmi Geoff., Elm bark louse, adult on elm, 17 June; from H. C. Peck, Rochester N. Y. Orthoptera Oecanthus niveus DeGeer, white flower cricket, eggs in raspberry canes, 31 Dec.; from C. G. Babcock, Newport N. Y. Eggs of same in peach twigs, 7 Feb.; from H. C. Peck, Scotts- ville N. Y. Adult of same, 14 Sep.; from W. C. Hitchcock, Pitts- town N. Y. | Microcentrum retinervis Burm., angular’ winged katydid, eggs, on plum, 18 June; from Austin W. Va., through Vick publishing co. Rochester N. Y. Diapheromera femorata Say, walking stick, adult, 26 Oct.; from Harry W. Riggs, Albany N. Y. : Mantis religiosa Linn., praying mantis, 127 egg cases on grass stalks, etc.,8 Ap.; from H. F. Atwood, Rochester N. Y. Ischnoptera pennsylvanica DeGeer, wood cock- roach, young in decayed wood, 31 Jan.; from Henry L. Griffis, Newpaltz N. Y. Nyctoboro ?holosericea Klug., young probably on bananas, 18 Ap.; from J. M. Dolph, Port Jervis N. Y. Corrodentia Psocus venosus Burm. on maple, 18 Aug.; from B. F. Koons, Storrs Ct. Thysanura Thermobia furnorum Rov., silver fish, adult among papers, etc., 5 Nov.; from G. W. Cravens, Schenectady N. Y. Smynthurus hortensis Fitch, garden flea, adults on melon and squash, 31 May; from C. E. Ford, Oneonta N. Y. Arachnida Phytoptus ulmi, Garm.,| elm, gall mite’ on /Anmeream elm, 8 June; from G. S. Graves, Newport N. Y. i) OU REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 8 Appendix ACCOUNT AND CATALOGUE OF THE ENTOMOLOGIC EXHIBIT AT THE PAN-AMERICAN EXPOSTION 1901 Official awards Gold medal. Collective exhibit of insects Silver medals. Forest and shade tree insects; entomologic technical collection; wing frame exhibit showing work of ento- mologist. Several things were kept in mind in the preparation of this collection. It was designed primarily to be of the greatest pos- sible value to all those who are obliged to control insects or suffer financial loss; and, to accomplish this, insects injurious to the different crops and to various products were given a very prominent place in the exhibit. These injurious species are also represented, so far as possible, in their different stages, egg, larva, pupa and adult, and any peculiarities of habit (specially those bearing on the character of the injury) are illus- trated. Thus in looking over the exhibit of injurious forms, the visitor has before him an epitome of the life of the depre- dator. He sees not only the insect in its injurious stage but also in its other forms, and in a few moments he can grasp many of the essential facts in the life history of a pest. The illustrations of the work of the injurious species are frequently very helpful in enabling a farmer to recognize the author of what was to him previously a mysterious injury. A catalogue of the collection was also prepared, and its value much enhanced by the addition of references to the principal notices of economic groups and also of individual species, thus making © it practically a reference book to the latest and most accessible accounts of the various pests represented, and, in addition to 826 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM this, brief directions are given for controlling the various forms. The enormous number of injurious insects, even in New York state, made it imperative that the exhibit should be limited to the more important forms, and that the insects selected be grouped in a manner easily comprehended by the general public; they are therefore arranged under various important food plants, etc., and each group receives special notice under an appropriate head. There are many who are interested in insect life for other than economic reasons. Students of entomology will find much of interest in the systematic collection, in which are native representatives of all the more important families, and begin- ners will derive much aid in the care of their specimens from a study of the technical collection. Those attracted by the peculiar or beautiful in nature will find much of interest in the collection of the work of gall insects, in the mimicry col- lection and in the collection of New York beauties, the latter being an assemblage of some of the more beautiful native but- terflies and moths. The wing frames and framed photographs present by means of statistics and illustrations some of the more important activities of the office. The entire exhibit can now be seen at the state museum, Albany N. Y. Fruit tree insects (nos. 1-23). This collection of 23 different species includes some of the most important insect enemies of man, such as the codling moth, a species causing an estimated annual loss in New York state alone of about $3,000,000, the plum curculio, appletree borers (both exceedingly destructive), rose beetle, appletree tent-caterpillar, case-bearers and others, all insects causing much loss annually to fruit growers. Many of these pests have been repeatedly noticed in the reports and bulletins issued by the state entomologist, and, for excellent accounts of individual species, the reader is referred to the citations given in the appended catalogue. Vine and small fruit insects (nos. 24-41). This group comprises 18 of the most injurious forms depredating on the grapevine, currant, raspberry and other small fruits. One of the most important species represented is the grapevine root worm, a — pe ili, eas REPORT OF THE STATH BNTOMOLOGIST 1901 827 beetle which has already caused considerable loss in the west- ern part of the state and one which threatens to do much injury in the future. The grapevine flea beetle is another pest which demands special mention in this connection. The grapevine plume moth, the currant sawfly and the tarnished plant bug are all familiar in a way to many growers, and yet few com- prehend fully the actual mischief they cause. Many of those included in this and following groups have been figured and briefly described in bulletin 87 of the New York state museum. Garden insects (nos. 42-68). This group is represented by 27 species which injuriously affect one or more of the crops com- monly grown in gardens. In it are found such notorious pests as wireworms, cutworms, cabbage butterfly, blister beetles, cucumber beetles, flea beetles, asparagus beetles, squash bugs, etc. Many of them are very common, and not a few are exceed- ingly destructive, in spite of the fact that in most cases there are a number of well-known methods of keeping these pests in control. Most of these forms are treated of in the reports of the state entomologist, and many of them in the state museum bulletin 37, cited above. | Grass and grain insects (nos. 69-83). This group contains only 15 species, but in it are represented some exceedingly destructive insects. The June beetles, or white grubs, are probably as destructive as some of the species feared much more, but, as the injury they cause is usually a constant one, it attracts little attention as a rule. The army worm outbreak of 1896 is still fresh in the minds of many, while the Hessian fly has this year caused an estimated loss in New York of $3,000,000, or about half the crop. The chinch bug is another of the notorious enemies to prosperity, proving most injurious in the southern and western states, though in 1882 and 1883 it threatened to cause considerable loss in New York state. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 835 ' Treatment: Spray beetles with whale oil-soap, 4 pound to 1 gallon water, dust plants with plaster, ashes, etc.; hand picking. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. Ist rep’t, ’82. p. 227-82; Chittenden, F. H. U. 8. dep’t agric. div. ent. Cire. 11, 2d s. 95. p. 1-4; Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. ’95.. _p. 896-98. : 10 Appletree tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa americana Fabr. Principal food plants: wild cherry, appletrees. Treatment: Collect and destroy egg belts, kill young while in nests, spray with poison in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Felt, E. P., state ent. 14th rep’t (N. Y. state mus. Bul. 23). 798. p. 177-90; N. Y. state mus. Bul. 27. 99. p. 46-48; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 152. 798. p. 281-93; Beach, Lowe and Stewart. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 170. 99. p. 389-90; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. ’99. 59: 271-72. 1i Pimpla conquisitor Say, a parasite on the above. 12 Gipsy moth, Porthetria dispar Linn. Principal food plants: fruit, oak, maple and other forest trees. Treatment: Collect and destroy eggs, kill clustered larvae, spray with arsenate of lead. . Chief accessible articles: Fernald, C. H. Mass. (Hatch) agric. exp. sta. Special bul. Nov. ’89. p. 1-8; Forbush, E. H., and Fernald, C.H. Mass. state board agric. Rept’s 1892-1900; Lintner, J. A., state ent. 9th rep’t, ’92. p. 420-26; Howard, L. 0. U. 8. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 11, n. s. ’97. p. 1-89; Forbush, E. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 20, n. s. ’99. p. 104-7; Felt, E. P., state ent. 16th rep’t, ’00 (N. Y. state mus. Bul. 36). p. 955-62. 13 Brown tail moth, Euproctis chrysorrhoea Linn. Principal food plants: pear, apple, quince. Treatment: Cut and burn winter nests, spray trees with poison. Chief accessible articles: Fernald, C. H., and Kirkland, A. H. Mass. (Hatch) agric. exp. sta. Special bul. July ’97. p. 1-15; U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 17, n. s. 798. p. 24-32. 836 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 14 Palmer worm, Ypsolophus pometellus Harris. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Spray with poison in early June. Chief accessible articles: Fitch, Asa. Noxious, and beneficial insects N. Y. ist—2d rep’ts, ’56. p. 221-33; Lowe, V. H. Rural New Yorker, July 14, ’00. 59: 477-78; Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 187. 700. p. 81-101; Felt, E. P., state ent. 16th rep’t, 700. p. 962-66. 15 Oblique banded leaf-roller, Cacoecia rosaceana Harris. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Spray early with poison. Chief accessible notice: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 12th rep’t, ’96. p. 312. 16 Apple leaf-folder, Phoxopteris nubeculana Clem. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Burn infested leaves. Chief accessible article: Riley, C. V. U. S. dep’t agric. Rep’t, 78. p. 34-35. 17 Pistol case-bearer, Coleophora malivorella Riley. Principal food plant: appletree. ‘Treatment: Spray thoroughly with poison in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Riley, C. V. U. S. dep’t agric. Rep’t, "78. p. 48-49; Lintner, J. A., state ent. Ist rep’t, ’82. p. 163-67; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. ’96. p. 352-61; Slinger- land, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 124. ’97. p. 1-16; Hall, F. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 122. ’97.. p. 1-5; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 122. ’97. p. 221-31. 18 Cigar case-bearer, Coleophora fletcherella Fern. Principal food plants: apple. Treatment: Spray thoroughly with poison in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 98. 795. p. 214-30; Beach, Lowe and Stewart, N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 170... °99. p. 391-92. 19 Apple leaf-miner, Tischeria malifoliella Clem. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Burn infested leaves. Px REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 837 Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 11th rep’t, ’95. p. 160-62. | : 20 Resplendent shield-bearer, Aspidisca splendorifer- ella Clem. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Spray in winter or early spring with contact insecticides. , Chief accessible article: Comstock. J, H. U. 8. dep’t agric. Rep’t, ’79. p. 210-13. 21 Apple leaf Bucculatrix, Bucculatrix pomifoliella Clem. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Spray with poison in early June. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 1st rep’t, ’82. p. 157-62. 22 Bud moth, Tmetocera ocellana Schiff. Principal food plant: appletree. Treatment: Spray with poison in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agrie. exp. sta. Bul. 50. ’93. p. 1-29; Bul. 107. 796. ‘p. 57-66; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 136, ’97. p. 397-98. 23 Pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Forst. Principal food plant: pear tree. Treatment: Spray with kerosene emulsion in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 9th rep’t, 92. p. 317-29; Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 44. 92. p. 161-86; Bul. 108. ’96. p. 69-81; Marlatt, C. L. U.S. dept aeric. diy: ent) Cirend,; 2d) 8795. pl 1-8. VINE AND SMALL FRUIT INSECTS (24-41) For general works, see those cited under fruit tree insects. 24 Grapevine root worm, Fidia viticida Walsh. Prin- cipal food plant: grapevine. Treatment: Spray with poison the latter part of June; keep soil pulverized and mounded about the base of vines in July. Chief accessible articles: Webster, F. M. O. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 62. °95 p. 77-95; Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. 795. p. 391-98; Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 184. ’00. p. 21-82. 838 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 25 Spotted grapevine beetle, Pelidnota punctata Linn. Principal food plant: grapevine. | Treatment: hand picking. Chief accessible notice: Felt, E. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 87. 200. p. 15. 26 Light-loving grapevine Hectle Anomala lwereoda Fabr. Principal food plant: grapevine. Treatment: hand picking, dusting vines with ashes, plaster, (CLC: Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 10th rep’t 94. p. 408-10. 27 Grapevine flea beetle, Haltica chalybea Ill. Prin- cipal food plant: grapevine. Treatment: Spray vines with poison. Chief accessible articles: Comstock, J. H. U.S. dep’t agric. rep’t, "79. p. 218-16; Marlatt, C. L. U. 8. dep’t agric. Yearbook. 795. p. 895-96; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 150. ’98. p. 263-65; Shngerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 157. ’98. p. 189-218. 28 8 spotted forester, Alypia octomaculata Fabr. Principal food plants: Virginia creeper, grapevine. Treatment: Spray with arsenical poisons. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 5th rep’t, ’89. p. 179-83. | 29 Grapevine plume moth, Oxyptilus periscelidac- tylus Fitch. Principal food plant: grapevine. Treatment: hand picking; spray with poison. Chief accessible articles: Fitch, Asa. Noxious, beneficial insects N. Y. 1st-2d rep’ts, ’56. p. 189-43; Lintner, J. A., state ent. 12th rep’t, 796. p. 218-22. 30 Grapevine leaf-hopper, Typhlocyba comes Say. Principal food plant: grapevine. Treatment: Burn rubbish in fall or spring, early spray with kerosene emulsion. Chief accessible article: Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. Year- book. ’95. p. 400-2. a , '* ox ey ee ee REPORT OF THE STATE BNTOMOLOGIST 1901 839 31 Currant stem-borer, Sesia tipuliformis Linn. Prin- cipal food plant: currant. Treatment: Cut and burn infested stems. 32 Red-breasted currant borer, Tenthredo rufopectus Nort. Principal food plant: currant. Treatment: Cut and burn wilting tips. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 13th rep’t, ’97. p. 835-387, 33 Currant sawfly, Pteronus ribesii Scop. Principal food plant: currant. Treatment: Spray foliage with hellebore or an arsenical poison. Chief accessible articles: Fitch, Asa. Noxious, beneficial insects N. Y. 12th rep’t, ’67. p. 909-32; Lintner, J. A., State ent. 2d rep’t, 85. p. 217-21. 34 Currant spanworm, Diastictis ribearia Fitch. Prin- cipal food plant: currant. Treatment: Spray foliage with an arsenical poison. Chief accessible notices: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 12th rep’t, 96. p. 310-11; Felt, EK. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 37. ’00. p. 13-14. 35 Tarnished plant bug, Lygus pratensis Linn. Prin- cipal food plant: peachtree. Treatment: hand picking, dusting with ashes, clean culture. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 13th rep’t, ’97. p. 351-57, 36 4 lined leaf bug, Poecilocapsus lineatus Fabr. Principal food plant: currant. Treatment: Spray young with kerosene emulsion, cut and burn egg-bearing twigs. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 1st rep’t, ’82. p. 271-81; Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 58. 93. p. 207-39. 37 Gouty gall beetle. Agrilus ruficollis Fabr. Prin- cipal food plant: raspberry. Treatment: Cut and burn infested canes in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 6th rep’t, 790. p. 123-25; 10th rep’t, 794. p. 406-7. 840 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 38 White flower cricket, Oecanthus niveus DeG.. Prin- cipal injury to raspberry bushes. | Treatment: Cut and burn infested canes in early spring. Clean culture. 39 Fuller’s rose beetlee Aramigus fulleri Horn. Prin- cipal food plant: rosebush. Treatment: hand picking. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 2d rep’t, ’85. p. 142-44. 40 Thyreus abbotii Swains. Principal food plants: grapevine, Virginia creeper. +; | Treatment: hand picking. . Chief accessible article: Cooley, R. A. Mass agric. exp. sta. Bul. 36. ’96. p. 11-12. 41 Cranberry worm, Rhopobota vacciniana Pack. Principal food plant: cranberry. Treatment: Flow bogs after eggs hatch, spray vines with arsenical poisons. Chief accessible articles: Smith, J. B. N. J. agric. exp. ‘sta. Special bul. K. ’90. p. 10-15; Fernald, C. H. Mass. (Hatch) exp. sta. Bul. 19. ’92. p. 185-87; —— Mass. state board agric. Rep’t, ’97. p. 145-48. GARDEN INSECTS (42-68) For general works, see last two publications cited under Fruit tree insects, p. 8383. 42 Wheat wireworm, Agriotes mancus Say. This in- sect and its allies may injure a number of garden crops. Treatment: Fall plowing; use poisoned baits for beetles. Chief accessible articles: Comstock, J. H., and Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 33. ’91. p. 251-58; Bul. 107. 796... p. 51-52. 43 Cabbage butterfly, Pieris rapae Linn. Principal food plant: cabbage. Treatment: Spray young plants with arsenical poisons, use hellebore or pyrethrum on older ones. Chief accessible notice: Felt, E. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 37. °00. p. 29-30. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 841 44 Zebra caterpillar, Mamestra picta Harr. Principal food plant: cabbage. Treatment: Spray young plants with arsenical poisons, use pyrethrum or hellebore on older ones. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 5th rep’t, ’89. p. 206-10; Felt, E. P., state ent. 14th rep’t, ’98. p. 201-7. 45 Microplitis mamestrae, Weed, a parasite of the preceding. 46 Variegated cutworm, Peridroma saucia_ Hiibn. Principal food plants: a number of garden crops. Treatment: poisoned baits. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 5th rep’t, °89. p. 200-6. 47 Colorado potato beetle, Doryphora 10-lineataSay. Principal food plant: potato. Treatment: Spray with arsenical poisons, hand picking. 48 Lebia grandis Hentz. This species preys on the preceding. : , 49 Spined soldier bug, Podisus spinosus Dall. Another predaceous enemy of 47. y 50 Margined blister beetle, Epicauta cinerea Forst. Principal food plant: frequently injures potatoes. Treatment: Dust vines with ashes, plaster, etc., spray with arsenical poisons only when necessary, as the young are beneficial. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 6th rep’t, ’90. , p. 154-35. 51 Striped blister beetle. Epicauta vittata Fabr. Prin- cipal food plant: frequently injures potatoes. Treatment: Same as preceding. | Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 6th rep’t, ’90. p. 182-34. | 52 Stalk-borer, Hydroecia nitela Guen. Principal food plants: tomato, potato and other thick stalked plants. Treatment: Destroy caterpillars in wilting stalks. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 1st rep’t, ’82. ‘p. 110-16. 842 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM 53 Tomato worm, Phlegethontius celeugs MHibn. Principal food plant: tomato. Treatment: Spray with arsenical poisons before fruit appears, hand picking. Chief accessible article: Howard, L. 0. U.S. dep’t agric. Year- book. ’98. p. 128-32. 54 Striped cucumber beetle, Diabrotica vittata Fabr. Principal food plant: cucumber vines. Treatment: Spray vines with poisoned bordeaux mixture, dust vines with ashes, plaster, ete. Chief accessible articles: Chittenden, F. i. Was. dept agric. div. ent. Circ. 31, 2d s. ’98. p. 1-7; Sirrine, F. A. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 158. ’99. p. 1-32. 55 Squash vine borer, Melittia satyriniformis Hiibn. Principal food plant: squash vines. . Treatment: Plant early squashes as a trap crop, cut out and destroy borers. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 2d rep’t, ’85. p. 57-68; Sirrine, F. A. N. Y. sae exp. sta. 15th rep’t, 796. p. 610-12; Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Cire. 38, 2d s. 99. p. 1-6; ——- —— Bul. 19, n. s. 799. p. 34-40. 56 Cucumber flea beetle, Epitrix cucumeris Harris. Principal food plants: cucumbers, potatoes, tomatoes. Treatment: Spray plants with poisoned bordeaux mixture, dust with ashes, plaster, ete. | Chief accessible article: Stewart, F. C. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 113. ’96. p. 311-17. 57 Fed-headed flea beetle, Systena frontalis Fabr. Principal injury recorded was to sugar beets. Treatment: Spray plants with arsenical poisons, the poisoned bordeaux mixture being specially effective. Chief accessible notice: Felt, E. P., state ent. 15th rep’t, ’00. p. 538. 58 Common asparagus beetle, Crioceris asparagi Linn. Principal food plant: asparagus. Treatment: spray all except cutting biede with an arsenical poison, dust plants with plaster, ashes, etc. 2) os REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 | 4 Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 1st rep’t,. 82. p. 239-46; —— 11th rep’t, 95. p. 177-81; Chittenden, FP. H. U.S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. ’96. p. 342-49; Felt, E. P., state ent. 15th rep’t, 00. p. 540-41. | 59 12 spotted asparagus beetle, Crioceris 12-punctata Linn. Principal food plant: asparagus. Treatment: same as for the preceding species. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 12th rep’t, 96. p. 248-52; Chittenden, F. H. U.S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. 96. p. 349-52; Felt, EH. P., state ent. 15th rep’t, ’00. p. 540-41. 60 Squash bug, Anasa tristis DeG. Principal food plant: squash vine. Treatment: Trap under chips and destroy the bugs, collect and destroy the eggs. Chief accessible articles: Chittenden, F. H. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 19, n. s. 799. p. 20-28; ——- —— Circ. 39, 2d s. ’99. De t-o. 2 7 61 Onion thrips, Thrips tabaci Lind. Principal food plants: onion, lettuce. . Treatment: Spray affected plants with kerosene emulsion or whale oil soap solution. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 11th rep’t, 95. p. 241-47. 62 Rhubarb curculio, Lixus concavus Say. Principal food plant: rhubarb. ’ Treatment: hand picking. Chief accessible article: Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 23, n. s. 00. p. 61-69. | 63 Chrysanthemum fly, Phytomyza chrysanthemi Kow. Principal food plant: chrysanthemum. Treatment: Destroy infested leaves. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 4th rep’t, °88. p. 73-80; 7th rep’t, 91. p. 242-46. 64 Mushroom phora, Phora agarici Lintn. Principal food plant: mushrooms. Treatment: Kill flies with dry pyrethrum. 844 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 10th rep’t, 94. p. 399-405. | 65 Manure fly, Sciara coprophila Lintn. Principal food: decaying vegetable matter, rarely injurious. Treatment: Spray soil with kerosene emulsion and follow with a sprinkling of water. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 10th rep’t, 94. p. 391-97. 66 Wild parsnip worm, Depressaria heracliana DeG. Principal food plant: wild parsnip, and the species there- fore can hardly be considered injurious. 67 Genista caterpillar, Mecyna reversalis Guen. Prin- cipal food plant: Genista and Cytisus. Treatment: Spray infested plants with hellebore or an arsen- ical poison. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 11th rep’t, 795. p. 142-45. | 68 Milkweed butterfly, Anosia plexippus Linn. Prin- -cipal food plant: common milkweed. This is a common but not an injurious species. GRASS AND GRAIN INSECTS (69-83) For general works, see last two publications cited under Fruit tree insects, p. 833. 69 May beetle, Lachnosterna fusca Frohl. Principal — food plant: grass roots. Treatment: Spray infested areas heavily with kerosene emul- sion just before a rain or follow spraying with a liberal watering. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 9th rep’t, ’92. p. 353-57. 70 Green June beetle, Allorhina nitida Linn. Principal food plant: decomposing vegetable matter and possibly grass roots to some extent. Treatment: same as for the preceding, also poisoned bran mash, | Chief accessible article: Howard, L. 0. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 10, n. s. 98. p. 20-26, id REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 845 71 Punctured clover leaf weevil Phytonomus punc- tatus Fabr. Principal food plant: clover. Treatment: Plow under badly infested fields. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 1st rep’t, °82 p. 247-53; ——— 5th rep’t, ’89. p. 272-73; 7th rept, 791. cp: 315-16. 72 Phytonomus nigrirostris Fabr. Principal food plant: clover; it is not a species of much economic importance. 73 Army worm, Leucania unipuncta Haw. Principal food plants: grass and grains. Treatment: clean culture, debarring from infested fields, poisoned bran mash. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A. state ent. 11th rep’t, 96. p. 190-214; Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 183. 97. p. 233-58; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 104. 796. ‘p. 122-29: 15th rep’t, 96. p. 583-605. 74 Clover hay caterpillar, Pyralis costalis Fabr. Prin- ‘eipal food plant: clover. Treatment: Keep hay clean and dry, salt lower layers, do not allow old hay to remain over from year to year. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 11th rep’t, ’95. p. 145-51. 75 Hessian fly, Cecidomyia destructor Say. Chief food plant: wheat. } Treatment: Late planting in connection with early sown decoy strips to be plowed under in late fall; grow resistant varieties, cut straw high in infested districts and burn stubble. Chief accessible articles: Fitch, Asa. Noxious, beneficial insects N. Y. 7th rep’t, ’62. p. 183-44; Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Circ. 14, 2d s. ’95. p.1-4; Osborn, Herbert. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 16, n. s. ’98. p. 1-57. 76 Jointworm, Isosoma hordei MHarr. Principal food plant: barley. Treatment: Burn infested straw. Chief accessible articles: Fitch, Asa. Noxious, beneficial insects ‘N. Y. 7th rep’t, ’62. p. 155-59; Lintner, J. A., state ent. 4th rep’t, °88, p. 27-35. 846 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 77 Isosoma grande Riley. Principal food plant: baba Treatment: same as preceding. Chief accessible articles: Riley, C. V. U. S. dep’t agric. Rep’t,. 84. p. 357-58; Webster, F. M. U.S. dep’t agric. Rep’t, ’84. p. 383-87; , Rep’t, ’85. p. 811-15; Riley, C. V. U. S. dep’t agrie. Rep’t, ’86. p. 542-46. 78 Chinch bug, Blissus leucopterus Say. Principal food plants: grasses, small grains, corn. Treatment: Burn grass, etc. sheltering hibernating bugs, sow decoy plots, plow badly infested areas or spray with kerosene emulsion, protect cultivated crops by barriers. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 2d rep’t, ’85. p. 148-64; Webster, F. M. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 15, n. s. 98. p. 1-82. } 79 Red-legged locust, Melanoplus femur-rubrum DeG. Principal food plants: grasses and grains. Treatment: Plow young hoppers under, collect with Sodnee dozer; poisoned bran mash. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 10th rep’t, ’94. p. 439-45. 80 Melanoplus femoratus Burm. Same as 79. 81 Pellucid locust, Camnula pellucida Scudd. Same as 79. 82 Carolina locust, Dissosteira carolina Linn. Same as 79. . aM 838 Circotettix verruculatus Scudd. Sameas79. HOUSEHOLD INSECTS (84-99) 84 Little red ant, Monomorium pharaonis Linn. Principal food: sweets, lard, etc. Treatment: Destroy nests with carbon bisulfid, kerosene emulsion or boiling water, trap with lard or sponge dipped in sweetened water and destroy. Chief accessible articles: Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. 8. 796. p. 95-99; —— Circ. 34, 2d s.’98. p. 1-45 Lintner, J. A., state ent. 11th rept, 795. p. 109-145 Relies. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. ’99. 59:298-99. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 S47 85 Large black ant, Camponotus pennsylvanica Cress. Bores in wood and is occasionally found in houses. Treatment: same as for &4, so far as practicable. 86 House fly, Musca domestica Linn. Principal food: a very general feeder. Treatment: keep premises clean and prevent the flies from getting at manure. Exclude with screens. Chief accessible articles: Howard, L. 0., and Marlatt, C. L. U.S. dep’t. agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. 796 p. 43-47; Howard, L. 0. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Circ. 35, 2d s. 98. p. 1-8; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 799. 59 :295-96. _ 87 Cheese skipper, Piophila casei Linn. Principal food: cheese, ham. Treatment: Exclude flies, bes affected products in darkness, destroy eggs every few days. Chief accessible articles: Howard, L. 0. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. 796. p. 102-4; Lintner, J. A., state ent. 12th rep’t, 96. p. 229-34; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. ’99. 59 :300-1. 88 Larder beetle, Dermestes lardarius nL Prin- cipal food: bacon, dried meat, skins, ete. Treatment: Keep the beetles away by using screens or tight receptacles, clean up frequently, and give the pest little oppor- tunity to breed. Chief accessible articles: plein eters J. A., state ent. 6th rep’t, ’90. p. 119-283; Howard, L. 0. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. 96. p. 107-9; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. ’99. 59: 300. 89 Croton bug, Phyllodromia germanica Fabr.’ Principal food: a very general feeder. . Treatment: Cleanliness and the use of a roach poison, such as Hooper’s fatal food; fumigate with sulfur, entice the insects to enter vessels partly filled with stale beer, from which no escape is provided. | Chief accessible articles: Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. 96. p. 90-95; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 799. 59: 229. | ao 848 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 90 Cockroach, Periplaneta orientalis Linn. Prin- cipal food: a very general feeder. Treatment: same as for 89. Chief accessible articles: Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t. agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. 796. p. 90-95; Felt, E. P. .N. Y. ‘statetaerie, 6oer Trans: 99. 597 299. 91 Black carpet beetle, Attagenus piceus Oliv. Prin- cipal food: woolens, horn, dried animal matter. Treatment: Use rugs or matting in place of carpet when- ever possible. Infested carpets should be taken up and sprayed with benzin, and the cracks in the floor should be filled with plaster before relaying. Clean garments and furs thoroughly — and store during the summer in tight boxes. Fumigate infested apartments with sulfur. | } Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 2d rep’t, ’85. p. 46-48; —— 9th rep’t, ’92. p. 299-306; Howard, L. 0., and Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. ’96. p. 61-63; Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 8, n. s. ’97. p. 15-19; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. ’99. 59: 297-98. 92 Buffalo carpet beetle, Anthrenus scrophulariae Linn. Principal food: woolens, dried animal matter. Treatment: same as for 91. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 9th rep’t, 792. p. 299-306; Howard, L. 0., and Marlatt, C. L. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. ’96. p. 58-60; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 799. 59: 297-98. 93 Two spotted ladybug, Adalia bipunctata Linn. Food: Preys on other insects and is therefore beneficial, though it is frequently mistaken for a carpet beetle. Treatment: Always protect the beetles. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 9th rep’t, 92. p. 8300; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 99. 59: 297. 94 Museum pest, Anthrenus verbasci Linn. Principal food: dried animal matter. Treatment: Exclude from collections by using tight boxes, and supplement by frequent examinations, fumigate infested boxes with carbon bisulfid. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 SiS Chief accessible article: Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 8, n. s. ’97. p. 22-23. 95 Clothes moth, Tineola biselliella Hum. Principal food: woolens. Treatment: same as for 91. Chief accessible articles: Marlatt, C. L. U. S. dep’t agric div. ent. Cire. 36, 2d s. ’98. p. 1-8; Howard, L. 0., and Marlatt, C. L. U.S: dep’t agric: div. ent. Bul. 4, n..s.°96: p.:63-69;-Felt, E.)P. N. Y. state agric soc. Trans. ’99. 59: 297-98. 96 Silver fish, Thermobia furnorum Rov. Principal food: farinaceous matter. | Treatment: Keep things dry and do not allow them to remain undisturbed for long periods, dust haunts with pyrethrum powder. Chief accessible articles: Marlatt, C. L..U. 8. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. ’96. p. 76-78; Felt, E. P., state ent. 14th rep’t, 798. p. 216-18; N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 799. 59: 301. 97 Bedbug, Acanthia lectularia Linn. Principal food: blood of certain mammalia. Treatment: Apply benzin, kerosene, other petroleum oi! or corrosive sublimate to crevices in infested beds. Fumigation with sulfur is valuable wherever possible. Chief accessible articles: Marlatt, C. L. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. ’96. p. 32-38; Feit, KE. P. N. Y. state agric. soc. Trans. 799. 59: 299-300. : 98 Masked bedbug hunter: kissing bug, Opsicoetus per- sonatus Linn. Principal food: other insects; only occasion- ally does it attack man. Treatment: Exclude from houses by the use of screens. Chief accessible articles: Howard, L. 0. Popular science monthly, Nov. ’99; —— U. 8. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 22. ’00. p. 24-25. 99 Squash bug, Anasa tristis DeG. Resembles 98 some- what, but on comparison a marked difference will be seen. 850 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM INSECTS AFFECTING STORED FOOD PRODUCTS (100-8) 100 Rice weevil, Calandra oryzae’ ‘Linn,’ Prince food: rice or its preparations. Treatment: Fumigate with carbon bisulfid. Chief accessible article: Chittenden, F. H. U. 8. dep’t agric. Yearbook. ’94. p. 280-81. 101 Pteromalus calandrae How., a parasite of 100. 102’ Grain ‘moth, Sitotro'ga’cerea lel a"Oe? Prem cipal food: corn, wheat. Treatment: Harvest and thresh grain early, fumigate infested grain with carbon bisulfid. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A. state ent. 2d rep’t, 85. p. 102-10; 10th rep’t, 94. p.377-86; Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. ’94. p. 281-83. 103 Corn Silvanus, Silvanus surinamensis Linn. Principal food: cereal grains. Treatment: Fumigate infested materials with carbon bisulfid. _ Chief accessible articles: Chittenden, F. H. U.S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. ’94. p. 287. 104 Meal worm, Tenebrio molitor Linn. Principal food: corn and rye meal. . Treatment: Fumigate infested meal with carbon bisulfid. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 8th rep’t, 91. p. 176-77; Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. fas S000) sp. dd Ooi. 105 Bean weevil, Bruchus obtectus Say. Principal food: beans. Treatment: Fumigate infested seeds with carbon bisulfid. Chief accessible article: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 7th rep’t, 91. p. 255-79. 106 Pea weevil Bruchus pisorum Linn. Principal LOOd;) pea.) 1)" Treatment: Early planting; fumigate infested peas with car- bon bisulfid. . Chief accessible article: Riley, C. V., and Howard, L. 0. Insect life, °91. 4: 297-99. as er REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 ‘Shi 107 Confused flour beetle, Tribolium confusum Duv. Frincipal food: Farinaceous preparations. Treatment: Fumigate infested preparations with carbon bisulfid. Chief accessible articles: Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. Yearbook. ’94. p. 288-89; ——- —— div. ent. Bul. 4. ’96. p. 113-15. 108 Cigarette beetle. Lasioderma testaceum Duft. Principal food: tobacco preparations. Treatment: Fumigate infested substances with carbon bisulfid, exclude the insects by using tight packages. Chief accessible article: Chittenden, F. H. U. S. dep’t agric. div, ent. ulye. mm si 796.6 py 126-27.4 BENEFICIAL INSECTS (109-63) Pollen-carriers These insects perform a most important function, because many fruit trees depend very largely on insects for the carrying of pollen from flower to flower. | 109 Honey bee, Apis mellifica Linn. This insect is exceedingly valuable as a pollenizer of plants as well as a pro- ducer of honey. Bumblebees, Bombus This genus is represented by a number of species, all valuable as pollen-carriers. 110 Bombus fervidus Fabr. bib. penn sy | yvamacuws DeG: 112 B. terricola Kirby 1S We ria rues say 114 B. vagans Smith 115) .B.vi rgin icus Oliv. 116 Melissodes obliqua Say 117 M. perplexa Cress. 852 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Leaf-cutter bees, Megachile The popular name comes from the peculiar habit certain species, at least, have of cutting bits out of leaves to use in nest building. 118 Megachile montivaga Cress. 119 M. latimanus Say 120 Andrena crataegi Rob. wT21 oA, f4.m ber ia, fa Snad bh 122 Agapostemon radiatus Say 123 Halictus parallelus Say 124 Wasp, Polistes pallipes St Farg. 125 Vespa arenaria Fabr. 126 Yellow jacket, Vespa diabolica Sauss. 127 White-faced hornet, Vespa maculata Linn. Flower flies; syrphus flies, Syrphidae 128 Spilomyia fusca Loew 129 Helophilus latifrons Loew 130 H. similis Macq. 131 Eristalis flavipes Walk. 132, E. tenax Linn. ls2anT wow opr 1a Cond ca Fabr., a parasite of the above. 1338 Eristalis transversus Wied. 1384 Volucella evecta Walk. Parasites A number of serious insect pests are held in check by para- sitic enemies. These beneficial species should be protected, and in fighting insects the destruction of parasites should be avoided whenever possible. 1385 Pteromalus vanessae How. 186 Pimpla congquisitor Say 1387 Ophion purgatum Say 1388 Ichneumon flavicornis Cr. 139 Red-tailed tachina fly, Winthemia 4-pustulata Fabr. REPORT OF THE STATE BNTOMOLOGIST 1901 853. Predaceous insects Some predaceous insects are most efficient aids in controlling insect depredations. The syrphid flies and ladybugs are ex- amples of well known enemies of plant lice. 140 Potter wasp, Humenes fraternus Say 141 Digger wasp, Bembex fasciata Fabr. 142 Sphaerophoria cylindrica, Say 143 Syrphusribesii Linn. 144 Margined soldier beetle. Chauliognathus mar- ginatus Fabr. 145 Pennsylvania soldier beetle, Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG. Ladybugs, Coccinellidae Plant lice or aphids find some of their most serious enemies in this group. 146 Brachyacantha ursina Fabr. 147 Twice-stabbed ladybug, Chilocorus bivulinerus Muls. 148 15 spotted ladybug, Anatis ocellata Linn. 149 Two spotted ladybug, Adalia bipunctata Linn. 150 Coccinella sanguinea Linn. 151 Transverse ladybug, Coccinella transversalis Muls. ) 152 Nine spotted ladybug, Coccinella 9-notata Herbst. 153 Three banded ladybug, Coccinella trifasciata Linn. 154 Parenthetical ladybug, Hippodamia parenthe- Sis Say 155 Convergent ladybug, Hippodamia convergens Guer. 156 Spotted ladybug, Megilla maculata DeG. 157 Spined soldier bug, Podisus spinosus Dall. 158 Lace-winged fly, Chrysopa species. 854 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Silkworms The mulberry silkworm is the insect which produces all the raw material from which silks are manufactured. Several related species are also represented in the collection. 159 Mulberry silkworm, Bombyx mori Linn. 160 Cynthia moth, Samia cynthia Dru. 161 Polyphemus moth: American silkworm, Telea poly- phemus Cram. 162 Japanese silkworm, Antheraea yamimai Guer. 163 Chinese silkworm, Antheraea pernyi Guer. SCALE INSECTS, Cocecidae (164-202) A natural group of great economic importance. Chief articles on the group Comstock, J. H. U. 8S. dep’t agric. Rep’t, ’80. p. 276-349; Cornell univ. dep’t ent. 2d rep’t, ’83. p. 45-147. Cockerell, T. D. A. Check list of the Coccidae. Ill. state lab. nat. hist. Bul. °96, v. 4, art. 11, p. 318-39; supplement, Ill. state lab. nat. hist. Bul. "99. v. 5, art. 7, p. 389-98. 164 Cottony cushion scale insect, Icerva purchasi Mask. This species is of interest on account of its threatening the destruction of the citrus fruit industry of California about 1880. Principal food plants: citrus trees. Treatment: Importation of natural enemies, fumigation with hydrocyanic acid gas. Chief articles: Riley, C. V. U. 8S. dep’t agric. Rep’t, 780. | Ps 466-91. 165 Klm tree bark louse. Gossyparia ulmi Geoff. Prin- cipal food plant: European elms. Treatment: Spray with kerosene emulsion or a whale oil soap solution in early spring. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 12th rep’t, 96. p. 292-97; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 20. 798. p.)diGans; — -— Bul. 27. ’99. p. 46; com. 5th rep’t, ’99. p. 375-79. 166 Oak kermes, Kermes galliformis Riley. Princi- Fisheries, game and forest pal food plant: oaks; rarely injurious. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 R25 167 Golden oak scale insect, Asterolecanium variol- osum Ratz. Principal food plant: oak. Treatment: Spray with kerosene emulsion in early summer. Chief accessible articles: Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Rep’t, ’°95. p. 550-51. 168 Barnacle scale insect, Ceroplastes cirripedifor- mis Comst. A southern species which occurs on orange and quince. 169 Lecanium armeniacum Craw. A species recently intro- duced into New York state. Principal food plants: grape, currant. Chief accessible notice: Felt, E. P., state ent. 14th rep’t, ’98. p. 240. 170 Cherry lecanium, Lecanium cerasifex Fitch. Oc- curs rather commonly on maple, oak, cherry and appletrees. Treatment: Spray infested trees in winter or in early spring with kerosene emulsion (1-4). 171 Lecanium fitchii Sign. Infests raspberry and blackberry bushes. 172 Common greenhouse lecanium, Lecanium hesperi- dum Linn. A bad pest on many house and greenhouse plants. Treatment: Spray or wash plants with kerosene emulsion or a soap solution. 173 Black scale insect, Lecanium oleae Bern. A seri- ous pest on many plants in California. 174 New York plum scale insect, Lecanium prunastri Fonse. Principal food plant: plum. Treatment: Spray infested trees with kerosene emulsion (1-4) just after the leaves fall. 3 Chief accessible articles: Slingerland, M. V. Cornell agric. exp. sta. Bul. 83. ’94. p. 681-99; —— —— Bul. 108. ’96. p. 82-86; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 136. ’97. p. 583-86. 175 Tuliptree scale insect, Lecanium tulipiferae Gook. Principal food plant: tuliptree. Treatment: Spray infested trees with kerosene emulsion or whale oil soap solution. 856 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Chief accessible article: Felt, E. P., state ent. 14th rep’t, 798. (Mus. bul. 23) p. 213-16. 176 Cottony maple tree seale insect, Pulvinaria innu- merabilis Rathy. Principal food plants: maple, elm, grape. Treatment: Spray young in July with kerosene emulsion or whale oil soap solution. A powerful stream of cold water or a stiff brush will dislodge many females. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 6th rep’t, 790. p. 141-47; Felt, E. P. Fisheries, game and forest com. 4th rep’t, sep. ’98. p. 29-31; Howard, L. 0. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 22, n. s. 700. p. 8-16. 177 Putnam’s scale insect, Aspidiotus ancylus Putn. Principal food plants: maple, elm, currant, fruit trees. Treatment: rarely injurious. Chief accessible articles: Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 136. ’97. p. 593; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 46. ’01. p. 326-30. 178 Aspidiotus dictyospermi Morg. A greenhouse Species occurring on Areca lutescens. 179 Cherry scale insect, Aspidiotus forbesi Johns. Principal food plants: cherry and apple trees. Treatment: Spray infested trees in winter or early spring with a contact insecticide. Chief accessible article: Felt, E. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 46. O01. p. 380-32. 180 Ivy scale insect, Aspidiotus hederae Vall. Prin- cipal food plants: common on ivy and a number of other green- house plants. | Treatment: Spray infested plants with an ivory or whale oil soap solution. Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A,, state ent. 11th rep’t, 96. p. 203-4; Felt, E. P. N. Y. state mus. Bul. 46. ’01. p. 333-36. 181 Aspidiotus lataniae Sign. A greenhouse species infesting palms. 182 European fruit tree scale insect, Aspidiotus ostreae- formis Curt. Principal food plant: plum. REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 857 Treatment: Spray infested trees in winter or early spring with contact insecticides. Chief accessible article: Felt, E. P. N. Y¥. state mus. Bul. 46. 01. p. 828-26. | 183 San José scale insect, Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst. Principal food plants: fruit and many other trees and shrubs. Treatment: Spray infested trees in winter or early spring with whale oil soap or a mechanical emulsion of crude petroleum, Chief accessible articles: Lintner, J. A., state ent. 11th rep’t, °96. p. 200-33; Howard, L. 0., and Marlatt, C. L. U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 4, n. s. ’96. p. 1-80; Lowe, V. H. N. Y. agric. exp. sta. Bul. 136. ’97. p. 571-602; Howard, L. 0., U.S. dep’t agric. div. ent. Bul. 12, n.s. 798. -p. 1, 1-32; Felt, E, P., state ent. 16th rep’t, 00. p. 967-88; N. Y. state mus. Bul. 46. ’01. p. 304-23, 336-42. 184 Gloomy scale insect, Aspidiotus tenebricosus Comst. A southern species infesting red maple. 185 Elm Aspidiotus, Aspidiotus ulmi Johns. Princi- pal food plant: elm, rarely injurious. 186 Grapevine Aspidiotus, Aspidiotus uvae Comst. A Southern species infesting grapvines. 187 Red scale insect of Florida, Chrysomphalus aoni- dum Linn. Principal food plants: on palms and other green- house plants. 3 Treatment: Wash or spray infested plants with whale oil or other soap solution. 188 Xerophilaspis prosopidis Ckll. A southern ‘Species occurring on Prosopis velutina. 189 Cactus scale insect, Diaspis calyptroides Costa. Found on cactuses in greenhouses. 190 Juniper scale insect, Diaspis carueli Targ. Found occasionally on juniper in New York state. 191 Peach scale insect, Diaspis pentagona Tare. A dangerous subtropic species which has become established in localities in the southern United States. 192 Aulacaspis boisduvalii Sign. Found on a ‘greenhouse orchid. 858 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 193 Aulacaspis elegans Leon. TOE, AOE: Cuterebra? cuniculi, 754°-55", 806°. Cutworms, 778°, 782’, 790°, 791%, 798%, 827. variegated, 841°. Cyeas revoluta, 858". Cycnia egle, 786°. Cydnidae, 8897. Cyllene pictus, 859°. robiniae, 804°, 860°. Cynipidae, 865°, 869°. Cytisus, Mecyna reversalis injuring, 844+. Damsel flies, 701°. Darkling beetles, 871+. Datana ministra, 786’, 786°. decem-lineata, Doryphora, see Dory- phora 10-lineata. Dendroctonus terebrans, 801°, 8614. dentatus, Phlaeosinus, see Phlaeosi- nus dentatus. Depressaria heracliana, 844°. Dermestes lardarius, 803°, 847°. Dermestidae, 8757. destructor, Cecidomyia, see Hessian fly. destructor, Merisus, see Merisus de- structor. Diabrotica vittata, 776°, 778", 782°, 842?. Diaspis calyptroides, 857°. cearueli, 857°. pentagona, 857°. Diastictis ribearia, 839°. dictyospermi, Aspidiotus, see Aspi- diotus dictyospermi. diluticostana, Cenopis, see Cenopis diluticostana. Diplosis pyrivora, 833°. Diptera, 8667, 878’-80!; contributions of, 814+. Disonycha collaris, 785°. dispar, Porthetria, see Porthetria dis- par. dispar, Xyleborus, dispar. Dissosteira carolina, 846’. disstria, Clisiocampa, see campa disstria. domestica, Musea, see Musca domes- tica. see Xyleborus Clisio- dorsalis, Odontota, see Odontota dorsalis. Doryphora 10-lineata, see Potato beetles. Dragon fiies, 890°-91*. Drosophila ampelophila, 803°. Dryobates villosus, 731°. Dryocoetes sp. 860°. 908 Dryocoetes eichhoffi, 860°. duodecim-punctata, Crioceras, see Crioceras 12-punctata. Dutchess county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 777°-79°. Dytiscidae, 876°-77?. Earwigs, 890°. egle, Cycnia, see Cycnia egle. eichhoffi, Dryocoetes, see Dryocoetes eichhoffi. Elaphidion villosum, 859°. Hlateridae, 874°. elegans, Aulacaspis, see Aulacaspis elegans. Elm, insects injurious to: Aspidiotus ancylus, 856+. ulmi, 857°. Chionaspis americana, 858°. Clisiocampa disstria, 861°. Huvanessa antiopa, 865°. Galerucella luteola, 7387-41’, 864+. Gossyparia ulmi, 854’, 864’. Hyphantria cunea, 862°. Magdalis barbita, 863°. Notolophus leucostigma, 864’. Paleacrita vernata, 7987, 8007. Pulvinaria innumerabilis, 856’. Saperda tridentata, 863°. Tremex columba, 863°. Typophorus canellus, 781°. Elm aspidiotus, 857°. Elm bark borer, 802°, 8307, 868°. Elm bark louse, 804’, 804°, 829*, 830%, 854", 864°. Elm caterpillar, spiny, 865°. Elm Chionaspis, 858°. Elm leaf beetle, 699°, 7387-41, 776°, 777, 792°, 8028, 803°, 804°, 8305, 864°. Elm snout beetle, 863°. English fruit tree scale insect, 8297. Ensign flies, 869°. Entedon epigonus, 722%. Entomologic field station, 701’. Entomologist, work of, 801’. entomophilum, Sporotrichum, s¢ée Sporotrichum entomophilum. ephemeraeformis, Thyridopteryx, see Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ephemerida, 891+. Epicauta cinerea, 750*, 8077, 841°. pennsylvanica, 749°-50". vittata, 749", 777%, 841°. epigonus, Entedon, see Hntedon epi- gonus. Hpitrix cucumeris, 796°, 797°, 842°. erichsonii, Lygaeonematus, see yt gaeonematus erichsonii. Erie county, summary of voluntary reports from, 779°-81*. Hrotylidae, 875°. erythrocephalus, Neoclytus, see Neo- clytus erythrocephalus. EHumenidae, 867°. euonymi, Chionaspis, see Chionaspis euonymi. Huonymus scale insect, 779°, 858°. Hupelmus allynii, 722°. Euphoria inda, 833°. Euplexoptera, 890°. Euproctis chrysorrhoea, 835°. HKuropean fruit tree scale insect, 856°-57*. Huropean willow gall midge, 741?- 446 explanation of plate, 899*-9007. Huvanessa antiopa, 779°, 790*, 791°, 865%. Evaniidae, 869°. exitiosa, Sanninoides, see noides exitiosa. Experiments with insecticides, 701%. Extension work, 702%. Sanni- fagi, Phyllaphis, see Phyllaphis fagi. Fall army worm, see Army worm. Fall web worm, 699°, 778°, 783°, 786%, 786°, 787', 790", 791°, 799°, 862°. Farmers institutes, 702*. fasciatus, Graphisurus, see Graphi- surus fasciatus. ‘ fayi, Saperda, see Saperda fayi. femorata, Chrysobothris, see Chry- sobothris femorata. femoratus, Melanoplus, see Melano- plus femoratus. ; femur-rubrum, Melanoplus, see Me- lanoplus femur-rubrum. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 ferns, insect injurious to: Henichionaspis aspidistrae, 858’. Fidia viticida, 733'-34*, 734°, 837°. Fig trees, ants injuring, 807°. Fireflies, 874". ~ Fish moth, 803%. fitchii, Lecanium, see Lecanium fit- ehii. Flea beetle, 827+. pale striped, 750%-513, 783°, 798°, 802°, 803°. red-headed, 735*, 8427. small black, 7967. Fleas, 792°, 8037, 878. fletcherella, Coleophora, see Coleo- phora fletcherella. Flies, two-winged, 878?-80'. Flower cricket, 802°, 840". Flour beetle, confused, 8511. Flying boring bugs, 799°. forbesi, Aspidiotus, see Aspidiotus forbesi. Forest insects, 738°-49°, 829*, 8591-62°; study of, 701°. Forest tent-caterpillar, 699°, 735°, 776°, 829°, 861°-62?; occurrence re- corded, 776°, 778, 778°, 779°, 7817, 784’, 784°, 784°, 785°, 786°, 786’, (S85) MS8OP (SO Ooo (Oe 92”. 792°, 793°, 793°, 7941, 7948, 7952, 796°, 797", 798°; citations on, 802%, 8027, 804', 804°. Forester, eight-spotted, 788‘, 838°. Formicidae, 868°. Framed photographs, 8321, 895". Fraxinus excelsior, insects on, 779°. frontalis, Systena, see Systena front- alis. frugiperda, Laphygma, hygma frugiperda. Fruit flies, 803°. Fruit tree bark beetle, 731°-32°, 764°, 795°, 802*, 803°, 805°, 834". Fruit tree bark borers, 804°. Fruit tree insects, 8268, 8337-387", 837°-40%. Fulgoridae, 887°. fulleri, Aramigus, see Aramigus ful- leri. Fulton county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 781‘. see Lap- 826°-27°, 909 fulvescens, Theronia, see Theronia fulvescens. Fungus disease, 864°. Fungus gnats, 880%. furfura, Chionaspis, see Chionaspis furfura. furnorum, Thermobia, see Thermo- bia furnorum. fusca, Lachnosterna, see Lachnos- terna fusca. fusciceps, Phorbia, see Phorbia fus- ciceps. fuscipes, Pteromalus, see Pteromalus fuscipes. Galerucella cavicollis, 861°. luteola, 699%, 738°-41°, 776°, 777°, 792°, 802°, 803°, 804°, 880%, 864’. See also Elm leaf beetle. Gall flies, 869°. Gall gnats, 880*. Gall insects, work of, 830+, 865*-66". Gall midge, European willow, 741°- 44°, galliformis, galliformis. Garden flea, 753°-54’. Garden insects, 7497-578, 827%, 840°- 44°, geminatus, Paniscus, see Paniscus geminatus. Genesee county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 781°-84’. Genista, Mecyna reversalis injuring, 844". Genista caterpillar, 844*. Geometridae, 885°. germanica, Phyllodromia, see Phyl- lodromia germanica. Gipsy moth, 7007, 802°, 803’, 835°. Gloomy scale insect, 857°. Gnathotrichus materiarius, 860°. Goes pulchra, 779°. Gold gilt beetle, 803°. Golden oak scale insect, 746°-49°, 807’, 8557. Good’s whale oil soap, 770°-75°, 8017; experiments against San José seale, 763’. Kermes, see Kermes -Gooseberries, insect injurious to: Pteronus ribesii, 777’. 910 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Gossyparia ulmi, 804’, 804°, 854’, 864’. Gouty gall beetle, 839°. Grain, insects injurious to: 827%, 844°-467. Blissus leucopterus, 846°. Leucania unipuncta, 845°. Melanoplus femur-rubrum, 846°. Silvanus surinamensis, 850‘. Grain beetles, 804". Grain moth, 800%, 801°, 828°, 850°. grande, Isosoma, see Isosoma grande. grandis, Lebia, see Lebia grandis. Grapevine, insects injurious to: 826°. Alypia octomaculata, 838°. Anomala lucicola, 838°. Aspidiotus uvae, 802%, 857°. Colaspis brunnea, 734%. Fidia viticida, 733'-34', 837°. Haltica chalybea, 838*. Lecanium armeniacum, 855%. Oxyptilus periscelidactylus, 799°, 8387. Pelidnota punctata, 838". Pulvinaria innumeraibilis, 8567. Systena frontalis, 735%. hudsonias, 734°. Thyreus abbotii, 840°. Typhlocyba comes var. vyvitis, 737°, 838°. Grapevine Aspidiotus, 802°, 857°. Grapevine beetle, 795°. light-loving, 838°. spotted, 777°, 799°, 8387. Grapevine fidia, 7337-34'. Grapevine flea beetle, 8271, 838%. Grapevine leaf hopper, 737°-38', 838°. Grapevine plume moth, 799°, 8277, 838". Grapevine root worm, 826°, 837°. Graphisurus fasciatus, 779°. Grapholithidae, 886°. Grass, insects injurious to: 827°, 844°-467. Allorhina nitida, 844°. Blissus leucopterus, 846°. Lachnosterna fusca, 844’. Leucania unipuncta, 845°. Melanoplus femur-rubrum, 846°. Grasshoppers, 702°, 7771, 7814, 785°, 185%, 186) TSE, ASE, -Taaat fas 794%, 794*, 796°, 804°, 827°, 889*-907. Green worms, 786°. Greene county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 784’. Greenhouse lecanium, 855°. Ground beetles, 877°. Gryllidae, 890°. Gyrinidae, 876’. Haematobia serrata, 781°, 786*. Haliplidae, 8777. Halisidota caryae, 862°. Haltica chalybea, 795°, 838+. Ham skipper, 803°. Harlequin cabbage bug, 804’. Harlequin milkweed caterpillars, 786°. hederae, Aspidiotus, see Aspidiotus. hederae. Hellebore, 839°, 840°, 841. Hemichionaspis aspidistrae, 858%. Hemiptera, 887*-89°; contributions of, 820'-24". Hemlock, Cryphalus striatus injur- ing, 860%. heracliana, Depressaria, see Depres- saria heracliana. Heraclides cresphontes, 790%, 807°. Herkimer county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 784°-86*. herrickii, Platygaster, see Platygas- ter herrickii. hesperidum, Lecanium, see Lecan- ium hesperidum. Hesperiidae, 882°. Hessian fly, 699°-700*, 705-30, 776%, 777°, 8014, 827°; bibliography, 725*- 30; chief accessible articles, 845°; citations on, 705*, 801‘, 804°, 805*, 808", 845°; effects of continued dry- ness and moisture, 717°-19?; emer- gence and flight, 716°-17°; food plants, 714*; number of genera- tions, 715’-16’; signs of infestation, 719; early injuries in New York by, 705°-6°; recent injuries in west- 759°-61%,. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 ern New York, 706°-13*; introduc- tion, 705°; life history, 7147-19*; oc- currence recorded, 779°, 780°, 781’, Gaz, (82 (83, 18ST, 18S, 790", Tor, (942, 9a 9s 1907, (90°, 796°, 797°, 798, 800°; parasites, 720°-22°; explanation of plate, 8998; preventive and remedial meas- ures, 7231-25’, 801%, 845’; descrip- tion of various stages, 713*-14*, Heterocera, 882°-86?. Hickory, insects injurious to: Cyllene pictus, 859°. Goes pulchra, 779°. Halisidota caryae, 862°. Hickory borer, painted, 859°. Hickory gall, 805°. Hippodamia 15-punctata, 780+. Histeridae, 874°. histrionica, Murgantia, see Murgan- tia histrionica. Honey bee, 851°. hordei, Isosoma, see Isosoma hordei. Horn, flies, 781°, 786%. Horntails, 8697. Horse-chestnut tree, Notolophus leu- costigma injuring, 794’, 864’. hortensis, Smynthurus, see Smyn- thurus hortensis. House ants, see Ants. House flies, 788°, 8037, 828°, 847°. Household insects, 803', 828', 846'- 49°, Howard, L. O., to, T04‘. hudsonias, Systena, see Systena hud- sonias. Hydrobatidae, 888°. - Hydrocyanie gas, 801°. Hydroecia nitela, 841°. Hydrophilidae, 876%. Hymenoptera, &866'-69°; contributions of, 808°-9°. Hyphantria cunea, 699°, 778°, 783°, "86°, (86°, °78C" TS06, 191"; 799°, 862°. acknowledgments Icerya purchasi, 854°. Ichneumon fly, 807%, 869°. Ichneumonidae, 869°. SEL inda, Euphoria, see Huphoria inda. Injurious insects, 705-30. innumerabilis, Pulvinaria, see Pul- vinaria innumerabilis. Insect book, 806°. Insecticides, experiments with, 701+. See also Remedies and preventives for insect depredations. integer, ? Janus, see ? Janus integer. Isoptera, 890’. Isosoma grande, 846". hordei, 845°. Ivy, Aspidiotus hederae injuring, 856". Ivy scale insect, 8567. ? Janus integer, 790°. Japan plum, scale on, 801°. Jassidae, 887%. Jefferson county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 786*-87'. Johannsen, O. A., study of Chirono- midae, 701°. Jointworm, 845%. | June beetles, 7827, 790*, 792°, 790°, 827°. green, 799*, 844°. Juniper plant bug, 804. Juniper seale insect, 857°. juniperina, Pentatoma, see Pentato- ma juniperina. Kermes galliformis, 854°. Kerosene, 801°, 801°, 802*, 805°, 837°, 839", 848°, 8447, 8447, 846% 854°, 8557, 855°, 855°, 855°, 855°, 8587, 858%, 858", 864?. Kissing bug, 849". Lachnosterna, 777’. fusea, 844’. Lady beetle, 802°. Lady bugs, 853%, 875%. 15-spotted, 780*. two-spotted, 848’. Lamellicorn beetles, 873%. Lampyridae, 874". lanigera, Schizoneura, neura lanigera. minute black, 764+, see Schizo- ¥ 912 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Lantern fly family, 887°. lapathi, Cryptorhynchus, see Cryp- torhynchus lapathi. Laphygma frugiperda, 804’. Larch lappet, 806°. Larch sawflies, 7887. lardarius, Dermestes, see Dermestes lardarius. Larder beetle, 803%, 847°. laricis, Tolype, see Tolype laricis. Lasiocampidae, 884’. Lasioderma testaceum, 851°. lataniae, Aspidiotus, see Aspidiotus lataniae. iS Leaf beetles, 8717-72’. Leaf bugs, 888°. 4 lined, 839. Leaf-cutter bee, 806’, 852". Leaf feeder, 807’, 861°-62’. Leaf hoppers, 797°, 887+. Leaf-miner, locust, 861°. Leaf-rollers, 886°. oblique banded, 836%. red-banded, 804°. Lebia grandis, 841°. Lecanium armeniacum, 855’. cerasifex, 777°, 855*. fitchii, 855°. hesperidum, 855°. nigrofasciatum, 748°, 749+. explanation of plate, 900*. oleae, 855". prunastri, 855’. tulipiferae, 855°-567. lecontei, Lophyrus, see Lophyrus le- contei. lectularia, Acanthia, see Acanthia lectularia. Leopard moth, 745'-46%, 797°, 802%, 8307, 863°. explanation of plate, 9007. Lepidoptera, 880°-86°; contributions of, 815'-19°. Leptidae, 879". Lettuce, Thrips tabaci injuring, 785°, 843°. Leucania unipuncta, 845%. leucopterus, Blissus, see Blissus leu- copterus. leucostigma, Notolophus, see Noto- lophus leucostigma. Lice, 889". Linden tree, Notolophus _ leucos- tigma injuring, 864". lineatella, Anarsia, see Anarsia line- atella. lineatum, Rhagium, see Rhagium lineatum. lineatus, Poecilocapsus, see Poecilo- capsus lineatus. Lintner, J. A., entomologie library and collection, 7037. Lithocolletis aceriella, 862’. Lithosiidae, 883*. Livingston county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 787°. Lixus concavus, 843’. Locust borers, 804°, 860". Locust leaf-miner, 861°. Locust trees, insects injurious to: Cyllene robiniae, 860°. Odontota dorsalis, 861°. Locustidae, 889°-90°. Locusts, 889#-907. Carolina, 846’. pellucid, 846°. red-legged, 846*. Long sting, lunate, 805°, 863°-64'. Lophoderus triferana, 804°. Lophyrus lecontei, 861°. Lucanidae, 873°. lucicola, Anomala, see Anomala luci- cola. lunator, Thalessa, see Thalessa lun- ator. luteola, Galerucella, see Galerucella luteola. Lycaenidae, 881°. Lygaeidae, 888’. Lygaeonematus erichsonil, 788’. Lygus pratensis, 839°. Lymantriidae, 883’. Macrodactylus subspinosus, 785’, 798*, 834°-35?. Magdalis barbita, 863°. mali, Aphis, see Aphis mali. mali, Monarthrum, see Monarthrum mali. INDEX TO REPORT OF THD STATH ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 malifoliella, Tischeria, see Tischeria malifoliella. malivorella, Coleophora, see Coleo- phora malivorelia. Mamestra picta, 795°-96', 841°. mamestrae, Microplitis, see Micro- plitis mamestrae. mancus, Agriotes, see Agriotes man- cus. Mantidae, 890*. Mantis religiosus, ASU, (Ot Manure fly, 844?. Maple, insects injurious to: Aspidiotus ancylus, 856+. tenebricosus, 857°. Cacoecia argyrospila, 779°, 807%. Clisiocampa disstria, 786°, 829%, 861°. Hlaphidion villosum, 859°. Hyphantria cunea, 787'. Lecanium cerasifex, 855%. nigrofasciatum, 748’. Lithocolletis aceriella, 862’. Mytilaspis pomorum, 784°. Notolophus leucostigma, 864". Paleacrita vernata, 794°. Plagionotus speciosus, 782°, 790°, 863'. Porthetria dispar, 835°. Prionoxystus robiniae, 7447-45’, 859%. Pseudococcus aceris, 749%. Pulvinaria innumerabilis, 8567. Tremex columba, 863°. Xylocleptes sp. 860°. Xyloterus politus, 860". Maple borer or sugar maple borer, 782°, 788°, 790*, 8028, 8307, 8637. Maple leaf-miner, 862’. Mapletree pruner, 859°. materiarius, Gnathotrichus, see Gnathotrichus materiarius. May beetles, 777", 786°, 797%, 844’. May flies, 792°, 891+. Meal worm, 850°. Measuring worms, 885%. Mecoptera, 887'; contributions of, 819°. Mecyna reversalis, 844+. 755'-57°, 785°, 913 Megachile, 852*. sp. 8067. Megalopygidae, 883°. Melandryidae, 871%. Melanoplus femoratus, 846°. femur-rubrum, 846*. Melanotus communis, 802'. Melittia satyriniformis, 842*. mella, Tachina, see Tachina mella. mellifica, Apis, see Apis mellifica. -Meloidae, 871’. Melon vines, Symnthurus hortensis injuring, 753°-54°. Membracidae, 887°. Merisus destructor, 721+. metallicus, Tridymus, see Tridymus metallicus. Microplitis mamestrae, 841’. Milkweed, Anosia plexippus injur- ing, 844°. Milkweed butterfly, 844’. Milkweed caterpillars, 786°. Millet, Blissus leucopterus injuring, 796°. ministra, Datana, see Datana minis- tra. minutissimus, Pityophthorus, see Pityophthorus minutissimus. misella Pentilia, see Pentilia misella. molitor, Tenebrio, see Tenebrio moli- tor. Monarthrum mali, 860°. Monohammus confusor, 859". scutellatus, 859°. titillator, 859%. Monomorium pharaonis, 803°, 8467. Monophadnoides rubi, 795°. Montgomery county, summary of voluntary reports from, 787%. Morning-glories, insect injurious to: Coptocycla, sp. 786. Mosquitos, 8087. Moths, 880°-86?. brown tail, 835%. clothes, 808°, 828%, 8497. Mountain ash, insect injurious to: Mytilaspis pomorum, 7857. Mourning cloak butterflies, 7797. Mulberry silkworm, 828°, 854". Mule-killer, 890+. 914 Murgantia histrionica, 804’. Musca domestica, 788°, 8037, 847°. Muscidae, 878’. Museum pest, 848°-49'. Mushroom phora, 843°-44’. Mycetophilidae, 880°. Mytilaspis citricola, 858’. Mytilaspis pomorum, see Appletree bark louse. Myzus cerasi, 783+, 795°, 797°, 802°. ribis, 785', 791’. Nectarophora pisi, 791°, 802°. Needham, James G., work of, 701". renuphar, Conotrachelus, see Cono- trachelus nenuphar. Neoclytus erythrocephalus, 779’. Nepidae, 888°. Neuroptera, 8877; contributions of, 819". ’ New York beauties, 831°, 892*-93°. New York plum seale insect, 855’. Niagara county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 787'-88’. nigrirostris, Phytonomus, see Phy- tonomus nigrirostris. nigrofasciatum, Lecanium, see Le- canium nigrofasciatum. nitela, Hydroecia, see Hydroecia nitela. nitida, Allorhina, see Allorhina nitida. Nitidulidae, 874’. niveus, Oecanthus, see Oecanthus niveus. Noctuidae, 884*-85%. Notes for the year, 7317-61’. Notodontidae, 883°. . Notolophus leucostigma, 699", 779%, 785°-90', 792", 794", 797°, 799°, 864’. See also Tussock moth, white marked. Notonectidae, 888’. Notoxus anchora, 798°. nubeculana, Phoxopteris, see Phox- opteris nubeculana. Nymphalidae, 880°-81°. Nyssonidae, 868%. SS ea a a a a ome NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Oak, insects injurious to: Anisota senatoria, 862°. Asterolecanium variolosum, 746°- 48°, 855", Elaphidion villosum, 859*. Graphisurus fasciatus, 779°. Kermes galliformis, 854°. Lecanium cerasifex, 855*. Pityophthorus minutissimus, 860°. Porthetria dispar, 835°. Prionoxystus robiniae, 744-45’, 859*. Typocerus zebratus, 779°. Xyloterus colonus, 779°. Oak kermes, 854’. Oak worm, orange striped, 862°. Oats, insects injurious to: aphids, 794°. grasshoppers, 793°. obtectus, Bruchus, see Bruchus ob- tectus. ocellana, Tmetocera, see Tmetocera ocellana. octomaculata, Alypia, see Alypia octomaculata. Odonata, 890°-91%. Odonata-Zygoptera, 701°. Odontota dorsalis, 861°. Oecanthus niveus, 802°, 840+. Office, new quarters, 708°-4". Office work, 700*-1°. oleae, Lecanium, oleae. Oneida county, Summary of volun- tary reports from, 7887. Onion, Thrips tabaci 8435. Onion thrips, 785°, 843°. see Lecanium injuring, ‘Onondaga county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 788*-89°. Ontario county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 789%-90%. Opsicoetus personatus, 849’. Orange chaff scale insect, 8587. Orange county, Summary of reports from, 790+. Orange dog, 759°*-615, 807°. Orange scale insect, 858°. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 Orange tree, insects injurious to: Ceroplastes cirripediformis, 855’, Heraclides cresphontes, 790°. Mytilaspis citricola, 858%. Parlatoria pergandii, 858°. Orchids, Aulacaspis boisduvalii in- juring, 857°. orientalis, Periplaneta, see planeta orientalis. Orleans county, summary of reports from, 790°-91'. Ormenis pruinosa, 797°. septentrionalis, 801°. Ortalidae, 878°. Orthoptera, 889*-90*; Peri- contributions of, 820°. See also Grasshoppers. oryzae, Calandra, see Calandra oryzae. Oscinidae, 878°. ostreaeformis, Aspidiotus, see Aspi- diotus ostreaeformis. Oswego county, Summary of volun- tary reports from, 791’. Otiorhynchidae, 870°. Otsego county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 791°. Oxyptilus periscelidactylus, 799°, 838’. Paleacrita vernata, see Canker Worms. pallipes, Polistes, see Polistes pal- lipes. pallipes, Pteromalus, see Pteromalus pallipes. Palmer worm, 802*, 803%, 836’. Palms, insects injurious to: Aspidiotus lataniae, 856°. Chrysomphalus aonidum, 857°. Pan-American exposition, ento- mologie exhibit, 703*, 8257-997. Paniscus geminatus, 807°. Papilio cresphontes, 760°-61°. polyxenes, 807°. Papilionidae, 882’. Parasites, 7207-22°, 732°, 7441, 761°, 780°, 828°, 835°, 8417, 841°, 850’, 852", 8627, 863°-64', 864°, 865*. parellela, Cacoecia, see Cacoecia parellela. 915 Parlatoria pergandii, 858’. Pea, Bruchus pisorum injuring, 850°. Pea aphis, 791°. Pea louse, 802°. Pea weevil, 850°. Peach scale insect, 857°. Peachtree, insects injurious to: Anarsia lineatella, 736’. Cenopis diluticostana, 736'-37°. Huphoria inda, 838°. Lygus pratensis, 839°. Sanninoidea exitiosa, 834+. Scolytus rugulosus, 731’, 834". Peachtree borer, 834*. Peach twig moth, 7361, 798’. Pear blight beetle, 834°. Pear midge, 833°. Pear psylla, 837°. Peartree, insects injurious to: aphids, 791*. Carpocapsa pomomel)lla, 833°. Chionaspis furfura, 802’. Chrysobothris femorata, 834’. Diplosis pyrivora, 833°. Euproctis chrysorrhoea, 835°. Ormenis pruinosa, 797°. Psylla pyricola, 837°. Xyleborus dispar, 834°. Pediculidae, 889°. Pelecinidae, 869". Pelidnota punctata, 799°, 838’. 795°, ’ pellionella, Tinea, see Tinea pellion- ella. pellucida, Camnula, see Camnula pellucida. Pemphredonidae, 868°. pennsylvanica, Camponotus, sée Camponotus pennsylvanica. pennsylvanica, Epicauta, see Hpi- cauta pennsylvanica. pennsylvanicus, Chauliognathus, see Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus. pentagona, Diaspis, see Diaspis pentagona. Pentatoma juniperina, 804’. Pentatomidae, 888°-897.. Pentilia misella, 764', 802°. pergandii, Parlatoria, see Parlatoria pergandii. 916 Peridroma saucia, 841°. Periplaneta orientalis, 803°, 848°. periscelidactylus, Oxyptilus, see Oxyptilus periscelidactylus. perniciosus, Aspidiotus, see Aspidio- tus perniciosus. personatus, Opsicoetus, coetus personatus. Petroleum, crude, 801°, 801°, 801’, 802*, 805°, 857°; in experiments against San José scale, 761°-75’. pharaonis, Monomorium, see Mono- morium pharaonis. Phasmidae, 890*. Philanthidae, 868°. Phlaeosinus dentatus, 861". Phlegethontius celeus, 842%. Phora agarici, 8439-44. Phorbia brassicae, 782’. fusciceps, 751°, 783". Phoridae, 878°. Photographs, framed, 832", 895‘. Phoxopteris nubeculana, 836%. Phycitidae, 8867. Phyllaphis fagi, 799%. Phyllodromia germanica, 757°, 803%, 847%. Phylloxera caryaecaulis, 805°. Phymatidae, 888*. Physopoda, 889*. Phytomyza chrysanthemi, 843°. Phytomyzidae, 878°. Phytonomus nigrirostris, 8457. punctatus, 845’. piceus, Attagenus, piceus. picta, Mamestra, see Mamestra picta. pictus, Cyllene, see Cyllene pictus. Pieridae, 8818-82’. Pieris rapae, 777T*, 7855, 787', 790%, 791°, 791", 7928, 840°. Pigeon Tremex, 805°, 863°. Pimpla conquisitor, 835°, 8627, 864°. Pine, insects injurious to: Chermes pinicorticis, 749°. Chionaspis pinifoliae, 858°. Colaspis brunnea, 734’. Dendroctonus terebrans, 861%. Gnathotrichus materiarius, 860°. see Opsi- see Attagenus 801°, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pine, insects injurious to: Lopbyrus lecontei, 861°. Monohammus confusor, 8597. scutellatus, 859°. titillator, 859°. Pissodes strobi, 860°. Pityogenes sp. 860°. Rhagium lineatum, 860’. Tomicus cacographus, 801°, 861’. caelatus, 861°. calligraphus, 801°, 860°. pini, 861?. Pine leaf scale insect, 858°. Pine sawyer, 8297, 859", 859%. Pine weevil, white, 8607. pini, Tomicus, see Tomicus pini. pinicorticis, Chermes, see Chermes pinicorticis. pinifoliae, Chionaspis, see aspis pinifoliae. Piophila casei, 808°, 847+. pisi, Nectarophora, see phora pisi.. pisorum, Bruchus, _ see pisorum. Pissodes strobi, 860’. Pitch pine twig tortrix, 859*. Pityogenes sp. 860°. Pityophthorus sp. 860°. minutissimus, 860°. Plagionotus speciosus, 790°, 802°, 863°. Plant lice, see Aphids. Plaster, 838°, 841°, 842°, 8427, 842°. Plates, explanation of, 899°-900°. Platygaster herrickii, 7211°-227. Plecoptera, 890°. plexippus, Anosia, see Anosia plexip- pus. Plum curculio, 778’, 781’, 786°, 789%, 795*, 7957, 803°, 806*, 826", 8337. Plumtrees, insects injurious to: Anasa tristis, 753%. Chion- Nectaro- Bruchus 782°, 788°, aphids, 7834 ;(786),.490),.. (ol- 794. Aspidiotus ostreaeformis, 856°- 57’. bud moth, 788’. Cenopis diluticostana, 736°. Chrysobothris femorata, 834°. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 Plumtrees, insects injurious to: Conotrachelus nenuphar, 795", 806°, 833°. Lecanium prunastri, 855’. Paleacrita vernata, 794”. Seolytus rugulosus, 731°, 795’, 834". Plusia simplex, 801’. Podisus spinosus, 841°, 864°. . Podosesia syringae, 779°. Poecilocapsus lineatus, 839". Poeciloptera septentrionalis, 801’. Polistes pallipes, 788’. politus, Xyloterus, politus. Pollen-carriers, 851*-52°. Polygonotus salicicola, 744°. Polygraphus rufipennis, 861°. polyxenes, Papilio, see Papilio polyxenes. pometellus, Ypsolophus, see Ypsolo- phus pometellus. — pomifoliella, Bucculatrix, see Buccu- latrix pomifoliella. pomonella, Carpocapsa, see Carpo- capsa pomonella. pomorum, Mytilaspis, see Aijpletree bark louse. Pompilidae, 868". Poplar, insects injurious to: carpenter worms, 780". Cryptorhynchus lapathi, 780°, 860°. Huvanessa antiopa, 865°. Hyphantria cunea, 862°. Saperda calcarata, 8077, 859°. Trichiocampus viminalis, 861’. Poplar borer, 859°. Porthetria dispar, 700°, 8027, 803’, 835°. Potassium cyanid, 807. Potato, insects injurious to: Colaspis brunnea, 734°. Doryphora 10-lineata, 841°. Epicauta cinerea, 841°. pennsylvanica, 749°. vittata, 749", 777%, 841°. Hpitrix cucumeris, 796+, 842°. 4 Hydroecia nitela, 841’. 786", see Xyloterus 119%, 797, 917 Potato beetles, 777’, 7 (SQ (S2! (See So tee: (86), fSS, “SO°.e TOON 792°, (934, (94, 794", 794", 797, 797, 841%. pratensis, Lygus, see Lygus praten- SiS. Praying mantis, Huropean, 755'-57’, 185°, (87°, 780%, 890%. Predaceous diving beetles, 876-77. Predaceous insects, 853°. Prionoxystus robiniae, 7447-45", 779%, Soo. prosopidis, Xerophilaspis, see Xero- philaspis prosopidis. Prosopis velutina, 857". Protective mimicry, collection illus- trating, 831°, 891°-92%. provancheri, Miphydria, see Xiphy- dria provancheri. pruinosa, Ormenis, see pruinosa. prunastri, Lecanium, see Lecanium prunastri. Prunes, Aphids injuring, 783'. Pseudocecus aceris, 749". Psocids, 890°. Psychidae, 883°. Psylla pyricola, 837°. Psyllidae, 866°. Pteromalus calandrae, 850’. fuscipes, 865°. pallipes, 722°. vanessae, 862°. Pteronus ribesii, 839°. rant Worms. Pterophoridae, 886°. Publications, 702', 832%, 898?-99*: list, 800°-8*. Pulvinaria innumerabilis, 856°. punctata, Pelidnota, see Pelidnota punctata. punctatus, Phytonomus, see Phyto- nomus punctatus. “purchasi, Icerya, see Icerya pur- chasi. Putnam’se¢scale insect, 779°, 829%, 856*. pygmaeus, ?Cephus, see ? Cephus pygmaeus. TS; 785", 791%, 795°, Ormenis See also Cur- 918 Pyralis costalis, 845°. Pyraustidae, 886°. Pyrethrum, 840°, 841°, 843°. pyvicola, Psylla, see Psylla_ pyri- cola. pyrina, Zeuzera, see Zeuzera pyrina. pyrivora, Diplosis, see Diplosis pyri- ywora.: Pythidae, 871°. Queens county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 791'-92'. quercana, Cenopis, see Cenopis quer- cana. Quinces, insects injurious to: bud moths, 788". Carpocapsa pomonella. 806°. Ceroplastes cirripediformis, 855’. Euproctis chrysorrhoea, 835%. Zeuzera pyrina, 745%, 797°. Guindecem-punctata, Hippodamia, see Hippodamia 15-punctata. Rabbit botfly, 754°-55', 806°. rapae, Pieris, see Pieris rapae. Raspberry bushes, insects injurious to: 826°. Agrilus ruficollis, 839°. Anasa tristis, 753%. Aulaeaspis rosae, 858°. Lecanium fitehii, 855°. Mamestra picta, 796'. Oecanthus niveus, 840". Raspberry sawflies, 795°, Red scale insect of Florida, 857°. Reduviidae, &888*. religiosus, Mantis, see Mantis relig- iosus. Remedies and preventives for: angoumois moth, 807°. ants, 807°. large black, 847°. little red, 846°. apple leaf Bucculatrix, 837°. apple leaf-folder, 836%. apple leaf-miner, 836°. appletree bark louse, 802%, 858%. appletree borer, 808’. flat-headed, 834°. 7612, 8048, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Remedies and preventives for: appletree borer, round-headed 8384". appletree tent-caterpillar, 802", 804*, 835°. army worm, 845%. asparagus beetle, 842’. 12 spotted, 843’. Aulacaspis rosae, 804°. bag worm, 865". bark borers, 801°. bark louse, scurfy, 858". bean weevil, 850’. bedbug, 849°. bedbug hunter, masked, 849". birch borer, bronze, 859°. birch leaf Buecculatrix, 746°. blister beetles, 777°, 807°. margined, 807’, 841°. striped, 841°. brown tail moth, 885%. ‘bud moth, 837°. Buffalo carpet beetle, 848°. bumble flower beetle, 833°. cabbage butterfly, 840°. carpet beetle, black, 8487. case-bearer, cigar, 836°. pistol, 836°. celery Plusia, 801’. celery worms, 807°. cheese skipper, 847%. cherry leaf beetle, 861’. cherry lecanium, 855*. cherry scale insect, 856°. chineh bug, 846’. chrysanthemum fly, 843°. cigarette beetle, 851%. clothes moth, 849°. clover hay caterpillar, 845°. clover leaf weevil, punctured, 845". cockroach, 848'. codling moth, 802%, 833°. corn Silvanus, 850. 802°, 802°, cottony cushion scale insect, 854°. cottony mapletree scale insect, 8567. cranberry worm, 840°. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 919 Remedies and preventives for: eroton bug, 757°, 847°. cucumber beetie, striped, 842’. “cucumber flea beetle, 842°. currant borers, red-breasted, 839". ; currant sawfly, 839°. currant spanworm, 839°. currant stem-borer, 839". cutworm, variegated, 841°. elm bark-borer, 802°, 863°. elm bark louse, 854°, 864°. elm caterpillar, spiny, 865°. elm leaf beetle, 738°, 802°, 864°. elm snout beetle, 863‘. Kuropean fruit tree scaie insect, 857". flea-beetle, pale striped, 751’. red-headed, 842°. flour beetle, confused, 851'. forest tent-caterpillar, 802°, 804", 861°. forester, 8-spotted, 838°. fruit tree bark beetle, 834’. fruit tree bark borer, 804°. garden flea, 754°. genista caterpillar, 844*. gipsy moth, 835°. golden oak scale, 7487, 807’, 855’. gouty gall beetle, 839°. grain moth, 801%, 850°. grapevine Aspidiotus, 802°. grapevine beetle, light-loving, 838’, spotted, 838". grapevine flea beetle, 838%. grapevine leaf hopper, 838°. grapevine plume moth, 888’. grapevine root worm, 837°. greenhouse lecanium, 855°. Hessian fly, 7231-25’, 801+, 804°, 805*, 8087, 845°. house fly, 847°. Isosoma grande, 846’. ivy scale insect, 856°. jointworm, 845°. June beetle, green, 844°. kissing bug, 849’. larder beetle, 847°. leaf bug, 4 lined, 839". Remedies and preventives for: leaf-roller, oblique banded, 836°. leopard moth, 863°. locust, red-legged, 846°. locust borer, 804°. manure fly, 844’. mapletree borer, 802%, 863°. mapletree pruner, 859°. May beetles, 844’. meal worm, 850°. museum pest, 848°. mushroom Phora, 843°. New York plum scale insect, 855°. onion thrips, 843°. Palmer worm, 8386". pea weevil, 850%. peachtree borer, 8384'. pear blight beetle, 834°. pear midge, 833°. pear psylla, 837°. plum cureulio, 8337. poplar borers, 807?. potato beetle, 841+. rabbit botfly, 806°. red scale insect of Florida, 857°. rhubarb curculio, 843’. rice weevil, 850’. rose beetles, 8357. rose beetle, Fuller’s, 8402. rose scale insect, 8587. San José scale, 761°-75°, 801%, 801°, 802%, 802°, 8573. shield-bearer, resplendent, 8377. Silver fish, 849°. squash bug, 843+. squash vine borer, 842%. stalk-borer, 841°. tent-caterpillar, 804+. Thyreus abbotii, 840°. tomato worm, 842). tuliptree scale insect, 855°. tussock moth, white marked, 864". webworm, fall, 862%. wheat wireworm, 840’, white flower cricket, 840'. wireworms, 802'. wooly aphis, 800°. zebra caterpillar, 8411. 920 Remedies and preventives for insect depredations: arsenical poisons, 888°, 839%, 839°, 840°, 841°, 842’, 842°, 842°, 861’, 861°, 862*, 864+, 865', 865°. ashes, 838°, 839°, 841°, 842°, 842’, 842°. bordeaux mixture, 8423, 842", 842%. bran mash, poisoned, 845°, 846’. carbon bisulfid, 807°, 846%, 850°, 8508, 850°, 850°, 8507, 850°, 851", 851%. hellebore, 8397, 840°, 841°. hydrocyanic acid gas, 801°. kerosene, 801°, 801°, 802*, 805’, 837°, 839", 843°, 844°, 844’, 846°, 8545, 855", 855°, 855°, 855°, 855°, 858", 858*, 8587, 864°. petroleum, crude, 761°-75°, 801°, 801°, 801’, 802*, 805’, 857°. plaster, 8388, 841°, 842°, 842°. potassium cyanid, 807°. pyrethrum, 840°, 8417, 843°. salt, 845°. whale oil soap, 7637, 770°-75°, 775°, 8017, 801°, 801°, 801°, 802%, 8057, 843°, 854°, 855°, 857°, 857’, 858’, 858*, 858", 864°. Rensselaer county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 792’. Retinia comstockiana, 859%. reversalis, Mecyna, see Mecyna re- versalis. Rhabdophaga salicis, 741*-44°. explanation of plates, 899°-900°, 900*. Rhagium, ribbed, 860°. Rhagium lineatum, 860°. Rhagoletis cingulata, 790°, 796°. Rhopalocera, 880°-82°. Rhopobota vacciniana, 840%. Rhubarb, Lixus concavus injuring, 843’. Rhubarb curculio, 8437. Rhynehitidae, 870°. ribearia, Diastictis, ribearia. poisoned, 842", see Diastictis NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ribesii, Pteronus, - Pteronus ribesii. ribis, Myzus, see Myzus ribis. Rice weevil, 8501. ey robiniae, Cyllene, see Cyllene rob- iniae. robiniae, Prionoxystus, see Prion- oxystus robiniae. Rockland county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 792%. rosaceana, Cacoecia, see Cacoecia rosaceana. S€€ rosae, Aulacaspis, see Aulacaspis rosae. Rose beetles, 785°, 785’, 793°, 826’, 8342-352, f Fuller’s, 840°. Rosebushes, insects injurious to: aphids, 777°. Aramigus fulleri, 840°. Aulacaspis rosae, 761°, 858”. Macrodactylus subspinosus, 834°- 35°. Rose scale insect, 761%, 8587. explanation of plate, 900’. Rove beetles, 875°-76?. rubi, Monophadnoides, phadnoides rubi. ruficollis, Agrilus, see Agrilus rufi- collis. rufipennis, Polygraphus, see Poly- graphus rufipennis. see Mono- rufopectus, Tenthredo; see Tenth- redo rufopectus. rugulosus, Scolytus, see Scolytus rugulosus. Rye, Hessian fly injuring, 783°. Rye meal, Tenebrio moliter injuring, 850°. Saddle back caterpillar, 808’. Sago palm, 858. St Lawrence county, summary of voluntary reports from, 792*-93°. salicicola, Polygonotus, see Polygon- otus salicicola. salicis, Rhabdophaga, see Rhabdo- phaga salicis. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE salicis, Tridymus, see Tridymus sali- cis. Salt, 845°. San José scale, 701*, 8014, 801°, 802%, 802°, 805°, 829°, 857°; experimental . work against, 761'-75°. Sanninoidea exitiosa, 834". Saperda calecarata, 807*, 859°. candida, 732%, 734°-35°, 792%, 808’, 834". fayi, 779°, 779°. tridentata, 802°, 863°. Saratoga county, summary of vol- uutary reports from, 793’. Sarcophagidae, 878". Saturniidae, 884". satyriniformis, Melittia, see Melittia satyriniformis. saucia, Peridroma, see Peridroma saucia. Sawrflies, 786°, 796", 865*-667, 869”. pine, 861°. poplar, 861°. Scale insects, 702°, 854*-58°, 828°-29%, 855’. Scarabaeidae, 873%. Scavenger water beetles, 876%. Schenectady county, summary of reports from voluntary observers, 798°. Schizoneura lanigera, 800°. Schizura concinna, 778°-79', 786°. Schoharie county, summary of re- ports from voluntary observers, 793°-94*. . Schuyler county, summary of re- ports from voluntary observers, 7944. Sciara sp. 804+. coprophila, 844. Scoliidae, 868%. Scolytidae, 8707. Scolytids, 860*-61%. Seolytus rugulosus, 731°%-32°, 764°, 795°, 802*, 803%, 804°, 805°, 834’. Scorpion flies, 887’. ‘scrophulariae, Anthrenus, see Anth- renus scrophulariae. Scurfy bark louse, see Bark louse, seurfy. STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 921 scutellatus, Monohammus, see Mono- hammus scutellatus. Scutelleridae, 889". senatoria, Anisota, see Anisota sena- toria. Seneca county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 795'-96°. septendecim, Cicada, see Cicada sep- tendecim. septentrionalis, Ormenis, see menis septentrionalis. serrata, Haematobia, see Haema- tobia Serrata. serraticeps, Ceratopsylius, see Cera- topsyllus serraticeps. Sesia tipuliformis, 839. Sesiidae, 883°. Shad flies, 792°. Shade tree pests, 701°, 7387-49°, 788’, 830', 8637-65*. Shield-backed bugs, 889°. Shield-bearer, resplendent, 837°. Sibine stimulea, 808’. Silkworm, 828°, 854". giant, 884°. Silphidae, 876’. Silvanus surinamensis, 850*. Silver fish, 849%. simplex, Plusia, see Plusia simplex. Simuliidae, 8807. Siphonaptera, 878’. Sitotroga cerealella, 800°, 801°, 807°, 850. Skippers, common, 882’. Small fruit insects, 826°-27°, 837°-40°. Smynthurus hortensis, 753°-54°. Snake worm, 804'. Snapping beetles, 874°. Snout beetles, 870°. Snowball tree, Aphids injuring, 788’. Soldier beetle, 789". Soldier bug, spined, 841°, 864°. Southern forms, unusual abundance, i (5 7?-6L": ow Sspeciosus, Plagionotus, see Plagion- otus speciosus. speciosus, Sphecius, speciosus. Sphecidae, 868°. Sphecius speciosus, 759°, 807°. Or- see Sphecius 922 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Sphingidae, 882%. Spinach flea beetle, 785*. spinosus, Podisus, see Podisus spin- osus. Spittle insects, 887’. splendoriferella, Aspidisea, see Aspi- disca splendoriferella. Spondylidae, 873°. Sporotrichum entomophilum, 864°. Spraying and poultry, 804’. Spraying shade trees, cost of, 739°- 41°. Springtails, 754%. Spruce, insects injurious to: Cryphalus striatus, 860°. Dryocoetes sp. 860°. Monohammus confusor, 8597. Polygraphus rufipennis, 861%. Spruce bark beetle, 861°. Squash beetles, striped, 778’. Squash bug, 753+, T16-€7% T7114,’ 183°, (ED 186 OBA T9683) TOT, BOGE" 827*, 843°, 849°. Squash bug family, 888°. Squash vine borer, 842*. Squash vines, insects injurious to: AnaSsa tristis, 753*, 796°-977, 843°. Melittia satyriniformis, 842*. Smynthurus hortensis, 753°-54’. Stag beetles, 873°. Stalk-borer, 841°. Standard oil, 762°, 765°-67°, 775°. Staphylinidae, 875°-76°. stimulea, Sibine, see Sibine stimu- lea. Stink bug, see Squash bug. Stink bug family, 888°. Stone flies, 890%. ' Stored food products, insects affect- ing, 828*, 850'-51+. Stratiomyiidae, 879°. Strawberry plants, Chionaspis eu- onymi injuring, 858°. Strawberry root worm, 781°. striatus, Cryphalus, see Cryphalus striatus. strobi, Pissodes, see Pissodes strobi. subapterus, Boeotomus, see Boeoto- mus subapterus. subspinosus, Macrodactylus, see Macrodactylus subspinosus. Sugar beets, see Beets, sugar. Sugar maple borer, see Maple borer. ‘Summaries of reports from volun- tary observers, 776-805. surinamensis, Silvanus, see Silvanus surinamensis. Swallow tails, 882. giant, 759°-61°, 790%. Symmerista albifrons, 807°. syringae, Podosesia, see Podosesia syringae. Syrphidae, 879". Systematic collection, 880%-31°. Systena frontalis, 735*, 842°. hudsonias, 734°. taeniata, 750°-51°, 783°, 798%, 802°, 803°. tabaci, Thrips, see Thrips tabaci. Tabanidae, 879°. Tachina mella, 862, 864°. Tachinidae, 878°. taeniata, Systena, see Systena taeni- ata. Tangerine, Parlatoria pergandii in- juring, 858°. Tarnished plant bug, 8277, 839°. Technical collection, 831°-32', 893°- 95". tenebricosus, Aspidiotus, see Aspid- iotus tenebricosus. Tenebrio molitor, 850°. Tenebrionidae, ‘871+. Tent-caterpillars, 777, 718% * (62, 184, T7857, TO Oe Tae oe 797°, 798, 799%, 800", 804*. See also Appletree tent-caterpillar; Forest ‘ tent-caterpillar. Tenthredinidae, 865°, 869°. Tenthredo rufopectus, 8397. terebrans, Dendroctonus, see Den- droctonus terebrans. Termites, 890". testaceum, Lasioderma, see Lasio- derma testaceum. Texas flies, 786+. Thalessa lunator, 805°, 863°-64. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 Thermobia furnorum, 803*, 849%. Theronia fulvescens, 862°. Thorn tree, Clisiocampa americana, injuring, 787‘. Thrips, 796°, 889*. Thrips tabaci, 785°, 843°. Thyreus abbotii, 840°. Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis, 865". Thysanura, contributions of, 820". Tiger beetles, 877°. Timothy, insects injurious to: Hessian fly, 783°. thrips, 7967. Tinea pellionella, 803°. Tineina, 886°. Tineola biselliella, 849°. . Tipulidae, 880". tipuliformis, Sesia, see Sesia tipuli- formis. Tischeria malifoliella, 836°-37'. titillator, Monohammus, see Mono- hammus titillator. Titusville oil, 762°, 7677-701, 775°. Tmetocera ocellana, 790°, 7917, 7937, 79D", Sar. Tolype laricis, 806°. Tomato worm, 842'. Tomatoes, insects injurious to: Doryphora 10-lineata, 782". Hpicauta vittata, 749”. Hpitrix cucumeris, 797°, 842°. Hydroecia nitela, 841°. Phlegethontius celeus, 8421. Tomicus balsameus, 808', 861’. cacographus, 801°, 861". caelatus, 8617. ealligraphus, 801°, 860°. pini, 861". Tompkins county, summary of vol- untary reports from, 796°-97'. Tortoise beetle grubs, 786'. Tortricidae, 886°. Trap-lanterns, 804°. Tree hoppers, 887°. Tremex columba, 805°, 863°. Tribolium confusum, 851}. Trichiocampus viminalis, 861°. Trichoptera, 886°-87‘. 923 tridentata, Saperda, see Saperda tri- dentata. Tridymus metallicus, 744’. salicis, 744°. triferana, Lophoderus, see derus triferana. tristis, Anasa, see Anasa tristis. Trypetidae, 878*. tulipiferae, Lecanium, see Lecanium tulipiferae. Tuliptree, Lecanium tulipiferae in- juring, 855°. Tuliptree seale insect, 855°-56'. Turnips, Phorbia brassicae injuring, Terre Tussock moth, hickory, 862°. white marked, 699’, 779°, 780’, 780°, 785°-90', 792’, 794", T97®, 799°, 830°, 8647. Typhlocyba comes, 838°. var. yitis, 737°-38". Typocerus zebratus, 779°. Typophorus canellus, 781°. Lopho- ulmi, Aspidiotus, see Aspidiotus ulmi. ulmi, Gossyparia, see Gossyparia ulmi. Ulster county, summary of volun- tary reports from, 797’. unipuncta, Leucania, see Leucania unipuncta. Uroceridae, 869". uvae, Aspidiotus, see uvae. Aspidiotus vacciniana, Rhopobota, see Rhopo- bota vacciniana. Vanessa atlanta, 779°. vanessae, Pteromalus, see Pteroma- lus vanessae. variolosum, Asterolecanium, s¢e Asterolecanium variolosum. verbasci, Anthrenus, see Anthrenus verbasci. vernata, ? Paleacrita, cerita vernata. verruculatus, Circotettix, see Circo- tettix verruculatus. see ? Palea- 924 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Vespidae, 867’. villosum, Elaphidion, see Hlaphidion villosum. villosus, Dryobates, see Dryobates villosus. viminalis, Trichiocampus, see 'Trichi- ocampus viminalis, Vine insects, 826°-27°, 8378-40°. Virginia creeper, insects injurious to: Alypia octomaculata, 788*, 838°. Thyreus abbotii, 840°. viticida, Fidia, see Fidia viticida. vittata, Diabrotica, see Diabrotica vittata. vittata, Epicauta, see Hpicauta vit- tata. Voluntary entomologic service of New York state, 704', 776-805. Walker, C. M., second assistant, eetules Walking sticks, 890%. Walnut, Halisidota caryae injuring, 862°. Warren county, summary of reports from voluntary observers, 797". Wasp family, 8667-69". Wasps, 788°. Water boatmen, 887°. Water bugs, giant, 8887. Water scorpions, 888°. Water striders, 888°. Wayne county, summary of reports from voluntary observers, 797°-99". Webworm, 779. fall, G99". (Ss, (oS, 190, 100, USE, (90% foe oOo Sole Weevils, 871°. Westchester county, summary of reports from voluntary observers, 799°. Whale oil soap, 770°-75°, 775°, 8011, 801°, 801°, 801%, 802%, 8057, 843°, 854°, 855°, Sd7*, 857", S587," "8587, 858", 8647; experiments against San José scale, 7637. Wheat, insects injurious to: _? Cephus pygmaeus, 796’. | Xylina sp. 786°. Wheat, insects injurious tO" grain moth, 828°. Isosoma grande, 846’. Notoxus anchora;‘798". Sitotroga cereallela, 800°, 801%, 850%. See also Hessian fly. Wheat, winter, see Winter wheat. Whirligig beetles, 876". White flower cricket, 802°, 840". White grubs, 781°, 827°. Wild parsnip, Depressaria heracli- ana injuring, 844’. Wild parsnip worm, 844°. Willow, insects injurious to: Cacoecia parallela, 752*-53*. Cenopis diluticostana, 736°. Cimbex americana, 786*. Colaspis brunnea, 734". Cryptorhynehus lapathi, 780°, 860°. EKuvanessa antiopa, 865°. Hyphantria cunea, 862’. Rhabdophaga salicis, 741°-44°, Willow butterflies, 790*, 791°. Willow snout beetle, 779%, 779°, 780*, 780°, 860°. Wing frames, 832%, 8967-987. Winter wheat, rule for determining time for safe sowing, 717°, 719*- 2 Wireworms, 792’, 798%, 802", 8277, 840". Witeh hazel, Lithocolletis aceriella injuring, 862’. Wood borers, 860*-61'*. flat-headed, 874°. long-horned, 872°-73°. Woodpeckers, 731’. Wyoming county, summary of re- ports from voluntary observers, 7997-800*. Xerophilaspis prosopidis, 8577. Xiphydria provancheri, 859%. Xyleborus dispar, 834°. | INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST 1901 925 Xylocleptes sp., 860°. Zebra caterpillars, 795°-96', 841°. Xyloterus bivittatus, 860’. zebratus, Typocerus, see Typocerus colonus, 779°. zebratus. politus, *607, Zeuzera pyrina, 745'-46°, 797°, . 802%, 863°. Ypsolophus pometellus, 802‘, 803’, explanation of plate, 9007. 836". Zygaenidae, 883°. (Pages 927-8 were bulletin cover pages) a ee Gat TAL LOM Ra, arene ane “a, cme eacratx 4 & “has ‘BOUT. wtaliq sites MOR: Ed agian ae RPL Ee a 1 ee ji PROPANE Ty an aha, red © PE AD SLARIES ae tee end dee... : : iat er tedag. Tau A a isu ake ia% oe tea " | apis Pit nae onble shes ae Se yal ea \a o, met ty in nat i f : i ¢ Py aera: ¢ Pei : r { buy ee yo ae yx diehie e F ; b ’ ee 7. ; ies wh LA ee fees . » Ke aa is i ' ‘ by. ¥ + she + _ % ‘ \ aa nf ‘ % « at i fn ; o. Lyte z i ‘ EY Yi = oi J pee 1 2 F poe e \ } ‘ ‘ 3 { Peters . e 7 . 7 \ f ies wey Sy . Mad j 4 r Ny a nt . 4 i ¢ t 4 y ans ; ci ek danse AR as Sa : (eats WA BASU Se ey RR TRA} ¥ : Ve Pe Pecos th 4 — eit f ‘ j (Wd * . ‘ fu fi ‘ ct u i rc ; / fat ples ? atl Bee 3 sf at iA i j Pi elt yy 9 Pye hee } fPreny y } ey hh eek 2 [ara tiny Pir ~ i r bods ¥ Ke ky ' Published monthly by the * University of the State of New York BULLETIN 271 NOVEMBER 1902 New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director CHARLES H. Peck State Botanist Bulletin 54 BOTANY 5 . i REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 BY CHARLES H. PECK M.A. PAGE PAGE Introduction 27222222 fe a 931 | D Remarks and observations. ...... 957 A Elantsiadded, to/the herbarium 7.935, Eyldible;fungi sce. eye ee 966 B Contributors and contributions.. 939 | Explanation of plates.............- 978 C Species not before reported.._... Age UinGex PO ie aN Reais Ta We eles 983 van Pes me [oe i y i ‘ it Ai OR adnan: { si Ne Apo wl nar A Ae Lely a) a bi wel de 9 mane 4 - : Serna Panis sy Se CR beat | xf Peiy: ate Saw \ Cea ili alco yh gt i Got ia) : eR Whol Sar ere Neo ag / University of the State of New York New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director CuHarLes H. Peck State Botanist Bulletin 54 BOTANY 5 REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST Igor To the Regents of the Unwersity of the State of New York I have the honor of submitting to you the report of work done in the botanical department of the state museum during the year 1901. Specimens of plants for the herbarium have been collected in the counties of Albany, Essex, Franklin, Rensselaer, Warren and Washington. Specimens have been received from corres- pondents, either as contributions or for identification, that were collected in the counties of Albany, Columbia, Chautauqua, Essex, Franklin, Herkimer, Monroe, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Schoharie, St Lawrence, Warren and Washington. The number of species of which specimens have been collected and added to the herbarium is 374. Of these, 57 were not before represented in it. Of the newly represented species, 37 are found in the collections of the botanist, 20 in those of his correspondents, and of the whole number, 16 are considered new to science and are described as such in the following pages. All of these are fungi and with one exception belong to the collections of the botanist. Specimens of the remaining 317 species make the representation of these species more complete and satisfactory. Of these, 282 belong to the collections of the botanist and 35 to those of his correspondents. A list of the names of the added species is marked A. The number of those who have contributed specimens for the herbarium or for identification is 34. Of these, 14 have sent extralimital specimens. A list of the names of the contributors and of their respective contributions is marked B. 932 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM A record of species not before reported, with notes concern- ing them, time and place of collecting the specimens and descrip- tions of new species is marked C. A part of the report containing remarks on previously recorded species and descriptions of new varieties is marked D. The investigation of our edible species of mushrooms has been continued. Of those whose edible qualities have been tried, 11 species have been thought worthy of addition to the list of edible fungi. Descriptions of these may be found in a part of the report marked E. Colored figures of these and also of seven of the new species have been prepared. At the request of the director of the state museum a botanical exhibit was prepared for the Pan-American exposition at Buf- falo. But little time was given for the preparation of this exhibit, yet specimens were selected from material on hand that should fairly represent the herbarium, and the principal divi- sions and groups of plants that constitute our state flora. Seed- bearing or flowering plants, ferns and fern allies, mosses, lichens, marine algae and fungi were all represented by speci- mens of one or more species. So far as possible, specimens were selected that have more or less economic importance and there- fore popular interest, because of some utility of the plants them- selves or of some of their products, or because of some injurious character either as troublesome weeds or harmful or destructive parasites or saprophytes. Among the parasitic fungi the smuts were represented by several species because they are so injuri- ous to our crops of cereals. Among saprophytic fungi those destructive to wood and also those valued for their edibility were specially represented. The specimens placed on exhibition have been safelyreturned to the herbarium, but thoseof the seed- bearing plants have suffered a little deterioration in appearance because of their long exposure to strong light. Their green color has faded. The herbarium has been moved from the capitol to geological hall where it has a place far more suitable, more commodious, better lighted, more convenient for botanical work and more accessible to the public. Thanks are due to all who have aided in bringing about this change. It is very desirable that it may not again be necessary to store any part of it where it may not REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 933 _ be under the immediate control of the botanist in charge. Such a condition of things, as in the present case, is very likely to result in injury to or loss of specimens. Some of the stored specimens were destroyed by insects, some by moisture, having been placed apparently where they bécame wet by a leak in the roof. A glass case containing puff balls was broken and its contents spoiled or destroyed, and two boxes, one containing specimens and the other mushroom models, could not be found. The room in geological hall which has been assigned to the botanical department is on the second floor in the southern extension of the building. It is divided into two parts, the front part being used as a show room and containing the sections of the trunks of our trees arranged in wall cases, and photographs and thin sections of the wood of the trees exhibited in swing- ing frames supported by upright standards. It is expected also to contain table cases in which will be exhibited specimens of our edible and poisonous mushrooms and other plants or parts or products of plants that may have such importance or eco- nomic value as to be of special public interest. The rear part of the room contains the office of the botanist, the library, the herbarium and duplicate specimens together with specimens of extralimital species. It will also be used in part as a botanical workroom. Several species of thorn recently described, having been reported as occurring at Crown Point, that locality was visited late in May with the purpose of collecting flowering specimens for the herbarium. The thorn shrubs and small trees were found in abundance along the northern and western shores of the promontory, and about the ruins of the old fort. Their leaves were generally badly infested by plant lice, a condition which it is said is repeated every year. The cockspur thorn is the prevailing species and was in better condition than the others. The large fruited thorn, Crataegus punctata, the long spined thorn, C. macracantha, the Champlain thorn, C. champlainensis, Pringle’s thorn, C. prin- glei, and the pruinose fruited thorn, C. pruinosa, were found there. The last three are additions to the previously known species of our flora. The red seeded dandelion, Taraxacum ery- 934 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM throspermum, and the flickweed, Sophia sophia, were also found there and are additions to our flora. In July a trip was made to North Elba, specially to visit Mt Clinton and the southeastern cliffs of Mt Wallface. Mt Clin- ton is the most southern of the three prominent peaks in the Mt McIntyre range and so far as known to me had never been visited by any botanist. Its open summit was found to be less extensive than had been anticipated and it furnished no addi- tions to our flora. The alpine juniper, Juniperus com- munis alpina, was found there in greater abundance than on the higher summit of Mt McIntyre and was fruiting sparingly. The dwarf paper birch, Betula papyracea minor, was also abundant and fruiting freely though only 2 or 3 feet high. The arbor vitae, Thuja occidentalis, in a dwarf irregular form ascends to the open summit of the mountain. On the southeastern cliffs of Mt Wallface the twisted whitlow- grass, Draba incana arabisans, was found in abund- ance in fruiting condition. It probably flowers here in June. Fine fruiting specimens of the spiked wood-rush were associated with it. This had been previously discovered on the top of Mt Wallface. This mountain is at present the only locality known to me in our state where these two plants are found. In August, Bolton and the surrounding region on the west shore of Lake George was explored botanically and found to be prolific in fungi. Showers had been frequent and weather con- ditions were favorable to the growth of mushrooms. In this visit and a subsequent one in September, which was extended northward to Hague, many species of fungi were added to the list of New York plants and several were tried and found wor- thy of addition to our list of edible mushrooms. Respectfully submitted CHARLES H. Pecx State botanest Albany, 17 Dec. 1901 Laas REPORT OF THD STATE BOTANIST 1901. 935 PLANTS ADDED TO THE HERBARIUM New to the herbarwum Conringia orientalis (Z.) Dwmort. Geum vernum T. & G. Crataegus champlainensis Sarg. C. pringlei Sarg. C. holmesiana Ashe C. pruinosa Wend. Vernonia gigantea (Walt.) Britton Antennaria parl. arnoglossa Fern. Centaurea jacea L. Lactuca morssii Robins. Taraxacum erythrospermum Andre. Hedeoma hispida Pursh Panicularia laxa Scribn. Mylia anomala (Hook.) 8S. F. Gray Scapania irrigua (Nees) Dumort. Cetraria aurescens Tuckm. Stereocaulon denudatum Fl. Endocarpon fluviatile DO. Pannaria leucosticta Tuckm. Lepiota adnatifolia Pk. Tricholoma rimosum Pk. Clitocybe regularis Pk. C. subeoncava Pk. Pleurctus minutus Pk. Lactarius foetidus Pk. Hygrophorus glutinosus Pk. Volvaria speciosa Fr. V. hypopithys Fr. Cortinarius submarginalis Pk. CO. obliquus Pk. Cortinarius violaceo-cinereus (Pers.) Fr, Boletus multipunctus Pk. Fistulina pallida B. & R. Poria myceliosa Pk. Hydnum umbilicatum Pk. Thelephora exigua Pk. Abe multipartita Schw. Corticium portentosum B. & C. C. arachnoideum Berk. Peniophora parasitica Burt P» affinis Burt Asterostroma bicolor HL. & E. Clavaria.bicolor Pk. Phallogaster saccatus Morg. Cyathus lesueurii J'wl. Didymium fairmani Sacec. Physarella multiplicata Macb. Empusa grylli Fresen. Marsonia pyriformis (Riess) Sacc. Septoria polygonina Thum. Chalara paradoxa (Seynes) Sacc. Colletotrichum antirrhini Stewart C. rudbeckii Pk. Helvella adhaerens Pk. Lachnella corticalis (Pers.) Fr. Anthostoma dryophilum (Curr.) Sacc. Mycenastrum spinulosum Pk. Not new to the herbarwm Clematis virginiana L. Trollius laxus Salisb. Ranunculus bulbosus L. Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton Berberis vulgaris L. Podophyllum peltatum L, Castalia tuberosia (Paine) Greene Arabis hirsuta (Z.) Scop. | Dentaria laciniata Wuhl. D. maxima Nutt. Draba incana arabisans Ma. Xanthoxylum americanum (Mill.) Rhus copallina L. Vacearia vacearia (L.) Britton Lychnis flos-cueculli ZL, Malva sylvestris L. hae: 936 Amorpha fruticosa L. Meibomia paniculata (L.) Kuntze Vicia tetrasperma (L.) Moench Cassia marylandica L. Polygala viridescens L. Spiraea salic. latifolia Ait. Potentilla arguta Pursh Rubus strigosus Mz. Crataegus macracantha Lodd. C. modesta Sarg. Ludwigia alternifolia L. Chamaenerion angustifolium Scop. Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray (L.) Viburnum pauciflorum Pylaie Galium verum L. Valerianella chenopodifolia (Pursh) DC. Aster vimineus Lam. A. laterifiorus (L.) Britton Solidago juncea Ait. S. caesia L. Galinsoga parviflora Cav. Antennaria neodioica Greene Liactuca spicata (Lam.) Hitch. Tut spi. integrifolia (Gr.) Hitch. Onopordon acanthium UL. Rudbeckia triloba L. Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) T. & G. Kalmia angustifolia L. Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B. S. P. Conopholis americana (L.) Wallr. Dianthera americana L. Cuscuta epithymum Murr. Scrophularia leporella Bickn. Pentstemon pentstemon (L.) Britton Solanum carolinense L. Tetragonanthus deflexus Kuntze Monarda fistulosa L. Euphorbia platyphylla L. Myosotis verna Nutt. Chenopodium anthelminticum L. Betula pap. minor Tuchm., (Sm.) NEW YORK STATHD MUSEUM Hickoria minima (Marsh.) Britton Juniperus com. alpina Gawd. Potamogeton lonchites T’wekm. Ee, obtusifolius M. & K. Gyrostachys gracilis (Bigel.) Kuntze G. romanzofiana (Cham.) MacM. Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC. Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf. Juncoides spicatum (L.) Kuntze Eleocharis ovata (Roth) R. & S. BE. diandra Wright Eriophorum virginicum JL. Scirpus peckii Britton S. rubrotinetus Fern. S. atrocinctus. Fern, Rhynchospora glomerata (L.) Vahl Fimbristylis autumnalis (L.) R. & 8. Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Brit- ton Panicum dichotomum L. Agrostis alba L. Poa flava-L. Panicularia canadensis (Mz.) Kuntze Muhlenbergia mexicana (L.) Trin. Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L.) Poll. Dryopteris noveboracensis (L.) Gray D. spin. dilatata (Hoffm.) Underw. Woodsia obtusa Torr. Botrychium lanceolatum Angst. B. matricariaefolium A. Br. B. obliquum Muhl. B. dissectum Spreng. Equisetum lit. gracile Milde Lycopodium annotinum L. L. tristachyum Pursh Sphagnum pylaesii Brid. Dicranum elongatum Schwaegr. Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. Polytrichum strictum Banks. Riccia fluitans LD. Marchantia polymorpha L. Theloschistes parietinus (Z.) Norm. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach. C. nivalis Ach. Baeomyces aeruginosus (Scop.) DC. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) F'r. Cladonia deformis (L.) Hoffm. C. cristatella Tuckm. C. cornucopioides. (L.) Fr. | C. uncialis (L.) Fr. C. - rangiferina (L.) Hoffm. Calicium subtile Pers. Amanita phalloides Fr. (Wen frostiana Pk. A. spreta Pk. A. muse. formosa (@.é R.) Fr. Amanitopsis volvata (Pk.) Sacc. A. vaginata (Bull.) Roze Lepiota friesii Lasch. acutesquamosa Weinm. felina Pers. granulosa Batsch rugosoreticulata Lorin. cristatella Pk. | illinita Fr. Sa Tricholoma russula (Schaeff.) Fr. rutilans (Schaeff.) Fr. variegatum (Scop.) Fr. tricolor Pk. peckii Howe fallax Pk. alboflavidum Pk. fuligineum Pk. album (Schaeff.) Fr. Cie anisaria Pk. dealbata Sow. infundibuliformis (Schaeff.) adirondackensis Pk. — laccata (Scop.) Fr. ochropurpurea Berk. Collybia radicata (Relh.) Fr. platyphylla Fr. maculata (A. & 8S.) Fr. butyracea (Bull.) Fr. dryophila (Bull.) Fr. esculentoides Pk. velutipes (Curt.) Fr. Seeeetet eee a Peeeae 937 Collybia confluens (Pers.) Fr. Mycena immaculata Pk. M. galericulata (Scop.) Fr. M. pseudopura Cke. Omphalia umbellifera (L.) Fr. O. atratoides Pk. O. fibula (Bull.) Fr. O. swartzli Fr. O. camp. sparsa Pk, Hygrophorus laurae Morg. H. pratensis (Pers.) Fr. H. echlorophanus Fr. H. nitidus B. & C. Lactarius cilicioides Fr. L. indigo (Schw.) Fr. L. chelidonium Pk. 106 subpurpureus Pk. L. aquifluus Pk. De theiogalus (Bull.) Fr. L. chrysorrheus Fr. L. pyrogalus (Bull.) Fr. JO; alpinus Pk. L. camphoratus (Bull.) Fr. Russula deeolorans Fr. Ee: rugulosa Pk. Cantharellus floccosus Schw. C. umbonatus Fr, ©. lutescens Fr. Nyctalis asterophora Fr. Marasmius peronatus F'r. M. subnudus (Ellis) Pk. M. semihirtipes Pk. M. spongiosus B. &é C. M. impudicus Fr. Lentinus ursinus Fr. L. lepideus Fr. Panus stipticus (Bull.) Fr. Lenzites bet. radiatus Pk. lL, + sepiariay Ar L. vialis Pk. Entoloma sinuatum Fr. HK. sericeum (Bull.) Fr. Clitopilus micropus Pk. C. abortivus B. & C. Pholiota squarrosa Mull. 938 Pholiota praecox Pers. Inocybe infelix Pk. Ti, geophylla Sow. Stropharia aeruginosa (Curt.) Fr. Hypholoma incertum Pk. H. aggre. sericeum Pk. Cortinarius berlesianus Sace. C. sublateritius Pk. Boletinus pictus Pk. Boletus bicolor Pk. chrys. deformatus Pk. pallidus Frost variipes Pk. eximius Pk. ornatipes Pk. felleus Bull. cyanescens Bull. Fistulina hepatica Fr. Polyporus ovinus (Schaeff.) Fr. _poripes Fr. Sb to resinosus (Schrad.) Fr. chioneus Fr. adustus (Willd.) Fr. gilvus Schw, Gloeoporus conchoides Mont. Fomes lucidus (Leys) Fr. nO ee pe ae F, applanatus (Pers.) Wallr. F, fomentarius (L.) Fr. 1a roseus (A. & S.) Fr. Re conchatus (Pers.) Fr. Polystictus radiatus Fr. Ps hirsutus Fr. PB pergamenus Fr, QP. pseudopergamenus (Thum.) Poria subacida Pk. 18h mutans Pk. Trametes trogii Berk. 4 he sepium Berk. a. serialis Fr. 7, einnabarina (Jacqg.) Fr. Daedalea confragosa Pers. D. unicolor Fr. Cyclomyces greenii Berk. confiuens (A. & 8S.) Fr. es a Oe NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Caldesiella ferruginosa (F'r.) Sace. Hydnum scrobiculatum F'r. H. zonatum Batsch Ee ' vellereum Pk. H. septentrionale Fr. Irpex lacteus F'r. tT ambiguus Pk. Mucronella min. conferta Pk. Craterellus lutescens (Pers.) Fr. Ceanns cornucopioides (L.) Pers. O. cantharellus (Schw.) Fr. t Thelephora caryophyllea (Schaeff.) Pers. Stereum fasciatum Schw. Ss. complicatum Fr. Hymenochaete tabacina (Sow.) Lev. Corticium evolvens Fr. C. alutaceum (Schrad.) C. investiens (Schw.) OF lilacino-fuscum B. & C, Guepinia spathularia (Schw.) Fr. Clavaria flava Schaeff. cristata Pers. gracilis Pers. pyxidata Pers. circinans Pk. pinophila Pk. aurea Schaef. pulechra Pk. Phscadee inflata (Schw.) Pk. Phallus ravenelii B. & C: Cyathus striatus (Huds.) Hoffm. Bovista plumbea Pers. 3 Scleroderma vulgare Hornem. GeGeec a S. verrucosum (Bull.) Pers. Calvatia cyathiformis (Bosc.) Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch pyriforme Schaeff. subinearnatum Pk. cruciatum Rost. frostii Pk. curtisii Berk. Rate ovata (Schaeff.) Macb. ee Tubifera ferruginosa (Batsch) Macb. Reticularia lycoperdon Bull. Spumaria alba (Bull.) DC. REPORT OF THE STATH BOTANIST 1901 Physarum compressum A. & SN, Tilmadoche viridis (Bull.) Sace. Diachaea leucopoda (Bull.) R. D. subsessilis Pk. Didymium melanospermum (Pers.) Macb. Stemonitis fusca (Roth) R. Ss. smithii Maco. Comatricha stemonitis (Scop.) Shel- don C. aequalis Pk. Dictydium cancellatum (Batsch) Lachnobolus globosus (Schw.) R. Arcyria cinerea (Bull.) Pers. A. denudata (L.) Sheldon sis nutans (Bull.) Grev. Hemitrichia vesparium. (Batsch) Trichia favoginea (Batsch) Pers. Uredo polypodii (Pers.) DC. ‘Coleosporium solidaginis (Schw.) Melampsora farinosa (Pers.) Schroet. B 939 Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Ung. Wis utriculosa (Nees) Tul. U. anomala Kze. Septoria irregularis Pk. S. acerina Pk.. Pilacre faginea (Fr.) B. & Br. Monilia fructigena Pers. Ramularia tulasnei Sacc. Glomerularia corni Pk. Spathularia crispa Pk. S. clavata (Schaeff.) Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Fr. Helvella infula Schaeff. H. gracilis Pk. Vibrissea truncorum (A. & S.) Lachnella citrina Pk. Dasyscypha bicolor (Bull.) Fekl. Phyllachora pteridis (Reb.) Fckl. Rhytisma acerinum (Pers.) Fr. Hypoxylon perforatum Schw. CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS Mrs N. L. Britton, New York G@ymnostomum rupestre Schwaegr. Seligeria doniana (Sw.) All. Dicranella heteromalla Schp. Dicranum fulvum Hook. D. flagellare Hedw. Didymodonrubellus B. & 8S. D. riparius Aust. Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. Hedwigia ciliata Hhrh. Amphoridium lapponicum Schp. Drummondia clavellata Hook. Ulota hutchinsiae Schp. Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Philonotis fontana Brid. Bryum roseum Schreb. Webera albicans Schp. Mnium affine Bland. M. punctatum Hedw. M. elatum B. & S. NIG spinulosum B. & S. Pogonatum alpinum: Roehl. HA pl oe Bl ee Diphyscium foliosum Mohr. Fontinalis antip. gigantea Sull. Leptodon trich. immersus Sull. Homalia jamesii Schp. Myurella careyana Sull. Anomodon rostratus Schp. A. attenuatus Hueben. A. viticulosus H. & T, Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Schp. Climacium americanum Brid. Hypnum delicatulum L. rusciforme Weis. pulcheHum Dicks. reptile Mz. imponens Hedw. haldanianum Grev. eugyrium Schp. brevirostre Hhrh. triquetrum L. A radicale Bu. Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach. Mitrula phalloides (Buil.) Chev. 940 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mrs M. A. Knickerbocker, Douglaston Centaurea jacea L. | Galium verum ZL. Miss Emma §. Thomas, Schoharie | Lepiota acutesquamosa Weinm, | Lycoperdon pyriforme Schaeff. Miss Harriet A. Edwards, Port Henry Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw. Mrs G. M. Dallas, Philadelphia Pa. Thelephora caespitulans Schw. Mrs T. B. Bishop, San Francisco Cal. Xerophyllum tenax Nutt. Miss M. L. Overacker, Syracuse Podophyllum peltatum L. Lythrum salicaria ZL, Viola striata Ait. Stropharia aeruginosa (Curt.) Crepis virens L. Miss N. L. Marshall, New York Volvaria hypopithys Fr. E. A. Burt, Middlebury Vt. Poria subtilis (Schrad.) Bres. Dacryomyces' deliquescens (Bull.) Corticium sulphureum Pers. Dub. Peniophora parasitica Burt Grandinia granulosa Fr. Asterostroma bicolor H. & EL. M. L. Fernald, Cambridge Mass. Carex atlantica Bailey | Carex elachycarpa Fern. B. D. Gilbert, Clayville | Botrychium dissectum Spreng. | Lycopodium tristachyum Pursh C. G. Lloyd, Cincinnati O. Calostoma cinnabarinum Desv, i Lycoperdon glabellum Pk. Geaster coliformis (Dicks.) Pers. G. B. Fessenden, Boston Mass. Pluteolus coprophilus Pk. F. C. Stewart, Geneva Colletotrichum antirrhini Stewart | Marsonia pyriformis (Riess) Sacc. C. rudbeckiae Pk. S. H. Burnham, Vaughns Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton E. B. Sterling, Trenton N. J. Phallogaster saccatus Morg. | Morehella angusticeps Pk. J. J. Hastings, Albany Clitocybe multiceps Pk. | Hypholoma incertum Pk. Pholiota praecox Pers. REPORT OF THE STATHP BOTANIST 1901 941 E. B. Conger, Peninsula O. Erythronium albidum Nutt. H. L. Clapp, Roxbury Mass. Hygrophorus ventricosus B. & Br. J..B. Ellis, Newfield N. J. Phyllosticta limitata fructigena Ellis F. S. Boughton, Pittsford Polyporus morgani Frost Fistulina pallida B. & R. Lycoperdon frostii Pk. A. P. Hitchcock, New Lebanon Boletus felleus Bull. Rev. J. M. Bates, Callaway Neb. Tylostoma campestre Morg. Catastoma subterraneum Pk, 3 Oe poculatum White Geaster campestris Morg. Simon Davis, Boston Mass. Armillaria nardosmia Ellis Rhizopogon rubescens Tul. Hygrophorus sordidus Pk. Scleroderma verrucosum (Bull. H. pallidus Pk. Pers; Russula ventricosipes Pk. ho W. F. Badé, Bethlehem Pa. Anychia dichotoma Ma. C. S. Banks, Manila, Philippine islands Aquilegia canadensis L. Asarum canadense L. Trifolium repens L. Eriophorum polystachyon L. | Potentilla canadensis L. Oarex sterilis Willd. Geum rivale L. Onoclea sensibilis ZL. Hamamelis virginiana L. . Adiantum pedatum JL. Zizia aurea (L.) Koch Asplenium platyneuron L, Bumex acetosella LD. Dryopteris acrostichoides (Mz.) Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. F. J. Braendle, Washington D. C. Polyporus lacteus Fr. | Clavaria grandis Pk. J. V. Haberer, Utica Opulaster opulifolius (L.) Kuntze Polygala viridescens UL. Floerkea proserpinacoides Willd. Sarothra gentianoides L. Galium mollugo L. Valerianella chenopodifolia (Pursh): DC. Vernonia gigantea (Walt.) Hieracium praealtum Vill. Ranunculus bulbosus L. Trollius laxus Salisb. Arabis hirsuta (L.) Scop. A. laevigata (Muhl.) Poir. Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. Dentaria laciniata Muhl, D. maxima Nutt. Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) Britton Geum vernum 7. & G. 942 Rhododendron maximum UL. Lysimachia quadrifolia L. Tetragonanthus deflexus Kuntze Monarda fistulosa L. Hedeoma hispida Pursh Koellia virginiana (L.) MacM. Pentstemon pentstemon (L.) Britton Dianthera americana L. Scirpus sylvaticus L. ‘S: rubrotinetus Fern. Hriophorum virg. album Gray Rhynchospora glomerata (L.) Vahl (Sm.) NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Brit- ton Fimbristylis autumnalis (Z.) R. é 8. Eleocharis diandra Wright KE. vigens (Bailey) Botrychium lanceolatum Angst. B. matricariaefolium A. Br. B. obliquum Muwhl. ise tern. intermedium Eaton Equisetum lit. gracile Milde Lycopodium inundatum JL. H. H. Hume, Lake City Fla. Exobasidium peckii Halst. Entomosporium miaculatum Lev. Pyricularia grisea (Cke.) Sace. Sorosporium everhartii H. é G. Puccinia graminis Pers. 164 fuirenae Cke. Pe hydrocotyles (Mont.) Cke. EE: hieracii (Schwm.) Mart. Ravenelia glanduliformis B. & C. Uromyces elegans (B. é C.) Lagh. WU; ealadii (Schw.) Farl. U. spermacoces (Schw.) Thum LOE graminicola Burrill Wi: hedysari paniculati (Schw.) Ustilago floridana EH. & E. ‘Caeoma nitens Schw. Scolecotrichum caricae H. & E. ‘Thecapsora vacciniorum B. & C. Phyllosticta. nerii West. roberti B. & J. phaseolina Sace. ipomaeae H. & K. phomiformis Sacc, vaceinii Harle caryae Pk, curtisii (Sacc.) H. & E. livida #. & #. acericola C. & E. Taeialoraia palmarum Cke. ee ea le crataegi #. & E. Septoria oenotherae West. S. lycopersici Seg. S. drummondii L. & LE. Graphiola phoenicis (Moug.) Poit. Macrosporium asimini Hume M. solani H. & M. Helminthosporium ravenelii B. & C. Peronospora gonolobii Lagh. Plasmopara cubensis (B. é C.) Hume Cystopus candidus (Pers.) Lev, C. ipomaeae-panduratae (Schw.) Hxoascus varius Atk. Cercospora petersii (B. é C.) Atk. flagellaris EH. & M. hamamelidis H. & H. phyllitidis Hume hibisci 7. & LE. vignae H#. & EH. callicarpae Cke. hydrocotyles H. & #. ricinella S. & B. apii Fes. beticola Sacc. catalpae Wint. catineeontilbe coccophila Tul. Meliola palmicola Wint. Asterina inquinans H. & EH. Taphrina caerulescens (D. & M.) Phyllactinia suffulta (Reb.) Sace. Uncinula clintonii Pk. Microsphaera quercina (Schw.) Burr, M. calocladophora Atk. Sphaeria andropogicola Schw. Rhytisma vaccinii Harle Linospora ferruginea H. & M. Phylachora cyperi Rehm. Phkeospora mori Sace. ; . ( Boag eaanaags REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 943; Mrs Carolyn W. Harris, Brooklyn Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. Parmelia saxatilis (Z.) Fr. U. barb. florida Fr. sax. suleata Nyl. U. barb. rubiginosa Ma. sax. panniformis (Ach.) U. longissima Ach. ecaperata (L.) Ach. Alectoria jub. chalybeiformis Ach. Ramalina ealic. fastigiata Fr. 1g iP 1a i eg conspersa (Hhrh.) Ach.. P, borreri Turn. 12 I Evernia prunastri (L.) Ach. P Ry: ealie. farinacea Schaer. physodes (L.) Ach. 2 tiliacea (Hoffm.) Fl. Cetraria ciliaris Ach. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuckm. C. lacunosa Ach. 12 aquila (Aeh.) Nyl. C. aurescens T'uckm. Theloschistes polycarpus (Hhrh.y Sticta pulmonaria (L.) Ach. Tuckm. S. amplissima (Scop.) Mass. Pannaria lanuginosa (Ach.) Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Hoffm. je leucosticta Tuckm. de canina (L.) Hoffm. Leptogium pulchellum (Ach.) Nyl.. E polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm. | L. lacerum (Sw.) Fr. . BE; rufescens (Neck.) Hoffm. Ibi tremelloides (Z.) Fr. BR; pulverulenta (Tayl.) Nyl. Collema flaccidum Ach. Umbilicaria dillenii Tuckm. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. G vellea (L.) Nyl. Cladonia squamosa Hoffm. Uz. muhlenbergii (Ach.) | C. fure. racemosa Fl, Tuckhm. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. U. pustulata (L.) Hoffm. EH. min. complicatum: Pyxine sorediata Fr. - Schaer. Solorina saccata (L.) Nyl. HE. min. aquaticum Schaer. Parmelia perlata (L.) Ach. Mrs E. Watrous, New York Cortinarius violaceo-cinereus (Pers.) Fr. Mrs E. C. Anthony, Gouverneur Uredo polypodii (Pers.) DC. M. S. Baxter, Rochester Graphiola phoenicis (Moug.) Poit. George EH. Morris, Waltham Mass. Tricholoma peckii Howe Cordyceps ophioglossoides (Lhrh.) Mycena strobilinoidea Pk. Lk. Hygrophorus pudorinus Fr. Helvella crispa (Scop.) Fr. Cortinarius sanguineus (Wulf.) Fr. H. ephippium Lev. Boletus parasiticus Bull. H. macropus brevis Pk. Mutinus ravenelii (B. & C.) Fisch. Calvatia elata (Mass.) Morg. Hypoxylon howeanum Pk. Cordyceps capitata (Holmsk.) Lk. Geoglossum farlowi Cke. G. peckianum Cke. Bulgaria rufa Sch. 944 NPW YORK STATP MUSEUM SPECIES NOT BEFORE REPORTED C Thalictrum occidentale Gray Shore of Lake Champlain near Port Henry. The leaves of this plant bear some resemblance to those of Thalictrum dioicum, but in stature and time of flowering it suggests T. purpurascens to which it was doubtfully referred in a former report. Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. Along the N. Y. C. railroad near Utica. J. V. Haberer. This is an introduced plant having a iqpdanes in some places to — become a troublesome weed. Sophia sophia (l.) Britton Thin soil in rocky places. About the ruins of the old fort on Crown Point. May. ThisisSisymbrium sophia L. Geum vernum T. & G. Mohawk flats. Deerfield, Oneida co. Abundant in a meadow near a little lake on the north side of Mohawk river about a mile below Utica. It may have been introduced from the west. It is distinguished from closely related species by its stalked receptacle. June. J. V. Haberer. Crataegus champlainensis Sarg. Crown Point and near North Albany. May and June. The species of Crataegus have recently been made the subject of special investigation by some of the botanists in this country. The result has been the recognition of many species previously overlooked or confused with other known forms. Good specific characters have been found in parts of the plant formerly dis- regarded or considered unreliable in the identification of species. Crataegus pringlei Sarg. Crown Point and near North Albany. May and June. This species may be recognized by the peculiar habit of its foliage. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 945 The mature leaves, by the deflection of their margins, have a drooping appearance, the upper surface being convex, the lower concave. This is shown to some extent in the dried specimens in the herbarium. The leaves do not flatten fully in the plant press but present folds or wrinkles when dried. Crataegus modesta Sarg. Dry hills and slaty knolls. Near North Albany and Lansing- burg. June. The specimens which we have referred to this species meet the description fairly well but the plant is quite variable. On dry clayey hillocks north of Albany it has a strag- gling starved appearance, bears small leaves and few or no thorns. On slaty knolls north of Lansingburg it is more thrifty, has larger leaves which are often somewhat three lobed by rea- son of the greater development of the basal lobes, and it bears more numerous thorns which are sometimes 2 inches long. It flowers a little later than the two preceding species and is also later in ripening its fruit. It is a rather small shrub, usually 4 to 6 feet high. Crataegus holmesiana Ashe Near North Albany and Lansingburg, also in Sandlake where it is the prevailing species. May. The number of stamens varies from 5 to 8, and serves when the plant is in blossom as a distinctive mark of the species. The fruit ripens early in Sep- tember and has an agreeable flavor. Crataegus pruinosa Wend. Crown Point, North Albany and Lansingburg. The pruinosity of the fully grown fruit is a convenient mark for the recognition of this species. Vernonia gigantea (Walt.) Britton Stony, hilly pastures. New Hartford, Oneida co. September. J. V. Haberer. Antennaria parlinii arnoglossa Fern. Pastures. Crown Point. May. 946 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Centaurea jacea L. Douglaston, Queens co. August. Mrs M. A. Knickerbocker. It has also been reported from Deerfield by Dr Haberer but I have seen no specimens from that locality. The plant is some- times cultivated for ornament and has escaped from cultivation. Arctium minus Schk. _ Near Loon lake station. July. This was formerly considered a variety of A. lappa. Lactuca morssii Robins. Clearings and waste places. North Elba and Loon lake sta- tion. July. In general appearance this species resembles L. canadensis and L. leucophaea. From the former it may be distinguished by its purplish or violet colored flowers and the shorter beaked achenia, from the latter by its snowy white pappus. Hedeoma hispida Pursh Thin naked soil covering rocks. Little Falls. June. Prob- ably introduced from the west. J. V. Haberer. Panicularia laxa Scribn. Margin of a pond near Loon lake station. July. The speci- mens have the small few-flowered spikelets of this species hut the upper sheaths do not overlap as in the typical form. Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray Marshes. West Fort Ann. November. S. H. Burnham. Scapania irrigua (Nees) Dumort. Marshes. West Fort Ann. October. S. H. Burnham. Stereocaulon denudatum Fl. Bare rocks. Mt Marcy, Mt McIntyre and Mt Wallface. July. All the specimens are sterile. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. Near Chilson lake. June. Mrs C. W. Harris. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 947 Cetraria aurescens Tuckm. Bark of pine, Pinus strobus. Near Chilson lake. June. Mrs C. W. Harris. Pannaria leucosticta Tuckm. Granitic rocks. Near Chilson lake. July. Mrs Harris. Lepiota adnatifolia n. sp. Pileus thin except in the center, broadly convex or nearly plane, minutely granulose or squamulose, isabelline, alutaceous or reddish ferruginous, the margin usually appendiculate with fragments of the veil, flesh white; lamellae thin, moderately close, adnate, white; stem short, generally slightly thickened at the base, solid when young but sometimes becoming stuffed or hollow with age, glabrous or slightly squamulose below the small often evanescent ring, pallid or subrufescent; spores minute, .0002—.00024 of an inch long, .00016—.0002 broad. Pileus 1-2.5 inches broad; stem 11.5 inches long, 2-4 lines thick. Ground under pine trees. Bolton and Hague, Warren co. September. | The color ornamentation and size are nearly the same as in» L. granulosa, from which it differs in its slight veil, larger Spores and specially in its adnate lamellae. By this character some species of Lepiota show an affinity with the genus Armil- laria. Our four species having this character may be indicated by the subjoined synoptic table. Plant growing on the ground 1 Plant growing on decaying wood L. granosa 1 Plant having a disagreeable odor L. rugosoreticulata 1 Plant inodorous . 2 2 Stem 1—2 lines thick, pileus generally umbonate L. amian- thina ) 2 Stem 2-4 lines thick, pileus not umbonate. L. adnati- folia Tricholoma rimosum n. sp. Pileus fleshy, convex becoming nearly plane, often split on the margin, glabrous, hygrophanous, watery brown and shining 948 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM when moist, paler when dry, flesh colored like the pileus when moist, whitish when dry, taste farinaceous; lamellae thin, narrow, very close, rounded behind, adnexed, uneven on the edge, whitish or subcinereous; stem nearly equal, silky-fibrillose, hollow, whitish; spores elliptic, .0003-.00035 of an inch long, .00016-.0002 broad. Pileus 1-1.5 inches broad; stem 1—2 inches long, i.5-2.5 lines thick. Woods. Bolton. September. | This species is related to T. humile from which it may be distinguished by its smaller size, hollow silky fibrillose stem, the rimose margin of the pileus and its farinaceous taste. Clitocybe regularis n. sp. PLATE K, FIG. 1-7 Pileus thin, flexible, broadly convex becoming nearly plane, often slightly depressed in the center, orbicular, regular, whitish when moist, white when dry, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, narrow, crowded, decurrent, whitish; stem firm, equal, glabrous, solid, rarely with a very small cavity, whitish, spongy thickened at the base; spores minute, .0002 of an inch long, .0001-.00012 broad. Pileus 1-2.5 inches broad; stem about 1 inch long, 1.5-2.5 lines thick. Among fallen leaves in woods. Bolton. August. This species is related to C. tornata, from which it differs in its thin flexible moist pileus, its distinctly decurrent lamellae and in its solid stem with the spongy mass of mycelioid tomen- tum at the base. | Clitocybe subconcava Nn. sp. PLATE K, FIG. 8-13 Pileus thin, convex, deeply umbilicate, glabrous, hygrophan- ous, brownish or reddish brown and usually striatulate on the decurved margin when moist, whitish when dry; lamellae arcu- ate, decurrent, close, pallid or subcinereous; stem equal, firm, solid or stuffed, sometimes with a small cavity, slightly fibril- lose, colored like the pileus; spores minute, .0002-.00024 of an inch long, .00012-.00016 broad. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 949 Pileus 1—2 inches broad; stem 1—2 inches long, 1.5—2 lines thick. Pine woods. Bolton. August. Closely related to C. concava from which it may be separ- ated by its much smaller spores and paler color. The decurved margin of the pileus is even, not wavy as in that species. It is also allied. to C. cyathiformis and, C. expallens, from both of which its smaller spores and deeply umbilicate pileus separate it. It is without any distinctive odor. - Pleurotus minutus n. sp. Pileus minute, reniform or suborbicular, at first resupinate, sometimes becoming reflexed with age, often slightly depressed in the center; flocculose pruinose, white, the margin involute; lamellae unequal, very narrow, distant, decurrent, white or whitish; stem short, eccentric, curved, pruinose, whitish with a white mycelioid tomentum at the base. Pileus 1—2 lines broad; stem about 1 line long. Much decayed wood of birch. Near Loon lake. July. The very small size, narrow distant decurrent lamellae and pruinose pileus and stem are the prominent characters of this minute species. The specimens are sterile. Lactarius foetidus n. sp. Pileus fleshy, firm, nearly plane or centrally depressed, min- utely downy or velvety, pale yellow or buff, becoming brownish where bruised, flesh whitish, milk white, taste mild, odor fetid; lamellae subdistant, adnate or slightly decurrent, yellowish white, becoming reddish brown where wounded or bruised; stem short, equal, solid, glabrous, whitish; spores broadly elliptic or subglobose, .00024—.00032 of an inch long, nearly as broad. Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 4—6 lines thick. Low damp ground in woods. Snyders, Rensselaer co. August. The fetid disagreeable odor and buff color of the pileus are ‘distinguishing characters of this rare species. The downy sur- face of the dry pileus is soft to the touch, like that of L. vellereus. 950 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hygrophorus glutinosus n. sp. Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, glutinous, white, sometimes tinged with yellow by the drying of the gluten, the margin involute,. flesh white; lamellae subdistant, adnate, white; stem equal,. solid, white, floccose tomentose and glutinous below the glutin- ous annulus, studded above with glandular drops of moisture which in drying form reddish dots; spores .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .0002—.00024 broad. Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem about 1 inch long,3—4 lines thick. In the fresh plant the lower part of the stem appears to be coated with a floccose tomentum smeared with gluten, in the dried plant the gluten assumes an orange yellow or bright straw color and the tomentum disappears. The species differs from H. gliocyeclus in its adnate lamellae and from H. ebur- neus in its solid stem with reddish points at the top. Volvaria speciosa Fr. Westfield, Chautauqua co. June. E. B. Sterling. Volvaria hypopithys Fr. Lake Placid. September. Miss N. L. Marshall. Cortinarius submarginalis n. sp. PLATH L, FIG. 6-10 Pileus fleshy, firm, convex becoming nearly plane, or concave by the elevation of the margin, viscid when moist, yellowish brown, generally a little paler on the rather definite and com- monly fibrillose margin, flesh whitish; lamellae thin, close, ad- nate, creamy yellow when young, soon cinnamon; stem rather long, equal or slightly thickened at the base, solid, silky fibrillose, slightly viscid, whitish or pallid; spores subelliptic, .0004—.0005, of an inch long, .0002-.00024 broad. Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 3-6 inches long, 4-6 lines thick. Low moist places in woods. Bolton. August. | The margin of the pileus is generally paler than the rest and. separated from it by a definite line. It is from 3-6 lines broad. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 951 and is sometimes curved upward and conspicuously fibrillose. This difference between the margin and the rest of the pileus is not clearly shown in the dried specimens. The species belongs in the section Myxacium. Cortinarius obliquus n. sp. PLATH L, FIG. 1-5 Pileus rather thin, broadly convex or nearly plane, dry, silky fibrillose, white or grayish, generally with a slight violaceous tint, flesh whitish; lamellae thin, close, adnate or slightly zounded behind, minutely crenulate on the edge and obscurely transversely striate on the sides, deep violet becoming cinna- mon brown with age; stem equal, solid, shining, silky fibrillose, whitish tinged with violet, violet within, with an abrupt flat- tened oblique bulb at the base; spores elliptic, uninucleate, .0003 of an inch long, .0002 broad. Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 3-5 lines thick. Among fallen leaves in woods. Bolton. August. This species is well marked by the white or grayish white pileus, the deep violet or almost amethystine color of the young lamellae and the oblique flattened bulb of the stem. It belongs to the section Inoloma. C.albidus Pk. has an oblique bulb at the base of the stem and a white pileus but it belongs to the section Phlegmacium as its pileus is viscid. Its young lamellae are also white. Cortinarius violaceo-cinereus (Pers.) Fr. Pine woods. Hague, Warren co. June. ‘Mrs E. Watrous. A large cespitose form. A scattered or gregarious form occurs in woods near Bolton. September. In Systema mycologiowm and in Hpverisis, Fries gives C. violaceo-e inereus as the name of the species, but in Hymenomycetes Huropaei he changed the form of the name to ©. cinereo-violaceus without ‘giving any reason for the change. This name has been adopted in Sylloge, but we have retained the older form. 952 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Boletus multipunctus n. sp. PLATE K, FIG. 19-22 Pileus fleshy, convex or nearly plane, dry, brownish ocher, sometimes with a slight reddish tint, the central part adorned with many minute slightly darker areolate spots or dots, flesh whitish, taste mild; tubes small, adnate or depressed about the stem, ventricose in the mass, the mouths subrotund, at first whitish, becoming greenish yellow; stem equal or tapering upward, pallid, solid, fibrous striate; spores dark olive green, oblong, .00045-.0006 of an inch long, .00016—.0002 broad. Pileus 3-5 inches broad; stem 3-5 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.. In woods. Bolton. August. ; The species belongs to the section Edules. It was not found in sufficient quantity for testing its edibility but it is probably edible. , Fistulina pallida B. & R. Pittsford, Monroe co. July. F. 8S. Boughton. These speci mens correspond to the description of F. pallida except in their larger size. They are distinct from F. firma Pk. in their darker color and decurrent tubes. Poria myceliosa n. sp. Subiculum membranaceous, separable from the matrix, con nected with white branching strands of mycelium which per- meate the soft decayed wood, or with radiating ribs which run through the broad sterile fimbriate white margin; pores very short, subrotund angular or subflexuous, the dissepiments thin, acute, dentate or slightly lacerate, pale yellow; spores minute,. subglobose, .00008-.00012 of an inch broad. Round Lake, Sar- atoga co. August. This fungus forms patches several inches in extent on much decayed wood of hemlock. It follows the inequalities of the surface on which it grows. It is scarcely more than half a line thick. The pores develop from the center toward the margin and at first are mere concavities in the subiculum. The species. is apparently related to P. tenuis Schw., from which it REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 ; 953 differs in habitat, color and the prominent mycelial strands. In this last character it bears some resemblance to mR: vaillaniiPDe)y Pr Hydnum umbilicatum n. sp. PLATE K, Fic. 14-18 Pileus fleshy, convex, glabrous, umbilicate, reddish buff or burnt sienna color, flesh white, taste mild; aculei plane in the “mass, fragile, nearly equal, a little paler than the pileus; stem nearly equal, glabrous, solid, whitish; spores globose, .0003—.0004 of an inch in diameter. Pileus 6-18 lines broad; stem 1-1.5 inches long, 2-4 lines thick. Among fallen leaves in woods. Hague. September. This species is related to H. repandum and H. rufe- scens, from both of which it is easily separated by its small but usually deep and distinct umbilicus. Sometimes a definite line separates the paler margin from the more highly colored center of the pileus. In the last report it was mentioned as a form of H. rufescens. | Thelephora multipartita Schw. Grassy eround under trees. Bolton. August. This species is variable in size, in the number of divisions of the pileus and consequently in its general appearance. It is related to T. anthocephala and T. caryophyllea, but the upper surface of the pileus or of its component parts is usually paler than in these species. Thelephora exigua n. sp. Pileus very thin, submembranaceous, tubaeform or infundi- buliform, faintly radiately fibrous striate, slightly lacerate on the margin, pale alutaceous; hymenium even or faintly striate, pruinosely pubescent, pallid; stem slender, solid, pruinosely pubescent, brownish; spores elliptic, .00016 of an inch long, about half as broad. Pileus 1.5-8 lines broad; stem 2-3 lines long. Vegetable mold. Westport, Essex co. October. 954 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM This minute species may be separated from T. ravenelii Berk. and T. regularis Schw. by its smaller size and by the minute pubescence of its hymenium and stem. Corticium portentosum B. & C. Decorticated wood of spruce. North Elba. July. Corticium arachnoideum Berk. Decorticated wood of pine. Bolton. September. Peniophora affinis Burt in litt. Bark of dogwood, Cornus florida. East Schodack. August. Closely allied to P. laevis (Fr.) Burt. Peniophora parasitica Burt in litt. Under side of branches of juniper, Juniperus com- munis, lying on the ground. Hague. September. Asterostroma bicolor E. & E. Decaying wood of spruce. Floodwood, Franklin co. August. E. A. Burt. Sebacina calcea (Pers.) Bres. Under side of dead spruce branches. Hagte. September. Clavaria bicolor n. sp. Small, 8-12 lines high, gregarious; stem slender, .5—-1 line thick, straight or flexuous, solid, tomentose, pale yellow, divided above into two or more short, orange colored compressed branches which are themselves once or twice dichotomously divided, tips acute, concolorous. Under pine trees. Bolton. September. The rather tough tomentose stem indicates an affinity to the genus Lachnocladium. : Phallogaster saccatus Morg. Decaying wood. Westfield, Chautauqua co. June. E. B. Sterling. Cyathus lesueurii Tul. Lyndonville, Orleans co. C.E. Fairman. Also in Bethlehem, Albany co. In our specimens there are small cavities in the REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 955 interior of the peridium near its base in each of which a ‘sporangiole rests. The funiculus is short, but when moist it can be stretched to a great length. This species may be dis- tinguished from C. vernicosus by the less spreading mar- ‘gin of the open peridium and by its much larger spores. Craterium minimum B. & C. ‘Dead sticks and leaves. West Albany. .C..cylindricum’ Massee is a Synonym. Craterium minutum (Leers) Fr. On mosses. East Berne, Albany co. August. Didymium fairmani Sacc. On foliage of two leaved Solomon’s seal, Unifolium canadense. Ridgeway, Orleans co. C. E. Fairman. ‘Closely allied to D. melanospermum, from which it ‘differs in its rather smaller peridium and spores. The typical form is sessile, but specimens sometimes occur with a short ‘Slender stem. | 3 Physarella multiplicata Macb. in ltt. Spreading over ground and living plants. Menands, Albany ‘co. June. The white plasmodium spreads over anything in its way and the mature fungus develops from it in 24 hours in very warm weather. : Empusa grylli Fresen. It attacks and kills grasshoppers. Surfaces on which the dead bodies of the erasshoppers rest become whitened by the pyriform conidia of the fungus shed from the bodies of the insects. Marsonia pyriformis (Riess) Sace. Upper surface of leaves of silver poplar, Populus alba. Penn Yan. September. F. C. Stewart. Septoria polygonina Thum. Living leaves of the fringed black bindweed, Polygonum cilinode. Near Loon lake. July. In our specimens the 956 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM spots on the leaves have not the violaceous margin attributed to the typical form of the species and they are generally marked by a few elevated lines or ridges. Their color is usually reddish brown rather than ochroleucous. The difference in the host plants is probably the cause of the difference in the spots. Chalara paradoxa (Seynes) Sace. Decaying pineapple. Menands. June. The inner flesh of the affected fruit is blackened by the fungus. Colletotrichum antirrhini Stewart Living stems and leaves of great snapdragon, Antirrhi- num majus. Geneva. September. F.C. Stewart. Colletotrichum rudbeckiae n. sp. Pustules minute, numerous, closely gregarious, round or hysteriiform, black, at first covered by the epidermis, then erumpent; setae few, black; spores straight or slightly curved, acute, hyaline, .0005-.0006 of an inch long, .00016 broad. Dead stems of cultivated cone flower, Rudbeckia laciniata. Geneva. July. F. C. Stewart. Helvella adhaerens n. sp. PLATE L, FIG. 11-15 Pileus thin, irregular, defiexed, whitish or smoky white, be- coming brownish with age or in drying, the lower margin at- tached to the stem, even and whitish beneath; stem slender, even, solid, pruinosely downy, smoky white or brownish, the upper part concealed by the deflexed pileus and smaller than the lower exposed part; asci cylindric, 8 spored; spores elliptic, often uninucleate, .0007-.0008 of an inch long, .0005 broad; paraphyses filiform, hyaline, thickened or subclavate at the top. Ground in woods. Bolton and Hague. August and September. Related to H.elastica, from which it is easily distinguished by having the deflexed margin of the pileus attached to the stem. When young and fresh the whole plant is whitish or dingy white, but it is apt to become brownish with age or in drying. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 957 Lachnella corticalis (Pers.) Fr. Dry naked bark or among mosses on the base of living aspens, Populus tremuloides. North Elba. July. Orbilia luteo-rubella (Nyl.) Karst. Damp decaying wood, specially of deciduous trees. North Elba. July. A common species, usually becoming more highly colored in drying. Anthostoma dryophilum (Curr.) Sace. Dead branches of chestnut. Lyndonville, Orleans co. C. E. Fairman. Mycenastrum spinulosum Pk. Grassy ground about the ruins of the old fort on Crown Point. September. Three young specimens and two fragments of an old specimen were found. This material is scarcely sufficient for a satisfactory identification of the species, but the peculiar threads of the capillitium and the character of the spores indi- cate this species. The locality, however, is very distant from that of the original specimens. It is desirable that mature Specimens in good condition may yet be found. D REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton Vaughns, Washington co. April. S.H. Burnham. The speci- mens represent a variety in which each of the three lobes of the leaf is itself three lobed. Castalia tuberosa (Paine) Greene Abundant in the sloughs and still waters about Fort Ann, Washington co. In deep water the leaves float on the surface, but in shallow water they stand erect above the surface, sup- ported by their stout firm petioles. Draba incana arabisans (Mx.) Wats. Precipices of Mt Wallface. This is the only locality in the state, so far as known to me, where this plant is found. It flowers in June or early in July. Specimens collected July 19 were past flowering. 958 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Meibomia paniculata (L.) Kuntze In rocky places at Bolton a form occurs in which the midrib and, to some extent, the principal veins are bordered by a pale stripe. Viburnum pauciflorum Pylaie In our state this species is apparently limited to the Adiron- dack region and is scarce even there. It occurs sparingly along some of the cool shaded streams that flow down the steep rocky sides of Mt Marcy, Mt McIntyre and Mt Clinton. It is in flower in the latter part of June, but the fruit is not ripe before August. Ludwigia alternifolia L. Abundant in a swampy place about a mile west of Menands. The persistent colored foliaceous lobes of the calyx give it the appearance of being in flower late in the season, even when its fruit is mature. Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. A. pale flowered form occurs near. Loon lake. It is interme- diate between the common form and the white flowered form. Galinsoga parviflora hispida DC. Waste places. Bolton. August. Escaped from cultivation. More hairy or hispid than the common form and having the pappus narrowed above into a bristle., The upper part of the branches and specially the peduncles are glandular hairy in our specimens. These characters and the coarsely toothed margin of the thicker leaves give the plant a peculiar appearance and would seem to make it worthy of specific distinction. Rudbeckia triloba L. East Schodack, Rensselaer co. August. Neither the Manual nor the Illustrated flora credits this species to New York, but it has been found growing wild in Dutchess and Ulster counties. The station in Rensselaer co. is the most northern one in which I have found it. Gaylussacia resinosa glaucocarpa Robinson Fort Ann, Washington co. and Glen lake, Warren co. August. S. H. Burnham. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 959 | Euphorbia platyphylla L. Rare. On the east shore of Bulwagga bay southeast of Port Henry. September. Betula papyracea minor Tuckm. Plentiful and fertile on the open summit of Mt Clinton. Juniperus communis alpina Gaud. The alpine juniper is more abundant on Mt Clinton than on the higher summit of its near neighbor, Mt McIntyre. It bears fruit sparingly here. The arbor vitae, Thuja occident- alis, ascends to the open summit of this mountain, but the trees are small and unthrifty. Potamogeton lonchites Tuckm. Small but fertile plants of this pond weed and of P. obtusi- folius, occur in shallow water in a small pond near Loon lake station. } Juncoides spicatum (L.) Kuntze The spiked wood rush was found growing on the top of Mt Walliface in 1898. This remained the only known station for it in our state till this year. In July fine fruiting specimens of it were found growing near the base of the cliffs on the western side of Indian pass near its southern end. In these specimens the lowest fruit cluster is 1 or 2 lines distant from the rest. Eleocharis diandra Wright This beautiful spike rush has generally been treated as a mere form of the ovoid spike rush, E. ovata, but a fine series of Specimens collected on the shore of Oneida lake by Dr Haberer and contributed by him to the herbarium leads me to keep it distinct. Scirpus peckii Britton | A station for this rare bulrush was discovered in July near Loon lake in Franklin co. Scirpus rubrotinctus confertus Fern. Swampy places near Loon lake. July. This variety was found growing with the typical form, which is not rare in the Adirondack region. 960 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Scirpus atrocinctus brachypodus Fern. Swampy or wet places. North Elba and near Loon lake. This bulrush also grows in company with the typical form and clearly passes into it by intergrading forms. July. Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L.) Poll. Low ground on the shore of Lake George at Hague. A form in which all the panicles are included in the leaf sheaths, except in occasional specimens in which the terminal panicle is ex- serted. September. Agrostis alba L. Specimens of this common and useful grass were collected near Loon lake. In them the glumes of nearly all the flowers of the panicle are elongated to three or four times their usual size. This gives the grass a singular appearance. These flowers are sterile. A similar form of A. alba vulgaris is already represented in the herbarium. Poa flava L. This grass usually grows in low wet ground or in marshy places, but a slender form with small two or three flowered spikelets scarcely more than 1 line long occurs in the Adiron- dack region growing on rocky ledges. Specimens were collected on the cliffs of Mt Wallface in July. Equisetum littorale gracile Milde Gravelly inundated shore of Oneida lake. June. J. V. Haberer. Lycopodium annotinum L., A slender form of this species is found in Indian pass, approaching variety pungens in character but having the leaves more distant and spreading. It is intermediate between the variety and the common form. Lycopodium clavatum monostachyon Hook. Rocky places. North Elba. July. Growing with the com- mon form. ! Woodsia obtusa angusta Pk. Rocky places in the Highlands. Specimens of this variety were collected many years ago on Crow’s Nest mountain between RBPORT OF THR STATE BOTANIST 1901 961 Cornwall and West Point. In his List of North American Piteridophytes, Mr B. D. Gilbert, to whom specimens were sent, has recognized this variety and published a description of it under the name here given. This variety is represented on the sheet placed in the herbarium by Dr Torrey to illustrate the species, but no locality is recorded for it. The broader or com- mon form is represented by specimens from Rensselaer and Warren counties. _ Amanita phalloides striatula n. var. Pileus thin, nearly plane, slightly striate on the margin, white; stem long, slender, slightly sheathed at the base by the remains of the ruptured volva. Bolton. August. This amanita departs so distinctly from the character of hs phalloides in having the margin somewhat striate, that it would seem at first thought best to separate it as a distinct species, but that is such a variable species and this is so closely allied, differing only in the striate margin from small forms of A. phalloides verna, it seems best to regard it as a mere variety. The pileus is 1-2 inches broad and the stem 3-5 inches long and 2-3 lines thick, with a small bulb at the base. The annulus is well developed and the spores are globose and of the same size as in the typical form of the species. Amanita muscaria formosa (G. & R.) Fr. If we regard the beautiful amanita as a mere variety of the fly amanita it may be said to be the prevailing representative of the species in the eastern and northern parts of the state. It was very abundant the past season about Lake George. Its pileus is generally pale yellow or citrine color and its warts are also pale and easily removable. Sometimes specimens occur which are red or orange in the center of the pileus. It is apparently less poisonous than the true fly amanita, or else some persons are not easily affected by it. An instance was recently reported to me in which one person by mistake cooked and ate two caps of it without experiencing any ill results. This is the third person who has made a similar report to me. 962 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Still the relationship is so close between this variety and the true fly amanita that I would not advise any one to experiment with it as food. Tricholoma peckii Howe This species agrees very closely with the description given by Fries of Armillaria aurantia, from which it scarcely differs except in the character of the ornamentation of the stem and in the absence of any semblance or form of an annulus. In our plant the scales of the stem are very small and not verrucose nor concentrically arranged as indicated by the Friesian description and figure of A. aurantia in Jcones: Hymenomycetum. Fries himself says that there is no distinct annulus present in A. aurantia, but the scales of the stem definitely and concentrically ceasing 2-3 lines from the top of the stem afford an annular zone. It seems strange that on | such slight evidence as this he should place the species in the genus Armillaria while its alliance with the genus Tricholoma ig much more strongly indicated by other characters. In our plant there is a slight downy pruinosity on the margin of the pileus in the young state, which is good evidence of its relation- ship to the genus Tricholoma, but it is possible that this char- acter is not present in the European plant, for I find no men- tion made of it in the deseriptions of A. aurantia. The | viscid pileus and the change of color assumed by the lamellae with advancing age in our plant point so clearly to an intimate alliance with such species as T. flavobrunneum, T. albobrunneum,: Toustalis;: and) (T. s tame) srban stronger evidence than any we have yet seen in it would be necessary to induce us to disregard this alliance and place it in Armillaria. It is perhaps worthy of note that while desig-- nating the European plant, which he considers the same as the Agaricus aurantius of Schaeffer, as an Armillaria,. Fries, in the work already mentioned, has actually placed both the description and the figure of it among the descriptions. and figures of species of the genus Tricholoma, and he himself says that the species is ambiguous between Armillaria and. REPORT OF THD STATE BOTANIST 1901 963. Tricholoma. We do not think there is any ambiguity about the proper place for the American plant. Schaeffer describes his plant as having the pileus striate with filaments, and the stem also as striate with filaments, destitute of a veil but having a spurious annulus. His figure supports this descrip- tion and also indicates the presence of concentrically arranged squamules on the stem. Gillet says that the plant has an incomplete annulus and his figure of the species, like that of Schaeffer, indicates one formed by the abrupt termination of the scaly surface of the stem. He also attributes a strong nauseous odor and an acrid and bitter taste to the plant, but says nothing of the farinaceous odor and taste which is so evi- dent in our plant. These discrepancies between the European plant and the American lead us to keep our plant separate, though it may be only a variety. | Tricholoma fallax Pk. In Illustrations of British fungi 8:1151 this species is figured with white lamellae. I have never seen the American plant with white lamellae, not even when young. ‘They are yellow when young inclining to ochraceous as they become older. In the moist plant they are a little paler than the pileus, but when dry they have nearly the same color. Collybia confluens campanulata n. var. Pileus campanulate, 1-3 inches broad; lamellae and stem whitish or subcinereous. Growing in circles under pine trees. Bolton. September. This variety is remarkable for the large size and persistently campanulate form of its pileus and for its habit of growing in clusters which stand in ares of circles. The clusters are often so compact that the pilei are crowded and very irregular in consequence. Another variety was found in small quantity near Bolton in August. Init the stem and lamellae are clear white. I would call it variety niveipes. 964 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Omphalia campanella sparsa n. var. Pileus convex, with a small umbilicus; lamellae yellow, decur- rent, rather broad, subdistant, interspaces veiny; stem long, slender, equal, straight, glabrous, with a copious tawny tomen- tum at the base and sometimes a slight tawny mealiness at the top, hollow, black or brownish black. Scattered or loosely gregarious. Among fallen leaves and sticks under pine trees. Bolton. August. Several varieties of this species have already been described but this corresponds to none of them. In its habitat and mode of growth it ap- proaches varieties badipes and papillata, from the for- mer of which it differs in the color and character of both pileus and stem, and from the latter in the shape of the puleus. The small umbilicus is not deep and it sometimes contains a small blackish papilla. The pileus is 4-6 lines broad and the stem 1-2 inches long but scarcely more than half a line thick. Nyctalis asterophora Fr. This fungus with us is nearly always affected by what seems to be a parasitic fungus which covers the pileus with a pulveru- lent coat of tawny brown or cervine stellate spores. This ap- . pears to prevent in some cases the development of the lamellae and consequently of its own spores. But the form having lamellae does sometimes occur. Such specimens were found near Bolton in August. When young the pileus is white and its margin involute. It has a farinaceous taste and odor. The stem also is at first white externally, but brown within. It is stuffed or hollow. The lamellae are rather distant and nar- row. Such specimens sometimes become pulverulent and dis- colored after collection and before they can be dried. Lentinus ursinus Fr. This species varies beyond the limits assigned to it in the description. Specimens were found growing on an old pros- trate birch trunk, Betula lutea, near Bolton, that were from 2-4 inches broad. When young the pileus is convex with an involute margin, glabrous and whitish, but with advancing REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 965 age a fuscous tomentum appears about the base and sometimes extends till it covers the whole surface. The flesh is rather thick, tough and flexible, and has a hot peppery taste. The edges of the lamellae are dentate rather than lacerate. Some- times the pilei are clustered or imbricated. Lenzites betulina radiata iis VANE Pileus thin, about 1 line thick, 1.5-3 inches broad, coriaceous, velvety hairy, narrowly multizonate, beautifully radiate stri- ate, brown, substance white; lamellae unequal, occasionally forked, not anastomosing, smoky white or brownish. Dead trunks of beech. Hague. September. The radiate striate appearance of the surface of the pileus is due to a linear arrangement of minute tufts of hairs radiating from the base to the margin. In the description of the species the lamellae are said to anastomose, but in this variety they do not, and in most American specimens that I have seen and that have been referred to this species, the lamellae are simple or occasionally branched. The species must be very variable if reliance is to be placed on the illustrations of it by European authors. Schaeffer’s table 57 represents a thin nearly plane pale form with lamellae irregularly branched and slightly anas- tomosing, Berkeley’s Outlines t. 15 f. 3 shows a thick triquetrous form with lamellae abundantly anastomosing, and Cooke's Illus- trations of British fungi t. 1145 A indicates a thin brown zonate hairy pileus with white lamellae sparingly forked but not anas- tomosing. This corresponds well to our common American form except in the white color of the lamellae. | Hypholoma aggregatum sericeum n. var. About old stumps in woods. North Bolton. September. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its Jarger size and in having the pileus silky fibrillose and destitute of spots or scales. For a more full description see the part of ‘this report devoted to edible fungi. 966 NEW YORK STATDH MUSEUM Boletus chrysenteron deformatus n. var. Pileus small, scarcely more than an inch or an inch and a half broad, very irregular, brick red or tawny red; stem very short, often irregular, ventricose or tapering downward. Bare earth on sloping banks by roadside. Bolton. August. The stem is but little longer than broad, and the pileus scarcely rises above the surface of the earth. Cyclomyces greenii Berk. In 1872 a single specimen of this rare fungus was found in Sterling, Cayuga co. A second specimen of it was found in September of the present year near Bolton, Warren co. This specimen is peculiar in having two stems but one pileus. Mucronella minutissima conferta n. var. Aculei very numerous, crowded and forming continuous patches. Otherwise as in the typical form. Decaying wood of birch, Betula lutea. Near Loon lake. July. E EDIBLE FUNGI Tricholoma russula (Schaeff.) Fr. REDDISH TRICHOLOMA PLATE (7, FIG. 1-5 Pileus fleshy, firm, convex becoming nearly plane or some- times concave above by the elevation of the margin, viscid when moist, often minutely squamulose spotted in the center, slightly floccose pruinose on the margin when young, pale pink or rosy red, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, moderately close, slightly rounded behind, white usually becoming reddish spotted with age or where wounded; stem firm, solid, white, often with reddish stains toward the base; spores white, .00025-—.0003 of an inch long, .00016 broad. The reddish tricholoma is a pretty mushroom. Its cap with us is usually a pale pink or rosy red, though the European plant is sometimes figured with a much brighter color and the typical form is described by Schaeffer as pale purple. He also describes and figures his plant as having the cap finely punctate or dotted, REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 967 but I have seen no American specimens showing this character fully. The dots in our plant are generally limited to the central part of the surface of the cap, and sometimes they are wanting entirely in the young plant. The reddish color is similar to that seen in some species of Russula and is suggestive of the specific name of this mushroom. It may be distinguished from similarly colored species of the genus Russula by the downy pruinosity of the margin of the cap in the young plant, by the different texture of its flesh and the different shape of its spores. The color of the cap of the European plant is said to be varied sometimes with yellow spots but I have seen no such variation in the Amer- ican plant. The cap being viscid when moist is often soiled by adhering particles of dirt, fragments of twigs or fallen leaves. The gills are white but-sometimes become spotted with red- dish hues when old or bruised. They are slightly excavated or notched on the edge at the end next the stem. The stem is short in proportion to the size of the mushroom, solid, and com- monly white, specially in the young plant, but when old it is eften more or less varied with reddish stains. It is sometimes slightly adorned with flocculent particles or scales near the top. The cap is 2-5 inches broad; the stem 1-2 inches long and 5-8 lines thick. The plants are found late in the season growing in thin woods either singly or in tufts. When growing in tufts the caps are often irregular from mutual pressure. From my Own experience in eating this mushroom I am prepared to indorse Mr MclIlvaine’s words concerning it. “It is an excellent fungus, meaty, easily cooked and of fine fiavor.” Hygrophorus laurae Morg. LAURA’S HYGROPHORUS PLATE (7, FIG. 6-14 Pileus fleshy, firm, convex becoming nearly plane or centrally depressed, sometimes umbonate, glutinous, white, usually clouded with brown, tawny brown or reddish brown in the cen- ter, flesh white; lamellae distant, decurrent, white; stem equal or tapering downward, solid, glutinous, roughened at the top 4 968 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM with scaly points, white or yellowish white; spores white, ellip- tic, .00025-.00038 of an inch long, .00016—.0002 broad. | This hygrophorus is a beautiful mushroom when fresh but its cap and gills change color in drying, by which it loses much of its beauty. Both cap and stem are smeared with a viscid substance or gluten that makes it unpleasant to handle. In the typical form the cap is white except in the center where it has a reddish or brownish tinge which sometimes spreads faintly toward the margin, but there ig a variety in which the cap is entirely white or only faintly tinged with yellow. We have named this variety unicolor. Sometimes the center is slightly prominent or umbonate and the margin is irregular or wavy. The gills are decurrent and rather wide apart. They are white when fresh,,. but like the cap they become brown or reddish brown in drying. The stem is white or nearly so, solid, commonly tapering to a point at the base but sometimes nearly equal in all its parts. Its viscidity makes it difficult to pull the plant from its place of growth with the fingers. The cap is 1-4 inches broad; the stem 1-4 inches long and 2-6 lines thick. This mushroom grows among fallen leaves in woods and appears during August and September. It appears to be peculiar to this country. It is related to the ivory hygrophorus and the goat moth hygrophorus of Europe but from the former it differs in its solid stem, elliptic spores and change of color in drying and from the latter by the absence of odor. I have eaten the white form only, but give a figure of the other also. Clitopilus abortivus B. & C. ABORTIVE CLITOPILUS PLATE 78, Fic. 13-19 Pileus fleshy, firm, convex nearly plane or sometimes slightly depressed in the center, regular or occasionally irregular on the margin, dry, clothed at first with a minute silky tomentum, be- coming smooth with age, gray or grayish brown, flesh white, taste and odor subfarinaceous; lamellae thin, close, adnate or strongly decurrent, whitish or pale gray when young, becoming salmon REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 969 colored with age; stem nearly equal, solid, minutely flocculose or fibrous striate, colored like or a little paler than the pileus; spores angular, uninucleate, salmon color, .000385—.0004 of an inch long, .00025-.0003 broad. The abortive clitopilus takes this name because it is usually found growing with an imperfectly developed subglobose form in which there is no distinction of cap, stem or gills. It is sim- ply an irregularly rounded mass of cellular tissue of a whitish color, originally described as a subglobose umbilicate downy mass. It is not always umbilicate nor is the surface always downy. It grows singly or in clusters of two or more. The well developed form is generally a clean neat appearing mushroom but one of a very modest unattractive grayish colored cap and stem and with gills similarly colored when young, but becoming salmon hued when mature. The flesh is white and has a farinaceous taste and odor though the last is not always distinct unless the flesh is broken. The surface of the cap is usually coated when young by a minute silky fiocculence but with advancing age this disappears or becomes scarcely visible. The gills are often very decidedly decurrent in old or fully expanded plants but only slightly so in. young plants. When young they have a pale grayish color but with advancing age they assume the salmon color of the spores. They are closely placed to each other and not all of equal length. The stem is nearly equal in diameter in all its parts, solid, minutely flocculose or downy and sometimes slightly fibrous. Its color is similar to that of the cap though it is often paler. The cap is 2-4 inches broad; stem 1.5-3 inches long and 3-6 lines thick. The species is commonly gregarious in its mode of growth, but sometimes it is single, sometimes tufted. It grows on the ground and on much decayed wood, either in woods or in open places and may be found from August to October. When taken in good condition and properly cooked it is an excellent mushroom. If stewed gently for a short time it is less agreeable than if thoroughly cooked or fried in butter. The abortive form is also edible and is thought by some to be even better than the ordinary form. 970 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM ene Clitopilus micropus Pk. SHORT STEMMED OLITOPILUS PLATE 78, FIG. 1-12 Pileus thin, fragile, convex or centrally depressed, umbilicate, silky, gray, often with one or two narrow zones on the margin, taste and odor farinaceous; lamellae narrow, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, gray becoming salmon color with age; stem short, solid or with a slight cavity, often slightly thickened at the top, pruinose, gray, with a white mycelioid tomentum at the base; spores angular, uninucleate, salmon color, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .00025-.0003 broad. The short stemmed clitopilus is a small mushroom and not very plentiful and for these reasons it is not very important as an edible species, but it sometimes occurs in such abundance as to make it possible to obtain a sufficient number for the table. Its color is similar to that of the preceding species but in size it is much less. Its cap is thin and tender, broadly convex or centrally depressed. It is umbilicate and has a silky surface which is sometimes marked with one or two narrow zones near the margin. The gills are rather narrow and closely placed, broadly attached to the stem or slightly decurrent, and gray ‘when young becoming salmon color when mature. The stem is short even when growing among fallen leaves or in grassy places, it is usually solid but in large or old specimens it is sometimes hollow. Its color is similar to that of the cap but it is slightly pruinose above and with a white tomentum at the base. In large and irregular specimens it is sometimes eccentric. The cap is 6-16 lines broad; the stem is generally less than an inch long and is 1-2 lines thick. The mushrooms are found among fallen leaves in thin woods or in open grassy places and occur from July to September. They have a farinaceous or mealy flavor which is destroyed by cooking. er REPORT OF THE STATH BOTANIST 1901 971 Pholiota squarrosa Mull. SCALY PHOLIOTA PLATE 79, FIG. 1-7 Pileus fleshy, firm, convex or nearly plane, dry, adorned with floccose tawny spreading or recurved scales, tawny, paler or yellowish on the margin, flesh whitish; lamellae thin, close, emarginate, adnexed, whitish becoming pale olivaceous, finally brownish ferruginous; stem rather long, firm, nearly equal, adorned with revolute scales, stuffed or hollow, tawny ferrug- Inous, paler above when young, whitish above the commonly laciniate annulus; spores brownish ferruginous, elliptic, .00025- ..0003 of an inch long, .00016-.0002 broad. } The scaly pholiota is not a very common mushroom but it is attractive in appearance. It is closely related to the sharp scale pholiota which it resembles in general appearance but from which it differs in its dry, not viscid, cap, in its scales which are flat instead of terete and not prominent and erect on the disk as in that species, and in its larger spores. The European plant is represented both by Schaeffer and by Bulliard as sometimes having a prominent and rather pointed elevation or umbo in the center of the cap, but I have not seen such a form here. In.the American plant the young plant is almost hemispheric becoming convex or nearly plane with age. Its margin is paler than the center, fading to a yellowish color. ‘The gills are thin and closely placed side by side. At the stem end they are more or less excavated on the edge. In the very young plant they are concealed by the veil and the incurved margin of the cap. They are then whitish but after exposure they became tinged with pale yellowish green and finally they assume a dull rusty brown hue. The stem is rather long, firm and scaly like the cap. It is stuffed or hollow, rusty tawny and furnished with an imperfect ragged collar near the top. This is at the upper termination of the scaly part and above it the stem is smooth and whitish. The cap is 2-4 inches broad; the stem is 3-5 inches long and 4-6 lines thick. The plants grow on old stumps and prostrate trunks of trees in woods, often 972 NEW YORK STATB MUSEUM forming dense tufts. In such cases the caps are apt to be irregular and the stems narrower toward the base. They occur in August and September. | Hypholoma aggregatum sericeum Pk. SILKY TUFTED HYPHOLOMA PLATP 79, Fic. 8-14 Pileus fleshy, thin, oval when young, soon becoming campanu- late or convex, silky fibrillose, white becoming grayish white with age, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, close, adnate or slightly rounded behind, concealed by the veil in the young plant and then white, brown with a purplish tint when mature; stem. long, flexuous, hollow, striate at the top, white; spores purplish brown, elliptic, .0003 of an inch long, .00016 broad. The silky tufted hypholoma is so closely related to the tufted hypholoma, Hypholoma aggregatum Pk., that it is considered a mere variety of it. It differs from it in its larger size, in the entire absence of scales or spots from its cap and in the broader attachment of its gills to the stem. It is also re- lated to the European forest hypholoma, Hypholoma silvestre Gill., from which it differs in the color of the cap and in the absence from the cap of the broad brown or blackish scales of that species. It has some points of resemblance to Candolle’s hypholoma, H.candolleanum, and to the dingy white hypholoma, H. leucotephrum, but it is to be kept separate from these because it is not hygrophanous. The cap is quite white when young, but with advancing age it assumes a more dingy or grayish hue and gradually becomes more broadly convex. Its surface is furnished with white silky fibrils which are suggestive of its varietal name. The margin is often wavy or irregular because of its crowded mode of growth and before maturity it is usually appendiculate with fragments of the veil. The flesh is white but when the cap is cut through vertically a narrow watery streak may sometimes be seen along the part next the gills. The gills are concealed at first by the copious white flocculent or webby veil. They are REPORT OF THE STATH BOTANIST 1901 973 then white, but after exposure they soon become brownish and finally assume the color of the spores, which is brown tinged with purple. They are not at all or only slightly rounded at the stem and the edges in the mature plant often remain white. The stems are rather long and flexuous, hollow, white, marked with short parallel longitudinal lines at the top and sometimes with reddish stains at the base. The cap is 1.5-8.5 inches broad; the stem 3-5 inches long and 2-5 lines thick. The plants grow singly or in tufts about old stumps and appear in September. They are very good as an edible mushroom. The typical form has also been found to be edible by one of my correspondents but I have had no oppor- - tunity to try it. : Boletus bicolor Pk. TWO COLORED BOLETUS PLATE 81, ric. 6-11 Pileus convex, firm, becoming softer with age, dry, glabrous or merely pruinose tomentose, dark red becoming paler and sometimes spotted or stained with yellow when old, flesh yel- low, not at all or but slightly changing to blue where wounded, taste mild; tubes nearly plane in the mass, adnate, short and yellow when young, longer and ochraceous when mature, their mouths small, angular or subrotund, slowly and slightly chang- ing to blue where wounded; stem nearly equal, firm, solid, dark red, usually yellow at the top; spores pale ochraceous brown, narrowly elliptic or subfusiform, .0004-.0005 of an inch long, .00016-.0002 broad. The two colored boletus has the cap and stem dark red or Indian red and the tubes and flesh yellow, which is suggestive of the name applied to it. The cap becomes paler in-color and softer in texture as it becomes older, and it often becomes yel- lowish on the margin and spotted or stained with yellow else- where. The surface sometimes cracks in small areas revealing | the yellow flesh beneath. The tubes are at first short and bright yellow but they become longer and assume orchraceous. hues as they grow older. The mouths are small and the dis- 974 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sepiments slowly assume a blue color where wounded. The stem varies in length but it is generally nearly equal in thick- ness in all its parts. It is colored like the cap except at the top where it is generally yellow like the tubes. It is solid as in most boleti and by this character it may be distinguished from the closely related European Boletus barlae. The cap is 2-4 inches broad; the stem 1-8 inches long and 4-6 lines thick. This boletus grows in thin woods or open places and seems to prefer localities where chestnut trees grow. It may be found from July to September. When properly cooked it is tender and has a fine flavor and merits a place among first class mushrooms: Boletus pallidus Frost PALE BOLETUS PLATH 81, Fic. 1-5 Pileus fleshy, convex becoming nearly plane or slightly con- cave above by the elevation of the margin, soft, dry, glabrous, whitish, grayish or brownish, sometimes tinged with red, flesh white; tubes nearly plane in the mass when young, adnate or slightly depressed around the stem, pale yellow or whitish, usually tinged with green, becoming darker with age, their mouths small, subrotund, the dissepiments assuming bluish hues where wounded; stem commonly rather long, straight or flexuous, solid, equal or slightly thickened at the base, glabrous, whitish, sometimes streaked with brown and tinged with red within; spores pale ochraceous brown tinged with green, sub- fusiform, .0004—.0005 of an inch long, .0002-.00025 broad. The pale boletus or pallid boletus is appropriately named. Its cap and stem are not a clear white but just enough shaded with brown to suggest the term pale. Whitish, dingy white, smoky white, grayish or grayish white are expressive of its varying hues. There is sometimes a slight reddish tint in the cap. Its color is apt to become darker in drying. Its surface . is dry and smooth or nearly so and the cuticle is sometimes marked by fine cracks, specially on the margin. These reveal the white flesh beneath. The tubes generally form a nearly REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 975 plane surface below, but sometimes this is distinctly concave in the young plant and convex in the mature one. They are often slightly depressed around the stem and then their mouths in the depressed part are usually a little larger than elsewhere. Their color is a very pale yellow or greenish yellow and they change to bluish where wounded or bruised. The stem is gener- ally rather long and flexuous though sometimes it is short and straight. It is solid, smooth and whitish, but sometimes streaked with brown and tinged with red within. The cap is 2-4 inches broad; the stem 2-5 inches long and 3-8 lines thick. The plants inhabit thin woods, groves and open places, and may be found from July to September. This is an excellent boletus for the table, is easily recognized and generally free from the attacks of insect larvae. This and the preceding species, together with the red cracked boletus, B.chrysenteron, show how unreliable is the rule that directs the avoidance of all boleti whose flesh or tubes change to blue where wounded. Boletus ornatipes Pk. ORNATE STEMMED BOLETUS PLATH 80, Fie. 1-5 Pileus fleshy, firm, hemispheric becoming convex or nearly plane, minutely tomentose or glabrous, gray, grayish brown or yellowish brown, flesh yellow; tubes nearly plane in .the mass when young, convex when old, adnate or slightly de pressed around the stem, golden yellow, their mouths small, subrotund; stem equal or nearly so, solid, firm, distinctly and beautifully reticulated, yellow without and within; spores. ochraceous brown, oblong or subfusiform, .00045-.00055 of an inch long; .00016-.0002 broad. The attractive characters of the ornate stemmed boletus and those by which it may readily be recognized are the beautifully reticulated yellow stem, yellow tubes and clean dry grayish or brownish cap. The cap is hemispheric in the young plant, broadly convex or nearly plane in the mature one. It is dry 976 NEW YORK STATH MUSERUM and smooth or nearly so and variable in color. The prevailing colors are gray and brown variously blended and often inter- mingled with yellow. It may be brown when young fading to grayish brown or yellowish brown when mature. The flesh is yellow but this also varies in depth of hue. The tubes some- times form a plane surface beneath the cap but sometimes those around the stem are a little shorter than the rest thereby forming a depression in the surface. They have a clear yellow color which becomes darker with age. They do not assume blue tints where bruised or wounded. The stem is usually of equal thickness throughout. It is solid and reticulated with a network of ridges from top to bottom. Its color both exter- nally and internally is yellow. , The cap is 2-5 inches broad; the stem 2-4 inches long and 4 to 6 lines thick. This boletus grows in thin woods or in open places. It is sometimes found on earth banks by roadsides. It appears during July and August. It is clean, sound and well flavored. Boletus eximius Pk. SELECT BOLETUS PLATE 80, FIG. 6-12 Pileus fleshy, very compact and globose or hemispheric when young, becoming softer and somewhat paler with age, dry, glabrous or nearly 80, purplish brown or chocolate color, flesh brittle, gray or purplish gray varied with darker dots, taste mild; tubes in the young plant short stuffed or closed, concave or nearly plane in the mass, colored nearly like the pileus, becoming longer and sometimes convex in the mass when older, adnate, their mouths minute, rotund; stem equal or nearly so, sometimes slightly ventricose, solid, scurfy, colored like or a little paler than the pileus, purplish gray within; spores brownish ferruginous, oblong, .00045-.0006 of an inch long, .00016—.00025 broad. The select boletus is a large robust species nearly of one color throughout, quite constant in its characters and easily recognized. It has a purplish brown or chocolate color which REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 977 sometimes becomes a little paler with age. The flesh has a grayish hue tinged with purple and in the cap varied with darker dots. It is very firm and brittle when young but be- comes softer with age. It is so peculiar in color and so unlike any of our other species that it is easily recognized and needs no extended description. The cap is 3-10 inches broad; the stem 2-4 inches long and 6-15 lines thick. It grows in woods or their borders and appears in July and August. It is one of the best edible species but unfortunately it is not abundant. Its large size however, may compensate to some extent for its deficiency in numbers. Sometimes a single large specimen is found growing entirely _ alone. Bovista plumbea Pers. LEAD COLORED BOVISTA PLATH 81, ric. 12-19 Peridium globose or nearly so, 6-14 lines in diameter, smooth, double, the exterior coat fragile, separable from the inner, break- ing up and falling away at maturity, white when young, the inner thin, papery but tough, smooth, plumbeous when old, paler when first exposed, rarely becoming blackish with age, mouth apical, small; threads of the capillitium branched, free, the ultimate branches long, slender, gradually tapering to a point, purplish brown; spores brown or purplish brown, sub- globose, .0002—.00025 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad, their pedicels slender, hyaline, persistent, two to three times as long as the spores. The lead colored bovista is a small globular puffball found growing on the ground in grassy places or in pastures. It ap- pears both in autumn and in spring or early Summer. It varies in size from half an inch to one inch in diameter. When young it is white both externally and internally, and while in this condition it is available for food. It should be discarded if the flesh has begun to lose its white color. As it approaches maturity the exterior coat is easily broken and removable in flakes or fragments. Its removal reveals the pale papery but 978 ; NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM tough and flexible inner membrane or peridium. With advanc- ing age this assumes a dull grayish blue or leaden hue and opens by a small aperture at the top for the escape of the spores. Any sudden pressure applied to it at this time’ will cause the ejection of a mass of its spores in little smokelike ‘puffs as in other puffballs. Occasionally old specimens are found in which the inner peridium is almost black. The small size, peculiar color and distinctly double coat of the immature plant are characters which make this bovista easily recog- nizable. Its flavor is much more agreeable than that of many of the small species of the genus Lycoperdon. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE K Clitocybe regularis Pk. REGULAR CLITOCYBE y — Q AD oF ©! DY FE Immature plant Mature plant with convex cap Mature plant with nearly plane cap Vertical section of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Transverse section of a stem of a mature plant Four spores x 400 Clitocybe subconcava Pk. SUBCONCAVE CLITOCYBE 8 Plant with the cap moist 9,10 Two plants with caps dry 11 Vertical section of the upper part of a plant 12 Transverse section of a stem 13 Four spores x 400 Hydnum umbilicatum Pk. UmBinticate HypNUM 14 Immature plant showing the upper surface of the cap 15, 16 Two mature plants showing both surfaces of the cap 17 Vertical section of the upper part of a plant 18 Four spores x 400 “FIG. 19 20 21 22, or WwW NS = ow on sd 10 11 12 13 14 15 mFS © be REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901 979 Boletus multipunctus Pk. Many Dorrrep BoLetrus Plant with a convex cap Plant with the cap nearly plane Vertical section of the upper part of a plant Four spores x 400 PLATE L Cortinarius obliquus Pk. OsLiqup BULBED CORTINARIUS Immature plant Mature plant | Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Four spores x 400 Cortinarius submarginalis Pk. SUBMARGINED CORTINARIUS Immature plant Mature plant . Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Four spores x 400 Helvella adhaerens Pk. ADHERING MarGINED H®ELVELLA Small pale plant Large plant of darker color Vertical section of a plant A paraphysis and an ascus containing spores x 400 Four spores x 400 ( PLATE Tricholoma russula (Schaeff.) Fr. REDDISH TRICHOLOMA Immature plant Mature plant with convex cap Mature plant with cap nearly plane Vertical section of the upper part of a plant Four spores x 400 980 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM Hygrophorus laurae Morg. LauRA’s HyGROPHORUS Immature plant Mature plant with umbonate cap Mature plant with cap nearly plane Plant showing the colors assumed in drying Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Four spores x 400 var. unicolor Immature plant Mature plant PLATE 78 Clitopilus micropus Pk. SHorT STEMMED CLITOPILUS Immature plant 3 Immature plant with the margin of the cap slightly zoned Mature plants with caps differing in form Mature plant with lobed cap and eccentric stem Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant with solid stem Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant with hollow stem Transverse section of a hollow stem Four spores x 400 Clitopilus abortivus B. & C. ABORTIVE CLITOPILUS Immature plant Mature plant with convex cap Mature plant with the cap centrally depressed Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Four spores x 400 7 Two abortive plants y = Q AO TR © DH! m WW be REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1901. 981 PLATE 79 Pholiota squarrosa Mull. ScaLty PHOLIOTA Cluster of three young plants Immature plant Mature plant Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Transverse section of a stem Four spores x 400 Hypholoma aggregatum sericeum Pk. Sinky HyPHOLOMA Cluster of four young plants Immature plant Mature plant Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Transverse section of a stem Four spores x 400 PLATE 80 Boletus ornatipes Pk. ORNATE STEMMED BOLETUS Immature plant Mature plant with convex cap Mature plant with cap more expanded Vertical section of the upper part of a plant Four spores x 400 | ¢ Boletus eximius Pk. SpLect BouErus Immature plant Mature plant with convex cap Mature plant with cap more expanded Mature plant of larger size | Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Four spores x 400 982 12, ry =| Q or WN eo aN NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM PLATE 81 Boletus pallidus Frost | Pate BoLErus Immature plant Mature plant with convex cap Mature plant with cap more expanded Vertical section of the upper part of a plant Four spores x 400 Boletus bicolor Pk. Two CoLorRED BoLerus Young plant ) Immature plant Mature plant Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant Four spores x 400 Bovista plumbea Pers. Leap CoLoRED Bovista Immature plants differing in size Plant nearly mature showing inner coat in three places Mature plant with part of outer coat remaining at the base Mature plant with outer coat wholly gone Small mature plant with inner coat nearly black Part of a branching thread of the capillitium x 400 Four spores and their pedicels x 400 y, i A es a ay See care FUNGI. N.Y. State Mus. 55. apne AI ea OAM IEE OBEN a, paso" PD Ra mech cen Ae IOI aN Ros, RAE AIH ME Pe C.H. Peck,del. C.FAUSEL, LitH. JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fic. 1-7 CLITOCYBE REGULARIS px. Fic. 8-13 CLITOCYBE SUBCONCGAVA px. SUBCONCAVE CLITOCYBE REGULAR CLITOCYBE Fie. 19-22 BOLETUS MULTIPUNCTUS px. Fic. 14-18 HYDNUM UMBILICATUM PK MANY DOTTED BOLETUS UMBILICATE HYDNUM FUNGI. aes N. Y. STATE Mus. 55. CH. Peck,del. : " C.Fausec. Lith. JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fie, 1-7 CLITOCYBE REGULARIS px. Fic. 6-13 CLITOCYBE SUBCONCAVA px. REGULAR CLITOCYBE SUBCONGAVE CLITOCYBE Fie, 19-22 BOLETUS MULTIPUNCTUS px. MANY DOTTED BOLETUS Fic. 14-18 HYDNUM UMBILICATUM px. UMBILIGATE HYDNUM ty i fies. . Fe Pa if) 4 leat c a sn chon senor sacra vonsnycase ios So en Avan come ec 47 casein ae bas ; Di acnenere ee 7 31V1d "GG “SNA SLVLS “A 'N ie sea ii dM PRMD gy pe FE are ij as oie 7, pe ! ey, ba ie, - ae 10 GH. Peck, del, JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. PK, CORTINARIUS SUBMAGINALIS Fic. 6-10 CORTINARIUS OBLIQUUS px. OBLIQUE BULBED CORTINARIUS Fie. 1-5 SUBMARGINED CORTINARIUS Fic. 11-15 HELVELLA ADHAERENS px. ADHERING MARGINED HELVELLA = . i he fi + ~ ‘ > ( s « : ) 4 , FUNGI. PLATE L N. Y. STATE Mus. 55. i Be ®& = a Slash Ne ii lie S20 SOS SSeS @.H.Peck,del. Ip C Fausev, lit: JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fic. 6-10 CORTINARIUS SUBMAGINALIS px, Fic. 1-5 CORTINARIUS OBLIQUUS px. SUBMARGINED CORTINARIUS OBLIQUE BULBED CORTINARIUS Fic. 11-15 HELVELLA ADHAERENS px. ADHERING MARGINED HELVELLA : P| 3 ' 3 i eri 3 4 oY. 2 i t 4 t & F 4 a / 3 } - fa 5 g ‘ oi re \ . x . j e : AIF Bae ont ae ry 9 a se ED RSMO Se ool — = ise teacaepanes NEI aE ES ,} o "my By, "aes x : ey ee ha PCa ar _N on, Be site Pease ~ e Tae NW caren snc ty semen? min: we aa Nee : a. Uneasy cpasgene® ad e ye arena URINAIRE Rory, = neces secs cece te z 7 amy nares cannon nance AI LL 34V1d "GS “SNIN SLVLS "A ‘N ‘TONNA Alaiaa SNHOHdOUDAM S. VENI VWOTOHSIUL HSiaqau ‘SHOW SVYENVT SNHYOHdGOUDAH ?1-9 ‘O14 “4 (443¥H9S) WINSSNY VWINOIOHOIYL 9-1 ‘o4 ‘MYELNIYd SLVLS ‘NOAT ‘a SaWe ‘HII 13SANV4°9 '}9P'M93d HO ; i ey ma er a wr } a “2 ee a aa Se On eg rt Pi A anaemia este asa tte TRE Ol. : Sa | : { ON é I eee | Nee a Ke oe a reeencmcsmeereee a, ee a a a a Lae ail —— "ay ae Ue / \ \ ae Mo ies EDIBLE FUNGI. N. Y. STATE Mus. 55. PLATE 77 C.H. Peck, cel. ; C.Fausec, Lith JAMES B, LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fa. 1-5 TRIGHOLOMA RUSSULA (scuaerr) Fr, Fia. 6-14 HYGROPHORUS LAURAE Mora. REDDISH TRICHOLOMA LAURA'S HYGROPHORUS he ee ve ay y a a 7 ‘ i Xx . ‘ , { vies = iv senvs ery sry ptmaies etanyy 2 aie RB cessor Ss 2 at Ne we at recreate ssa / iN A ed WSS RES ye eeu BZ 3ALV1d ‘GG 'SNIN 3LVLS “A 'N JONAA ATIC SNTMIdOLINID SAILHORY SNNdOLITS GANWSLS LHOHS (9? °E SNAILYOEY SNTIMOLITO 6i-€1 74 “4d SNAOYOIW SNTIMOLINO 2-1 ‘4 ‘USLNIYd SLVLS ‘NOA1 ‘a SANE HLI7 TaSAY4 9 ‘1®P'AD3d HD LOS OTE ab are ay vee espe US io oa PRES nae so ert orace ni LRN bas OS Mareen cotati Sai NAS A eee EDIBLE FUNGI. N. Y. STATE Mus. 55. PLATE 78 Fi. 1-12 CLITOPILUS MICROPUS px. Fic. 19:19 GLITOPILUS ABORTIVUS B.«c. ‘SHORT STEMMED CLITOPILUS ABORTIVE CLITOPILUS + tke tes gives yale Se eek Sy rg oe fe i Alls eral ae ler ieanl cy. sek Bee Ach fi ane f Tents 6Z 31LV1d "GG ‘SMW 3LVLS “A “N "IONNA AIGA VLOITOHd A1V9S “TION WSOYUXVNDS WLOITOHd “! 5 VPP 93d 49 YWNOTOHGAH AYTIS Yd WNSOIHSES WNLVDSEDDW VINOIOHGAF +r1-8 ‘94 HSLNIYd SLVLS ‘NOAT ‘a SSWr ° oo “HLI]TaSAV4-9 Renney PEN SS cay dog eet SERA ere ne or eres Stine reser es OS racecar rape naanine awa Sen pice, eeep TONSA saa iting pa ERIM EI ery Oy Sy ete EDIBLE FUNGI. N. Y. STATE Mus. 65. PLATE 79 C.Fauset, Lith JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fa. 1-7 PHOLIOTA SQUARROSA mui. Fic. 8-14 HYPHOLOMA AGGREGATUM SERICEUM px. SCALY PHOLIOTA SILKY HYPHOLOMA EDIBLE FUNGI. PLATE 80 N. Y. STATE Mus. 55. x - a! fl Ly dp} <3 = be O PK, Fie. 6-12 BOLETUS EXIMIUS JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fic. 1-5 BOLETUS ORNATIPES px. Cicl Pecik,clalt- SELECT BOLETUS ORNATE STEMMED BOLETUS EDIBLE FUNGI. PLATE 80 N. Y. STATE Mus. 55. JAMES 8B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fie, 6-12 BOLETUS EXIMIUS Px, Fic, 1-5 BOLETUS ORNATIPES px. SELECT BOLETUS ORNATE STEMMED BGOLETUS ani pared pevansen rece rea ronnantietin Saye fi se rs SY, se norsosimcreet US CM ety tH BAY ASLAN pe AF RAN ADEE bisa etn tears ne See 18 BLVIg "GQ ‘SNIN SLVLS “A ‘N ‘TONNA ATVEGIGSa WLSIACG GZNOTOD ay3z1_—it ‘SU3d WEEWN Id VLSIAOg 61-2 ‘04 SNLSIOE GAYOTOS OML SNLZIOG B1vd Yd YOVOOIS SNLEIOEG |1-9 4 4soug snditivd SNL3104 g-| ‘lg “YSLINIGd ALVLS ‘NOAT ‘a Sawer 12PADAd Hod URES ae Fe a S i Wetter ten i Siu ereg sree at Ss : “4 eres Arie eS ai tes a pounce NE i m~ 6 y 4 : : ; EDIBLE FUNGI. N. Y. STATE Mus. 65. PLATE 81 wo hh e191 tp JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTER. Fie. 1-5 BOLETUS PALLIDUS Frost Fo, 6-11 BOLETUS BICOLOR px. PALE BOLETUS TWO COLORED BOLETUS Fic, 12-19 BOVISTA PLUMBEA pens. LEAD COLORED BOVISTA ees) “ ee i INDEX The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g. 9613 means page 961 beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one third of the way down. - Agrostis alba, 960%. Amanita muscaria formosa, 961°-62'. phalloides striatula, 961°. Antennaria parlinii armoglossa, 945°. Anthostoma dryophilum, 957°. Arctium minus, 946°. Asterostroma bicolor, 954°. Betula papyracea minor, 9597. Boletus bicolor, 973*-74°; explanation of plate, 982%. chrysenteron deformatus, 966°. eximius, 976°-77*; explanation of plate, 981’. multipunctus, 952'; explanation of plate, 979". ornatipes, 975°-76°; explanation of plate, 981°. pallidus, 974*-75°; explanation of plate, 9827. Bovista plumbea, 977*-788; explana- tion of plate, 982°. Castalia tuberosa, 9577. Centaurea jacea, 946". Cetraria aurescens, 9471. Chalara paradoxa, 956. Chamaenerion angustifolium, 958%. Clavaria bicolor, 954°. Clitocybe regularis, 948‘; explana- tion of plate, 978'. : subconcava, 9487-497; explana- tion of plate, 978°. Clitopilus abortivus, 9687-69°; ex- planation of plate, 980’. micropus, 970'; explanation of plate, 980*. Colletotrichum antirrhini, 956°. rudbeckiae, 956%. Collybia confiuens 963". campanulata, Conringia orientalis, 944°. Corticium arachnoideum, 954?. portentosum, 954’. Cortinarius obliquus, 951°; explana- tion of plate, 979%. submarginalis, 950°-51°; explana- tion of plate, 979%. violaceo-cinereus, 951". Crataegus champlainensis, 944’. holmesiana, 945’. modesta, 9457. pringlei, 944°-45’. pruinosa, 945’. Craterium minimum, 9557. minutum, 955%. Cyathus lesueurii, 954?-55°. Cyclomyces greenii, 966°. Didymium fairmani, 955+. Draba incana arabisans, 957°. Edible fungi, 932°, 966°-78°. Eleocharis diandra, 959". Hmpusa grylli, 955’. Endoearpon fluviatile, 946. Equisetum littorale gracile, 960°. Euphorbia platyphylla, 959". Explanation of plates, 978°-82’. Fistulina pallida, 952°. Galinsoga parviflora hispida, 958°. Gaylussacia resinosa glaucocarpa, 958°. ° Geum vernum, 944°. Gifts, 989°-43°, Hedeoma hispida, 946°. Helvella adhaerens, 956°; explana- tion of plate, 979°. Hepatica acuta, 957°. 984 Homalocenchrus oryzoides, 960’. Hydnum umbilicatum, 953’; explan- ation of plate, 978%. Hygrophorus glutinosus, 950". laurae, 9678-68’; explanation of plate, 980". Hypholoma aggregatum sericeum, 965°, 972?-73'; explanation of plate, 981°. ; Juncoides spicatum, 959°. Juniperus communis alpina, 959’. Lachnella corticalis, 957’. Lactarius foetidus, 949°. Lactuea morssii, 946°. Lentinus ursinus, 964°-651. Lenzites betulina radiata, 965°. Lepiota adnatifolia, 947°. Ludwigia alternifolia, 958°. Lycopodium annotinum, 960’. clavatum monostachyon, 960%. Marsonia pyriformis, 955°. Meibomia paniculata, 958°. Mucronella minutissima conferta, 966%. Mushrooms, 932°, 966°-78°. Mycenastrum spinulosum, 957°. Mylia anomala, 946". North Elba, visited, 934’. Nyctalis asterophora, 964°. Omphalia campanella sparsa, 964". Orbilia luteo-rubella, 9572. Pan-American exposition, botanical exhibit, 932%. Panicularia laxa, , 946°. Pannaria leucosticta, 9472. Peniophora affinis, 954?. parasitica, 954+. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Phallogaster saccatus, 954°. - Pholiota squarrosa, 971%-72*; explan- ation of plate, 9817. Physarella multiplicata, 955°. Plants, species added to collection, 931°, 985'-39°; list of contributions, 939°-43°: species not before re- ported, 944+57°. Plates, explanation of, 978*-82’. Pleurotus minutus, 949%. ) Poa flava, 960°. Poria myceliosa, 952°-53'. Potamogeton lonchites, 959*. Rudbeckia triloba, 958’. Scapania irrigua, 946°. Scirpus atrocinctus 9601. peckii, 9598. rubrotinctus confertus, 959°. Sebacina calcea, 954°. Septoria polygonina, 955°-56°. Sophia sophia, 944*. Stereocaulon denudatum, 946°, brachypodus, Thalictrum occidentale, 944°. Thelephora exigua, 9537-54’. multipartita, 953°. Thorn, species reported on, 933°. Tricholoma fallax, 963°. peckii, 962'-63%. rimosum, 947°-48'. russula, 966°-67'; explanation of plate, 979%. Vernonia gigantea, 945%. Viburnum pauciflorum, 958’. Volvaria hypopithys, 950°. speciosa, 950°. Woodsia obtusa angusta, 960°-61?. (fages 985-956 were bulletin cover pages) GENERAL INDEX r prefixed to page numbers refers to the director’s report; other page numbers refer to the appendixes. Accessions to collections, r1538-60. Adirondack-Hudson, three glacial deltas, r12. Albany clays, r12; altitude, r11. “Arkona” beach, r15. Ash of peat, ro9. Augite syenite, r7. Bach, A., cited, r89. Bagshaw, Walter, cited, r96. Baskerville, C., cited, r&89. Batrachians, collection, r101; ar- rangement, r103; of New York, catalogue of, by E. C. Eckel and I’. C. Paulmier, r103, 353-416. Bean, Tarleton H., specimens col- lected by, 1102; catalogue of New York fishes, r108; Report on the Fishes of Great South Bay, Long Island, r105, r109-28; cited, r107. Beauchamp, William M., work of, r141; Horn and Bone Implements of the New York Indians, 241-352. Beck, L. C., cited, r81. “Belmore” beach, r15. Bibliography of peat, molding sand, r96. Birds of New York, catalogue of, r103. Birnbaum, cited, r62. Bjorling, P. R., cited, r67, r89. Bone implements of the New York Indians, by W. M. Beauchamp, 241-352. Borntriger, H., cited, r&89. Botanist, report, 929-86. Botany, director’s report on, r140. Brande, cited, r90. r89-90; of large Brandon, Rev. John Henry, cited, r17. Bronx, silty deposits, r11. Brooklyn quadrangle, r6. Buffalo quadrangle, r1bd. Building stone industry in New York, r142. Building stones, in Herkimer county, rv. Butts, Charles, paleontologiec work, rOT. Cassels, cited, r82, r&3. Cattail swamps, r79. Cement industries, report on, r16. Champlain valley, see Hudson- * Champlain valleys. Check List of New York Birds, r103) Cheesequake creek, valley, r10. Clam, edible, life history, r107-8. Clapp, E. P., mentioned, r&9. Clarke, John M., Report of the State Paleontologist 1901, 417-696. —— Ruedemann, Rudolf and Wood, Hlvira, Paleontologic Papers 2, 1-240. Clay-working industry in New York, r142. Connecticut, metamorphic rocks, r8. Corals, collection renovated, r102. Correspondence, requests for infor- mation, r16. Crab, edible, r104, r106, r129-38. Crab fishing industries of New York, r136-38. Cretaceous beds of Long Island. field work during 1901, by Arthur Hollick, r48-51. For full indexes to museum bulletins, see index printed with each bulletin. 988 Crooks, W., cited, r96. Crystalline rocks, r6-9; of New. York and vicinity, r6; in the Highlands, rs. Cushing, H. P., study of erystalline rocks, r6-9; Petrography and Age of the Northumberland Rock, r24- 29. Dana, S. L., cited, r90. Distillation of peat, r76. Earll, R. E., cited, r132, r133. Hchinoderms, collection renovated, r102. Eekel, Edwin C., work of, r7, r8; chapters on lime and cement, r16; Molding Sand, its Uses, Proper- ties and Occurrence, r16, r91-96. — and Paulmier, F. C., Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians of New York, r103, 353-416. Heonomic geology, r15-16; accessious to collection, r153. Edible clam, life history, r107-8. Edible crab, r106; by F. C. Paul- mier, r104, r129-38. Hillis, R. W., cited, r58, r90. Emerson, B. K., cited, r21, r28. Emmons, Ebenezer, cited, r80. Englewood N. J., former water level at, r10. Entomologist, report, 697-928. Entomology, director’s report on, r138-39. Erie county, geologic survey in, rid. Erving, Charles, paleontologic work, r98. Ethnology, report on, r141; acces- sions to collection, r160. Fairchild, Herman L., study of glacial phenomena, r14; work of, r15; Latest and. Lowest Pre-Iro- quois Channels between Syracuse and Rome, r31-47. = NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Farr, Marcus S., work on card cata- logue of zoologic collection, r102; catalogue of New York birds, r103. Felt, E. P., 17th Report of the State Entomologist 1901, 697-928. Fishes, collection, arrangement, r102, r103; of New York, cata- logue of, r108; of Great South bay, Long Island, by T. H. Bean, r105, r109-28; lanterns used for Spearing and netting, r110. “Forest” beach, r15. Fossils, catalogue of type speci- mens, r98. Fresh-water mollusks, r108. Fuller, Myron L., paleontologic work, r97. Gas furnaces, peat fuel for regene- rative, r77. Geologic maps, r6, rs. Geological hall, repairs and altera- tions, T152.. Geology, accessions to collection, r153. Gilbert, G. K., beaches in Lake Hrie basin traced by, r14. Glacial lakes, r33-47. Glacial phenomena, study of, r14. Gnheiss, aqueous origin, r7; igneous origin, r7. Gowenlock, N., cited, r90. Grabau, A. W., paleontologie work, r98. Great South Bay, Long Island, re- port on the fishes ‘of, by T. H. Bean, r105, r109-28. Hall, James, classification of Paleo- zoic rocks, r9. Harlem quadrangle, r6. Hartnagel, C. A., paleontologic work, r98. Herkimer county, study of crystal- line rocks, ré6. Herrick, cited, r134. Hilgard, E. W., cited, r57. For full indexes to museum bulictins, see index printed with each bulletin. GENERAL INDEX Hitchcock, C. H., cited, r90. Hodges, mentioned, r66. Hollick, Arthur, Field Work during 1901 in the Cretaceous Beds of Long Island, r48-51. Hollman, cited, r75. Horn and bone implements of the New York Indians, by W. M. Beauchamp, 241-352. Hudson river, course, r11-12; deltas, os ee Hudson-Champlain valleys, r9-14. Hunt, T. S., cited, r90. Hypsometric map, ré6. Igneous rocks, see Trap. Indians of New York, horn and bone implements of, by W. M. Beauchamp, 241-852. Insects, see Entomology. Invertebrates, collection, removed, r102; additions to, r108; arrange- ment, 1103. Iron ore, in Herkimer county, r7; production in New York, r143. Iroquois, Lake, see Lake Iroquois. Jack, E., cited, r73. Johnson, S. W., cited, r58, r59, r60, r61, r69, r78, r90. Kalm, Peter, mentioned, r17. Kane, cited, r61. Kellogg, James L., life history of the edible clam, r107-8. Kemp, J. F., cited, r7, r27. Klasson, cited, r71. | Koller, Theo., cited, r62, r65, r90. Laberge, Dr, cited, r74. Lake Champlain, work near, r9. Lake Dana, r15. Lake Erie basin, geologic work in, r14, Lake Iroquois, relation of the chan- nels to the ice front and to, r35- 36. Lake Warren, rio. Lake Whittlesey, water levels, r15. 1a} 989 Land mollusks, r108. Leavitt, T. H., cited, r81, r83, r90. Lesquereaux, L., cited, 190. Letson, Elizabeth J., check list of the land, fresh-water and marine mollusks in the State of New York, r108; studies of the mol- luscan fauna, r108s. Leverett, Frank, beaches in Lake Hrie basin traced by, r14; work of, r15. Lime industries, report on, r16. Lineham, W. J., cited, r96. | Little Falls, study of crystalline rocks, r6; outliers, r7. Little Falls quadrangle, structural geology, r6. Long Island, investigations, r9; former water level on, r10; field work during 1901 in the cretace- ous beds of, by Arthur Hollick, r48-51; fishes of Great South bay, by T. H. Bean, 1109-28. Lyell, C., cited, r90. McFarlane, T., cited, r?2, r74. Maps, geologic, r6, rs. Marine fishes, study of the breeding and feeding habits of, r106. Marine marsh soils, r78-79. Marine mollusks, r108. Marl deposits, r15-16. Mather, W. W., cited, r80, r81, r84. Merrill, G. P., cited, r95, r96. Metamorphie rocks, ré. Middleville, outliers, r7. Mineral collections, rearrangement, r99; type collection, r99; economic collection, r100; guide to, r101. Minera! localities of New York, eard indéx, r98. Mineral resources, exhibit of, ri6. Mineral specimens collected, r100-1. Mineralogy, report on, r98-101; ac- cessions to collection, 1153-54. Molding sand, its uses, properties, and occurrence, by E. C. Hickel, r16, r91-96; bibliography, r96. For full indexes to museum bulletins, see index printed with each bulletin. 990 Mollusean fauna, r108. Monmouth terrace, r9, r10. Moraines, belt of, rl14. Morgan, R. F., paleontologie work, r98s. Mott, D. L., mentioned, r88. Muek, r60. Mud erab, study of, r105. Miiller, G., cited, 190. Museum building, r152. Myron, M., cited, r76. Nason, F. L., cited, r96. New Jersey, investigations, r9. New York city, geologic work in region near, r8; silty deposits, r11. Norris, W. H., cited, r84. Northumberland volcanic plug, by J. B. Woodworth, r13, r17-24; petrography and age, by H. P. Cushing, r24-29. Oneida and Rome, channels be- tween, r14, r438-46. Oneida and Syracuse, channels be- tween, r40-48. Orange county, work in, r7. Page, W. H., cited, r90. Paleontologic papers, by Rudolf Ruedmann, J. M. Clarke and Elvira Wood, 1-240. Paleontologist, report, 417-696. Paleontology, director’s report on, r97-98. Paleozoic formations, boundary, rv. Paleozoic rocks, mapped on new base, r6; classification, r9. Pan-American Exposition, r141-52; exhibit of mineral resources, r16. Panopeus, study of, r105. Paulmier, F. C., work in zoology, r101; work on card catalogue of zoologic collection, r102; Edible Crab, r104, r129-38. —— and Heckel, H. C., Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians of New | York, 1103, 353-416. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Peat, uses of and its occurrence in New York by Heinrich Ries, r15- 16, r58-90; agricultural uses, r77; analyses, ro8, r60, r61;_ bibliog- raphy, r89-90; chemical composi- tion of, r63-64; deposits, where found, r65; distillation, r76; used as a fertilizer, r77-78; heating power, 167-69; mineral matter in, r60; mining of, r66; moss litter, r72; in New York State, r79-89; origin and nature, 155-62; pressed, r69-71; uses of, 166-78; manufac- turing artificial wood from, r76. Peat charcoal, r77. Peat coal, r71. Pebbles, sand-blasted, r14. Peck, C. H.,; Report of the State Botanist, 929-86. Perch, white, r123. Perey, J., cited, r65, r96. Perth Amboy, former water level near, r10. Physical geography, map, r6. Pierson, T. W., paleontologic work, r9s. ; Pleistocene deposits, r9-15. Porphyritie rock, rv7. Pre-Cambrian formations, r6-9. Pre-Iroquois channels between Syracuse and Rome, ré1-47. Pressed peat, r69-71. Putnam county, work in, ré- hypsometric Rathbun, M. J., cited, r130. Rathbun, R., cited, r131, 118s. Reptiles, collection of, r101; of New York, catalogue of, by H. C. Eckel and F. C. Paulmier, r103, 3538-416. Ries, Heinrich, report on lime and cement industries, r16; Uses of Peat and its Occurrence in New York, r15-16, r538-90. Road metal, in Herkimer county, r7. Rohrig, E., cited, r96. For full indexes to museum bulletins, see index printed with each bulletin. GENERAL INDEX Rome and Oneida, channels be- tween, r14, r48-46. Rosecrans, E. H., mentioned, r84. Roslyn, glacially transported bould- ers near, rll. Roth, J., cited, r90. Ruedemann, Rudolf, Clarke, J. M. and Wood, Elvira, Paleontologic Papers 2, 1-240. Salt industry in New York, r142. Sand plains, indexes of levels, r10. Saranac, delta of, r14. Saratoga quadrangle, ri1; pleisto- cene deposits, r9. Schoéndeling, cited, r90. Schuylerville, discovery of trap rock near, r18, r17-29. Schuylerville quadrangle, r11; pleis- tocene deposits, r9. Scott, G. G., specimens collected by, r102. Senft, F., cited, r90. Seyfert, A. G., cited, r90. Shaler, N. S., cited, r90. Shells, collection cleaned, r102. Sherzer, W. H., cited, r90. Shimer, H. W., paleontologic work, ros. Skeletons, r102. Smyth, C. H. jr, cited, r27, r56, r85. Snakes, collection, arrangement, r103. Sponges, collection moved, r102. Stark’s Knob, geologic relations, r17-24; petrography and age, r24- 29. Staten Island quadrangle, ré. Syenites, r7. Syracuse, channels at, r38-40. Syracuse and Oneida, channels be- tween, r40-43. collection of mounted, 991 Tappan, former water level, r11. Taylor, F. B., beaches in Lake Erie basin traced by, r14. Thurston, cited, r69. Topographic sheets, r14. Trap, ris, ri7-29: Tupper lake region, work in, rv7. United States Geological Survey, cooperation with, rs. Ure, cited, r77. Valiant, W. S., mentioned, rss. Van Hise, C. R., field conference with state geologist, r8. van Ingen, Gilbert, paleontologic work, r98. Vanuxem, Lardner, cited, r80. Vermeule, C. C., hypsometriec map, ré6. Wait, F. W., cited, r84. Water levels, r15. Wave action, upper limit, fixing of, r13. Websky, cited, r59. Westchester county investigations, rg: White, cited, r90. Whitlock, H. P., assistant in miner- alogy, r98. Winchell, N. H., cited, r90. Wood, Elvira, Ruedemann, Rudolf and Clarke, J. M., Paleontologic Papers 2, 1-240. Woodworth, J. B., investigations, r9; cited, r11, r26, r28, r29; North- umberland Voleanic Plug, r17-24; mentioned, r24. Zirkel, cited, r90. Zoology, report on, r101-8; acces- sions to collections, r154-60. For full indexes to museum bulletins, see index printed with each bulletin. —-s sails pe ne ai i " } i ey AP ee eh as | ae NOR GOT: et i ie " . i ai y j ERM RE tal Keni ear heel Pie | - Pus 4 ? bi q ¥ a f 4 + ae | ve PMS RECESS Oy gy PRY LET Ry f eee hoa ; ‘ ‘ 4 rakes * | oe : Ub iy Mae bse eS as ‘ { fi : wi “6 SE EYELID rel a axteriaraas tli . 4 gaat a bth - bit . SPaotod ool, Tai PE, EY i I. ( Nay Magy \ Nid ; 5 4 : t ‘ 48 ben h ‘iI if J. aa ee ee \ . y et (1 i i ie di - ‘ i rs e i. we ‘ q? Wey were El ‘aoa e: iq Te A p Te Oy J i : + es % A Aue , : ry hat 7 ach ye a a jax f ul bs Ro ONS Sa bag emg Wye banal not ¢ Pan Bake: ua fae rat } re Py bat acy a a